]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - man/calc.texi
(Installation): Remove most of the installation instructions. Clean
[gnu-emacs] / man / calc.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
3 @c smallbook
4 @setfilename ../info/calc
5 @c [title]
6 @settitle GNU Emacs Calc 2.02 Manual
7 @setchapternewpage odd
8 @comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
9
10 @tex
11 % Some special kludges to make TeX formatting prettier.
12 % Because makeinfo.c exists, we can't just define new commands.
13 % So instead, we take over little-used existing commands.
14 %
15 % Suggested by Karl Berry <karl@@freefriends.org>
16 \gdef\!{\mskip-\thinmuskip}
17 % Redefine @cite{text} to act like $text$ in regular TeX.
18 % Info will typeset this same as @samp{text}.
19 \gdef\goodtex{\tex \let\rm\goodrm \let\t\ttfont \turnoffactive}
20 \gdef\goodrm{\fam0\tenrm}
21 \gdef\cite{\goodtex$\citexxx}
22 \gdef\citexxx#1{#1$\Etex}
23 \global\let\oldxrefX=\xrefX
24 \gdef\xrefX[#1]{\begingroup\let\cite=\dfn\oldxrefX[#1]\endgroup}
25 %
26 % Redefine @i{text} to be equivalent to @cite{text}, i.e., to use math mode.
27 % This looks the same in TeX but omits the surrounding ` ' in Info.
28 \global\let\i=\cite
29 %
30 % Redefine @c{tex-stuff} \n @whatever{info-stuff}.
31 \gdef\c{\futurelet\next\mycxxx}
32 \gdef\mycxxx{%
33 \ifx\next\bgroup \goodtex\let\next\mycxxy
34 \else\ifx\next\mindex \let\next\relax
35 \else\ifx\next\kindex \let\next\relax
36 \else\ifx\next\starindex \let\next\relax \else \let\next\comment
37 \fi\fi\fi\fi \next
38 }
39 \gdef\mycxxy#1#2{#1\Etex\mycxxz}
40 \gdef\mycxxz#1{}
41 @end tex
42
43 @c Fix some things to make math mode work properly.
44 @iftex
45 @textfont0=@tenrm
46 @font@teni=cmmi10 scaled @magstephalf @textfont1=@teni
47 @font@seveni=cmmi7 scaled @magstephalf @scriptfont1=@seveni
48 @font@fivei=cmmi5 scaled @magstephalf @scriptscriptfont1=@fivei
49 @font@tensy=cmsy10 scaled @magstephalf @textfont2=@tensy
50 @font@sevensy=cmsy7 scaled @magstephalf @scriptfont2=@sevensy
51 @font@fivesy=cmsy5 scaled @magstephalf @scriptscriptfont2=@fivesy
52 @font@tenex=cmex10 scaled @magstephalf @textfont3=@tenex
53 @scriptfont3=@tenex @scriptscriptfont3=@tenex
54 @textfont7=@tentt @scriptfont7=@tentt @scriptscriptfont7=@tentt
55 @end iftex
56
57 @c Fix some other things specifically for this manual.
58 @iftex
59 @finalout
60 @mathcode`@:=`@: @c Make Calc fractions come out right in math mode
61 @tocindent=.5pc @c Indent subsections in table of contents less
62 @rightskip=0pt plus 2pt @c Favor short lines rather than overfull hboxes
63 @tex
64 \gdef\coloneq{\mathrel{\mathord:\mathord=}}
65 \ifdim\parskip>17pt
66 \global\parskip=12pt % Standard parskip looks a bit too large
67 \fi
68 \gdef\internalBitem{\parskip=7pt\kyhpos=\tableindent\kyvpos=0pt
69 \smallbreak\parsearg\itemzzy}
70 \gdef\itemzzy#1{\itemzzz{#1}\relax\ifvmode\kern-7pt\fi}
71 \gdef\trademark{${}^{\rm TM}$}
72 \gdef\group{%
73 \par\vskip8pt\begingroup
74 \def\Egroup{\egroup\endgroup}%
75 \let\aboveenvbreak=\relax % so that nothing gets between vtop and first box
76 \def\singlespace{\baselineskip=\singlespaceskip}%
77 \vtop\bgroup
78 }
79 %
80 %\global\abovedisplayskip=0pt
81 %\global\abovedisplayshortskip=-10pt
82 %\global\belowdisplayskip=7pt
83 %\global\belowdisplayshortskip=2pt
84 \gdef\beforedisplay{\vskip-10pt}
85 \gdef\afterdisplay{\vskip-5pt}
86 \gdef\beforedisplayh{\vskip-25pt}
87 \gdef\afterdisplayh{\vskip-10pt}
88 %
89 \gdef\printindex{\parsearg\calcprintindex}
90 \gdef\calcprintindex#1{%
91 \doprintindex{#1}%
92 \openin1 \jobname.#1s
93 \ifeof1{\let\s=\indexskip \csname indexsize#1\endcsname}\fi
94 \closein1
95 }
96 \gdef\indexskip{(This page intentionally left blank)\vfill\eject}
97 \gdef\indexsizeky{\s\s\s\s\s\s\s\s}
98 \gdef\indexsizepg{\s\s\s\s\s\s}
99 \gdef\indexsizetp{\s\s\s\s\s\s}
100 \gdef\indexsizecp{\s\s\s\s}
101 \gdef\indexsizevr{}
102 \gdef\indexsizefn{\s\s}
103 \gdef\langle#1\rangle{\it XXX} % Avoid length mismatch with true expansion
104 %
105 % Ensure no indentation at beginning of sections, and avoid club paragraphs.
106 \global\let\calcchapternofonts=\chapternofonts
107 \gdef\chapternofonts{\aftergroup\calcfixclub\calcchapternofonts}
108 \gdef\calcfixclub{\calcclubpenalty=10000\noindent}
109 \global\let\calcdobreak=\dobreak
110 \gdef\dobreak{{\penalty-9999\dimen0=\pagetotal\advance\dimen0by1.5in
111 \ifdim\dimen0>\pagegoal\vfill\eject\fi}\calcdobreak}
112 %
113 \gdef\kindex{\def\indexname{ky}\futurelet\next\calcindexer}
114 \gdef\tindex{\def\indexname{tp}\futurelet\next\calcindexer}
115 \gdef\mindex{\let\indexname\relax\futurelet\next\calcindexer}
116 \gdef\calcindexer{\catcode`\ =\active\parsearg\calcindexerxx}
117 \gdef\calcindexerxx#1{%
118 \catcode`\ =10%
119 \ifvmode \indent \fi \setbox0=\lastbox \advance\kyhpos\wd0 \fixoddpages \box0
120 \setbox0=\hbox{\ninett #1}%
121 \calcindexersh{\llap{\hbox to 4em{\bumpoddpages\lower\kyvpos\box0\hss}\hskip\kyhpos}}%
122 \global\let\calcindexersh=\calcindexershow
123 \advance\clubpenalty by 5000%
124 \ifx\indexname\relax \else
125 \singlecodeindexer{#1\indexstar}%
126 \global\def\indexstar{}%
127 \fi
128 \futurelet\next\calcindexerxxx
129 }
130 \gdef\indexstar{}
131 \gdef\bumpoddpages{\ifodd\calcpageno\hskip7.3in\fi}
132 %\gdef\bumpoddpages{\hskip7.3in} % for marginal notes on right side always
133 %\gdef\bumpoddpages{} % for marginal notes on left side always
134 \gdef\fixoddpages{%
135 \global\calcpageno=\pageno
136 {\dimen0=\pagetotal
137 \advance\dimen0 by2\baselineskip
138 \ifdim\dimen0>\pagegoal
139 \global\advance\calcpageno by 1
140 \vfill\eject\noindent
141 \fi}%
142 }
143 \gdef\calcindexershow#1{\smash{#1}\advance\kyvpos by 11pt}
144 \gdef\calcindexernoshow#1{}
145 \global\let\calcindexersh=\calcindexershow
146 \gdef\calcindexerxxx{%
147 \ifx\indexname\relax
148 \ifx\next\kindex \global\let\calcindexersh=\calcindexernoshow \fi
149 \ifx\next\tindex \global\let\calcindexersh=\calcindexernoshow \fi
150 \fi
151 \calcindexerxxxx
152 }
153 \gdef\calcindexerxxxx#1{\next}
154 \gdef\indexstarxx{\thinspace{\rm *}}
155 \gdef\starindex{\global\let\indexstar=\indexstarxx}
156 \gdef\calceverypar{%
157 \kyhpos=\leftskip\kyvpos=0pt\clubpenalty=\calcclubpenalty
158 \calcclubpenalty=1000\relax
159 }
160 \gdef\idots{{\indrm...}}
161 @end tex
162 @newdimen@kyvpos @kyvpos=0pt
163 @newdimen@kyhpos @kyhpos=0pt
164 @newcount@calcclubpenalty @calcclubpenalty=1000
165 @newcount@calcpageno
166 @newtoks@calcoldeverypar @calcoldeverypar=@everypar
167 @everypar={@calceverypar@the@calcoldeverypar}
168 @ifx@turnoffactive@undefinedzzz@def@turnoffactive{}@fi
169 @ifx@ninett@undefinedzzz@font@ninett=cmtt9@fi
170 @catcode`@\=0 \catcode`\@=11
171 \r@ggedbottomtrue
172 \catcode`\@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
173 @end iftex
174
175 @ifinfo
176 This file documents Calc, the GNU Emacs calculator.
177
178 Copyright (C) 1990, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
179
180 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
181 manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
182 preserved on all copies.
183
184 @ignore
185 Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
186 results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice
187 identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this
188 paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
189
190 @end ignore
191 Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
192 manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
193 section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included exactly as
194 in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is
195 distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this one.
196
197 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
198 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
199 except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be
200 included in a translation approved by the author instead of in the
201 original English.
202 @end ifinfo
203
204 @titlepage
205 @sp 6
206 @center @titlefont{Calc Manual}
207 @sp 4
208 @center GNU Emacs Calc Version 2.02
209 @c [volume]
210 @sp 1
211 @center January 1992
212 @sp 5
213 @center Dave Gillespie
214 @center daveg@@synaptics.com
215 @page
216
217 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
218 Copyright @copyright{} 1990, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
219
220 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
221 this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
222 are preserved on all copies.
223
224 @ignore
225 Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
226 results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice
227 identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this
228 paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
229
230 @end ignore
231 Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
232 manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
233 section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included exactly as
234 in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is
235 distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this one.
236
237 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
238 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
239 except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be
240 included in a translation approved by the author instead of in the
241 original English.
242 @end titlepage
243
244 @c [begin]
245 @ifinfo
246 @node Top, , (dir), (dir)
247 @chapter The GNU Emacs Calculator
248
249 @noindent
250 @dfn{Calc 2.02} is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool
251 that runs as part of the GNU Emacs environment.
252
253 This manual is divided into three major parts: "Getting Started," the
254 "Calc Tutorial," and the "Calc Reference." The Tutorial introduces all
255 the major aspects of Calculator use in an easy, hands-on way. The
256 remainder of the manual is a complete reference to the features of the
257 Calculator.
258
259 For help in the Emacs Info system (which you are using to read this
260 file), type @kbd{?}. (You can also type @kbd{h} to run through a
261 longer Info tutorial.)
262
263 @end ifinfo
264 @menu
265 * Copying:: How you can copy and share Calc.
266
267 * Getting Started:: General description and overview.
268 * Interactive Tutorial::
269 * Tutorial:: A step-by-step introduction for beginners.
270
271 * Introduction:: Introduction to the Calc reference manual.
272 * Data Types:: Types of objects manipulated by Calc.
273 * Stack and Trail:: Manipulating the stack and trail buffers.
274 * Mode Settings:: Adjusting display format and other modes.
275 * Arithmetic:: Basic arithmetic functions.
276 * Scientific Functions:: Transcendentals and other scientific functions.
277 * Matrix Functions:: Operations on vectors and matrices.
278 * Algebra:: Manipulating expressions algebraically.
279 * Units:: Operations on numbers with units.
280 * Store and Recall:: Storing and recalling variables.
281 * Graphics:: Commands for making graphs of data.
282 * Kill and Yank:: Moving data into and out of Calc.
283 * Embedded Mode:: Working with formulas embedded in a file.
284 * Programming:: Calc as a programmable calculator.
285
286 * Installation:: Installing Calc as a part of GNU Emacs.
287 * Reporting Bugs:: How to report bugs and make suggestions.
288
289 * Summary:: Summary of Calc commands and functions.
290
291 * Key Index:: The standard Calc key sequences.
292 * Command Index:: The interactive Calc commands.
293 * Function Index:: Functions (in algebraic formulas).
294 * Concept Index:: General concepts.
295 * Variable Index:: Variables used by Calc (both user and internal).
296 * Lisp Function Index:: Internal Lisp math functions.
297 @end menu
298
299 @node Copying, Getting Started, Top, Top
300 @unnumbered GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
301 @center Version 1, February 1989
302
303 @display
304 Copyright @copyright{} 1989 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
305 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
306
307 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
308 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
309 @end display
310
311 @unnumberedsec Preamble
312
313 The license agreements of most software companies try to keep users
314 at the mercy of those companies. By contrast, our General Public
315 License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
316 software---to make sure the software is free for all its users. The
317 General Public License applies to the Free Software Foundation's
318 software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it.
319 You can use it for your programs, too.
320
321 When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
322 price. Specifically, the General Public License is designed to make
323 sure that you have the freedom to give away or sell copies of free
324 software, that you receive source code or can get it if you want it,
325 that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free
326 programs; and that you know you can do these things.
327
328 To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
329 anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
330 These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
331 distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
332
333 For example, if you distribute copies of a such a program, whether
334 gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
335 you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
336 source code. And you must tell them their rights.
337
338 We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
339 (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
340 distribute and/or modify the software.
341
342 Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
343 that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
344 software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
345 want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
346 that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
347 authors' reputations.
348
349 The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
350 modification follow.
351
352 @iftex
353 @unnumberedsec TERMS AND CONDITIONS
354 @end iftex
355 @ifinfo
356 @center TERMS AND CONDITIONS
357 @end ifinfo
358
359 @enumerate
360 @item
361 This License Agreement applies to any program or other work which
362 contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be
363 distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The
364 ``Program'', below, refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based
365 on the Program'' means either the Program or any work containing the
366 Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications. Each
367 licensee is addressed as ``you''.
368
369 @item
370 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source
371 code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
372 appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and
373 disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this
374 General Public License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any
375 other recipients of the Program a copy of this General Public License
376 along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of
377 transferring a copy.
378
379 @item
380 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of
381 it, and copy and distribute such modifications under the terms of Paragraph
382 1 above, provided that you also do the following:
383
384 @itemize @bullet
385 @item
386 cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that
387 you changed the files and the date of any change; and
388
389 @item
390 cause the whole of any work that you distribute or publish, that
391 in whole or in part contains the Program or any part thereof, either
392 with or without modifications, to be licensed at no charge to all
393 third parties under the terms of this General Public License (except
394 that you may choose to grant warranty protection to some or all
395 third parties, at your option).
396
397 @item
398 If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when
399 run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use
400 in the simplest and most usual way, to print or display an
401 announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice
402 that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a
403 warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these
404 conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this General
405 Public License.
406
407 @item
408 You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a
409 copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in
410 exchange for a fee.
411 @end itemize
412
413 Mere aggregation of another independent work with the Program (or its
414 derivative) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring
415 the other work under the scope of these terms.
416
417 @item
418 You may copy and distribute the Program (or a portion or derivative of
419 it, under Paragraph 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
420 Paragraphs 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
421
422 @itemize @bullet
423 @item
424 accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
425 source code, which must be distributed under the terms of
426 Paragraphs 1 and 2 above; or,
427
428 @item
429 accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
430 years, to give any third party free (except for a nominal charge
431 for the cost of distribution) a complete machine-readable copy of the
432 corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of
433 Paragraphs 1 and 2 above; or,
434
435 @item
436 accompany it with the information you received as to where the
437 corresponding source code may be obtained. (This alternative is
438 allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
439 received the program in object code or executable form alone.)
440 @end itemize
441
442 Source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making
443 modifications to it. For an executable file, complete source code means
444 all the source code for all modules it contains; but, as a special
445 exception, it need not include source code for modules which are standard
446 libraries that accompany the operating system on which the executable
447 file runs, or for standard header files or definitions files that
448 accompany that operating system.
449
450 @item
451 You may not copy, modify, sublicense, distribute or transfer the
452 Program except as expressly provided under this General Public License.
453 Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, distribute or transfer
454 the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights to use
455 the Program under this License. However, parties who have received
456 copies, or rights to use copies, from you under this General Public
457 License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties
458 remain in full compliance.
459
460 @item
461 By copying, distributing or modifying the Program (or any work based
462 on the Program) you indicate your acceptance of this license to do so,
463 and all its terms and conditions.
464
465 @item
466 Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
467 Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original
468 licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these
469 terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the
470 recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
471
472 @item
473 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
474 of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
475 be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
476 address new problems or concerns.
477
478 Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
479 specifies a version number of the license which applies to it and ``any
480 later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions
481 either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
482 Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
483 the license, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
484 Foundation.
485
486 @item
487 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
488 programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
489 to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
490 Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
491 make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
492 of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
493 of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
494
495 @iftex
496 @heading NO WARRANTY
497 @end iftex
498 @ifinfo
499 @center NO WARRANTY
500 @end ifinfo
501
502 @item
503 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
504 FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
505 OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
506 PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
507 OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
508 MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
509 TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
510 PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
511 REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
512
513 @item
514 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL
515 ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
516 REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
517 INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
518 ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT
519 LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES
520 SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE
521 WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN
522 ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
523 @end enumerate
524
525 @node Getting Started, Tutorial, Copying, Top
526 @chapter Getting Started
527 @noindent
528 This chapter provides a general overview of Calc, the GNU Emacs
529 Calculator: What it is, how to start it and how to exit from it,
530 and what are the various ways that it can be used.
531
532 @menu
533 * What is Calc::
534 * About This Manual::
535 * Notations Used in This Manual::
536 * Using Calc::
537 * Demonstration of Calc::
538 * History and Acknowledgements::
539 @end menu
540
541 @node What is Calc, About This Manual, Getting Started, Getting Started
542 @section What is Calc?
543
544 @noindent
545 @dfn{Calc} is an advanced calculator and mathematical tool that runs as
546 part of the GNU Emacs environment. Very roughly based on the HP-28/48
547 series of calculators, its many features include:
548
549 @itemize @bullet
550 @item
551 Choice of algebraic or RPN (stack-based) entry of calculations.
552
553 @item
554 Arbitrary precision integers and floating-point numbers.
555
556 @item
557 Arithmetic on rational numbers, complex numbers (rectangular and polar),
558 error forms with standard deviations, open and closed intervals, vectors
559 and matrices, dates and times, infinities, sets, quantities with units,
560 and algebraic formulas.
561
562 @item
563 Mathematical operations such as logarithms and trigonometric functions.
564
565 @item
566 Programmer's features (bitwise operations, non-decimal numbers).
567
568 @item
569 Financial functions such as future value and internal rate of return.
570
571 @item
572 Number theoretical features such as prime factorization and arithmetic
573 modulo @i{M} for any @i{M}.
574
575 @item
576 Algebraic manipulation features, including symbolic calculus.
577
578 @item
579 Moving data to and from regular editing buffers.
580
581 @item
582 ``Embedded mode'' for manipulating Calc formulas and data directly
583 inside any editing buffer.
584
585 @item
586 Graphics using GNUPLOT, a versatile (and free) plotting program.
587
588 @item
589 Easy programming using keyboard macros, algebraic formulas,
590 algebraic rewrite rules, or extended Emacs Lisp.
591 @end itemize
592
593 Calc tries to include a little something for everyone; as a result it is
594 large and might be intimidating to the first-time user. If you plan to
595 use Calc only as a traditional desk calculator, all you really need to
596 read is the ``Getting Started'' chapter of this manual and possibly the
597 first few sections of the tutorial. As you become more comfortable with
598 the program you can learn its additional features. In terms of efficiency,
599 scope and depth, Calc cannot replace a powerful tool like Mathematica.
600 @c Removed this per RMS' request:
601 @c Mathematica@c{\trademark} @asis{ (tm)}.
602 But Calc has the advantages of convenience, portability, and availability
603 of the source code. And, of course, it's free!
604
605 @node About This Manual, Notations Used in This Manual, What is Calc, Getting Started
606 @section About This Manual
607
608 @noindent
609 This document serves as a complete description of the GNU Emacs
610 Calculator. It works both as an introduction for novices, and as
611 a reference for experienced users. While it helps to have some
612 experience with GNU Emacs in order to get the most out of Calc,
613 this manual ought to be readable even if you don't know or use Emacs
614 regularly.
615
616 @ifinfo
617 The manual is divided into three major parts:@: the ``Getting
618 Started'' chapter you are reading now, the Calc tutorial (chapter 2),
619 and the Calc reference manual (the remaining chapters and appendices).
620 @end ifinfo
621 @iftex
622 The manual is divided into three major parts:@: the ``Getting
623 Started'' chapter you are reading now, the Calc tutorial (chapter 2),
624 and the Calc reference manual (the remaining chapters and appendices).
625 @c [when-split]
626 @c This manual has been printed in two volumes, the @dfn{Tutorial} and the
627 @c @dfn{Reference}. Both volumes include a copy of the ``Getting Started''
628 @c chapter.
629 @end iftex
630
631 If you are in a hurry to use Calc, there is a brief ``demonstration''
632 below which illustrates the major features of Calc in just a couple of
633 pages. If you don't have time to go through the full tutorial, this
634 will show you everything you need to know to begin.
635 @xref{Demonstration of Calc}.
636
637 The tutorial chapter walks you through the various parts of Calc
638 with lots of hands-on examples and explanations. If you are new
639 to Calc and you have some time, try going through at least the
640 beginning of the tutorial. The tutorial includes about 70 exercises
641 with answers. These exercises give you some guided practice with
642 Calc, as well as pointing out some interesting and unusual ways
643 to use its features.
644
645 The reference section discusses Calc in complete depth. You can read
646 the reference from start to finish if you want to learn every aspect
647 of Calc. Or, you can look in the table of contents or the Concept
648 Index to find the parts of the manual that discuss the things you
649 need to know.
650
651 @cindex Marginal notes
652 Every Calc keyboard command is listed in the Calc Summary, and also
653 in the Key Index. Algebraic functions, @kbd{M-x} commands, and
654 variables also have their own indices. @c{Each}
655 @asis{In the printed manual, each}
656 paragraph that is referenced in the Key or Function Index is marked
657 in the margin with its index entry.
658
659 @c [fix-ref Help Commands]
660 You can access this manual on-line at any time within Calc by
661 pressing the @kbd{h i} key sequence. Outside of the Calc window,
662 you can press @kbd{M-# i} to read the manual on-line. Also, you
663 can jump directly to the Tutorial by pressing @kbd{h t} or @kbd{M-# t},
664 or to the Summary by pressing @kbd{h s} or @kbd{M-# s}. Within Calc,
665 you can also go to the part of the manual describing any Calc key,
666 function, or variable using @w{@kbd{h k}}, @kbd{h f}, or @kbd{h v},
667 respectively. @xref{Help Commands}.
668
669 Printed copies of this manual are also available from the Free Software
670 Foundation.
671
672 @node Notations Used in This Manual, Demonstration of Calc, About This Manual, Getting Started
673 @section Notations Used in This Manual
674
675 @noindent
676 This section describes the various notations that are used
677 throughout the Calc manual.
678
679 In keystroke sequences, uppercase letters mean you must hold down
680 the shift key while typing the letter. Keys pressed with Control
681 held down are shown as @kbd{C-x}. Keys pressed with Meta held down
682 are shown as @kbd{M-x}. Other notations are @key{RET} for the
683 Return key, @key{SPC} for the space bar, @key{TAB} for the Tab key,
684 @key{DEL} for the Delete key, and @key{LFD} for the Line-Feed key.
685
686 (If you don't have the @key{LFD} or @key{TAB} keys on your keyboard,
687 the @kbd{C-j} and @kbd{C-i} keys are equivalent to them, respectively.
688 If you don't have a Meta key, look for Alt or Extend Char. You can
689 also press @key{ESC} or @key{C-[} first to get the same effect, so
690 that @kbd{M-x}, @kbd{ESC x}, and @kbd{C-[ x} are all equivalent.)
691
692 Sometimes the @key{RET} key is not shown when it is ``obvious''
693 that you must press @kbd{RET} to proceed. For example, the @key{RET}
694 is usually omitted in key sequences like @kbd{M-x calc-keypad @key{RET}}.
695
696 Commands are generally shown like this: @kbd{p} (@code{calc-precision})
697 or @kbd{M-# k} (@code{calc-keypad}). This means that the command is
698 normally used by pressing the @kbd{p} key or @kbd{M-# k} key sequence,
699 but it also has the full-name equivalent shown, e.g., @kbd{M-x calc-precision}.
700
701 Commands that correspond to functions in algebraic notation
702 are written: @kbd{C} (@code{calc-cos}) [@code{cos}]. This means
703 the @kbd{C} key is equivalent to @kbd{M-x calc-cos}, and that
704 the corresponding function in an algebraic-style formula would
705 be @samp{cos(@var{x})}.
706
707 A few commands don't have key equivalents: @code{calc-sincos}
708 [@code{sincos}].@refill
709
710 @node Demonstration of Calc, Using Calc, Notations Used in This Manual, Getting Started
711 @section A Demonstration of Calc
712
713 @noindent
714 @cindex Demonstration of Calc
715 This section will show some typical small problems being solved with
716 Calc. The focus is more on demonstration than explanation, but
717 everything you see here will be covered more thoroughly in the
718 Tutorial.
719
720 To begin, start Emacs if necessary (usually the command @code{emacs}
721 does this), and type @kbd{M-# c} (or @kbd{ESC # c}) to start the
722 Calculator. (@xref{Starting Calc}, if this doesn't work for you.)
723
724 Be sure to type all the sample input exactly, especially noting the
725 difference between lower-case and upper-case letters. Remember,
726 @kbd{RET}, @kbd{TAB}, @kbd{DEL}, and @kbd{SPC} are the Return, Tab,
727 Delete, and Space keys.
728
729 @strong{RPN calculation.} In RPN, you type the input number(s) first,
730 then the command to operate on the numbers.
731
732 @noindent
733 Type @kbd{2 RET 3 + Q} to compute @c{$\sqrt{2+3} = 2.2360679775$}
734 @asis{the square root of 2+3, which is 2.2360679775}.
735
736 @noindent
737 Type @kbd{P 2 ^} to compute @c{$\pi^2 = 9.86960440109$}
738 @asis{the value of `pi' squared, 9.86960440109}.
739
740 @noindent
741 Type @kbd{TAB} to exchange the order of these two results.
742
743 @noindent
744 Type @kbd{- I H S} to subtract these results and compute the Inverse
745 Hyperbolic sine of the difference, 2.72996136574.
746
747 @noindent
748 Type @kbd{DEL} to erase this result.
749
750 @strong{Algebraic calculation.} You can also enter calculations using
751 conventional ``algebraic'' notation. To enter an algebraic formula,
752 use the apostrophe key.
753
754 @noindent
755 Type @kbd{' sqrt(2+3) RET} to compute @c{$\sqrt{2+3}$}
756 @asis{the square root of 2+3}.
757
758 @noindent
759 Type @kbd{' pi^2 RET} to enter @c{$\pi^2$}
760 @asis{`pi' squared}. To evaluate this symbolic
761 formula as a number, type @kbd{=}.
762
763 @noindent
764 Type @kbd{' arcsinh($ - $$) RET} to subtract the second-most-recent
765 result from the most-recent and compute the Inverse Hyperbolic sine.
766
767 @strong{Keypad mode.} If you are using the X window system, press
768 @w{@kbd{M-# k}} to get Keypad mode. (If you don't use X, skip to
769 the next section.)
770
771 @noindent
772 Click on the @key{2}, @key{ENTER}, @key{3}, @key{+}, and @key{SQRT}
773 ``buttons'' using your left mouse button.
774
775 @noindent
776 Click on @key{PI}, @key{2}, and @t{y^x}.
777
778 @noindent
779 Click on @key{INV}, then @key{ENTER} to swap the two results.
780
781 @noindent
782 Click on @key{-}, @key{INV}, @key{HYP}, and @key{SIN}.
783
784 @noindent
785 Click on @key{<-} to erase the result, then click @key{OFF} to turn
786 the Keypad Calculator off.
787
788 @strong{Grabbing data.} Type @kbd{M-# x} if necessary to exit Calc.
789 Now select the following numbers as an Emacs region: ``Mark'' the
790 front of the list by typing control-@kbd{SPC} or control-@kbd{@@} there,
791 then move to the other end of the list. (Either get this list from
792 the on-line copy of this manual, accessed by @w{@kbd{M-# i}}, or just
793 type these numbers into a scratch file.) Now type @kbd{M-# g} to
794 ``grab'' these numbers into Calc.
795
796 @group
797 @example
798 1.23 1.97
799 1.6 2
800 1.19 1.08
801 @end example
802 @end group
803
804 @noindent
805 The result @samp{[1.23, 1.97, 1.6, 2, 1.19, 1.08]} is a Calc ``vector.''
806 Type @w{@kbd{V R +}} to compute the sum of these numbers.
807
808 @noindent
809 Type @kbd{U} to Undo this command, then type @kbd{V R *} to compute
810 the product of the numbers.
811
812 @noindent
813 You can also grab data as a rectangular matrix. Place the cursor on
814 the upper-leftmost @samp{1} and set the mark, then move to just after
815 the lower-right @samp{8} and press @kbd{M-# r}.
816
817 @noindent
818 Type @kbd{v t} to transpose this @c{$3\times2$}
819 @asis{3x2} matrix into a @c{$2\times3$}
820 @asis{2x3} matrix. Type
821 @w{@kbd{v u}} to unpack the rows into two separate vectors. Now type
822 @w{@kbd{V R + TAB V R +}} to compute the sums of the two original columns.
823 (There is also a special grab-and-sum-columns command, @kbd{M-# :}.)
824
825 @strong{Units conversion.} Units are entered algebraically.
826 Type @w{@kbd{' 43 mi/hr RET}} to enter the quantity 43 miles-per-hour.
827 Type @w{@kbd{u c km/hr RET}}. Type @w{@kbd{u c m/s RET}}.
828
829 @strong{Date arithmetic.} Type @kbd{t N} to get the current date and
830 time. Type @kbd{90 +} to find the date 90 days from now. Type
831 @kbd{' <25 dec 87> RET} to enter a date, then @kbd{- 7 /} to see how
832 many weeks have passed since then.
833
834 @strong{Algebra.} Algebraic entries can also include formulas
835 or equations involving variables. Type @kbd{@w{' [x + y} = a, x y = 1] RET}
836 to enter a pair of equations involving three variables.
837 (Note the leading apostrophe in this example; also, note that the space
838 between @samp{x y} is required.) Type @w{@kbd{a S x,y RET}} to solve
839 these equations for the variables @cite{x} and @cite{y}.@refill
840
841 @noindent
842 Type @kbd{d B} to view the solutions in more readable notation.
843 Type @w{@kbd{d C}} to view them in C language notation, and @kbd{d T}
844 to view them in the notation for the @TeX{} typesetting system.
845 Type @kbd{d N} to return to normal notation.
846
847 @noindent
848 Type @kbd{7.5}, then @kbd{s l a RET} to let @cite{a = 7.5} in these formulas.
849 (That's a letter @kbd{l}, not a numeral @kbd{1}.)
850
851 @iftex
852 @strong{Help functions.} You can read about any command in the on-line
853 manual. Type @kbd{M-# c} to return to Calc after each of these
854 commands: @kbd{h k t N} to read about the @kbd{t N} command,
855 @kbd{h f sqrt RET} to read about the @code{sqrt} function, and
856 @kbd{h s} to read the Calc summary.
857 @end iftex
858 @ifinfo
859 @strong{Help functions.} You can read about any command in the on-line
860 manual. Remember to type the letter @kbd{l}, then @kbd{M-# c}, to
861 return here after each of these commands: @w{@kbd{h k t N}} to read
862 about the @w{@kbd{t N}} command, @kbd{h f sqrt RET} to read about the
863 @code{sqrt} function, and @kbd{h s} to read the Calc summary.
864 @end ifinfo
865
866 Press @kbd{DEL} repeatedly to remove any leftover results from the stack.
867 To exit from Calc, press @kbd{q} or @kbd{M-# c} again.
868
869 @node Using Calc, History and Acknowledgements, Demonstration of Calc, Getting Started
870 @section Using Calc
871
872 @noindent
873 Calc has several user interfaces that are specialized for
874 different kinds of tasks. As well as Calc's standard interface,
875 there are Quick Mode, Keypad Mode, and Embedded Mode.
876
877 @c [fix-ref Installation]
878 Calc must be @dfn{installed} before it can be used. @xref{Installation},
879 for instructions on setting up and installing Calc. We will assume
880 you or someone on your system has already installed Calc as described
881 there.
882
883 @menu
884 * Starting Calc::
885 * The Standard Interface::
886 * Quick Mode Overview::
887 * Keypad Mode Overview::
888 * Standalone Operation::
889 * Embedded Mode Overview::
890 * Other M-# Commands::
891 @end menu
892
893 @node Starting Calc, The Standard Interface, Using Calc, Using Calc
894 @subsection Starting Calc
895
896 @noindent
897 On most systems, you can type @kbd{M-#} to start the Calculator.
898 The notation @kbd{M-#} is short for Meta-@kbd{#}. On most
899 keyboards this means holding down the Meta (or Alt) and
900 Shift keys while typing @kbd{3}.
901
902 @cindex META key
903 Once again, if you don't have a Meta key on your keyboard you can type
904 @key{ESC} first, then @kbd{#}, to accomplish the same thing. If you
905 don't even have an @key{ESC} key, you can fake it by holding down
906 Control or @key{CTRL} while typing a left square bracket
907 (that's @kbd{C-[} in Emacs notation).@refill
908
909 @kbd{M-#} is a @dfn{prefix key}; when you press it, Emacs waits for
910 you to press a second key to complete the command. In this case,
911 you will follow @kbd{M-#} with a letter (upper- or lower-case, it
912 doesn't matter for @kbd{M-#}) that says which Calc interface you
913 want to use.
914
915 To get Calc's standard interface, type @kbd{M-# c}. To get
916 Keypad Mode, type @kbd{M-# k}. Type @kbd{M-# ?} to get a brief
917 list of the available options, and type a second @kbd{?} to get
918 a complete list.
919
920 To ease typing, @kbd{M-# M-#} (or @kbd{M-# #} if that's easier)
921 also works to start Calc. It starts the same interface (either
922 @kbd{M-# c} or @w{@kbd{M-# k}}) that you last used, selecting the
923 @kbd{M-# c} interface by default. (If your installation has
924 a special function key set up to act like @kbd{M-#}, hitting that
925 function key twice is just like hitting @kbd{M-# M-#}.)
926
927 If @kbd{M-#} doesn't work for you, you can always type explicit
928 commands like @kbd{M-x calc} (for the standard user interface) or
929 @w{@kbd{M-x calc-keypad}} (for Keypad Mode). First type @kbd{M-x}
930 (that's Meta with the letter @kbd{x}), then, at the prompt,
931 type the full command (like @kbd{calc-keypad}) and press Return.
932
933 If you type @kbd{M-x calc} and Emacs still doesn't recognize the
934 command (it will say @samp{[No match]} when you try to press
935 @key{RET}), then Calc has not been properly installed.
936
937 The same commands (like @kbd{M-# c} or @kbd{M-# M-#}) that start
938 the Calculator also turn it off if it is already on.
939
940 @node The Standard Interface, Quick Mode Overview, Starting Calc, Using Calc
941 @subsection The Standard Calc Interface
942
943 @noindent
944 @cindex Standard user interface
945 Calc's standard interface acts like a traditional RPN calculator,
946 operated by the normal Emacs keyboard. When you type @kbd{M-# c}
947 to start the Calculator, the Emacs screen splits into two windows
948 with the file you were editing on top and Calc on the bottom.
949
950 @group
951 @iftex
952 @advance@hsize20pt
953 @end iftex
954 @smallexample
955
956 ...
957 --**-Emacs: myfile (Fundamental)----All----------------------
958 --- Emacs Calculator Mode --- |Emacs Calc Mode v2.00...
959 2: 17.3 | 17.3
960 1: -5 | 3
961 . | 2
962 | 4
963 | * 8
964 | ->-5
965 |
966 --%%-Calc: 12 Deg (Calculator)----All----- --%%-Emacs: *Calc Trail*
967 @end smallexample
968 @end group
969
970 In this figure, the mode-line for @file{myfile} has moved up and the
971 ``Calculator'' window has appeared below it. As you can see, Calc
972 actually makes two windows side-by-side. The lefthand one is
973 called the @dfn{stack window} and the righthand one is called the
974 @dfn{trail window.} The stack holds the numbers involved in the
975 calculation you are currently performing. The trail holds a complete
976 record of all calculations you have done. In a desk calculator with
977 a printer, the trail corresponds to the paper tape that records what
978 you do.
979
980 In this case, the trail shows that four numbers (17.3, 3, 2, and 4)
981 were first entered into the Calculator, then the 2 and 4 were
982 multiplied to get 8, then the 3 and 8 were subtracted to get @i{-5}.
983 (The @samp{>} symbol shows that this was the most recent calculation.)
984 The net result is the two numbers 17.3 and @i{-5} sitting on the stack.
985
986 Most Calculator commands deal explicitly with the stack only, but
987 there is a set of commands that allow you to search back through
988 the trail and retrieve any previous result.
989
990 Calc commands use the digits, letters, and punctuation keys.
991 Shifted (i.e., upper-case) letters are different from lowercase
992 letters. Some letters are @dfn{prefix} keys that begin two-letter
993 commands. For example, @kbd{e} means ``enter exponent'' and shifted
994 @kbd{E} means @cite{e^x}. With the @kbd{d} (``display modes'') prefix
995 the letter ``e'' takes on very different meanings: @kbd{d e} means
996 ``engineering notation'' and @kbd{d E} means ``@dfn{eqn} language mode.''
997
998 There is nothing stopping you from switching out of the Calc
999 window and back into your editing window, say by using the Emacs
1000 @w{@kbd{C-x o}} (@code{other-window}) command. When the cursor is
1001 inside a regular window, Emacs acts just like normal. When the
1002 cursor is in the Calc stack or trail windows, keys are interpreted
1003 as Calc commands.
1004
1005 When you quit by pressing @kbd{M-# c} a second time, the Calculator
1006 windows go away but the actual Stack and Trail are not gone, just
1007 hidden. When you press @kbd{M-# c} once again you will get the
1008 same stack and trail contents you had when you last used the
1009 Calculator.
1010
1011 The Calculator does not remember its state between Emacs sessions.
1012 Thus if you quit Emacs and start it again, @kbd{M-# c} will give you
1013 a fresh stack and trail. There is a command (@kbd{m m}) that lets
1014 you save your favorite mode settings between sessions, though.
1015 One of the things it saves is which user interface (standard or
1016 Keypad) you last used; otherwise, a freshly started Emacs will
1017 always treat @kbd{M-# M-#} the same as @kbd{M-# c}.
1018
1019 The @kbd{q} key is another equivalent way to turn the Calculator off.
1020
1021 If you type @kbd{M-# b} first and then @kbd{M-# c}, you get a
1022 full-screen version of Calc (@code{full-calc}) in which the stack and
1023 trail windows are still side-by-side but are now as tall as the whole
1024 Emacs screen. When you press @kbd{q} or @kbd{M-# c} again to quit,
1025 the file you were editing before reappears. The @kbd{M-# b} key
1026 switches back and forth between ``big'' full-screen mode and the
1027 normal partial-screen mode.
1028
1029 Finally, @kbd{M-# o} (@code{calc-other-window}) is like @kbd{M-# c}
1030 except that the Calc window is not selected. The buffer you were
1031 editing before remains selected instead. @kbd{M-# o} is a handy
1032 way to switch out of Calc momentarily to edit your file; type
1033 @kbd{M-# c} to switch back into Calc when you are done.
1034
1035 @node Quick Mode Overview, Keypad Mode Overview, The Standard Interface, Using Calc
1036 @subsection Quick Mode (Overview)
1037
1038 @noindent
1039 @dfn{Quick Mode} is a quick way to use Calc when you don't need the
1040 full complexity of the stack and trail. To use it, type @kbd{M-# q}
1041 (@code{quick-calc}) in any regular editing buffer.
1042
1043 Quick Mode is very simple: It prompts you to type any formula in
1044 standard algebraic notation (like @samp{4 - 2/3}) and then displays
1045 the result at the bottom of the Emacs screen (@i{3.33333333333}
1046 in this case). You are then back in the same editing buffer you
1047 were in before, ready to continue editing or to type @kbd{M-# q}
1048 again to do another quick calculation. The result of the calculation
1049 will also be in the Emacs ``kill ring'' so that a @kbd{C-y} command
1050 at this point will yank the result into your editing buffer.
1051
1052 Calc mode settings affect Quick Mode, too, though you will have to
1053 go into regular Calc (with @kbd{M-# c}) to change the mode settings.
1054
1055 @c [fix-ref Quick Calculator mode]
1056 @xref{Quick Calculator}, for further information.
1057
1058 @node Keypad Mode Overview, Standalone Operation, Quick Mode Overview, Using Calc
1059 @subsection Keypad Mode (Overview)
1060
1061 @noindent
1062 @dfn{Keypad Mode} is a mouse-based interface to the Calculator.
1063 It is designed for use with the X window system. If you don't
1064 have X, you will have to operate keypad mode with your arrow
1065 keys (which is probably more trouble than it's worth). Keypad
1066 mode is currently not supported under Emacs 19.
1067
1068 Type @kbd{M-# k} to turn Keypad Mode on or off. Once again you
1069 get two new windows, this time on the righthand side of the screen
1070 instead of at the bottom. The upper window is the familiar Calc
1071 Stack; the lower window is a picture of a typical calculator keypad.
1072
1073 @tex
1074 \dimen0=\pagetotal%
1075 \advance \dimen0 by 24\baselineskip%
1076 \ifdim \dimen0>\pagegoal \vfill\eject \fi%
1077 \medskip
1078 @end tex
1079 @smallexample
1080 |--- Emacs Calculator Mode ---
1081 |2: 17.3
1082 |1: -5
1083 | .
1084 |--%%-Calc: 12 Deg (Calcul
1085 |----+-----Calc 2.00-----+----1
1086 |FLR |CEIL|RND |TRNC|CLN2|FLT |
1087 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
1088 | LN |EXP | |ABS |IDIV|MOD |
1089 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
1090 |SIN |COS |TAN |SQRT|y^x |1/x |
1091 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
1092 | ENTER |+/- |EEX |UNDO| <- |
1093 |-----+---+-+--+--+-+---++----|
1094 | INV | 7 | 8 | 9 | / |
1095 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
1096 | HYP | 4 | 5 | 6 | * |
1097 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
1098 |EXEC | 1 | 2 | 3 | - |
1099 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
1100 | OFF | 0 | . | PI | + |
1101 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
1102 @end smallexample
1103 @iftex
1104 @begingroup
1105 @ifdim@hsize=5in
1106 @vskip-3.7in
1107 @advance@hsize-2.2in
1108 @else
1109 @vskip-3.89in
1110 @advance@hsize-3.05in
1111 @advance@vsize.1in
1112 @fi
1113 @end iftex
1114
1115 Keypad Mode is much easier for beginners to learn, because there
1116 is no need to memorize lots of obscure key sequences. But not all
1117 commands in regular Calc are available on the Keypad. You can
1118 always switch the cursor into the Calc stack window to use
1119 standard Calc commands if you need. Serious Calc users, though,
1120 often find they prefer the standard interface over Keypad Mode.
1121
1122 To operate the Calculator, just click on the ``buttons'' of the
1123 keypad using your left mouse button. To enter the two numbers
1124 shown here you would click @w{@kbd{1 7 .@: 3 ENTER 5 +/- ENTER}}; to
1125 add them together you would then click @kbd{+} (to get 12.3 on
1126 the stack).
1127
1128 If you click the right mouse button, the top three rows of the
1129 keypad change to show other sets of commands, such as advanced
1130 math functions, vector operations, and operations on binary
1131 numbers.
1132
1133 @iftex
1134 @endgroup
1135 @end iftex
1136 Because Keypad Mode doesn't use the regular keyboard, Calc leaves
1137 the cursor in your original editing buffer. You can type in
1138 this buffer in the usual way while also clicking on the Calculator
1139 keypad. One advantage of Keypad Mode is that you don't need an
1140 explicit command to switch between editing and calculating.
1141
1142 If you press @kbd{M-# b} first, you get a full-screen Keypad Mode
1143 (@code{full-calc-keypad}) with three windows: The keypad in the lower
1144 left, the stack in the lower right, and the trail on top.
1145
1146 @c [fix-ref Keypad Mode]
1147 @xref{Keypad Mode}, for further information.
1148
1149 @node Standalone Operation, Embedded Mode Overview, Keypad Mode Overview, Using Calc
1150 @subsection Standalone Operation
1151
1152 @noindent
1153 @cindex Standalone Operation
1154 If you are not in Emacs at the moment but you wish to use Calc,
1155 you must start Emacs first. If all you want is to run Calc, you
1156 can give the commands:
1157
1158 @example
1159 emacs -f full-calc
1160 @end example
1161
1162 @noindent
1163 or
1164
1165 @example
1166 emacs -f full-calc-keypad
1167 @end example
1168
1169 @noindent
1170 which run a full-screen Calculator (as if by @kbd{M-# b M-# c}) or
1171 a full-screen X-based Calculator (as if by @kbd{M-# b M-# k}).
1172 In standalone operation, quitting the Calculator (by pressing
1173 @kbd{q} or clicking on the keypad @key{EXIT} button) quits Emacs
1174 itself.
1175
1176 @node Embedded Mode Overview, Other M-# Commands, Standalone Operation, Using Calc
1177 @subsection Embedded Mode (Overview)
1178
1179 @noindent
1180 @dfn{Embedded Mode} is a way to use Calc directly from inside an
1181 editing buffer. Suppose you have a formula written as part of a
1182 document like this:
1183
1184 @group
1185 @smallexample
1186 The derivative of
1187
1188 ln(ln(x))
1189
1190 is
1191 @end smallexample
1192 @end group
1193
1194 @noindent
1195 and you wish to have Calc compute and format the derivative for
1196 you and store this derivative in the buffer automatically. To
1197 do this with Embedded Mode, first copy the formula down to where
1198 you want the result to be:
1199
1200 @group
1201 @smallexample
1202 The derivative of
1203
1204 ln(ln(x))
1205
1206 is
1207
1208 ln(ln(x))
1209 @end smallexample
1210 @end group
1211
1212 Now, move the cursor onto this new formula and press @kbd{M-# e}.
1213 Calc will read the formula (using the surrounding blank lines to
1214 tell how much text to read), then push this formula (invisibly)
1215 onto the Calc stack. The cursor will stay on the formula in the
1216 editing buffer, but the buffer's mode line will change to look
1217 like the Calc mode line (with mode indicators like @samp{12 Deg}
1218 and so on). Even though you are still in your editing buffer,
1219 the keyboard now acts like the Calc keyboard, and any new result
1220 you get is copied from the stack back into the buffer. To take
1221 the derivative, you would type @kbd{a d x @key{RET}}.
1222
1223 @group
1224 @smallexample
1225 The derivative of
1226
1227 ln(ln(x))
1228
1229 is
1230
1231 1 / ln(x) x
1232 @end smallexample
1233 @end group
1234
1235 To make this look nicer, you might want to press @kbd{d =} to center
1236 the formula, and even @kbd{d B} to use ``big'' display mode.
1237
1238 @group
1239 @smallexample
1240 The derivative of
1241
1242 ln(ln(x))
1243
1244 is
1245 % [calc-mode: justify: center]
1246 % [calc-mode: language: big]
1247
1248 1
1249 -------
1250 ln(x) x
1251 @end smallexample
1252 @end group
1253
1254 Calc has added annotations to the file to help it remember the modes
1255 that were used for this formula. They are formatted like comments
1256 in the @TeX{} typesetting language, just in case you are using @TeX{}.
1257 (In this example @TeX{} is not being used, so you might want to move
1258 these comments up to the top of the file or otherwise put them out
1259 of the way.)
1260
1261 As an extra flourish, we can add an equation number using a
1262 righthand label: Type @kbd{d @} (1) RET}.
1263
1264 @group
1265 @smallexample
1266 % [calc-mode: justify: center]
1267 % [calc-mode: language: big]
1268 % [calc-mode: right-label: " (1)"]
1269
1270 1
1271 ------- (1)
1272 ln(x) x
1273 @end smallexample
1274 @end group
1275
1276 To leave Embedded Mode, type @kbd{M-# e} again. The mode line
1277 and keyboard will revert to the way they were before. (If you have
1278 actually been trying this as you read along, you'll want to press
1279 @kbd{M-# 0} [with the digit zero] now to reset the modes you changed.)
1280
1281 The related command @kbd{M-# w} operates on a single word, which
1282 generally means a single number, inside text. It uses any
1283 non-numeric characters rather than blank lines to delimit the
1284 formula it reads. Here's an example of its use:
1285
1286 @smallexample
1287 A slope of one-third corresponds to an angle of 1 degrees.
1288 @end smallexample
1289
1290 Place the cursor on the @samp{1}, then type @kbd{M-# w} to enable
1291 Embedded Mode on that number. Now type @kbd{3 /} (to get one-third),
1292 and @kbd{I T} (the Inverse Tangent converts a slope into an angle),
1293 then @w{@kbd{M-# w}} again to exit Embedded mode.
1294
1295 @smallexample
1296 A slope of one-third corresponds to an angle of 18.4349488229 degrees.
1297 @end smallexample
1298
1299 @c [fix-ref Embedded Mode]
1300 @xref{Embedded Mode}, for full details.
1301
1302 @node Other M-# Commands, , Embedded Mode Overview, Using Calc
1303 @subsection Other @kbd{M-#} Commands
1304
1305 @noindent
1306 Two more Calc-related commands are @kbd{M-# g} and @kbd{M-# r},
1307 which ``grab'' data from a selected region of a buffer into the
1308 Calculator. The region is defined in the usual Emacs way, by
1309 a ``mark'' placed at one end of the region, and the Emacs
1310 cursor or ``point'' placed at the other.
1311
1312 The @kbd{M-# g} command reads the region in the usual left-to-right,
1313 top-to-bottom order. The result is packaged into a Calc vector
1314 of numbers and placed on the stack. Calc (in its standard
1315 user interface) is then started. Type @kbd{v u} if you want
1316 to unpack this vector into separate numbers on the stack. Also,
1317 @kbd{C-u M-# g} interprets the region as a single number or
1318 formula.
1319
1320 The @kbd{M-# r} command reads a rectangle, with the point and
1321 mark defining opposite corners of the rectangle. The result
1322 is a matrix of numbers on the Calculator stack.
1323
1324 Complementary to these is @kbd{M-# y}, which ``yanks'' the
1325 value at the top of the Calc stack back into an editing buffer.
1326 If you type @w{@kbd{M-# y}} while in such a buffer, the value is
1327 yanked at the current position. If you type @kbd{M-# y} while
1328 in the Calc buffer, Calc makes an educated guess as to which
1329 editing buffer you want to use. The Calc window does not have
1330 to be visible in order to use this command, as long as there
1331 is something on the Calc stack.
1332
1333 Here, for reference, is the complete list of @kbd{M-#} commands.
1334 The shift, control, and meta keys are ignored for the keystroke
1335 following @kbd{M-#}.
1336
1337 @noindent
1338 Commands for turning Calc on and off:
1339
1340 @table @kbd
1341 @item #
1342 Turn Calc on or off, employing the same user interface as last time.
1343
1344 @item C
1345 Turn Calc on or off using its standard bottom-of-the-screen
1346 interface. If Calc is already turned on but the cursor is not
1347 in the Calc window, move the cursor into the window.
1348
1349 @item O
1350 Same as @kbd{C}, but don't select the new Calc window. If
1351 Calc is already turned on and the cursor is in the Calc window,
1352 move it out of that window.
1353
1354 @item B
1355 Control whether @kbd{M-# c} and @kbd{M-# k} use the full screen.
1356
1357 @item Q
1358 Use Quick Mode for a single short calculation.
1359
1360 @item K
1361 Turn Calc Keypad mode on or off.
1362
1363 @item E
1364 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off at the current formula.
1365
1366 @item J
1367 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off, select the interesting part.
1368
1369 @item W
1370 Turn Calc Embedded mode on or off at the current word (number).
1371
1372 @item Z
1373 Turn Calc on in a user-defined way, as defined by a @kbd{Z I} command.
1374
1375 @item X
1376 Quit Calc; turn off standard, Keypad, or Embedded mode if on.
1377 (This is like @kbd{q} or @key{OFF} inside of Calc.)
1378 @end table
1379 @iftex
1380 @sp 2
1381 @end iftex
1382
1383 @group
1384 @noindent
1385 Commands for moving data into and out of the Calculator:
1386
1387 @table @kbd
1388 @item G
1389 Grab the region into the Calculator as a vector.
1390
1391 @item R
1392 Grab the rectangular region into the Calculator as a matrix.
1393
1394 @item :
1395 Grab the rectangular region and compute the sums of its columns.
1396
1397 @item _
1398 Grab the rectangular region and compute the sums of its rows.
1399
1400 @item Y
1401 Yank a value from the Calculator into the current editing buffer.
1402 @end table
1403 @iftex
1404 @sp 2
1405 @end iftex
1406 @end group
1407
1408 @group
1409 @noindent
1410 Commands for use with Embedded Mode:
1411
1412 @table @kbd
1413 @item A
1414 ``Activate'' the current buffer. Locate all formulas that
1415 contain @samp{:=} or @samp{=>} symbols and record their locations
1416 so that they can be updated automatically as variables are changed.
1417
1418 @item D
1419 Duplicate the current formula immediately below and select
1420 the duplicate.
1421
1422 @item F
1423 Insert a new formula at the current point.
1424
1425 @item N
1426 Move the cursor to the next active formula in the buffer.
1427
1428 @item P
1429 Move the cursor to the previous active formula in the buffer.
1430
1431 @item U
1432 Update (i.e., as if by the @kbd{=} key) the formula at the current point.
1433
1434 @item `
1435 Edit (as if by @code{calc-edit}) the formula at the current point.
1436 @end table
1437 @iftex
1438 @sp 2
1439 @end iftex
1440 @end group
1441
1442 @group
1443 @noindent
1444 Miscellaneous commands:
1445
1446 @table @kbd
1447 @item I
1448 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc manual.
1449 (This is the same as @kbd{h i} inside of Calc.)
1450
1451 @item T
1452 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc Tutorial.
1453
1454 @item S
1455 Run the Emacs Info system to read the Calc Summary.
1456
1457 @item L
1458 Load Calc entirely into memory. (Normally the various parts
1459 are loaded only as they are needed.)
1460
1461 @item M
1462 Read a region of written keystroke names (like @samp{C-n a b c RET})
1463 and record them as the current keyboard macro.
1464
1465 @item 0
1466 (This is the ``zero'' digit key.) Reset the Calculator to
1467 its default state: Empty stack, and default mode settings.
1468 With any prefix argument, reset everything but the stack.
1469 @end table
1470 @end group
1471
1472 @node History and Acknowledgements, , Using Calc, Getting Started
1473 @section History and Acknowledgements
1474
1475 @noindent
1476 Calc was originally started as a two-week project to occupy a lull
1477 in the author's schedule. Basically, a friend asked if I remembered
1478 the value of @c{$2^{32}$}
1479 @cite{2^32}. I didn't offhand, but I said, ``that's
1480 easy, just call up an @code{xcalc}.'' @code{Xcalc} duly reported
1481 that the answer to our question was @samp{4.294967e+09}---with no way to
1482 see the full ten digits even though we knew they were there in the
1483 program's memory! I was so annoyed, I vowed to write a calculator
1484 of my own, once and for all.
1485
1486 I chose Emacs Lisp, a) because I had always been curious about it
1487 and b) because, being only a text editor extension language after
1488 all, Emacs Lisp would surely reach its limits long before the project
1489 got too far out of hand.
1490
1491 To make a long story short, Emacs Lisp turned out to be a distressingly
1492 solid implementation of Lisp, and the humble task of calculating
1493 turned out to be more open-ended than one might have expected.
1494
1495 Emacs Lisp doesn't have built-in floating point math, so it had to be
1496 simulated in software. In fact, Emacs integers will only comfortably
1497 fit six decimal digits or so---not enough for a decent calculator. So
1498 I had to write my own high-precision integer code as well, and once I had
1499 this I figured that arbitrary-size integers were just as easy as large
1500 integers. Arbitrary floating-point precision was the logical next step.
1501 Also, since the large integer arithmetic was there anyway it seemed only
1502 fair to give the user direct access to it, which in turn made it practical
1503 to support fractions as well as floats. All these features inspired me
1504 to look around for other data types that might be worth having.
1505
1506 Around this time, my friend Rick Koshi showed me his nifty new HP-28
1507 calculator. It allowed the user to manipulate formulas as well as
1508 numerical quantities, and it could also operate on matrices. I decided
1509 that these would be good for Calc to have, too. And once things had
1510 gone this far, I figured I might as well take a look at serious algebra
1511 systems like Mathematica, Macsyma, and Maple for further ideas. Since
1512 these systems did far more than I could ever hope to implement, I decided
1513 to focus on rewrite rules and other programming features so that users
1514 could implement what they needed for themselves.
1515
1516 Rick complained that matrices were hard to read, so I put in code to
1517 format them in a 2D style. Once these routines were in place, Big mode
1518 was obligatory. Gee, what other language modes would be useful?
1519
1520 Scott Hemphill and Allen Knutson, two friends with a strong mathematical
1521 bent, contributed ideas and algorithms for a number of Calc features
1522 including modulo forms, primality testing, and float-to-fraction conversion.
1523
1524 Units were added at the eager insistence of Mass Sivilotti. Later,
1525 Ulrich Mueller at CERN and Przemek Klosowski at NIST provided invaluable
1526 expert assistance with the units table. As far as I can remember, the
1527 idea of using algebraic formulas and variables to represent units dates
1528 back to an ancient article in Byte magazine about muMath, an early
1529 algebra system for microcomputers.
1530
1531 Many people have contributed to Calc by reporting bugs and suggesting
1532 features, large and small. A few deserve special mention: Tim Peters,
1533 who helped develop the ideas that led to the selection commands, rewrite
1534 rules, and many other algebra features; @c{Fran\c cois}
1535 @asis{Francois} Pinard, who contributed
1536 an early prototype of the Calc Summary appendix as well as providing
1537 valuable suggestions in many other areas of Calc; Carl Witty, whose eagle
1538 eyes discovered many typographical and factual errors in the Calc manual;
1539 Tim Kay, who drove the development of Embedded mode; Ove Ewerlid, who
1540 made many suggestions relating to the algebra commands and contributed
1541 some code for polynomial operations; Randal Schwartz, who suggested the
1542 @code{calc-eval} function; Robert J. Chassell, who suggested the Calc
1543 Tutorial and exercises; and Juha Sarlin, who first worked out how to split
1544 Calc into quickly-loading parts. Bob Weiner helped immensely with the
1545 Lucid Emacs port.
1546
1547 @cindex Bibliography
1548 @cindex Knuth, Art of Computer Programming
1549 @cindex Numerical Recipes
1550 @c Should these be expanded into more complete references?
1551 Among the books used in the development of Calc were Knuth's @emph{Art
1552 of Computer Programming} (especially volume II, @emph{Seminumerical
1553 Algorithms}); @emph{Numerical Recipes} by Press, Flannery, Teukolsky,
1554 and Vetterling; Bevington's @emph{Data Reduction and Error Analysis for
1555 the Physical Sciences}; @emph{Concrete Mathematics} by Graham, Knuth,
1556 and Patashnik; Steele's @emph{Common Lisp, the Language}; the @emph{CRC
1557 Standard Math Tables} (William H. Beyer, ed.); and Abramowitz and
1558 Stegun's venerable @emph{Handbook of Mathematical Functions}. I
1559 consulted the user's manuals for the HP-28 and HP-48 calculators, as
1560 well as for the programs Mathematica, SMP, Macsyma, Maple, MathCAD,
1561 Gnuplot, and others. Also, of course, Calc could not have been written
1562 without the excellent @emph{GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, by Bil
1563 Lewis and Dan LaLiberte.
1564
1565 Final thanks go to Richard Stallman, without whose fine implementations
1566 of the Emacs editor, language, and environment, Calc would have been
1567 finished in two weeks.
1568
1569 @c [tutorial]
1570
1571 @ifinfo
1572 @c This node is accessed by the `M-# t' command.
1573 @node Interactive Tutorial, , , Top
1574 @chapter Tutorial
1575
1576 @noindent
1577 Some brief instructions on using the Emacs Info system for this tutorial:
1578
1579 Press the space bar and Delete keys to go forward and backward in a
1580 section by screenfuls (or use the regular Emacs scrolling commands
1581 for this).
1582
1583 Press @kbd{n} or @kbd{p} to go to the Next or Previous section.
1584 If the section has a @dfn{menu}, press a digit key like @kbd{1}
1585 or @kbd{2} to go to a sub-section from the menu. Press @kbd{u} to
1586 go back up from a sub-section to the menu it is part of.
1587
1588 Exercises in the tutorial all have cross-references to the
1589 appropriate page of the ``answers'' section. Press @kbd{f}, then
1590 the exercise number, to see the answer to an exercise. After
1591 you have followed a cross-reference, you can press the letter
1592 @kbd{l} to return to where you were before.
1593
1594 You can press @kbd{?} at any time for a brief summary of Info commands.
1595
1596 Press @kbd{1} now to enter the first section of the Tutorial.
1597
1598 @menu
1599 * Tutorial::
1600 @end menu
1601 @end ifinfo
1602
1603 @node Tutorial, Introduction, Getting Started, Top
1604 @chapter Tutorial
1605
1606 @noindent
1607 This chapter explains how to use Calc and its many features, in
1608 a step-by-step, tutorial way. You are encouraged to run Calc and
1609 work along with the examples as you read (@pxref{Starting Calc}).
1610 If you are already familiar with advanced calculators, you may wish
1611 @c [not-split]
1612 to skip on to the rest of this manual.
1613 @c [when-split]
1614 @c to skip on to volume II of this manual, the @dfn{Calc Reference}.
1615
1616 @c [fix-ref Embedded Mode]
1617 This tutorial describes the standard user interface of Calc only.
1618 The ``Quick Mode'' and ``Keypad Mode'' interfaces are fairly
1619 self-explanatory. @xref{Embedded Mode}, for a description of
1620 the ``Embedded Mode'' interface.
1621
1622 @ifinfo
1623 The easiest way to read this tutorial on-line is to have two windows on
1624 your Emacs screen, one with Calc and one with the Info system. (If you
1625 have a printed copy of the manual you can use that instead.) Press
1626 @kbd{M-# c} to turn Calc on or to switch into the Calc window, and
1627 press @kbd{M-# i} to start the Info system or to switch into its window.
1628 Or, you may prefer to use the tutorial in printed form.
1629 @end ifinfo
1630 @iftex
1631 The easiest way to read this tutorial on-line is to have two windows on
1632 your Emacs screen, one with Calc and one with the Info system. (If you
1633 have a printed copy of the manual you can use that instead.) Press
1634 @kbd{M-# c} to turn Calc on or to switch into the Calc window, and
1635 press @kbd{M-# i} to start the Info system or to switch into its window.
1636 @end iftex
1637
1638 This tutorial is designed to be done in sequence. But the rest of this
1639 manual does not assume you have gone through the tutorial. The tutorial
1640 does not cover everything in the Calculator, but it touches on most
1641 general areas.
1642
1643 @ifinfo
1644 You may wish to print out a copy of the Calc Summary and keep notes on
1645 it as you learn Calc. @xref{Installation}, to see how to make a printed
1646 summary. @xref{Summary}.
1647 @end ifinfo
1648 @iftex
1649 The Calc Summary at the end of the reference manual includes some blank
1650 space for your own use. You may wish to keep notes there as you learn
1651 Calc.
1652 @end iftex
1653
1654 @menu
1655 * Basic Tutorial::
1656 * Arithmetic Tutorial::
1657 * Vector/Matrix Tutorial::
1658 * Types Tutorial::
1659 * Algebra Tutorial::
1660 * Programming Tutorial::
1661
1662 * Answers to Exercises::
1663 @end menu
1664
1665 @node Basic Tutorial, Arithmetic Tutorial, Tutorial, Tutorial
1666 @section Basic Tutorial
1667
1668 @noindent
1669 In this section, we learn how RPN and algebraic-style calculations
1670 work, how to undo and redo an operation done by mistake, and how
1671 to control various modes of the Calculator.
1672
1673 @menu
1674 * RPN Tutorial:: Basic operations with the stack.
1675 * Algebraic Tutorial:: Algebraic entry; variables.
1676 * Undo Tutorial:: If you make a mistake: Undo and the trail.
1677 * Modes Tutorial:: Common mode-setting commands.
1678 @end menu
1679
1680 @node RPN Tutorial, Algebraic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
1681 @subsection RPN Calculations and the Stack
1682
1683 @cindex RPN notation
1684 @ifinfo
1685 @noindent
1686 Calc normally uses RPN notation. You may be familiar with the RPN
1687 system from Hewlett-Packard calculators, FORTH, or PostScript.
1688 (Reverse Polish Notation, RPN, is named after the Polish mathematician
1689 Jan Lukasiewicz.)
1690 @end ifinfo
1691 @tex
1692 \noindent
1693 Calc normally uses RPN notation. You may be familiar with the RPN
1694 system from Hewlett-Packard calculators, FORTH, or PostScript.
1695 (Reverse Polish Notation, RPN, is named after the Polish mathematician
1696 Jan \L ukasiewicz.)
1697 @end tex
1698
1699 The central component of an RPN calculator is the @dfn{stack}. A
1700 calculator stack is like a stack of dishes. New dishes (numbers) are
1701 added at the top of the stack, and numbers are normally only removed
1702 from the top of the stack.
1703
1704 @cindex Operators
1705 @cindex Operands
1706 In an operation like @cite{2+3}, the 2 and 3 are called the @dfn{operands}
1707 and the @cite{+} is the @dfn{operator}. In an RPN calculator you always
1708 enter the operands first, then the operator. Each time you type a
1709 number, Calc adds or @dfn{pushes} it onto the top of the Stack.
1710 When you press an operator key like @kbd{+}, Calc @dfn{pops} the appropriate
1711 number of operands from the stack and pushes back the result.
1712
1713 Thus we could add the numbers 2 and 3 in an RPN calculator by typing:
1714 @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} +}. (The @key{RET} key, Return, corresponds to
1715 the @key{ENTER} key on traditional RPN calculators.) Try this now if
1716 you wish; type @kbd{M-# c} to switch into the Calc window (you can type
1717 @kbd{M-# c} again or @kbd{M-# o} to switch back to the Tutorial window).
1718 The first four keystrokes ``push'' the numbers 2 and 3 onto the stack.
1719 The @kbd{+} key ``pops'' the top two numbers from the stack, adds them,
1720 and pushes the result (5) back onto the stack. Here's how the stack
1721 will look at various points throughout the calculation:@refill
1722
1723 @group
1724 @smallexample
1725 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5 .
1726 . 1: 3 .
1727 .
1728
1729 M-# c 2 RET 3 RET + DEL
1730 @end smallexample
1731 @end group
1732
1733 The @samp{.} symbol is a marker that represents the top of the stack.
1734 Note that the ``top'' of the stack is really shown at the bottom of
1735 the Stack window. This may seem backwards, but it turns out to be
1736 less distracting in regular use.
1737
1738 @cindex Stack levels
1739 @cindex Levels of stack
1740 The numbers @samp{1:} and @samp{2:} on the left are @dfn{stack level
1741 numbers}. Old RPN calculators always had four stack levels called
1742 @cite{x}, @cite{y}, @cite{z}, and @cite{t}. Calc's stack can grow
1743 as large as you like, so it uses numbers instead of letters. Some
1744 stack-manipulation commands accept a numeric argument that says
1745 which stack level to work on. Normal commands like @kbd{+} always
1746 work on the top few levels of the stack.@refill
1747
1748 @c [fix-ref Truncating the Stack]
1749 The Stack buffer is just an Emacs buffer, and you can move around in
1750 it using the regular Emacs motion commands. But no matter where the
1751 cursor is, even if you have scrolled the @samp{.} marker out of
1752 view, most Calc commands always move the cursor back down to level 1
1753 before doing anything. It is possible to move the @samp{.} marker
1754 upwards through the stack, temporarily ``hiding'' some numbers from
1755 commands like @kbd{+}. This is called @dfn{stack truncation} and
1756 we will not cover it in this tutorial; @pxref{Truncating the Stack},
1757 if you are interested.
1758
1759 You don't really need the second @key{RET} in @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3
1760 @key{RET} +}. That's because if you type any operator name or
1761 other non-numeric key when you are entering a number, the Calculator
1762 automatically enters that number and then does the requested command.
1763 Thus @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +} will work just as well.@refill
1764
1765 Examples in this tutorial will often omit @key{RET} even when the
1766 stack displays shown would only happen if you did press @key{RET}:
1767
1768 @group
1769 @smallexample
1770 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5
1771 . 1: 3 .
1772 .
1773
1774 2 RET 3 +
1775 @end smallexample
1776 @end group
1777
1778 @noindent
1779 Here, after pressing @kbd{3} the stack would really show @samp{1: 2}
1780 with @samp{Calc:@: 3} in the minibuffer. In these situations, you can
1781 press the optional @key{RET} to see the stack as the figure shows.
1782
1783 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} (This tutorial will include exercises
1784 at various points. Try them if you wish. Answers to all the exercises
1785 are located at the end of the Tutorial chapter. Each exercise will
1786 include a cross-reference to its particular answer. If you are
1787 reading with the Emacs Info system, press @kbd{f} and the
1788 exercise number to go to the answer, then the letter @kbd{l} to
1789 return to where you were.)
1790
1791 @noindent
1792 Here's the first exercise: What will the keystrokes @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2
1793 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -} compute? (@samp{*} is the symbol for
1794 multiplication.) Figure it out by hand, then try it with Calc to see
1795 if you're right. @xref{RPN Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
1796
1797 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Compute @c{$(2\times4) + (7\times9.4) + {5\over4}$}
1798 @cite{2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4} using the
1799 stack. @xref{RPN Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
1800
1801 The @key{DEL} key is called Backspace on some keyboards. It is
1802 whatever key you would use to correct a simple typing error when
1803 regularly using Emacs. The @key{DEL} key pops and throws away the
1804 top value on the stack. (You can still get that value back from
1805 the Trail if you should need it later on.) There are many places
1806 in this tutorial where we assume you have used @key{DEL} to erase the
1807 results of the previous example at the beginning of a new example.
1808 In the few places where it is really important to use @key{DEL} to
1809 clear away old results, the text will remind you to do so.
1810
1811 (It won't hurt to let things accumulate on the stack, except that
1812 whenever you give a display-mode-changing command Calc will have to
1813 spend a long time reformatting such a large stack.)
1814
1815 Since the @kbd{-} key is also an operator (it subtracts the top two
1816 stack elements), how does one enter a negative number? Calc uses
1817 the @kbd{_} (underscore) key to act like the minus sign in a number.
1818 So, typing @kbd{-5 @key{RET}} won't work because the @kbd{-} key
1819 will try to do a subtraction, but @kbd{_5 @key{RET}} works just fine.
1820
1821 You can also press @kbd{n}, which means ``change sign.'' It changes
1822 the number at the top of the stack (or the number being entered)
1823 from positive to negative or vice-versa: @kbd{5 n @key{RET}}.
1824
1825 @cindex Duplicating a stack entry
1826 If you press @key{RET} when you're not entering a number, the effect
1827 is to duplicate the top number on the stack. Consider this calculation:
1828
1829 @group
1830 @smallexample
1831 1: 3 2: 3 1: 9 2: 9 1: 81
1832 . 1: 3 . 1: 9 .
1833 . .
1834
1835 3 RET RET * RET *
1836 @end smallexample
1837 @end group
1838
1839 @noindent
1840 (Of course, an easier way to do this would be @kbd{3 @key{RET} 4 ^},
1841 to raise 3 to the fourth power.)
1842
1843 The space-bar key (denoted @key{SPC} here) performs the same function
1844 as @key{RET}; you could replace all three occurrences of @key{RET} in
1845 the above example with @key{SPC} and the effect would be the same.
1846
1847 @cindex Exchanging stack entries
1848 Another stack manipulation key is @key{TAB}. This exchanges the top
1849 two stack entries. Suppose you have computed @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +}
1850 to get 5, and then you realize what you really wanted to compute
1851 was @cite{20 / (2+3)}.
1852
1853 @group
1854 @smallexample
1855 1: 5 2: 5 2: 20 1: 4
1856 . 1: 20 1: 5 .
1857 . .
1858
1859 2 RET 3 + 20 TAB /
1860 @end smallexample
1861 @end group
1862
1863 @noindent
1864 Planning ahead, the calculation would have gone like this:
1865
1866 @group
1867 @smallexample
1868 1: 20 2: 20 3: 20 2: 20 1: 4
1869 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 5 .
1870 . 1: 3 .
1871 .
1872
1873 20 RET 2 RET 3 + /
1874 @end smallexample
1875 @end group
1876
1877 A related stack command is @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (hold @key{META} and type
1878 @key{TAB}). It rotates the top three elements of the stack upward,
1879 bringing the object in level 3 to the top.
1880
1881 @group
1882 @smallexample
1883 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 20 3: 30
1884 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 30 2: 10
1885 . 1: 30 1: 10 1: 20
1886 . . .
1887
1888 10 RET 20 RET 30 RET M-TAB M-TAB
1889 @end smallexample
1890 @end group
1891
1892 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Suppose the numbers 10, 20, and 30 are
1893 on the stack. Figure out how to add one to the number in level 2
1894 without affecting the rest of the stack. Also figure out how to add
1895 one to the number in level 3. @xref{RPN Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
1896
1897 Operations like @kbd{+}, @kbd{-}, @kbd{*}, @kbd{/}, and @kbd{^} pop two
1898 arguments from the stack and push a result. Operations like @kbd{n} and
1899 @kbd{Q} (square root) pop a single number and push the result. You can
1900 think of them as simply operating on the top element of the stack.
1901
1902 @group
1903 @smallexample
1904 1: 3 1: 9 2: 9 1: 25 1: 5
1905 . . 1: 16 . .
1906 .
1907
1908 3 RET RET * 4 RET RET * + Q
1909 @end smallexample
1910 @end group
1911
1912 @noindent
1913 (Note that capital @kbd{Q} means to hold down the Shift key while
1914 typing @kbd{q}. Remember, plain unshifted @kbd{q} is the Quit command.)
1915
1916 @cindex Pythagorean Theorem
1917 Here we've used the Pythagorean Theorem to determine the hypotenuse of a
1918 right triangle. Calc actually has a built-in command for that called
1919 @kbd{f h}, but let's suppose we can't remember the necessary keystrokes.
1920 We can still enter it by its full name using @kbd{M-x} notation:
1921
1922 @group
1923 @smallexample
1924 1: 3 2: 3 1: 5
1925 . 1: 4 .
1926 .
1927
1928 3 RET 4 RET M-x calc-hypot
1929 @end smallexample
1930 @end group
1931
1932 All Calculator commands begin with the word @samp{calc-}. Since it
1933 gets tiring to type this, Calc provides an @kbd{x} key which is just
1934 like the regular Emacs @kbd{M-x} key except that it types the @samp{calc-}
1935 prefix for you:
1936
1937 @group
1938 @smallexample
1939 1: 3 2: 3 1: 5
1940 . 1: 4 .
1941 .
1942
1943 3 RET 4 RET x hypot
1944 @end smallexample
1945 @end group
1946
1947 What happens if you take the square root of a negative number?
1948
1949 @group
1950 @smallexample
1951 1: 4 1: -4 1: (0, 2)
1952 . . .
1953
1954 4 RET n Q
1955 @end smallexample
1956 @end group
1957
1958 @noindent
1959 The notation @cite{(a, b)} represents a complex number.
1960 Complex numbers are more traditionally written @c{$a + b i$}
1961 @cite{a + b i};
1962 Calc can display in this format, too, but for now we'll stick to the
1963 @cite{(a, b)} notation.
1964
1965 If you don't know how complex numbers work, you can safely ignore this
1966 feature. Complex numbers only arise from operations that would be
1967 errors in a calculator that didn't have complex numbers. (For example,
1968 taking the square root or logarithm of a negative number produces a
1969 complex result.)
1970
1971 Complex numbers are entered in the notation shown. The @kbd{(} and
1972 @kbd{,} and @kbd{)} keys manipulate ``incomplete complex numbers.''
1973
1974 @group
1975 @smallexample
1976 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 1: (2, ... 1: (2, ... 1: (2, 3)
1977 . 1: 2 . 3 .
1978 . .
1979
1980 ( 2 , 3 )
1981 @end smallexample
1982 @end group
1983
1984 You can perform calculations while entering parts of incomplete objects.
1985 However, an incomplete object cannot actually participate in a calculation:
1986
1987 @group
1988 @smallexample
1989 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 3: ( ... 1: ( ... 1: ( ...
1990 . 1: 2 2: 2 5 5
1991 . 1: 3 . .
1992 .
1993 (error)
1994 ( 2 RET 3 + +
1995 @end smallexample
1996 @end group
1997
1998 @noindent
1999 Adding 5 to an incomplete object makes no sense, so the last command
2000 produces an error message and leaves the stack the same.
2001
2002 Incomplete objects can't participate in arithmetic, but they can be
2003 moved around by the regular stack commands.
2004
2005 @group
2006 @smallexample
2007 2: 2 3: 2 3: 3 1: ( ... 1: (2, 3)
2008 1: 3 2: 3 2: ( ... 2 .
2009 . 1: ( ... 1: 2 3
2010 . . .
2011
2012 2 RET 3 RET ( M-TAB M-TAB )
2013 @end smallexample
2014 @end group
2015
2016 @noindent
2017 Note that the @kbd{,} (comma) key did not have to be used here.
2018 When you press @kbd{)} all the stack entries between the incomplete
2019 entry and the top are collected, so there's never really a reason
2020 to use the comma. It's up to you.
2021
2022 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} To enter the complex number @cite{(2, 3)},
2023 your friend Joe typed @kbd{( 2 , @key{SPC} 3 )}. What happened?
2024 (Joe thought of a clever way to correct his mistake in only two
2025 keystrokes, but it didn't quite work. Try it to find out why.)
2026 @xref{RPN Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
2027
2028 Vectors are entered the same way as complex numbers, but with square
2029 brackets in place of parentheses. We'll meet vectors again later in
2030 the tutorial.
2031
2032 Any Emacs command can be given a @dfn{numeric prefix argument} by
2033 typing a series of @key{META}-digits beforehand. If @key{META} is
2034 awkward for you, you can instead type @kbd{C-u} followed by the
2035 necessary digits. Numeric prefix arguments can be negative, as in
2036 @kbd{M-- M-3 M-5} or @w{@kbd{C-u - 3 5}}. Calc commands use numeric
2037 prefix arguments in a variety of ways. For example, a numeric prefix
2038 on the @kbd{+} operator adds any number of stack entries at once:
2039
2040 @group
2041 @smallexample
2042 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 10 1: 60
2043 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 20 .
2044 . 1: 30 1: 30
2045 . .
2046
2047 10 RET 20 RET 30 RET C-u 3 +
2048 @end smallexample
2049 @end group
2050
2051 For stack manipulation commands like @key{RET}, a positive numeric
2052 prefix argument operates on the top @var{n} stack entries at once. A
2053 negative argument operates on the entry in level @var{n} only. An
2054 argument of zero operates on the entire stack. In this example, we copy
2055 the second-to-top element of the stack:
2056
2057 @group
2058 @smallexample
2059 1: 10 2: 10 3: 10 3: 10 4: 10
2060 . 1: 20 2: 20 2: 20 3: 20
2061 . 1: 30 1: 30 2: 30
2062 . . 1: 20
2063 .
2064
2065 10 RET 20 RET 30 RET C-u -2 RET
2066 @end smallexample
2067 @end group
2068
2069 @cindex Clearing the stack
2070 @cindex Emptying the stack
2071 Another common idiom is @kbd{M-0 DEL}, which clears the stack.
2072 (The @kbd{M-0} numeric prefix tells @key{DEL} to operate on the
2073 entire stack.)
2074
2075 @node Algebraic Tutorial, Undo Tutorial, RPN Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
2076 @subsection Algebraic-Style Calculations
2077
2078 @noindent
2079 If you are not used to RPN notation, you may prefer to operate the
2080 Calculator in ``algebraic mode,'' which is closer to the way
2081 non-RPN calculators work. In algebraic mode, you enter formulas
2082 in traditional @cite{2+3} notation.
2083
2084 You don't really need any special ``mode'' to enter algebraic formulas.
2085 You can enter a formula at any time by pressing the apostrophe (@kbd{'})
2086 key. Answer the prompt with the desired formula, then press @key{RET}.
2087 The formula is evaluated and the result is pushed onto the RPN stack.
2088 If you don't want to think in RPN at all, you can enter your whole
2089 computation as a formula, read the result from the stack, then press
2090 @key{DEL} to delete it from the stack.
2091
2092 Try pressing the apostrophe key, then @kbd{2+3+4}, then @key{RET}.
2093 The result should be the number 9.
2094
2095 Algebraic formulas use the operators @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*},
2096 @samp{/}, and @samp{^}. You can use parentheses to make the order
2097 of evaluation clear. In the absence of parentheses, @samp{^} is
2098 evaluated first, then @samp{*}, then @samp{/}, then finally
2099 @samp{+} and @samp{-}. For example, the expression
2100
2101 @example
2102 2 + 3*4*5 / 6*7^8 - 9
2103 @end example
2104
2105 @noindent
2106 is equivalent to
2107
2108 @example
2109 2 + ((3*4*5) / (6*(7^8)) - 9
2110 @end example
2111
2112 @noindent
2113 or, in large mathematical notation,
2114
2115 @ifinfo
2116 @group
2117 @example
2118 3 * 4 * 5
2119 2 + --------- - 9
2120 8
2121 6 * 7
2122 @end example
2123 @end group
2124 @end ifinfo
2125 @tex
2126 \turnoffactive
2127 \beforedisplay
2128 $$ 2 + { 3 \times 4 \times 5 \over 6 \times 7^8 } - 9 $$
2129 \afterdisplay
2130 @end tex
2131
2132 @noindent
2133 The result of this expression will be the number @i{-6.99999826533}.
2134
2135 Calc's order of evaluation is the same as for most computer languages,
2136 except that @samp{*} binds more strongly than @samp{/}, as the above
2137 example shows. As in normal mathematical notation, the @samp{*} symbol
2138 can often be omitted: @samp{2 a} is the same as @samp{2*a}.
2139
2140 Operators at the same level are evaluated from left to right, except
2141 that @samp{^} is evaluated from right to left. Thus, @samp{2-3-4} is
2142 equivalent to @samp{(2-3)-4} or @i{-5}, whereas @samp{2^3^4} is equivalent
2143 to @samp{2^(3^4)} (a very large integer; try it!).
2144
2145 If you tire of typing the apostrophe all the time, there is an
2146 ``algebraic mode'' you can select in which Calc automatically senses
2147 when you are about to type an algebraic expression. To enter this
2148 mode, press the two letters @w{@kbd{m a}}. (An @samp{Alg} indicator
2149 should appear in the Calc window's mode line.)
2150
2151 Press @kbd{m a}, then @kbd{2+3+4} with no apostrophe, then @key{RET}.
2152
2153 In algebraic mode, when you press any key that would normally begin
2154 entering a number (such as a digit, a decimal point, or the @kbd{_}
2155 key), or if you press @kbd{(} or @kbd{[}, Calc automatically begins
2156 an algebraic entry.
2157
2158 Functions which do not have operator symbols like @samp{+} and @samp{*}
2159 must be entered in formulas using function-call notation. For example,
2160 the function name corresponding to the square-root key @kbd{Q} is
2161 @code{sqrt}. To compute a square root in a formula, you would use
2162 the notation @samp{sqrt(@var{x})}.
2163
2164 Press the apostrophe, then type @kbd{sqrt(5*2) - 3}. The result should
2165 be @cite{0.16227766017}.
2166
2167 Note that if the formula begins with a function name, you need to use
2168 the apostrophe even if you are in algebraic mode. If you type @kbd{arcsin}
2169 out of the blue, the @kbd{a r} will be taken as an Algebraic Rewrite
2170 command, and the @kbd{csin} will be taken as the name of the rewrite
2171 rule to use!
2172
2173 Some people prefer to enter complex numbers and vectors in algebraic
2174 form because they find RPN entry with incomplete objects to be too
2175 distracting, even though they otherwise use Calc as an RPN calculator.
2176
2177 Still in algebraic mode, type:
2178
2179 @group
2180 @smallexample
2181 1: (2, 3) 2: (2, 3) 1: (8, -1) 2: (8, -1) 1: (9, -1)
2182 . 1: (1, -2) . 1: 1 .
2183 . .
2184
2185 (2,3) RET (1,-2) RET * 1 RET +
2186 @end smallexample
2187 @end group
2188
2189 Algebraic mode allows us to enter complex numbers without pressing
2190 an apostrophe first, but it also means we need to press @key{RET}
2191 after every entry, even for a simple number like @cite{1}.
2192
2193 (You can type @kbd{C-u m a} to enable a special ``incomplete algebraic
2194 mode'' in which the @kbd{(} and @kbd{[} keys use algebraic entry even
2195 though regular numeric keys still use RPN numeric entry. There is also
2196 a ``total algebraic mode,'' started by typing @kbd{m t}, in which all
2197 normal keys begin algebraic entry. You must then use the @key{META} key
2198 to type Calc commands: @kbd{M-m t} to get back out of total algebraic
2199 mode, @kbd{M-q} to quit, etc. Total algebraic mode is not supported
2200 under Emacs 19.)
2201
2202 If you're still in algebraic mode, press @kbd{m a} again to turn it off.
2203
2204 Actual non-RPN calculators use a mixture of algebraic and RPN styles.
2205 In general, operators of two numbers (like @kbd{+} and @kbd{*})
2206 use algebraic form, but operators of one number (like @kbd{n} and @kbd{Q})
2207 use RPN form. Also, a non-RPN calculator allows you to see the
2208 intermediate results of a calculation as you go along. You can
2209 accomplish this in Calc by performing your calculation as a series
2210 of algebraic entries, using the @kbd{$} sign to tie them together.
2211 In an algebraic formula, @kbd{$} represents the number on the top
2212 of the stack. Here, we perform the calculation @c{$\sqrt{2\times4+1}$}
2213 @cite{sqrt(2*4+1)},
2214 which on a traditional calculator would be done by pressing
2215 @kbd{2 * 4 + 1 =} and then the square-root key.
2216
2217 @group
2218 @smallexample
2219 1: 8 1: 9 1: 3
2220 . . .
2221
2222 ' 2*4 RET $+1 RET Q
2223 @end smallexample
2224 @end group
2225
2226 @noindent
2227 Notice that we didn't need to press an apostrophe for the @kbd{$+1},
2228 because the dollar sign always begins an algebraic entry.
2229
2230 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} How could you get the same effect as
2231 pressing @kbd{Q} but using an algebraic entry instead? How about
2232 if the @kbd{Q} key on your keyboard were broken?
2233 @xref{Algebraic Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
2234
2235 The notations @kbd{$$}, @kbd{$$$}, and so on stand for higher stack
2236 entries. For example, @kbd{' $$+$ RET} is just like typing @kbd{+}.
2237
2238 Algebraic formulas can include @dfn{variables}. To store in a
2239 variable, press @kbd{s s}, then type the variable name, then press
2240 @key{RET}. (There are actually two flavors of store command:
2241 @kbd{s s} stores a number in a variable but also leaves the number
2242 on the stack, while @w{@kbd{s t}} removes a number from the stack and
2243 stores it in the variable.) A variable name should consist of one
2244 or more letters or digits, beginning with a letter.
2245
2246 @group
2247 @smallexample
2248 1: 17 . 1: a + a^2 1: 306
2249 . . .
2250
2251 17 s t a RET ' a+a^2 RET =
2252 @end smallexample
2253 @end group
2254
2255 @noindent
2256 The @kbd{=} key @dfn{evaluates} a formula by replacing all its
2257 variables by the values that were stored in them.
2258
2259 For RPN calculations, you can recall a variable's value on the
2260 stack either by entering its name as a formula and pressing @kbd{=},
2261 or by using the @kbd{s r} command.
2262
2263 @group
2264 @smallexample
2265 1: 17 2: 17 3: 17 2: 17 1: 306
2266 . 1: 17 2: 17 1: 289 .
2267 . 1: 2 .
2268 .
2269
2270 s r a RET ' a RET = 2 ^ +
2271 @end smallexample
2272 @end group
2273
2274 If you press a single digit for a variable name (as in @kbd{s t 3}, you
2275 get one of ten @dfn{quick variables} @code{q0} through @code{q9}.
2276 They are ``quick'' simply because you don't have to type the letter
2277 @code{q} or the @key{RET} after their names. In fact, you can type
2278 simply @kbd{s 3} as a shorthand for @kbd{s s 3}, and likewise for
2279 @kbd{t 3} and @w{@kbd{r 3}}.
2280
2281 Any variables in an algebraic formula for which you have not stored
2282 values are left alone, even when you evaluate the formula.
2283
2284 @group
2285 @smallexample
2286 1: 2 a + 2 b 1: 34 + 2 b
2287 . .
2288
2289 ' 2a+2b RET =
2290 @end smallexample
2291 @end group
2292
2293 Calls to function names which are undefined in Calc are also left
2294 alone, as are calls for which the value is undefined.
2295
2296 @group
2297 @smallexample
2298 1: 2 + log10(0) + log10(x) + log10(5, 6) + foo(3)
2299 .
2300
2301 ' log10(100) + log10(0) + log10(x) + log10(5,6) + foo(3) RET
2302 @end smallexample
2303 @end group
2304
2305 @noindent
2306 In this example, the first call to @code{log10} works, but the other
2307 calls are not evaluated. In the second call, the logarithm is
2308 undefined for that value of the argument; in the third, the argument
2309 is symbolic, and in the fourth, there are too many arguments. In the
2310 fifth case, there is no function called @code{foo}. You will see a
2311 ``Wrong number of arguments'' message referring to @samp{log10(5,6)}.
2312 Press the @kbd{w} (``why'') key to see any other messages that may
2313 have arisen from the last calculation. In this case you will get
2314 ``logarithm of zero,'' then ``number expected: @code{x}''. Calc
2315 automatically displays the first message only if the message is
2316 sufficiently important; for example, Calc considers ``wrong number
2317 of arguments'' and ``logarithm of zero'' to be important enough to
2318 report automatically, while a message like ``number expected: @code{x}''
2319 will only show up if you explicitly press the @kbd{w} key.
2320
2321 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Joe entered the formula @samp{2 x y},
2322 stored 5 in @code{x}, pressed @kbd{=}, and got the expected result,
2323 @samp{10 y}. He then tried the same for the formula @samp{2 x (1+y)},
2324 expecting @samp{10 (1+y)}, but it didn't work. Why not?
2325 @xref{Algebraic Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
2326
2327 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} What result would you expect
2328 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} to give? What if you then type @kbd{0 *}?
2329 @xref{Algebraic Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
2330
2331 One interesting way to work with variables is to use the
2332 @dfn{evaluates-to} (@samp{=>}) operator. It works like this:
2333 Enter a formula algebraically in the usual way, but follow
2334 the formula with an @samp{=>} symbol. (There is also an @kbd{s =}
2335 command which builds an @samp{=>} formula using the stack.) On
2336 the stack, you will see two copies of the formula with an @samp{=>}
2337 between them. The lefthand formula is exactly like you typed it;
2338 the righthand formula has been evaluated as if by typing @kbd{=}.
2339
2340 @group
2341 @smallexample
2342 2: 2 + 3 => 5 2: 2 + 3 => 5
2343 1: 2 a + 2 b => 34 + 2 b 1: 2 a + 2 b => 20 + 2 b
2344 . .
2345
2346 ' 2+3 => RET ' 2a+2b RET s = 10 s t a RET
2347 @end smallexample
2348 @end group
2349
2350 @noindent
2351 Notice that the instant we stored a new value in @code{a}, all
2352 @samp{=>} operators already on the stack that referred to @cite{a}
2353 were updated to use the new value. With @samp{=>}, you can push a
2354 set of formulas on the stack, then change the variables experimentally
2355 to see the effects on the formulas' values.
2356
2357 You can also ``unstore'' a variable when you are through with it:
2358
2359 @group
2360 @smallexample
2361 2: 2 + 5 => 5
2362 1: 2 a + 2 b => 2 a + 2 b
2363 .
2364
2365 s u a RET
2366 @end smallexample
2367 @end group
2368
2369 We will encounter formulas involving variables and functions again
2370 when we discuss the algebra and calculus features of the Calculator.
2371
2372 @node Undo Tutorial, Modes Tutorial, Algebraic Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
2373 @subsection Undo and Redo
2374
2375 @noindent
2376 If you make a mistake, you can usually correct it by pressing shift-@kbd{U},
2377 the ``undo'' command. First, clear the stack (@kbd{M-0 DEL}) and exit
2378 and restart Calc (@kbd{M-# M-# M-# M-#}) to make sure things start off
2379 with a clean slate. Now:
2380
2381 @group
2382 @smallexample
2383 1: 2 2: 2 1: 8 2: 2 1: 6
2384 . 1: 3 . 1: 3 .
2385 . .
2386
2387 2 RET 3 ^ U *
2388 @end smallexample
2389 @end group
2390
2391 You can undo any number of times. Calc keeps a complete record of
2392 all you have done since you last opened the Calc window. After the
2393 above example, you could type:
2394
2395 @group
2396 @smallexample
2397 1: 6 2: 2 1: 2 . .
2398 . 1: 3 .
2399 .
2400 (error)
2401 U U U U
2402 @end smallexample
2403 @end group
2404
2405 You can also type @kbd{D} to ``redo'' a command that you have undone
2406 mistakenly.
2407
2408 @group
2409 @smallexample
2410 . 1: 2 2: 2 1: 6 1: 6
2411 . 1: 3 . .
2412 .
2413 (error)
2414 D D D D
2415 @end smallexample
2416 @end group
2417
2418 @noindent
2419 It was not possible to redo past the @cite{6}, since that was placed there
2420 by something other than an undo command.
2421
2422 @cindex Time travel
2423 You can think of undo and redo as a sort of ``time machine.'' Press
2424 @kbd{U} to go backward in time, @kbd{D} to go forward. If you go
2425 backward and do something (like @kbd{*}) then, as any science fiction
2426 reader knows, you have changed your future and you cannot go forward
2427 again. Thus, the inability to redo past the @cite{6} even though there
2428 was an earlier undo command.
2429
2430 You can always recall an earlier result using the Trail. We've ignored
2431 the trail so far, but it has been faithfully recording everything we
2432 did since we loaded the Calculator. If the Trail is not displayed,
2433 press @kbd{t d} now to turn it on.
2434
2435 Let's try grabbing an earlier result. The @cite{8} we computed was
2436 undone by a @kbd{U} command, and was lost even to Redo when we pressed
2437 @kbd{*}, but it's still there in the trail. There should be a little
2438 @samp{>} arrow (the @dfn{trail pointer}) resting on the last trail
2439 entry. If there isn't, press @kbd{t ]} to reset the trail pointer.
2440 Now, press @w{@kbd{t p}} to move the arrow onto the line containing
2441 @cite{8}, and press @w{@kbd{t y}} to ``yank'' that number back onto the
2442 stack.
2443
2444 If you press @kbd{t ]} again, you will see that even our Yank command
2445 went into the trail.
2446
2447 Let's go further back in time. Earlier in the tutorial we computed
2448 a huge integer using the formula @samp{2^3^4}. We don't remember
2449 what it was, but the first digits were ``241''. Press @kbd{t r}
2450 (which stands for trail-search-reverse), then type @kbd{241}.
2451 The trail cursor will jump back to the next previous occurrence of
2452 the string ``241'' in the trail. This is just a regular Emacs
2453 incremental search; you can now press @kbd{C-s} or @kbd{C-r} to
2454 continue the search forwards or backwards as you like.
2455
2456 To finish the search, press @key{RET}. This halts the incremental
2457 search and leaves the trail pointer at the thing we found. Now we
2458 can type @kbd{t y} to yank that number onto the stack. If we hadn't
2459 remembered the ``241'', we could simply have searched for @kbd{2^3^4},
2460 then pressed @kbd{@key{RET} t n} to halt and then move to the next item.
2461
2462 You may have noticed that all the trail-related commands begin with
2463 the letter @kbd{t}. (The store-and-recall commands, on the other hand,
2464 all began with @kbd{s}.) Calc has so many commands that there aren't
2465 enough keys for all of them, so various commands are grouped into
2466 two-letter sequences where the first letter is called the @dfn{prefix}
2467 key. If you type a prefix key by accident, you can press @kbd{C-g}
2468 to cancel it. (In fact, you can press @kbd{C-g} to cancel almost
2469 anything in Emacs.) To get help on a prefix key, press that key
2470 followed by @kbd{?}. Some prefixes have several lines of help,
2471 so you need to press @kbd{?} repeatedly to see them all. This may
2472 not work under Lucid Emacs, but you can also type @kbd{h h} to
2473 see all the help at once.
2474
2475 Try pressing @kbd{t ?} now. You will see a line of the form,
2476
2477 @smallexample
2478 trail/time: Display; Fwd, Back; Next, Prev, Here, [, ]; Yank: [MORE] t-
2479 @end smallexample
2480
2481 @noindent
2482 The word ``trail'' indicates that the @kbd{t} prefix key contains
2483 trail-related commands. Each entry on the line shows one command,
2484 with a single capital letter showing which letter you press to get
2485 that command. We have used @kbd{t n}, @kbd{t p}, @kbd{t ]}, and
2486 @kbd{t y} so far. The @samp{[MORE]} means you can press @kbd{?}
2487 again to see more @kbd{t}-prefix comands. Notice that the commands
2488 are roughly divided (by semicolons) into related groups.
2489
2490 When you are in the help display for a prefix key, the prefix is
2491 still active. If you press another key, like @kbd{y} for example,
2492 it will be interpreted as a @kbd{t y} command. If all you wanted
2493 was to look at the help messages, press @kbd{C-g} afterwards to cancel
2494 the prefix.
2495
2496 One more way to correct an error is by editing the stack entries.
2497 The actual Stack buffer is marked read-only and must not be edited
2498 directly, but you can press @kbd{`} (the backquote or accent grave)
2499 to edit a stack entry.
2500
2501 Try entering @samp{3.141439} now. If this is supposed to represent
2502 @c{$\pi$}
2503 @cite{pi}, it's got several errors. Press @kbd{`} to edit this number.
2504 Now use the normal Emacs cursor motion and editing keys to change
2505 the second 4 to a 5, and to transpose the 3 and the 9. When you
2506 press @key{RET}, the number on the stack will be replaced by your
2507 new number. This works for formulas, vectors, and all other types
2508 of values you can put on the stack. The @kbd{`} key also works
2509 during entry of a number or algebraic formula.
2510
2511 @node Modes Tutorial, , Undo Tutorial, Basic Tutorial
2512 @subsection Mode-Setting Commands
2513
2514 @noindent
2515 Calc has many types of @dfn{modes} that affect the way it interprets
2516 your commands or the way it displays data. We have already seen one
2517 mode, namely algebraic mode. There are many others, too; we'll
2518 try some of the most common ones here.
2519
2520 Perhaps the most fundamental mode in Calc is the current @dfn{precision}.
2521 Notice the @samp{12} on the Calc window's mode line:
2522
2523 @smallexample
2524 --%%-Calc: 12 Deg (Calculator)----All------
2525 @end smallexample
2526
2527 @noindent
2528 Most of the symbols there are Emacs things you don't need to worry
2529 about, but the @samp{12} and the @samp{Deg} are mode indicators.
2530 The @samp{12} means that calculations should always be carried to
2531 12 significant figures. That is why, when we type @kbd{1 @key{RET} 7 /},
2532 we get @cite{0.142857142857} with exactly 12 digits, not counting
2533 leading and trailing zeros.
2534
2535 You can set the precision to anything you like by pressing @kbd{p},
2536 then entering a suitable number. Try pressing @kbd{p 30 @key{RET}},
2537 then doing @kbd{1 @key{RET} 7 /} again:
2538
2539 @group
2540 @smallexample
2541 1: 0.142857142857
2542 2: 0.142857142857142857142857142857
2543 .
2544 @end smallexample
2545 @end group
2546
2547 Although the precision can be set arbitrarily high, Calc always
2548 has to have @emph{some} value for the current precision. After
2549 all, the true value @cite{1/7} is an infinitely repeating decimal;
2550 Calc has to stop somewhere.
2551
2552 Of course, calculations are slower the more digits you request.
2553 Press @w{@kbd{p 12}} now to set the precision back down to the default.
2554
2555 Calculations always use the current precision. For example, even
2556 though we have a 30-digit value for @cite{1/7} on the stack, if
2557 we use it in a calculation in 12-digit mode it will be rounded
2558 down to 12 digits before it is used. Try it; press @key{RET} to
2559 duplicate the number, then @w{@kbd{1 +}}. Notice that the @key{RET}
2560 key didn't round the number, because it doesn't do any calculation.
2561 But the instant we pressed @kbd{+}, the number was rounded down.
2562
2563 @group
2564 @smallexample
2565 1: 0.142857142857
2566 2: 0.142857142857142857142857142857
2567 3: 1.14285714286
2568 .
2569 @end smallexample
2570 @end group
2571
2572 @noindent
2573 In fact, since we added a digit on the left, we had to lose one
2574 digit on the right from even the 12-digit value of @cite{1/7}.
2575
2576 How did we get more than 12 digits when we computed @samp{2^3^4}? The
2577 answer is that Calc makes a distinction between @dfn{integers} and
2578 @dfn{floating-point} numbers, or @dfn{floats}. An integer is a number
2579 that does not contain a decimal point. There is no such thing as an
2580 ``infinitely repeating fraction integer,'' so Calc doesn't have to limit
2581 itself. If you asked for @samp{2^10000} (don't try this!), you would
2582 have to wait a long time but you would eventually get an exact answer.
2583 If you ask for @samp{2.^10000}, you will quickly get an answer which is
2584 correct only to 12 places. The decimal point tells Calc that it should
2585 use floating-point arithmetic to get the answer, not exact integer
2586 arithmetic.
2587
2588 You can use the @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}) command to convert a
2589 floating-point value to an integer, and @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float})
2590 to convert an integer to floating-point form.
2591
2592 Let's try entering that last calculation:
2593
2594 @group
2595 @smallexample
2596 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.99506311689e3010
2597 . 1: 10000 .
2598 .
2599
2600 2.0 RET 10000 RET ^
2601 @end smallexample
2602 @end group
2603
2604 @noindent
2605 @cindex Scientific notation, entry of
2606 Notice the letter @samp{e} in there. It represents ``times ten to the
2607 power of,'' and is used by Calc automatically whenever writing the
2608 number out fully would introduce more extra zeros than you probably
2609 want to see. You can enter numbers in this notation, too.
2610
2611 @group
2612 @smallexample
2613 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.99506311678e3010
2614 . 1: 10000. .
2615 .
2616
2617 2.0 RET 1e4 RET ^
2618 @end smallexample
2619 @end group
2620
2621 @cindex Round-off errors
2622 @noindent
2623 Hey, the answer is different! Look closely at the middle columns
2624 of the two examples. In the first, the stack contained the
2625 exact integer @cite{10000}, but in the second it contained
2626 a floating-point value with a decimal point. When you raise a
2627 number to an integer power, Calc uses repeated squaring and
2628 multiplication to get the answer. When you use a floating-point
2629 power, Calc uses logarithms and exponentials. As you can see,
2630 a slight error crept in during one of these methods. Which
2631 one should we trust? Let's raise the precision a bit and find
2632 out:
2633
2634 @group
2635 @smallexample
2636 . 1: 2. 2: 2. 1: 1.995063116880828e3010
2637 . 1: 10000. .
2638 .
2639
2640 p 16 RET 2. RET 1e4 ^ p 12 RET
2641 @end smallexample
2642 @end group
2643
2644 @noindent
2645 @cindex Guard digits
2646 Presumably, it doesn't matter whether we do this higher-precision
2647 calculation using an integer or floating-point power, since we
2648 have added enough ``guard digits'' to trust the first 12 digits
2649 no matter what. And the verdict is@dots{} Integer powers were more
2650 accurate; in fact, the result was only off by one unit in the
2651 last place.
2652
2653 @cindex Guard digits
2654 Calc does many of its internal calculations to a slightly higher
2655 precision, but it doesn't always bump the precision up enough.
2656 In each case, Calc added about two digits of precision during
2657 its calculation and then rounded back down to 12 digits
2658 afterward. In one case, it was enough; in the the other, it
2659 wasn't. If you really need @var{x} digits of precision, it
2660 never hurts to do the calculation with a few extra guard digits.
2661
2662 What if we want guard digits but don't want to look at them?
2663 We can set the @dfn{float format}. Calc supports four major
2664 formats for floating-point numbers, called @dfn{normal},
2665 @dfn{fixed-point}, @dfn{scientific notation}, and @dfn{engineering
2666 notation}. You get them by pressing @w{@kbd{d n}}, @kbd{d f},
2667 @kbd{d s}, and @kbd{d e}, respectively. In each case, you can
2668 supply a numeric prefix argument which says how many digits
2669 should be displayed. As an example, let's put a few numbers
2670 onto the stack and try some different display modes. First,
2671 use @kbd{M-0 DEL} to clear the stack, then enter the four
2672 numbers shown here:
2673
2674 @group
2675 @smallexample
2676 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345
2677 3: 12345. 3: 12300. 3: 1.2345e4 3: 1.23e4 3: 12345.000
2678 2: 123.45 2: 123. 2: 1.2345e2 2: 1.23e2 2: 123.450
2679 1: 12.345 1: 12.3 1: 1.2345e1 1: 1.23e1 1: 12.345
2680 . . . . .
2681
2682 d n M-3 d n d s M-3 d s M-3 d f
2683 @end smallexample
2684 @end group
2685
2686 @noindent
2687 Notice that when we typed @kbd{M-3 d n}, the numbers were rounded down
2688 to three significant digits, but then when we typed @kbd{d s} all
2689 five significant figures reappeared. The float format does not
2690 affect how numbers are stored, it only affects how they are
2691 displayed. Only the current precision governs the actual rounding
2692 of numbers in the Calculator's memory.
2693
2694 Engineering notation, not shown here, is like scientific notation
2695 except the exponent (the power-of-ten part) is always adjusted to be
2696 a multiple of three (as in ``kilo,'' ``micro,'' etc.). As a result
2697 there will be one, two, or three digits before the decimal point.
2698
2699 Whenever you change a display-related mode, Calc redraws everything
2700 in the stack. This may be slow if there are many things on the stack,
2701 so Calc allows you to type shift-@kbd{H} before any mode command to
2702 prevent it from updating the stack. Anything Calc displays after the
2703 mode-changing command will appear in the new format.
2704
2705 @group
2706 @smallexample
2707 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345 4: 12345
2708 3: 12345.000 3: 12345.000 3: 12345.000 3: 1.2345e4 3: 12345.
2709 2: 123.450 2: 123.450 2: 1.2345e1 2: 1.2345e1 2: 123.45
2710 1: 12.345 1: 1.2345e1 1: 1.2345e2 1: 1.2345e2 1: 12.345
2711 . . . . .
2712
2713 H d s DEL U TAB d SPC d n
2714 @end smallexample
2715 @end group
2716
2717 @noindent
2718 Here the @kbd{H d s} command changes to scientific notation but without
2719 updating the screen. Deleting the top stack entry and undoing it back
2720 causes it to show up in the new format; swapping the top two stack
2721 entries reformats both entries. The @kbd{d SPC} command refreshes the
2722 whole stack. The @kbd{d n} command changes back to the normal float
2723 format; since it doesn't have an @kbd{H} prefix, it also updates all
2724 the stack entries to be in @kbd{d n} format.
2725
2726 Notice that the integer @cite{12345} was not affected by any
2727 of the float formats. Integers are integers, and are always
2728 displayed exactly.
2729
2730 @cindex Large numbers, readability
2731 Large integers have their own problems. Let's look back at
2732 the result of @kbd{2^3^4}.
2733
2734 @example
2735 2417851639229258349412352
2736 @end example
2737
2738 @noindent
2739 Quick---how many digits does this have? Try typing @kbd{d g}:
2740
2741 @example
2742 2,417,851,639,229,258,349,412,352
2743 @end example
2744
2745 @noindent
2746 Now how many digits does this have? It's much easier to tell!
2747 We can actually group digits into clumps of any size. Some
2748 people prefer @kbd{M-5 d g}:
2749
2750 @example
2751 24178,51639,22925,83494,12352
2752 @end example
2753
2754 Let's see what happens to floating-point numbers when they are grouped.
2755 First, type @kbd{p 25 @key{RET}} to make sure we have enough precision
2756 to get ourselves into trouble. Now, type @kbd{1e13 /}:
2757
2758 @example
2759 24,17851,63922.9258349412352
2760 @end example
2761
2762 @noindent
2763 The integer part is grouped but the fractional part isn't. Now try
2764 @kbd{M-- M-5 d g} (that's meta-minus-sign, meta-five):
2765
2766 @example
2767 24,17851,63922.92583,49412,352
2768 @end example
2769
2770 If you find it hard to tell the decimal point from the commas, try
2771 changing the grouping character to a space with @kbd{d , @key{SPC}}:
2772
2773 @example
2774 24 17851 63922.92583 49412 352
2775 @end example
2776
2777 Type @kbd{d , ,} to restore the normal grouping character, then
2778 @kbd{d g} again to turn grouping off. Also, press @kbd{p 12} to
2779 restore the default precision.
2780
2781 Press @kbd{U} enough times to get the original big integer back.
2782 (Notice that @kbd{U} does not undo each mode-setting command; if
2783 you want to undo a mode-setting command, you have to do it yourself.)
2784 Now, type @kbd{d r 16 @key{RET}}:
2785
2786 @example
2787 16#200000000000000000000
2788 @end example
2789
2790 @noindent
2791 The number is now displayed in @dfn{hexadecimal}, or ``base-16'' form.
2792 Suddenly it looks pretty simple; this should be no surprise, since we
2793 got this number by computing a power of two, and 16 is a power of 2.
2794 In fact, we can use @w{@kbd{d r 2 @key{RET}}} to see it in actual binary
2795 form:
2796
2797 @example
2798 2#1000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 @dots{}
2799 @end example
2800
2801 @noindent
2802 We don't have enough space here to show all the zeros! They won't
2803 fit on a typical screen, either, so you will have to use horizontal
2804 scrolling to see them all. Press @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} to scroll the
2805 stack window left and right by half its width. Another way to view
2806 something large is to press @kbd{`} (back-quote) to edit the top of
2807 stack in a separate window. (Press @kbd{M-# M-#} when you are done.)
2808
2809 You can enter non-decimal numbers using the @kbd{#} symbol, too.
2810 Let's see what the hexadecimal number @samp{5FE} looks like in
2811 binary. Type @kbd{16#5FE} (the letters can be typed in upper or
2812 lower case; they will always appear in upper case). It will also
2813 help to turn grouping on with @kbd{d g}:
2814
2815 @example
2816 2#101,1111,1110
2817 @end example
2818
2819 Notice that @kbd{d g} groups by fours by default if the display radix
2820 is binary or hexadecimal, but by threes if it is decimal, octal, or any
2821 other radix.
2822
2823 Now let's see that number in decimal; type @kbd{d r 10}:
2824
2825 @example
2826 1,534
2827 @end example
2828
2829 Numbers are not @emph{stored} with any particular radix attached. They're
2830 just numbers; they can be entered in any radix, and are always displayed
2831 in whatever radix you've chosen with @kbd{d r}. The current radix applies
2832 to integers, fractions, and floats.
2833
2834 @cindex Roundoff errors, in non-decimal numbers
2835 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Your friend Joe tried to enter one-third
2836 as @samp{3#0.1} in @kbd{d r 3} mode with a precision of 12. He got
2837 @samp{3#0.0222222...} (with 25 2's) in the display. When he multiplied
2838 that by three, he got @samp{3#0.222222...} instead of the expected
2839 @samp{3#1}. Next, Joe entered @samp{3#0.2} and, to his great relief,
2840 saw @samp{3#0.2} on the screen. But when he typed @kbd{2 /}, he got
2841 @samp{3#0.10000001} (some zeros omitted). What's going on here?
2842 @xref{Modes Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
2843
2844 @cindex Scientific notation, in non-decimal numbers
2845 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Scientific notation works in non-decimal
2846 modes in the natural way (the exponent is a power of the radix instead of
2847 a power of ten, although the exponent itself is always written in decimal).
2848 Thus @samp{8#1.23e3 = 8#1230.0}. Suppose we have the hexadecimal number
2849 @samp{f.e8f} times 16 to the 15th power: We write @samp{16#f.e8fe15}.
2850 What is wrong with this picture? What could we write instead that would
2851 work better? @xref{Modes Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
2852
2853 The @kbd{m} prefix key has another set of modes, relating to the way
2854 Calc interprets your inputs and does computations. Whereas @kbd{d}-prefix
2855 modes generally affect the way things look, @kbd{m}-prefix modes affect
2856 the way they are actually computed.
2857
2858 The most popular @kbd{m}-prefix mode is the @dfn{angular mode}. Notice
2859 the @samp{Deg} indicator in the mode line. This means that if you use
2860 a command that interprets a number as an angle, it will assume the
2861 angle is measured in degrees. For example,
2862
2863 @group
2864 @smallexample
2865 1: 45 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.500000000001 1: 0.5
2866 . . . .
2867
2868 45 S 2 ^ c 1
2869 @end smallexample
2870 @end group
2871
2872 @noindent
2873 The shift-@kbd{S} command computes the sine of an angle. The sine
2874 of 45 degrees is @c{$\sqrt{2}/2$}
2875 @cite{sqrt(2)/2}; squaring this yields @cite{2/4 = 0.5}.
2876 However, there has been a slight roundoff error because the
2877 representation of @c{$\sqrt{2}/2$}
2878 @cite{sqrt(2)/2} wasn't exact. The @kbd{c 1}
2879 command is a handy way to clean up numbers in this case; it
2880 temporarily reduces the precision by one digit while it
2881 re-rounds the number on the top of the stack.
2882
2883 @cindex Roundoff errors, examples
2884 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Your friend Joe computed the sine
2885 of 45 degrees as shown above, then, hoping to avoid an inexact
2886 result, he increased the precision to 16 digits before squaring.
2887 What happened? @xref{Modes Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
2888
2889 To do this calculation in radians, we would type @kbd{m r} first.
2890 (The indicator changes to @samp{Rad}.) 45 degrees corresponds to
2891 @c{$\pi\over4$}
2892 @cite{pi/4} radians. To get @c{$\pi$}
2893 @cite{pi}, press the @kbd{P} key. (Once
2894 again, this is a shifted capital @kbd{P}. Remember, unshifted
2895 @kbd{p} sets the precision.)
2896
2897 @group
2898 @smallexample
2899 1: 3.14159265359 1: 0.785398163398 1: 0.707106781187
2900 . . .
2901
2902 P 4 / m r S
2903 @end smallexample
2904 @end group
2905
2906 Likewise, inverse trigonometric functions generate results in
2907 either radians or degrees, depending on the current angular mode.
2908
2909 @group
2910 @smallexample
2911 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.785398163398 1: 45.
2912 . . .
2913
2914 .5 Q m r I S m d U I S
2915 @end smallexample
2916 @end group
2917
2918 @noindent
2919 Here we compute the Inverse Sine of @c{$\sqrt{0.5}$}
2920 @cite{sqrt(0.5)}, first in
2921 radians, then in degrees.
2922
2923 Use @kbd{c d} and @kbd{c r} to convert a number from radians to degrees
2924 and vice-versa.
2925
2926 @group
2927 @smallexample
2928 1: 45 1: 0.785398163397 1: 45.
2929 . . .
2930
2931 45 c r c d
2932 @end smallexample
2933 @end group
2934
2935 Another interesting mode is @dfn{fraction mode}. Normally,
2936 dividing two integers produces a floating-point result if the
2937 quotient can't be expressed as an exact integer. Fraction mode
2938 causes integer division to produce a fraction, i.e., a rational
2939 number, instead.
2940
2941 @group
2942 @smallexample
2943 2: 12 1: 1.33333333333 1: 4:3
2944 1: 9 . .
2945 .
2946
2947 12 RET 9 / m f U / m f
2948 @end smallexample
2949 @end group
2950
2951 @noindent
2952 In the first case, we get an approximate floating-point result.
2953 In the second case, we get an exact fractional result (four-thirds).
2954
2955 You can enter a fraction at any time using @kbd{:} notation.
2956 (Calc uses @kbd{:} instead of @kbd{/} as the fraction separator
2957 because @kbd{/} is already used to divide the top two stack
2958 elements.) Calculations involving fractions will always
2959 produce exact fractional results; fraction mode only says
2960 what to do when dividing two integers.
2961
2962 @cindex Fractions vs. floats
2963 @cindex Floats vs. fractions
2964 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} If fractional arithmetic is exact,
2965 why would you ever use floating-point numbers instead?
2966 @xref{Modes Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
2967
2968 Typing @kbd{m f} doesn't change any existing values in the stack.
2969 In the above example, we had to Undo the division and do it over
2970 again when we changed to fraction mode. But if you use the
2971 evaluates-to operator you can get commands like @kbd{m f} to
2972 recompute for you.
2973
2974 @group
2975 @smallexample
2976 1: 12 / 9 => 1.33333333333 1: 12 / 9 => 1.333 1: 12 / 9 => 4:3
2977 . . .
2978
2979 ' 12/9 => RET p 4 RET m f
2980 @end smallexample
2981 @end group
2982
2983 @noindent
2984 In this example, the righthand side of the @samp{=>} operator
2985 on the stack is recomputed when we change the precision, then
2986 again when we change to fraction mode. All @samp{=>} expressions
2987 on the stack are recomputed every time you change any mode that
2988 might affect their values.
2989
2990 @node Arithmetic Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Basic Tutorial, Tutorial
2991 @section Arithmetic Tutorial
2992
2993 @noindent
2994 In this section, we explore the arithmetic and scientific functions
2995 available in the Calculator.
2996
2997 The standard arithmetic commands are @kbd{+}, @kbd{-}, @kbd{*}, @kbd{/},
2998 and @kbd{^}. Each normally takes two numbers from the top of the stack
2999 and pushes back a result. The @kbd{n} and @kbd{&} keys perform
3000 change-sign and reciprocal operations, respectively.
3001
3002 @group
3003 @smallexample
3004 1: 5 1: 0.2 1: 5. 1: -5. 1: 5.
3005 . . . . .
3006
3007 5 & & n n
3008 @end smallexample
3009 @end group
3010
3011 @cindex Binary operators
3012 You can apply a ``binary operator'' like @kbd{+} across any number of
3013 stack entries by giving it a numeric prefix. You can also apply it
3014 pairwise to several stack elements along with the top one if you use
3015 a negative prefix.
3016
3017 @group
3018 @smallexample
3019 3: 2 1: 9 3: 2 4: 2 3: 12
3020 2: 3 . 2: 3 3: 3 2: 13
3021 1: 4 1: 4 2: 4 1: 14
3022 . . 1: 10 .
3023 .
3024
3025 2 RET 3 RET 4 M-3 + U 10 M-- M-3 +
3026 @end smallexample
3027 @end group
3028
3029 @cindex Unary operators
3030 You can apply a ``unary operator'' like @kbd{&} to the top @var{n}
3031 stack entries with a numeric prefix, too.
3032
3033 @group
3034 @smallexample
3035 3: 2 3: 0.5 3: 0.5
3036 2: 3 2: 0.333333333333 2: 3.
3037 1: 4 1: 0.25 1: 4.
3038 . . .
3039
3040 2 RET 3 RET 4 M-3 & M-2 &
3041 @end smallexample
3042 @end group
3043
3044 Notice that the results here are left in floating-point form.
3045 We can convert them back to integers by pressing @kbd{F}, the
3046 ``floor'' function. This function rounds down to the next lower
3047 integer. There is also @kbd{R}, which rounds to the nearest
3048 integer.
3049
3050 @group
3051 @smallexample
3052 7: 2. 7: 2 7: 2
3053 6: 2.4 6: 2 6: 2
3054 5: 2.5 5: 2 5: 3
3055 4: 2.6 4: 2 4: 3
3056 3: -2. 3: -2 3: -2
3057 2: -2.4 2: -3 2: -2
3058 1: -2.6 1: -3 1: -3
3059 . . .
3060
3061 M-7 F U M-7 R
3062 @end smallexample
3063 @end group
3064
3065 Since dividing-and-flooring (i.e., ``integer quotient'') is such a
3066 common operation, Calc provides a special command for that purpose, the
3067 backslash @kbd{\}. Another common arithmetic operator is @kbd{%}, which
3068 computes the remainder that would arise from a @kbd{\} operation, i.e.,
3069 the ``modulo'' of two numbers. For example,
3070
3071 @group
3072 @smallexample
3073 2: 1234 1: 12 2: 1234 1: 34
3074 1: 100 . 1: 100 .
3075 . .
3076
3077 1234 RET 100 \ U %
3078 @end smallexample
3079 @end group
3080
3081 These commands actually work for any real numbers, not just integers.
3082
3083 @group
3084 @smallexample
3085 2: 3.1415 1: 3 2: 3.1415 1: 0.1415
3086 1: 1 . 1: 1 .
3087 . .
3088
3089 3.1415 RET 1 \ U %
3090 @end smallexample
3091 @end group
3092
3093 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} The @kbd{\} command would appear to be a
3094 frill, since you could always do the same thing with @kbd{/ F}. Think
3095 of a situation where this is not true---@kbd{/ F} would be inadequate.
3096 Now think of a way you could get around the problem if Calc didn't
3097 provide a @kbd{\} command. @xref{Arithmetic Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3098
3099 We've already seen the @kbd{Q} (square root) and @kbd{S} (sine)
3100 commands. Other commands along those lines are @kbd{C} (cosine),
3101 @kbd{T} (tangent), @kbd{E} (@cite{e^x}) and @kbd{L} (natural
3102 logarithm). These can be modified by the @kbd{I} (inverse) and
3103 @kbd{H} (hyperbolic) prefix keys.
3104
3105 Let's compute the sine and cosine of an angle, and verify the
3106 identity @c{$\sin^2x + \cos^2x = 1$}
3107 @cite{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 = 1}. We'll
3108 arbitrarily pick @i{-64} degrees as a good value for @cite{x}. With
3109 the angular mode set to degrees (type @w{@kbd{m d}}), do:
3110
3111 @group
3112 @smallexample
3113 2: -64 2: -64 2: -0.89879 2: -0.89879 1: 1.
3114 1: -64 1: -0.89879 1: -64 1: 0.43837 .
3115 . . . .
3116
3117 64 n RET RET S TAB C f h
3118 @end smallexample
3119 @end group
3120
3121 @noindent
3122 (For brevity, we're showing only five digits of the results here.
3123 You can of course do these calculations to any precision you like.)
3124
3125 Remember, @kbd{f h} is the @code{calc-hypot}, or square-root of sum
3126 of squares, command.
3127
3128 Another identity is @c{$\displaystyle\tan x = {\sin x \over \cos x}$}
3129 @cite{tan(x) = sin(x) / cos(x)}.
3130 @group
3131 @smallexample
3132
3133 2: -0.89879 1: -2.0503 1: -64.
3134 1: 0.43837 . .
3135 .
3136
3137 U / I T
3138 @end smallexample
3139 @end group
3140
3141 A physical interpretation of this calculation is that if you move
3142 @cite{0.89879} units downward and @cite{0.43837} units to the right,
3143 your direction of motion is @i{-64} degrees from horizontal. Suppose
3144 we move in the opposite direction, up and to the left:
3145
3146 @group
3147 @smallexample
3148 2: -0.89879 2: 0.89879 1: -2.0503 1: -64.
3149 1: 0.43837 1: -0.43837 . .
3150 . .
3151
3152 U U M-2 n / I T
3153 @end smallexample
3154 @end group
3155
3156 @noindent
3157 How can the angle be the same? The answer is that the @kbd{/} operation
3158 loses information about the signs of its inputs. Because the quotient
3159 is negative, we know exactly one of the inputs was negative, but we
3160 can't tell which one. There is an @kbd{f T} [@code{arctan2}] function which
3161 computes the inverse tangent of the quotient of a pair of numbers.
3162 Since you feed it the two original numbers, it has enough information
3163 to give you a full 360-degree answer.
3164
3165 @group
3166 @smallexample
3167 2: 0.89879 1: 116. 3: 116. 2: 116. 1: 180.
3168 1: -0.43837 . 2: -0.89879 1: -64. .
3169 . 1: 0.43837 .
3170 .
3171
3172 U U f T M-RET M-2 n f T -
3173 @end smallexample
3174 @end group
3175
3176 @noindent
3177 The resulting angles differ by 180 degrees; in other words, they
3178 point in opposite directions, just as we would expect.
3179
3180 The @key{META}-@key{RET} we used in the third step is the
3181 ``last-arguments'' command. It is sort of like Undo, except that it
3182 restores the arguments of the last command to the stack without removing
3183 the command's result. It is useful in situations like this one,
3184 where we need to do several operations on the same inputs. We could
3185 have accomplished the same thing by using @kbd{M-2 @key{RET}} to duplicate
3186 the top two stack elements right after the @kbd{U U}, then a pair of
3187 @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} commands to cycle the 116 up around the duplicates.
3188
3189 A similar identity is supposed to hold for hyperbolic sines and cosines,
3190 except that it is the @emph{difference}
3191 @c{$\cosh^2x - \sinh^2x$}
3192 @cite{cosh(x)^2 - sinh(x)^2} that always equals one.
3193 Let's try to verify this identity.@refill
3194
3195 @group
3196 @smallexample
3197 2: -64 2: -64 2: -64 2: 9.7192e54 2: 9.7192e54
3198 1: -64 1: -3.1175e27 1: 9.7192e54 1: -64 1: 9.7192e54
3199 . . . . .
3200
3201 64 n RET RET H C 2 ^ TAB H S 2 ^
3202 @end smallexample
3203 @end group
3204
3205 @noindent
3206 @cindex Roundoff errors, examples
3207 Something's obviously wrong, because when we subtract these numbers
3208 the answer will clearly be zero! But if you think about it, if these
3209 numbers @emph{did} differ by one, it would be in the 55th decimal
3210 place. The difference we seek has been lost entirely to roundoff
3211 error.
3212
3213 We could verify this hypothesis by doing the actual calculation with,
3214 say, 60 decimal places of precision. This will be slow, but not
3215 enormously so. Try it if you wish; sure enough, the answer is
3216 0.99999, reasonably close to 1.
3217
3218 Of course, a more reasonable way to verify the identity is to use
3219 a more reasonable value for @cite{x}!
3220
3221 @cindex Common logarithm
3222 Some Calculator commands use the Hyperbolic prefix for other purposes.
3223 The logarithm and exponential functions, for example, work to the base
3224 @cite{e} normally but use base-10 instead if you use the Hyperbolic
3225 prefix.
3226
3227 @group
3228 @smallexample
3229 1: 1000 1: 6.9077 1: 1000 1: 3
3230 . . . .
3231
3232 1000 L U H L
3233 @end smallexample
3234 @end group
3235
3236 @noindent
3237 First, we mistakenly compute a natural logarithm. Then we undo
3238 and compute a common logarithm instead.
3239
3240 The @kbd{B} key computes a general base-@var{b} logarithm for any
3241 value of @var{b}.
3242
3243 @group
3244 @smallexample
3245 2: 1000 1: 3 1: 1000. 2: 1000. 1: 6.9077
3246 1: 10 . . 1: 2.71828 .
3247 . .
3248
3249 1000 RET 10 B H E H P B
3250 @end smallexample
3251 @end group
3252
3253 @noindent
3254 Here we first use @kbd{B} to compute the base-10 logarithm, then use
3255 the ``hyperbolic'' exponential as a cheap hack to recover the number
3256 1000, then use @kbd{B} again to compute the natural logarithm. Note
3257 that @kbd{P} with the hyperbolic prefix pushes the constant @cite{e}
3258 onto the stack.
3259
3260 You may have noticed that both times we took the base-10 logarithm
3261 of 1000, we got an exact integer result. Calc always tries to give
3262 an exact rational result for calculations involving rational numbers
3263 where possible. But when we used @kbd{H E}, the result was a
3264 floating-point number for no apparent reason. In fact, if we had
3265 computed @kbd{10 @key{RET} 3 ^} we @emph{would} have gotten an
3266 exact integer 1000. But the @kbd{H E} command is rigged to generate
3267 a floating-point result all of the time so that @kbd{1000 H E} will
3268 not waste time computing a thousand-digit integer when all you
3269 probably wanted was @samp{1e1000}.
3270
3271 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Find a pair of integer inputs to
3272 the @kbd{B} command for which Calc could find an exact rational
3273 result but doesn't. @xref{Arithmetic Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3274
3275 The Calculator also has a set of functions relating to combinatorics
3276 and statistics. You may be familiar with the @dfn{factorial} function,
3277 which computes the product of all the integers up to a given number.
3278
3279 @group
3280 @smallexample
3281 1: 100 1: 93326215443... 1: 100. 1: 9.3326e157
3282 . . . .
3283
3284 100 ! U c f !
3285 @end smallexample
3286 @end group
3287
3288 @noindent
3289 Recall, the @kbd{c f} command converts the integer or fraction at the
3290 top of the stack to floating-point format. If you take the factorial
3291 of a floating-point number, you get a floating-point result
3292 accurate to the current precision. But if you give @kbd{!} an
3293 exact integer, you get an exact integer result (158 digits long
3294 in this case).
3295
3296 If you take the factorial of a non-integer, Calc uses a generalized
3297 factorial function defined in terms of Euler's Gamma function
3298 @c{$\Gamma(n)$}
3299 @cite{gamma(n)}
3300 (which is itself available as the @kbd{f g} command).
3301
3302 @group
3303 @smallexample
3304 3: 4. 3: 24. 1: 5.5 1: 52.342777847
3305 2: 4.5 2: 52.3427777847 . .
3306 1: 5. 1: 120.
3307 . .
3308
3309 M-3 ! M-0 DEL 5.5 f g
3310 @end smallexample
3311 @end group
3312
3313 @noindent
3314 Here we verify the identity @c{$n! = \Gamma(n+1)$}
3315 @cite{@var{n}!@: = gamma(@var{n}+1)}.
3316
3317 The binomial coefficient @var{n}-choose-@var{m}@c{ or $\displaystyle {n \choose m}$}
3318 @asis{} is defined by
3319 @c{$\displaystyle {n! \over m! \, (n-m)!}$}
3320 @cite{n!@: / m!@: (n-m)!} for all reals @cite{n} and
3321 @cite{m}. The intermediate results in this formula can become quite
3322 large even if the final result is small; the @kbd{k c} command computes
3323 a binomial coefficient in a way that avoids large intermediate
3324 values.
3325
3326 The @kbd{k} prefix key defines several common functions out of
3327 combinatorics and number theory. Here we compute the binomial
3328 coefficient 30-choose-20, then determine its prime factorization.
3329
3330 @group
3331 @smallexample
3332 2: 30 1: 30045015 1: [3, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 23, 29]
3333 1: 20 . .
3334 .
3335
3336 30 RET 20 k c k f
3337 @end smallexample
3338 @end group
3339
3340 @noindent
3341 You can verify these prime factors by using @kbd{v u} to ``unpack''
3342 this vector into 8 separate stack entries, then @kbd{M-8 *} to
3343 multiply them back together. The result is the original number,
3344 30045015.
3345
3346 @cindex Hash tables
3347 Suppose a program you are writing needs a hash table with at least
3348 10000 entries. It's best to use a prime number as the actual size
3349 of a hash table. Calc can compute the next prime number after 10000:
3350
3351 @group
3352 @smallexample
3353 1: 10000 1: 10007 1: 9973
3354 . . .
3355
3356 10000 k n I k n
3357 @end smallexample
3358 @end group
3359
3360 @noindent
3361 Just for kicks we've also computed the next prime @emph{less} than
3362 10000.
3363
3364 @c [fix-ref Financial Functions]
3365 @xref{Financial Functions}, for a description of the Calculator
3366 commands that deal with business and financial calculations (functions
3367 like @code{pv}, @code{rate}, and @code{sln}).
3368
3369 @c [fix-ref Binary Number Functions]
3370 @xref{Binary Functions}, to read about the commands for operating
3371 on binary numbers (like @code{and}, @code{xor}, and @code{lsh}).
3372
3373 @node Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Types Tutorial, Arithmetic Tutorial, Tutorial
3374 @section Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3375
3376 @noindent
3377 A @dfn{vector} is a list of numbers or other Calc data objects.
3378 Calc provides a large set of commands that operate on vectors. Some
3379 are familiar operations from vector analysis. Others simply treat
3380 a vector as a list of objects.
3381
3382 @menu
3383 * Vector Analysis Tutorial::
3384 * Matrix Tutorial::
3385 * List Tutorial::
3386 @end menu
3387
3388 @node Vector Analysis Tutorial, Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3389 @subsection Vector Analysis
3390
3391 @noindent
3392 If you add two vectors, the result is a vector of the sums of the
3393 elements, taken pairwise.
3394
3395 @group
3396 @smallexample
3397 1: [1, 2, 3] 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [8, 8, 3]
3398 . 1: [7, 6, 0] .
3399 .
3400
3401 [1,2,3] s 1 [7 6 0] s 2 +
3402 @end smallexample
3403 @end group
3404
3405 @noindent
3406 Note that we can separate the vector elements with either commas or
3407 spaces. This is true whether we are using incomplete vectors or
3408 algebraic entry. The @kbd{s 1} and @kbd{s 2} commands save these
3409 vectors so we can easily reuse them later.
3410
3411 If you multiply two vectors, the result is the sum of the products
3412 of the elements taken pairwise. This is called the @dfn{dot product}
3413 of the vectors.
3414
3415 @group
3416 @smallexample
3417 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: 19
3418 1: [7, 6, 0] .
3419 .
3420
3421 r 1 r 2 *
3422 @end smallexample
3423 @end group
3424
3425 @cindex Dot product
3426 The dot product of two vectors is equal to the product of their
3427 lengths times the cosine of the angle between them. (Here the vector
3428 is interpreted as a line from the origin @cite{(0,0,0)} to the
3429 specified point in three-dimensional space.) The @kbd{A}
3430 (absolute value) command can be used to compute the length of a
3431 vector.
3432
3433 @group
3434 @smallexample
3435 3: 19 3: 19 1: 0.550782 1: 56.579
3436 2: [1, 2, 3] 2: 3.741657 . .
3437 1: [7, 6, 0] 1: 9.219544
3438 . .
3439
3440 M-RET M-2 A * / I C
3441 @end smallexample
3442 @end group
3443
3444 @noindent
3445 First we recall the arguments to the dot product command, then
3446 we compute the absolute values of the top two stack entries to
3447 obtain the lengths of the vectors, then we divide the dot product
3448 by the product of the lengths to get the cosine of the angle.
3449 The inverse cosine finds that the angle between the vectors
3450 is about 56 degrees.
3451
3452 @cindex Cross product
3453 @cindex Perpendicular vectors
3454 The @dfn{cross product} of two vectors is a vector whose length
3455 is the product of the lengths of the inputs times the sine of the
3456 angle between them, and whose direction is perpendicular to both
3457 input vectors. Unlike the dot product, the cross product is
3458 defined only for three-dimensional vectors. Let's double-check
3459 our computation of the angle using the cross product.
3460
3461 @group
3462 @smallexample
3463 2: [1, 2, 3] 3: [-18, 21, -8] 1: [-0.52, 0.61, -0.23] 1: 56.579
3464 1: [7, 6, 0] 2: [1, 2, 3] . .
3465 . 1: [7, 6, 0]
3466 .
3467
3468 r 1 r 2 V C s 3 M-RET M-2 A * / A I S
3469 @end smallexample
3470 @end group
3471
3472 @noindent
3473 First we recall the original vectors and compute their cross product,
3474 which we also store for later reference. Now we divide the vector
3475 by the product of the lengths of the original vectors. The length of
3476 this vector should be the sine of the angle; sure enough, it is!
3477
3478 @c [fix-ref General Mode Commands]
3479 Vector-related commands generally begin with the @kbd{v} prefix key.
3480 Some are uppercase letters and some are lowercase. To make it easier
3481 to type these commands, the shift-@kbd{V} prefix key acts the same as
3482 the @kbd{v} key. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to make all
3483 prefix keys have this property.)
3484
3485 If we take the dot product of two perpendicular vectors we expect
3486 to get zero, since the cosine of 90 degrees is zero. Let's check
3487 that the cross product is indeed perpendicular to both inputs:
3488
3489 @group
3490 @smallexample
3491 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: 0 2: [7, 6, 0] 1: 0
3492 1: [-18, 21, -8] . 1: [-18, 21, -8] .
3493 . .
3494
3495 r 1 r 3 * DEL r 2 r 3 *
3496 @end smallexample
3497 @end group
3498
3499 @cindex Normalizing a vector
3500 @cindex Unit vectors
3501 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Given a vector on the top of the
3502 stack, what keystrokes would you use to @dfn{normalize} the
3503 vector, i.e., to reduce its length to one without changing its
3504 direction? @xref{Vector Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3505
3506 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Suppose a certain particle can be
3507 at any of several positions along a ruler. You have a list of
3508 those positions in the form of a vector, and another list of the
3509 probabilities for the particle to be at the corresponding positions.
3510 Find the average position of the particle.
3511 @xref{Vector Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3512
3513 @node Matrix Tutorial, List Tutorial, Vector Analysis Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3514 @subsection Matrices
3515
3516 @noindent
3517 A @dfn{matrix} is just a vector of vectors, all the same length.
3518 This means you can enter a matrix using nested brackets. You can
3519 also use the semicolon character to enter a matrix. We'll show
3520 both methods here:
3521
3522 @group
3523 @smallexample
3524 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3525 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3526 . .
3527
3528 [[1 2 3] [4 5 6]] ' [1 2 3; 4 5 6] RET
3529 @end smallexample
3530 @end group
3531
3532 @noindent
3533 We'll be using this matrix again, so type @kbd{s 4} to save it now.
3534
3535 Note that semicolons work with incomplete vectors, but they work
3536 better in algebraic entry. That's why we use the apostrophe in
3537 the second example.
3538
3539 When two matrices are multiplied, the lefthand matrix must have
3540 the same number of columns as the righthand matrix has rows.
3541 Row @cite{i}, column @cite{j} of the result is effectively the
3542 dot product of row @cite{i} of the left matrix by column @cite{j}
3543 of the right matrix.
3544
3545 If we try to duplicate this matrix and multiply it by itself,
3546 the dimensions are wrong and the multiplication cannot take place:
3547
3548 @group
3549 @smallexample
3550 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] * [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3551 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3552 .
3553
3554 RET *
3555 @end smallexample
3556 @end group
3557
3558 @noindent
3559 Though rather hard to read, this is a formula which shows the product
3560 of two matrices. The @samp{*} function, having invalid arguments, has
3561 been left in symbolic form.
3562
3563 We can multiply the matrices if we @dfn{transpose} one of them first.
3564
3565 @group
3566 @smallexample
3567 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 14, 32 ] 1: [ [ 17, 22, 27 ]
3568 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 32, 77 ] ] [ 22, 29, 36 ]
3569 1: [ [ 1, 4 ] . [ 27, 36, 45 ] ]
3570 [ 2, 5 ] .
3571 [ 3, 6 ] ]
3572 .
3573
3574 U v t * U TAB *
3575 @end smallexample
3576 @end group
3577
3578 Matrix multiplication is not commutative; indeed, switching the
3579 order of the operands can even change the dimensions of the result
3580 matrix, as happened here!
3581
3582 If you multiply a plain vector by a matrix, it is treated as a
3583 single row or column depending on which side of the matrix it is
3584 on. The result is a plain vector which should also be interpreted
3585 as a row or column as appropriate.
3586
3587 @group
3588 @smallexample
3589 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [14, 32]
3590 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] .
3591 1: [1, 2, 3]
3592 .
3593
3594 r 4 r 1 *
3595 @end smallexample
3596 @end group
3597
3598 Multiplying in the other order wouldn't work because the number of
3599 rows in the matrix is different from the number of elements in the
3600 vector.
3601
3602 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Use @samp{*} to sum along the rows
3603 of the above @c{$2\times3$}
3604 @asis{2x3} matrix to get @cite{[6, 15]}. Now use @samp{*} to
3605 sum along the columns to get @cite{[5, 7, 9]}.
3606 @xref{Matrix Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3607
3608 @cindex Identity matrix
3609 An @dfn{identity matrix} is a square matrix with ones along the
3610 diagonal and zeros elsewhere. It has the property that multiplication
3611 by an identity matrix, on the left or on the right, always produces
3612 the original matrix.
3613
3614 @group
3615 @smallexample
3616 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ]
3617 [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ] [ 4, 5, 6 ] ]
3618 . 1: [ [ 1, 0, 0 ] .
3619 [ 0, 1, 0 ]
3620 [ 0, 0, 1 ] ]
3621 .
3622
3623 r 4 v i 3 RET *
3624 @end smallexample
3625 @end group
3626
3627 If a matrix is square, it is often possible to find its @dfn{inverse},
3628 that is, a matrix which, when multiplied by the original matrix, yields
3629 an identity matrix. The @kbd{&} (reciprocal) key also computes the
3630 inverse of a matrix.
3631
3632 @group
3633 @smallexample
3634 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [ [ -2.4, 1.2, -0.2 ]
3635 [ 4, 5, 6 ] [ 2.8, -1.4, 0.4 ]
3636 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ] [ -0.73333, 0.53333, -0.2 ] ]
3637 . .
3638
3639 r 4 r 2 | s 5 &
3640 @end smallexample
3641 @end group
3642
3643 @noindent
3644 The vertical bar @kbd{|} @dfn{concatenates} numbers, vectors, and
3645 matrices together. Here we have used it to add a new row onto
3646 our matrix to make it square.
3647
3648 We can multiply these two matrices in either order to get an identity.
3649
3650 @group
3651 @smallexample
3652 1: [ [ 1., 0., 0. ] 1: [ [ 1., 0., 0. ]
3653 [ 0., 1., 0. ] [ 0., 1., 0. ]
3654 [ 0., 0., 1. ] ] [ 0., 0., 1. ] ]
3655 . .
3656
3657 M-RET * U TAB *
3658 @end smallexample
3659 @end group
3660
3661 @cindex Systems of linear equations
3662 @cindex Linear equations, systems of
3663 Matrix inverses are related to systems of linear equations in algebra.
3664 Suppose we had the following set of equations:
3665
3666 @ifinfo
3667 @group
3668 @example
3669 a + 2b + 3c = 6
3670 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
3671 7a + 6b = 3
3672 @end example
3673 @end group
3674 @end ifinfo
3675 @tex
3676 \turnoffactive
3677 \beforedisplayh
3678 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
3679 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
3680 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3681 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3682 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
3683 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
3684 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
3685 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr}
3686 $$
3687 \afterdisplayh
3688 @end tex
3689
3690 @noindent
3691 This can be cast into the matrix equation,
3692
3693 @ifinfo
3694 @group
3695 @example
3696 [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] [ [ a ] [ [ 6 ]
3697 [ 4, 5, 6 ] * [ b ] = [ 2 ]
3698 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ] [ c ] ] [ 3 ] ]
3699 @end example
3700 @end group
3701 @end ifinfo
3702 @tex
3703 \turnoffactive
3704 \beforedisplay
3705 $$ \pmatrix{ 1 & 2 & 3 \cr 4 & 5 & 6 \cr 7 & 6 & 0 }
3706 \times
3707 \pmatrix{ a \cr b \cr c } = \pmatrix{ 6 \cr 2 \cr 3 }
3708 $$
3709 \afterdisplay
3710 @end tex
3711
3712 We can solve this system of equations by multiplying both sides by the
3713 inverse of the matrix. Calc can do this all in one step:
3714
3715 @group
3716 @smallexample
3717 2: [6, 2, 3] 1: [-12.6, 15.2, -3.93333]
3718 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] .
3719 [ 4, 5, 6 ]
3720 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ]
3721 .
3722
3723 [6,2,3] r 5 /
3724 @end smallexample
3725 @end group
3726
3727 @noindent
3728 The result is the @cite{[a, b, c]} vector that solves the equations.
3729 (Dividing by a square matrix is equivalent to multiplying by its
3730 inverse.)
3731
3732 Let's verify this solution:
3733
3734 @group
3735 @smallexample
3736 2: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 1: [6., 2., 3.]
3737 [ 4, 5, 6 ] .
3738 [ 7, 6, 0 ] ]
3739 1: [-12.6, 15.2, -3.93333]
3740 .
3741
3742 r 5 TAB *
3743 @end smallexample
3744 @end group
3745
3746 @noindent
3747 Note that we had to be careful about the order in which we multiplied
3748 the matrix and vector. If we multiplied in the other order, Calc would
3749 assume the vector was a row vector in order to make the dimensions
3750 come out right, and the answer would be incorrect. If you
3751 don't feel safe letting Calc take either interpretation of your
3752 vectors, use explicit @c{$N\times1$}
3753 @asis{Nx1} or @c{$1\times N$}
3754 @asis{1xN} matrices instead.
3755 In this case, you would enter the original column vector as
3756 @samp{[[6], [2], [3]]} or @samp{[6; 2; 3]}.
3757
3758 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Algebraic entry allows you to make
3759 vectors and matrices that include variables. Solve the following
3760 system of equations to get expressions for @cite{x} and @cite{y}
3761 in terms of @cite{a} and @cite{b}.
3762
3763 @ifinfo
3764 @group
3765 @example
3766 x + a y = 6
3767 x + b y = 10
3768 @end example
3769 @end group
3770 @end ifinfo
3771 @tex
3772 \turnoffactive
3773 \beforedisplay
3774 $$ \eqalign{ x &+ a y = 6 \cr
3775 x &+ b y = 10}
3776 $$
3777 \afterdisplay
3778 @end tex
3779
3780 @noindent
3781 @xref{Matrix Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
3782
3783 @cindex Least-squares for over-determined systems
3784 @cindex Over-determined systems of equations
3785 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} A system of equations is ``over-determined''
3786 if it has more equations than variables. It is often the case that
3787 there are no values for the variables that will satisfy all the
3788 equations at once, but it is still useful to find a set of values
3789 which ``nearly'' satisfy all the equations. In terms of matrix equations,
3790 you can't solve @cite{A X = B} directly because the matrix @cite{A}
3791 is not square for an over-determined system. Matrix inversion works
3792 only for square matrices. One common trick is to multiply both sides
3793 on the left by the transpose of @cite{A}:
3794 @ifinfo
3795 @samp{trn(A)*A*X = trn(A)*B}.
3796 @end ifinfo
3797 @tex
3798 \turnoffactive
3799 $A^T A \, X = A^T B$, where $A^T$ is the transpose \samp{trn(A)}.
3800 @end tex
3801 Now @c{$A^T A$}
3802 @cite{trn(A)*A} is a square matrix so a solution is possible. It
3803 turns out that the @cite{X} vector you compute in this way will be a
3804 ``least-squares'' solution, which can be regarded as the ``closest''
3805 solution to the set of equations. Use Calc to solve the following
3806 over-determined system:@refill
3807
3808 @ifinfo
3809 @group
3810 @example
3811 a + 2b + 3c = 6
3812 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
3813 7a + 6b = 3
3814 2a + 4b + 6c = 11
3815 @end example
3816 @end group
3817 @end ifinfo
3818 @tex
3819 \turnoffactive
3820 \beforedisplayh
3821 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
3822 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
3823 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3824 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
3825 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
3826 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
3827 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
3828 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr
3829 2a&+&4b&+&6c&=11 \cr}
3830 $$
3831 \afterdisplayh
3832 @end tex
3833
3834 @noindent
3835 @xref{Matrix Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
3836
3837 @node List Tutorial, , Matrix Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial
3838 @subsection Vectors as Lists
3839
3840 @noindent
3841 @cindex Lists
3842 Although Calc has a number of features for manipulating vectors and
3843 matrices as mathematical objects, you can also treat vectors as
3844 simple lists of values. For example, we saw that the @kbd{k f}
3845 command returns a vector which is a list of the prime factors of a
3846 number.
3847
3848 You can pack and unpack stack entries into vectors:
3849
3850 @group
3851 @smallexample
3852 3: 10 1: [10, 20, 30] 3: 10
3853 2: 20 . 2: 20
3854 1: 30 1: 30
3855 . .
3856
3857 M-3 v p v u
3858 @end smallexample
3859 @end group
3860
3861 You can also build vectors out of consecutive integers, or out
3862 of many copies of a given value:
3863
3864 @group
3865 @smallexample
3866 1: [1, 2, 3, 4] 2: [1, 2, 3, 4] 2: [1, 2, 3, 4]
3867 . 1: 17 1: [17, 17, 17, 17]
3868 . .
3869
3870 v x 4 RET 17 v b 4 RET
3871 @end smallexample
3872 @end group
3873
3874 You can apply an operator to every element of a vector using the
3875 @dfn{map} command.
3876
3877 @group
3878 @smallexample
3879 1: [17, 34, 51, 68] 1: [289, 1156, 2601, 4624] 1: [17, 34, 51, 68]
3880 . . .
3881
3882 V M * 2 V M ^ V M Q
3883 @end smallexample
3884 @end group
3885
3886 @noindent
3887 In the first step, we multiply the vector of integers by the vector
3888 of 17's elementwise. In the second step, we raise each element to
3889 the power two. (The general rule is that both operands must be
3890 vectors of the same length, or else one must be a vector and the
3891 other a plain number.) In the final step, we take the square root
3892 of each element.
3893
3894 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Compute a vector of powers of two
3895 from @c{$2^{-4}$}
3896 @cite{2^-4} to @cite{2^4}. @xref{List Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
3897
3898 You can also @dfn{reduce} a binary operator across a vector.
3899 For example, reducing @samp{*} computes the product of all the
3900 elements in the vector:
3901
3902 @group
3903 @smallexample
3904 1: 123123 1: [3, 7, 11, 13, 41] 1: 123123
3905 . . .
3906
3907 123123 k f V R *
3908 @end smallexample
3909 @end group
3910
3911 @noindent
3912 In this example, we decompose 123123 into its prime factors, then
3913 multiply those factors together again to yield the original number.
3914
3915 We could compute a dot product ``by hand'' using mapping and
3916 reduction:
3917
3918 @group
3919 @smallexample
3920 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [7, 12, 0] 1: 19
3921 1: [7, 6, 0] . .
3922 .
3923
3924 r 1 r 2 V M * V R +
3925 @end smallexample
3926 @end group
3927
3928 @noindent
3929 Recalling two vectors from the previous section, we compute the
3930 sum of pairwise products of the elements to get the same answer
3931 for the dot product as before.
3932
3933 A slight variant of vector reduction is the @dfn{accumulate} operation,
3934 @kbd{V U}. This produces a vector of the intermediate results from
3935 a corresponding reduction. Here we compute a table of factorials:
3936
3937 @group
3938 @smallexample
3939 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] 1: [1, 2, 6, 24, 120, 720]
3940 . .
3941
3942 v x 6 RET V U *
3943 @end smallexample
3944 @end group
3945
3946 Calc allows vectors to grow as large as you like, although it gets
3947 rather slow if vectors have more than about a hundred elements.
3948 Actually, most of the time is spent formatting these large vectors
3949 for display, not calculating on them. Try the following experiment
3950 (if your computer is very fast you may need to substitute a larger
3951 vector size).
3952
3953 @group
3954 @smallexample
3955 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, ... 1: [2, 3, 4, 5, ...
3956 . .
3957
3958 v x 500 RET 1 V M +
3959 @end smallexample
3960 @end group
3961
3962 Now press @kbd{v .} (the letter @kbd{v}, then a period) and try the
3963 experiment again. In @kbd{v .} mode, long vectors are displayed
3964 ``abbreviated'' like this:
3965
3966 @group
3967 @smallexample
3968 1: [1, 2, 3, ..., 500] 1: [2, 3, 4, ..., 501]
3969 . .
3970
3971 v x 500 RET 1 V M +
3972 @end smallexample
3973 @end group
3974
3975 @noindent
3976 (where now the @samp{...} is actually part of the Calc display).
3977 You will find both operations are now much faster. But notice that
3978 even in @w{@kbd{v .}} mode, the full vectors are still shown in the Trail.
3979 Type @w{@kbd{t .}} to cause the trail to abbreviate as well, and try the
3980 experiment one more time. Operations on long vectors are now quite
3981 fast! (But of course if you use @kbd{t .} you will lose the ability
3982 to get old vectors back using the @kbd{t y} command.)
3983
3984 An easy way to view a full vector when @kbd{v .} mode is active is
3985 to press @kbd{`} (back-quote) to edit the vector; editing always works
3986 with the full, unabbreviated value.
3987
3988 @cindex Least-squares for fitting a straight line
3989 @cindex Fitting data to a line
3990 @cindex Line, fitting data to
3991 @cindex Data, extracting from buffers
3992 @cindex Columns of data, extracting
3993 As a larger example, let's try to fit a straight line to some data,
3994 using the method of least squares. (Calc has a built-in command for
3995 least-squares curve fitting, but we'll do it by hand here just to
3996 practice working with vectors.) Suppose we have the following list
3997 of values in a file we have loaded into Emacs:
3998
3999 @smallexample
4000 x y
4001 --- ---
4002 1.34 0.234
4003 1.41 0.298
4004 1.49 0.402
4005 1.56 0.412
4006 1.64 0.466
4007 1.73 0.473
4008 1.82 0.601
4009 1.91 0.519
4010 2.01 0.603
4011 2.11 0.637
4012 2.22 0.645
4013 2.33 0.705
4014 2.45 0.917
4015 2.58 1.009
4016 2.71 0.971
4017 2.85 1.062
4018 3.00 1.148
4019 3.15 1.157
4020 3.32 1.354
4021 @end smallexample
4022
4023 @noindent
4024 If you are reading this tutorial in printed form, you will find it
4025 easiest to press @kbd{M-# i} to enter the on-line Info version of
4026 the manual and find this table there. (Press @kbd{g}, then type
4027 @kbd{List Tutorial}, to jump straight to this section.)
4028
4029 Position the cursor at the upper-left corner of this table, just
4030 to the left of the @cite{1.34}. Press @kbd{C-@@} to set the mark.
4031 (On your system this may be @kbd{C-2}, @kbd{C-SPC}, or @kbd{NUL}.)
4032 Now position the cursor to the lower-right, just after the @cite{1.354}.
4033 You have now defined this region as an Emacs ``rectangle.'' Still
4034 in the Info buffer, type @kbd{M-# r}. This command
4035 (@code{calc-grab-rectangle}) will pop you back into the Calculator, with
4036 the contents of the rectangle you specified in the form of a matrix.@refill
4037
4038 @group
4039 @smallexample
4040 1: [ [ 1.34, 0.234 ]
4041 [ 1.41, 0.298 ]
4042 @dots{}
4043 @end smallexample
4044 @end group
4045
4046 @noindent
4047 (You may wish to use @kbd{v .} mode to abbreviate the display of this
4048 large matrix.)
4049
4050 We want to treat this as a pair of lists. The first step is to
4051 transpose this matrix into a pair of rows. Remember, a matrix is
4052 just a vector of vectors. So we can unpack the matrix into a pair
4053 of row vectors on the stack.
4054
4055 @group
4056 @smallexample
4057 1: [ [ 1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
4058 [ 0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ] ] 1: [0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ]
4059 . .
4060
4061 v t v u
4062 @end smallexample
4063 @end group
4064
4065 @noindent
4066 Let's store these in quick variables 1 and 2, respectively.
4067
4068 @group
4069 @smallexample
4070 1: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] .
4071 .
4072
4073 t 2 t 1
4074 @end smallexample
4075 @end group
4076
4077 @noindent
4078 (Recall that @kbd{t 2} is a variant of @kbd{s 2} that removes the
4079 stored value from the stack.)
4080
4081 In a least squares fit, the slope @cite{m} is given by the formula
4082
4083 @ifinfo
4084 @example
4085 m = (N sum(x y) - sum(x) sum(y)) / (N sum(x^2) - sum(x)^2)
4086 @end example
4087 @end ifinfo
4088 @tex
4089 \turnoffactive
4090 \beforedisplay
4091 $$ m = {N \sum x y - \sum x \sum y \over
4092 N \sum x^2 - \left( \sum x \right)^2} $$
4093 \afterdisplay
4094 @end tex
4095
4096 @noindent
4097 where @c{$\sum x$}
4098 @cite{sum(x)} represents the sum of all the values of @cite{x}.
4099 While there is an actual @code{sum} function in Calc, it's easier to
4100 sum a vector using a simple reduction. First, let's compute the four
4101 different sums that this formula uses.
4102
4103 @group
4104 @smallexample
4105 1: 41.63 1: 98.0003
4106 . .
4107
4108 r 1 V R + t 3 r 1 2 V M ^ V R + t 4
4109
4110 @end smallexample
4111 @end group
4112 @noindent
4113 @group
4114 @smallexample
4115 1: 13.613 1: 33.36554
4116 . .
4117
4118 r 2 V R + t 5 r 1 r 2 V M * V R + t 6
4119 @end smallexample
4120 @end group
4121
4122 @ifinfo
4123 @noindent
4124 These are @samp{sum(x)}, @samp{sum(x^2)}, @samp{sum(y)}, and @samp{sum(x y)},
4125 respectively. (We could have used @kbd{*} to compute @samp{sum(x^2)} and
4126 @samp{sum(x y)}.)
4127 @end ifinfo
4128 @tex
4129 \turnoffactive
4130 These are $\sum x$, $\sum x^2$, $\sum y$, and $\sum x y$,
4131 respectively. (We could have used \kbd{*} to compute $\sum x^2$ and
4132 $\sum x y$.)
4133 @end tex
4134
4135 Finally, we also need @cite{N}, the number of data points. This is just
4136 the length of either of our lists.
4137
4138 @group
4139 @smallexample
4140 1: 19
4141 .
4142
4143 r 1 v l t 7
4144 @end smallexample
4145 @end group
4146
4147 @noindent
4148 (That's @kbd{v} followed by a lower-case @kbd{l}.)
4149
4150 Now we grind through the formula:
4151
4152 @group
4153 @smallexample
4154 1: 633.94526 2: 633.94526 1: 67.23607
4155 . 1: 566.70919 .
4156 .
4157
4158 r 7 r 6 * r 3 r 5 * -
4159
4160 @end smallexample
4161 @end group
4162 @noindent
4163 @group
4164 @smallexample
4165 2: 67.23607 3: 67.23607 2: 67.23607 1: 0.52141679
4166 1: 1862.0057 2: 1862.0057 1: 128.9488 .
4167 . 1: 1733.0569 .
4168 .
4169
4170 r 7 r 4 * r 3 2 ^ - / t 8
4171 @end smallexample
4172 @end group
4173
4174 That gives us the slope @cite{m}. The y-intercept @cite{b} can now
4175 be found with the simple formula,
4176
4177 @ifinfo
4178 @example
4179 b = (sum(y) - m sum(x)) / N
4180 @end example
4181 @end ifinfo
4182 @tex
4183 \turnoffactive
4184 \beforedisplay
4185 $$ b = {\sum y - m \sum x \over N} $$
4186 \afterdisplay
4187 \vskip10pt
4188 @end tex
4189
4190 @group
4191 @smallexample
4192 1: 13.613 2: 13.613 1: -8.09358 1: -0.425978
4193 . 1: 21.70658 . .
4194 .
4195
4196 r 5 r 8 r 3 * - r 7 / t 9
4197 @end smallexample
4198 @end group
4199
4200 Let's ``plot'' this straight line approximation, @c{$y \approx m x + b$}
4201 @cite{m x + b}, and compare it with the original data.@refill
4202
4203 @group
4204 @smallexample
4205 1: [0.699, 0.735, ... ] 1: [0.273, 0.309, ... ]
4206 . .
4207
4208 r 1 r 8 * r 9 + s 0
4209 @end smallexample
4210 @end group
4211
4212 @noindent
4213 Notice that multiplying a vector by a constant, and adding a constant
4214 to a vector, can be done without mapping commands since these are
4215 common operations from vector algebra. As far as Calc is concerned,
4216 we've just been doing geometry in 19-dimensional space!
4217
4218 We can subtract this vector from our original @cite{y} vector to get
4219 a feel for the error of our fit. Let's find the maximum error:
4220
4221 @group
4222 @smallexample
4223 1: [0.0387, 0.0112, ... ] 1: [0.0387, 0.0112, ... ] 1: 0.0897
4224 . . .
4225
4226 r 2 - V M A V R X
4227 @end smallexample
4228 @end group
4229
4230 @noindent
4231 First we compute a vector of differences, then we take the absolute
4232 values of these differences, then we reduce the @code{max} function
4233 across the vector. (The @code{max} function is on the two-key sequence
4234 @kbd{f x}; because it is so common to use @code{max} in a vector
4235 operation, the letters @kbd{X} and @kbd{N} are also accepted for
4236 @code{max} and @code{min} in this context. In general, you answer
4237 the @kbd{V M} or @kbd{V R} prompt with the actual key sequence that
4238 invokes the function you want. You could have typed @kbd{V R f x} or
4239 even @kbd{V R x max @key{RET}} if you had preferred.)
4240
4241 If your system has the GNUPLOT program, you can see graphs of your
4242 data and your straight line to see how well they match. (If you have
4243 GNUPLOT 3.0, the following instructions will work regardless of the
4244 kind of display you have. Some GNUPLOT 2.0, non-X-windows systems
4245 may require additional steps to view the graphs.)
4246
4247 Let's start by plotting the original data. Recall the ``@i{x}'' and ``@i{y}''
4248 vectors onto the stack and press @kbd{g f}. This ``fast'' graphing
4249 command does everything you need to do for simple, straightforward
4250 plotting of data.
4251
4252 @group
4253 @smallexample
4254 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
4255 1: [0.234, 0.298, 0.402, ... ]
4256 .
4257
4258 r 1 r 2 g f
4259 @end smallexample
4260 @end group
4261
4262 If all goes well, you will shortly get a new window containing a graph
4263 of the data. (If not, contact your GNUPLOT or Calc installer to find
4264 out what went wrong.) In the X window system, this will be a separate
4265 graphics window. For other kinds of displays, the default is to
4266 display the graph in Emacs itself using rough character graphics.
4267 Press @kbd{q} when you are done viewing the character graphics.
4268
4269 Next, let's add the line we got from our least-squares fit:
4270
4271 @group
4272 @smallexample
4273 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ]
4274 1: [0.273, 0.309, 0.351, ... ]
4275 .
4276
4277 DEL r 0 g a g p
4278 @end smallexample
4279 @end group
4280
4281 It's not very useful to get symbols to mark the data points on this
4282 second curve; you can type @kbd{g S g p} to remove them. Type @kbd{g q}
4283 when you are done to remove the X graphics window and terminate GNUPLOT.
4284
4285 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} An earlier exercise showed how to do
4286 least squares fitting to a general system of equations. Our 19 data
4287 points are really 19 equations of the form @cite{y_i = m x_i + b} for
4288 different pairs of @cite{(x_i,y_i)}. Use the matrix-transpose method
4289 to solve for @cite{m} and @cite{b}, duplicating the above result.
4290 @xref{List Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
4291
4292 @cindex Geometric mean
4293 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} If the input data do not form a
4294 rectangle, you can use @w{@kbd{M-# g}} (@code{calc-grab-region})
4295 to grab the data the way Emacs normally works with regions---it reads
4296 left-to-right, top-to-bottom, treating line breaks the same as spaces.
4297 Use this command to find the geometric mean of the following numbers.
4298 (The geometric mean is the @var{n}th root of the product of @var{n} numbers.)
4299
4300 @example
4301 2.3 6 22 15.1 7
4302 15 14 7.5
4303 2.5
4304 @end example
4305
4306 @noindent
4307 The @kbd{M-# g} command accepts numbers separated by spaces or commas,
4308 with or without surrounding vector brackets.
4309 @xref{List Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
4310
4311 @ifinfo
4312 As another example, a theorem about binomial coefficients tells
4313 us that the alternating sum of binomial coefficients
4314 @var{n}-choose-0 minus @var{n}-choose-1 plus @var{n}-choose-2, and so
4315 on up to @var{n}-choose-@var{n},
4316 always comes out to zero. Let's verify this
4317 for @cite{n=6}.@refill
4318 @end ifinfo
4319 @tex
4320 As another example, a theorem about binomial coefficients tells
4321 us that the alternating sum of binomial coefficients
4322 ${n \choose 0} - {n \choose 1} + {n \choose 2} - \cdots \pm {n \choose n}$
4323 always comes out to zero. Let's verify this
4324 for \cite{n=6}.
4325 @end tex
4326
4327 @group
4328 @smallexample
4329 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
4330 . .
4331
4332 v x 7 RET 1 -
4333
4334 @end smallexample
4335 @end group
4336 @noindent
4337 @group
4338 @smallexample
4339 1: [1, -6, 15, -20, 15, -6, 1] 1: 0
4340 . .
4341
4342 V M ' (-1)^$ choose(6,$) RET V R +
4343 @end smallexample
4344 @end group
4345
4346 The @kbd{V M '} command prompts you to enter any algebraic expression
4347 to define the function to map over the vector. The symbol @samp{$}
4348 inside this expression represents the argument to the function.
4349 The Calculator applies this formula to each element of the vector,
4350 substituting each element's value for the @samp{$} sign(s) in turn.
4351
4352 To define a two-argument function, use @samp{$$} for the first
4353 argument and @samp{$} for the second: @kbd{V M ' $$-$ RET} is
4354 equivalent to @kbd{V M -}. This is analogous to regular algebraic
4355 entry, where @samp{$$} would refer to the next-to-top stack entry
4356 and @samp{$} would refer to the top stack entry, and @kbd{' $$-$ RET}
4357 would act exactly like @kbd{-}.
4358
4359 Notice that the @kbd{V M '} command has recorded two things in the
4360 trail: The result, as usual, and also a funny-looking thing marked
4361 @samp{oper} that represents the operator function you typed in.
4362 The function is enclosed in @samp{< >} brackets, and the argument is
4363 denoted by a @samp{#} sign. If there were several arguments, they
4364 would be shown as @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, and so on. (For example,
4365 @kbd{V M ' $$-$} will put the function @samp{<#1 - #2>} on the
4366 trail.) This object is a ``nameless function''; you can use nameless
4367 @w{@samp{< >}} notation to answer the @kbd{V M '} prompt if you like.
4368 Nameless function notation has the interesting, occasionally useful
4369 property that a nameless function is not actually evaluated until
4370 it is used. For example, @kbd{V M ' $+random(2.0)} evaluates
4371 @samp{random(2.0)} once and adds that random number to all elements
4372 of the vector, but @kbd{V M ' <#+random(2.0)>} evaluates the
4373 @samp{random(2.0)} separately for each vector element.
4374
4375 Another group of operators that are often useful with @kbd{V M} are
4376 the relational operators: @kbd{a =}, for example, compares two numbers
4377 and gives the result 1 if they are equal, or 0 if not. Similarly,
4378 @w{@kbd{a <}} checks for one number being less than another.
4379
4380 Other useful vector operations include @kbd{v v}, to reverse a
4381 vector end-for-end; @kbd{V S}, to sort the elements of a vector
4382 into increasing order; and @kbd{v r} and @w{@kbd{v c}}, to extract
4383 one row or column of a matrix, or (in both cases) to extract one
4384 element of a plain vector. With a negative argument, @kbd{v r}
4385 and @kbd{v c} instead delete one row, column, or vector element.
4386
4387 @cindex Divisor functions
4388 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} The @cite{k}th @dfn{divisor function}
4389 @tex
4390 $\sigma_k(n)$
4391 @end tex
4392 is the sum of the @cite{k}th powers of all the divisors of an
4393 integer @cite{n}. Figure out a method for computing the divisor
4394 function for reasonably small values of @cite{n}. As a test,
4395 the 0th and 1st divisor functions of 30 are 8 and 72, respectively.
4396 @xref{List Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
4397
4398 @cindex Square-free numbers
4399 @cindex Duplicate values in a list
4400 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} The @kbd{k f} command produces a
4401 list of prime factors for a number. Sometimes it is important to
4402 know that a number is @dfn{square-free}, i.e., that no prime occurs
4403 more than once in its list of prime factors. Find a sequence of
4404 keystrokes to tell if a number is square-free; your method should
4405 leave 1 on the stack if it is, or 0 if it isn't.
4406 @xref{List Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
4407
4408 @cindex Triangular lists
4409 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} Build a list of lists that looks
4410 like the following diagram. (You may wish to use the @kbd{v /}
4411 command to enable multi-line display of vectors.)
4412
4413 @group
4414 @smallexample
4415 1: [ [1],
4416 [1, 2],
4417 [1, 2, 3],
4418 [1, 2, 3, 4],
4419 [1, 2, 3, 4, 5],
4420 [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] ]
4421 @end smallexample
4422 @end group
4423
4424 @noindent
4425 @xref{List Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
4426
4427 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} Build the following list of lists.
4428
4429 @group
4430 @smallexample
4431 1: [ [0],
4432 [1, 2],
4433 [3, 4, 5],
4434 [6, 7, 8, 9],
4435 [10, 11, 12, 13, 14],
4436 [15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20] ]
4437 @end smallexample
4438 @end group
4439
4440 @noindent
4441 @xref{List Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
4442
4443 @cindex Maximizing a function over a list of values
4444 @c [fix-ref Numerical Solutions]
4445 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} Compute a list of values of Bessel's
4446 @c{$J_1(x)$}
4447 @cite{J1} function @samp{besJ(1,x)} for @cite{x} from 0 to 5
4448 in steps of 0.25.
4449 Find the value of @cite{x} (from among the above set of values) for
4450 which @samp{besJ(1,x)} is a maximum. Use an ``automatic'' method,
4451 i.e., just reading along the list by hand to find the largest value
4452 is not allowed! (There is an @kbd{a X} command which does this kind
4453 of thing automatically; @pxref{Numerical Solutions}.)
4454 @xref{List Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})@refill
4455
4456 @cindex Digits, vectors of
4457 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} You are given an integer in the range
4458 @c{$0 \le N < 10^m$}
4459 @cite{0 <= N < 10^m} for @cite{m=12} (i.e., an integer of less than
4460 twelve digits). Convert this integer into a vector of @cite{m}
4461 digits, each in the range from 0 to 9. In vector-of-digits notation,
4462 add one to this integer to produce a vector of @cite{m+1} digits
4463 (since there could be a carry out of the most significant digit).
4464 Convert this vector back into a regular integer. A good integer
4465 to try is 25129925999. @xref{List Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
4466
4467 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} Your friend Joe tried to use
4468 @kbd{V R a =} to test if all numbers in a list were equal. What
4469 happened? How would you do this test? @xref{List Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
4470
4471 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} The area of a circle of radius one
4472 is @c{$\pi$}
4473 @cite{pi}. The area of the @c{$2\times2$}
4474 @asis{2x2} square that encloses that
4475 circle is 4. So if we throw @i{N} darts at random points in the square,
4476 about @c{$\pi/4$}
4477 @cite{pi/4} of them will land inside the circle. This gives us
4478 an entertaining way to estimate the value of @c{$\pi$}
4479 @cite{pi}. The @w{@kbd{k r}}
4480 command picks a random number between zero and the value on the stack.
4481 We could get a random floating-point number between @i{-1} and 1 by typing
4482 @w{@kbd{2.0 k r 1 -}}. Build a vector of 100 random @cite{(x,y)} points in
4483 this square, then use vector mapping and reduction to count how many
4484 points lie inside the unit circle. Hint: Use the @kbd{v b} command.
4485 @xref{List Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
4486
4487 @cindex Matchstick problem
4488 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} The @dfn{matchstick problem} provides
4489 another way to calculate @c{$\pi$}
4490 @cite{pi}. Say you have an infinite field
4491 of vertical lines with a spacing of one inch. Toss a one-inch matchstick
4492 onto the field. The probability that the matchstick will land crossing
4493 a line turns out to be @c{$2/\pi$}
4494 @cite{2/pi}. Toss 100 matchsticks to estimate
4495 @c{$\pi$}
4496 @cite{pi}. (If you want still more fun, the probability that the GCD
4497 (@w{@kbd{k g}}) of two large integers is one turns out to be @c{$6/\pi^2$}
4498 @cite{6/pi^2}.
4499 That provides yet another way to estimate @c{$\pi$}
4500 @cite{pi}.)
4501 @xref{List Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
4502
4503 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 13.} An algebraic entry of a string in
4504 double-quote marks, @samp{"hello"}, creates a vector of the numerical
4505 (ASCII) codes of the characters (here, @cite{[104, 101, 108, 108, 111]}).
4506 Sometimes it is convenient to compute a @dfn{hash code} of a string,
4507 which is just an integer that represents the value of that string.
4508 Two equal strings have the same hash code; two different strings
4509 @dfn{probably} have different hash codes. (For example, Calc has
4510 over 400 function names, but Emacs can quickly find the definition for
4511 any given name because it has sorted the functions into ``buckets'' by
4512 their hash codes. Sometimes a few names will hash into the same bucket,
4513 but it is easier to search among a few names than among all the names.)
4514 One popular hash function is computed as follows: First set @cite{h = 0}.
4515 Then, for each character from the string in turn, set @cite{h = 3h + c_i}
4516 where @cite{c_i} is the character's ASCII code. If we have 511 buckets,
4517 we then take the hash code modulo 511 to get the bucket number. Develop a
4518 simple command or commands for converting string vectors into hash codes.
4519 The hash code for @samp{"Testing, 1, 2, 3"} is 1960915098, which modulo
4520 511 is 121. @xref{List Answer 13, 13}. (@bullet{})
4521
4522 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 14.} The @kbd{H V R} and @kbd{H V U}
4523 commands do nested function evaluations. @kbd{H V U} takes a starting
4524 value and a number of steps @var{n} from the stack; it then applies the
4525 function you give to the starting value 0, 1, 2, up to @var{n} times
4526 and returns a vector of the results. Use this command to create a
4527 ``random walk'' of 50 steps. Start with the two-dimensional point
4528 @cite{(0,0)}; then take one step a random distance between @i{-1} and 1
4529 in both @cite{x} and @cite{y}; then take another step, and so on. Use the
4530 @kbd{g f} command to display this random walk. Now modify your random
4531 walk to walk a unit distance, but in a random direction, at each step.
4532 (Hint: The @code{sincos} function returns a vector of the cosine and
4533 sine of an angle.) @xref{List Answer 14, 14}. (@bullet{})
4534
4535 @node Types Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial, Vector/Matrix Tutorial, Tutorial
4536 @section Types Tutorial
4537
4538 @noindent
4539 Calc understands a variety of data types as well as simple numbers.
4540 In this section, we'll experiment with each of these types in turn.
4541
4542 The numbers we've been using so far have mainly been either @dfn{integers}
4543 or @dfn{floats}. We saw that floats are usually a good approximation to
4544 the mathematical concept of real numbers, but they are only approximations
4545 and are susceptible to roundoff error. Calc also supports @dfn{fractions},
4546 which can exactly represent any rational number.
4547
4548 @group
4549 @smallexample
4550 1: 3628800 2: 3628800 1: 518400:7 1: 518414:7 1: 7:518414
4551 . 1: 49 . . .
4552 .
4553
4554 10 ! 49 RET : 2 + &
4555 @end smallexample
4556 @end group
4557
4558 @noindent
4559 The @kbd{:} command divides two integers to get a fraction; @kbd{/}
4560 would normally divide integers to get a floating-point result.
4561 Notice we had to type @key{RET} between the @kbd{49} and the @kbd{:}
4562 since the @kbd{:} would otherwise be interpreted as part of a
4563 fraction beginning with 49.
4564
4565 You can convert between floating-point and fractional format using
4566 @kbd{c f} and @kbd{c F}:
4567
4568 @group
4569 @smallexample
4570 1: 1.35027217629e-5 1: 7:518414
4571 . .
4572
4573 c f c F
4574 @end smallexample
4575 @end group
4576
4577 The @kbd{c F} command replaces a floating-point number with the
4578 ``simplest'' fraction whose floating-point representation is the
4579 same, to within the current precision.
4580
4581 @group
4582 @smallexample
4583 1: 3.14159265359 1: 1146408:364913 1: 3.1416 1: 355:113
4584 . . . .
4585
4586 P c F DEL p 5 RET P c F
4587 @end smallexample
4588 @end group
4589
4590 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} A calculation has produced the
4591 result 1.26508260337. You suspect it is the square root of the
4592 product of @c{$\pi$}
4593 @cite{pi} and some rational number. Is it? (Be sure
4594 to allow for roundoff error!) @xref{Types Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
4595
4596 @dfn{Complex numbers} can be stored in both rectangular and polar form.
4597
4598 @group
4599 @smallexample
4600 1: -9 1: (0, 3) 1: (3; 90.) 1: (6; 90.) 1: (2.4495; 45.)
4601 . . . . .
4602
4603 9 n Q c p 2 * Q
4604 @end smallexample
4605 @end group
4606
4607 @noindent
4608 The square root of @i{-9} is by default rendered in rectangular form
4609 (@w{@cite{0 + 3i}}), but we can convert it to polar form (3 with a
4610 phase angle of 90 degrees). All the usual arithmetic and scientific
4611 operations are defined on both types of complex numbers.
4612
4613 Another generalized kind of number is @dfn{infinity}. Infinity
4614 isn't really a number, but it can sometimes be treated like one.
4615 Calc uses the symbol @code{inf} to represent positive infinity,
4616 i.e., a value greater than any real number. Naturally, you can
4617 also write @samp{-inf} for minus infinity, a value less than any
4618 real number. The word @code{inf} can only be input using
4619 algebraic entry.
4620
4621 @group
4622 @smallexample
4623 2: inf 2: -inf 2: -inf 2: -inf 1: nan
4624 1: -17 1: -inf 1: -inf 1: inf .
4625 . . . .
4626
4627 ' inf RET 17 n * RET 72 + A +
4628 @end smallexample
4629 @end group
4630
4631 @noindent
4632 Since infinity is infinitely large, multiplying it by any finite
4633 number (like @i{-17}) has no effect, except that since @i{-17}
4634 is negative, it changes a plus infinity to a minus infinity.
4635 (``A huge positive number, multiplied by @i{-17}, yields a huge
4636 negative number.'') Adding any finite number to infinity also
4637 leaves it unchanged. Taking an absolute value gives us plus
4638 infinity again. Finally, we add this plus infinity to the minus
4639 infinity we had earlier. If you work it out, you might expect
4640 the answer to be @i{-72} for this. But the 72 has been completely
4641 lost next to the infinities; by the time we compute @w{@samp{inf - inf}}
4642 the finite difference between them, if any, is indetectable.
4643 So we say the result is @dfn{indeterminate}, which Calc writes
4644 with the symbol @code{nan} (for Not A Number).
4645
4646 Dividing by zero is normally treated as an error, but you can get
4647 Calc to write an answer in terms of infinity by pressing @kbd{m i}
4648 to turn on ``infinite mode.''
4649
4650 @group
4651 @smallexample
4652 3: nan 2: nan 2: nan 2: nan 1: nan
4653 2: 1 1: 1 / 0 1: uinf 1: uinf .
4654 1: 0 . . .
4655 .
4656
4657 1 RET 0 / m i U / 17 n * +
4658 @end smallexample
4659 @end group
4660
4661 @noindent
4662 Dividing by zero normally is left unevaluated, but after @kbd{m i}
4663 it instead gives an infinite result. The answer is actually
4664 @code{uinf}, ``undirected infinity.'' If you look at a graph of
4665 @cite{1 / x} around @w{@cite{x = 0}}, you'll see that it goes toward
4666 plus infinity as you approach zero from above, but toward minus
4667 infinity as you approach from below. Since we said only @cite{1 / 0},
4668 Calc knows that the answer is infinite but not in which direction.
4669 That's what @code{uinf} means. Notice that multiplying @code{uinf}
4670 by a negative number still leaves plain @code{uinf}; there's no
4671 point in saying @samp{-uinf} because the sign of @code{uinf} is
4672 unknown anyway. Finally, we add @code{uinf} to our @code{nan},
4673 yielding @code{nan} again. It's easy to see that, because
4674 @code{nan} means ``totally unknown'' while @code{uinf} means
4675 ``unknown sign but known to be infinite,'' the more mysterious
4676 @code{nan} wins out when it is combined with @code{uinf}, or, for
4677 that matter, with anything else.
4678
4679 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Predict what Calc will answer
4680 for each of these formulas: @samp{inf / inf}, @samp{exp(inf)},
4681 @samp{exp(-inf)}, @samp{sqrt(-inf)}, @samp{sqrt(uinf)},
4682 @samp{abs(uinf)}, @samp{ln(0)}.
4683 @xref{Types Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
4684
4685 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} We saw that @samp{inf - inf = nan},
4686 which stands for an unknown value. Can @code{nan} stand for
4687 a complex number? Can it stand for infinity?
4688 @xref{Types Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
4689
4690 @dfn{HMS forms} represent a value in terms of hours, minutes, and
4691 seconds.
4692
4693 @group
4694 @smallexample
4695 1: 2@@ 30' 0" 1: 3@@ 30' 0" 2: 3@@ 30' 0" 1: 2.
4696 . . 1: 1@@ 45' 0." .
4697 .
4698
4699 2@@ 30' RET 1 + RET 2 / /
4700 @end smallexample
4701 @end group
4702
4703 HMS forms can also be used to hold angles in degrees, minutes, and
4704 seconds.
4705
4706 @group
4707 @smallexample
4708 1: 0.5 1: 26.56505 1: 26@@ 33' 54.18" 1: 0.44721
4709 . . . .
4710
4711 0.5 I T c h S
4712 @end smallexample
4713 @end group
4714
4715 @noindent
4716 First we convert the inverse tangent of 0.5 to degrees-minutes-seconds
4717 form, then we take the sine of that angle. Note that the trigonometric
4718 functions will accept HMS forms directly as input.
4719
4720 @cindex Beatles
4721 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} The Beatles' @emph{Abbey Road} is
4722 47 minutes and 26 seconds long, and contains 17 songs. What is the
4723 average length of a song on @emph{Abbey Road}? If the Extended Disco
4724 Version of @emph{Abbey Road} added 20 seconds to the length of each
4725 song, how long would the album be? @xref{Types Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
4726
4727 A @dfn{date form} represents a date, or a date and time. Dates must
4728 be entered using algebraic entry. Date forms are surrounded by
4729 @samp{< >} symbols; most standard formats for dates are recognized.
4730
4731 @group
4732 @smallexample
4733 2: <Sun Jan 13, 1991> 1: 2.25
4734 1: <6:00pm Thu Jan 10, 1991> .
4735 .
4736
4737 ' <13 Jan 1991>, <1/10/91, 6pm> RET -
4738 @end smallexample
4739 @end group
4740
4741 @noindent
4742 In this example, we enter two dates, then subtract to find the
4743 number of days between them. It is also possible to add an
4744 HMS form or a number (of days) to a date form to get another
4745 date form.
4746
4747 @group
4748 @smallexample
4749 1: <4:45:59pm Mon Jan 14, 1991> 1: <2:50:59am Thu Jan 17, 1991>
4750 . .
4751
4752 t N 2 + 10@@ 5' +
4753 @end smallexample
4754 @end group
4755
4756 @c [fix-ref Date Arithmetic]
4757 @noindent
4758 The @kbd{t N} (``now'') command pushes the current date and time on the
4759 stack; then we add two days, ten hours and five minutes to the date and
4760 time. Other date-and-time related commands include @kbd{t J}, which
4761 does Julian day conversions, @kbd{t W}, which finds the beginning of
4762 the week in which a date form lies, and @kbd{t I}, which increments a
4763 date by one or several months. @xref{Date Arithmetic}, for more.
4764
4765 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} How many days until the next
4766 Friday the 13th? @xref{Types Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
4767
4768 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} How many leap years will there be
4769 between now and the year 10001 A.D.? @xref{Types Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
4770
4771 @cindex Slope and angle of a line
4772 @cindex Angle and slope of a line
4773 An @dfn{error form} represents a mean value with an attached standard
4774 deviation, or error estimate. Suppose our measurements indicate that
4775 a certain telephone pole is about 30 meters away, with an estimated
4776 error of 1 meter, and 8 meters tall, with an estimated error of 0.2
4777 meters. What is the slope of a line from here to the top of the
4778 pole, and what is the equivalent angle in degrees?
4779
4780 @group
4781 @smallexample
4782 1: 8 +/- 0.2 2: 8 +/- 0.2 1: 0.266 +/- 0.011 1: 14.93 +/- 0.594
4783 . 1: 30 +/- 1 . .
4784 .
4785
4786 8 p .2 RET 30 p 1 / I T
4787 @end smallexample
4788 @end group
4789
4790 @noindent
4791 This means that the angle is about 15 degrees, and, assuming our
4792 original error estimates were valid standard deviations, there is about
4793 a 60% chance that the result is correct within 0.59 degrees.
4794
4795 @cindex Torus, volume of
4796 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} The volume of a torus (a donut shape) is
4797 @c{$2 \pi^2 R r^2$}
4798 @w{@cite{2 pi^2 R r^2}} where @cite{R} is the radius of the circle that
4799 defines the center of the tube and @cite{r} is the radius of the tube
4800 itself. Suppose @cite{R} is 20 cm and @cite{r} is 4 cm, each known to
4801 within 5 percent. What is the volume and the relative uncertainty of
4802 the volume? @xref{Types Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
4803
4804 An @dfn{interval form} represents a range of values. While an
4805 error form is best for making statistical estimates, intervals give
4806 you exact bounds on an answer. Suppose we additionally know that
4807 our telephone pole is definitely between 28 and 31 meters away,
4808 and that it is between 7.7 and 8.1 meters tall.
4809
4810 @group
4811 @smallexample
4812 1: [7.7 .. 8.1] 2: [7.7 .. 8.1] 1: [0.24 .. 0.28] 1: [13.9 .. 16.1]
4813 . 1: [28 .. 31] . .
4814 .
4815
4816 [ 7.7 .. 8.1 ] [ 28 .. 31 ] / I T
4817 @end smallexample
4818 @end group
4819
4820 @noindent
4821 If our bounds were correct, then the angle to the top of the pole
4822 is sure to lie in the range shown.
4823
4824 The square brackets around these intervals indicate that the endpoints
4825 themselves are allowable values. In other words, the distance to the
4826 telephone pole is between 28 and 31, @emph{inclusive}. You can also
4827 make an interval that is exclusive of its endpoints by writing
4828 parentheses instead of square brackets. You can even make an interval
4829 which is inclusive (``closed'') on one end and exclusive (``open'') on
4830 the other.
4831
4832 @group
4833 @smallexample
4834 1: [1 .. 10) 1: (0.1 .. 1] 2: (0.1 .. 1] 1: (0.2 .. 3)
4835 . . 1: [2 .. 3) .
4836 .
4837
4838 [ 1 .. 10 ) & [ 2 .. 3 ) *
4839 @end smallexample
4840 @end group
4841
4842 @noindent
4843 The Calculator automatically keeps track of which end values should
4844 be open and which should be closed. You can also make infinite or
4845 semi-infinite intervals by using @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf} for one
4846 or both endpoints.
4847
4848 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} What answer would you expect from
4849 @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(0 .. 10)}}? What about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(-10 .. 0)}}? What
4850 about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{[0 .. 10]}} (where the interval actually includes
4851 zero)? What about @samp{@w{1 /} @w{(-10 .. 10)}}?
4852 @xref{Types Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
4853
4854 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} Two easy ways of squaring a number
4855 are @kbd{RET *} and @w{@kbd{2 ^}}. Normally these produce the same
4856 answer. Would you expect this still to hold true for interval forms?
4857 If not, which of these will result in a larger interval?
4858 @xref{Types Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
4859
4860 A @dfn{modulo form} is used for performing arithmetic modulo @i{M}.
4861 For example, arithmetic involving time is generally done modulo 12
4862 or 24 hours.
4863
4864 @group
4865 @smallexample
4866 1: 17 mod 24 1: 3 mod 24 1: 21 mod 24 1: 9 mod 24
4867 . . . .
4868
4869 17 M 24 RET 10 + n 5 /
4870 @end smallexample
4871 @end group
4872
4873 @noindent
4874 In this last step, Calc has found a new number which, when multiplied
4875 by 5 modulo 24, produces the original number, 21. If @i{M} is prime
4876 it is always possible to find such a number. For non-prime @i{M}
4877 like 24, it is only sometimes possible.
4878
4879 @group
4880 @smallexample
4881 1: 10 mod 24 1: 16 mod 24 1: 1000000... 1: 16
4882 . . . .
4883
4884 10 M 24 RET 100 ^ 10 RET 100 ^ 24 %
4885 @end smallexample
4886 @end group
4887
4888 @noindent
4889 These two calculations get the same answer, but the first one is
4890 much more efficient because it avoids the huge intermediate value
4891 that arises in the second one.
4892
4893 @cindex Fermat, primality test of
4894 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} A theorem of Pierre de Fermat
4895 says that @c{\w{$x^{n-1} \bmod n = 1$}}
4896 @cite{x^(n-1) mod n = 1} if @cite{n} is a prime number
4897 and @cite{x} is an integer less than @cite{n}. If @cite{n} is
4898 @emph{not} a prime number, this will @emph{not} be true for most
4899 values of @cite{x}. Thus we can test informally if a number is
4900 prime by trying this formula for several values of @cite{x}.
4901 Use this test to tell whether the following numbers are prime:
4902 811749613, 15485863. @xref{Types Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
4903
4904 It is possible to use HMS forms as parts of error forms, intervals,
4905 modulo forms, or as the phase part of a polar complex number.
4906 For example, the @code{calc-time} command pushes the current time
4907 of day on the stack as an HMS/modulo form.
4908
4909 @group
4910 @smallexample
4911 1: 17@@ 34' 45" mod 24@@ 0' 0" 1: 6@@ 22' 15" mod 24@@ 0' 0"
4912 . .
4913
4914 x time RET n
4915 @end smallexample
4916 @end group
4917
4918 @noindent
4919 This calculation tells me it is six hours and 22 minutes until midnight.
4920
4921 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} A rule of thumb is that one year
4922 is about @c{$\pi \times 10^7$}
4923 @w{@cite{pi * 10^7}} seconds. What time will it be that
4924 many seconds from right now? @xref{Types Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
4925
4926 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} You are preparing to order packaging
4927 for the CD release of the Extended Disco Version of @emph{Abbey Road}.
4928 You are told that the songs will actually be anywhere from 20 to 60
4929 seconds longer than the originals. One CD can hold about 75 minutes
4930 of music. Should you order single or double packages?
4931 @xref{Types Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
4932
4933 Another kind of data the Calculator can manipulate is numbers with
4934 @dfn{units}. This isn't strictly a new data type; it's simply an
4935 application of algebraic expressions, where we use variables with
4936 suggestive names like @samp{cm} and @samp{in} to represent units
4937 like centimeters and inches.
4938
4939 @group
4940 @smallexample
4941 1: 2 in 1: 5.08 cm 1: 0.027778 fath 1: 0.0508 m
4942 . . . .
4943
4944 ' 2in RET u c cm RET u c fath RET u b
4945 @end smallexample
4946 @end group
4947
4948 @noindent
4949 We enter the quantity ``2 inches'' (actually an algebraic expression
4950 which means two times the variable @samp{in}), then we convert it
4951 first to centimeters, then to fathoms, then finally to ``base'' units,
4952 which in this case means meters.
4953
4954 @group
4955 @smallexample
4956 1: 9 acre 1: 3 sqrt(acre) 1: 190.84 m 1: 190.84 m + 30 cm
4957 . . . .
4958
4959 ' 9 acre RET Q u s ' $+30 cm RET
4960
4961 @end smallexample
4962 @end group
4963 @noindent
4964 @group
4965 @smallexample
4966 1: 191.14 m 1: 36536.3046 m^2 1: 365363046 cm^2
4967 . . .
4968
4969 u s 2 ^ u c cgs
4970 @end smallexample
4971 @end group
4972
4973 @noindent
4974 Since units expressions are really just formulas, taking the square
4975 root of @samp{acre} is undefined. After all, @code{acre} might be an
4976 algebraic variable that you will someday assign a value. We use the
4977 ``units-simplify'' command to simplify the expression with variables
4978 being interpreted as unit names.
4979
4980 In the final step, we have converted not to a particular unit, but to a
4981 units system. The ``cgs'' system uses centimeters instead of meters
4982 as its standard unit of length.
4983
4984 There is a wide variety of units defined in the Calculator.
4985
4986 @group
4987 @smallexample
4988 1: 55 mph 1: 88.5139 kph 1: 88.5139 km / hr 1: 8.201407e-8 c
4989 . . . .
4990
4991 ' 55 mph RET u c kph RET u c km/hr RET u c c RET
4992 @end smallexample
4993 @end group
4994
4995 @noindent
4996 We express a speed first in miles per hour, then in kilometers per
4997 hour, then again using a slightly more explicit notation, then
4998 finally in terms of fractions of the speed of light.
4999
5000 Temperature conversions are a bit more tricky. There are two ways to
5001 interpret ``20 degrees Fahrenheit''---it could mean an actual
5002 temperature, or it could mean a change in temperature. For normal
5003 units there is no difference, but temperature units have an offset
5004 as well as a scale factor and so there must be two explicit commands
5005 for them.
5006
5007 @group
5008 @smallexample
5009 1: 20 degF 1: 11.1111 degC 1: -20:3 degC 1: -6.666 degC
5010 . . . .
5011
5012 ' 20 degF RET u c degC RET U u t degC RET c f
5013 @end smallexample
5014 @end group
5015
5016 @noindent
5017 First we convert a change of 20 degrees Fahrenheit into an equivalent
5018 change in degrees Celsius (or Centigrade). Then, we convert the
5019 absolute temperature 20 degrees Fahrenheit into Celsius. Since
5020 this comes out as an exact fraction, we then convert to floating-point
5021 for easier comparison with the other result.
5022
5023 For simple unit conversions, you can put a plain number on the stack.
5024 Then @kbd{u c} and @kbd{u t} will prompt for both old and new units.
5025 When you use this method, you're responsible for remembering which
5026 numbers are in which units:
5027
5028 @group
5029 @smallexample
5030 1: 55 1: 88.5139 1: 8.201407e-8
5031 . . .
5032
5033 55 u c mph RET kph RET u c km/hr RET c RET
5034 @end smallexample
5035 @end group
5036
5037 To see a complete list of built-in units, type @kbd{u v}. Press
5038 @w{@kbd{M-# c}} again to re-enter the Calculator when you're done looking
5039 at the units table.
5040
5041 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 13.} How many seconds are there really
5042 in a year? @xref{Types Answer 13, 13}. (@bullet{})
5043
5044 @cindex Speed of light
5045 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 14.} Supercomputer designs are limited by
5046 the speed of light (and of electricity, which is nearly as fast).
5047 Suppose a computer has a 4.1 ns (nanosecond) clock cycle, and its
5048 cabinet is one meter across. Is speed of light going to be a
5049 significant factor in its design? @xref{Types Answer 14, 14}. (@bullet{})
5050
5051 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 15.} Sam the Slug normally travels about
5052 five yards in an hour. He has obtained a supply of Power Pills; each
5053 Power Pill he eats doubles his speed. How many Power Pills can he
5054 swallow and still travel legally on most US highways?
5055 @xref{Types Answer 15, 15}. (@bullet{})
5056
5057 @node Algebra Tutorial, Programming Tutorial, Types Tutorial, Tutorial
5058 @section Algebra and Calculus Tutorial
5059
5060 @noindent
5061 This section shows how to use Calc's algebra facilities to solve
5062 equations, do simple calculus problems, and manipulate algebraic
5063 formulas.
5064
5065 @menu
5066 * Basic Algebra Tutorial::
5067 * Rewrites Tutorial::
5068 @end menu
5069
5070 @node Basic Algebra Tutorial, Rewrites Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial
5071 @subsection Basic Algebra
5072
5073 @noindent
5074 If you enter a formula in algebraic mode that refers to variables,
5075 the formula itself is pushed onto the stack. You can manipulate
5076 formulas as regular data objects.
5077
5078 @group
5079 @smallexample
5080 1: 2 x^2 - 6 1: 6 - 2 x^2 1: (6 - 2 x^2) (3 x^2 + y)
5081 . . .
5082
5083 ' 2x^2-6 RET n ' 3x^2+y RET *
5084 @end smallexample
5085 @end group
5086
5087 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Do @kbd{' x RET Q 2 ^} and
5088 @kbd{' x RET 2 ^ Q} both wind up with the same result (@samp{x})?
5089 Why or why not? @xref{Algebra Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
5090
5091 There are also commands for doing common algebraic operations on
5092 formulas. Continuing with the formula from the last example,
5093
5094 @group
5095 @smallexample
5096 1: 18 x^2 + 6 y - 6 x^4 - 2 x^2 y 1: (18 - 2 y) x^2 - 6 x^4 + 6 y
5097 . .
5098
5099 a x a c x RET
5100 @end smallexample
5101 @end group
5102
5103 @noindent
5104 First we ``expand'' using the distributive law, then we ``collect''
5105 terms involving like powers of @cite{x}.
5106
5107 Let's find the value of this expression when @cite{x} is 2 and @cite{y}
5108 is one-half.
5109
5110 @group
5111 @smallexample
5112 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: -25
5113 . .
5114
5115 1:2 s l y RET 2 s l x RET
5116 @end smallexample
5117 @end group
5118
5119 @noindent
5120 The @kbd{s l} command means ``let''; it takes a number from the top of
5121 the stack and temporarily assigns it as the value of the variable
5122 you specify. It then evaluates (as if by the @kbd{=} key) the
5123 next expression on the stack. After this command, the variable goes
5124 back to its original value, if any.
5125
5126 (An earlier exercise in this tutorial involved storing a value in the
5127 variable @code{x}; if this value is still there, you will have to
5128 unstore it with @kbd{s u x RET} before the above example will work
5129 properly.)
5130
5131 @cindex Maximum of a function using Calculus
5132 Let's find the maximum value of our original expression when @cite{y}
5133 is one-half and @cite{x} ranges over all possible values. We can
5134 do this by taking the derivative with respect to @cite{x} and examining
5135 values of @cite{x} for which the derivative is zero. If the second
5136 derivative of the function at that value of @cite{x} is negative,
5137 the function has a local maximum there.
5138
5139 @group
5140 @smallexample
5141 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 34 x - 24 x^3
5142 . .
5143
5144 U DEL s 1 a d x RET s 2
5145 @end smallexample
5146 @end group
5147
5148 @noindent
5149 Well, the derivative is clearly zero when @cite{x} is zero. To find
5150 the other root(s), let's divide through by @cite{x} and then solve:
5151
5152 @group
5153 @smallexample
5154 1: (34 x - 24 x^3) / x 1: 34 x / x - 24 x^3 / x 1: 34 - 24 x^2
5155 . . .
5156
5157 ' x RET / a x a s
5158
5159 @end smallexample
5160 @end group
5161 @noindent
5162 @group
5163 @smallexample
5164 1: 34 - 24 x^2 = 0 1: x = 1.19023
5165 . .
5166
5167 0 a = s 3 a S x RET
5168 @end smallexample
5169 @end group
5170
5171 @noindent
5172 Notice the use of @kbd{a s} to ``simplify'' the formula. When the
5173 default algebraic simplifications don't do enough, you can use
5174 @kbd{a s} to tell Calc to spend more time on the job.
5175
5176 Now we compute the second derivative and plug in our values of @cite{x}:
5177
5178 @group
5179 @smallexample
5180 1: 1.19023 2: 1.19023 2: 1.19023
5181 . 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: 34 - 72 x^2
5182 . .
5183
5184 a . r 2 a d x RET s 4
5185 @end smallexample
5186 @end group
5187
5188 @noindent
5189 (The @kbd{a .} command extracts just the righthand side of an equation.
5190 Another method would have been to use @kbd{v u} to unpack the equation
5191 @w{@samp{x = 1.19}} to @samp{x} and @samp{1.19}, then use @kbd{M-- M-2 DEL}
5192 to delete the @samp{x}.)
5193
5194 @group
5195 @smallexample
5196 2: 34 - 72 x^2 1: -68. 2: 34 - 72 x^2 1: 34
5197 1: 1.19023 . 1: 0 .
5198 . .
5199
5200 TAB s l x RET U DEL 0 s l x RET
5201 @end smallexample
5202 @end group
5203
5204 @noindent
5205 The first of these second derivatives is negative, so we know the function
5206 has a maximum value at @cite{x = 1.19023}. (The function also has a
5207 local @emph{minimum} at @cite{x = 0}.)
5208
5209 When we solved for @cite{x}, we got only one value even though
5210 @cite{34 - 24 x^2 = 0} is a quadratic equation that ought to have
5211 two solutions. The reason is that @w{@kbd{a S}} normally returns a
5212 single ``principal'' solution. If it needs to come up with an
5213 arbitrary sign (as occurs in the quadratic formula) it picks @cite{+}.
5214 If it needs an arbitrary integer, it picks zero. We can get a full
5215 solution by pressing @kbd{H} (the Hyperbolic flag) before @kbd{a S}.
5216
5217 @group
5218 @smallexample
5219 1: 34 - 24 x^2 = 0 1: x = 1.19023 s1 1: x = -1.19023
5220 . . .
5221
5222 r 3 H a S x RET s 5 1 n s l s1 RET
5223 @end smallexample
5224 @end group
5225
5226 @noindent
5227 Calc has invented the variable @samp{s1} to represent an unknown sign;
5228 it is supposed to be either @i{+1} or @i{-1}. Here we have used
5229 the ``let'' command to evaluate the expression when the sign is negative.
5230 If we plugged this into our second derivative we would get the same,
5231 negative, answer, so @cite{x = -1.19023} is also a maximum.
5232
5233 To find the actual maximum value, we must plug our two values of @cite{x}
5234 into the original formula.
5235
5236 @group
5237 @smallexample
5238 2: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 24.08333 s1^2 - 12.04166 s1^4 + 3
5239 1: x = 1.19023 s1 .
5240 .
5241
5242 r 1 r 5 s l RET
5243 @end smallexample
5244 @end group
5245
5246 @noindent
5247 (Here we see another way to use @kbd{s l}; if its input is an equation
5248 with a variable on the lefthand side, then @kbd{s l} treats the equation
5249 like an assignment to that variable if you don't give a variable name.)
5250
5251 It's clear that this will have the same value for either sign of
5252 @code{s1}, but let's work it out anyway, just for the exercise:
5253
5254 @group
5255 @smallexample
5256 2: [-1, 1] 1: [15.04166, 15.04166]
5257 1: 24.08333 s1^2 ... .
5258 .
5259
5260 [ 1 n , 1 ] TAB V M $ RET
5261 @end smallexample
5262 @end group
5263
5264 @noindent
5265 Here we have used a vector mapping operation to evaluate the function
5266 at several values of @samp{s1} at once. @kbd{V M $} is like @kbd{V M '}
5267 except that it takes the formula from the top of the stack. The
5268 formula is interpreted as a function to apply across the vector at the
5269 next-to-top stack level. Since a formula on the stack can't contain
5270 @samp{$} signs, Calc assumes the variables in the formula stand for
5271 different arguments. It prompts you for an @dfn{argument list}, giving
5272 the list of all variables in the formula in alphabetical order as the
5273 default list. In this case the default is @samp{(s1)}, which is just
5274 what we want so we simply press @key{RET} at the prompt.
5275
5276 If there had been several different values, we could have used
5277 @w{@kbd{V R X}} to find the global maximum.
5278
5279 Calc has a built-in @kbd{a P} command that solves an equation using
5280 @w{@kbd{H a S}} and returns a vector of all the solutions. It simply
5281 automates the job we just did by hand. Applied to our original
5282 cubic polynomial, it would produce the vector of solutions
5283 @cite{[1.19023, -1.19023, 0]}. (There is also an @kbd{a X} command
5284 which finds a local maximum of a function. It uses a numerical search
5285 method rather than examining the derivatives, and thus requires you
5286 to provide some kind of initial guess to show it where to look.)
5287
5288 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Given a vector of the roots of a
5289 polynomial (such as the output of an @kbd{a P} command), what
5290 sequence of commands would you use to reconstruct the original
5291 polynomial? (The answer will be unique to within a constant
5292 multiple; choose the solution where the leading coefficient is one.)
5293 @xref{Algebra Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
5294
5295 The @kbd{m s} command enables ``symbolic mode,'' in which formulas
5296 like @samp{sqrt(5)} that can't be evaluated exactly are left in
5297 symbolic form rather than giving a floating-point approximate answer.
5298 Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}) is also useful when doing algebra.
5299
5300 @group
5301 @smallexample
5302 2: 34 x - 24 x^3 2: 34 x - 24 x^3
5303 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: [sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0]
5304 . .
5305
5306 r 2 RET m s m f a P x RET
5307 @end smallexample
5308 @end group
5309
5310 One more mode that makes reading formulas easier is ``Big mode.''
5311
5312 @group
5313 @smallexample
5314 3
5315 2: 34 x - 24 x
5316
5317 ____ ____
5318 V 51 V 51
5319 1: [-----, -----, 0]
5320 6 -6
5321
5322 .
5323
5324 d B
5325 @end smallexample
5326 @end group
5327
5328 Here things like powers, square roots, and quotients and fractions
5329 are displayed in a two-dimensional pictorial form. Calc has other
5330 language modes as well, such as C mode, FORTRAN mode, and @TeX{} mode.
5331
5332 @group
5333 @smallexample
5334 2: 34*x - 24*pow(x, 3) 2: 34*x - 24*x**3
5335 1: @{sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0@} 1: /sqrt(51) / 6, sqrt(51) / -6, 0/
5336 . .
5337
5338 d C d F
5339
5340 @end smallexample
5341 @end group
5342 @noindent
5343 @group
5344 @smallexample
5345 3: 34 x - 24 x^3
5346 2: [@{\sqrt@{51@} \over 6@}, @{\sqrt@{51@} \over -6@}, 0]
5347 1: @{2 \over 3@} \sqrt@{5@}
5348 .
5349
5350 d T ' 2 \sqrt@{5@} \over 3 RET
5351 @end smallexample
5352 @end group
5353
5354 @noindent
5355 As you can see, language modes affect both entry and display of
5356 formulas. They affect such things as the names used for built-in
5357 functions, the set of arithmetic operators and their precedences,
5358 and notations for vectors and matrices.
5359
5360 Notice that @samp{sqrt(51)} may cause problems with older
5361 implementations of C and FORTRAN, which would require something more
5362 like @samp{sqrt(51.0)}. It is always wise to check over the formulas
5363 produced by the various language modes to make sure they are fully
5364 correct.
5365
5366 Type @kbd{m s}, @kbd{m f}, and @kbd{d N} to reset these modes. (You
5367 may prefer to remain in Big mode, but all the examples in the tutorial
5368 are shown in normal mode.)
5369
5370 @cindex Area under a curve
5371 What is the area under the portion of this curve from @cite{x = 1} to @cite{2}?
5372 This is simply the integral of the function:
5373
5374 @group
5375 @smallexample
5376 1: 17 x^2 - 6 x^4 + 3 1: 5.6666 x^3 - 1.2 x^5 + 3 x
5377 . .
5378
5379 r 1 a i x
5380 @end smallexample
5381 @end group
5382
5383 @noindent
5384 We want to evaluate this at our two values for @cite{x} and subtract.
5385 One way to do it is again with vector mapping and reduction:
5386
5387 @group
5388 @smallexample
5389 2: [2, 1] 1: [12.93333, 7.46666] 1: 5.46666
5390 1: 5.6666 x^3 ... . .
5391
5392 [ 2 , 1 ] TAB V M $ RET V R -
5393 @end smallexample
5394 @end group
5395
5396 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Find the integral from 1 to @cite{y}
5397 of @c{$x \sin \pi x$}
5398 @w{@cite{x sin(pi x)}} (where the sine is calculated in radians).
5399 Find the values of the integral for integers @cite{y} from 1 to 5.
5400 @xref{Algebra Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
5401
5402 Calc's integrator can do many simple integrals symbolically, but many
5403 others are beyond its capabilities. Suppose we wish to find the area
5404 under the curve @c{$\sin x \ln x$}
5405 @cite{sin(x) ln(x)} over the same range of @cite{x}. If
5406 you entered this formula and typed @kbd{a i x RET} (don't bother to try
5407 this), Calc would work for a long time but would be unable to find a
5408 solution. In fact, there is no closed-form solution to this integral.
5409 Now what do we do?
5410
5411 @cindex Integration, numerical
5412 @cindex Numerical integration
5413 One approach would be to do the integral numerically. It is not hard
5414 to do this by hand using vector mapping and reduction. It is rather
5415 slow, though, since the sine and logarithm functions take a long time.
5416 We can save some time by reducing the working precision.
5417
5418 @group
5419 @smallexample
5420 3: 10 1: [1, 1.1, 1.2, ... , 1.8, 1.9]
5421 2: 1 .
5422 1: 0.1
5423 .
5424
5425 10 RET 1 RET .1 RET C-u v x
5426 @end smallexample
5427 @end group
5428
5429 @noindent
5430 (Note that we have used the extended version of @kbd{v x}; we could
5431 also have used plain @kbd{v x} as follows: @kbd{v x 10 RET 9 + .1 *}.)
5432
5433 @group
5434 @smallexample
5435 2: [1, 1.1, ... ] 1: [0., 0.084941, 0.16993, ... ]
5436 1: sin(x) ln(x) .
5437 .
5438
5439 ' sin(x) ln(x) RET s 1 m r p 5 RET V M $ RET
5440
5441 @end smallexample
5442 @end group
5443 @noindent
5444 @group
5445 @smallexample
5446 1: 3.4195 0.34195
5447 . .
5448
5449 V R + 0.1 *
5450 @end smallexample
5451 @end group
5452
5453 @noindent
5454 (If you got wildly different results, did you remember to switch
5455 to radians mode?)
5456
5457 Here we have divided the curve into ten segments of equal width;
5458 approximating these segments as rectangular boxes (i.e., assuming
5459 the curve is nearly flat at that resolution), we compute the areas
5460 of the boxes (height times width), then sum the areas. (It is
5461 faster to sum first, then multiply by the width, since the width
5462 is the same for every box.)
5463
5464 The true value of this integral turns out to be about 0.374, so
5465 we're not doing too well. Let's try another approach.
5466
5467 @group
5468 @smallexample
5469 1: sin(x) ln(x) 1: 0.84147 x - 0.84147 + 0.11957 (x - 1)^2 - ...
5470 . .
5471
5472 r 1 a t x=1 RET 4 RET
5473 @end smallexample
5474 @end group
5475
5476 @noindent
5477 Here we have computed the Taylor series expansion of the function
5478 about the point @cite{x=1}. We can now integrate this polynomial
5479 approximation, since polynomials are easy to integrate.
5480
5481 @group
5482 @smallexample
5483 1: 0.42074 x^2 + ... 1: [-0.0446, -0.42073] 1: 0.3761
5484 . . .
5485
5486 a i x RET [ 2 , 1 ] TAB V M $ RET V R -
5487 @end smallexample
5488 @end group
5489
5490 @noindent
5491 Better! By increasing the precision and/or asking for more terms
5492 in the Taylor series, we can get a result as accurate as we like.
5493 (Taylor series converge better away from singularities in the
5494 function such as the one at @code{ln(0)}, so it would also help to
5495 expand the series about the points @cite{x=2} or @cite{x=1.5} instead
5496 of @cite{x=1}.)
5497
5498 @cindex Simpson's rule
5499 @cindex Integration by Simpson's rule
5500 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Our first method approximated the
5501 curve by stairsteps of width 0.1; the total area was then the sum
5502 of the areas of the rectangles under these stairsteps. Our second
5503 method approximated the function by a polynomial, which turned out
5504 to be a better approximation than stairsteps. A third method is
5505 @dfn{Simpson's rule}, which is like the stairstep method except
5506 that the steps are not required to be flat. Simpson's rule boils
5507 down to the formula,
5508
5509 @ifinfo
5510 @example
5511 (h/3) * (f(a) + 4 f(a+h) + 2 f(a+2h) + 4 f(a+3h) + ...
5512 + 2 f(a+(n-2)*h) + 4 f(a+(n-1)*h) + f(a+n*h))
5513 @end example
5514 @end ifinfo
5515 @tex
5516 \turnoffactive
5517 \beforedisplay
5518 $$ \displaylines{
5519 \qquad {h \over 3} (f(a) + 4 f(a+h) + 2 f(a+2h) + 4 f(a+3h) + \cdots
5520 \hfill \cr \hfill {} + 2 f(a+(n-2)h) + 4 f(a+(n-1)h) + f(a+n h)) \qquad
5521 } $$
5522 \afterdisplay
5523 @end tex
5524
5525 @noindent
5526 where @cite{n} (which must be even) is the number of slices and @cite{h}
5527 is the width of each slice. These are 10 and 0.1 in our example.
5528 For reference, here is the corresponding formula for the stairstep
5529 method:
5530
5531 @ifinfo
5532 @example
5533 h * (f(a) + f(a+h) + f(a+2h) + f(a+3h) + ...
5534 + f(a+(n-2)*h) + f(a+(n-1)*h))
5535 @end example
5536 @end ifinfo
5537 @tex
5538 \turnoffactive
5539 \beforedisplay
5540 $$ h (f(a) + f(a+h) + f(a+2h) + f(a+3h) + \cdots
5541 + f(a+(n-2)h) + f(a+(n-1)h)) $$
5542 \afterdisplay
5543 @end tex
5544
5545 Compute the integral from 1 to 2 of @c{$\sin x \ln x$}
5546 @cite{sin(x) ln(x)} using
5547 Simpson's rule with 10 slices. @xref{Algebra Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5548
5549 Calc has a built-in @kbd{a I} command for doing numerical integration.
5550 It uses @dfn{Romberg's method}, which is a more sophisticated cousin
5551 of Simpson's rule. In particular, it knows how to keep refining the
5552 result until the current precision is satisfied.
5553
5554 @c [fix-ref Selecting Sub-Formulas]
5555 Aside from the commands we've seen so far, Calc also provides a
5556 large set of commands for operating on parts of formulas. You
5557 indicate the desired sub-formula by placing the cursor on any part
5558 of the formula before giving a @dfn{selection} command. Selections won't
5559 be covered in the tutorial; @pxref{Selecting Subformulas}, for
5560 details and examples.
5561
5562 @c hard exercise: simplify (2^(n r) - 2^(r*(n - 1))) / (2^r - 1) 2^(n - 1)
5563 @c to 2^((n-1)*(r-1)).
5564
5565 @node Rewrites Tutorial, , Basic Algebra Tutorial, Algebra Tutorial
5566 @subsection Rewrite Rules
5567
5568 @noindent
5569 No matter how many built-in commands Calc provided for doing algebra,
5570 there would always be something you wanted to do that Calc didn't have
5571 in its repertoire. So Calc also provides a @dfn{rewrite rule} system
5572 that you can use to define your own algebraic manipulations.
5573
5574 Suppose we want to simplify this trigonometric formula:
5575
5576 @group
5577 @smallexample
5578 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x)
5579 .
5580
5581 ' 1/cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) RET s 1
5582 @end smallexample
5583 @end group
5584
5585 @noindent
5586 If we were simplifying this by hand, we'd probably replace the
5587 @samp{tan} with a @samp{sin/cos} first, then combine over a common
5588 denominator. There is no Calc command to do the former; the @kbd{a n}
5589 algebra command will do the latter but we'll do both with rewrite
5590 rules just for practice.
5591
5592 Rewrite rules are written with the @samp{:=} symbol.
5593
5594 @group
5595 @smallexample
5596 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x)^2 / cos(x)
5597 .
5598
5599 a r tan(a) := sin(a)/cos(a) RET
5600 @end smallexample
5601 @end group
5602
5603 @noindent
5604 (The ``assignment operator'' @samp{:=} has several uses in Calc. All
5605 by itself the formula @samp{tan(a) := sin(a)/cos(a)} doesn't do anything,
5606 but when it is given to the @kbd{a r} command, that command interprets
5607 it as a rewrite rule.)
5608
5609 The lefthand side, @samp{tan(a)}, is called the @dfn{pattern} of the
5610 rewrite rule. Calc searches the formula on the stack for parts that
5611 match the pattern. Variables in a rewrite pattern are called
5612 @dfn{meta-variables}, and when matching the pattern each meta-variable
5613 can match any sub-formula. Here, the meta-variable @samp{a} matched
5614 the actual variable @samp{x}.
5615
5616 When the pattern part of a rewrite rule matches a part of the formula,
5617 that part is replaced by the righthand side with all the meta-variables
5618 substituted with the things they matched. So the result is
5619 @samp{sin(x) / cos(x)}. Calc's normal algebraic simplifications then
5620 mix this in with the rest of the original formula.
5621
5622 To merge over a common denominator, we can use another simple rule:
5623
5624 @group
5625 @smallexample
5626 1: (1 - sin(x)^2) / cos(x)
5627 .
5628
5629 a r a/x + b/x := (a+b)/x RET
5630 @end smallexample
5631 @end group
5632
5633 This rule points out several interesting features of rewrite patterns.
5634 First, if a meta-variable appears several times in a pattern, it must
5635 match the same thing everywhere. This rule detects common denominators
5636 because the same meta-variable @samp{x} is used in both of the
5637 denominators.
5638
5639 Second, meta-variable names are independent from variables in the
5640 target formula. Notice that the meta-variable @samp{x} here matches
5641 the subformula @samp{cos(x)}; Calc never confuses the two meanings of
5642 @samp{x}.
5643
5644 And third, rewrite patterns know a little bit about the algebraic
5645 properties of formulas. The pattern called for a sum of two quotients;
5646 Calc was able to match a difference of two quotients by matching
5647 @samp{a = 1}, @samp{b = -sin(x)^2}, and @samp{x = cos(x)}.
5648
5649 @c [fix-ref Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules]
5650 We could just as easily have written @samp{a/x - b/x := (a-b)/x} for
5651 the rule. It would have worked just the same in all cases. (If we
5652 really wanted the rule to apply only to @samp{+} or only to @samp{-},
5653 we could have used the @code{plain} symbol. @xref{Algebraic Properties
5654 of Rewrite Rules}, for some examples of this.)
5655
5656 One more rewrite will complete the job. We want to use the identity
5657 @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 = 1}, but of course we must first rearrange
5658 the identity in a way that matches our formula. The obvious rule
5659 would be @samp{@w{1 - sin(x)^2} := cos(x)^2}, but a little thought shows
5660 that the rule @samp{sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2} will also work. The
5661 latter rule has a more general pattern so it will work in many other
5662 situations, too.
5663
5664 @group
5665 @smallexample
5666 1: (1 + cos(x)^2 - 1) / cos(x) 1: cos(x)
5667 . .
5668
5669 a r sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2 RET a s
5670 @end smallexample
5671 @end group
5672
5673 You may ask, what's the point of using the most general rule if you
5674 have to type it in every time anyway? The answer is that Calc allows
5675 you to store a rewrite rule in a variable, then give the variable
5676 name in the @kbd{a r} command. In fact, this is the preferred way to
5677 use rewrites. For one, if you need a rule once you'll most likely
5678 need it again later. Also, if the rule doesn't work quite right you
5679 can simply Undo, edit the variable, and run the rule again without
5680 having to retype it.
5681
5682 @group
5683 @smallexample
5684 ' tan(x) := sin(x)/cos(x) RET s t tsc RET
5685 ' a/x + b/x := (a+b)/x RET s t merge RET
5686 ' sin(x)^2 := 1 - cos(x)^2 RET s t sinsqr RET
5687
5688 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) 1: cos(x)
5689 . .
5690
5691 r 1 a r tsc RET a r merge RET a r sinsqr RET a s
5692 @end smallexample
5693 @end group
5694
5695 To edit a variable, type @kbd{s e} and the variable name, use regular
5696 Emacs editing commands as necessary, then type @kbd{M-# M-#} or
5697 @kbd{C-c C-c} to store the edited value back into the variable.
5698 You can also use @w{@kbd{s e}} to create a new variable if you wish.
5699
5700 Notice that the first time you use each rule, Calc puts up a ``compiling''
5701 message briefly. The pattern matcher converts rules into a special
5702 optimized pattern-matching language rather than using them directly.
5703 This allows @kbd{a r} to apply even rather complicated rules very
5704 efficiently. If the rule is stored in a variable, Calc compiles it
5705 only once and stores the compiled form along with the variable. That's
5706 another good reason to store your rules in variables rather than
5707 entering them on the fly.
5708
5709 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} Type @kbd{m s} to get symbolic
5710 mode, then enter the formula @samp{@w{(2 + sqrt(2))} / @w{(1 + sqrt(2))}}.
5711 Using a rewrite rule, simplify this formula by multiplying both
5712 sides by the conjugate @w{@samp{1 - sqrt(2)}}. The result will have
5713 to be expanded by the distributive law; do this with another
5714 rewrite. @xref{Rewrites Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
5715
5716 The @kbd{a r} command can also accept a vector of rewrite rules, or
5717 a variable containing a vector of rules.
5718
5719 @group
5720 @smallexample
5721 1: [tsc, merge, sinsqr] 1: [tan(x) := sin(x) / cos(x), ... ]
5722 . .
5723
5724 ' [tsc,merge,sinsqr] RET =
5725
5726 @end smallexample
5727 @end group
5728 @noindent
5729 @group
5730 @smallexample
5731 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x) tan(x) 1: cos(x)
5732 . .
5733
5734 s t trig RET r 1 a r trig RET a s
5735 @end smallexample
5736 @end group
5737
5738 @c [fix-ref Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules]
5739 Calc tries all the rules you give against all parts of the formula,
5740 repeating until no further change is possible. (The exact order in
5741 which things are tried is rather complex, but for simple rules like
5742 the ones we've used here the order doesn't really matter.
5743 @xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules}.)
5744
5745 Calc actually repeats only up to 100 times, just in case your rule set
5746 has gotten into an infinite loop. You can give a numeric prefix argument
5747 to @kbd{a r} to specify any limit. In particular, @kbd{M-1 a r} does
5748 only one rewrite at a time.
5749
5750 @group
5751 @smallexample
5752 1: 1 / cos(x) - sin(x)^2 / cos(x) 1: (1 - sin(x)^2) / cos(x)
5753 . .
5754
5755 r 1 M-1 a r trig RET M-1 a r trig RET
5756 @end smallexample
5757 @end group
5758
5759 You can type @kbd{M-0 a r} if you want no limit at all on the number
5760 of rewrites that occur.
5761
5762 Rewrite rules can also be @dfn{conditional}. Simply follow the rule
5763 with a @samp{::} symbol and the desired condition. For example,
5764
5765 @group
5766 @smallexample
5767 1: exp(2 pi i) + exp(3 pi i) + exp(4 pi i)
5768 .
5769
5770 ' exp(2 pi i) + exp(3 pi i) + exp(4 pi i) RET
5771
5772 @end smallexample
5773 @end group
5774 @noindent
5775 @group
5776 @smallexample
5777 1: 1 + exp(3 pi i) + 1
5778 .
5779
5780 a r exp(k pi i) := 1 :: k % 2 = 0 RET
5781 @end smallexample
5782 @end group
5783
5784 @noindent
5785 (Recall, @samp{k % 2} is the remainder from dividing @samp{k} by 2,
5786 which will be zero only when @samp{k} is an even integer.)
5787
5788 An interesting point is that the variables @samp{pi} and @samp{i}
5789 were matched literally rather than acting as meta-variables.
5790 This is because they are special-constant variables. The special
5791 constants @samp{e}, @samp{phi}, and so on also match literally.
5792 A common error with rewrite
5793 rules is to write, say, @samp{f(a,b,c,d,e) := g(a+b+c+d+e)}, expecting
5794 to match any @samp{f} with five arguments but in fact matching
5795 only when the fifth argument is literally @samp{e}!@refill
5796
5797 @cindex Fibonacci numbers
5798 @c @starindex
5799 @tindex fib
5800 Rewrite rules provide an interesting way to define your own functions.
5801 Suppose we want to define @samp{fib(n)} to produce the @var{n}th
5802 Fibonacci number. The first two Fibonacci numbers are each 1;
5803 later numbers are formed by summing the two preceding numbers in
5804 the sequence. This is easy to express in a set of three rules:
5805
5806 @group
5807 @smallexample
5808 ' [fib(1) := 1, fib(2) := 1, fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2)] RET s t fib
5809
5810 1: fib(7) 1: 13
5811 . .
5812
5813 ' fib(7) RET a r fib RET
5814 @end smallexample
5815 @end group
5816
5817 One thing that is guaranteed about the order that rewrites are tried
5818 is that, for any given subformula, earlier rules in the rule set will
5819 be tried for that subformula before later ones. So even though the
5820 first and third rules both match @samp{fib(1)}, we know the first will
5821 be used preferentially.
5822
5823 This rule set has one dangerous bug: Suppose we apply it to the
5824 formula @samp{fib(x)}? (Don't actually try this.) The third rule
5825 will match @samp{fib(x)} and replace it with @w{@samp{fib(x-1) + fib(x-2)}}.
5826 Each of these will then be replaced to get @samp{fib(x-2) + 2 fib(x-3) +
5827 fib(x-4)}, and so on, expanding forever. What we really want is to apply
5828 the third rule only when @samp{n} is an integer greater than two. Type
5829 @w{@kbd{s e fib RET}}, then edit the third rule to:
5830
5831 @smallexample
5832 fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2) :: integer(n) :: n > 2
5833 @end smallexample
5834
5835 @noindent
5836 Now:
5837
5838 @group
5839 @smallexample
5840 1: fib(6) + fib(x) + fib(0) 1: 8 + fib(x) + fib(0)
5841 . .
5842
5843 ' fib(6)+fib(x)+fib(0) RET a r fib RET
5844 @end smallexample
5845 @end group
5846
5847 @noindent
5848 We've created a new function, @code{fib}, and a new command,
5849 @w{@kbd{a r fib RET}}, which means ``evaluate all @code{fib} calls in
5850 this formula.'' To make things easier still, we can tell Calc to
5851 apply these rules automatically by storing them in the special
5852 variable @code{EvalRules}.
5853
5854 @group
5855 @smallexample
5856 1: [fib(1) := ...] . 1: [8, 13]
5857 . .
5858
5859 s r fib RET s t EvalRules RET ' [fib(6), fib(7)] RET
5860 @end smallexample
5861 @end group
5862
5863 It turns out that this rule set has the problem that it does far
5864 more work than it needs to when @samp{n} is large. Consider the
5865 first few steps of the computation of @samp{fib(6)}:
5866
5867 @group
5868 @smallexample
5869 fib(6) =
5870 fib(5) + fib(4) =
5871 fib(4) + fib(3) + fib(3) + fib(2) =
5872 fib(3) + fib(2) + fib(2) + fib(1) + fib(2) + fib(1) + 1 = ...
5873 @end smallexample
5874 @end group
5875
5876 @noindent
5877 Note that @samp{fib(3)} appears three times here. Unless Calc's
5878 algebraic simplifier notices the multiple @samp{fib(3)}s and combines
5879 them (and, as it happens, it doesn't), this rule set does lots of
5880 needless recomputation. To cure the problem, type @code{s e EvalRules}
5881 to edit the rules (or just @kbd{s E}, a shorthand command for editing
5882 @code{EvalRules}) and add another condition:
5883
5884 @smallexample
5885 fib(n) := fib(n-1) + fib(n-2) :: integer(n) :: n > 2 :: remember
5886 @end smallexample
5887
5888 @noindent
5889 If a @samp{:: remember} condition appears anywhere in a rule, then if
5890 that rule succeeds Calc will add another rule that describes that match
5891 to the front of the rule set. (Remembering works in any rule set, but
5892 for technical reasons it is most effective in @code{EvalRules}.) For
5893 example, if the rule rewrites @samp{fib(7)} to something that evaluates
5894 to 13, then the rule @samp{fib(7) := 13} will be added to the rule set.
5895
5896 Type @kbd{' fib(8) RET} to compute the eighth Fibonacci number, then
5897 type @kbd{s E} again to see what has happened to the rule set.
5898
5899 With the @code{remember} feature, our rule set can now compute
5900 @samp{fib(@var{n})} in just @var{n} steps. In the process it builds
5901 up a table of all Fibonacci numbers up to @var{n}. After we have
5902 computed the result for a particular @var{n}, we can get it back
5903 (and the results for all smaller @var{n}) later in just one step.
5904
5905 All Calc operations will run somewhat slower whenever @code{EvalRules}
5906 contains any rules. You should type @kbd{s u EvalRules RET} now to
5907 un-store the variable.
5908
5909 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Sometimes it is possible to reformulate
5910 a problem to reduce the amount of recursion necessary to solve it.
5911 Create a rule that, in about @var{n} simple steps and without recourse
5912 to the @code{remember} option, replaces @samp{fib(@var{n}, 1, 1)} with
5913 @samp{fib(1, @var{x}, @var{y})} where @var{x} and @var{y} are the
5914 @var{n}th and @var{n+1}st Fibonacci numbers, respectively. This rule is
5915 rather clunky to use, so add a couple more rules to make the ``user
5916 interface'' the same as for our first version: enter @samp{fib(@var{n})},
5917 get back a plain number. @xref{Rewrites Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
5918
5919 There are many more things that rewrites can do. For example, there
5920 are @samp{&&&} and @samp{|||} pattern operators that create ``and''
5921 and ``or'' combinations of rules. As one really simple example, we
5922 could combine our first two Fibonacci rules thusly:
5923
5924 @example
5925 [fib(1 ||| 2) := 1, fib(n) := ... ]
5926 @end example
5927
5928 @noindent
5929 That means ``@code{fib} of something matching either 1 or 2 rewrites
5930 to 1.''
5931
5932 You can also make meta-variables optional by enclosing them in @code{opt}.
5933 For example, the pattern @samp{a + b x} matches @samp{2 + 3 x} but not
5934 @samp{2 + x} or @samp{3 x} or @samp{x}. The pattern @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x}
5935 matches all of these forms, filling in a default of zero for @samp{a}
5936 and one for @samp{b}.
5937
5938 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Your friend Joe had @samp{2 + 3 x}
5939 on the stack and tried to use the rule
5940 @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x := f(a, b, x)}. What happened?
5941 @xref{Rewrites Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
5942
5943 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Starting with a positive integer @cite{a},
5944 divide @cite{a} by two if it is even, otherwise compute @cite{3 a + 1}.
5945 Now repeat this step over and over. A famous unproved conjecture
5946 is that for any starting @cite{a}, the sequence always eventually
5947 reaches 1. Given the formula @samp{seq(@var{a}, 0)}, write a set of
5948 rules that convert this into @samp{seq(1, @var{n})} where @var{n}
5949 is the number of steps it took the sequence to reach the value 1.
5950 Now enhance the rules to accept @samp{seq(@var{a})} as a starting
5951 configuration, and to stop with just the number @var{n} by itself.
5952 Now make the result be a vector of values in the sequence, from @var{a}
5953 to 1. (The formula @samp{@var{x}|@var{y}} appends the vectors @var{x}
5954 and @var{y}.) For example, rewriting @samp{seq(6)} should yield the
5955 vector @cite{[6, 3, 10, 5, 16, 8, 4, 2, 1]}.
5956 @xref{Rewrites Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
5957
5958 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} Define, using rewrite rules, a function
5959 @samp{nterms(@var{x})} that returns the number of terms in the sum
5960 @var{x}, or 1 if @var{x} is not a sum. (A @dfn{sum} for our purposes
5961 is one or more non-sum terms separated by @samp{+} or @samp{-} signs,
5962 so that @cite{2 - 3 (x + y) + x y} is a sum of three terms.)
5963 @xref{Rewrites Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
5964
5965 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} Calc considers the form @cite{0^0}
5966 to be ``indeterminate,'' and leaves it unevaluated (assuming infinite
5967 mode is not enabled). Some people prefer to define @cite{0^0 = 1},
5968 so that the identity @cite{x^0 = 1} can safely be used for all @cite{x}.
5969 Find a way to make Calc follow this convention. What happens if you
5970 now type @kbd{m i} to turn on infinite mode?
5971 @xref{Rewrites Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
5972
5973 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} A Taylor series for a function is an
5974 infinite series that exactly equals the value of that function at
5975 values of @cite{x} near zero.
5976
5977 @ifinfo
5978 @example
5979 cos(x) = 1 - x^2 / 2! + x^4 / 4! - x^6 / 6! + ...
5980 @end example
5981 @end ifinfo
5982 @tex
5983 \turnoffactive \let\rm\goodrm
5984 \beforedisplay
5985 $$ \cos x = 1 - {x^2 \over 2!} + {x^4 \over 4!} - {x^6 \over 6!} + \cdots $$
5986 \afterdisplay
5987 @end tex
5988
5989 The @kbd{a t} command produces a @dfn{truncated Taylor series} which
5990 is obtained by dropping all the terms higher than, say, @cite{x^2}.
5991 Calc represents the truncated Taylor series as a polynomial in @cite{x}.
5992 Mathematicians often write a truncated series using a ``big-O'' notation
5993 that records what was the lowest term that was truncated.
5994
5995 @ifinfo
5996 @example
5997 cos(x) = 1 - x^2 / 2! + O(x^3)
5998 @end example
5999 @end ifinfo
6000 @tex
6001 \turnoffactive \let\rm\goodrm
6002 \beforedisplay
6003 $$ \cos x = 1 - {x^2 \over 2!} + O(x^3) $$
6004 \afterdisplay
6005 @end tex
6006
6007 @noindent
6008 The meaning of @cite{O(x^3)} is ``a quantity which is negligibly small
6009 if @cite{x^3} is considered negligibly small as @cite{x} goes to zero.''
6010
6011 The exercise is to create rewrite rules that simplify sums and products of
6012 power series represented as @samp{@var{polynomial} + O(@var{var}^@var{n})}.
6013 For example, given @samp{1 - x^2 / 2 + O(x^3)} and @samp{x - x^3 / 6 + O(x^4)}
6014 on the stack, we want to be able to type @kbd{*} and get the result
6015 @samp{x - 2:3 x^3 + O(x^4)}. Don't worry if the terms of the sum are
6016 rearranged or if @kbd{a s} needs to be typed after rewriting. (This one
6017 is rather tricky; the solution at the end of this chapter uses 6 rewrite
6018 rules. Hint: The @samp{constant(x)} condition tests whether @samp{x} is
6019 a number.) @xref{Rewrites Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
6020
6021 @c [fix-ref Rewrite Rules]
6022 @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for the whole story on rewrite rules.
6023
6024 @node Programming Tutorial, Answers to Exercises, Algebra Tutorial, Tutorial
6025 @section Programming Tutorial
6026
6027 @noindent
6028 The Calculator is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, a highly extensible
6029 language. If you know Lisp, you can program the Calculator to do
6030 anything you like. Rewrite rules also work as a powerful programming
6031 system. But Lisp and rewrite rules take a while to master, and often
6032 all you want to do is define a new function or repeat a command a few
6033 times. Calc has features that allow you to do these things easily.
6034
6035 (Note that the programming commands relating to user-defined keys
6036 are not yet supported under Lucid Emacs 19.)
6037
6038 One very limited form of programming is defining your own functions.
6039 Calc's @kbd{Z F} command allows you to define a function name and
6040 key sequence to correspond to any formula. Programming commands use
6041 the shift-@kbd{Z} prefix; the user commands they create use the lower
6042 case @kbd{z} prefix.
6043
6044 @group
6045 @smallexample
6046 1: 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6 1: 1 + x + x^2 / 2 + x^3 / 6
6047 . .
6048
6049 ' 1 + x + x^2/2! + x^3/3! RET Z F e myexp RET RET RET y
6050 @end smallexample
6051 @end group
6052
6053 This polynomial is a Taylor series approximation to @samp{exp(x)}.
6054 The @kbd{Z F} command asks a number of questions. The above answers
6055 say that the key sequence for our function should be @kbd{z e}; the
6056 @kbd{M-x} equivalent should be @code{calc-myexp}; the name of the
6057 function in algebraic formulas should also be @code{myexp}; the
6058 default argument list @samp{(x)} is acceptable; and finally @kbd{y}
6059 answers the question ``leave it in symbolic form for non-constant
6060 arguments?''
6061
6062 @group
6063 @smallexample
6064 1: 1.3495 2: 1.3495 3: 1.3495
6065 . 1: 1.34986 2: 1.34986
6066 . 1: myexp(a + 1)
6067 .
6068
6069 .3 z e .3 E ' a+1 RET z e
6070 @end smallexample
6071 @end group
6072
6073 @noindent
6074 First we call our new @code{exp} approximation with 0.3 as an
6075 argument, and compare it with the true @code{exp} function. Then
6076 we note that, as requested, if we try to give @kbd{z e} an
6077 argument that isn't a plain number, it leaves the @code{myexp}
6078 function call in symbolic form. If we had answered @kbd{n} to the
6079 final question, @samp{myexp(a + 1)} would have evaluated by plugging
6080 in @samp{a + 1} for @samp{x} in the defining formula.
6081
6082 @cindex Sine integral Si(x)
6083 @c @starindex
6084 @tindex Si
6085 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 1.} The ``sine integral'' function
6086 @c{${\rm Si}(x)$}
6087 @cite{Si(x)} is defined as the integral of @samp{sin(t)/t} for
6088 @cite{t = 0} to @cite{x} in radians. (It was invented because this
6089 integral has no solution in terms of basic functions; if you give it
6090 to Calc's @kbd{a i} command, it will ponder it for a long time and then
6091 give up.) We can use the numerical integration command, however,
6092 which in algebraic notation is written like @samp{ninteg(f(t), t, 0, x)}
6093 with any integrand @samp{f(t)}. Define a @kbd{z s} command and
6094 @code{Si} function that implement this. You will need to edit the
6095 default argument list a bit. As a test, @samp{Si(1)} should return
6096 0.946083. (Hint: @code{ninteg} will run a lot faster if you reduce
6097 the precision to, say, six digits beforehand.)
6098 @xref{Programming Answer 1, 1}. (@bullet{})
6099
6100 The simplest way to do real ``programming'' of Emacs is to define a
6101 @dfn{keyboard macro}. A keyboard macro is simply a sequence of
6102 keystrokes which Emacs has stored away and can play back on demand.
6103 For example, if you find yourself typing @kbd{H a S x @key{RET}} often,
6104 you may wish to program a keyboard macro to type this for you.
6105
6106 @group
6107 @smallexample
6108 1: y = sqrt(x) 1: x = y^2
6109 . .
6110
6111 ' y=sqrt(x) RET C-x ( H a S x RET C-x )
6112
6113 1: y = cos(x) 1: x = s1 arccos(y) + 2 pi n1
6114 . .
6115
6116 ' y=cos(x) RET X
6117 @end smallexample
6118 @end group
6119
6120 @noindent
6121 When you type @kbd{C-x (}, Emacs begins recording. But it is also
6122 still ready to execute your keystrokes, so you're really ``training''
6123 Emacs by walking it through the procedure once. When you type
6124 @w{@kbd{C-x )}}, the macro is recorded. You can now type @kbd{X} to
6125 re-execute the same keystrokes.
6126
6127 You can give a name to your macro by typing @kbd{Z K}.
6128
6129 @group
6130 @smallexample
6131 1: . 1: y = x^4 1: x = s2 sqrt(s1 sqrt(y))
6132 . .
6133
6134 Z K x RET ' y=x^4 RET z x
6135 @end smallexample
6136 @end group
6137
6138 @noindent
6139 Notice that we use shift-@kbd{Z} to define the command, and lower-case
6140 @kbd{z} to call it up.
6141
6142 Keyboard macros can call other macros.
6143
6144 @group
6145 @smallexample
6146 1: abs(x) 1: x = s1 y 1: 2 / x 1: x = 2 / y
6147 . . . .
6148
6149 ' abs(x) RET C-x ( ' y RET a = z x C-x ) ' 2/x RET X
6150 @end smallexample
6151 @end group
6152
6153 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 2.} Define a keyboard macro to negate
6154 the item in level 3 of the stack, without disturbing the rest of
6155 the stack. @xref{Programming Answer 2, 2}. (@bullet{})
6156
6157 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 3.} Define keyboard macros to compute
6158 the following functions:
6159
6160 @enumerate
6161 @item
6162 Compute @c{$\displaystyle{\sin x \over x}$}
6163 @cite{sin(x) / x}, where @cite{x} is the number on the
6164 top of the stack.
6165
6166 @item
6167 Compute the base-@cite{b} logarithm, just like the @kbd{B} key except
6168 the arguments are taken in the opposite order.
6169
6170 @item
6171 Produce a vector of integers from 1 to the integer on the top of
6172 the stack.
6173 @end enumerate
6174 @noindent
6175 @xref{Programming Answer 3, 3}. (@bullet{})
6176
6177 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 4.} Define a keyboard macro to compute
6178 the average (mean) value of a list of numbers.
6179 @xref{Programming Answer 4, 4}. (@bullet{})
6180
6181 In many programs, some of the steps must execute several times.
6182 Calc has @dfn{looping} commands that allow this. Loops are useful
6183 inside keyboard macros, but actually work at any time.
6184
6185 @group
6186 @smallexample
6187 1: x^6 2: x^6 1: 360 x^2
6188 . 1: 4 .
6189 .
6190
6191 ' x^6 RET 4 Z < a d x RET Z >
6192 @end smallexample
6193 @end group
6194
6195 @noindent
6196 Here we have computed the fourth derivative of @cite{x^6} by
6197 enclosing a derivative command in a ``repeat loop'' structure.
6198 This structure pops a repeat count from the stack, then
6199 executes the body of the loop that many times.
6200
6201 If you make a mistake while entering the body of the loop,
6202 type @w{@kbd{Z C-g}} to cancel the loop command.
6203
6204 @cindex Fibonacci numbers
6205 Here's another example:
6206
6207 @group
6208 @smallexample
6209 3: 1 2: 10946
6210 2: 1 1: 17711
6211 1: 20 .
6212 .
6213
6214 1 RET RET 20 Z < TAB C-j + Z >
6215 @end smallexample
6216 @end group
6217
6218 @noindent
6219 The numbers in levels 2 and 1 should be the 21st and 22nd Fibonacci
6220 numbers, respectively. (To see what's going on, try a few repetitions
6221 of the loop body by hand; @kbd{C-j}, also on the Line-Feed or @key{LFD}
6222 key if you have one, makes a copy of the number in level 2.)
6223
6224 @cindex Golden ratio
6225 @cindex Phi, golden ratio
6226 A fascinating property of the Fibonacci numbers is that the @cite{n}th
6227 Fibonacci number can be found directly by computing @c{$\phi^n / \sqrt{5}$}
6228 @cite{phi^n / sqrt(5)}
6229 and then rounding to the nearest integer, where @c{$\phi$ (``phi'')}
6230 @cite{phi}, the
6231 ``golden ratio,'' is @c{$(1 + \sqrt{5}) / 2$}
6232 @cite{(1 + sqrt(5)) / 2}. (For convenience, this constant is available
6233 from the @code{phi} variable, or the @kbd{I H P} command.)
6234
6235 @group
6236 @smallexample
6237 1: 1.61803 1: 24476.0000409 1: 10945.9999817 1: 10946
6238 . . . .
6239
6240 I H P 21 ^ 5 Q / R
6241 @end smallexample
6242 @end group
6243
6244 @cindex Continued fractions
6245 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 5.} The @dfn{continued fraction}
6246 representation of @c{$\phi$}
6247 @cite{phi} is @c{$1 + 1/(1 + 1/(1 + 1/( \ldots )))$}
6248 @cite{1 + 1/(1 + 1/(1 + 1/( ...@: )))}.
6249 We can compute an approximate value by carrying this however far
6250 and then replacing the innermost @c{$1/( \ldots )$}
6251 @cite{1/( ...@: )} by 1. Approximate
6252 @c{$\phi$}
6253 @cite{phi} using a twenty-term continued fraction.
6254 @xref{Programming Answer 5, 5}. (@bullet{})
6255
6256 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 6.} Linear recurrences like the one for
6257 Fibonacci numbers can be expressed in terms of matrices. Given a
6258 vector @w{@cite{[a, b]}} determine a matrix which, when multiplied by this
6259 vector, produces the vector @cite{[b, c]}, where @cite{a}, @cite{b} and
6260 @cite{c} are three successive Fibonacci numbers. Now write a program
6261 that, given an integer @cite{n}, computes the @cite{n}th Fibonacci number
6262 using matrix arithmetic. @xref{Programming Answer 6, 6}. (@bullet{})
6263
6264 @cindex Harmonic numbers
6265 A more sophisticated kind of loop is the @dfn{for} loop. Suppose
6266 we wish to compute the 20th ``harmonic'' number, which is equal to
6267 the sum of the reciprocals of the integers from 1 to 20.
6268
6269 @group
6270 @smallexample
6271 3: 0 1: 3.597739
6272 2: 1 .
6273 1: 20
6274 .
6275
6276 0 RET 1 RET 20 Z ( & + 1 Z )
6277 @end smallexample
6278 @end group
6279
6280 @noindent
6281 The ``for'' loop pops two numbers, the lower and upper limits, then
6282 repeats the body of the loop as an internal counter increases from
6283 the lower limit to the upper one. Just before executing the loop
6284 body, it pushes the current loop counter. When the loop body
6285 finishes, it pops the ``step,'' i.e., the amount by which to
6286 increment the loop counter. As you can see, our loop always
6287 uses a step of one.
6288
6289 This harmonic number function uses the stack to hold the running
6290 total as well as for the various loop housekeeping functions. If
6291 you find this disorienting, you can sum in a variable instead:
6292
6293 @group
6294 @smallexample
6295 1: 0 2: 1 . 1: 3.597739
6296 . 1: 20 .
6297 .
6298
6299 0 t 7 1 RET 20 Z ( & s + 7 1 Z ) r 7
6300 @end smallexample
6301 @end group
6302
6303 @noindent
6304 The @kbd{s +} command adds the top-of-stack into the value in a
6305 variable (and removes that value from the stack).
6306
6307 It's worth noting that many jobs that call for a ``for'' loop can
6308 also be done more easily by Calc's high-level operations. Two
6309 other ways to compute harmonic numbers are to use vector mapping
6310 and reduction (@kbd{v x 20}, then @w{@kbd{V M &}}, then @kbd{V R +}),
6311 or to use the summation command @kbd{a +}. Both of these are
6312 probably easier than using loops. However, there are some
6313 situations where loops really are the way to go:
6314
6315 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 7.} Use a ``for'' loop to find the first
6316 harmonic number which is greater than 4.0.
6317 @xref{Programming Answer 7, 7}. (@bullet{})
6318
6319 Of course, if we're going to be using variables in our programs,
6320 we have to worry about the programs clobbering values that the
6321 caller was keeping in those same variables. This is easy to
6322 fix, though:
6323
6324 @group
6325 @smallexample
6326 . 1: 0.6667 1: 0.6667 3: 0.6667
6327 . . 2: 3.597739
6328 1: 0.6667
6329 .
6330
6331 Z ` p 4 RET 2 RET 3 / s 7 s s a RET Z ' r 7 s r a RET
6332 @end smallexample
6333 @end group
6334
6335 @noindent
6336 When we type @kbd{Z `} (that's a back-quote character), Calc saves
6337 its mode settings and the contents of the ten ``quick variables''
6338 for later reference. When we type @kbd{Z '} (that's an apostrophe
6339 now), Calc restores those saved values. Thus the @kbd{p 4} and
6340 @kbd{s 7} commands have no effect outside this sequence. Wrapping
6341 this around the body of a keyboard macro ensures that it doesn't
6342 interfere with what the user of the macro was doing. Notice that
6343 the contents of the stack, and the values of named variables,
6344 survive past the @kbd{Z '} command.
6345
6346 @cindex Bernoulli numbers, approximate
6347 The @dfn{Bernoulli numbers} are a sequence with the interesting
6348 property that all of the odd Bernoulli numbers are zero, and the
6349 even ones, while difficult to compute, can be roughly approximated
6350 by the formula @c{$\displaystyle{2 n! \over (2 \pi)^n}$}
6351 @cite{2 n!@: / (2 pi)^n}. Let's write a keyboard
6352 macro to compute (approximate) Bernoulli numbers. (Calc has a
6353 command, @kbd{k b}, to compute exact Bernoulli numbers, but
6354 this command is very slow for large @cite{n} since the higher
6355 Bernoulli numbers are very large fractions.)
6356
6357 @group
6358 @smallexample
6359 1: 10 1: 0.0756823
6360 . .
6361
6362 10 C-x ( RET 2 % Z [ DEL 0 Z : ' 2 $! / (2 pi)^$ RET = Z ] C-x )
6363 @end smallexample
6364 @end group
6365
6366 @noindent
6367 You can read @kbd{Z [} as ``then,'' @kbd{Z :} as ``else,'' and
6368 @kbd{Z ]} as ``end-if.'' There is no need for an explicit ``if''
6369 command. For the purposes of @w{@kbd{Z [}}, the condition is ``true''
6370 if the value it pops from the stack is a nonzero number, or ``false''
6371 if it pops zero or something that is not a number (like a formula).
6372 Here we take our integer argument modulo 2; this will be nonzero
6373 if we're asking for an odd Bernoulli number.
6374
6375 The actual tenth Bernoulli number is @cite{5/66}.
6376
6377 @group
6378 @smallexample
6379 3: 0.0756823 1: 0 1: 0.25305 1: 0 1: 1.16659
6380 2: 5:66 . . . .
6381 1: 0.0757575
6382 .
6383
6384 10 k b RET c f M-0 DEL 11 X DEL 12 X DEL 13 X DEL 14 X
6385 @end smallexample
6386 @end group
6387
6388 Just to exercise loops a bit more, let's compute a table of even
6389 Bernoulli numbers.
6390
6391 @group
6392 @smallexample
6393 3: [] 1: [0.10132, 0.03079, 0.02340, 0.033197, ...]
6394 2: 2 .
6395 1: 30
6396 .
6397
6398 [ ] 2 RET 30 Z ( X | 2 Z )
6399 @end smallexample
6400 @end group
6401
6402 @noindent
6403 The vertical-bar @kbd{|} is the vector-concatenation command. When
6404 we execute it, the list we are building will be in stack level 2
6405 (initially this is an empty list), and the next Bernoulli number
6406 will be in level 1. The effect is to append the Bernoulli number
6407 onto the end of the list. (To create a table of exact fractional
6408 Bernoulli numbers, just replace @kbd{X} with @kbd{k b} in the above
6409 sequence of keystrokes.)
6410
6411 With loops and conditionals, you can program essentially anything
6412 in Calc. One other command that makes looping easier is @kbd{Z /},
6413 which takes a condition from the stack and breaks out of the enclosing
6414 loop if the condition is true (non-zero). You can use this to make
6415 ``while'' and ``until'' style loops.
6416
6417 If you make a mistake when entering a keyboard macro, you can edit
6418 it using @kbd{Z E}. First, you must attach it to a key with @kbd{Z K}.
6419 One technique is to enter a throwaway dummy definition for the macro,
6420 then enter the real one in the edit command.
6421
6422 @group
6423 @smallexample
6424 1: 3 1: 3 Keyboard Macro Editor.
6425 . . Original keys: 1 RET 2 +
6426
6427 type "1\r"
6428 type "2"
6429 calc-plus
6430
6431 C-x ( 1 RET 2 + C-x ) Z K h RET Z E h
6432 @end smallexample
6433 @end group
6434
6435 @noindent
6436 This shows the screen display assuming you have the @file{macedit}
6437 keyboard macro editing package installed, which is usually the case
6438 since a copy of @file{macedit} comes bundled with Calc.
6439
6440 A keyboard macro is stored as a pure keystroke sequence. The
6441 @file{macedit} package (invoked by @kbd{Z E}) scans along the
6442 macro and tries to decode it back into human-readable steps.
6443 If a key or keys are simply shorthand for some command with a
6444 @kbd{M-x} name, that name is shown. Anything that doesn't correspond
6445 to a @kbd{M-x} command is written as a @samp{type} command.
6446
6447 Let's edit in a new definition, for computing harmonic numbers.
6448 First, erase the three lines of the old definition. Then, type
6449 in the new definition (or use Emacs @kbd{M-w} and @kbd{C-y} commands
6450 to copy it from this page of the Info file; you can skip typing
6451 the comments that begin with @samp{#}).
6452
6453 @smallexample
6454 calc-kbd-push # Save local values (Z `)
6455 type "0" # Push a zero
6456 calc-store-into # Store it in variable 1
6457 type "1"
6458 type "1" # Initial value for loop
6459 calc-roll-down # This is the TAB key; swap initial & final
6460 calc-kbd-for # Begin "for" loop...
6461 calc-inv # Take reciprocal
6462 calc-store-plus # Add to accumulator
6463 type "1"
6464 type "1" # Loop step is 1
6465 calc-kbd-end-for # End "for" loop
6466 calc-recall # Now recall final accumulated value
6467 type "1"
6468 calc-kbd-pop # Restore values (Z ')
6469 @end smallexample
6470
6471 @noindent
6472 Press @kbd{M-# M-#} to finish editing and return to the Calculator.
6473
6474 @group
6475 @smallexample
6476 1: 20 1: 3.597739
6477 . .
6478
6479 20 z h
6480 @end smallexample
6481 @end group
6482
6483 If you don't know how to write a particular command in @file{macedit}
6484 format, you can always write it as keystrokes in a @code{type} command.
6485 There is also a @code{keys} command which interprets the rest of the
6486 line as standard Emacs keystroke names. In fact, @file{macedit} defines
6487 a handy @code{read-kbd-macro} command which reads the current region
6488 of the current buffer as a sequence of keystroke names, and defines that
6489 sequence on the @kbd{X} (and @kbd{C-x e}) key. Because this is so
6490 useful, Calc puts this command on the @kbd{M-# m} key. Try reading in
6491 this macro in the following form: Press @kbd{C-@@} (or @kbd{C-SPC}) at
6492 one end of the text below, then type @kbd{M-# m} at the other.
6493
6494 @group
6495 @example
6496 Z ` 0 t 1
6497 1 TAB
6498 Z ( & s + 1 1 Z )
6499 r 1
6500 Z '
6501 @end example
6502 @end group
6503
6504 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 8.} A general algorithm for solving
6505 equations numerically is @dfn{Newton's Method}. Given the equation
6506 @cite{f(x) = 0} for any function @cite{f}, and an initial guess
6507 @cite{x_0} which is reasonably close to the desired solution, apply
6508 this formula over and over:
6509
6510 @ifinfo
6511 @example
6512 new_x = x - f(x)/f'(x)
6513 @end example
6514 @end ifinfo
6515 @tex
6516 \beforedisplay
6517 $$ x_{\goodrm new} = x - {f(x) \over f'(x)} $$
6518 \afterdisplay
6519 @end tex
6520
6521 @noindent
6522 where @cite{f'(x)} is the derivative of @cite{f}. The @cite{x}
6523 values will quickly converge to a solution, i.e., eventually
6524 @c{$x_{\rm new}$}
6525 @cite{new_x} and @cite{x} will be equal to within the limits
6526 of the current precision. Write a program which takes a formula
6527 involving the variable @cite{x}, and an initial guess @cite{x_0},
6528 on the stack, and produces a value of @cite{x} for which the formula
6529 is zero. Use it to find a solution of @c{$\sin(\cos x) = 0.5$}
6530 @cite{sin(cos(x)) = 0.5}
6531 near @cite{x = 4.5}. (Use angles measured in radians.) Note that
6532 the built-in @w{@kbd{a R}} (@code{calc-find-root}) command uses Newton's
6533 method when it is able. @xref{Programming Answer 8, 8}. (@bullet{})
6534
6535 @cindex Digamma function
6536 @cindex Gamma constant, Euler's
6537 @cindex Euler's gamma constant
6538 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 9.} The @dfn{digamma} function @c{$\psi(z)$ (``psi'')}
6539 @cite{psi(z)}
6540 is defined as the derivative of @c{$\ln \Gamma(z)$}
6541 @cite{ln(gamma(z))}. For large
6542 values of @cite{z}, it can be approximated by the infinite sum
6543
6544 @ifinfo
6545 @example
6546 psi(z) ~= ln(z) - 1/2z - sum(bern(2 n) / 2 n z^(2 n), n, 1, inf)
6547 @end example
6548 @end ifinfo
6549 @tex
6550 \let\rm\goodrm
6551 \beforedisplay
6552 $$ \psi(z) \approx \ln z - {1\over2z} -
6553 \sum_{n=1}^\infty {\code{bern}(2 n) \over 2 n z^{2n}}
6554 $$
6555 \afterdisplay
6556 @end tex
6557
6558 @noindent
6559 where @c{$\sum$}
6560 @cite{sum} represents the sum over @cite{n} from 1 to infinity
6561 (or to some limit high enough to give the desired accuracy), and
6562 the @code{bern} function produces (exact) Bernoulli numbers.
6563 While this sum is not guaranteed to converge, in practice it is safe.
6564 An interesting mathematical constant is Euler's gamma, which is equal
6565 to about 0.5772. One way to compute it is by the formula,
6566 @c{$\gamma = -\psi(1)$}
6567 @cite{gamma = -psi(1)}. Unfortunately, 1 isn't a large enough argument
6568 for the above formula to work (5 is a much safer value for @cite{z}).
6569 Fortunately, we can compute @c{$\psi(1)$}
6570 @cite{psi(1)} from @c{$\psi(5)$}
6571 @cite{psi(5)} using
6572 the recurrence @c{$\psi(z+1) = \psi(z) + {1 \over z}$}
6573 @cite{psi(z+1) = psi(z) + 1/z}. Your task: Develop
6574 a program to compute @c{$\psi(z)$}
6575 @cite{psi(z)}; it should ``pump up'' @cite{z}
6576 if necessary to be greater than 5, then use the above summation
6577 formula. Use looping commands to compute the sum. Use your function
6578 to compute @c{$\gamma$}
6579 @cite{gamma} to twelve decimal places. (Calc has a built-in command
6580 for Euler's constant, @kbd{I P}, which you can use to check your answer.)
6581 @xref{Programming Answer 9, 9}. (@bullet{})
6582
6583 @cindex Polynomial, list of coefficients
6584 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 10.} Given a polynomial in @cite{x} and
6585 a number @cite{m} on the stack, where the polynomial is of degree
6586 @cite{m} or less (i.e., does not have any terms higher than @cite{x^m}),
6587 write a program to convert the polynomial into a list-of-coefficients
6588 notation. For example, @cite{5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2} with @cite{m = 6}
6589 should produce the list @cite{[1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]}. Also develop
6590 a way to convert from this form back to the standard algebraic form.
6591 @xref{Programming Answer 10, 10}. (@bullet{})
6592
6593 @cindex Recursion
6594 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 11.} The @dfn{Stirling numbers of the
6595 first kind} are defined by the recurrences,
6596
6597 @ifinfo
6598 @example
6599 s(n,n) = 1 for n >= 0,
6600 s(n,0) = 0 for n > 0,
6601 s(n+1,m) = s(n,m-1) - n s(n,m) for n >= m >= 1.
6602 @end example
6603 @end ifinfo
6604 @tex
6605 \turnoffactive
6606 \beforedisplay
6607 $$ \eqalign{ s(n,n) &= 1 \qquad \hbox{for } n \ge 0, \cr
6608 s(n,0) &= 0 \qquad \hbox{for } n > 0, \cr
6609 s(n+1,m) &= s(n,m-1) - n \, s(n,m) \qquad
6610 \hbox{for } n \ge m \ge 1.}
6611 $$
6612 \afterdisplay
6613 \vskip5pt
6614 (These numbers are also sometimes written $\displaystyle{n \brack m}$.)
6615 @end tex
6616
6617 This can be implemented using a @dfn{recursive} program in Calc; the
6618 program must invoke itself in order to calculate the two righthand
6619 terms in the general formula. Since it always invokes itself with
6620 ``simpler'' arguments, it's easy to see that it must eventually finish
6621 the computation. Recursion is a little difficult with Emacs keyboard
6622 macros since the macro is executed before its definition is complete.
6623 So here's the recommended strategy: Create a ``dummy macro'' and assign
6624 it to a key with, e.g., @kbd{Z K s}. Now enter the true definition,
6625 using the @kbd{z s} command to call itself recursively, then assign it
6626 to the same key with @kbd{Z K s}. Now the @kbd{z s} command will run
6627 the complete recursive program. (Another way is to use @w{@kbd{Z E}}
6628 or @kbd{M-# m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) to read the whole macro at once,
6629 thus avoiding the ``training'' phase.) The task: Write a program
6630 that computes Stirling numbers of the first kind, given @cite{n} and
6631 @cite{m} on the stack. Test it with @emph{small} inputs like
6632 @cite{s(4,2)}. (There is a built-in command for Stirling numbers,
6633 @kbd{k s}, which you can use to check your answers.)
6634 @xref{Programming Answer 11, 11}. (@bullet{})
6635
6636 The programming commands we've seen in this part of the tutorial
6637 are low-level, general-purpose operations. Often you will find
6638 that a higher-level function, such as vector mapping or rewrite
6639 rules, will do the job much more easily than a detailed, step-by-step
6640 program can:
6641
6642 (@bullet{}) @strong{Exercise 12.} Write another program for
6643 computing Stirling numbers of the first kind, this time using
6644 rewrite rules. Once again, @cite{n} and @cite{m} should be taken
6645 from the stack. @xref{Programming Answer 12, 12}. (@bullet{})
6646
6647 @example
6648
6649 @end example
6650 This ends the tutorial section of the Calc manual. Now you know enough
6651 about Calc to use it effectively for many kinds of calculations. But
6652 Calc has many features that were not even touched upon in this tutorial.
6653 @c [not-split]
6654 The rest of this manual tells the whole story.
6655 @c [when-split]
6656 @c Volume II of this manual, the @dfn{Calc Reference}, tells the whole story.
6657
6658 @page
6659 @node Answers to Exercises, , Programming Tutorial, Tutorial
6660 @section Answers to Exercises
6661
6662 @noindent
6663 This section includes answers to all the exercises in the Calc tutorial.
6664
6665 @menu
6666 * RPN Answer 1:: 1 RET 2 RET 3 RET 4 + * -
6667 * RPN Answer 2:: 2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4
6668 * RPN Answer 3:: Operating on levels 2 and 3
6669 * RPN Answer 4:: Joe's complex problems
6670 * Algebraic Answer 1:: Simulating Q command
6671 * Algebraic Answer 2:: Joe's algebraic woes
6672 * Algebraic Answer 3:: 1 / 0
6673 * Modes Answer 1:: 3#0.1 = 3#0.0222222?
6674 * Modes Answer 2:: 16#f.e8fe15
6675 * Modes Answer 3:: Joe's rounding bug
6676 * Modes Answer 4:: Why floating point?
6677 * Arithmetic Answer 1:: Why the \ command?
6678 * Arithmetic Answer 2:: Tripping up the B command
6679 * Vector Answer 1:: Normalizing a vector
6680 * Vector Answer 2:: Average position
6681 * Matrix Answer 1:: Row and column sums
6682 * Matrix Answer 2:: Symbolic system of equations
6683 * Matrix Answer 3:: Over-determined system
6684 * List Answer 1:: Powers of two
6685 * List Answer 2:: Least-squares fit with matrices
6686 * List Answer 3:: Geometric mean
6687 * List Answer 4:: Divisor function
6688 * List Answer 5:: Duplicate factors
6689 * List Answer 6:: Triangular list
6690 * List Answer 7:: Another triangular list
6691 * List Answer 8:: Maximum of Bessel function
6692 * List Answer 9:: Integers the hard way
6693 * List Answer 10:: All elements equal
6694 * List Answer 11:: Estimating pi with darts
6695 * List Answer 12:: Estimating pi with matchsticks
6696 * List Answer 13:: Hash codes
6697 * List Answer 14:: Random walk
6698 * Types Answer 1:: Square root of pi times rational
6699 * Types Answer 2:: Infinities
6700 * Types Answer 3:: What can "nan" be?
6701 * Types Answer 4:: Abbey Road
6702 * Types Answer 5:: Friday the 13th
6703 * Types Answer 6:: Leap years
6704 * Types Answer 7:: Erroneous donut
6705 * Types Answer 8:: Dividing intervals
6706 * Types Answer 9:: Squaring intervals
6707 * Types Answer 10:: Fermat's primality test
6708 * Types Answer 11:: pi * 10^7 seconds
6709 * Types Answer 12:: Abbey Road on CD
6710 * Types Answer 13:: Not quite pi * 10^7 seconds
6711 * Types Answer 14:: Supercomputers and c
6712 * Types Answer 15:: Sam the Slug
6713 * Algebra Answer 1:: Squares and square roots
6714 * Algebra Answer 2:: Building polynomial from roots
6715 * Algebra Answer 3:: Integral of x sin(pi x)
6716 * Algebra Answer 4:: Simpson's rule
6717 * Rewrites Answer 1:: Multiplying by conjugate
6718 * Rewrites Answer 2:: Alternative fib rule
6719 * Rewrites Answer 3:: Rewriting opt(a) + opt(b) x
6720 * Rewrites Answer 4:: Sequence of integers
6721 * Rewrites Answer 5:: Number of terms in sum
6722 * Rewrites Answer 6:: Defining 0^0 = 1
6723 * Rewrites Answer 7:: Truncated Taylor series
6724 * Programming Answer 1:: Fresnel's C(x)
6725 * Programming Answer 2:: Negate third stack element
6726 * Programming Answer 3:: Compute sin(x) / x, etc.
6727 * Programming Answer 4:: Average value of a list
6728 * Programming Answer 5:: Continued fraction phi
6729 * Programming Answer 6:: Matrix Fibonacci numbers
6730 * Programming Answer 7:: Harmonic number greater than 4
6731 * Programming Answer 8:: Newton's method
6732 * Programming Answer 9:: Digamma function
6733 * Programming Answer 10:: Unpacking a polynomial
6734 * Programming Answer 11:: Recursive Stirling numbers
6735 * Programming Answer 12:: Stirling numbers with rewrites
6736 @end menu
6737
6738 @c The following kludgery prevents the individual answers from
6739 @c being entered on the table of contents.
6740 @tex
6741 \global\let\oldwrite=\write
6742 \gdef\skipwrite#1#2{\let\write=\oldwrite}
6743 \global\let\oldchapternofonts=\chapternofonts
6744 \gdef\chapternofonts{\let\write=\skipwrite\oldchapternofonts}
6745 @end tex
6746
6747 @node RPN Answer 1, RPN Answer 2, Answers to Exercises, Answers to Exercises
6748 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 1
6749
6750 @noindent
6751 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 4 + * -}
6752
6753 The result is @c{$1 - (2 \times (3 + 4)) = -13$}
6754 @cite{1 - (2 * (3 + 4)) = -13}.
6755
6756 @node RPN Answer 2, RPN Answer 3, RPN Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6757 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 2
6758
6759 @noindent
6760 @c{$2\times4 + 7\times9.5 + {5\over4} = 75.75$}
6761 @cite{2*4 + 7*9.5 + 5/4 = 75.75}
6762
6763 After computing the intermediate term @c{$2\times4 = 8$}
6764 @cite{2*4 = 8}, you can leave
6765 that result on the stack while you compute the second term. With
6766 both of these results waiting on the stack you can then compute the
6767 final term, then press @kbd{+ +} to add everything up.
6768
6769 @group
6770 @smallexample
6771 2: 2 1: 8 3: 8 2: 8
6772 1: 4 . 2: 7 1: 66.5
6773 . 1: 9.5 .
6774 .
6775
6776 2 RET 4 * 7 RET 9.5 *
6777
6778 @end smallexample
6779 @end group
6780 @noindent
6781 @group
6782 @smallexample
6783 4: 8 3: 8 2: 8 1: 75.75
6784 3: 66.5 2: 66.5 1: 67.75 .
6785 2: 5 1: 1.25 .
6786 1: 4 .
6787 .
6788
6789 5 RET 4 / + +
6790 @end smallexample
6791 @end group
6792
6793 Alternatively, you could add the first two terms before going on
6794 with the third term.
6795
6796 @group
6797 @smallexample
6798 2: 8 1: 74.5 3: 74.5 2: 74.5 1: 75.75
6799 1: 66.5 . 2: 5 1: 1.25 .
6800 . 1: 4 .
6801 .
6802
6803 ... + 5 RET 4 / +
6804 @end smallexample
6805 @end group
6806
6807 On an old-style RPN calculator this second method would have the
6808 advantage of using only three stack levels. But since Calc's stack
6809 can grow arbitrarily large this isn't really an issue. Which method
6810 you choose is purely a matter of taste.
6811
6812 @node RPN Answer 3, RPN Answer 4, RPN Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6813 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 3
6814
6815 @noindent
6816 The @key{TAB} key provides a way to operate on the number in level 2.
6817
6818 @group
6819 @smallexample
6820 3: 10 3: 10 4: 10 3: 10 3: 10
6821 2: 20 2: 30 3: 30 2: 30 2: 21
6822 1: 30 1: 20 2: 20 1: 21 1: 30
6823 . . 1: 1 . .
6824 .
6825
6826 TAB 1 + TAB
6827 @end smallexample
6828 @end group
6829
6830 Similarly, @key{M-TAB} gives you access to the number in level 3.
6831
6832 @group
6833 @smallexample
6834 3: 10 3: 21 3: 21 3: 30 3: 11
6835 2: 21 2: 30 2: 30 2: 11 2: 21
6836 1: 30 1: 10 1: 11 1: 21 1: 30
6837 . . . . .
6838
6839 M-TAB 1 + M-TAB M-TAB
6840 @end smallexample
6841 @end group
6842
6843 @node RPN Answer 4, Algebraic Answer 1, RPN Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6844 @subsection RPN Tutorial Exercise 4
6845
6846 @noindent
6847 Either @kbd{( 2 , 3 )} or @kbd{( 2 @key{SPC} 3 )} would have worked,
6848 but using both the comma and the space at once yields:
6849
6850 @group
6851 @smallexample
6852 1: ( ... 2: ( ... 1: (2, ... 2: (2, ... 2: (2, ...
6853 . 1: 2 . 1: (2, ... 1: (2, 3)
6854 . . .
6855
6856 ( 2 , SPC 3 )
6857 @end smallexample
6858 @end group
6859
6860 Joe probably tried to type @kbd{@key{TAB} @key{DEL}} to swap the
6861 extra incomplete object to the top of the stack and delete it.
6862 But a feature of Calc is that @key{DEL} on an incomplete object
6863 deletes just one component out of that object, so he had to press
6864 @key{DEL} twice to finish the job.
6865
6866 @group
6867 @smallexample
6868 2: (2, ... 2: (2, 3) 2: (2, 3) 1: (2, 3)
6869 1: (2, 3) 1: (2, ... 1: ( ... .
6870 . . .
6871
6872 TAB DEL DEL
6873 @end smallexample
6874 @end group
6875
6876 (As it turns out, deleting the second-to-top stack entry happens often
6877 enough that Calc provides a special key, @kbd{M-DEL}, to do just that.
6878 @kbd{M-DEL} is just like @kbd{TAB DEL}, except that it doesn't exhibit
6879 the ``feature'' that tripped poor Joe.)
6880
6881 @node Algebraic Answer 1, Algebraic Answer 2, RPN Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
6882 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 1
6883
6884 @noindent
6885 Type @kbd{' sqrt($) @key{RET}}.
6886
6887 If the @kbd{Q} key is broken, you could use @kbd{' $^0.5 @key{RET}}.
6888 Or, RPN style, @kbd{0.5 ^}.
6889
6890 (Actually, @samp{$^1:2}, using the fraction one-half as the power, is
6891 a closer equivalent, since @samp{9^0.5} yields @cite{3.0} whereas
6892 @samp{sqrt(9)} and @samp{9^1:2} yield the exact integer @cite{3}.)
6893
6894 @node Algebraic Answer 2, Algebraic Answer 3, Algebraic Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6895 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 2
6896
6897 @noindent
6898 In the formula @samp{2 x (1+y)}, @samp{x} was interpreted as a function
6899 name with @samp{1+y} as its argument. Assigning a value to a variable
6900 has no relation to a function by the same name. Joe needed to use an
6901 explicit @samp{*} symbol here: @samp{2 x*(1+y)}.
6902
6903 @node Algebraic Answer 3, Modes Answer 1, Algebraic Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
6904 @subsection Algebraic Entry Tutorial Exercise 3
6905
6906 @noindent
6907 The result from @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} will be the formula @cite{1 / 0}.
6908 The ``function'' @samp{/} cannot be evaluated when its second argument
6909 is zero, so it is left in symbolic form. When you now type @kbd{0 *},
6910 the result will be zero because Calc uses the general rule that ``zero
6911 times anything is zero.''
6912
6913 @c [fix-ref Infinities]
6914 The @kbd{m i} command enables an @dfn{infinite mode} in which @cite{1 / 0}
6915 results in a special symbol that represents ``infinity.'' If you
6916 multiply infinity by zero, Calc uses another special new symbol to
6917 show that the answer is ``indeterminate.'' @xref{Infinities}, for
6918 further discussion of infinite and indeterminate values.
6919
6920 @node Modes Answer 1, Modes Answer 2, Algebraic Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
6921 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 1
6922
6923 @noindent
6924 Calc always stores its numbers in decimal, so even though one-third has
6925 an exact base-3 representation (@samp{3#0.1}), it is still stored as
6926 0.3333333 (chopped off after 12 or however many decimal digits) inside
6927 the calculator's memory. When this inexact number is converted back
6928 to base 3 for display, it may still be slightly inexact. When we
6929 multiply this number by 3, we get 0.999999, also an inexact value.
6930
6931 When Calc displays a number in base 3, it has to decide how many digits
6932 to show. If the current precision is 12 (decimal) digits, that corresponds
6933 to @samp{12 / log10(3) = 25.15} base-3 digits. Because 25.15 is not an
6934 exact integer, Calc shows only 25 digits, with the result that stored
6935 numbers carry a little bit of extra information that may not show up on
6936 the screen. When Joe entered @samp{3#0.2}, the stored number 0.666666
6937 happened to round to a pleasing value when it lost that last 0.15 of a
6938 digit, but it was still inexact in Calc's memory. When he divided by 2,
6939 he still got the dreaded inexact value 0.333333. (Actually, he divided
6940 0.666667 by 2 to get 0.333334, which is why he got something a little
6941 higher than @code{3#0.1} instead of a little lower.)
6942
6943 If Joe didn't want to be bothered with all this, he could have typed
6944 @kbd{M-24 d n} to display with one less digit than the default. (If
6945 you give @kbd{d n} a negative argument, it uses default-minus-that,
6946 so @kbd{M-- d n} would be an easier way to get the same effect.) Those
6947 inexact results would still be lurking there, but they would now be
6948 rounded to nice, natural-looking values for display purposes. (Remember,
6949 @samp{0.022222} in base 3 is like @samp{0.099999} in base 10; rounding
6950 off one digit will round the number up to @samp{0.1}.) Depending on the
6951 nature of your work, this hiding of the inexactness may be a benefit or
6952 a danger. With the @kbd{d n} command, Calc gives you the choice.
6953
6954 Incidentally, another consequence of all this is that if you type
6955 @kbd{M-30 d n} to display more digits than are ``really there,''
6956 you'll see garbage digits at the end of the number. (In decimal
6957 display mode, with decimally-stored numbers, these garbage digits are
6958 always zero so they vanish and you don't notice them.) Because Calc
6959 rounds off that 0.15 digit, there is the danger that two numbers could
6960 be slightly different internally but still look the same. If you feel
6961 uneasy about this, set the @kbd{d n} precision to be a little higher
6962 than normal; you'll get ugly garbage digits, but you'll always be able
6963 to tell two distinct numbers apart.
6964
6965 An interesting side note is that most computers store their
6966 floating-point numbers in binary, and convert to decimal for display.
6967 Thus everyday programs have the same problem: Decimal 0.1 cannot be
6968 represented exactly in binary (try it: @kbd{0.1 d 2}), so @samp{0.1 * 10}
6969 comes out as an inexact approximation to 1 on some machines (though
6970 they generally arrange to hide it from you by rounding off one digit as
6971 we did above). Because Calc works in decimal instead of binary, you can
6972 be sure that numbers that look exact @emph{are} exact as long as you stay
6973 in decimal display mode.
6974
6975 It's not hard to show that any number that can be represented exactly
6976 in binary, octal, or hexadecimal is also exact in decimal, so the kinds
6977 of problems we saw in this exercise are likely to be severe only when
6978 you use a relatively unusual radix like 3.
6979
6980 @node Modes Answer 2, Modes Answer 3, Modes Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
6981 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 2
6982
6983 If the radix is 15 or higher, we can't use the letter @samp{e} to mark
6984 the exponent because @samp{e} is interpreted as a digit. When Calc
6985 needs to display scientific notation in a high radix, it writes
6986 @samp{16#F.E8F*16.^15}. You can enter a number like this as an
6987 algebraic entry. Also, pressing @kbd{e} without any digits before it
6988 normally types @kbd{1e}, but in a high radix it types @kbd{16.^} and
6989 puts you in algebraic entry: @kbd{16#f.e8f RET e 15 RET *} is another
6990 way to enter this number.
6991
6992 The reason Calc puts a decimal point in the @samp{16.^} is to prevent
6993 huge integers from being generated if the exponent is large (consider
6994 @samp{16#1.23*16^1000}, where we compute @samp{16^1000} as a giant
6995 exact integer and then throw away most of the digits when we multiply
6996 it by the floating-point @samp{16#1.23}). While this wouldn't normally
6997 matter for display purposes, it could give you a nasty surprise if you
6998 copied that number into a file and later moved it back into Calc.
6999
7000 @node Modes Answer 3, Modes Answer 4, Modes Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
7001 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 3
7002
7003 @noindent
7004 The answer he got was @cite{0.5000000000006399}.
7005
7006 The problem is not that the square operation is inexact, but that the
7007 sine of 45 that was already on the stack was accurate to only 12 places.
7008 Arbitrary-precision calculations still only give answers as good as
7009 their inputs.
7010
7011 The real problem is that there is no 12-digit number which, when
7012 squared, comes out to 0.5 exactly. The @kbd{f [} and @kbd{f ]}
7013 commands decrease or increase a number by one unit in the last
7014 place (according to the current precision). They are useful for
7015 determining facts like this.
7016
7017 @group
7018 @smallexample
7019 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.500000000001
7020 . .
7021
7022 45 S 2 ^
7023
7024 @end smallexample
7025 @end group
7026 @noindent
7027 @group
7028 @smallexample
7029 1: 0.707106781187 1: 0.707106781186 1: 0.499999999999
7030 . . .
7031
7032 U DEL f [ 2 ^
7033 @end smallexample
7034 @end group
7035
7036 A high-precision calculation must be carried out in high precision
7037 all the way. The only number in the original problem which was known
7038 exactly was the quantity 45 degrees, so the precision must be raised
7039 before anything is done after the number 45 has been entered in order
7040 for the higher precision to be meaningful.
7041
7042 @node Modes Answer 4, Arithmetic Answer 1, Modes Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
7043 @subsection Modes Tutorial Exercise 4
7044
7045 @noindent
7046 Many calculations involve real-world quantities, like the width and
7047 height of a piece of wood or the volume of a jar. Such quantities
7048 can't be measured exactly anyway, and if the data that is input to
7049 a calculation is inexact, doing exact arithmetic on it is a waste
7050 of time.
7051
7052 Fractions become unwieldy after too many calculations have been
7053 done with them. For example, the sum of the reciprocals of the
7054 integers from 1 to 10 is 7381:2520. The sum from 1 to 30 is
7055 9304682830147:2329089562800. After a point it will take a long
7056 time to add even one more term to this sum, but a floating-point
7057 calculation of the sum will not have this problem.
7058
7059 Also, rational numbers cannot express the results of all calculations.
7060 There is no fractional form for the square root of two, so if you type
7061 @w{@kbd{2 Q}}, Calc has no choice but to give you a floating-point answer.
7062
7063 @node Arithmetic Answer 1, Arithmetic Answer 2, Modes Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
7064 @subsection Arithmetic Tutorial Exercise 1
7065
7066 @noindent
7067 Dividing two integers that are larger than the current precision may
7068 give a floating-point result that is inaccurate even when rounded
7069 down to an integer. Consider @cite{123456789 / 2} when the current
7070 precision is 6 digits. The true answer is @cite{61728394.5}, but
7071 with a precision of 6 this will be rounded to @c{$12345700.0/2.0 = 61728500.0$}
7072 @cite{12345700.@: / 2.@: = 61728500.}.
7073 The result, when converted to an integer, will be off by 106.
7074
7075 Here are two solutions: Raise the precision enough that the
7076 floating-point round-off error is strictly to the right of the
7077 decimal point. Or, convert to fraction mode so that @cite{123456789 / 2}
7078 produces the exact fraction @cite{123456789:2}, which can be rounded
7079 down by the @kbd{F} command without ever switching to floating-point
7080 format.
7081
7082 @node Arithmetic Answer 2, Vector Answer 1, Arithmetic Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
7083 @subsection Arithmetic Tutorial Exercise 2
7084
7085 @noindent
7086 @kbd{27 @key{RET} 9 B} could give the exact result @cite{3:2}, but it
7087 does a floating-point calculation instead and produces @cite{1.5}.
7088
7089 Calc will find an exact result for a logarithm if the result is an integer
7090 or the reciprocal of an integer. But there is no efficient way to search
7091 the space of all possible rational numbers for an exact answer, so Calc
7092 doesn't try.
7093
7094 @node Vector Answer 1, Vector Answer 2, Arithmetic Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
7095 @subsection Vector Tutorial Exercise 1
7096
7097 @noindent
7098 Duplicate the vector, compute its length, then divide the vector
7099 by its length: @kbd{@key{RET} A /}.
7100
7101 @group
7102 @smallexample
7103 1: [1, 2, 3] 2: [1, 2, 3] 1: [0.27, 0.53, 0.80] 1: 1.
7104 . 1: 3.74165738677 . .
7105 .
7106
7107 r 1 RET A / A
7108 @end smallexample
7109 @end group
7110
7111 The final @kbd{A} command shows that the normalized vector does
7112 indeed have unit length.
7113
7114 @node Vector Answer 2, Matrix Answer 1, Vector Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
7115 @subsection Vector Tutorial Exercise 2
7116
7117 @noindent
7118 The average position is equal to the sum of the products of the
7119 positions times their corresponding probabilities. This is the
7120 definition of the dot product operation. So all you need to do
7121 is to put the two vectors on the stack and press @kbd{*}.
7122
7123 @node Matrix Answer 1, Matrix Answer 2, Vector Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
7124 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 1
7125
7126 @noindent
7127 The trick is to multiply by a vector of ones. Use @kbd{r 4 [1 1 1] *} to
7128 get the row sum. Similarly, use @kbd{[1 1] r 4 *} to get the column sum.
7129
7130 @node Matrix Answer 2, Matrix Answer 3, Matrix Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
7131 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 2
7132
7133 @ifinfo
7134 @group
7135 @example
7136 x + a y = 6
7137 x + b y = 10
7138 @end example
7139 @end group
7140 @end ifinfo
7141 @tex
7142 \turnoffactive
7143 \beforedisplay
7144 $$ \eqalign{ x &+ a y = 6 \cr
7145 x &+ b y = 10}
7146 $$
7147 \afterdisplay
7148 @end tex
7149
7150 Just enter the righthand side vector, then divide by the lefthand side
7151 matrix as usual.
7152
7153 @group
7154 @smallexample
7155 1: [6, 10] 2: [6, 10] 1: [6 - 4 a / (b - a), 4 / (b - a) ]
7156 . 1: [ [ 1, a ] .
7157 [ 1, b ] ]
7158 .
7159
7160 ' [6 10] RET ' [1 a; 1 b] RET /
7161 @end smallexample
7162 @end group
7163
7164 This can be made more readable using @kbd{d B} to enable ``big'' display
7165 mode:
7166
7167 @group
7168 @smallexample
7169 4 a 4
7170 1: [6 - -----, -----]
7171 b - a b - a
7172 @end smallexample
7173 @end group
7174
7175 Type @kbd{d N} to return to ``normal'' display mode afterwards.
7176
7177 @node Matrix Answer 3, List Answer 1, Matrix Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
7178 @subsection Matrix Tutorial Exercise 3
7179
7180 @noindent
7181 To solve @c{$A^T A \, X = A^T B$}
7182 @cite{trn(A) * A * X = trn(A) * B}, first we compute
7183 @c{$A' = A^T A$}
7184 @cite{A2 = trn(A) * A} and @c{$B' = A^T B$}
7185 @cite{B2 = trn(A) * B}; now, we have a
7186 system @c{$A' X = B'$}
7187 @cite{A2 * X = B2} which we can solve using Calc's @samp{/}
7188 command.
7189
7190 @ifinfo
7191 @group
7192 @example
7193 a + 2b + 3c = 6
7194 4a + 5b + 6c = 2
7195 7a + 6b = 3
7196 2a + 4b + 6c = 11
7197 @end example
7198 @end group
7199 @end ifinfo
7200 @tex
7201 \turnoffactive
7202 \beforedisplayh
7203 $$ \openup1\jot \tabskip=0pt plus1fil
7204 \halign to\displaywidth{\tabskip=0pt
7205 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
7206 $\hfil#$&$\hfil{}#{}$&
7207 $\hfil#$&${}#\hfil$\tabskip=0pt plus1fil\cr
7208 a&+&2b&+&3c&=6 \cr
7209 4a&+&5b&+&6c&=2 \cr
7210 7a&+&6b& & &=3 \cr
7211 2a&+&4b&+&6c&=11 \cr}
7212 $$
7213 \afterdisplayh
7214 @end tex
7215
7216 The first step is to enter the coefficient matrix. We'll store it in
7217 quick variable number 7 for later reference. Next, we compute the
7218 @c{$B'$}
7219 @cite{B2} vector.
7220
7221 @group
7222 @smallexample
7223 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] 2: [ [ 1, 4, 7, 2 ] 1: [57, 84, 96]
7224 [ 4, 5, 6 ] [ 2, 5, 6, 4 ] .
7225 [ 7, 6, 0 ] [ 3, 6, 0, 6 ] ]
7226 [ 2, 4, 6 ] ] 1: [6, 2, 3, 11]
7227 . .
7228
7229 ' [1 2 3; 4 5 6; 7 6 0; 2 4 6] RET s 7 v t [6 2 3 11] *
7230 @end smallexample
7231 @end group
7232
7233 @noindent
7234 Now we compute the matrix @c{$A'$}
7235 @cite{A2} and divide.
7236
7237 @group
7238 @smallexample
7239 2: [57, 84, 96] 1: [-11.64, 14.08, -3.64]
7240 1: [ [ 70, 72, 39 ] .
7241 [ 72, 81, 60 ]
7242 [ 39, 60, 81 ] ]
7243 .
7244
7245 r 7 v t r 7 * /
7246 @end smallexample
7247 @end group
7248
7249 @noindent
7250 (The actual computed answer will be slightly inexact due to
7251 round-off error.)
7252
7253 Notice that the answers are similar to those for the @c{$3\times3$}
7254 @asis{3x3} system
7255 solved in the text. That's because the fourth equation that was
7256 added to the system is almost identical to the first one multiplied
7257 by two. (If it were identical, we would have gotten the exact same
7258 answer since the @c{$4\times3$}
7259 @asis{4x3} system would be equivalent to the original @c{$3\times3$}
7260 @asis{3x3}
7261 system.)
7262
7263 Since the first and fourth equations aren't quite equivalent, they
7264 can't both be satisfied at once. Let's plug our answers back into
7265 the original system of equations to see how well they match.
7266
7267 @group
7268 @smallexample
7269 2: [-11.64, 14.08, -3.64] 1: [5.6, 2., 3., 11.2]
7270 1: [ [ 1, 2, 3 ] .
7271 [ 4, 5, 6 ]
7272 [ 7, 6, 0 ]
7273 [ 2, 4, 6 ] ]
7274 .
7275
7276 r 7 TAB *
7277 @end smallexample
7278 @end group
7279
7280 @noindent
7281 This is reasonably close to our original @cite{B} vector,
7282 @cite{[6, 2, 3, 11]}.
7283
7284 @node List Answer 1, List Answer 2, Matrix Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
7285 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 1
7286
7287 @noindent
7288 We can use @kbd{v x} to build a vector of integers. This needs to be
7289 adjusted to get the range of integers we desire. Mapping @samp{-}
7290 across the vector will accomplish this, although it turns out the
7291 plain @samp{-} key will work just as well.
7292
7293 @group
7294 @smallexample
7295 2: 2 2: 2
7296 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9] 1: [-4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4]
7297 . .
7298
7299 2 v x 9 RET 5 V M - or 5 -
7300 @end smallexample
7301 @end group
7302
7303 @noindent
7304 Now we use @kbd{V M ^} to map the exponentiation operator across the
7305 vector.
7306
7307 @group
7308 @smallexample
7309 1: [0.0625, 0.125, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16]
7310 .
7311
7312 V M ^
7313 @end smallexample
7314 @end group
7315
7316 @node List Answer 2, List Answer 3, List Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
7317 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 2
7318
7319 @noindent
7320 Given @cite{x} and @cite{y} vectors in quick variables 1 and 2 as before,
7321 the first job is to form the matrix that describes the problem.
7322
7323 @ifinfo
7324 @example
7325 m*x + b*1 = y
7326 @end example
7327 @end ifinfo
7328 @tex
7329 \turnoffactive
7330 \beforedisplay
7331 $$ m \times x + b \times 1 = y $$
7332 \afterdisplay
7333 @end tex
7334
7335 Thus we want a @c{$19\times2$}
7336 @asis{19x2} matrix with our @cite{x} vector as one column and
7337 ones as the other column. So, first we build the column of ones, then
7338 we combine the two columns to form our @cite{A} matrix.
7339
7340 @group
7341 @smallexample
7342 2: [1.34, 1.41, 1.49, ... ] 1: [ [ 1.34, 1 ]
7343 1: [1, 1, 1, ...] [ 1.41, 1 ]
7344 . [ 1.49, 1 ]
7345 @dots{}
7346
7347 r 1 1 v b 19 RET M-2 v p v t s 3
7348 @end smallexample
7349 @end group
7350
7351 @noindent
7352 Now we compute @c{$A^T y$}
7353 @cite{trn(A) * y} and @c{$A^T A$}
7354 @cite{trn(A) * A} and divide.
7355
7356 @group
7357 @smallexample
7358 1: [33.36554, 13.613] 2: [33.36554, 13.613]
7359 . 1: [ [ 98.0003, 41.63 ]
7360 [ 41.63, 19 ] ]
7361 .
7362
7363 v t r 2 * r 3 v t r 3 *
7364 @end smallexample
7365 @end group
7366
7367 @noindent
7368 (Hey, those numbers look familiar!)
7369
7370 @group
7371 @smallexample
7372 1: [0.52141679, -0.425978]
7373 .
7374
7375 /
7376 @end smallexample
7377 @end group
7378
7379 Since we were solving equations of the form @c{$m \times x + b \times 1 = y$}
7380 @cite{m*x + b*1 = y}, these
7381 numbers should be @cite{m} and @cite{b}, respectively. Sure enough, they
7382 agree exactly with the result computed using @kbd{V M} and @kbd{V R}!
7383
7384 The moral of this story: @kbd{V M} and @kbd{V R} will probably solve
7385 your problem, but there is often an easier way using the higher-level
7386 arithmetic functions!
7387
7388 @c [fix-ref Curve Fitting]
7389 In fact, there is a built-in @kbd{a F} command that does least-squares
7390 fits. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
7391
7392 @node List Answer 3, List Answer 4, List Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
7393 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 3
7394
7395 @noindent
7396 Move to one end of the list and press @kbd{C-@@} (or @kbd{C-SPC} or
7397 whatever) to set the mark, then move to the other end of the list
7398 and type @w{@kbd{M-# g}}.
7399
7400 @group
7401 @smallexample
7402 1: [2.3, 6, 22, 15.1, 7, 15, 14, 7.5, 2.5]
7403 .
7404 @end smallexample
7405 @end group
7406
7407 To make things interesting, let's assume we don't know at a glance
7408 how many numbers are in this list. Then we could type:
7409
7410 @group
7411 @smallexample
7412 2: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 2: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ]
7413 1: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 1: 126356422.5
7414 . .
7415
7416 RET V R *
7417
7418 @end smallexample
7419 @end group
7420 @noindent
7421 @group
7422 @smallexample
7423 2: 126356422.5 2: 126356422.5 1: 7.94652913734
7424 1: [2.3, 6, 22, ... ] 1: 9 .
7425 . .
7426
7427 TAB v l I ^
7428 @end smallexample
7429 @end group
7430
7431 @noindent
7432 (The @kbd{I ^} command computes the @var{n}th root of a number.
7433 You could also type @kbd{& ^} to take the reciprocal of 9 and
7434 then raise the number to that power.)
7435
7436 @node List Answer 4, List Answer 5, List Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
7437 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 4
7438
7439 @noindent
7440 A number @cite{j} is a divisor of @cite{n} if @c{$n \mathbin{\hbox{\code{\%}}} j = 0$}
7441 @samp{n % j = 0}. The first
7442 step is to get a vector that identifies the divisors.
7443
7444 @group
7445 @smallexample
7446 2: 30 2: [0, 0, 0, 2, ...] 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, ...]
7447 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, ...] 1: 0 .
7448 . .
7449
7450 30 RET v x 30 RET s 1 V M % 0 V M a = s 2
7451 @end smallexample
7452 @end group
7453
7454 @noindent
7455 This vector has 1's marking divisors of 30 and 0's marking non-divisors.
7456
7457 The zeroth divisor function is just the total number of divisors.
7458 The first divisor function is the sum of the divisors.
7459
7460 @group
7461 @smallexample
7462 1: 8 3: 8 2: 8 2: 8
7463 2: [1, 2, 3, 4, ...] 1: [1, 2, 3, 0, ...] 1: 72
7464 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, ...] . .
7465 .
7466
7467 V R + r 1 r 2 V M * V R +
7468 @end smallexample
7469 @end group
7470
7471 @noindent
7472 Once again, the last two steps just compute a dot product for which
7473 a simple @kbd{*} would have worked equally well.
7474
7475 @node List Answer 5, List Answer 6, List Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
7476 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 5
7477
7478 @noindent
7479 The obvious first step is to obtain the list of factors with @kbd{k f}.
7480 This list will always be in sorted order, so if there are duplicates
7481 they will be right next to each other. A suitable method is to compare
7482 the list with a copy of itself shifted over by one.
7483
7484 @group
7485 @smallexample
7486 1: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19] 2: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19] 2: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19, 0]
7487 . 1: [3, 7, 7, 7, 19, 0] 1: [0, 3, 7, 7, 7, 19]
7488 . .
7489
7490 19551 k f RET 0 | TAB 0 TAB |
7491
7492 @end smallexample
7493 @end group
7494 @noindent
7495 @group
7496 @smallexample
7497 1: [0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0] 1: 2 1: 0
7498 . . .
7499
7500 V M a = V R + 0 a =
7501 @end smallexample
7502 @end group
7503
7504 @noindent
7505 Note that we have to arrange for both vectors to have the same length
7506 so that the mapping operation works; no prime factor will ever be
7507 zero, so adding zeros on the left and right is safe. From then on
7508 the job is pretty straightforward.
7509
7510 Incidentally, Calc provides the @c{\dfn{M\"obius} $\mu$}
7511 @dfn{Moebius mu} function which is
7512 zero if and only if its argument is square-free. It would be a much
7513 more convenient way to do the above test in practice.
7514
7515 @node List Answer 6, List Answer 7, List Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
7516 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 6
7517
7518 @noindent
7519 First use @kbd{v x 6 RET} to get a list of integers, then @kbd{V M v x}
7520 to get a list of lists of integers!
7521
7522 @node List Answer 7, List Answer 8, List Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
7523 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 7
7524
7525 @noindent
7526 Here's one solution. First, compute the triangular list from the previous
7527 exercise and type @kbd{1 -} to subtract one from all the elements.
7528
7529 @group
7530 @smallexample
7531 1: [ [0],
7532 [0, 1],
7533 [0, 1, 2],
7534 @dots{}
7535
7536 1 -
7537 @end smallexample
7538 @end group
7539
7540 The numbers down the lefthand edge of the list we desire are called
7541 the ``triangular numbers'' (now you know why!). The @cite{n}th
7542 triangular number is the sum of the integers from 1 to @cite{n}, and
7543 can be computed directly by the formula @c{$n (n+1) \over 2$}
7544 @cite{n * (n+1) / 2}.
7545
7546 @group
7547 @smallexample
7548 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ]
7549 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5] 1: [0, 1, 3, 6, 10, 15]
7550 . .
7551
7552 v x 6 RET 1 - V M ' $ ($+1)/2 RET
7553 @end smallexample
7554 @end group
7555
7556 @noindent
7557 Adding this list to the above list of lists produces the desired
7558 result:
7559
7560 @group
7561 @smallexample
7562 1: [ [0],
7563 [1, 2],
7564 [3, 4, 5],
7565 [6, 7, 8, 9],
7566 [10, 11, 12, 13, 14],
7567 [15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20] ]
7568 .
7569
7570 V M +
7571 @end smallexample
7572 @end group
7573
7574 If we did not know the formula for triangular numbers, we could have
7575 computed them using a @kbd{V U +} command. We could also have
7576 gotten them the hard way by mapping a reduction across the original
7577 triangular list.
7578
7579 @group
7580 @smallexample
7581 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 2: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ]
7582 1: [ [0], [0, 1], ... ] 1: [0, 1, 3, 6, 10, 15]
7583 . .
7584
7585 RET V M V R +
7586 @end smallexample
7587 @end group
7588
7589 @noindent
7590 (This means ``map a @kbd{V R +} command across the vector,'' and
7591 since each element of the main vector is itself a small vector,
7592 @kbd{V R +} computes the sum of its elements.)
7593
7594 @node List Answer 8, List Answer 9, List Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
7595 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 8
7596
7597 @noindent
7598 The first step is to build a list of values of @cite{x}.
7599
7600 @group
7601 @smallexample
7602 1: [1, 2, 3, ..., 21] 1: [0, 1, 2, ..., 20] 1: [0, 0.25, 0.5, ..., 5]
7603 . . .
7604
7605 v x 21 RET 1 - 4 / s 1
7606 @end smallexample
7607 @end group
7608
7609 Next, we compute the Bessel function values.
7610
7611 @group
7612 @smallexample
7613 1: [0., 0.124, 0.242, ..., -0.328]
7614 .
7615
7616 V M ' besJ(1,$) RET
7617 @end smallexample
7618 @end group
7619
7620 @noindent
7621 (Another way to do this would be @kbd{1 TAB V M f j}.)
7622
7623 A way to isolate the maximum value is to compute the maximum using
7624 @kbd{V R X}, then compare all the Bessel values with that maximum.
7625
7626 @group
7627 @smallexample
7628 2: [0., 0.124, 0.242, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 0, ... ] 2: [0, 0, 0, ... ]
7629 1: 0.5801562 . 1: 1
7630 . .
7631
7632 RET V R X V M a = RET V R + DEL
7633 @end smallexample
7634 @end group
7635
7636 @noindent
7637 It's a good idea to verify, as in the last step above, that only
7638 one value is equal to the maximum. (After all, a plot of @c{$\sin x$}
7639 @cite{sin(x)}
7640 might have many points all equal to the maximum value, 1.)
7641
7642 The vector we have now has a single 1 in the position that indicates
7643 the maximum value of @cite{x}. Now it is a simple matter to convert
7644 this back into the corresponding value itself.
7645
7646 @group
7647 @smallexample
7648 2: [0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0., 0., ... ] 1: 1.75
7649 1: [0, 0.25, 0.5, ... ] . .
7650 .
7651
7652 r 1 V M * V R +
7653 @end smallexample
7654 @end group
7655
7656 If @kbd{a =} had produced more than one @cite{1} value, this method
7657 would have given the sum of all maximum @cite{x} values; not very
7658 useful! In this case we could have used @kbd{v m} (@code{calc-mask-vector})
7659 instead. This command deletes all elements of a ``data'' vector that
7660 correspond to zeros in a ``mask'' vector, leaving us with, in this
7661 example, a vector of maximum @cite{x} values.
7662
7663 The built-in @kbd{a X} command maximizes a function using more
7664 efficient methods. Just for illustration, let's use @kbd{a X}
7665 to maximize @samp{besJ(1,x)} over this same interval.
7666
7667 @group
7668 @smallexample
7669 2: besJ(1, x) 1: [1.84115, 0.581865]
7670 1: [0 .. 5] .
7671 .
7672
7673 ' besJ(1,x), [0..5] RET a X x RET
7674 @end smallexample
7675 @end group
7676
7677 @noindent
7678 The output from @kbd{a X} is a vector containing the value of @cite{x}
7679 that maximizes the function, and the function's value at that maximum.
7680 As you can see, our simple search got quite close to the right answer.
7681
7682 @node List Answer 9, List Answer 10, List Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
7683 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 9
7684
7685 @noindent
7686 Step one is to convert our integer into vector notation.
7687
7688 @group
7689 @smallexample
7690 1: 25129925999 3: 25129925999
7691 . 2: 10
7692 1: [11, 10, 9, ..., 1, 0]
7693 .
7694
7695 25129925999 RET 10 RET 12 RET v x 12 RET -
7696
7697 @end smallexample
7698 @end group
7699 @noindent
7700 @group
7701 @smallexample
7702 1: 25129925999 1: [0, 2, 25, 251, 2512, ... ]
7703 2: [100000000000, ... ] .
7704 .
7705
7706 V M ^ s 1 V M \
7707 @end smallexample
7708 @end group
7709
7710 @noindent
7711 (Recall, the @kbd{\} command computes an integer quotient.)
7712
7713 @group
7714 @smallexample
7715 1: [0, 2, 5, 1, 2, 9, 9, 2, 5, 9, 9, 9]
7716 .
7717
7718 10 V M % s 2
7719 @end smallexample
7720 @end group
7721
7722 Next we must increment this number. This involves adding one to
7723 the last digit, plus handling carries. There is a carry to the
7724 left out of a digit if that digit is a nine and all the digits to
7725 the right of it are nines.
7726
7727 @group
7728 @smallexample
7729 1: [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1] 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, ... ]
7730 . .
7731
7732 9 V M a = v v
7733
7734 @end smallexample
7735 @end group
7736 @noindent
7737 @group
7738 @smallexample
7739 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1]
7740 . .
7741
7742 V U * v v 1 |
7743 @end smallexample
7744 @end group
7745
7746 @noindent
7747 Accumulating @kbd{*} across a vector of ones and zeros will preserve
7748 only the initial run of ones. These are the carries into all digits
7749 except the rightmost digit. Concatenating a one on the right takes
7750 care of aligning the carries properly, and also adding one to the
7751 rightmost digit.
7752
7753 @group
7754 @smallexample
7755 2: [0, 0, 0, 0, ... ] 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, 1, 2, 9, 9, 2, 6, 0, 0, 0]
7756 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] .
7757 .
7758
7759 0 r 2 | V M + 10 V M %
7760 @end smallexample
7761 @end group
7762
7763 @noindent
7764 Here we have concatenated 0 to the @emph{left} of the original number;
7765 this takes care of shifting the carries by one with respect to the
7766 digits that generated them.
7767
7768 Finally, we must convert this list back into an integer.
7769
7770 @group
7771 @smallexample
7772 3: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] 2: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ]
7773 2: 1000000000000 1: [1000000000000, 100000000000, ... ]
7774 1: [100000000000, ... ] .
7775 .
7776
7777 10 RET 12 ^ r 1 |
7778
7779 @end smallexample
7780 @end group
7781 @noindent
7782 @group
7783 @smallexample
7784 1: [0, 0, 20000000000, 5000000000, ... ] 1: 25129926000
7785 . .
7786
7787 V M * V R +
7788 @end smallexample
7789 @end group
7790
7791 @noindent
7792 Another way to do this final step would be to reduce the formula
7793 @w{@samp{10 $$ + $}} across the vector of digits.
7794
7795 @group
7796 @smallexample
7797 1: [0, 0, 2, 5, ... ] 1: 25129926000
7798 . .
7799
7800 V R ' 10 $$ + $ RET
7801 @end smallexample
7802 @end group
7803
7804 @node List Answer 10, List Answer 11, List Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
7805 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 10
7806
7807 @noindent
7808 For the list @cite{[a, b, c, d]}, the result is @cite{((a = b) = c) = d},
7809 which will compare @cite{a} and @cite{b} to produce a 1 or 0, which is
7810 then compared with @cite{c} to produce another 1 or 0, which is then
7811 compared with @cite{d}. This is not at all what Joe wanted.
7812
7813 Here's a more correct method:
7814
7815 @group
7816 @smallexample
7817 1: [7, 7, 7, 8, 7] 2: [7, 7, 7, 8, 7]
7818 . 1: 7
7819 .
7820
7821 ' [7,7,7,8,7] RET RET v r 1 RET
7822
7823 @end smallexample
7824 @end group
7825 @noindent
7826 @group
7827 @smallexample
7828 1: [1, 1, 1, 0, 1] 1: 0
7829 . .
7830
7831 V M a = V R *
7832 @end smallexample
7833 @end group
7834
7835 @node List Answer 11, List Answer 12, List Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
7836 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 11
7837
7838 @noindent
7839 The circle of unit radius consists of those points @cite{(x,y)} for which
7840 @cite{x^2 + y^2 < 1}. We start by generating a vector of @cite{x^2}
7841 and a vector of @cite{y^2}.
7842
7843 We can make this go a bit faster by using the @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .}
7844 commands.
7845
7846 @group
7847 @smallexample
7848 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.]
7849 1: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 1: [1.16, 1.98, ..., 0.81]
7850 . .
7851
7852 v . t . 2. v b 100 RET RET V M k r
7853
7854 @end smallexample
7855 @end group
7856 @noindent
7857 @group
7858 @smallexample
7859 2: [2., 2., ..., 2.] 1: [0.026, 0.96, ..., 0.036]
7860 1: [0.026, 0.96, ..., 0.036] 2: [0.53, 0.81, ..., 0.094]
7861 . .
7862
7863 1 - 2 V M ^ TAB V M k r 1 - 2 V M ^
7864 @end smallexample
7865 @end group
7866
7867 Now we sum the @cite{x^2} and @cite{y^2} values, compare with 1 to
7868 get a vector of 1/0 truth values, then sum the truth values.
7869
7870 @group
7871 @smallexample
7872 1: [0.56, 1.78, ..., 0.13] 1: [1, 0, ..., 1] 1: 84
7873 . . .
7874
7875 + 1 V M a < V R +
7876 @end smallexample
7877 @end group
7878
7879 @noindent
7880 The ratio @cite{84/100} should approximate the ratio @c{$\pi/4$}
7881 @cite{pi/4}.
7882
7883 @group
7884 @smallexample
7885 1: 0.84 1: 3.36 2: 3.36 1: 1.0695
7886 . . 1: 3.14159 .
7887
7888 100 / 4 * P /
7889 @end smallexample
7890 @end group
7891
7892 @noindent
7893 Our estimate, 3.36, is off by about 7%. We could get a better estimate
7894 by taking more points (say, 1000), but it's clear that this method is
7895 not very efficient!
7896
7897 (Naturally, since this example uses random numbers your own answer
7898 will be slightly different from the one shown here!)
7899
7900 If you typed @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} before, type them again to
7901 return to full-sized display of vectors.
7902
7903 @node List Answer 12, List Answer 13, List Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
7904 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 12
7905
7906 @noindent
7907 This problem can be made a lot easier by taking advantage of some
7908 symmetries. First of all, after some thought it's clear that the
7909 @cite{y} axis can be ignored altogether. Just pick a random @cite{x}
7910 component for one end of the match, pick a random direction @c{$\theta$}
7911 @cite{theta},
7912 and see if @cite{x} and @c{$x + \cos \theta$}
7913 @cite{x + cos(theta)} (which is the @cite{x}
7914 coordinate of the other endpoint) cross a line. The lines are at
7915 integer coordinates, so this happens when the two numbers surround
7916 an integer.
7917
7918 Since the two endpoints are equivalent, we may as well choose the leftmost
7919 of the two endpoints as @cite{x}. Then @cite{theta} is an angle pointing
7920 to the right, in the range -90 to 90 degrees. (We could use radians, but
7921 it would feel like cheating to refer to @c{$\pi/2$}
7922 @cite{pi/2} radians while trying
7923 to estimate @c{$\pi$}
7924 @cite{pi}!)
7925
7926 In fact, since the field of lines is infinite we can choose the
7927 coordinates 0 and 1 for the lines on either side of the leftmost
7928 endpoint. The rightmost endpoint will be between 0 and 1 if the
7929 match does not cross a line, or between 1 and 2 if it does. So:
7930 Pick random @cite{x} and @c{$\theta$}
7931 @cite{theta}, compute @c{$x + \cos \theta$}
7932 @cite{x + cos(theta)},
7933 and count how many of the results are greater than one. Simple!
7934
7935 We can make this go a bit faster by using the @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .}
7936 commands.
7937
7938 @group
7939 @smallexample
7940 1: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72] 2: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72]
7941 . 1: [78.4, 64.5, ..., -42.9]
7942 .
7943
7944 v . t . 1. v b 100 RET V M k r 180. v b 100 RET V M k r 90 -
7945 @end smallexample
7946 @end group
7947
7948 @noindent
7949 (The next step may be slow, depending on the speed of your computer.)
7950
7951 @group
7952 @smallexample
7953 2: [0.52, 0.71, ..., 0.72] 1: [0.72, 1.14, ..., 1.45]
7954 1: [0.20, 0.43, ..., 0.73] .
7955 .
7956
7957 m d V M C +
7958
7959 @end smallexample
7960 @end group
7961 @noindent
7962 @group
7963 @smallexample
7964 1: [0, 1, ..., 1] 1: 0.64 1: 3.125
7965 . . .
7966
7967 1 V M a > V R + 100 / 2 TAB /
7968 @end smallexample
7969 @end group
7970
7971 Let's try the third method, too. We'll use random integers up to
7972 one million. The @kbd{k r} command with an integer argument picks
7973 a random integer.
7974
7975 @group
7976 @smallexample
7977 2: [1000000, 1000000, ..., 1000000] 2: [78489, 527587, ..., 814975]
7978 1: [1000000, 1000000, ..., 1000000] 1: [324014, 358783, ..., 955450]
7979 . .
7980
7981 1000000 v b 100 RET RET V M k r TAB V M k r
7982
7983 @end smallexample
7984 @end group
7985 @noindent
7986 @group
7987 @smallexample
7988 1: [1, 1, ..., 25] 1: [1, 1, ..., 0] 1: 0.56
7989 . . .
7990
7991 V M k g 1 V M a = V R + 100 /
7992
7993 @end smallexample
7994 @end group
7995 @noindent
7996 @group
7997 @smallexample
7998 1: 10.714 1: 3.273
7999 . .
8000
8001 6 TAB / Q
8002 @end smallexample
8003 @end group
8004
8005 For a proof of this property of the GCD function, see section 4.5.2,
8006 exercise 10, of Knuth's @emph{Art of Computer Programming}, volume II.
8007
8008 If you typed @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} before, type them again to
8009 return to full-sized display of vectors.
8010
8011 @node List Answer 13, List Answer 14, List Answer 12, Answers to Exercises
8012 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 13
8013
8014 @noindent
8015 First, we put the string on the stack as a vector of ASCII codes.
8016
8017 @group
8018 @smallexample
8019 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51]
8020 .
8021
8022 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 RET
8023 @end smallexample
8024 @end group
8025
8026 @noindent
8027 Note that the @kbd{"} key, like @kbd{$}, initiates algebraic entry so
8028 there was no need to type an apostrophe. Also, Calc didn't mind that
8029 we omitted the closing @kbd{"}. (The same goes for all closing delimiters
8030 like @kbd{)} and @kbd{]} at the end of a formula.
8031
8032 We'll show two different approaches here. In the first, we note that
8033 if the input vector is @cite{[a, b, c, d]}, then the hash code is
8034 @cite{3 (3 (3a + b) + c) + d = 27a + 9b + 3c + d}. In other words,
8035 it's a sum of descending powers of three times the ASCII codes.
8036
8037 @group
8038 @smallexample
8039 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51]
8040 1: 16 1: [15, 14, 13, ..., 0]
8041 . .
8042
8043 RET v l v x 16 RET -
8044
8045 @end smallexample
8046 @end group
8047 @noindent
8048 @group
8049 @smallexample
8050 2: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 1960915098 1: 121
8051 1: [14348907, ..., 1] . .
8052 .
8053
8054 3 TAB V M ^ * 511 %
8055 @end smallexample
8056 @end group
8057
8058 @noindent
8059 Once again, @kbd{*} elegantly summarizes most of the computation.
8060 But there's an even more elegant approach: Reduce the formula
8061 @kbd{3 $$ + $} across the vector. Recall that this represents a
8062 function of two arguments that computes its first argument times three
8063 plus its second argument.
8064
8065 @group
8066 @smallexample
8067 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 1960915098
8068 . .
8069
8070 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 RET V R ' 3$$+$ RET
8071 @end smallexample
8072 @end group
8073
8074 @noindent
8075 If you did the decimal arithmetic exercise, this will be familiar.
8076 Basically, we're turning a base-3 vector of digits into an integer,
8077 except that our ``digits'' are much larger than real digits.
8078
8079 Instead of typing @kbd{511 %} again to reduce the result, we can be
8080 cleverer still and notice that rather than computing a huge integer
8081 and taking the modulo at the end, we can take the modulo at each step
8082 without affecting the result. While this means there are more
8083 arithmetic operations, the numbers we operate on remain small so
8084 the operations are faster.
8085
8086 @group
8087 @smallexample
8088 1: [84, 101, 115, ..., 51] 1: 121
8089 . .
8090
8091 "Testing, 1, 2, 3 RET V R ' (3$$+$)%511 RET
8092 @end smallexample
8093 @end group
8094
8095 Why does this work? Think about a two-step computation:
8096 @w{@cite{3 (3a + b) + c}}. Taking a result modulo 511 basically means
8097 subtracting off enough 511's to put the result in the desired range.
8098 So the result when we take the modulo after every step is,
8099
8100 @ifinfo
8101 @example
8102 3 (3 a + b - 511 m) + c - 511 n
8103 @end example
8104 @end ifinfo
8105 @tex
8106 \turnoffactive
8107 \beforedisplay
8108 $$ 3 (3 a + b - 511 m) + c - 511 n $$
8109 \afterdisplay
8110 @end tex
8111
8112 @noindent
8113 for some suitable integers @cite{m} and @cite{n}. Expanding out by
8114 the distributive law yields
8115
8116 @ifinfo
8117 @example
8118 9 a + 3 b + c - 511*3 m - 511 n
8119 @end example
8120 @end ifinfo
8121 @tex
8122 \turnoffactive
8123 \beforedisplay
8124 $$ 9 a + 3 b + c - 511\times3 m - 511 n $$
8125 \afterdisplay
8126 @end tex
8127
8128 @noindent
8129 The @cite{m} term in the latter formula is redundant because any
8130 contribution it makes could just as easily be made by the @cite{n}
8131 term. So we can take it out to get an equivalent formula with
8132 @cite{n' = 3m + n},
8133
8134 @ifinfo
8135 @example
8136 9 a + 3 b + c - 511 n'
8137 @end example
8138 @end ifinfo
8139 @tex
8140 \turnoffactive
8141 \beforedisplay
8142 $$ 9 a + 3 b + c - 511 n' $$
8143 \afterdisplay
8144 @end tex
8145
8146 @noindent
8147 which is just the formula for taking the modulo only at the end of
8148 the calculation. Therefore the two methods are essentially the same.
8149
8150 Later in the tutorial we will encounter @dfn{modulo forms}, which
8151 basically automate the idea of reducing every intermediate result
8152 modulo some value @i{M}.
8153
8154 @node List Answer 14, Types Answer 1, List Answer 13, Answers to Exercises
8155 @subsection List Tutorial Exercise 14
8156
8157 We want to use @kbd{H V U} to nest a function which adds a random
8158 step to an @cite{(x,y)} coordinate. The function is a bit long, but
8159 otherwise the problem is quite straightforward.
8160
8161 @group
8162 @smallexample
8163 2: [0, 0] 1: [ [ 0, 0 ]
8164 1: 50 [ 0.4288, -0.1695 ]
8165 . [ -0.4787, -0.9027 ]
8166 ...
8167
8168 [0,0] 50 H V U ' <# + [random(2.0)-1, random(2.0)-1]> RET
8169 @end smallexample
8170 @end group
8171
8172 Just as the text recommended, we used @samp{< >} nameless function
8173 notation to keep the two @code{random} calls from being evaluated
8174 before nesting even begins.
8175
8176 We now have a vector of @cite{[x, y]} sub-vectors, which by Calc's
8177 rules acts like a matrix. We can transpose this matrix and unpack
8178 to get a pair of vectors, @cite{x} and @cite{y}, suitable for graphing.
8179
8180 @group
8181 @smallexample
8182 2: [ 0, 0.4288, -0.4787, ... ]
8183 1: [ 0, -0.1696, -0.9027, ... ]
8184 .
8185
8186 v t v u g f
8187 @end smallexample
8188 @end group
8189
8190 Incidentally, because the @cite{x} and @cite{y} are completely
8191 independent in this case, we could have done two separate commands
8192 to create our @cite{x} and @cite{y} vectors of numbers directly.
8193
8194 To make a random walk of unit steps, we note that @code{sincos} of
8195 a random direction exactly gives us an @cite{[x, y]} step of unit
8196 length; in fact, the new nesting function is even briefer, though
8197 we might want to lower the precision a bit for it.
8198
8199 @group
8200 @smallexample
8201 2: [0, 0] 1: [ [ 0, 0 ]
8202 1: 50 [ 0.1318, 0.9912 ]
8203 . [ -0.5965, 0.3061 ]
8204 ...
8205
8206 [0,0] 50 m d p 6 RET H V U ' <# + sincos(random(360.0))> RET
8207 @end smallexample
8208 @end group
8209
8210 Another @kbd{v t v u g f} sequence will graph this new random walk.
8211
8212 An interesting twist on these random walk functions would be to use
8213 complex numbers instead of 2-vectors to represent points on the plane.
8214 In the first example, we'd use something like @samp{random + random*(0,1)},
8215 and in the second we could use polar complex numbers with random phase
8216 angles. (This exercise was first suggested in this form by Randal
8217 Schwartz.)
8218
8219 @node Types Answer 1, Types Answer 2, List Answer 14, Answers to Exercises
8220 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 1
8221
8222 @noindent
8223 If the number is the square root of @c{$\pi$}
8224 @cite{pi} times a rational number,
8225 then its square, divided by @c{$\pi$}
8226 @cite{pi}, should be a rational number.
8227
8228 @group
8229 @smallexample
8230 1: 1.26508260337 1: 0.509433962268 1: 2486645810:4881193627
8231 . . .
8232
8233 2 ^ P / c F
8234 @end smallexample
8235 @end group
8236
8237 @noindent
8238 Technically speaking this is a rational number, but not one that is
8239 likely to have arisen in the original problem. More likely, it just
8240 happens to be the fraction which most closely represents some
8241 irrational number to within 12 digits.
8242
8243 But perhaps our result was not quite exact. Let's reduce the
8244 precision slightly and try again:
8245
8246 @group
8247 @smallexample
8248 1: 0.509433962268 1: 27:53
8249 . .
8250
8251 U p 10 RET c F
8252 @end smallexample
8253 @end group
8254
8255 @noindent
8256 Aha! It's unlikely that an irrational number would equal a fraction
8257 this simple to within ten digits, so our original number was probably
8258 @c{$\sqrt{27 \pi / 53}$}
8259 @cite{sqrt(27 pi / 53)}.
8260
8261 Notice that we didn't need to re-round the number when we reduced the
8262 precision. Remember, arithmetic operations always round their inputs
8263 to the current precision before they begin.
8264
8265 @node Types Answer 2, Types Answer 3, Types Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8266 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 2
8267
8268 @noindent
8269 @samp{inf / inf = nan}. Perhaps @samp{1} is the ``obvious'' answer.
8270 But if @w{@samp{17 inf = inf}}, then @samp{17 inf / inf = inf / inf = 17}, too.
8271
8272 @samp{exp(inf) = inf}. It's tempting to say that the exponential
8273 of infinity must be ``bigger'' than ``regular'' infinity, but as
8274 far as Calc is concerned all infinities are as just as big.
8275 In other words, as @cite{x} goes to infinity, @cite{e^x} also goes
8276 to infinity, but the fact the @cite{e^x} grows much faster than
8277 @cite{x} is not relevant here.
8278
8279 @samp{exp(-inf) = 0}. Here we have a finite answer even though
8280 the input is infinite.
8281
8282 @samp{sqrt(-inf) = (0, 1) inf}. Remember that @cite{(0, 1)}
8283 represents the imaginary number @cite{i}. Here's a derivation:
8284 @samp{sqrt(-inf) = @w{sqrt((-1) * inf)} = sqrt(-1) * sqrt(inf)}.
8285 The first part is, by definition, @cite{i}; the second is @code{inf}
8286 because, once again, all infinities are the same size.
8287
8288 @samp{sqrt(uinf) = uinf}. In fact, we do know something about the
8289 direction because @code{sqrt} is defined to return a value in the
8290 right half of the complex plane. But Calc has no notation for this,
8291 so it settles for the conservative answer @code{uinf}.
8292
8293 @samp{abs(uinf) = inf}. No matter which direction @cite{x} points,
8294 @samp{abs(x)} always points along the positive real axis.
8295
8296 @samp{ln(0) = -inf}. Here we have an infinite answer to a finite
8297 input. As in the @cite{1 / 0} case, Calc will only use infinities
8298 here if you have turned on ``infinite'' mode. Otherwise, it will
8299 treat @samp{ln(0)} as an error.
8300
8301 @node Types Answer 3, Types Answer 4, Types Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8302 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 3
8303
8304 @noindent
8305 We can make @samp{inf - inf} be any real number we like, say,
8306 @cite{a}, just by claiming that we added @cite{a} to the first
8307 infinity but not to the second. This is just as true for complex
8308 values of @cite{a}, so @code{nan} can stand for a complex number.
8309 (And, similarly, @code{uinf} can stand for an infinity that points
8310 in any direction in the complex plane, such as @samp{(0, 1) inf}).
8311
8312 In fact, we can multiply the first @code{inf} by two. Surely
8313 @w{@samp{2 inf - inf = inf}}, but also @samp{2 inf - inf = inf - inf = nan}.
8314 So @code{nan} can even stand for infinity. Obviously it's just
8315 as easy to make it stand for minus infinity as for plus infinity.
8316
8317 The moral of this story is that ``infinity'' is a slippery fish
8318 indeed, and Calc tries to handle it by having a very simple model
8319 for infinities (only the direction counts, not the ``size''); but
8320 Calc is careful to write @code{nan} any time this simple model is
8321 unable to tell what the true answer is.
8322
8323 @node Types Answer 4, Types Answer 5, Types Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8324 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 4
8325
8326 @group
8327 @smallexample
8328 2: 0@@ 47' 26" 1: 0@@ 2' 47.411765"
8329 1: 17 .
8330 .
8331
8332 0@@ 47' 26" RET 17 /
8333 @end smallexample
8334 @end group
8335
8336 @noindent
8337 The average song length is two minutes and 47.4 seconds.
8338
8339 @group
8340 @smallexample
8341 2: 0@@ 2' 47.411765" 1: 0@@ 3' 7.411765" 1: 0@@ 53' 6.000005"
8342 1: 0@@ 0' 20" . .
8343 .
8344
8345 20" + 17 *
8346 @end smallexample
8347 @end group
8348
8349 @noindent
8350 The album would be 53 minutes and 6 seconds long.
8351
8352 @node Types Answer 5, Types Answer 6, Types Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8353 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 5
8354
8355 @noindent
8356 Let's suppose it's January 14, 1991. The easiest thing to do is
8357 to keep trying 13ths of months until Calc reports a Friday.
8358 We can do this by manually entering dates, or by using @kbd{t I}:
8359
8360 @group
8361 @smallexample
8362 1: <Wed Feb 13, 1991> 1: <Wed Mar 13, 1991> 1: <Sat Apr 13, 1991>
8363 . . .
8364
8365 ' <2/13> RET DEL ' <3/13> RET t I
8366 @end smallexample
8367 @end group
8368
8369 @noindent
8370 (Calc assumes the current year if you don't say otherwise.)
8371
8372 This is getting tedious---we can keep advancing the date by typing
8373 @kbd{t I} over and over again, but let's automate the job by using
8374 vector mapping. The @kbd{t I} command actually takes a second
8375 ``how-many-months'' argument, which defaults to one. This
8376 argument is exactly what we want to map over:
8377
8378 @group
8379 @smallexample
8380 2: <Sat Apr 13, 1991> 1: [<Mon May 13, 1991>, <Thu Jun 13, 1991>,
8381 1: [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6] <Sat Jul 13, 1991>, <Tue Aug 13, 1991>,
8382 . <Fri Sep 13, 1991>, <Sun Oct 13, 1991>]
8383 .
8384
8385 v x 6 RET V M t I
8386 @end smallexample
8387 @end group
8388
8389 @ifinfo
8390 @noindent
8391 Et voila, September 13, 1991 is a Friday.
8392 @end ifinfo
8393 @tex
8394 \noindent
8395 {\it Et voil{\accent"12 a}}, September 13, 1991 is a Friday.
8396 @end tex
8397
8398 @group
8399 @smallexample
8400 1: 242
8401 .
8402
8403 ' <sep 13> - <jan 14> RET
8404 @end smallexample
8405 @end group
8406
8407 @noindent
8408 And the answer to our original question: 242 days to go.
8409
8410 @node Types Answer 6, Types Answer 7, Types Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
8411 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 6
8412
8413 @noindent
8414 The full rule for leap years is that they occur in every year divisible
8415 by four, except that they don't occur in years divisible by 100, except
8416 that they @emph{do} in years divisible by 400. We could work out the
8417 answer by carefully counting the years divisible by four and the
8418 exceptions, but there is a much simpler way that works even if we
8419 don't know the leap year rule.
8420
8421 Let's assume the present year is 1991. Years have 365 days, except
8422 that leap years (whenever they occur) have 366 days. So let's count
8423 the number of days between now and then, and compare that to the
8424 number of years times 365. The number of extra days we find must be
8425 equal to the number of leap years there were.
8426
8427 @group
8428 @smallexample
8429 1: <Mon Jan 1, 10001> 2: <Mon Jan 1, 10001> 1: 2925593
8430 . 1: <Tue Jan 1, 1991> .
8431 .
8432
8433 ' <jan 1 10001> RET ' <jan 1 1991> RET -
8434
8435 @end smallexample
8436 @end group
8437 @noindent
8438 @group
8439 @smallexample
8440 3: 2925593 2: 2925593 2: 2925593 1: 1943
8441 2: 10001 1: 8010 1: 2923650 .
8442 1: 1991 . .
8443 .
8444
8445 10001 RET 1991 - 365 * -
8446 @end smallexample
8447 @end group
8448
8449 @c [fix-ref Date Forms]
8450 @noindent
8451 There will be 1943 leap years before the year 10001. (Assuming,
8452 of course, that the algorithm for computing leap years remains
8453 unchanged for that long. @xref{Date Forms}, for some interesting
8454 background information in that regard.)
8455
8456 @node Types Answer 7, Types Answer 8, Types Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
8457 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 7
8458
8459 @noindent
8460 The relative errors must be converted to absolute errors so that
8461 @samp{+/-} notation may be used.
8462
8463 @group
8464 @smallexample
8465 1: 1. 2: 1.
8466 . 1: 0.2
8467 .
8468
8469 20 RET .05 * 4 RET .05 *
8470 @end smallexample
8471 @end group
8472
8473 Now we simply chug through the formula.
8474
8475 @group
8476 @smallexample
8477 1: 19.7392088022 1: 394.78 +/- 19.739 1: 6316.5 +/- 706.21
8478 . . .
8479
8480 2 P 2 ^ * 20 p 1 * 4 p .2 RET 2 ^ *
8481 @end smallexample
8482 @end group
8483
8484 It turns out the @kbd{v u} command will unpack an error form as
8485 well as a vector. This saves us some retyping of numbers.
8486
8487 @group
8488 @smallexample
8489 3: 6316.5 +/- 706.21 2: 6316.5 +/- 706.21
8490 2: 6316.5 1: 0.1118
8491 1: 706.21 .
8492 .
8493
8494 RET v u TAB /
8495 @end smallexample
8496 @end group
8497
8498 @noindent
8499 Thus the volume is 6316 cubic centimeters, within about 11 percent.
8500
8501 @node Types Answer 8, Types Answer 9, Types Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
8502 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 8
8503
8504 @noindent
8505 The first answer is pretty simple: @samp{1 / (0 .. 10) = (0.1 .. inf)}.
8506 Since a number in the interval @samp{(0 .. 10)} can get arbitrarily
8507 close to zero, its reciprocal can get arbitrarily large, so the answer
8508 is an interval that effectively means, ``any number greater than 0.1''
8509 but with no upper bound.
8510
8511 The second answer, similarly, is @samp{1 / (-10 .. 0) = (-inf .. -0.1)}.
8512
8513 Calc normally treats division by zero as an error, so that the formula
8514 @w{@samp{1 / 0}} is left unsimplified. Our third problem,
8515 @w{@samp{1 / [0 .. 10]}}, also (potentially) divides by zero because zero
8516 is now a member of the interval. So Calc leaves this one unevaluated, too.
8517
8518 If you turn on ``infinite'' mode by pressing @kbd{m i}, you will
8519 instead get the answer @samp{[0.1 .. inf]}, which includes infinity
8520 as a possible value.
8521
8522 The fourth calculation, @samp{1 / (-10 .. 10)}, has the same problem.
8523 Zero is buried inside the interval, but it's still a possible value.
8524 It's not hard to see that the actual result of @samp{1 / (-10 .. 10)}
8525 will be either greater than @i{0.1}, or less than @i{-0.1}. Thus
8526 the interval goes from minus infinity to plus infinity, with a ``hole''
8527 in it from @i{-0.1} to @i{0.1}. Calc doesn't have any way to
8528 represent this, so it just reports @samp{[-inf .. inf]} as the answer.
8529 It may be disappointing to hear ``the answer lies somewhere between
8530 minus infinity and plus infinity, inclusive,'' but that's the best
8531 that interval arithmetic can do in this case.
8532
8533 @node Types Answer 9, Types Answer 10, Types Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
8534 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 9
8535
8536 @group
8537 @smallexample
8538 1: [-3 .. 3] 2: [-3 .. 3] 2: [0 .. 9]
8539 . 1: [0 .. 9] 1: [-9 .. 9]
8540 . .
8541
8542 [ 3 n .. 3 ] RET 2 ^ TAB RET *
8543 @end smallexample
8544 @end group
8545
8546 @noindent
8547 In the first case the result says, ``if a number is between @i{-3} and
8548 3, its square is between 0 and 9.'' The second case says, ``the product
8549 of two numbers each between @i{-3} and 3 is between @i{-9} and 9.''
8550
8551 An interval form is not a number; it is a symbol that can stand for
8552 many different numbers. Two identical-looking interval forms can stand
8553 for different numbers.
8554
8555 The same issue arises when you try to square an error form.
8556
8557 @node Types Answer 10, Types Answer 11, Types Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
8558 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 10
8559
8560 @noindent
8561 Testing the first number, we might arbitrarily choose 17 for @cite{x}.
8562
8563 @group
8564 @smallexample
8565 1: 17 mod 811749613 2: 17 mod 811749613 1: 533694123 mod 811749613
8566 . 811749612 .
8567 .
8568
8569 17 M 811749613 RET 811749612 ^
8570 @end smallexample
8571 @end group
8572
8573 @noindent
8574 Since 533694123 is (considerably) different from 1, the number 811749613
8575 must not be prime.
8576
8577 It's awkward to type the number in twice as we did above. There are
8578 various ways to avoid this, and algebraic entry is one. In fact, using
8579 a vector mapping operation we can perform several tests at once. Let's
8580 use this method to test the second number.
8581
8582 @group
8583 @smallexample
8584 2: [17, 42, 100000] 1: [1 mod 15485863, 1 mod ... ]
8585 1: 15485863 .
8586 .
8587
8588 [17 42 100000] 15485863 RET V M ' ($$ mod $)^($-1) RET
8589 @end smallexample
8590 @end group
8591
8592 @noindent
8593 The result is three ones (modulo @cite{n}), so it's very probable that
8594 15485863 is prime. (In fact, this number is the millionth prime.)
8595
8596 Note that the functions @samp{($$^($-1)) mod $} or @samp{$$^($-1) % $}
8597 would have been hopelessly inefficient, since they would have calculated
8598 the power using full integer arithmetic.
8599
8600 Calc has a @kbd{k p} command that does primality testing. For small
8601 numbers it does an exact test; for large numbers it uses a variant
8602 of the Fermat test we used here. You can use @kbd{k p} repeatedly
8603 to prove that a large integer is prime with any desired probability.
8604
8605 @node Types Answer 11, Types Answer 12, Types Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
8606 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 11
8607
8608 @noindent
8609 There are several ways to insert a calculated number into an HMS form.
8610 One way to convert a number of seconds to an HMS form is simply to
8611 multiply the number by an HMS form representing one second:
8612
8613 @group
8614 @smallexample
8615 1: 31415926.5359 2: 31415926.5359 1: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359"
8616 . 1: 0@@ 0' 1" .
8617 .
8618
8619 P 1e7 * 0@@ 0' 1" *
8620
8621 @end smallexample
8622 @end group
8623 @noindent
8624 @group
8625 @smallexample
8626 2: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359" 1: 6@@ 6' 2.5359" mod 24@@ 0' 0"
8627 1: 15@@ 27' 16" mod 24@@ 0' 0" .
8628 .
8629
8630 x time RET +
8631 @end smallexample
8632 @end group
8633
8634 @noindent
8635 It will be just after six in the morning.
8636
8637 The algebraic @code{hms} function can also be used to build an
8638 HMS form:
8639
8640 @group
8641 @smallexample
8642 1: hms(0, 0, 10000000. pi) 1: 8726@@ 38' 46.5359"
8643 . .
8644
8645 ' hms(0, 0, 1e7 pi) RET =
8646 @end smallexample
8647 @end group
8648
8649 @noindent
8650 The @kbd{=} key is necessary to evaluate the symbol @samp{pi} to
8651 the actual number 3.14159...
8652
8653 @node Types Answer 12, Types Answer 13, Types Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
8654 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 12
8655
8656 @noindent
8657 As we recall, there are 17 songs of about 2 minutes and 47 seconds
8658 each.
8659
8660 @group
8661 @smallexample
8662 2: 0@@ 2' 47" 1: [0@@ 3' 7" .. 0@@ 3' 47"]
8663 1: [0@@ 0' 20" .. 0@@ 1' 0"] .
8664 .
8665
8666 [ 0@@ 20" .. 0@@ 1' ] +
8667
8668 @end smallexample
8669 @end group
8670 @noindent
8671 @group
8672 @smallexample
8673 1: [0@@ 52' 59." .. 1@@ 4' 19."]
8674 .
8675
8676 17 *
8677 @end smallexample
8678 @end group
8679
8680 @noindent
8681 No matter how long it is, the album will fit nicely on one CD.
8682
8683 @node Types Answer 13, Types Answer 14, Types Answer 12, Answers to Exercises
8684 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 13
8685
8686 @noindent
8687 Type @kbd{' 1 yr RET u c s RET}. The answer is 31557600 seconds.
8688
8689 @node Types Answer 14, Types Answer 15, Types Answer 13, Answers to Exercises
8690 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 14
8691
8692 @noindent
8693 How long will it take for a signal to get from one end of the computer
8694 to the other?
8695
8696 @group
8697 @smallexample
8698 1: m / c 1: 3.3356 ns
8699 . .
8700
8701 ' 1 m / c RET u c ns RET
8702 @end smallexample
8703 @end group
8704
8705 @noindent
8706 (Recall, @samp{c} is a ``unit'' corresponding to the speed of light.)
8707
8708 @group
8709 @smallexample
8710 1: 3.3356 ns 1: 0.81356 ns / ns 1: 0.81356
8711 2: 4.1 ns . .
8712 .
8713
8714 ' 4.1 ns RET / u s
8715 @end smallexample
8716 @end group
8717
8718 @noindent
8719 Thus a signal could take up to 81 percent of a clock cycle just to
8720 go from one place to another inside the computer, assuming the signal
8721 could actually attain the full speed of light. Pretty tight!
8722
8723 @node Types Answer 15, Algebra Answer 1, Types Answer 14, Answers to Exercises
8724 @subsection Types Tutorial Exercise 15
8725
8726 @noindent
8727 The speed limit is 55 miles per hour on most highways. We want to
8728 find the ratio of Sam's speed to the US speed limit.
8729
8730 @group
8731 @smallexample
8732 1: 55 mph 2: 55 mph 3: 11 hr mph / yd
8733 . 1: 5 yd / hr .
8734 .
8735
8736 ' 55 mph RET ' 5 yd/hr RET /
8737 @end smallexample
8738 @end group
8739
8740 The @kbd{u s} command cancels out these units to get a plain
8741 number. Now we take the logarithm base two to find the final
8742 answer, assuming that each successive pill doubles his speed.
8743
8744 @group
8745 @smallexample
8746 1: 19360. 2: 19360. 1: 14.24
8747 . 1: 2 .
8748 .
8749
8750 u s 2 B
8751 @end smallexample
8752 @end group
8753
8754 @noindent
8755 Thus Sam can take up to 14 pills without a worry.
8756
8757 @node Algebra Answer 1, Algebra Answer 2, Types Answer 15, Answers to Exercises
8758 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 1
8759
8760 @noindent
8761 @c [fix-ref Declarations]
8762 The result @samp{sqrt(x)^2} is simplified back to @cite{x} by the
8763 Calculator, but @samp{sqrt(x^2)} is not. (Consider what happens
8764 if @w{@cite{x = -4}}.) If @cite{x} is real, this formula could be
8765 simplified to @samp{abs(x)}, but for general complex arguments even
8766 that is not safe. (@xref{Declarations}, for a way to tell Calc
8767 that @cite{x} is known to be real.)
8768
8769 @node Algebra Answer 2, Algebra Answer 3, Algebra Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8770 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 2
8771
8772 @noindent
8773 Suppose our roots are @cite{[a, b, c]}. We want a polynomial which
8774 is zero when @cite{x} is any of these values. The trivial polynomial
8775 @cite{x-a} is zero when @cite{x=a}, so the product @cite{(x-a)(x-b)(x-c)}
8776 will do the job. We can use @kbd{a c x} to write this in a more
8777 familiar form.
8778
8779 @group
8780 @smallexample
8781 1: 34 x - 24 x^3 1: [1.19023, -1.19023, 0]
8782 . .
8783
8784 r 2 a P x RET
8785
8786 @end smallexample
8787 @end group
8788 @noindent
8789 @group
8790 @smallexample
8791 1: [x - 1.19023, x + 1.19023, x] 1: (x - 1.19023) (x + 1.19023) x
8792 . .
8793
8794 V M ' x-$ RET V R *
8795
8796 @end smallexample
8797 @end group
8798 @noindent
8799 @group
8800 @smallexample
8801 1: x^3 - 1.41666 x 1: 34 x - 24 x^3
8802 . .
8803
8804 a c x RET 24 n * a x
8805 @end smallexample
8806 @end group
8807
8808 @noindent
8809 Sure enough, our answer (multiplied by a suitable constant) is the
8810 same as the original polynomial.
8811
8812 @node Algebra Answer 3, Algebra Answer 4, Algebra Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
8813 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 3
8814
8815 @group
8816 @smallexample
8817 1: x sin(pi x) 1: (sin(pi x) - pi x cos(pi x)) / pi^2
8818 . .
8819
8820 ' x sin(pi x) RET m r a i x RET
8821
8822 @end smallexample
8823 @end group
8824 @noindent
8825 @group
8826 @smallexample
8827 1: [y, 1]
8828 2: (sin(pi x) - pi x cos(pi x)) / pi^2
8829 .
8830
8831 ' [y,1] RET TAB
8832
8833 @end smallexample
8834 @end group
8835 @noindent
8836 @group
8837 @smallexample
8838 1: [(sin(pi y) - pi y cos(pi y)) / pi^2, (sin(pi) - pi cos(pi)) / pi^2]
8839 .
8840
8841 V M $ RET
8842
8843 @end smallexample
8844 @end group
8845 @noindent
8846 @group
8847 @smallexample
8848 1: (sin(pi y) - pi y cos(pi y)) / pi^2 + (pi cos(pi) - sin(pi)) / pi^2
8849 .
8850
8851 V R -
8852
8853 @end smallexample
8854 @end group
8855 @noindent
8856 @group
8857 @smallexample
8858 1: (sin(3.14159 y) - 3.14159 y cos(3.14159 y)) / 9.8696 - 0.3183
8859 .
8860
8861 =
8862
8863 @end smallexample
8864 @end group
8865 @noindent
8866 @group
8867 @smallexample
8868 1: [0., -0.95493, 0.63662, -1.5915, 1.2732]
8869 .
8870
8871 v x 5 RET TAB V M $ RET
8872 @end smallexample
8873 @end group
8874
8875 @node Algebra Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 1, Algebra Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
8876 @subsection Algebra Tutorial Exercise 4
8877
8878 @noindent
8879 The hard part is that @kbd{V R +} is no longer sufficient to add up all
8880 the contributions from the slices, since the slices have varying
8881 coefficients. So first we must come up with a vector of these
8882 coefficients. Here's one way:
8883
8884 @group
8885 @smallexample
8886 2: -1 2: 3 1: [4, 2, ..., 4]
8887 1: [1, 2, ..., 9] 1: [-1, 1, ..., -1] .
8888 . .
8889
8890 1 n v x 9 RET V M ^ 3 TAB -
8891
8892 @end smallexample
8893 @end group
8894 @noindent
8895 @group
8896 @smallexample
8897 1: [4, 2, ..., 4, 1] 1: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8898 . .
8899
8900 1 | 1 TAB |
8901 @end smallexample
8902 @end group
8903
8904 @noindent
8905 Now we compute the function values. Note that for this method we need
8906 eleven values, including both endpoints of the desired interval.
8907
8908 @group
8909 @smallexample
8910 2: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8911 1: [1, 1.1, 1.2, ... , 1.8, 1.9, 2.]
8912 .
8913
8914 11 RET 1 RET .1 RET C-u v x
8915
8916 @end smallexample
8917 @end group
8918 @noindent
8919 @group
8920 @smallexample
8921 2: [1, 4, 2, ..., 4, 1]
8922 1: [0., 0.084941, 0.16993, ... ]
8923 .
8924
8925 ' sin(x) ln(x) RET m r p 5 RET V M $ RET
8926 @end smallexample
8927 @end group
8928
8929 @noindent
8930 Once again this calls for @kbd{V M * V R +}; a simple @kbd{*} does the
8931 same thing.
8932
8933 @group
8934 @smallexample
8935 1: 11.22 1: 1.122 1: 0.374
8936 . . .
8937
8938 * .1 * 3 /
8939 @end smallexample
8940 @end group
8941
8942 @noindent
8943 Wow! That's even better than the result from the Taylor series method.
8944
8945 @node Rewrites Answer 1, Rewrites Answer 2, Algebra Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
8946 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 1
8947
8948 @noindent
8949 We'll use Big mode to make the formulas more readable.
8950
8951 @group
8952 @smallexample
8953 ___
8954 2 + V 2
8955 1: (2 + sqrt(2)) / (1 + sqrt(2)) 1: --------
8956 . ___
8957 1 + V 2
8958
8959 .
8960
8961 ' (2+sqrt(2)) / (1+sqrt(2)) RET d B
8962 @end smallexample
8963 @end group
8964
8965 @noindent
8966 Multiplying by the conjugate helps because @cite{(a+b) (a-b) = a^2 - b^2}.
8967
8968 @group
8969 @smallexample
8970 ___ ___
8971 1: (2 + V 2 ) (V 2 - 1)
8972 .
8973
8974 a r a/(b+c) := a*(b-c) / (b^2-c^2) RET
8975
8976 @end smallexample
8977 @end group
8978 @noindent
8979 @group
8980 @smallexample
8981 ___ ___
8982 1: 2 + V 2 - 2 1: V 2
8983 . .
8984
8985 a r a*(b+c) := a*b + a*c a s
8986 @end smallexample
8987 @end group
8988
8989 @noindent
8990 (We could have used @kbd{a x} instead of a rewrite rule for the
8991 second step.)
8992
8993 The multiply-by-conjugate rule turns out to be useful in many
8994 different circumstances, such as when the denominator involves
8995 sines and cosines or the imaginary constant @code{i}.
8996
8997 @node Rewrites Answer 2, Rewrites Answer 3, Rewrites Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
8998 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 2
8999
9000 @noindent
9001 Here is the rule set:
9002
9003 @group
9004 @smallexample
9005 [ fib(n) := fib(n, 1, 1) :: integer(n) :: n >= 1,
9006 fib(1, x, y) := x,
9007 fib(n, x, y) := fib(n-1, y, x+y) ]
9008 @end smallexample
9009 @end group
9010
9011 @noindent
9012 The first rule turns a one-argument @code{fib} that people like to write
9013 into a three-argument @code{fib} that makes computation easier. The
9014 second rule converts back from three-argument form once the computation
9015 is done. The third rule does the computation itself. It basically
9016 says that if @cite{x} and @cite{y} are two consecutive Fibonacci numbers,
9017 then @cite{y} and @cite{x+y} are the next (overlapping) pair of Fibonacci
9018 numbers.
9019
9020 Notice that because the number @cite{n} was ``validated'' by the
9021 conditions on the first rule, there is no need to put conditions on
9022 the other rules because the rule set would never get that far unless
9023 the input were valid. That further speeds computation, since no
9024 extra conditions need to be checked at every step.
9025
9026 Actually, a user with a nasty sense of humor could enter a bad
9027 three-argument @code{fib} call directly, say, @samp{fib(0, 1, 1)},
9028 which would get the rules into an infinite loop. One thing that would
9029 help keep this from happening by accident would be to use something like
9030 @samp{ZzFib} instead of @code{fib} as the name of the three-argument
9031 function.
9032
9033 @node Rewrites Answer 3, Rewrites Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
9034 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 3
9035
9036 @noindent
9037 He got an infinite loop. First, Calc did as expected and rewrote
9038 @w{@samp{2 + 3 x}} to @samp{f(2, 3, x)}. Then it looked for ways to
9039 apply the rule again, and found that @samp{f(2, 3, x)} looks like
9040 @samp{a + b x} with @w{@samp{a = 0}} and @samp{b = 1}, so it rewrote to
9041 @samp{f(0, 1, f(2, 3, x))}. It then wrapped another @samp{f(0, 1, ...)}
9042 around that, and so on, ad infinitum. Joe should have used @kbd{M-1 a r}
9043 to make sure the rule applied only once.
9044
9045 (Actually, even the first step didn't work as he expected. What Calc
9046 really gives for @kbd{M-1 a r} in this situation is @samp{f(3 x, 1, 2)},
9047 treating 2 as the ``variable,'' and @samp{3 x} as a constant being added
9048 to it. While this may seem odd, it's just as valid a solution as the
9049 ``obvious'' one. One way to fix this would be to add the condition
9050 @samp{:: variable(x)} to the rule, to make sure the thing that matches
9051 @samp{x} is indeed a variable, or to change @samp{x} to @samp{quote(x)}
9052 on the lefthand side, so that the rule matches the actual variable
9053 @samp{x} rather than letting @samp{x} stand for something else.)
9054
9055 @node Rewrites Answer 4, Rewrites Answer 5, Rewrites Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
9056 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 4
9057
9058 @noindent
9059 @c @starindex
9060 @tindex seq
9061 Here is a suitable set of rules to solve the first part of the problem:
9062
9063 @group
9064 @smallexample
9065 [ seq(n, c) := seq(n/2, c+1) :: n%2 = 0,
9066 seq(n, c) := seq(3n+1, c+1) :: n%2 = 1 :: n > 1 ]
9067 @end smallexample
9068 @end group
9069
9070 Given the initial formula @samp{seq(6, 0)}, application of these
9071 rules produces the following sequence of formulas:
9072
9073 @example
9074 seq( 3, 1)
9075 seq(10, 2)
9076 seq( 5, 3)
9077 seq(16, 4)
9078 seq( 8, 5)
9079 seq( 4, 6)
9080 seq( 2, 7)
9081 seq( 1, 8)
9082 @end example
9083
9084 @noindent
9085 whereupon neither of the rules match, and rewriting stops.
9086
9087 We can pretty this up a bit with a couple more rules:
9088
9089 @group
9090 @smallexample
9091 [ seq(n) := seq(n, 0),
9092 seq(1, c) := c,
9093 ... ]
9094 @end smallexample
9095 @end group
9096
9097 @noindent
9098 Now, given @samp{seq(6)} as the starting configuration, we get 8
9099 as the result.
9100
9101 The change to return a vector is quite simple:
9102
9103 @group
9104 @smallexample
9105 [ seq(n) := seq(n, []) :: integer(n) :: n > 0,
9106 seq(1, v) := v | 1,
9107 seq(n, v) := seq(n/2, v | n) :: n%2 = 0,
9108 seq(n, v) := seq(3n+1, v | n) :: n%2 = 1 ]
9109 @end smallexample
9110 @end group
9111
9112 @noindent
9113 Given @samp{seq(6)}, the result is @samp{[6, 3, 10, 5, 16, 8, 4, 2, 1]}.
9114
9115 Notice that the @cite{n > 1} guard is no longer necessary on the last
9116 rule since the @cite{n = 1} case is now detected by another rule.
9117 But a guard has been added to the initial rule to make sure the
9118 initial value is suitable before the computation begins.
9119
9120 While still a good idea, this guard is not as vitally important as it
9121 was for the @code{fib} function, since calling, say, @samp{seq(x, [])}
9122 will not get into an infinite loop. Calc will not be able to prove
9123 the symbol @samp{x} is either even or odd, so none of the rules will
9124 apply and the rewrites will stop right away.
9125
9126 @node Rewrites Answer 5, Rewrites Answer 6, Rewrites Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
9127 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 5
9128
9129 @noindent
9130 @c @starindex
9131 @tindex nterms
9132 If @cite{x} is the sum @cite{a + b}, then `@t{nterms(}@i{x}@t{)}' must
9133 be `@t{nterms(}@i{a}@t{)}' plus `@t{nterms(}@i{b}@t{)}'. If @cite{x}
9134 is not a sum, then `@t{nterms(}@i{x}@t{)}' = 1.
9135
9136 @group
9137 @smallexample
9138 [ nterms(a + b) := nterms(a) + nterms(b),
9139 nterms(x) := 1 ]
9140 @end smallexample
9141 @end group
9142
9143 @noindent
9144 Here we have taken advantage of the fact that earlier rules always
9145 match before later rules; @samp{nterms(x)} will only be tried if we
9146 already know that @samp{x} is not a sum.
9147
9148 @node Rewrites Answer 6, Rewrites Answer 7, Rewrites Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
9149 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 6
9150
9151 Just put the rule @samp{0^0 := 1} into @code{EvalRules}. For example,
9152 before making this definition we have:
9153
9154 @group
9155 @smallexample
9156 2: [-2, -1, 0, 1, 2] 1: [1, 1, 0^0, 1, 1]
9157 1: 0 .
9158 .
9159
9160 v x 5 RET 3 - 0 V M ^
9161 @end smallexample
9162 @end group
9163
9164 @noindent
9165 But then:
9166
9167 @group
9168 @smallexample
9169 2: [-2, -1, 0, 1, 2] 1: [1, 1, 1, 1, 1]
9170 1: 0 .
9171 .
9172
9173 U ' 0^0:=1 RET s t EvalRules RET V M ^
9174 @end smallexample
9175 @end group
9176
9177 Perhaps more surprisingly, this rule still works with infinite mode
9178 turned on. Calc tries @code{EvalRules} before any built-in rules for
9179 a function. This allows you to override the default behavior of any
9180 Calc feature: Even though Calc now wants to evaluate @cite{0^0} to
9181 @code{nan}, your rule gets there first and evaluates it to 1 instead.
9182
9183 Just for kicks, try adding the rule @code{2+3 := 6} to @code{EvalRules}.
9184 What happens? (Be sure to remove this rule afterward, or you might get
9185 a nasty surprise when you use Calc to balance your checkbook!)
9186
9187 @node Rewrites Answer 7, Programming Answer 1, Rewrites Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
9188 @subsection Rewrites Tutorial Exercise 7
9189
9190 @noindent
9191 Here is a rule set that will do the job:
9192
9193 @group
9194 @smallexample
9195 [ a*(b + c) := a*b + a*c,
9196 opt(a) O(x^n) + opt(b) O(x^m) := O(x^n) :: n <= m
9197 :: constant(a) :: constant(b),
9198 opt(a) O(x^n) + opt(b) x^m := O(x^n) :: n <= m
9199 :: constant(a) :: constant(b),
9200 a O(x^n) := O(x^n) :: constant(a),
9201 x^opt(m) O(x^n) := O(x^(n+m)),
9202 O(x^n) O(x^m) := O(x^(n+m)) ]
9203 @end smallexample
9204 @end group
9205
9206 If we really want the @kbd{+} and @kbd{*} keys to operate naturally
9207 on power series, we should put these rules in @code{EvalRules}. For
9208 testing purposes, it is better to put them in a different variable,
9209 say, @code{O}, first.
9210
9211 The first rule just expands products of sums so that the rest of the
9212 rules can assume they have an expanded-out polynomial to work with.
9213 Note that this rule does not mention @samp{O} at all, so it will
9214 apply to any product-of-sum it encounters---this rule may surprise
9215 you if you put it into @code{EvalRules}!
9216
9217 In the second rule, the sum of two O's is changed to the smaller O.
9218 The optional constant coefficients are there mostly so that
9219 @samp{O(x^2) - O(x^3)} and @samp{O(x^3) - O(x^2)} are handled
9220 as well as @samp{O(x^2) + O(x^3)}.
9221
9222 The third rule absorbs higher powers of @samp{x} into O's.
9223
9224 The fourth rule says that a constant times a negligible quantity
9225 is still negligible. (This rule will also match @samp{O(x^3) / 4},
9226 with @samp{a = 1/4}.)
9227
9228 The fifth rule rewrites, for example, @samp{x^2 O(x^3)} to @samp{O(x^5)}.
9229 (It is easy to see that if one of these forms is negligible, the other
9230 is, too.) Notice the @samp{x^opt(m)} to pick up terms like
9231 @w{@samp{x O(x^3)}}. Optional powers will match @samp{x} as @samp{x^1}
9232 but not 1 as @samp{x^0}. This turns out to be exactly what we want here.
9233
9234 The sixth rule is the corresponding rule for products of two O's.
9235
9236 Another way to solve this problem would be to create a new ``data type''
9237 that represents truncated power series. We might represent these as
9238 function calls @samp{series(@var{coefs}, @var{x})} where @var{coefs} is
9239 a vector of coefficients for @cite{x^0}, @cite{x^1}, @cite{x^2}, and so
9240 on. Rules would exist for sums and products of such @code{series}
9241 objects, and as an optional convenience could also know how to combine a
9242 @code{series} object with a normal polynomial. (With this, and with a
9243 rule that rewrites @samp{O(x^n)} to the equivalent @code{series} form,
9244 you could still enter power series in exactly the same notation as
9245 before.) Operations on such objects would probably be more efficient,
9246 although the objects would be a bit harder to read.
9247
9248 @c [fix-ref Compositions]
9249 Some other symbolic math programs provide a power series data type
9250 similar to this. Mathematica, for example, has an object that looks
9251 like @samp{PowerSeries[@var{x}, @var{x0}, @var{coefs}, @var{nmin},
9252 @var{nmax}, @var{den}]}, where @var{x0} is the point about which the
9253 power series is taken (we've been assuming this was always zero),
9254 and @var{nmin}, @var{nmax}, and @var{den} allow pseudo-power-series
9255 with fractional or negative powers. Also, the @code{PowerSeries}
9256 objects have a special display format that makes them look like
9257 @samp{2 x^2 + O(x^4)} when they are printed out. (@xref{Compositions},
9258 for a way to do this in Calc, although for something as involved as
9259 this it would probably be better to write the formatting routine
9260 in Lisp.)
9261
9262 @node Programming Answer 1, Programming Answer 2, Rewrites Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
9263 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 1
9264
9265 @noindent
9266 Just enter the formula @samp{ninteg(sin(t)/t, t, 0, x)}, type
9267 @kbd{Z F}, and answer the questions. Since this formula contains two
9268 variables, the default argument list will be @samp{(t x)}. We want to
9269 change this to @samp{(x)} since @cite{t} is really a dummy variable
9270 to be used within @code{ninteg}.
9271
9272 The exact keystrokes are @kbd{Z F s Si RET RET C-b C-b DEL DEL RET y}.
9273 (The @kbd{C-b C-b DEL DEL} are what fix the argument list.)
9274
9275 @node Programming Answer 2, Programming Answer 3, Programming Answer 1, Answers to Exercises
9276 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 2
9277
9278 @noindent
9279 One way is to move the number to the top of the stack, operate on
9280 it, then move it back: @kbd{C-x ( M-TAB n M-TAB M-TAB C-x )}.
9281
9282 Another way is to negate the top three stack entries, then negate
9283 again the top two stack entries: @kbd{C-x ( M-3 n M-2 n C-x )}.
9284
9285 Finally, it turns out that a negative prefix argument causes a
9286 command like @kbd{n} to operate on the specified stack entry only,
9287 which is just what we want: @kbd{C-x ( M-- 3 n C-x )}.
9288
9289 Just for kicks, let's also do it algebraically:
9290 @w{@kbd{C-x ( ' -$$$, $$, $ RET C-x )}}.
9291
9292 @node Programming Answer 3, Programming Answer 4, Programming Answer 2, Answers to Exercises
9293 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 3
9294
9295 @noindent
9296 Each of these functions can be computed using the stack, or using
9297 algebraic entry, whichever way you prefer:
9298
9299 @noindent
9300 Computing @c{$\displaystyle{\sin x \over x}$}
9301 @cite{sin(x) / x}:
9302
9303 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( RET S TAB / C-x )}.
9304
9305 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' sin($)/$ RET C-x )}.
9306
9307 @noindent
9308 Computing the logarithm:
9309
9310 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( TAB B C-x )}
9311
9312 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' log($,$$) RET C-x )}.
9313
9314 @noindent
9315 Computing the vector of integers:
9316
9317 Using the stack: @kbd{C-x ( 1 RET 1 C-u v x C-x )}. (Recall that
9318 @kbd{C-u v x} takes the vector size, starting value, and increment
9319 from the stack.)
9320
9321 Alternatively: @kbd{C-x ( ~ v x C-x )}. (The @kbd{~} key pops a
9322 number from the stack and uses it as the prefix argument for the
9323 next command.)
9324
9325 Using algebraic entry: @kbd{C-x ( ' index($) RET C-x )}.
9326
9327 @node Programming Answer 4, Programming Answer 5, Programming Answer 3, Answers to Exercises
9328 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 4
9329
9330 @noindent
9331 Here's one way: @kbd{C-x ( RET V R + TAB v l / C-x )}.
9332
9333 @node Programming Answer 5, Programming Answer 6, Programming Answer 4, Answers to Exercises
9334 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 5
9335
9336 @group
9337 @smallexample
9338 2: 1 1: 1.61803398502 2: 1.61803398502
9339 1: 20 . 1: 1.61803398875
9340 . .
9341
9342 1 RET 20 Z < & 1 + Z > I H P
9343 @end smallexample
9344 @end group
9345
9346 @noindent
9347 This answer is quite accurate.
9348
9349 @node Programming Answer 6, Programming Answer 7, Programming Answer 5, Answers to Exercises
9350 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 6
9351
9352 @noindent
9353 Here is the matrix:
9354
9355 @example
9356 [ [ 0, 1 ] * [a, b] = [b, a + b]
9357 [ 1, 1 ] ]
9358 @end example
9359
9360 @noindent
9361 Thus @samp{[0, 1; 1, 1]^n * [1, 1]} computes Fibonacci numbers @cite{n+1}
9362 and @cite{n+2}. Here's one program that does the job:
9363
9364 @example
9365 C-x ( ' [0, 1; 1, 1] ^ ($-1) * [1, 1] RET v u DEL C-x )
9366 @end example
9367
9368 @noindent
9369 This program is quite efficient because Calc knows how to raise a
9370 matrix (or other value) to the power @cite{n} in only @c{$\log_2 n$}
9371 @cite{log(n,2)}
9372 steps. For example, this program can compute the 1000th Fibonacci
9373 number (a 209-digit integer!) in about 10 steps; even though the
9374 @kbd{Z < ... Z >} solution had much simpler steps, it would have
9375 required so many steps that it would not have been practical.
9376
9377 @node Programming Answer 7, Programming Answer 8, Programming Answer 6, Answers to Exercises
9378 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 7
9379
9380 @noindent
9381 The trick here is to compute the harmonic numbers differently, so that
9382 the loop counter itself accumulates the sum of reciprocals. We use
9383 a separate variable to hold the integer counter.
9384
9385 @group
9386 @smallexample
9387 1: 1 2: 1 1: .
9388 . 1: 4
9389 .
9390
9391 1 t 1 1 RET 4 Z ( t 2 r 1 1 + s 1 & Z )
9392 @end smallexample
9393 @end group
9394
9395 @noindent
9396 The body of the loop goes as follows: First save the harmonic sum
9397 so far in variable 2. Then delete it from the stack; the for loop
9398 itself will take care of remembering it for us. Next, recall the
9399 count from variable 1, add one to it, and feed its reciprocal to
9400 the for loop to use as the step value. The for loop will increase
9401 the ``loop counter'' by that amount and keep going until the
9402 loop counter exceeds 4.
9403
9404 @group
9405 @smallexample
9406 2: 31 3: 31
9407 1: 3.99498713092 2: 3.99498713092
9408 . 1: 4.02724519544
9409 .
9410
9411 r 1 r 2 RET 31 & +
9412 @end smallexample
9413 @end group
9414
9415 Thus we find that the 30th harmonic number is 3.99, and the 31st
9416 harmonic number is 4.02.
9417
9418 @node Programming Answer 8, Programming Answer 9, Programming Answer 7, Answers to Exercises
9419 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 8
9420
9421 @noindent
9422 The first step is to compute the derivative @cite{f'(x)} and thus
9423 the formula @c{$\displaystyle{x - {f(x) \over f'(x)}}$}
9424 @cite{x - f(x)/f'(x)}.
9425
9426 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9427 below. You can use @w{@kbd{M-# m}} to load it from there. While you are
9428 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9429 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9430 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9431 just for purposes of illustration.)
9432
9433 @group
9434 @smallexample
9435 2: sin(cos(x)) - 0.5 3: 4.5
9436 1: 4.5 2: sin(cos(x)) - 0.5
9437 . 1: -(sin(x) cos(cos(x)))
9438 .
9439
9440 ' sin(cos(x))-0.5 RET 4.5 m r C-x ( Z ` TAB RET a d x RET
9441
9442 @end smallexample
9443 @end group
9444 @noindent
9445 @group
9446 @smallexample
9447 2: 4.5
9448 1: x + (sin(cos(x)) - 0.5) / sin(x) cos(cos(x))
9449 .
9450
9451 / ' x RET TAB - t 1
9452 @end smallexample
9453 @end group
9454
9455 Now, we enter the loop. We'll use a repeat loop with a 20-repetition
9456 limit just in case the method fails to converge for some reason.
9457 (Normally, the @w{@kbd{Z /}} command will stop the loop before all 20
9458 repetitions are done.)
9459
9460 @group
9461 @smallexample
9462 1: 4.5 3: 4.5 2: 4.5
9463 . 2: x + (sin(cos(x)) ... 1: 5.24196456928
9464 1: 4.5 .
9465 .
9466
9467 20 Z < RET r 1 TAB s l x RET
9468 @end smallexample
9469 @end group
9470
9471 This is the new guess for @cite{x}. Now we compare it with the
9472 old one to see if we've converged.
9473
9474 @group
9475 @smallexample
9476 3: 5.24196 2: 5.24196 1: 5.24196 1: 5.26345856348
9477 2: 5.24196 1: 0 . .
9478 1: 4.5 .
9479 .
9480
9481 RET M-TAB a = Z / Z > Z ' C-x )
9482 @end smallexample
9483 @end group
9484
9485 The loop converges in just a few steps to this value. To check
9486 the result, we can simply substitute it back into the equation.
9487
9488 @group
9489 @smallexample
9490 2: 5.26345856348
9491 1: 0.499999999997
9492 .
9493
9494 RET ' sin(cos($)) RET
9495 @end smallexample
9496 @end group
9497
9498 Let's test the new definition again:
9499
9500 @group
9501 @smallexample
9502 2: x^2 - 9 1: 3.
9503 1: 1 .
9504 .
9505
9506 ' x^2-9 RET 1 X
9507 @end smallexample
9508 @end group
9509
9510 Once again, here's the full Newton's Method definition:
9511
9512 @group
9513 @example
9514 C-x ( Z ` TAB RET a d x RET / ' x RET TAB - t 1
9515 20 Z < RET r 1 TAB s l x RET
9516 RET M-TAB a = Z /
9517 Z >
9518 Z '
9519 C-x )
9520 @end example
9521 @end group
9522
9523 @c [fix-ref Nesting and Fixed Points]
9524 It turns out that Calc has a built-in command for applying a formula
9525 repeatedly until it converges to a number. @xref{Nesting and Fixed Points},
9526 to see how to use it.
9527
9528 @c [fix-ref Root Finding]
9529 Also, of course, @kbd{a R} is a built-in command that uses Newton's
9530 method (among others) to look for numerical solutions to any equation.
9531 @xref{Root Finding}.
9532
9533 @node Programming Answer 9, Programming Answer 10, Programming Answer 8, Answers to Exercises
9534 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 9
9535
9536 @noindent
9537 The first step is to adjust @cite{z} to be greater than 5. A simple
9538 ``for'' loop will do the job here. If @cite{z} is less than 5, we
9539 reduce the problem using @c{$\psi(z) = \psi(z+1) - 1/z$}
9540 @cite{psi(z) = psi(z+1) - 1/z}. We go
9541 on to compute @c{$\psi(z+1)$}
9542 @cite{psi(z+1)}, and remember to add back a factor of
9543 @cite{-1/z} when we're done. This step is repeated until @cite{z > 5}.
9544
9545 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9546 below. You can use @w{@kbd{M-# m}} to load it from there. While you are
9547 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9548 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9549 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9550 just for purposes of illustration.)
9551
9552 @group
9553 @smallexample
9554 1: 1. 1: 1.
9555 . .
9556
9557 1.0 RET C-x ( Z ` s 1 0 t 2
9558 @end smallexample
9559 @end group
9560
9561 Here, variable 1 holds @cite{z} and variable 2 holds the adjustment
9562 factor. If @cite{z < 5}, we use a loop to increase it.
9563
9564 (By the way, we started with @samp{1.0} instead of the integer 1 because
9565 otherwise the calculation below will try to do exact fractional arithmetic,
9566 and will never converge because fractions compare equal only if they
9567 are exactly equal, not just equal to within the current precision.)
9568
9569 @group
9570 @smallexample
9571 3: 1. 2: 1. 1: 6.
9572 2: 1. 1: 1 .
9573 1: 5 .
9574 .
9575
9576 RET 5 a < Z [ 5 Z ( & s + 2 1 s + 1 1 Z ) r 1 Z ]
9577 @end smallexample
9578 @end group
9579
9580 Now we compute the initial part of the sum: @c{$\ln z - {1 \over 2z}$}
9581 @cite{ln(z) - 1/2z}
9582 minus the adjustment factor.
9583
9584 @group
9585 @smallexample
9586 2: 1.79175946923 2: 1.7084261359 1: -0.57490719743
9587 1: 0.0833333333333 1: 2.28333333333 .
9588 . .
9589
9590 L r 1 2 * & - r 2 -
9591 @end smallexample
9592 @end group
9593
9594 Now we evaluate the series. We'll use another ``for'' loop counting
9595 up the value of @cite{2 n}. (Calc does have a summation command,
9596 @kbd{a +}, but we'll use loops just to get more practice with them.)
9597
9598 @group
9599 @smallexample
9600 3: -0.5749 3: -0.5749 4: -0.5749 2: -0.5749
9601 2: 2 2: 1:6 3: 1:6 1: 2.3148e-3
9602 1: 40 1: 2 2: 2 .
9603 . . 1: 36.
9604 .
9605
9606 2 RET 40 Z ( RET k b TAB RET r 1 TAB ^ * /
9607
9608 @end smallexample
9609 @end group
9610 @noindent
9611 @group
9612 @smallexample
9613 3: -0.5749 3: -0.5772 2: -0.5772 1: -0.577215664892
9614 2: -0.5749 2: -0.5772 1: 0 .
9615 1: 2.3148e-3 1: -0.5749 .
9616 . .
9617
9618 TAB RET M-TAB - RET M-TAB a = Z / 2 Z ) Z ' C-x )
9619 @end smallexample
9620 @end group
9621
9622 This is the value of @c{$-\gamma$}
9623 @cite{- gamma}, with a slight bit of roundoff error.
9624 To get a full 12 digits, let's use a higher precision:
9625
9626 @group
9627 @smallexample
9628 2: -0.577215664892 2: -0.577215664892
9629 1: 1. 1: -0.577215664901532
9630
9631 1. RET p 16 RET X
9632 @end smallexample
9633 @end group
9634
9635 Here's the complete sequence of keystrokes:
9636
9637 @group
9638 @example
9639 C-x ( Z ` s 1 0 t 2
9640 RET 5 a < Z [ 5 Z ( & s + 2 1 s + 1 1 Z ) r 1 Z ]
9641 L r 1 2 * & - r 2 -
9642 2 RET 40 Z ( RET k b TAB RET r 1 TAB ^ * /
9643 TAB RET M-TAB - RET M-TAB a = Z /
9644 2 Z )
9645 Z '
9646 C-x )
9647 @end example
9648 @end group
9649
9650 @node Programming Answer 10, Programming Answer 11, Programming Answer 9, Answers to Exercises
9651 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 10
9652
9653 @noindent
9654 Taking the derivative of a term of the form @cite{x^n} will produce
9655 a term like @c{$n x^{n-1}$}
9656 @cite{n x^(n-1)}. Taking the derivative of a constant
9657 produces zero. From this it is easy to see that the @cite{n}th
9658 derivative of a polynomial, evaluated at @cite{x = 0}, will equal the
9659 coefficient on the @cite{x^n} term times @cite{n!}.
9660
9661 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9662 below. You can use @w{@kbd{M-# m}} to load it from there. While you are
9663 entering a @kbd{Z ` Z '} body in a macro, Calc simply collects
9664 keystrokes without executing them. In the following diagrams we'll
9665 pretend Calc actually executed the keystrokes as you typed them,
9666 just for purposes of illustration.)
9667
9668 @group
9669 @smallexample
9670 2: 5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2 3: 5 x^4 + (x + 1)^2
9671 1: 6 2: 0
9672 . 1: 6
9673 .
9674
9675 ' 5 x^4 + (x+1)^2 RET 6 C-x ( Z ` [ ] t 1 0 TAB
9676 @end smallexample
9677 @end group
9678
9679 @noindent
9680 Variable 1 will accumulate the vector of coefficients.
9681
9682 @group
9683 @smallexample
9684 2: 0 3: 0 2: 5 x^4 + ...
9685 1: 5 x^4 + ... 2: 5 x^4 + ... 1: 1
9686 . 1: 1 .
9687 .
9688
9689 Z ( TAB RET 0 s l x RET M-TAB ! / s | 1
9690 @end smallexample
9691 @end group
9692
9693 @noindent
9694 Note that @kbd{s | 1} appends the top-of-stack value to the vector
9695 in a variable; it is completely analogous to @kbd{s + 1}. We could
9696 have written instead, @kbd{r 1 TAB | t 1}.
9697
9698 @group
9699 @smallexample
9700 1: 20 x^3 + 2 x + 2 1: 0 1: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]
9701 . . .
9702
9703 a d x RET 1 Z ) DEL r 1 Z ' C-x )
9704 @end smallexample
9705 @end group
9706
9707 To convert back, a simple method is just to map the coefficients
9708 against a table of powers of @cite{x}.
9709
9710 @group
9711 @smallexample
9712 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0] 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0]
9713 1: 6 1: [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
9714 . .
9715
9716 6 RET 1 + 0 RET 1 C-u v x
9717
9718 @end smallexample
9719 @end group
9720 @noindent
9721 @group
9722 @smallexample
9723 2: [1, 2, 1, 0, 5, 0, 0] 2: 1 + 2 x + x^2 + 5 x^4
9724 1: [1, x, x^2, x^3, ... ] .
9725 .
9726
9727 ' x RET TAB V M ^ *
9728 @end smallexample
9729 @end group
9730
9731 Once again, here are the whole polynomial to/from vector programs:
9732
9733 @group
9734 @example
9735 C-x ( Z ` [ ] t 1 0 TAB
9736 Z ( TAB RET 0 s l x RET M-TAB ! / s | 1
9737 a d x RET
9738 1 Z ) r 1
9739 Z '
9740 C-x )
9741
9742 C-x ( 1 + 0 RET 1 C-u v x ' x RET TAB V M ^ * C-x )
9743 @end example
9744 @end group
9745
9746 @node Programming Answer 11, Programming Answer 12, Programming Answer 10, Answers to Exercises
9747 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 11
9748
9749 @noindent
9750 First we define a dummy program to go on the @kbd{z s} key. The true
9751 @w{@kbd{z s}} key is supposed to take two numbers from the stack and
9752 return one number, so @kbd{DEL} as a dummy definition will make
9753 sure the stack comes out right.
9754
9755 @group
9756 @smallexample
9757 2: 4 1: 4 2: 4
9758 1: 2 . 1: 2
9759 . .
9760
9761 4 RET 2 C-x ( DEL C-x ) Z K s RET 2
9762 @end smallexample
9763 @end group
9764
9765 The last step replaces the 2 that was eaten during the creation
9766 of the dummy @kbd{z s} command. Now we move on to the real
9767 definition. The recurrence needs to be rewritten slightly,
9768 to the form @cite{s(n,m) = s(n-1,m-1) - (n-1) s(n-1,m)}.
9769
9770 (Because this definition is long, it will be repeated in concise form
9771 below. You can use @kbd{M-# m} to load it from there.)
9772
9773 @group
9774 @smallexample
9775 2: 4 4: 4 3: 4 2: 4
9776 1: 2 3: 2 2: 2 1: 2
9777 . 2: 4 1: 0 .
9778 1: 2 .
9779 .
9780
9781 C-x ( M-2 RET a = Z [ DEL DEL 1 Z :
9782
9783 @end smallexample
9784 @end group
9785 @noindent
9786 @group
9787 @smallexample
9788 4: 4 2: 4 2: 3 4: 3 4: 3 3: 3
9789 3: 2 1: 2 1: 2 3: 2 3: 2 2: 2
9790 2: 2 . . 2: 3 2: 3 1: 3
9791 1: 0 1: 2 1: 1 .
9792 . . .
9793
9794 RET 0 a = Z [ DEL DEL 0 Z : TAB 1 - TAB M-2 RET 1 - z s
9795 @end smallexample
9796 @end group
9797
9798 @noindent
9799 (Note that the value 3 that our dummy @kbd{z s} produces is not correct;
9800 it is merely a placeholder that will do just as well for now.)
9801
9802 @group
9803 @smallexample
9804 3: 3 4: 3 3: 3 2: 3 1: -6
9805 2: 3 3: 3 2: 3 1: 9 .
9806 1: 2 2: 3 1: 3 .
9807 . 1: 2 .
9808 .
9809
9810 M-TAB M-TAB TAB RET M-TAB z s * -
9811
9812 @end smallexample
9813 @end group
9814 @noindent
9815 @group
9816 @smallexample
9817 1: -6 2: 4 1: 11 2: 11
9818 . 1: 2 . 1: 11
9819 . .
9820
9821 Z ] Z ] C-x ) Z K s RET DEL 4 RET 2 z s M-RET k s
9822 @end smallexample
9823 @end group
9824
9825 Even though the result that we got during the definition was highly
9826 bogus, once the definition is complete the @kbd{z s} command gets
9827 the right answers.
9828
9829 Here's the full program once again:
9830
9831 @group
9832 @example
9833 C-x ( M-2 RET a =
9834 Z [ DEL DEL 1
9835 Z : RET 0 a =
9836 Z [ DEL DEL 0
9837 Z : TAB 1 - TAB M-2 RET 1 - z s
9838 M-TAB M-TAB TAB RET M-TAB z s * -
9839 Z ]
9840 Z ]
9841 C-x )
9842 @end example
9843 @end group
9844
9845 You can read this definition using @kbd{M-# m} (@code{read-kbd-macro})
9846 followed by @kbd{Z K s}, without having to make a dummy definition
9847 first, because @code{read-kbd-macro} doesn't need to execute the
9848 definition as it reads it in. For this reason, @code{M-# m} is often
9849 the easiest way to create recursive programs in Calc.
9850
9851 @node Programming Answer 12, , Programming Answer 11, Answers to Exercises
9852 @subsection Programming Tutorial Exercise 12
9853
9854 @noindent
9855 This turns out to be a much easier way to solve the problem. Let's
9856 denote Stirling numbers as calls of the function @samp{s}.
9857
9858 First, we store the rewrite rules corresponding to the definition of
9859 Stirling numbers in a convenient variable:
9860
9861 @smallexample
9862 s e StirlingRules RET
9863 [ s(n,n) := 1 :: n >= 0,
9864 s(n,0) := 0 :: n > 0,
9865 s(n,m) := s(n-1,m-1) - (n-1) s(n-1,m) :: n >= m :: m >= 1 ]
9866 C-c C-c
9867 @end smallexample
9868
9869 Now, it's just a matter of applying the rules:
9870
9871 @group
9872 @smallexample
9873 2: 4 1: s(4, 2) 1: 11
9874 1: 2 . .
9875 .
9876
9877 4 RET 2 C-x ( ' s($$,$) RET a r StirlingRules RET C-x )
9878 @end smallexample
9879 @end group
9880
9881 As in the case of the @code{fib} rules, it would be useful to put these
9882 rules in @code{EvalRules} and to add a @samp{:: remember} condition to
9883 the last rule.
9884
9885 @c This ends the table-of-contents kludge from above:
9886 @tex
9887 \global\let\chapternofonts=\oldchapternofonts
9888 @end tex
9889
9890 @c [reference]
9891
9892 @node Introduction, Data Types, Tutorial, Top
9893 @chapter Introduction
9894
9895 @noindent
9896 This chapter is the beginning of the Calc reference manual.
9897 It covers basic concepts such as the stack, algebraic and
9898 numeric entry, undo, numeric prefix arguments, etc.
9899
9900 @c [when-split]
9901 @c (Chapter 2, the Tutorial, has been printed in a separate volume.)
9902
9903 @menu
9904 * Basic Commands::
9905 * Help Commands::
9906 * Stack Basics::
9907 * Numeric Entry::
9908 * Algebraic Entry::
9909 * Quick Calculator::
9910 * Keypad Mode::
9911 * Prefix Arguments::
9912 * Undo::
9913 * Error Messages::
9914 * Multiple Calculators::
9915 * Troubleshooting Commands::
9916 @end menu
9917
9918 @node Basic Commands, Help Commands, Introduction, Introduction
9919 @section Basic Commands
9920
9921 @noindent
9922 @pindex calc
9923 @pindex calc-mode
9924 @cindex Starting the Calculator
9925 @cindex Running the Calculator
9926 To start the Calculator in its standard interface, type @kbd{M-x calc}.
9927 By default this creates a pair of small windows, @samp{*Calculator*}
9928 and @samp{*Calc Trail*}. The former displays the contents of the
9929 Calculator stack and is manipulated exclusively through Calc commands.
9930 It is possible (though not usually necessary) to create several Calc
9931 Mode buffers each of which has an independent stack, undo list, and
9932 mode settings. There is exactly one Calc Trail buffer; it records a
9933 list of the results of all calculations that have been done. The
9934 Calc Trail buffer uses a variant of Calc Mode, so Calculator commands
9935 still work when the trail buffer's window is selected. It is possible
9936 to turn the trail window off, but the @samp{*Calc Trail*} buffer itself
9937 still exists and is updated silently. @xref{Trail Commands}.@refill
9938
9939 @kindex M-# c
9940 @kindex M-# M-#
9941 @c @mindex @null
9942 @kindex M-# #
9943 In most installations, the @kbd{M-# c} key sequence is a more
9944 convenient way to start the Calculator. Also, @kbd{M-# M-#} and
9945 @kbd{M-# #} are synonyms for @kbd{M-# c} unless you last used Calc
9946 in its ``keypad'' mode.
9947
9948 @kindex x
9949 @kindex M-x
9950 @pindex calc-execute-extended-command
9951 Most Calc commands use one or two keystrokes. Lower- and upper-case
9952 letters are distinct. Commands may also be entered in full @kbd{M-x} form;
9953 for some commands this is the only form. As a convenience, the @kbd{x}
9954 key (@code{calc-execute-extended-command})
9955 is like @kbd{M-x} except that it enters the initial string @samp{calc-}
9956 for you. For example, the following key sequences are equivalent:
9957 @kbd{S}, @kbd{M-x calc-sin @key{RET}}, @kbd{x sin @key{RET}}.@refill
9958
9959 @cindex Extensions module
9960 @cindex @file{calc-ext} module
9961 The Calculator exists in many parts. When you type @kbd{M-# c}, the
9962 Emacs ``auto-load'' mechanism will bring in only the first part, which
9963 contains the basic arithmetic functions. The other parts will be
9964 auto-loaded the first time you use the more advanced commands like trig
9965 functions or matrix operations. This is done to improve the response time
9966 of the Calculator in the common case when all you need to do is a
9967 little arithmetic. If for some reason the Calculator fails to load an
9968 extension module automatically, you can force it to load all the
9969 extensions by using the @kbd{M-# L} (@code{calc-load-everything})
9970 command. @xref{Mode Settings}.@refill
9971
9972 If you type @kbd{M-x calc} or @kbd{M-# c} with any numeric prefix argument,
9973 the Calculator is loaded if necessary, but it is not actually started.
9974 If the argument is positive, the @file{calc-ext} extensions are also
9975 loaded if necessary. User-written Lisp code that wishes to make use
9976 of Calc's arithmetic routines can use @samp{(calc 0)} or @samp{(calc 1)}
9977 to auto-load the Calculator.@refill
9978
9979 @kindex M-# b
9980 @pindex full-calc
9981 If you type @kbd{M-# b}, then next time you use @kbd{M-# c} you
9982 will get a Calculator that uses the full height of the Emacs screen.
9983 When full-screen mode is on, @kbd{M-# c} runs the @code{full-calc}
9984 command instead of @code{calc}. From the Unix shell you can type
9985 @samp{emacs -f full-calc} to start a new Emacs specifically for use
9986 as a calculator. When Calc is started from the Emacs command line
9987 like this, Calc's normal ``quit'' commands actually quit Emacs itself.
9988
9989 @kindex M-# o
9990 @pindex calc-other-window
9991 The @kbd{M-# o} command is like @kbd{M-# c} except that the Calc
9992 window is not actually selected. If you are already in the Calc
9993 window, @kbd{M-# o} switches you out of it. (The regular Emacs
9994 @kbd{C-x o} command would also work for this, but it has a
9995 tendency to drop you into the Calc Trail window instead, which
9996 @kbd{M-# o} takes care not to do.)
9997
9998 @c @mindex M-# q
9999 For one quick calculation, you can type @kbd{M-# q} (@code{quick-calc})
10000 which prompts you for a formula (like @samp{2+3/4}). The result is
10001 displayed at the bottom of the Emacs screen without ever creating
10002 any special Calculator windows. @xref{Quick Calculator}.
10003
10004 @c @mindex M-# k
10005 Finally, if you are using the X window system you may want to try
10006 @kbd{M-# k} (@code{calc-keypad}) which runs Calc with a
10007 ``calculator keypad'' picture as well as a stack display. Click on
10008 the keys with the mouse to operate the calculator. @xref{Keypad Mode}.
10009
10010 @kindex q
10011 @pindex calc-quit
10012 @cindex Quitting the Calculator
10013 @cindex Exiting the Calculator
10014 The @kbd{q} key (@code{calc-quit}) exits Calc Mode and closes the
10015 Calculator's window(s). It does not delete the Calculator buffers.
10016 If you type @kbd{M-x calc} again, the Calculator will reappear with the
10017 contents of the stack intact. Typing @kbd{M-# c} or @kbd{M-# M-#}
10018 again from inside the Calculator buffer is equivalent to executing
10019 @code{calc-quit}; you can think of @kbd{M-# M-#} as toggling the
10020 Calculator on and off.@refill
10021
10022 @kindex M-# x
10023 The @kbd{M-# x} command also turns the Calculator off, no matter which
10024 user interface (standard, Keypad, or Embedded) is currently active.
10025 It also cancels @code{calc-edit} mode if used from there.
10026
10027 @kindex d SPC
10028 @pindex calc-refresh
10029 @cindex Refreshing a garbled display
10030 @cindex Garbled displays, refreshing
10031 The @kbd{d SPC} key sequence (@code{calc-refresh}) redraws the contents
10032 of the Calculator buffer from memory. Use this if the contents of the
10033 buffer have been damaged somehow.
10034
10035 @c @mindex o
10036 The @kbd{o} key (@code{calc-realign}) moves the cursor back to its
10037 ``home'' position at the bottom of the Calculator buffer.
10038
10039 @kindex <
10040 @kindex >
10041 @pindex calc-scroll-left
10042 @pindex calc-scroll-right
10043 @cindex Horizontal scrolling
10044 @cindex Scrolling
10045 @cindex Wide text, scrolling
10046 The @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} keys are bound to @code{calc-scroll-left} and
10047 @code{calc-scroll-right}. These are just like the normal horizontal
10048 scrolling commands except that they scroll one half-screen at a time by
10049 default. (Calc formats its output to fit within the bounds of the
10050 window whenever it can.)@refill
10051
10052 @kindex @{
10053 @kindex @}
10054 @pindex calc-scroll-down
10055 @pindex calc-scroll-up
10056 @cindex Vertical scrolling
10057 The @kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}} keys are bound to @code{calc-scroll-down}
10058 and @code{calc-scroll-up}. They scroll up or down by one-half the
10059 height of the Calc window.@refill
10060
10061 @kindex M-# 0
10062 @pindex calc-reset
10063 The @kbd{M-# 0} command (@code{calc-reset}; that's @kbd{M-#} followed
10064 by a zero) resets the Calculator to its default state. This clears
10065 the stack, resets all the modes, clears the caches (@pxref{Caches}),
10066 and so on. (It does @emph{not} erase the values of any variables.)
10067 With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{M-# 0} preserves the contents
10068 of the stack but resets everything else.
10069
10070 @pindex calc-version
10071 The @kbd{M-x calc-version} command displays the current version number
10072 of Calc and the name of the person who installed it on your system.
10073 (This information is also present in the @samp{*Calc Trail*} buffer,
10074 and in the output of the @kbd{h h} command.)
10075
10076 @node Help Commands, Stack Basics, Basic Commands, Introduction
10077 @section Help Commands
10078
10079 @noindent
10080 @cindex Help commands
10081 @kindex ?
10082 @pindex calc-help
10083 The @kbd{?} key (@code{calc-help}) displays a series of brief help messages.
10084 Some keys (such as @kbd{b} and @kbd{d}) are prefix keys, like Emacs'
10085 @key{ESC} and @kbd{C-x} prefixes. You can type
10086 @kbd{?} after a prefix to see a list of commands beginning with that
10087 prefix. (If the message includes @samp{[MORE]}, press @kbd{?} again
10088 to see additional commands for that prefix.)
10089
10090 @kindex h h
10091 @pindex calc-full-help
10092 The @kbd{h h} (@code{calc-full-help}) command displays all the @kbd{?}
10093 responses at once. When printed, this makes a nice, compact (three pages)
10094 summary of Calc keystrokes.
10095
10096 In general, the @kbd{h} key prefix introduces various commands that
10097 provide help within Calc. Many of the @kbd{h} key functions are
10098 Calc-specific analogues to the @kbd{C-h} functions for Emacs help.
10099
10100 @kindex h i
10101 @kindex M-# i
10102 @kindex i
10103 @pindex calc-info
10104 The @kbd{h i} (@code{calc-info}) command runs the Emacs Info system
10105 to read this manual on-line. This is basically the same as typing
10106 @kbd{C-h i} (the regular way to run the Info system), then, if Info
10107 is not already in the Calc manual, selecting the beginning of the
10108 manual. The @kbd{M-# i} command is another way to read the Calc
10109 manual; it is different from @kbd{h i} in that it works any time,
10110 not just inside Calc. The plain @kbd{i} key is also equivalent to
10111 @kbd{h i}, though this key is obsolete and may be replaced with a
10112 different command in a future version of Calc.
10113
10114 @kindex h t
10115 @kindex M-# t
10116 @pindex calc-tutorial
10117 The @kbd{h t} (@code{calc-tutorial}) command runs the Info system on
10118 the Tutorial section of the Calc manual. It is like @kbd{h i},
10119 except that it selects the starting node of the tutorial rather
10120 than the beginning of the whole manual. (It actually selects the
10121 node ``Interactive Tutorial'' which tells a few things about
10122 using the Info system before going on to the actual tutorial.)
10123 The @kbd{M-# t} key is equivalent to @kbd{h t} (but it works at
10124 all times).
10125
10126 @kindex h s
10127 @kindex M-# s
10128 @pindex calc-info-summary
10129 The @kbd{h s} (@code{calc-info-summary}) command runs the Info system
10130 on the Summary node of the Calc manual. @xref{Summary}. The @kbd{M-# s}
10131 key is equivalent to @kbd{h s}.
10132
10133 @kindex h k
10134 @pindex calc-describe-key
10135 The @kbd{h k} (@code{calc-describe-key}) command looks up a key
10136 sequence in the Calc manual. For example, @kbd{h k H a S} looks
10137 up the documentation on the @kbd{H a S} (@code{calc-solve-for})
10138 command. This works by looking up the textual description of
10139 the key(s) in the Key Index of the manual, then jumping to the
10140 node indicated by the index.
10141
10142 Most Calc commands do not have traditional Emacs documentation
10143 strings, since the @kbd{h k} command is both more convenient and
10144 more instructive. This means the regular Emacs @kbd{C-h k}
10145 (@code{describe-key}) command will not be useful for Calc keystrokes.
10146
10147 @kindex h c
10148 @pindex calc-describe-key-briefly
10149 The @kbd{h c} (@code{calc-describe-key-briefly}) command reads a
10150 key sequence and displays a brief one-line description of it at
10151 the bottom of the screen. It looks for the key sequence in the
10152 Summary node of the Calc manual; if it doesn't find the sequence
10153 there, it acts just like its regular Emacs counterpart @kbd{C-h c}
10154 (@code{describe-key-briefly}). For example, @kbd{h c H a S}
10155 gives the description:
10156
10157 @smallexample
10158 H a S runs calc-solve-for: a `H a S' v => fsolve(a,v) (?=notes)
10159 @end smallexample
10160
10161 @noindent
10162 which means the command @kbd{H a S} or @kbd{H M-x calc-solve-for}
10163 takes a value @cite{a} from the stack, prompts for a value @cite{v},
10164 then applies the algebraic function @code{fsolve} to these values.
10165 The @samp{?=notes} message means you can now type @kbd{?} to see
10166 additional notes from the summary that apply to this command.
10167
10168 @kindex h f
10169 @pindex calc-describe-function
10170 The @kbd{h f} (@code{calc-describe-function}) command looks up an
10171 algebraic function or a command name in the Calc manual. The
10172 prompt initially contains @samp{calcFunc-}; follow this with an
10173 algebraic function name to look up that function in the Function
10174 Index. Or, backspace and enter a command name beginning with
10175 @samp{calc-} to look it up in the Command Index. This command
10176 will also look up operator symbols that can appear in algebraic
10177 formulas, like @samp{%} and @samp{=>}.
10178
10179 @kindex h v
10180 @pindex calc-describe-variable
10181 The @kbd{h v} (@code{calc-describe-variable}) command looks up a
10182 variable in the Calc manual. The prompt initially contains the
10183 @samp{var-} prefix; just add a variable name like @code{pi} or
10184 @code{PlotRejects}.
10185
10186 @kindex h b
10187 @pindex describe-bindings
10188 The @kbd{h b} (@code{calc-describe-bindings}) command is just like
10189 @kbd{C-h b}, except that only local (Calc-related) key bindings are
10190 listed.
10191
10192 @kindex h n
10193 The @kbd{h n} or @kbd{h C-n} (@code{calc-view-news}) command displays
10194 the ``news'' or change history of Calc. This is kept in the file
10195 @file{README}, which Calc looks for in the same directory as the Calc
10196 source files.
10197
10198 @kindex h C-c
10199 @kindex h C-d
10200 @kindex h C-w
10201 The @kbd{h C-c}, @kbd{h C-d}, and @kbd{h C-w} keys display copying,
10202 distribution, and warranty information about Calc. These work by
10203 pulling up the appropriate parts of the ``Copying'' or ``Reporting
10204 Bugs'' sections of the manual.
10205
10206 @node Stack Basics, Numeric Entry, Help Commands, Introduction
10207 @section Stack Basics
10208
10209 @noindent
10210 @cindex Stack basics
10211 @c [fix-tut RPN Calculations and the Stack]
10212 Calc uses RPN notation. If you are not familar with RPN, @pxref{RPN
10213 Tutorial}.
10214
10215 To add the numbers 1 and 2 in Calc you would type the keys:
10216 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 +}.
10217 (@key{RET} corresponds to the @key{ENTER} key on most calculators.)
10218 The first three keystrokes ``push'' the numbers 1 and 2 onto the stack. The
10219 @kbd{+} key always ``pops'' the top two numbers from the stack, adds them,
10220 and pushes the result (3) back onto the stack. This number is ready for
10221 further calculations: @kbd{5 -} pushes 5 onto the stack, then pops the
10222 3 and 5, subtracts them, and pushes the result (@i{-2}).@refill
10223
10224 Note that the ``top'' of the stack actually appears at the @emph{bottom}
10225 of the buffer. A line containing a single @samp{.} character signifies
10226 the end of the buffer; Calculator commands operate on the number(s)
10227 directly above this line. The @kbd{d t} (@code{calc-truncate-stack})
10228 command allows you to move the @samp{.} marker up and down in the stack;
10229 @pxref{Truncating the Stack}.
10230
10231 @kindex d l
10232 @pindex calc-line-numbering
10233 Stack elements are numbered consecutively, with number 1 being the top of
10234 the stack. These line numbers are ordinarily displayed on the lefthand side
10235 of the window. The @kbd{d l} (@code{calc-line-numbering}) command controls
10236 whether these numbers appear. (Line numbers may be turned off since they
10237 slow the Calculator down a bit and also clutter the display.)
10238
10239 @kindex o
10240 @pindex calc-realign
10241 The unshifted letter @kbd{o} (@code{calc-realign}) command repositions
10242 the cursor to its top-of-stack ``home'' position. It also undoes any
10243 horizontal scrolling in the window. If you give it a numeric prefix
10244 argument, it instead moves the cursor to the specified stack element.
10245
10246 The @key{RET} (or equivalent @key{SPC}) key is only required to separate
10247 two consecutive numbers.
10248 (After all, if you typed @kbd{1 2} by themselves the Calculator
10249 would enter the number 12.) If you press @kbd{RET} or @kbd{SPC} @emph{not}
10250 right after typing a number, the key duplicates the number on the top of
10251 the stack. @kbd{@key{RET} *} is thus a handy way to square a number.@refill
10252
10253 The @key{DEL} key pops and throws away the top number on the stack.
10254 The @key{TAB} key swaps the top two objects on the stack.
10255 @xref{Stack and Trail}, for descriptions of these and other stack-related
10256 commands.@refill
10257
10258 @node Numeric Entry, Algebraic Entry, Stack Basics, Introduction
10259 @section Numeric Entry
10260
10261 @noindent
10262 @kindex 0-9
10263 @kindex .
10264 @kindex e
10265 @cindex Numeric entry
10266 @cindex Entering numbers
10267 Pressing a digit or other numeric key begins numeric entry using the
10268 minibuffer. The number is pushed on the stack when you press the @key{RET}
10269 or @key{SPC} keys. If you press any other non-numeric key, the number is
10270 pushed onto the stack and the appropriate operation is performed. If
10271 you press a numeric key which is not valid, the key is ignored.
10272
10273 @cindex Minus signs
10274 @cindex Negative numbers, entering
10275 @kindex _
10276 There are three different concepts corresponding to the word ``minus,''
10277 typified by @cite{a-b} (subtraction), @cite{-x}
10278 (change-sign), and @cite{-5} (negative number). Calc uses three
10279 different keys for these operations, respectively:
10280 @kbd{-}, @kbd{n}, and @kbd{_} (the underscore). The @kbd{-} key subtracts
10281 the two numbers on the top of the stack. The @kbd{n} key changes the sign
10282 of the number on the top of the stack or the number currently being entered.
10283 The @kbd{_} key begins entry of a negative number or changes the sign of
10284 the number currently being entered. The following sequences all enter the
10285 number @i{-5} onto the stack: @kbd{0 @key{RET} 5 -}, @kbd{5 n @key{RET}},
10286 @kbd{5 @key{RET} n}, @kbd{_ 5 @key{RET}}, @kbd{5 _ @key{RET}}.@refill
10287
10288 Some other keys are active during numeric entry, such as @kbd{#} for
10289 non-decimal numbers, @kbd{:} for fractions, and @kbd{@@} for HMS forms.
10290 These notations are described later in this manual with the corresponding
10291 data types. @xref{Data Types}.
10292
10293 During numeric entry, the only editing key available is @kbd{DEL}.
10294
10295 @node Algebraic Entry, Quick Calculator, Numeric Entry, Introduction
10296 @section Algebraic Entry
10297
10298 @noindent
10299 @kindex '
10300 @pindex calc-algebraic-entry
10301 @cindex Algebraic notation
10302 @cindex Formulas, entering
10303 Calculations can also be entered in algebraic form. This is accomplished
10304 by typing the apostrophe key, @kbd{'}, followed by the expression in
10305 standard format: @kbd{@key{'} 2+3*4 @key{RET}} computes
10306 @c{$2+(3\times4) = 14$}
10307 @cite{2+(3*4) = 14} and pushes that on the stack. If you wish you can
10308 ignore the RPN aspect of Calc altogether and simply enter algebraic
10309 expressions in this way. You may want to use @key{DEL} every so often to
10310 clear previous results off the stack.@refill
10311
10312 You can press the apostrophe key during normal numeric entry to switch
10313 the half-entered number into algebraic entry mode. One reason to do this
10314 would be to use the full Emacs cursor motion and editing keys, which are
10315 available during algebraic entry but not during numeric entry.
10316
10317 In the same vein, during either numeric or algebraic entry you can
10318 press @kbd{`} (backquote) to switch to @code{calc-edit} mode, where
10319 you complete your half-finished entry in a separate buffer.
10320 @xref{Editing Stack Entries}.
10321
10322 @kindex m a
10323 @pindex calc-algebraic-mode
10324 @cindex Algebraic mode
10325 If you prefer algebraic entry, you can use the command @kbd{m a}
10326 (@code{calc-algebraic-mode}) to set Algebraic mode. In this mode,
10327 digits and other keys that would normally start numeric entry instead
10328 start full algebraic entry; as long as your formula begins with a digit
10329 you can omit the apostrophe. Open parentheses and square brackets also
10330 begin algebraic entry. You can still do RPN calculations in this mode,
10331 but you will have to press @key{RET} to terminate every number:
10332 @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} * 4 @key{RET} +} would accomplish the same
10333 thing as @kbd{2*3+4 @key{RET}}.@refill
10334
10335 @cindex Incomplete algebraic mode
10336 If you give a numeric prefix argument like @kbd{C-u} to the @kbd{m a}
10337 command, it enables Incomplete Algebraic mode; this is like regular
10338 Algebraic mode except that it applies to the @kbd{(} and @kbd{[} keys
10339 only. Numeric keys still begin a numeric entry in this mode.
10340
10341 @kindex m t
10342 @pindex calc-total-algebraic-mode
10343 @cindex Total algebraic mode
10344 The @kbd{m t} (@code{calc-total-algebraic-mode}) gives you an even
10345 stronger algebraic-entry mode, in which @emph{all} regular letter and
10346 punctuation keys begin algebraic entry. Use this if you prefer typing
10347 @w{@kbd{sqrt( )}} instead of @kbd{Q}, @w{@kbd{factor( )}} instead of
10348 @kbd{a f}, and so on. To type regular Calc commands when you are in
10349 ``total'' algebraic mode, hold down the @key{META} key. Thus @kbd{M-q}
10350 is the command to quit Calc, @kbd{M-p} sets the precision, and
10351 @kbd{M-m t} (or @kbd{M-m M-t}, if you prefer) turns total algebraic
10352 mode back off again. Meta keys also terminate algebraic entry, so
10353 that @kbd{2+3 M-S} is equivalent to @kbd{2+3 RET M-S}. The symbol
10354 @samp{Alg*} will appear in the mode line whenever you are in this mode.
10355
10356 Pressing @kbd{'} (the apostrophe) a second time re-enters the previous
10357 algebraic formula. You can then use the normal Emacs editing keys to
10358 modify this formula to your liking before pressing @key{RET}.
10359
10360 @kindex $
10361 @cindex Formulas, referring to stack
10362 Within a formula entered from the keyboard, the symbol @kbd{$}
10363 represents the number on the top of the stack. If an entered formula
10364 contains any @kbd{$} characters, the Calculator replaces the top of
10365 stack with that formula rather than simply pushing the formula onto the
10366 stack. Thus, @kbd{' 1+2 @key{RET}} pushes 3 on the stack, and @kbd{$*2
10367 @key{RET}} replaces it with 6. Note that the @kbd{$} key always
10368 initiates algebraic entry; the @kbd{'} is unnecessary if @kbd{$} is the
10369 first character in the new formula.@refill
10370
10371 Higher stack elements can be accessed from an entered formula with the
10372 symbols @kbd{$$}, @kbd{$$$}, and so on. The number of stack elements
10373 removed (to be replaced by the entered values) equals the number of dollar
10374 signs in the longest such symbol in the formula. For example, @samp{$$+$$$}
10375 adds the second and third stack elements, replacing the top three elements
10376 with the answer. (All information about the top stack element is thus lost
10377 since no single @samp{$} appears in this formula.)@refill
10378
10379 A slightly different way to refer to stack elements is with a dollar
10380 sign followed by a number: @samp{$1}, @samp{$2}, and so on are much
10381 like @samp{$}, @samp{$$}, etc., except that stack entries referred
10382 to numerically are not replaced by the algebraic entry. That is, while
10383 @samp{$+1} replaces 5 on the stack with 6, @samp{$1+1} leaves the 5
10384 on the stack and pushes an additional 6.
10385
10386 If a sequence of formulas are entered separated by commas, each formula
10387 is pushed onto the stack in turn. For example, @samp{1,2,3} pushes
10388 those three numbers onto the stack (leaving the 3 at the top), and
10389 @samp{$+1,$-1} replaces a 5 on the stack with 4 followed by 6. Also,
10390 @samp{$,$$} exchanges the top two elements of the stack, just like the
10391 @key{TAB} key.
10392
10393 You can finish an algebraic entry with @kbd{M-=} or @kbd{M-RET} instead
10394 of @key{RET}. This uses @kbd{=} to evaluate the variables in each
10395 formula that goes onto the stack. (Thus @kbd{' pi @key{RET}} pushes
10396 the variable @samp{pi}, but @kbd{' pi M-RET} pushes 3.1415.)
10397
10398 If you finish your algebraic entry by pressing @kbd{LFD} (or @kbd{C-j})
10399 instead of @key{RET}, Calc disables the default simplifications
10400 (as if by @kbd{m O}; @pxref{Simplification Modes}) while the entry
10401 is being pushed on the stack. Thus @kbd{' 1+2 @key{RET}} pushes 3
10402 on the stack, but @kbd{' 1+2 @key{LFD}} pushes the formula @cite{1+2};
10403 you might then press @kbd{=} when it is time to evaluate this formula.
10404
10405 @node Quick Calculator, Prefix Arguments, Algebraic Entry, Introduction
10406 @section ``Quick Calculator'' Mode
10407
10408 @noindent
10409 @kindex M-# q
10410 @pindex quick-calc
10411 @cindex Quick Calculator
10412 There is another way to invoke the Calculator if all you need to do
10413 is make one or two quick calculations. Type @kbd{M-# q} (or
10414 @kbd{M-x quick-calc}), then type any formula as an algebraic entry.
10415 The Calculator will compute the result and display it in the echo
10416 area, without ever actually putting up a Calc window.
10417
10418 You can use the @kbd{$} character in a Quick Calculator formula to
10419 refer to the previous Quick Calculator result. Older results are
10420 not retained; the Quick Calculator has no effect on the full
10421 Calculator's stack or trail. If you compute a result and then
10422 forget what it was, just run @code{M-# q} again and enter
10423 @samp{$} as the formula.
10424
10425 If this is the first time you have used the Calculator in this Emacs
10426 session, the @kbd{M-# q} command will create the @code{*Calculator*}
10427 buffer and perform all the usual initializations; it simply will
10428 refrain from putting that buffer up in a new window. The Quick
10429 Calculator refers to the @code{*Calculator*} buffer for all mode
10430 settings. Thus, for example, to set the precision that the Quick
10431 Calculator uses, simply run the full Calculator momentarily and use
10432 the regular @kbd{p} command.
10433
10434 If you use @code{M-# q} from inside the Calculator buffer, the
10435 effect is the same as pressing the apostrophe key (algebraic entry).
10436
10437 The result of a Quick calculation is placed in the Emacs ``kill ring''
10438 as well as being displayed. A subsequent @kbd{C-y} command will
10439 yank the result into the editing buffer. You can also use this
10440 to yank the result into the next @kbd{M-# q} input line as a more
10441 explicit alternative to @kbd{$} notation, or to yank the result
10442 into the Calculator stack after typing @kbd{M-# c}.
10443
10444 If you finish your formula by typing @key{LFD} (or @kbd{C-j}) instead
10445 of @key{RET}, the result is inserted immediately into the current
10446 buffer rather than going into the kill ring.
10447
10448 Quick Calculator results are actually evaluated as if by the @kbd{=}
10449 key (which replaces variable names by their stored values, if any).
10450 If the formula you enter is an assignment to a variable using the
10451 @samp{:=} operator, say, @samp{foo := 2 + 3} or @samp{foo := foo + 1},
10452 then the result of the evaluation is stored in that Calc variable.
10453 @xref{Store and Recall}.
10454
10455 If the result is an integer and the current display radix is decimal,
10456 the number will also be displayed in hex and octal formats. If the
10457 integer is in the range from 1 to 126, it will also be displayed as
10458 an ASCII character.
10459
10460 For example, the quoted character @samp{"x"} produces the vector
10461 result @samp{[120]} (because 120 is the ASCII code of the lower-case
10462 `x'; @pxref{Strings}). Since this is a vector, not an integer, it
10463 is displayed only according to the current mode settings. But
10464 running Quick Calc again and entering @samp{120} will produce the
10465 result @samp{120 (16#78, 8#170, x)} which shows the number in its
10466 decimal, hexadecimal, octal, and ASCII forms.
10467
10468 Please note that the Quick Calculator is not any faster at loading
10469 or computing the answer than the full Calculator; the name ``quick''
10470 merely refers to the fact that it's much less hassle to use for
10471 small calculations.
10472
10473 @node Prefix Arguments, Undo, Quick Calculator, Introduction
10474 @section Numeric Prefix Arguments
10475
10476 @noindent
10477 Many Calculator commands use numeric prefix arguments. Some, such as
10478 @kbd{d s} (@code{calc-sci-notation}), set a parameter to the value of
10479 the prefix argument or use a default if you don't use a prefix.
10480 Others (like @kbd{d f} (@code{calc-fix-notation})) require an argument
10481 and prompt for a number if you don't give one as a prefix.@refill
10482
10483 As a rule, stack-manipulation commands accept a numeric prefix argument
10484 which is interpreted as an index into the stack. A positive argument
10485 operates on the top @var{n} stack entries; a negative argument operates
10486 on the @var{n}th stack entry in isolation; and a zero argument operates
10487 on the entire stack.
10488
10489 Most commands that perform computations (such as the arithmetic and
10490 scientific functions) accept a numeric prefix argument that allows the
10491 operation to be applied across many stack elements. For unary operations
10492 (that is, functions of one argument like absolute value or complex
10493 conjugate), a positive prefix argument applies that function to the top
10494 @var{n} stack entries simultaneously, and a negative argument applies it
10495 to the @var{n}th stack entry only. For binary operations (functions of
10496 two arguments like addition, GCD, and vector concatenation), a positive
10497 prefix argument ``reduces'' the function across the top @var{n}
10498 stack elements (for example, @kbd{C-u 5 +} sums the top 5 stack entries;
10499 @pxref{Reducing and Mapping}), and a negative argument maps the next-to-top
10500 @var{n} stack elements with the top stack element as a second argument
10501 (for example, @kbd{7 c-u -5 +} adds 7 to the top 5 stack elements).
10502 This feature is not available for operations which use the numeric prefix
10503 argument for some other purpose.
10504
10505 Numeric prefixes are specified the same way as always in Emacs: Press
10506 a sequence of @key{META}-digits, or press @key{ESC} followed by digits,
10507 or press @kbd{C-u} followed by digits. Some commands treat plain
10508 @kbd{C-u} (without any actual digits) specially.@refill
10509
10510 @kindex ~
10511 @pindex calc-num-prefix
10512 You can type @kbd{~} (@code{calc-num-prefix}) to pop an integer from the
10513 top of the stack and enter it as the numeric prefix for the next command.
10514 For example, @kbd{C-u 16 p} sets the precision to 16 digits; an alternate
10515 (silly) way to do this would be @kbd{2 @key{RET} 4 ^ ~ p}, i.e., compute 2
10516 to the fourth power and set the precision to that value.@refill
10517
10518 Conversely, if you have typed a numeric prefix argument the @kbd{~} key
10519 pushes it onto the stack in the form of an integer.
10520
10521 @node Undo, Error Messages, Prefix Arguments, Introduction
10522 @section Undoing Mistakes
10523
10524 @noindent
10525 @kindex U
10526 @kindex C-_
10527 @pindex calc-undo
10528 @cindex Mistakes, undoing
10529 @cindex Undoing mistakes
10530 @cindex Errors, undoing
10531 The shift-@kbd{U} key (@code{calc-undo}) undoes the most recent operation.
10532 If that operation added or dropped objects from the stack, those objects
10533 are removed or restored. If it was a ``store'' operation, you are
10534 queried whether or not to restore the variable to its original value.
10535 The @kbd{U} key may be pressed any number of times to undo successively
10536 farther back in time; with a numeric prefix argument it undoes a
10537 specified number of operations. The undo history is cleared only by the
10538 @kbd{q} (@code{calc-quit}) command. (Recall that @kbd{M-# c} is
10539 synonymous with @code{calc-quit} while inside the Calculator; this
10540 also clears the undo history.)
10541
10542 Currently the mode-setting commands (like @code{calc-precision}) are not
10543 undoable. You can undo past a point where you changed a mode, but you
10544 will need to reset the mode yourself.
10545
10546 @kindex D
10547 @pindex calc-redo
10548 @cindex Redoing after an Undo
10549 The shift-@kbd{D} key (@code{calc-redo}) redoes an operation that was
10550 mistakenly undone. Pressing @kbd{U} with a negative prefix argument is
10551 equivalent to executing @code{calc-redo}. You can redo any number of
10552 times, up to the number of recent consecutive undo commands. Redo
10553 information is cleared whenever you give any command that adds new undo
10554 information, i.e., if you undo, then enter a number on the stack or make
10555 any other change, then it will be too late to redo.
10556
10557 @kindex M-RET
10558 @pindex calc-last-args
10559 @cindex Last-arguments feature
10560 @cindex Arguments, restoring
10561 The @kbd{M-@key{RET}} key (@code{calc-last-args}) is like undo in that
10562 it restores the arguments of the most recent command onto the stack;
10563 however, it does not remove the result of that command. Given a numeric
10564 prefix argument, this command applies to the @cite{n}th most recent
10565 command which removed items from the stack; it pushes those items back
10566 onto the stack.
10567
10568 The @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args}) command provides a related function
10569 to @kbd{M-@key{RET}}. @xref{Stack and Trail}.
10570
10571 It is also possible to recall previous results or inputs using the trail.
10572 @xref{Trail Commands}.
10573
10574 The standard Emacs @kbd{C-_} undo key is recognized as a synonym for @kbd{U}.
10575
10576 @node Error Messages, Multiple Calculators, Undo, Introduction
10577 @section Error Messages
10578
10579 @noindent
10580 @kindex w
10581 @pindex calc-why
10582 @cindex Errors, messages
10583 @cindex Why did an error occur?
10584 Many situations that would produce an error message in other calculators
10585 simply create unsimplified formulas in the Emacs Calculator. For example,
10586 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 0 /} pushes the formula @cite{1 / 0}; @w{@kbd{0 L}} pushes
10587 the formula @samp{ln(0)}. Floating-point overflow and underflow are also
10588 reasons for this to happen.
10589
10590 When a function call must be left in symbolic form, Calc usually
10591 produces a message explaining why. Messages that are probably
10592 surprising or indicative of user errors are displayed automatically.
10593 Other messages are simply kept in Calc's memory and are displayed only
10594 if you type @kbd{w} (@code{calc-why}). You can also press @kbd{w} if
10595 the same computation results in several messages. (The first message
10596 will end with @samp{[w=more]} in this case.)
10597
10598 @kindex d w
10599 @pindex calc-auto-why
10600 The @kbd{d w} (@code{calc-auto-why}) command controls when error messages
10601 are displayed automatically. (Calc effectively presses @kbd{w} for you
10602 after your computation finishes.) By default, this occurs only for
10603 ``important'' messages. The other possible modes are to report
10604 @emph{all} messages automatically, or to report none automatically (so
10605 that you must always press @kbd{w} yourself to see the messages).
10606
10607 @node Multiple Calculators, Troubleshooting Commands, Error Messages, Introduction
10608 @section Multiple Calculators
10609
10610 @noindent
10611 @pindex another-calc
10612 It is possible to have any number of Calc Mode buffers at once.
10613 Usually this is done by executing @kbd{M-x another-calc}, which
10614 is similar to @kbd{M-# c} except that if a @samp{*Calculator*}
10615 buffer already exists, a new, independent one with a name of the
10616 form @samp{*Calculator*<@var{n}>} is created. You can also use the
10617 command @code{calc-mode} to put any buffer into Calculator mode, but
10618 this would ordinarily never be done.
10619
10620 The @kbd{q} (@code{calc-quit}) command does not destroy a Calculator buffer;
10621 it only closes its window. Use @kbd{M-x kill-buffer} to destroy a
10622 Calculator buffer.
10623
10624 Each Calculator buffer keeps its own stack, undo list, and mode settings
10625 such as precision, angular mode, and display formats. In Emacs terms,
10626 variables such as @code{calc-stack} are buffer-local variables. The
10627 global default values of these variables are used only when a new
10628 Calculator buffer is created. The @code{calc-quit} command saves
10629 the stack and mode settings of the buffer being quit as the new defaults.
10630
10631 There is only one trail buffer, @samp{*Calc Trail*}, used by all
10632 Calculator buffers.
10633
10634 @node Troubleshooting Commands, , Multiple Calculators, Introduction
10635 @section Troubleshooting Commands
10636
10637 @noindent
10638 This section describes commands you can use in case a computation
10639 incorrectly fails or gives the wrong answer.
10640
10641 @xref{Reporting Bugs}, if you find a problem that appears to be due
10642 to a bug or deficiency in Calc.
10643
10644 @menu
10645 * Autoloading Problems::
10646 * Recursion Depth::
10647 * Caches::
10648 * Debugging Calc::
10649 @end menu
10650
10651 @node Autoloading Problems, Recursion Depth, Troubleshooting Commands, Troubleshooting Commands
10652 @subsection Autoloading Problems
10653
10654 @noindent
10655 The Calc program is split into many component files; components are
10656 loaded automatically as you use various commands that require them.
10657 Occasionally Calc may lose track of when a certain component is
10658 necessary; typically this means you will type a command and it won't
10659 work because some function you've never heard of was undefined.
10660
10661 @kindex M-# L
10662 @pindex calc-load-everything
10663 If this happens, the easiest workaround is to type @kbd{M-# L}
10664 (@code{calc-load-everything}) to force all the parts of Calc to be
10665 loaded right away. This will cause Emacs to take up a lot more
10666 memory than it would otherwise, but it's guaranteed to fix the problem.
10667
10668 If you seem to run into this problem no matter what you do, or if
10669 even the @kbd{M-# L} command crashes, Calc may have been improperly
10670 installed. @xref{Installation}, for details of the installation
10671 process.
10672
10673 @node Recursion Depth, Caches, Autoloading Problems, Troubleshooting Commands
10674 @subsection Recursion Depth
10675
10676 @noindent
10677 @kindex M
10678 @kindex I M
10679 @pindex calc-more-recursion-depth
10680 @pindex calc-less-recursion-depth
10681 @cindex Recursion depth
10682 @cindex ``Computation got stuck'' message
10683 @cindex @code{max-lisp-eval-depth}
10684 @cindex @code{max-specpdl-size}
10685 Calc uses recursion in many of its calculations. Emacs Lisp keeps a
10686 variable @code{max-lisp-eval-depth} which limits the amount of recursion
10687 possible in an attempt to recover from program bugs. If a calculation
10688 ever halts incorrectly with the message ``Computation got stuck or
10689 ran too long,'' use the @kbd{M} command (@code{calc-more-recursion-depth})
10690 to increase this limit. (Of course, this will not help if the
10691 calculation really did get stuck due to some problem inside Calc.)@refill
10692
10693 The limit is always increased (multiplied) by a factor of two. There
10694 is also an @kbd{I M} (@code{calc-less-recursion-depth}) command which
10695 decreases this limit by a factor of two, down to a minimum value of 200.
10696 The default value is 1000.
10697
10698 These commands also double or halve @code{max-specpdl-size}, another
10699 internal Lisp recursion limit. The minimum value for this limit is 600.
10700
10701 @node Caches, Debugging Calc, Recursion Depth, Troubleshooting Commands
10702 @subsection Caches
10703
10704 @noindent
10705 @cindex Caches
10706 @cindex Flushing caches
10707 Calc saves certain values after they have been computed once. For
10708 example, the @kbd{P} (@code{calc-pi}) command initially ``knows'' the
10709 constant @c{$\pi$}
10710 @cite{pi} to about 20 decimal places; if the current precision
10711 is greater than this, it will recompute @c{$\pi$}
10712 @cite{pi} using a series
10713 approximation. This value will not need to be recomputed ever again
10714 unless you raise the precision still further. Many operations such as
10715 logarithms and sines make use of similarly cached values such as
10716 @c{$\pi \over 4$}
10717 @cite{pi/4} and @c{$\ln 2$}
10718 @cite{ln(2)}. The visible effect of caching is that
10719 high-precision computations may seem to do extra work the first time.
10720 Other things cached include powers of two (for the binary arithmetic
10721 functions), matrix inverses and determinants, symbolic integrals, and
10722 data points computed by the graphing commands.
10723
10724 @pindex calc-flush-caches
10725 If you suspect a Calculator cache has become corrupt, you can use the
10726 @code{calc-flush-caches} command to reset all caches to the empty state.
10727 (This should only be necessary in the event of bugs in the Calculator.)
10728 The @kbd{M-# 0} (with the zero key) command also resets caches along
10729 with all other aspects of the Calculator's state.
10730
10731 @node Debugging Calc, , Caches, Troubleshooting Commands
10732 @subsection Debugging Calc
10733
10734 @noindent
10735 A few commands exist to help in the debugging of Calc commands.
10736 @xref{Programming}, to see the various ways that you can write
10737 your own Calc commands.
10738
10739 @kindex Z T
10740 @pindex calc-timing
10741 The @kbd{Z T} (@code{calc-timing}) command turns on and off a mode
10742 in which the timing of slow commands is reported in the Trail.
10743 Any Calc command that takes two seconds or longer writes a line
10744 to the Trail showing how many seconds it took. This value is
10745 accurate only to within one second.
10746
10747 All steps of executing a command are included; in particular, time
10748 taken to format the result for display in the stack and trail is
10749 counted. Some prompts also count time taken waiting for them to
10750 be answered, while others do not; this depends on the exact
10751 implementation of the command. For best results, if you are timing
10752 a sequence that includes prompts or multiple commands, define a
10753 keyboard macro to run the whole sequence at once. Calc's @kbd{X}
10754 command (@pxref{Keyboard Macros}) will then report the time taken
10755 to execute the whole macro.
10756
10757 Another advantage of the @kbd{X} command is that while it is
10758 executing, the stack and trail are not updated from step to step.
10759 So if you expect the output of your test sequence to leave a result
10760 that may take a long time to format and you don't wish to count
10761 this formatting time, end your sequence with a @key{DEL} keystroke
10762 to clear the result from the stack. When you run the sequence with
10763 @kbd{X}, Calc will never bother to format the large result.
10764
10765 Another thing @kbd{Z T} does is to increase the Emacs variable
10766 @code{gc-cons-threshold} to a much higher value (two million; the
10767 usual default in Calc is 250,000) for the duration of each command.
10768 This generally prevents garbage collection during the timing of
10769 the command, though it may cause your Emacs process to grow
10770 abnormally large. (Garbage collection time is a major unpredictable
10771 factor in the timing of Emacs operations.)
10772
10773 Another command that is useful when debugging your own Lisp
10774 extensions to Calc is @kbd{M-x calc-pass-errors}, which disables
10775 the error handler that changes the ``@code{max-lisp-eval-depth}
10776 exceeded'' message to the much more friendly ``Computation got
10777 stuck or ran too long.'' This handler interferes with the Emacs
10778 Lisp debugger's @code{debug-on-error} mode. Errors are reported
10779 in the handler itself rather than at the true location of the
10780 error. After you have executed @code{calc-pass-errors}, Lisp
10781 errors will be reported correctly but the user-friendly message
10782 will be lost.
10783
10784 @node Data Types, Stack and Trail, Introduction, Top
10785 @chapter Data Types
10786
10787 @noindent
10788 This chapter discusses the various types of objects that can be placed
10789 on the Calculator stack, how they are displayed, and how they are
10790 entered. (@xref{Data Type Formats}, for information on how these data
10791 types are represented as underlying Lisp objects.)@refill
10792
10793 Integers, fractions, and floats are various ways of describing real
10794 numbers. HMS forms also for many purposes act as real numbers. These
10795 types can be combined to form complex numbers, modulo forms, error forms,
10796 or interval forms. (But these last four types cannot be combined
10797 arbitrarily:@: error forms may not contain modulo forms, for example.)
10798 Finally, all these types of numbers may be combined into vectors,
10799 matrices, or algebraic formulas.
10800
10801 @menu
10802 * Integers:: The most basic data type.
10803 * Fractions:: This and above are called @dfn{rationals}.
10804 * Floats:: This and above are called @dfn{reals}.
10805 * Complex Numbers:: This and above are called @dfn{numbers}.
10806 * Infinities::
10807 * Vectors and Matrices::
10808 * Strings::
10809 * HMS Forms::
10810 * Date Forms::
10811 * Modulo Forms::
10812 * Error Forms::
10813 * Interval Forms::
10814 * Incomplete Objects::
10815 * Variables::
10816 * Formulas::
10817 @end menu
10818
10819 @node Integers, Fractions, Data Types, Data Types
10820 @section Integers
10821
10822 @noindent
10823 @cindex Integers
10824 The Calculator stores integers to arbitrary precision. Addition,
10825 subtraction, and multiplication of integers always yields an exact
10826 integer result. (If the result of a division or exponentiation of
10827 integers is not an integer, it is expressed in fractional or
10828 floating-point form according to the current Fraction Mode.
10829 @xref{Fraction Mode}.)
10830
10831 A decimal integer is represented as an optional sign followed by a
10832 sequence of digits. Grouping (@pxref{Grouping Digits}) can be used to
10833 insert a comma at every third digit for display purposes, but you
10834 must not type commas during the entry of numbers.@refill
10835
10836 @kindex #
10837 A non-decimal integer is represented as an optional sign, a radix
10838 between 2 and 36, a @samp{#} symbol, and one or more digits. For radix 11
10839 and above, the letters A through Z (upper- or lower-case) count as
10840 digits and do not terminate numeric entry mode. @xref{Radix Modes}, for how
10841 to set the default radix for display of integers. Numbers of any radix
10842 may be entered at any time. If you press @kbd{#} at the beginning of a
10843 number, the current display radix is used.@refill
10844
10845 @node Fractions, Floats, Integers, Data Types
10846 @section Fractions
10847
10848 @noindent
10849 @cindex Fractions
10850 A @dfn{fraction} is a ratio of two integers. Fractions are traditionally
10851 written ``2/3'' but Calc uses the notation @samp{2:3}. (The @kbd{/} key
10852 performs RPN division; the following two sequences push the number
10853 @samp{2:3} on the stack: @kbd{2 :@: 3 @key{RET}}, or @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 /}
10854 assuming Fraction Mode has been enabled.)
10855 When the Calculator produces a fractional result it always reduces it to
10856 simplest form, which may in fact be an integer.@refill
10857
10858 Fractions may also be entered in a three-part form, where @samp{2:3:4}
10859 represents two-and-three-quarters. @xref{Fraction Formats}, for fraction
10860 display formats.@refill
10861
10862 Non-decimal fractions are entered and displayed as
10863 @samp{@var{radix}#@var{num}:@var{denom}} (or in the analogous three-part
10864 form). The numerator and denominator always use the same radix.@refill
10865
10866 @node Floats, Complex Numbers, Fractions, Data Types
10867 @section Floats
10868
10869 @noindent
10870 @cindex Floating-point numbers
10871 A floating-point number or @dfn{float} is a number stored in scientific
10872 notation. The number of significant digits in the fractional part is
10873 governed by the current floating precision (@pxref{Precision}). The
10874 range of acceptable values is from @c{$10^{-3999999}$}
10875 @cite{10^-3999999} (inclusive)
10876 to @c{$10^{4000000}$}
10877 @cite{10^4000000}
10878 (exclusive), plus the corresponding negative
10879 values and zero.
10880
10881 Calculations that would exceed the allowable range of values (such
10882 as @samp{exp(exp(20))}) are left in symbolic form by Calc. The
10883 messages ``floating-point overflow'' or ``floating-point underflow''
10884 indicate that during the calculation a number would have been produced
10885 that was too large or too close to zero, respectively, to be represented
10886 by Calc. This does not necessarily mean the final result would have
10887 overflowed, just that an overflow occurred while computing the result.
10888 (In fact, it could report an underflow even though the final result
10889 would have overflowed!)
10890
10891 If a rational number and a float are mixed in a calculation, the result
10892 will in general be expressed as a float. Commands that require an integer
10893 value (such as @kbd{k g} [@code{gcd}]) will also accept integer-valued
10894 floats, i.e., floating-point numbers with nothing after the decimal point.
10895
10896 Floats are identified by the presence of a decimal point and/or an
10897 exponent. In general a float consists of an optional sign, digits
10898 including an optional decimal point, and an optional exponent consisting
10899 of an @samp{e}, an optional sign, and up to seven exponent digits.
10900 For example, @samp{23.5e-2} is 23.5 times ten to the minus-second power,
10901 or 0.235.
10902
10903 Floating-point numbers are normally displayed in decimal notation with
10904 all significant figures shown. Exceedingly large or small numbers are
10905 displayed in scientific notation. Various other display options are
10906 available. @xref{Float Formats}.
10907
10908 @cindex Accuracy of calculations
10909 Floating-point numbers are stored in decimal, not binary. The result
10910 of each operation is rounded to the nearest value representable in the
10911 number of significant digits specified by the current precision,
10912 rounding away from zero in the case of a tie. Thus (in the default
10913 display mode) what you see is exactly what you get. Some operations such
10914 as square roots and transcendental functions are performed with several
10915 digits of extra precision and then rounded down, in an effort to make the
10916 final result accurate to the full requested precision. However,
10917 accuracy is not rigorously guaranteed. If you suspect the validity of a
10918 result, try doing the same calculation in a higher precision. The
10919 Calculator's arithmetic is not intended to be IEEE-conformant in any
10920 way.@refill
10921
10922 While floats are always @emph{stored} in decimal, they can be entered
10923 and displayed in any radix just like integers and fractions. The
10924 notation @samp{@var{radix}#@var{ddd}.@var{ddd}} is a floating-point
10925 number whose digits are in the specified radix. Note that the @samp{.}
10926 is more aptly referred to as a ``radix point'' than as a decimal
10927 point in this case. The number @samp{8#123.4567} is defined as
10928 @samp{8#1234567 * 8^-4}. If the radix is 14 or less, you can use
10929 @samp{e} notation to write a non-decimal number in scientific notation.
10930 The exponent is written in decimal, and is considered to be a power
10931 of the radix: @samp{8#1234567e-4}. If the radix is 15 or above, the
10932 letter @samp{e} is a digit, so scientific notation must be written
10933 out, e.g., @samp{16#123.4567*16^2}. The first two exercises of the
10934 Modes Tutorial explore some of the properties of non-decimal floats.
10935
10936 @node Complex Numbers, Infinities, Floats, Data Types
10937 @section Complex Numbers
10938
10939 @noindent
10940 @cindex Complex numbers
10941 There are two supported formats for complex numbers: rectangular and
10942 polar. The default format is rectangular, displayed in the form
10943 @samp{(@var{real},@var{imag})} where @var{real} is the real part and
10944 @var{imag} is the imaginary part, each of which may be any real number.
10945 Rectangular complex numbers can also be displayed in @samp{@var{a}+@var{b}i}
10946 notation; @pxref{Complex Formats}.@refill
10947
10948 Polar complex numbers are displayed in the form `@t{(}@var{r}@t{;}@c{$\theta$}
10949 @var{theta}@t{)}'
10950 where @var{r} is the nonnegative magnitude and @c{$\theta$}
10951 @var{theta} is the argument
10952 or phase angle. The range of @c{$\theta$}
10953 @var{theta} depends on the current angular
10954 mode (@pxref{Angular Modes}); it is generally between @i{-180} and
10955 @i{+180} degrees or the equivalent range in radians.@refill
10956
10957 Complex numbers are entered in stages using incomplete objects.
10958 @xref{Incomplete Objects}.
10959
10960 Operations on rectangular complex numbers yield rectangular complex
10961 results, and similarly for polar complex numbers. Where the two types
10962 are mixed, or where new complex numbers arise (as for the square root of
10963 a negative real), the current @dfn{Polar Mode} is used to determine the
10964 type. @xref{Polar Mode}.
10965
10966 A complex result in which the imaginary part is zero (or the phase angle
10967 is 0 or 180 degrees or @c{$\pi$}
10968 @cite{pi} radians) is automatically converted to a real
10969 number.
10970
10971 @node Infinities, Vectors and Matrices, Complex Numbers, Data Types
10972 @section Infinities
10973
10974 @noindent
10975 @cindex Infinity
10976 @cindex @code{inf} variable
10977 @cindex @code{uinf} variable
10978 @cindex @code{nan} variable
10979 @vindex inf
10980 @vindex uinf
10981 @vindex nan
10982 The word @code{inf} represents the mathematical concept of @dfn{infinity}.
10983 Calc actually has three slightly different infinity-like values:
10984 @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan}. These are just regular
10985 variable names (@pxref{Variables}); you should avoid using these
10986 names for your own variables because Calc gives them special
10987 treatment. Infinities, like all variable names, are normally
10988 entered using algebraic entry.
10989
10990 Mathematically speaking, it is not rigorously correct to treat
10991 ``infinity'' as if it were a number, but mathematicians often do
10992 so informally. When they say that @samp{1 / inf = 0}, what they
10993 really mean is that @cite{1 / x}, as @cite{x} becomes larger and
10994 larger, becomes arbitrarily close to zero. So you can imagine
10995 that if @cite{x} got ``all the way to infinity,'' then @cite{1 / x}
10996 would go all the way to zero. Similarly, when they say that
10997 @samp{exp(inf) = inf}, they mean that @c{$e^x$}
10998 @cite{exp(x)} grows without
10999 bound as @cite{x} grows. The symbol @samp{-inf} likewise stands
11000 for an infinitely negative real value; for example, we say that
11001 @samp{exp(-inf) = 0}. You can have an infinity pointing in any
11002 direction on the complex plane: @samp{sqrt(-inf) = i inf}.
11003
11004 The same concept of limits can be used to define @cite{1 / 0}. We
11005 really want the value that @cite{1 / x} approaches as @cite{x}
11006 approaches zero. But if all we have is @cite{1 / 0}, we can't
11007 tell which direction @cite{x} was coming from. If @cite{x} was
11008 positive and decreasing toward zero, then we should say that
11009 @samp{1 / 0 = inf}. But if @cite{x} was negative and increasing
11010 toward zero, the answer is @samp{1 / 0 = -inf}. In fact, @cite{x}
11011 could be an imaginary number, giving the answer @samp{i inf} or
11012 @samp{-i inf}. Calc uses the special symbol @samp{uinf} to mean
11013 @dfn{undirected infinity}, i.e., a value which is infinitely
11014 large but with an unknown sign (or direction on the complex plane).
11015
11016 Calc actually has three modes that say how infinities are handled.
11017 Normally, infinities never arise from calculations that didn't
11018 already have them. Thus, @cite{1 / 0} is treated simply as an
11019 error and left unevaluated. The @kbd{m i} (@code{calc-infinite-mode})
11020 command (@pxref{Infinite Mode}) enables a mode in which
11021 @cite{1 / 0} evaluates to @code{uinf} instead. There is also
11022 an alternative type of infinite mode which says to treat zeros
11023 as if they were positive, so that @samp{1 / 0 = inf}. While this
11024 is less mathematically correct, it may be the answer you want in
11025 some cases.
11026
11027 Since all infinities are ``as large'' as all others, Calc simplifies,
11028 e.g., @samp{5 inf} to @samp{inf}. Another example is
11029 @samp{5 - inf = -inf}, where the @samp{-inf} is so large that
11030 adding a finite number like five to it does not affect it.
11031 Note that @samp{a - inf} also results in @samp{-inf}; Calc assumes
11032 that variables like @code{a} always stand for finite quantities.
11033 Just to show that infinities really are all the same size,
11034 note that @samp{sqrt(inf) = inf^2 = exp(inf) = inf} in Calc's
11035 notation.
11036
11037 It's not so easy to define certain formulas like @samp{0 * inf} and
11038 @samp{inf / inf}. Depending on where these zeros and infinities
11039 came from, the answer could be literally anything. The latter
11040 formula could be the limit of @cite{x / x} (giving a result of one),
11041 or @cite{2 x / x} (giving two), or @cite{x^2 / x} (giving @code{inf}),
11042 or @cite{x / x^2} (giving zero). Calc uses the symbol @code{nan}
11043 to represent such an @dfn{indeterminate} value. (The name ``nan''
11044 comes from analogy with the ``NAN'' concept of IEEE standard
11045 arithmetic; it stands for ``Not A Number.'' This is somewhat of a
11046 misnomer, since @code{nan} @emph{does} stand for some number or
11047 infinity, it's just that @emph{which} number it stands for
11048 cannot be determined.) In Calc's notation, @samp{0 * inf = nan}
11049 and @samp{inf / inf = nan}. A few other common indeterminate
11050 expressions are @samp{inf - inf} and @samp{inf ^ 0}. Also,
11051 @samp{0 / 0 = nan} if you have turned on ``infinite mode''
11052 (as described above).
11053
11054 Infinities are especially useful as parts of @dfn{intervals}.
11055 @xref{Interval Forms}.
11056
11057 @node Vectors and Matrices, Strings, Infinities, Data Types
11058 @section Vectors and Matrices
11059
11060 @noindent
11061 @cindex Vectors
11062 @cindex Plain vectors
11063 @cindex Matrices
11064 The @dfn{vector} data type is flexible and general. A vector is simply a
11065 list of zero or more data objects. When these objects are numbers, the
11066 whole is a vector in the mathematical sense. When these objects are
11067 themselves vectors of equal (nonzero) length, the whole is a @dfn{matrix}.
11068 A vector which is not a matrix is referred to here as a @dfn{plain vector}.
11069
11070 A vector is displayed as a list of values separated by commas and enclosed
11071 in square brackets: @samp{[1, 2, 3]}. Thus the following is a 2 row by
11072 3 column matrix: @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5, 6]]}. Vectors, like complex
11073 numbers, are entered as incomplete objects. @xref{Incomplete Objects}.
11074 During algebraic entry, vectors are entered all at once in the usual
11075 brackets-and-commas form. Matrices may be entered algebraically as nested
11076 vectors, or using the shortcut notation @w{@samp{[1, 2, 3; 4, 5, 6]}},
11077 with rows separated by semicolons. The commas may usually be omitted
11078 when entering vectors: @samp{[1 2 3]}. Curly braces may be used in
11079 place of brackets: @samp{@{1, 2, 3@}}, but the commas are required in
11080 this case.
11081
11082 Traditional vector and matrix arithmetic is also supported;
11083 @pxref{Basic Arithmetic} and @pxref{Matrix Functions}.
11084 Many other operations are applied to vectors element-wise. For example,
11085 the complex conjugate of a vector is a vector of the complex conjugates
11086 of its elements.@refill
11087
11088 @c @starindex
11089 @tindex vec
11090 Algebraic functions for building vectors include @samp{vec(a, b, c)}
11091 to build @samp{[a, b, c]}, @samp{cvec(a, n, m)} to build an @c{$n\times m$}
11092 @asis{@var{n}x@var{m}}
11093 matrix of @samp{a}s, and @samp{index(n)} to build a vector of integers
11094 from 1 to @samp{n}.
11095
11096 @node Strings, HMS Forms, Vectors and Matrices, Data Types
11097 @section Strings
11098
11099 @noindent
11100 @kindex "
11101 @cindex Strings
11102 @cindex Character strings
11103 Character strings are not a special data type in the Calculator.
11104 Rather, a string is represented simply as a vector all of whose
11105 elements are integers in the range 0 to 255 (ASCII codes). You can
11106 enter a string at any time by pressing the @kbd{"} key. Quotation
11107 marks and backslashes are written @samp{\"} and @samp{\\}, respectively,
11108 inside strings. Other notations introduced by backslashes are:
11109
11110 @group
11111 @example
11112 \a 7 \^@@ 0
11113 \b 8 \^a-z 1-26
11114 \e 27 \^[ 27
11115 \f 12 \^\\ 28
11116 \n 10 \^] 29
11117 \r 13 \^^ 30
11118 \t 9 \^_ 31
11119 \^? 127
11120 @end example
11121 @end group
11122
11123 @noindent
11124 Finally, a backslash followed by three octal digits produces any
11125 character from its ASCII code.
11126
11127 @kindex d "
11128 @pindex calc-display-strings
11129 Strings are normally displayed in vector-of-integers form. The
11130 @w{@kbd{d "}} (@code{calc-display-strings}) command toggles a mode in
11131 which any vectors of small integers are displayed as quoted strings
11132 instead.
11133
11134 The backslash notations shown above are also used for displaying
11135 strings. Characters 128 and above are not translated by Calc; unless
11136 you have an Emacs modified for 8-bit fonts, these will show up in
11137 backslash-octal-digits notation. For characters below 32, and
11138 for character 127, Calc uses the backslash-letter combination if
11139 there is one, or otherwise uses a @samp{\^} sequence.
11140
11141 The only Calc feature that uses strings is @dfn{compositions};
11142 @pxref{Compositions}. Strings also provide a convenient
11143 way to do conversions between ASCII characters and integers.
11144
11145 @c @starindex
11146 @tindex string
11147 There is a @code{string} function which provides a different display
11148 format for strings. Basically, @samp{string(@var{s})}, where @var{s}
11149 is a vector of integers in the proper range, is displayed as the
11150 corresponding string of characters with no surrounding quotation
11151 marks or other modifications. Thus @samp{string("ABC")} (or
11152 @samp{string([65 66 67])}) will look like @samp{ABC} on the stack.
11153 This happens regardless of whether @w{@kbd{d "}} has been used. The
11154 only way to turn it off is to use @kbd{d U} (unformatted language
11155 mode) which will display @samp{string("ABC")} instead.
11156
11157 Control characters are displayed somewhat differently by @code{string}.
11158 Characters below 32, and character 127, are shown using @samp{^} notation
11159 (same as shown above, but without the backslash). The quote and
11160 backslash characters are left alone, as are characters 128 and above.
11161
11162 @c @starindex
11163 @tindex bstring
11164 The @code{bstring} function is just like @code{string} except that
11165 the resulting string is breakable across multiple lines if it doesn't
11166 fit all on one line. Potential break points occur at every space
11167 character in the string.
11168
11169 @node HMS Forms, Date Forms, Strings, Data Types
11170 @section HMS Forms
11171
11172 @noindent
11173 @cindex Hours-minutes-seconds forms
11174 @cindex Degrees-minutes-seconds forms
11175 @dfn{HMS} stands for Hours-Minutes-Seconds; when used as an angular
11176 argument, the interpretation is Degrees-Minutes-Seconds. All functions
11177 that operate on angles accept HMS forms. These are interpreted as
11178 degrees regardless of the current angular mode. It is also possible to
11179 use HMS as the angular mode so that calculated angles are expressed in
11180 degrees, minutes, and seconds.
11181
11182 @kindex @@
11183 @c @mindex @null
11184 @kindex ' (HMS forms)
11185 @c @mindex @null
11186 @kindex " (HMS forms)
11187 @c @mindex @null
11188 @kindex h (HMS forms)
11189 @c @mindex @null
11190 @kindex o (HMS forms)
11191 @c @mindex @null
11192 @kindex m (HMS forms)
11193 @c @mindex @null
11194 @kindex s (HMS forms)
11195 The default format for HMS values is
11196 @samp{@var{hours}@@ @var{mins}' @var{secs}"}. During entry, the letters
11197 @samp{h} (for ``hours'') or
11198 @samp{o} (approximating the ``degrees'' symbol) are accepted as well as
11199 @samp{@@}, @samp{m} is accepted in place of @samp{'}, and @samp{s} is
11200 accepted in place of @samp{"}.
11201 The @var{hours} value is an integer (or integer-valued float).
11202 The @var{mins} value is an integer or integer-valued float between 0 and 59.
11203 The @var{secs} value is a real number between 0 (inclusive) and 60
11204 (exclusive). A positive HMS form is interpreted as @var{hours} +
11205 @var{mins}/60 + @var{secs}/3600. A negative HMS form is interpreted
11206 as @i{- @var{hours}} @i{-} @var{mins}/60 @i{-} @var{secs}/3600.
11207 Display format for HMS forms is quite flexible. @xref{HMS Formats}.@refill
11208
11209 HMS forms can be added and subtracted. When they are added to numbers,
11210 the numbers are interpreted according to the current angular mode. HMS
11211 forms can also be multiplied and divided by real numbers. Dividing
11212 two HMS forms produces a real-valued ratio of the two angles.
11213
11214 @pindex calc-time
11215 @cindex Time of day
11216 Just for kicks, @kbd{M-x calc-time} pushes the current time of day on
11217 the stack as an HMS form.
11218
11219 @node Date Forms, Modulo Forms, HMS Forms, Data Types
11220 @section Date Forms
11221
11222 @noindent
11223 @cindex Date forms
11224 A @dfn{date form} represents a date and possibly an associated time.
11225 Simple date arithmetic is supported: Adding a number to a date
11226 produces a new date shifted by that many days; adding an HMS form to
11227 a date shifts it by that many hours. Subtracting two date forms
11228 computes the number of days between them (represented as a simple
11229 number). Many other operations, such as multiplying two date forms,
11230 are nonsensical and are not allowed by Calc.
11231
11232 Date forms are entered and displayed enclosed in @samp{< >} brackets.
11233 The default format is, e.g., @samp{<Wed Jan 9, 1991>} for dates,
11234 or @samp{<3:32:20pm Wed Jan 9, 1991>} for dates with times.
11235 Input is flexible; date forms can be entered in any of the usual
11236 notations for dates and times. @xref{Date Formats}.
11237
11238 Date forms are stored internally as numbers, specifically the number
11239 of days since midnight on the morning of January 1 of the year 1 AD.
11240 If the internal number is an integer, the form represents a date only;
11241 if the internal number is a fraction or float, the form represents
11242 a date and time. For example, @samp{<6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991>}
11243 is represented by the number 726842.25. The standard precision of
11244 12 decimal digits is enough to ensure that a (reasonable) date and
11245 time can be stored without roundoff error.
11246
11247 If the current precision is greater than 12, date forms will keep
11248 additional digits in the seconds position. For example, if the
11249 precision is 15, the seconds will keep three digits after the
11250 decimal point. Decreasing the precision below 12 may cause the
11251 time part of a date form to become inaccurate. This can also happen
11252 if astronomically high years are used, though this will not be an
11253 issue in everyday (or even everymillenium) use. Note that date
11254 forms without times are stored as exact integers, so roundoff is
11255 never an issue for them.
11256
11257 You can use the @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) and @kbd{v u}
11258 (@code{calc-unpack}) commands to get at the numerical representation
11259 of a date form. @xref{Packing and Unpacking}.
11260
11261 Date forms can go arbitrarily far into the future or past. Negative
11262 year numbers represent years BC. Calc uses a combination of the
11263 Gregorian and Julian calendars, following the history of Great
11264 Britain and the British colonies. This is the same calendar that
11265 is used by the @code{cal} program in most Unix implementations.
11266
11267 @cindex Julian calendar
11268 @cindex Gregorian calendar
11269 Some historical background: The Julian calendar was created by
11270 Julius Caesar in the year 46 BC as an attempt to fix the gradual
11271 drift caused by the lack of leap years in the calendar used
11272 until that time. The Julian calendar introduced an extra day in
11273 all years divisible by four. After some initial confusion, the
11274 calendar was adopted around the year we call 8 AD. Some centuries
11275 later it became apparent that the Julian year of 365.25 days was
11276 itself not quite right. In 1582 Pope Gregory XIII introduced the
11277 Gregorian calendar, which added the new rule that years divisible
11278 by 100, but not by 400, were not to be considered leap years
11279 despite being divisible by four. Many countries delayed adoption
11280 of the Gregorian calendar because of religious differences;
11281 in Britain it was put off until the year 1752, by which time
11282 the Julian calendar had fallen eleven days behind the true
11283 seasons. So the switch to the Gregorian calendar in early
11284 September 1752 introduced a discontinuity: The day after
11285 Sep 2, 1752 is Sep 14, 1752. Calc follows this convention.
11286 To take another example, Russia waited until 1918 before
11287 adopting the new calendar, and thus needed to remove thirteen
11288 days (between Feb 1, 1918 and Feb 14, 1918). This means that
11289 Calc's reckoning will be inconsistent with Russian history between
11290 1752 and 1918, and similarly for various other countries.
11291
11292 Today's timekeepers introduce an occasional ``leap second'' as
11293 well, but Calc does not take these minor effects into account.
11294 (If it did, it would have to report a non-integer number of days
11295 between, say, @samp{<12:00am Mon Jan 1, 1900>} and
11296 @samp{<12:00am Sat Jan 1, 2000>}.)
11297
11298 Calc uses the Julian calendar for all dates before the year 1752,
11299 including dates BC when the Julian calendar technically had not
11300 yet been invented. Thus the claim that day number @i{-10000} is
11301 called ``August 16, 28 BC'' should be taken with a grain of salt.
11302
11303 Please note that there is no ``year 0''; the day before
11304 @samp{<Sat Jan 1, +1>} is @samp{<Fri Dec 31, -1>}. These are
11305 days 0 and @i{-1} respectively in Calc's internal numbering scheme.
11306
11307 @cindex Julian day counting
11308 Another day counting system in common use is, confusingly, also
11309 called ``Julian.'' It was invented in 1583 by Joseph Justus
11310 Scaliger, who named it in honor of his father Julius Caesar
11311 Scaliger. For obscure reasons he chose to start his day
11312 numbering on Jan 1, 4713 BC at noon, which in Calc's scheme
11313 is @i{-1721423.5} (recall that Calc starts at midnight instead
11314 of noon). Thus to convert a Calc date code obtained by
11315 unpacking a date form into a Julian day number, simply add
11316 1721423.5. The Julian code for @samp{6:00am Jan 9, 1991}
11317 is 2448265.75. The built-in @kbd{t J} command performs
11318 this conversion for you.
11319
11320 @cindex Unix time format
11321 The Unix operating system measures time as an integer number of
11322 seconds since midnight, Jan 1, 1970. To convert a Calc date
11323 value into a Unix time stamp, first subtract 719164 (the code
11324 for @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>}), then multiply by 86400 (the number of
11325 seconds in a day) and press @kbd{R} to round to the nearest
11326 integer. If you have a date form, you can simply subtract the
11327 day @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>} instead of unpacking and subtracting
11328 719164. Likewise, divide by 86400 and add @samp{<Jan 1, 1970>}
11329 to convert from Unix time to a Calc date form. (Note that
11330 Unix normally maintains the time in the GMT time zone; you may
11331 need to subtract five hours to get New York time, or eight hours
11332 for California time. The same is usually true of Julian day
11333 counts.) The built-in @kbd{t U} command performs these
11334 conversions.
11335
11336 @node Modulo Forms, Error Forms, Date Forms, Data Types
11337 @section Modulo Forms
11338
11339 @noindent
11340 @cindex Modulo forms
11341 A @dfn{modulo form} is a real number which is taken modulo (i.e., within
11342 an integer multiple of) some value @cite{M}. Arithmetic modulo @cite{M}
11343 often arises in number theory. Modulo forms are written
11344 `@i{a} @t{mod} @i{M}',
11345 where @cite{a} and @cite{M} are real numbers or HMS forms, and
11346 @c{$0 \le a < M$}
11347 @cite{0 <= a < @var{M}}.
11348 In many applications @cite{a} and @cite{M} will be
11349 integers but this is not required.@refill
11350
11351 Modulo forms are not to be confused with the modulo operator @samp{%}.
11352 The expression @samp{27 % 10} means to compute 27 modulo 10 to produce
11353 the result 7. Further computations treat this 7 as just a regular integer.
11354 The expression @samp{27 mod 10} produces the result @samp{7 mod 10};
11355 further computations with this value are again reduced modulo 10 so that
11356 the result always lies in the desired range.
11357
11358 When two modulo forms with identical @cite{M}'s are added or multiplied,
11359 the Calculator simply adds or multiplies the values, then reduces modulo
11360 @cite{M}. If one argument is a modulo form and the other a plain number,
11361 the plain number is treated like a compatible modulo form. It is also
11362 possible to raise modulo forms to powers; the result is the value raised
11363 to the power, then reduced modulo @cite{M}. (When all values involved
11364 are integers, this calculation is done much more efficiently than
11365 actually computing the power and then reducing.)
11366
11367 @cindex Modulo division
11368 Two modulo forms `@i{a} @t{mod} @i{M}' and `@i{b} @t{mod} @i{M}'
11369 can be divided if @cite{a}, @cite{b}, and @cite{M} are all
11370 integers. The result is the modulo form which, when multiplied by
11371 `@i{b} @t{mod} @i{M}', produces `@i{a} @t{mod} @i{M}'. If
11372 there is no solution to this equation (which can happen only when
11373 @cite{M} is non-prime), or if any of the arguments are non-integers, the
11374 division is left in symbolic form. Other operations, such as square
11375 roots, are not yet supported for modulo forms. (Note that, although
11376 @w{`@t{(}@i{a} @t{mod} @i{M}@t{)^.5}'} will compute a ``modulo square root''
11377 in the sense of reducing @c{$\sqrt a$}
11378 @cite{sqrt(a)} modulo @cite{M}, this is not a
11379 useful definition from the number-theoretical point of view.)@refill
11380
11381 @c @mindex M
11382 @kindex M (modulo forms)
11383 @c @mindex mod
11384 @tindex mod (operator)
11385 To create a modulo form during numeric entry, press the shift-@kbd{M}
11386 key to enter the word @samp{mod}. As a special convenience, pressing
11387 shift-@kbd{M} a second time automatically enters the value of @cite{M}
11388 that was most recently used before. During algebraic entry, either
11389 type @samp{mod} by hand or press @kbd{M-m} (that's @kbd{@key{META}-m}).
11390 Once again, pressing this a second time enters the current modulo.@refill
11391
11392 You can also use @kbd{v p} and @kbd{%} to modify modulo forms.
11393 @xref{Building Vectors}. @xref{Basic Arithmetic}.
11394
11395 It is possible to mix HMS forms and modulo forms. For example, an
11396 HMS form modulo 24 could be used to manipulate clock times; an HMS
11397 form modulo 360 would be suitable for angles. Making the modulo @cite{M}
11398 also be an HMS form eliminates troubles that would arise if the angular
11399 mode were inadvertently set to Radians, in which case
11400 @w{@samp{2@@ 0' 0" mod 24}} would be interpreted as two degrees modulo
11401 24 radians!
11402
11403 Modulo forms cannot have variables or formulas for components. If you
11404 enter the formula @samp{(x + 2) mod 5}, Calc propagates the modulus
11405 to each of the coefficients: @samp{(1 mod 5) x + (2 mod 5)}.
11406
11407 @c @starindex
11408 @tindex makemod
11409 The algebraic function @samp{makemod(a, m)} builds the modulo form
11410 @w{@samp{a mod m}}.
11411
11412 @node Error Forms, Interval Forms, Modulo Forms, Data Types
11413 @section Error Forms
11414
11415 @noindent
11416 @cindex Error forms
11417 @cindex Standard deviations
11418 An @dfn{error form} is a number with an associated standard
11419 deviation, as in @samp{2.3 +/- 0.12}. The notation
11420 `@i{x} @t{+/-} @c{$\sigma$}
11421 @asis{sigma}' stands for an uncertain value which follows a normal or
11422 Gaussian distribution of mean @cite{x} and standard deviation or
11423 ``error'' @c{$\sigma$}
11424 @cite{sigma}. Both the mean and the error can be either numbers or
11425 formulas. Generally these are real numbers but the mean may also be
11426 complex. If the error is negative or complex, it is changed to its
11427 absolute value. An error form with zero error is converted to a
11428 regular number by the Calculator.@refill
11429
11430 All arithmetic and transcendental functions accept error forms as input.
11431 Operations on the mean-value part work just like operations on regular
11432 numbers. The error part for any function @cite{f(x)} (such as @c{$\sin x$}
11433 @cite{sin(x)})
11434 is defined by the error of @cite{x} times the derivative of @cite{f}
11435 evaluated at the mean value of @cite{x}. For a two-argument function
11436 @cite{f(x,y)} (such as addition) the error is the square root of the sum
11437 of the squares of the errors due to @cite{x} and @cite{y}.
11438 @tex
11439 $$ \eqalign{
11440 f(x \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma)
11441 &= f(x) \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma \left| {df(x) \over dx} \right| \cr
11442 f(x \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma_x, y \hbox{\code{ +/- }} \sigma_y)
11443 &= f(x,y) \hbox{\code{ +/- }}
11444 \sqrt{\left(\sigma_x \left| {\partial f(x,y) \over \partial x}
11445 \right| \right)^2
11446 +\left(\sigma_y \left| {\partial f(x,y) \over \partial y}
11447 \right| \right)^2 } \cr
11448 } $$
11449 @end tex
11450 Note that this
11451 definition assumes the errors in @cite{x} and @cite{y} are uncorrelated.
11452 A side effect of this definition is that @samp{(2 +/- 1) * (2 +/- 1)}
11453 is not the same as @samp{(2 +/- 1)^2}; the former represents the product
11454 of two independent values which happen to have the same probability
11455 distributions, and the latter is the product of one random value with itself.
11456 The former will produce an answer with less error, since on the average
11457 the two independent errors can be expected to cancel out.@refill
11458
11459 Consult a good text on error analysis for a discussion of the proper use
11460 of standard deviations. Actual errors often are neither Gaussian-distributed
11461 nor uncorrelated, and the above formulas are valid only when errors
11462 are small. As an example, the error arising from
11463 `@t{sin(}@i{x} @t{+/-} @c{$\sigma$}
11464 @i{sigma}@t{)}' is
11465 `@c{$\sigma$\nobreak}
11466 @i{sigma} @t{abs(cos(}@i{x}@t{))}'. When @cite{x} is close to zero,
11467 @c{$\cos x$}
11468 @cite{cos(x)} is
11469 close to one so the error in the sine is close to @c{$\sigma$}
11470 @cite{sigma}; this makes sense, since @c{$\sin x$}
11471 @cite{sin(x)} is approximately @cite{x} near zero, so a given
11472 error in @cite{x} will produce about the same error in the sine. Likewise,
11473 near 90 degrees @c{$\cos x$}
11474 @cite{cos(x)} is nearly zero and so the computed error is
11475 small: The sine curve is nearly flat in that region, so an error in @cite{x}
11476 has relatively little effect on the value of @c{$\sin x$}
11477 @cite{sin(x)}. However, consider
11478 @samp{sin(90 +/- 1000)}. The cosine of 90 is zero, so Calc will report
11479 zero error! We get an obviously wrong result because we have violated
11480 the small-error approximation underlying the error analysis. If the error
11481 in @cite{x} had been small, the error in @c{$\sin x$}
11482 @cite{sin(x)} would indeed have been negligible.@refill
11483
11484 @c @mindex p
11485 @kindex p (error forms)
11486 @tindex +/-
11487 To enter an error form during regular numeric entry, use the @kbd{p}
11488 (``plus-or-minus'') key to type the @samp{+/-} symbol. (If you try actually
11489 typing @samp{+/-} the @kbd{+} key will be interpreted as the Calculator's
11490 @kbd{+} command!) Within an algebraic formula, you can press @kbd{M-p} to
11491 type the @samp{+/-} symbol, or type it out by hand.
11492
11493 Error forms and complex numbers can be mixed; the formulas shown above
11494 are used for complex numbers, too; note that if the error part evaluates
11495 to a complex number its absolute value (or the square root of the sum of
11496 the squares of the absolute values of the two error contributions) is
11497 used. Mathematically, this corresponds to a radially symmetric Gaussian
11498 distribution of numbers on the complex plane. However, note that Calc
11499 considers an error form with real components to represent a real number,
11500 not a complex distribution around a real mean.
11501
11502 Error forms may also be composed of HMS forms. For best results, both
11503 the mean and the error should be HMS forms if either one is.
11504
11505 @c @starindex
11506 @tindex sdev
11507 The algebraic function @samp{sdev(a, b)} builds the error form @samp{a +/- b}.
11508
11509 @node Interval Forms, Incomplete Objects, Error Forms, Data Types
11510 @section Interval Forms
11511
11512 @noindent
11513 @cindex Interval forms
11514 An @dfn{interval} is a subset of consecutive real numbers. For example,
11515 the interval @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} represents all the numbers from 2 to 4,
11516 inclusive. If you multiply it by the interval @samp{[0.5 ..@: 2]} you
11517 obtain @samp{[1 ..@: 8]}. This calculation represents the fact that if
11518 you multiply some number in the range @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} by some other
11519 number in the range @samp{[0.5 ..@: 2]}, your result will lie in the range
11520 from 1 to 8. Interval arithmetic is used to get a worst-case estimate
11521 of the possible range of values a computation will produce, given the
11522 set of possible values of the input.
11523
11524 @ifinfo
11525 Calc supports several varieties of intervals, including @dfn{closed}
11526 intervals of the type shown above, @dfn{open} intervals such as
11527 @samp{(2 ..@: 4)}, which represents the range of numbers from 2 to 4
11528 @emph{exclusive}, and @dfn{semi-open} intervals in which one end
11529 uses a round parenthesis and the other a square bracket. In mathematical
11530 terms,
11531 @samp{[2 ..@: 4]} means @cite{2 <= x <= 4}, whereas
11532 @samp{[2 ..@: 4)} represents @cite{2 <= x < 4},
11533 @samp{(2 ..@: 4]} represents @cite{2 < x <= 4}, and
11534 @samp{(2 ..@: 4)} represents @cite{2 < x < 4}.@refill
11535 @end ifinfo
11536 @tex
11537 Calc supports several varieties of intervals, including \dfn{closed}
11538 intervals of the type shown above, \dfn{open} intervals such as
11539 \samp{(2 ..\: 4)}, which represents the range of numbers from 2 to 4
11540 \emph{exclusive}, and \dfn{semi-open} intervals in which one end
11541 uses a round parenthesis and the other a square bracket. In mathematical
11542 terms,
11543 $$ \eqalign{
11544 [2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4] &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 \le x \le 4 \cr
11545 [2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4) &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 \le x < 4 \cr
11546 (2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4] &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 < x \le 4 \cr
11547 (2 \hbox{\cite{..}} 4) &\quad\hbox{means}\quad 2 < x < 4 \cr
11548 } $$
11549 @end tex
11550
11551 The lower and upper limits of an interval must be either real numbers
11552 (or HMS or date forms), or symbolic expressions which are assumed to be
11553 real-valued, or @samp{-inf} and @samp{inf}. In general the lower limit
11554 must be less than the upper limit. A closed interval containing only
11555 one value, @samp{[3 ..@: 3]}, is converted to a plain number (3)
11556 automatically. An interval containing no values at all (such as
11557 @samp{[3 ..@: 2]} or @samp{[2 ..@: 2)}) can be represented but is not
11558 guaranteed to behave well when used in arithmetic. Note that the
11559 interval @samp{[3 .. inf)} represents all real numbers greater than
11560 or equal to 3, and @samp{(-inf .. inf)} represents all real numbers.
11561 In fact, @samp{[-inf .. inf]} represents all real numbers including
11562 the real infinities.
11563
11564 Intervals are entered in the notation shown here, either as algebraic
11565 formulas, or using incomplete forms. (@xref{Incomplete Objects}.)
11566 In algebraic formulas, multiple periods in a row are collected from
11567 left to right, so that @samp{1...1e2} is interpreted as @samp{1.0 ..@: 1e2}
11568 rather than @samp{1 ..@: 0.1e2}. Add spaces or zeros if you want to
11569 get the other interpretation. If you omit the lower or upper limit,
11570 a default of @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf} (respectively) is furnished.
11571
11572 ``Infinite mode'' also affects operations on intervals
11573 (@pxref{Infinities}). Calc will always introduce an open infinity,
11574 as in @samp{1 / (0 .. 2] = [0.5 .. inf)}. But closed infinities,
11575 @w{@samp{1 / [0 .. 2] = [0.5 .. inf]}}, arise only in infinite mode;
11576 otherwise they are left unevaluated. Note that the ``direction'' of
11577 a zero is not an issue in this case since the zero is always assumed
11578 to be continuous with the rest of the interval. For intervals that
11579 contain zero inside them Calc is forced to give the result,
11580 @samp{1 / (-2 .. 2) = [-inf .. inf]}.
11581
11582 While it may seem that intervals and error forms are similar, they are
11583 based on entirely different concepts of inexact quantities. An error
11584 form `@i{x} @t{+/-} @c{$\sigma$}
11585 @i{sigma}' means a variable is random, and its value could
11586 be anything but is ``probably'' within one @c{$\sigma$}
11587 @i{sigma} of the mean value @cite{x}.
11588 An interval `@t{[}@i{a} @t{..@:} @i{b}@t{]}' means a variable's value
11589 is unknown, but guaranteed to lie in the specified range. Error forms
11590 are statistical or ``average case'' approximations; interval arithmetic
11591 tends to produce ``worst case'' bounds on an answer.@refill
11592
11593 Intervals may not contain complex numbers, but they may contain
11594 HMS forms or date forms.
11595
11596 @xref{Set Operations}, for commands that interpret interval forms
11597 as subsets of the set of real numbers.
11598
11599 @c @starindex
11600 @tindex intv
11601 The algebraic function @samp{intv(n, a, b)} builds an interval form
11602 from @samp{a} to @samp{b}; @samp{n} is an integer code which must
11603 be 0 for @samp{(..)}, 1 for @samp{(..]}, 2 for @samp{[..)}, or
11604 3 for @samp{[..]}.
11605
11606 Please note that in fully rigorous interval arithmetic, care would be
11607 taken to make sure that the computation of the lower bound rounds toward
11608 minus infinity, while upper bound computations round toward plus
11609 infinity. Calc's arithmetic always uses a round-to-nearest mode,
11610 which means that roundoff errors could creep into an interval
11611 calculation to produce intervals slightly smaller than they ought to
11612 be. For example, entering @samp{[1..2]} and pressing @kbd{Q 2 ^}
11613 should yield the interval @samp{[1..2]} again, but in fact it yields the
11614 (slightly too small) interval @samp{[1..1.9999999]} due to roundoff
11615 error.
11616
11617 @node Incomplete Objects, Variables, Interval Forms, Data Types
11618 @section Incomplete Objects
11619
11620 @noindent
11621 @c @mindex [ ]
11622 @kindex [
11623 @c @mindex ( )
11624 @kindex (
11625 @kindex ,
11626 @c @mindex @null
11627 @kindex ]
11628 @c @mindex @null
11629 @kindex )
11630 @cindex Incomplete vectors
11631 @cindex Incomplete complex numbers
11632 @cindex Incomplete interval forms
11633 When @kbd{(} or @kbd{[} is typed to begin entering a complex number or
11634 vector, respectively, the effect is to push an @dfn{incomplete} complex
11635 number or vector onto the stack. The @kbd{,} key adds the value(s) at
11636 the top of the stack onto the current incomplete object. The @kbd{)}
11637 and @kbd{]} keys ``close'' the incomplete object after adding any values
11638 on the top of the stack in front of the incomplete object.
11639
11640 As a result, the sequence of keystrokes @kbd{[ 2 , 3 @key{RET} 2 * , 9 ]}
11641 pushes the vector @samp{[2, 6, 9]} onto the stack. Likewise, @kbd{( 1 , 2 Q )}
11642 pushes the complex number @samp{(1, 1.414)} (approximately).
11643
11644 If several values lie on the stack in front of the incomplete object,
11645 all are collected and appended to the object. Thus the @kbd{,} key
11646 is redundant: @kbd{[ 2 @key{RET} 3 @key{RET} 2 * 9 ]}. Some people
11647 prefer the equivalent @key{SPC} key to @key{RET}.@refill
11648
11649 As a special case, typing @kbd{,} immediately after @kbd{(}, @kbd{[}, or
11650 @kbd{,} adds a zero or duplicates the preceding value in the list being
11651 formed. Typing @key{DEL} during incomplete entry removes the last item
11652 from the list.
11653
11654 @kindex ;
11655 The @kbd{;} key is used in the same way as @kbd{,} to create polar complex
11656 numbers: @kbd{( 1 ; 2 )}. When entering a vector, @kbd{;} is useful for
11657 creating a matrix. In particular, @kbd{[ [ 1 , 2 ; 3 , 4 ; 5 , 6 ] ]} is
11658 equivalent to @kbd{[ [ 1 , 2 ] , [ 3 , 4 ] , [ 5 , 6 ] ]}.
11659
11660 @kindex ..
11661 @pindex calc-dots
11662 Incomplete entry is also used to enter intervals. For example,
11663 @kbd{[ 2 ..@: 4 )} enters a semi-open interval. Note that when you type
11664 the first period, it will be interpreted as a decimal point, but when
11665 you type a second period immediately afterward, it is re-interpreted as
11666 part of the interval symbol. Typing @kbd{..} corresponds to executing
11667 the @code{calc-dots} command.
11668
11669 If you find incomplete entry distracting, you may wish to enter vectors
11670 and complex numbers as algebraic formulas by pressing the apostrophe key.
11671
11672 @node Variables, Formulas, Incomplete Objects, Data Types
11673 @section Variables
11674
11675 @noindent
11676 @cindex Variables, in formulas
11677 A @dfn{variable} is somewhere between a storage register on a conventional
11678 calculator, and a variable in a programming language. (In fact, a Calc
11679 variable is really just an Emacs Lisp variable that contains a Calc number
11680 or formula.) A variable's name is normally composed of letters and digits.
11681 Calc also allows apostrophes and @code{#} signs in variable names.
11682 The Calc variable @code{foo} corresponds to the Emacs Lisp variable
11683 @code{var-foo}. Commands like @kbd{s s} (@code{calc-store}) that operate
11684 on variables can be made to use any arbitrary Lisp variable simply by
11685 backspacing over the @samp{var-} prefix in the minibuffer.@refill
11686
11687 In a command that takes a variable name, you can either type the full
11688 name of a variable, or type a single digit to use one of the special
11689 convenience variables @code{var-q0} through @code{var-q9}. For example,
11690 @kbd{3 s s 2} stores the number 3 in variable @code{var-q2}, and
11691 @w{@kbd{3 s s foo @key{RET}}} stores that number in variable
11692 @code{var-foo}.@refill
11693
11694 To push a variable itself (as opposed to the variable's value) on the
11695 stack, enter its name as an algebraic expression using the apostrophe
11696 (@key{'}) key. Variable names in algebraic formulas implicitly have
11697 @samp{var-} prefixed to their names. The @samp{#} character in variable
11698 names used in algebraic formulas corresponds to a dash @samp{-} in the
11699 Lisp variable name. If the name contains any dashes, the prefix @samp{var-}
11700 is @emph{not} automatically added. Thus the two formulas @samp{foo + 1}
11701 and @samp{var#foo + 1} both refer to the same variable.
11702
11703 @kindex =
11704 @pindex calc-evaluate
11705 @cindex Evaluation of variables in a formula
11706 @cindex Variables, evaluation
11707 @cindex Formulas, evaluation
11708 The @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}) key ``evaluates'' a formula by
11709 replacing all variables in the formula which have been given values by a
11710 @code{calc-store} or @code{calc-let} command by their stored values.
11711 Other variables are left alone. Thus a variable that has not been
11712 stored acts like an abstract variable in algebra; a variable that has
11713 been stored acts more like a register in a traditional calculator.
11714 With a positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{=} evaluates the top
11715 @var{n} stack entries; with a negative argument, @kbd{=} evaluates
11716 the @var{n}th stack entry.
11717
11718 @cindex @code{e} variable
11719 @cindex @code{pi} variable
11720 @cindex @code{i} variable
11721 @cindex @code{phi} variable
11722 @cindex @code{gamma} variable
11723 @vindex e
11724 @vindex pi
11725 @vindex i
11726 @vindex phi
11727 @vindex gamma
11728 A few variables are called @dfn{special constants}. Their names are
11729 @samp{e}, @samp{pi}, @samp{i}, @samp{phi}, and @samp{gamma}.
11730 (@xref{Scientific Functions}.) When they are evaluated with @kbd{=},
11731 their values are calculated if necessary according to the current precision
11732 or complex polar mode. If you wish to use these symbols for other purposes,
11733 simply undefine or redefine them using @code{calc-store}.@refill
11734
11735 The variables @samp{inf}, @samp{uinf}, and @samp{nan} stand for
11736 infinite or indeterminate values. It's best not to use them as
11737 regular variables, since Calc uses special algebraic rules when
11738 it manipulates them. Calc displays a warning message if you store
11739 a value into any of these special variables.
11740
11741 @xref{Store and Recall}, for a discussion of commands dealing with variables.
11742
11743 @node Formulas, , Variables, Data Types
11744 @section Formulas
11745
11746 @noindent
11747 @cindex Formulas
11748 @cindex Expressions
11749 @cindex Operators in formulas
11750 @cindex Precedence of operators
11751 When you press the apostrophe key you may enter any expression or formula
11752 in algebraic form. (Calc uses the terms ``expression'' and ``formula''
11753 interchangeably.) An expression is built up of numbers, variable names,
11754 and function calls, combined with various arithmetic operators.
11755 Parentheses may
11756 be used to indicate grouping. Spaces are ignored within formulas, except
11757 that spaces are not permitted within variable names or numbers.
11758 Arithmetic operators, in order from highest to lowest precedence, and
11759 with their equivalent function names, are:
11760
11761 @samp{_} [@code{subscr}] (subscripts);
11762
11763 postfix @samp{%} [@code{percent}] (as in @samp{25% = 0.25});
11764
11765 prefix @samp{+} and @samp{-} [@code{neg}] (as in @samp{-x})
11766 and prefix @samp{!} [@code{lnot}] (logical ``not,'' as in @samp{!x});
11767
11768 @samp{+/-} [@code{sdev}] (the standard deviation symbol) and
11769 @samp{mod} [@code{makemod}] (the symbol for modulo forms);
11770
11771 postfix @samp{!} [@code{fact}] (factorial, as in @samp{n!})
11772 and postfix @samp{!!} [@code{dfact}] (double factorial);
11773
11774 @samp{^} [@code{pow}] (raised-to-the-power-of);
11775
11776 @samp{*} [@code{mul}];
11777
11778 @samp{/} [@code{div}], @samp{%} [@code{mod}] (modulo), and
11779 @samp{\} [@code{idiv}] (integer division);
11780
11781 infix @samp{+} [@code{add}] and @samp{-} [@code{sub}] (as in @samp{x-y});
11782
11783 @samp{|} [@code{vconcat}] (vector concatenation);
11784
11785 relations @samp{=} [@code{eq}], @samp{!=} [@code{neq}], @samp{<} [@code{lt}],
11786 @samp{>} [@code{gt}], @samp{<=} [@code{leq}], and @samp{>=} [@code{geq}];
11787
11788 @samp{&&} [@code{land}] (logical ``and'');
11789
11790 @samp{||} [@code{lor}] (logical ``or'');
11791
11792 the C-style ``if'' operator @samp{a?b:c} [@code{if}];
11793
11794 @samp{!!!} [@code{pnot}] (rewrite pattern ``not'');
11795
11796 @samp{&&&} [@code{pand}] (rewrite pattern ``and'');
11797
11798 @samp{|||} [@code{por}] (rewrite pattern ``or'');
11799
11800 @samp{:=} [@code{assign}] (for assignments and rewrite rules);
11801
11802 @samp{::} [@code{condition}] (rewrite pattern condition);
11803
11804 @samp{=>} [@code{evalto}].
11805
11806 Note that, unlike in usual computer notation, multiplication binds more
11807 strongly than division: @samp{a*b/c*d} is equivalent to @c{$a b \over c d$}
11808 @cite{(a*b)/(c*d)}.
11809
11810 @cindex Multiplication, implicit
11811 @cindex Implicit multiplication
11812 The multiplication sign @samp{*} may be omitted in many cases. In particular,
11813 if the righthand side is a number, variable name, or parenthesized
11814 expression, the @samp{*} may be omitted. Implicit multiplication has the
11815 same precedence as the explicit @samp{*} operator. The one exception to
11816 the rule is that a variable name followed by a parenthesized expression,
11817 as in @samp{f(x)},
11818 is interpreted as a function call, not an implicit @samp{*}. In many
11819 cases you must use a space if you omit the @samp{*}: @samp{2a} is the
11820 same as @samp{2*a}, and @samp{a b} is the same as @samp{a*b}, but @samp{ab}
11821 is a variable called @code{ab}, @emph{not} the product of @samp{a} and
11822 @samp{b}! Also note that @samp{f (x)} is still a function call.@refill
11823
11824 @cindex Implicit comma in vectors
11825 The rules are slightly different for vectors written with square brackets.
11826 In vectors, the space character is interpreted (like the comma) as a
11827 separator of elements of the vector. Thus @w{@samp{[ 2a b+c d ]}} is
11828 equivalent to @samp{[2*a, b+c, d]}, whereas @samp{2a b+c d} is equivalent
11829 to @samp{2*a*b + c*d}.
11830 Note that spaces around the brackets, and around explicit commas, are
11831 ignored. To force spaces to be interpreted as multiplication you can
11832 enclose a formula in parentheses as in @samp{[(a b) 2(c d)]}, which is
11833 interpreted as @samp{[a*b, 2*c*d]}. An implicit comma is also inserted
11834 between @samp{][}, as in the matrix @samp{[[1 2][3 4]]}.@refill
11835
11836 Vectors that contain commas (not embedded within nested parentheses or
11837 brackets) do not treat spaces specially: @samp{[a b, 2 c d]} is a vector
11838 of two elements. Also, if it would be an error to treat spaces as
11839 separators, but not otherwise, then Calc will ignore spaces:
11840 @w{@samp{[a - b]}} is a vector of one element, but @w{@samp{[a -b]}} is
11841 a vector of two elements. Finally, vectors entered with curly braces
11842 instead of square brackets do not give spaces any special treatment.
11843 When Calc displays a vector that does not contain any commas, it will
11844 insert parentheses if necessary to make the meaning clear:
11845 @w{@samp{[(a b)]}}.
11846
11847 The expression @samp{5%-2} is ambiguous; is this five-percent minus two,
11848 or five modulo minus-two? Calc always interprets the leftmost symbol as
11849 an infix operator preferentially (modulo, in this case), so you would
11850 need to write @samp{(5%)-2} to get the former interpretation.
11851
11852 @cindex Function call notation
11853 A function call is, e.g., @samp{sin(1+x)}. Function names follow the same
11854 rules as variable names except that the default prefix @samp{calcFunc-} is
11855 used (instead of @samp{var-}) for the internal Lisp form.
11856 Most mathematical Calculator commands like
11857 @code{calc-sin} have function equivalents like @code{sin}.
11858 If no Lisp function is defined for a function called by a formula, the
11859 call is left as it is during algebraic manipulation: @samp{f(x+y)} is
11860 left alone. Beware that many innocent-looking short names like @code{in}
11861 and @code{re} have predefined meanings which could surprise you; however,
11862 single letters or single letters followed by digits are always safe to
11863 use for your own function names. @xref{Function Index}.@refill
11864
11865 In the documentation for particular commands, the notation @kbd{H S}
11866 (@code{calc-sinh}) [@code{sinh}] means that the key sequence @kbd{H S}, the
11867 command @kbd{M-x calc-sinh}, and the algebraic function @code{sinh(x)} all
11868 represent the same operation.@refill
11869
11870 Commands that interpret (``parse'') text as algebraic formulas include
11871 algebraic entry (@kbd{'}), editing commands like @kbd{`} which parse
11872 the contents of the editing buffer when you finish, the @kbd{M-# g}
11873 and @w{@kbd{M-# r}} commands, the @kbd{C-y} command, the X window system
11874 ``paste'' mouse operation, and Embedded Mode. All of these operations
11875 use the same rules for parsing formulas; in particular, language modes
11876 (@pxref{Language Modes}) affect them all in the same way.
11877
11878 When you read a large amount of text into the Calculator (say a vector
11879 which represents a big set of rewrite rules; @pxref{Rewrite Rules}),
11880 you may wish to include comments in the text. Calc's formula parser
11881 ignores the symbol @samp{%%} and anything following it on a line:
11882
11883 @example
11884 [ a + b, %% the sum of "a" and "b"
11885 c + d,
11886 %% last line is coming up:
11887 e + f ]
11888 @end example
11889
11890 @noindent
11891 This is parsed exactly the same as @samp{[ a + b, c + d, e + f ]}.
11892
11893 @xref{Syntax Tables}, for a way to create your own operators and other
11894 input notations. @xref{Compositions}, for a way to create new display
11895 formats.
11896
11897 @xref{Algebra}, for commands for manipulating formulas symbolically.
11898
11899 @node Stack and Trail, Mode Settings, Data Types, Top
11900 @chapter Stack and Trail Commands
11901
11902 @noindent
11903 This chapter describes the Calc commands for manipulating objects on the
11904 stack and in the trail buffer. (These commands operate on objects of any
11905 type, such as numbers, vectors, formulas, and incomplete objects.)
11906
11907 @menu
11908 * Stack Manipulation::
11909 * Editing Stack Entries::
11910 * Trail Commands::
11911 * Keep Arguments::
11912 @end menu
11913
11914 @node Stack Manipulation, Editing Stack Entries, Stack and Trail, Stack and Trail
11915 @section Stack Manipulation Commands
11916
11917 @noindent
11918 @kindex RET
11919 @kindex SPC
11920 @pindex calc-enter
11921 @cindex Duplicating stack entries
11922 To duplicate the top object on the stack, press @key{RET} or @key{SPC}
11923 (two equivalent keys for the @code{calc-enter} command).
11924 Given a positive numeric prefix argument, these commands duplicate
11925 several elements at the top of the stack.
11926 Given a negative argument,
11927 these commands duplicate the specified element of the stack.
11928 Given an argument of zero, they duplicate the entire stack.
11929 For example, with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack,
11930 @key{RET} creates @samp{10 20 30 30},
11931 @kbd{C-u 2 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 20 30},
11932 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 20}, and
11933 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{RET}} creates @samp{10 20 30 10 20 30}.@refill
11934
11935 @kindex LFD
11936 @pindex calc-over
11937 The @key{LFD} (@code{calc-over}) command (on a key marked Line-Feed if you
11938 have it, else on @kbd{C-j}) is like @code{calc-enter}
11939 except that the sign of the numeric prefix argument is interpreted
11940 oppositely. Also, with no prefix argument the default argument is 2.
11941 Thus with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack, @key{LFD} and @kbd{C-u 2 @key{LFD}}
11942 are both equivalent to @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{RET}}, producing
11943 @samp{10 20 30 20}.@refill
11944
11945 @kindex DEL
11946 @kindex C-d
11947 @pindex calc-pop
11948 @cindex Removing stack entries
11949 @cindex Deleting stack entries
11950 To remove the top element from the stack, press @key{DEL} (@code{calc-pop}).
11951 The @kbd{C-d} key is a synonym for @key{DEL}.
11952 (If the top element is an incomplete object with at least one element, the
11953 last element is removed from it.) Given a positive numeric prefix argument,
11954 several elements are removed. Given a negative argument, the specified
11955 element of the stack is deleted. Given an argument of zero, the entire
11956 stack is emptied.
11957 For example, with @samp{10 20 30} on the stack,
11958 @key{DEL} leaves @samp{10 20},
11959 @kbd{C-u 2 @key{DEL}} leaves @samp{10},
11960 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{DEL}} leaves @samp{10 30}, and
11961 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{DEL}} leaves an empty stack.@refill
11962
11963 @kindex M-DEL
11964 @pindex calc-pop-above
11965 The @key{M-DEL} (@code{calc-pop-above}) command is to @key{DEL} what
11966 @key{LFD} is to @key{RET}: It interprets the sign of the numeric
11967 prefix argument in the opposite way, and the default argument is 2.
11968 Thus @key{M-DEL} by itself removes the second-from-top stack element,
11969 leaving the first, third, fourth, and so on; @kbd{M-3 M-DEL} deletes
11970 the third stack element.
11971
11972 @kindex TAB
11973 @pindex calc-roll-down
11974 To exchange the top two elements of the stack, press @key{TAB}
11975 (@code{calc-roll-down}). Given a positive numeric prefix argument, the
11976 specified number of elements at the top of the stack are rotated downward.
11977 Given a negative argument, the entire stack is rotated downward the specified
11978 number of times. Given an argument of zero, the entire stack is reversed
11979 top-for-bottom.
11980 For example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the stack,
11981 @key{TAB} creates @samp{10 20 30 50 40},
11982 @kbd{C-u 3 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{10 20 50 30 40},
11983 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{40 50 10 20 30}, and
11984 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{TAB}} creates @samp{50 40 30 20 10}.@refill
11985
11986 @kindex M-TAB
11987 @pindex calc-roll-up
11988 The command @key{M-TAB} (@code{calc-roll-up}) is analogous to @key{TAB}
11989 except that it rotates upward instead of downward. Also, the default
11990 with no prefix argument is to rotate the top 3 elements.
11991 For example, with @samp{10 20 30 40 50} on the stack,
11992 @key{M-TAB} creates @samp{10 20 40 50 30},
11993 @kbd{C-u 4 @key{M-TAB}} creates @samp{10 30 40 50 20},
11994 @kbd{C-u - 2 @key{M-TAB}} creates @samp{30 40 50 10 20}, and
11995 @kbd{C-u 0 @key{M-TAB}} creates @samp{50 40 30 20 10}.@refill
11996
11997 A good way to view the operation of @key{TAB} and @key{M-TAB} is in
11998 terms of moving a particular element to a new position in the stack.
11999 With a positive argument @i{n}, @key{TAB} moves the top stack
12000 element down to level @i{n}, making room for it by pulling all the
12001 intervening stack elements toward the top. @key{M-TAB} moves the
12002 element at level @i{n} up to the top. (Compare with @key{LFD},
12003 which copies instead of moving the element in level @i{n}.)
12004
12005 With a negative argument @i{-n}, @key{TAB} rotates the stack
12006 to move the object in level @i{n} to the deepest place in the
12007 stack, and the object in level @i{n+1} to the top. @key{M-TAB}
12008 rotates the deepest stack element to be in level @i{n}, also
12009 putting the top stack element in level @i{n+1}.
12010
12011 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}, for a way to apply these commands to
12012 any portion of a vector or formula on the stack.
12013
12014 @node Editing Stack Entries, Trail Commands, Stack Manipulation, Stack and Trail
12015 @section Editing Stack Entries
12016
12017 @noindent
12018 @kindex `
12019 @pindex calc-edit
12020 @pindex calc-edit-finish
12021 @cindex Editing the stack with Emacs
12022 The backquote, @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}) command creates a temporary
12023 buffer (@samp{*Calc Edit*}) for editing the top-of-stack value using
12024 regular Emacs commands. With a numeric prefix argument, it edits the
12025 specified number of stack entries at once. (An argument of zero edits
12026 the entire stack; a negative argument edits one specific stack entry.)
12027
12028 When you are done editing, press @kbd{M-# M-#} to finish and return
12029 to Calc. The @key{RET} and @key{LFD} keys also work to finish most
12030 sorts of editing, though in some cases Calc leaves @key{RET} with its
12031 usual meaning (``insert a newline'') if it's a situation where you
12032 might want to insert new lines into the editing buffer. The traditional
12033 Emacs ``finish'' key sequence, @kbd{C-c C-c}, also works to finish
12034 editing and may be easier to type, depending on your keyboard.
12035
12036 When you finish editing, the Calculator parses the lines of text in
12037 the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer as numbers or formulas, replaces the
12038 original stack elements in the original buffer with these new values,
12039 then kills the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer. The original Calculator buffer
12040 continues to exist during editing, but for best results you should be
12041 careful not to change it until you have finished the edit. You can
12042 also cancel the edit by pressing @kbd{M-# x}.
12043
12044 The formula is normally reevaluated as it is put onto the stack.
12045 For example, editing @samp{a + 2} to @samp{3 + 2} and pressing
12046 @kbd{M-# M-#} will push 5 on the stack. If you use @key{LFD} to
12047 finish, Calc will put the result on the stack without evaluating it.
12048
12049 If you give a prefix argument to @kbd{M-# M-#} (or @kbd{C-c C-c}),
12050 Calc will not kill the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer. You can switch
12051 back to that buffer and continue editing if you wish. However, you
12052 should understand that if you initiated the edit with @kbd{`}, the
12053 @kbd{M-# M-#} operation will be programmed to replace the top of the
12054 stack with the new edited value, and it will do this even if you have
12055 rearranged the stack in the meanwhile. This is not so much of a problem
12056 with other editing commands, though, such as @kbd{s e}
12057 (@code{calc-edit-variable}; @pxref{Operations on Variables}).
12058
12059 If the @code{calc-edit} command involves more than one stack entry,
12060 each line of the @samp{*Calc Edit*} buffer is interpreted as a
12061 separate formula. Otherwise, the entire buffer is interpreted as
12062 one formula, with line breaks ignored. (You can use @kbd{C-o} or
12063 @kbd{C-q C-j} to insert a newline in the buffer without pressing @key{RET}.)
12064
12065 The @kbd{`} key also works during numeric or algebraic entry. The
12066 text entered so far is moved to the @code{*Calc Edit*} buffer for
12067 more extensive editing than is convenient in the minibuffer.
12068
12069 @node Trail Commands, Keep Arguments, Editing Stack Entries, Stack and Trail
12070 @section Trail Commands
12071
12072 @noindent
12073 @cindex Trail buffer
12074 The commands for manipulating the Calc Trail buffer are two-key sequences
12075 beginning with the @kbd{t} prefix.
12076
12077 @kindex t d
12078 @pindex calc-trail-display
12079 The @kbd{t d} (@code{calc-trail-display}) command turns display of the
12080 trail on and off. Normally the trail display is toggled on if it was off,
12081 off if it was on. With a numeric prefix of zero, this command always
12082 turns the trail off; with a prefix of one, it always turns the trail on.
12083 The other trail-manipulation commands described here automatically turn
12084 the trail on. Note that when the trail is off values are still recorded
12085 there; they are simply not displayed. To set Emacs to turn the trail
12086 off by default, type @kbd{t d} and then save the mode settings with
12087 @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}).
12088
12089 @kindex t i
12090 @pindex calc-trail-in
12091 @kindex t o
12092 @pindex calc-trail-out
12093 The @kbd{t i} (@code{calc-trail-in}) and @kbd{t o}
12094 (@code{calc-trail-out}) commands switch the cursor into and out of the
12095 Calc Trail window. In practice they are rarely used, since the commands
12096 shown below are a more convenient way to move around in the
12097 trail, and they work ``by remote control'' when the cursor is still
12098 in the Calculator window.@refill
12099
12100 @cindex Trail pointer
12101 There is a @dfn{trail pointer} which selects some entry of the trail at
12102 any given time. The trail pointer looks like a @samp{>} symbol right
12103 before the selected number. The following commands operate on the
12104 trail pointer in various ways.
12105
12106 @kindex t y
12107 @pindex calc-trail-yank
12108 @cindex Retrieving previous results
12109 The @kbd{t y} (@code{calc-trail-yank}) command reads the selected value in
12110 the trail and pushes it onto the Calculator stack. It allows you to
12111 re-use any previously computed value without retyping. With a numeric
12112 prefix argument @var{n}, it yanks the value @var{n} lines above the current
12113 trail pointer.
12114
12115 @kindex t <
12116 @pindex calc-trail-scroll-left
12117 @kindex t >
12118 @pindex calc-trail-scroll-right
12119 The @kbd{t <} (@code{calc-trail-scroll-left}) and @kbd{t >}
12120 (@code{calc-trail-scroll-right}) commands horizontally scroll the trail
12121 window left or right by one half of its width.@refill
12122
12123 @kindex t n
12124 @pindex calc-trail-next
12125 @kindex t p
12126 @pindex calc-trail-previous
12127 @kindex t f
12128 @pindex calc-trail-forward
12129 @kindex t b
12130 @pindex calc-trail-backward
12131 The @kbd{t n} (@code{calc-trail-next}) and @kbd{t p}
12132 (@code{calc-trail-previous)} commands move the trail pointer down or up
12133 one line. The @kbd{t f} (@code{calc-trail-forward}) and @kbd{t b}
12134 (@code{calc-trail-backward}) commands move the trail pointer down or up
12135 one screenful at a time. All of these commands accept numeric prefix
12136 arguments to move several lines or screenfuls at a time.@refill
12137
12138 @kindex t [
12139 @pindex calc-trail-first
12140 @kindex t ]
12141 @pindex calc-trail-last
12142 @kindex t h
12143 @pindex calc-trail-here
12144 The @kbd{t [} (@code{calc-trail-first}) and @kbd{t ]}
12145 (@code{calc-trail-last}) commands move the trail pointer to the first or
12146 last line of the trail. The @kbd{t h} (@code{calc-trail-here}) command
12147 moves the trail pointer to the cursor position; unlike the other trail
12148 commands, @kbd{t h} works only when Calc Trail is the selected window.@refill
12149
12150 @kindex t s
12151 @pindex calc-trail-isearch-forward
12152 @kindex t r
12153 @pindex calc-trail-isearch-backward
12154 @ifinfo
12155 The @kbd{t s} (@code{calc-trail-isearch-forward}) and @kbd{t r}
12156 (@code{calc-trail-isearch-backward}) commands perform an incremental
12157 search forward or backward through the trail. You can press @key{RET}
12158 to terminate the search; the trail pointer moves to the current line.
12159 If you cancel the search with @kbd{C-g}, the trail pointer stays where
12160 it was when the search began.@refill
12161 @end ifinfo
12162 @tex
12163 The @kbd{t s} (@code{calc-trail-isearch-forward}) and @kbd{t r}
12164 (@code{calc-trail-isearch-backward}) com\-mands perform an incremental
12165 search forward or backward through the trail. You can press @key{RET}
12166 to terminate the search; the trail pointer moves to the current line.
12167 If you cancel the search with @kbd{C-g}, the trail pointer stays where
12168 it was when the search began.
12169 @end tex
12170
12171 @kindex t m
12172 @pindex calc-trail-marker
12173 The @kbd{t m} (@code{calc-trail-marker}) command allows you to enter a
12174 line of text of your own choosing into the trail. The text is inserted
12175 after the line containing the trail pointer; this usually means it is
12176 added to the end of the trail. Trail markers are useful mainly as the
12177 targets for later incremental searches in the trail.
12178
12179 @kindex t k
12180 @pindex calc-trail-kill
12181 The @kbd{t k} (@code{calc-trail-kill}) command removes the selected line
12182 from the trail. The line is saved in the Emacs kill ring suitable for
12183 yanking into another buffer, but it is not easy to yank the text back
12184 into the trail buffer. With a numeric prefix argument, this command
12185 kills the @var{n} lines below or above the selected one.
12186
12187 The @kbd{t .} (@code{calc-full-trail-vectors}) command is described
12188 elsewhere; @pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}.
12189
12190 @node Keep Arguments, , Trail Commands, Stack and Trail
12191 @section Keep Arguments
12192
12193 @noindent
12194 @kindex K
12195 @pindex calc-keep-args
12196 The @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args}) command acts like a prefix for
12197 the following command. It prevents that command from removing its
12198 arguments from the stack. For example, after @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 +},
12199 the stack contains the sole number 5, but after @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 K +},
12200 the stack contains the arguments and the result: @samp{2 3 5}.
12201
12202 This works for all commands that take arguments off the stack. As
12203 another example, @kbd{K a s} simplifies a formula, pushing the
12204 simplified version of the formula onto the stack after the original
12205 formula (rather than replacing the original formula).
12206
12207 Note that you could get the same effect by typing @kbd{RET a s},
12208 copying the formula and then simplifying the copy. One difference
12209 is that for a very large formula the time taken to format the
12210 intermediate copy in @kbd{RET a s} could be noticeable; @kbd{K a s}
12211 would avoid this extra work.
12212
12213 Even stack manipulation commands are affected. @key{TAB} works by
12214 popping two values and pushing them back in the opposite order,
12215 so @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 K @key{TAB}} produces @samp{2 3 3 2}.
12216
12217 A few Calc commands provide other ways of doing the same thing.
12218 For example, @kbd{' sin($)} replaces the number on the stack with
12219 its sine using algebraic entry; to push the sine and keep the
12220 original argument you could use either @kbd{' sin($1)} or
12221 @kbd{K ' sin($)}. @xref{Algebraic Entry}. Also, the @kbd{s s}
12222 command is effectively the same as @kbd{K s t}. @xref{Storing Variables}.
12223
12224 Keyboard macros may interact surprisingly with the @kbd{K} prefix.
12225 If you have defined a keyboard macro to be, say, @samp{Q +} to add
12226 one number to the square root of another, then typing @kbd{K X} will
12227 execute @kbd{K Q +}, probably not what you expected. The @kbd{K}
12228 prefix will apply to just the first command in the macro rather than
12229 the whole macro.
12230
12231 If you execute a command and then decide you really wanted to keep
12232 the argument, you can press @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{calc-last-args}).
12233 This command pushes the last arguments that were popped by any command
12234 onto the stack. Note that the order of things on the stack will be
12235 different than with @kbd{K}: @kbd{2 @key{RET} 3 + M-@key{RET}} leaves
12236 @samp{5 2 3} on the stack instead of @samp{2 3 5}. @xref{Undo}.
12237
12238 @node Mode Settings, Arithmetic, Stack and Trail, Top
12239 @chapter Mode Settings
12240
12241 @noindent
12242 This chapter describes commands that set modes in the Calculator.
12243 They do not affect the contents of the stack, although they may change
12244 the @emph{appearance} or @emph{interpretation} of the stack's contents.
12245
12246 @menu
12247 * General Mode Commands::
12248 * Precision::
12249 * Inverse and Hyperbolic::
12250 * Calculation Modes::
12251 * Simplification Modes::
12252 * Declarations::
12253 * Display Modes::
12254 * Language Modes::
12255 * Modes Variable::
12256 * Calc Mode Line::
12257 @end menu
12258
12259 @node General Mode Commands, Precision, Mode Settings, Mode Settings
12260 @section General Mode Commands
12261
12262 @noindent
12263 @kindex m m
12264 @pindex calc-save-modes
12265 @cindex Continuous memory
12266 @cindex Saving mode settings
12267 @cindex Permanent mode settings
12268 @cindex @file{.emacs} file, mode settings
12269 You can save all of the current mode settings in your @file{.emacs} file
12270 with the @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}) command. This will cause
12271 Emacs to reestablish these modes each time it starts up. The modes saved
12272 in the file include everything controlled by the @kbd{m} and @kbd{d}
12273 prefix keys, the current precision and binary word size, whether or not
12274 the trail is displayed, the current height of the Calc window, and more.
12275 The current interface (used when you type @kbd{M-# M-#}) is also saved.
12276 If there were already saved mode settings in the file, they are replaced.
12277 Otherwise, the new mode information is appended to the end of the file.
12278
12279 @kindex m R
12280 @pindex calc-mode-record-mode
12281 The @kbd{m R} (@code{calc-mode-record-mode}) command tells Calc to
12282 record the new mode settings (as if by pressing @kbd{m m}) every
12283 time a mode setting changes. If Embedded Mode is enabled, other
12284 options are available; @pxref{Mode Settings in Embedded Mode}.
12285
12286 @kindex m F
12287 @pindex calc-settings-file-name
12288 The @kbd{m F} (@code{calc-settings-file-name}) command allows you to
12289 choose a different place than your @file{.emacs} file for @kbd{m m},
12290 @kbd{Z P}, and similar commands to save permanent information.
12291 You are prompted for a file name. All Calc modes are then reset to
12292 their default values, then settings from the file you named are loaded
12293 if this file exists, and this file becomes the one that Calc will
12294 use in the future for commands like @kbd{m m}. The default settings
12295 file name is @file{~/.emacs}. You can see the current file name by
12296 giving a blank response to the @kbd{m F} prompt. See also the
12297 discussion of the @code{calc-settings-file} variable; @pxref{Installation}.
12298
12299 If the file name you give contains the string @samp{.emacs} anywhere
12300 inside it, @kbd{m F} will not automatically load the new file. This
12301 is because you are presumably switching to your @file{~/.emacs} file,
12302 which may contain other things you don't want to reread. You can give
12303 a numeric prefix argument of 1 to @kbd{m F} to force it to read the
12304 file no matter what its name. Conversely, an argument of @i{-1} tells
12305 @kbd{m F} @emph{not} to read the new file. An argument of 2 or @i{-2}
12306 tells @kbd{m F} not to reset the modes to their defaults beforehand,
12307 which is useful if you intend your new file to have a variant of the
12308 modes present in the file you were using before.
12309
12310 @kindex m x
12311 @pindex calc-always-load-extensions
12312 The @kbd{m x} (@code{calc-always-load-extensions}) command enables a mode
12313 in which the first use of Calc loads the entire program, including all
12314 extensions modules. Otherwise, the extensions modules will not be loaded
12315 until the various advanced Calc features are used. Since this mode only
12316 has effect when Calc is first loaded, @kbd{m x} is usually followed by
12317 @kbd{m m} to make the mode-setting permanent. To load all of Calc just
12318 once, rather than always in the future, you can press @kbd{M-# L}.
12319
12320 @kindex m S
12321 @pindex calc-shift-prefix
12322 The @kbd{m S} (@code{calc-shift-prefix}) command enables a mode in which
12323 all of Calc's letter prefix keys may be typed shifted as well as unshifted.
12324 If you are typing, say, @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) quite often
12325 you might find it easier to turn this mode on so that you can type
12326 @kbd{A S} instead. When this mode is enabled, the commands that used to
12327 be on those single shifted letters (e.g., @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs})) can
12328 now be invoked by pressing the shifted letter twice: @kbd{A A}. Note
12329 that the @kbd{v} prefix key always works both shifted and unshifted, and
12330 the @kbd{z} and @kbd{Z} prefix keys are always distinct. Also, the @kbd{h}
12331 prefix is not affected by this mode. Press @kbd{m S} again to disable
12332 shifted-prefix mode.
12333
12334 @node Precision, Inverse and Hyperbolic, General Mode Commands, Mode Settings
12335 @section Precision
12336
12337 @noindent
12338 @kindex p
12339 @pindex calc-precision
12340 @cindex Precision of calculations
12341 The @kbd{p} (@code{calc-precision}) command controls the precision to
12342 which floating-point calculations are carried. The precision must be
12343 at least 3 digits and may be arbitrarily high, within the limits of
12344 memory and time. This affects only floats: Integer and rational
12345 calculations are always carried out with as many digits as necessary.
12346
12347 The @kbd{p} key prompts for the current precision. If you wish you
12348 can instead give the precision as a numeric prefix argument.
12349
12350 Many internal calculations are carried to one or two digits higher
12351 precision than normal. Results are rounded down afterward to the
12352 current precision. Unless a special display mode has been selected,
12353 floats are always displayed with their full stored precision, i.e.,
12354 what you see is what you get. Reducing the current precision does not
12355 round values already on the stack, but those values will be rounded
12356 down before being used in any calculation. The @kbd{c 0} through
12357 @kbd{c 9} commands (@pxref{Conversions}) can be used to round an
12358 existing value to a new precision.@refill
12359
12360 @cindex Accuracy of calculations
12361 It is important to distinguish the concepts of @dfn{precision} and
12362 @dfn{accuracy}. In the normal usage of these words, the number
12363 123.4567 has a precision of 7 digits but an accuracy of 4 digits.
12364 The precision is the total number of digits not counting leading
12365 or trailing zeros (regardless of the position of the decimal point).
12366 The accuracy is simply the number of digits after the decimal point
12367 (again not counting trailing zeros). In Calc you control the precision,
12368 not the accuracy of computations. If you were to set the accuracy
12369 instead, then calculations like @samp{exp(100)} would generate many
12370 more digits than you would typically need, while @samp{exp(-100)} would
12371 probably round to zero! In Calc, both these computations give you
12372 exactly 12 (or the requested number of) significant digits.
12373
12374 The only Calc features that deal with accuracy instead of precision
12375 are fixed-point display mode for floats (@kbd{d f}; @pxref{Float Formats}),
12376 and the rounding functions like @code{floor} and @code{round}
12377 (@pxref{Integer Truncation}). Also, @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9}
12378 deal with both precision and accuracy depending on the magnitudes
12379 of the numbers involved.
12380
12381 If you need to work with a particular fixed accuracy (say, dollars and
12382 cents with two digits after the decimal point), one solution is to work
12383 with integers and an ``implied'' decimal point. For example, $8.99
12384 divided by 6 would be entered @kbd{899 RET 6 /}, yielding 149.833
12385 (actually $1.49833 with our implied decimal point); pressing @kbd{R}
12386 would round this to 150 cents, i.e., $1.50.
12387
12388 @xref{Floats}, for still more on floating-point precision and related
12389 issues.
12390
12391 @node Inverse and Hyperbolic, Calculation Modes, Precision, Mode Settings
12392 @section Inverse and Hyperbolic Flags
12393
12394 @noindent
12395 @kindex I
12396 @pindex calc-inverse
12397 There is no single-key equivalent to the @code{calc-arcsin} function.
12398 Instead, you must first press @kbd{I} (@code{calc-inverse}) to set
12399 the @dfn{Inverse Flag}, then press @kbd{S} (@code{calc-sin}).
12400 The @kbd{I} key actually toggles the Inverse Flag. When this flag
12401 is set, the word @samp{Inv} appears in the mode line.@refill
12402
12403 @kindex H
12404 @pindex calc-hyperbolic
12405 Likewise, the @kbd{H} key (@code{calc-hyperbolic}) sets or clears the
12406 Hyperbolic Flag, which transforms @code{calc-sin} into @code{calc-sinh}.
12407 If both of these flags are set at once, the effect will be
12408 @code{calc-arcsinh}. (The Hyperbolic flag is also used by some
12409 non-trigonometric commands; for example @kbd{H L} computes a base-10,
12410 instead of base-@i{e}, logarithm.)@refill
12411
12412 Command names like @code{calc-arcsin} are provided for completeness, and
12413 may be executed with @kbd{x} or @kbd{M-x}. Their effect is simply to
12414 toggle the Inverse and/or Hyperbolic flags and then execute the
12415 corresponding base command (@code{calc-sin} in this case).
12416
12417 The Inverse and Hyperbolic flags apply only to the next Calculator
12418 command, after which they are automatically cleared. (They are also
12419 cleared if the next keystroke is not a Calc command.) Digits you
12420 type after @kbd{I} or @kbd{H} (or @kbd{K}) are treated as prefix
12421 arguments for the next command, not as numeric entries. The same
12422 is true of @kbd{C-u}, but not of the minus sign (@kbd{K -} means to
12423 subtract and keep arguments).
12424
12425 The third Calc prefix flag, @kbd{K} (keep-arguments), is discussed
12426 elsewhere. @xref{Keep Arguments}.
12427
12428 @node Calculation Modes, Simplification Modes, Inverse and Hyperbolic, Mode Settings
12429 @section Calculation Modes
12430
12431 @noindent
12432 The commands in this section are two-key sequences beginning with
12433 the @kbd{m} prefix. (That's the letter @kbd{m}, not the @key{META} key.)
12434 The @samp{m a} (@code{calc-algebraic-mode}) command is described elsewhere
12435 (@pxref{Algebraic Entry}).
12436
12437 @menu
12438 * Angular Modes::
12439 * Polar Mode::
12440 * Fraction Mode::
12441 * Infinite Mode::
12442 * Symbolic Mode::
12443 * Matrix Mode::
12444 * Automatic Recomputation::
12445 * Working Message::
12446 @end menu
12447
12448 @node Angular Modes, Polar Mode, Calculation Modes, Calculation Modes
12449 @subsection Angular Modes
12450
12451 @noindent
12452 @cindex Angular mode
12453 The Calculator supports three notations for angles: radians, degrees,
12454 and degrees-minutes-seconds. When a number is presented to a function
12455 like @code{sin} that requires an angle, the current angular mode is
12456 used to interpret the number as either radians or degrees. If an HMS
12457 form is presented to @code{sin}, it is always interpreted as
12458 degrees-minutes-seconds.
12459
12460 Functions that compute angles produce a number in radians, a number in
12461 degrees, or an HMS form depending on the current angular mode. If the
12462 result is a complex number and the current mode is HMS, the number is
12463 instead expressed in degrees. (Complex-number calculations would
12464 normally be done in radians mode, though. Complex numbers are converted
12465 to degrees by calculating the complex result in radians and then
12466 multiplying by 180 over @c{$\pi$}
12467 @cite{pi}.)
12468
12469 @kindex m r
12470 @pindex calc-radians-mode
12471 @kindex m d
12472 @pindex calc-degrees-mode
12473 @kindex m h
12474 @pindex calc-hms-mode
12475 The @kbd{m r} (@code{calc-radians-mode}), @kbd{m d} (@code{calc-degrees-mode}),
12476 and @kbd{m h} (@code{calc-hms-mode}) commands control the angular mode.
12477 The current angular mode is displayed on the Emacs mode line.
12478 The default angular mode is degrees.@refill
12479
12480 @node Polar Mode, Fraction Mode, Angular Modes, Calculation Modes
12481 @subsection Polar Mode
12482
12483 @noindent
12484 @cindex Polar mode
12485 The Calculator normally ``prefers'' rectangular complex numbers in the
12486 sense that rectangular form is used when the proper form can not be
12487 decided from the input. This might happen by multiplying a rectangular
12488 number by a polar one, by taking the square root of a negative real
12489 number, or by entering @kbd{( 2 @key{SPC} 3 )}.
12490
12491 @kindex m p
12492 @pindex calc-polar-mode
12493 The @kbd{m p} (@code{calc-polar-mode}) command toggles complex-number
12494 preference between rectangular and polar forms. In polar mode, all
12495 of the above example situations would produce polar complex numbers.
12496
12497 @node Fraction Mode, Infinite Mode, Polar Mode, Calculation Modes
12498 @subsection Fraction Mode
12499
12500 @noindent
12501 @cindex Fraction mode
12502 @cindex Division of integers
12503 Division of two integers normally yields a floating-point number if the
12504 result cannot be expressed as an integer. In some cases you would
12505 rather get an exact fractional answer. One way to accomplish this is
12506 to multiply fractions instead: @kbd{6 @key{RET} 1:4 *} produces @cite{3:2}
12507 even though @kbd{6 @key{RET} 4 /} produces @cite{1.5}.
12508
12509 @kindex m f
12510 @pindex calc-frac-mode
12511 To set the Calculator to produce fractional results for normal integer
12512 divisions, use the @kbd{m f} (@code{calc-frac-mode}) command.
12513 For example, @cite{8/4} produces @cite{2} in either mode,
12514 but @cite{6/4} produces @cite{3:2} in Fraction Mode, @cite{1.5} in
12515 Float Mode.@refill
12516
12517 At any time you can use @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float}) to convert a
12518 fraction to a float, or @kbd{c F} (@code{calc-fraction}) to convert a
12519 float to a fraction. @xref{Conversions}.
12520
12521 @node Infinite Mode, Symbolic Mode, Fraction Mode, Calculation Modes
12522 @subsection Infinite Mode
12523
12524 @noindent
12525 @cindex Infinite mode
12526 The Calculator normally treats results like @cite{1 / 0} as errors;
12527 formulas like this are left in unsimplified form. But Calc can be
12528 put into a mode where such calculations instead produce ``infinite''
12529 results.
12530
12531 @kindex m i
12532 @pindex calc-infinite-mode
12533 The @kbd{m i} (@code{calc-infinite-mode}) command turns this mode
12534 on and off. When the mode is off, infinities do not arise except
12535 in calculations that already had infinities as inputs. (One exception
12536 is that infinite open intervals like @samp{[0 .. inf)} can be
12537 generated; however, intervals closed at infinity (@samp{[0 .. inf]})
12538 will not be generated when infinite mode is off.)
12539
12540 With infinite mode turned on, @samp{1 / 0} will generate @code{uinf},
12541 an undirected infinity. @xref{Infinities}, for a discussion of the
12542 difference between @code{inf} and @code{uinf}. Also, @cite{0 / 0}
12543 evaluates to @code{nan}, the ``indeterminate'' symbol. Various other
12544 functions can also return infinities in this mode; for example,
12545 @samp{ln(0) = -inf}, and @samp{gamma(-7) = uinf}. Once again,
12546 note that @samp{exp(inf) = inf} regardless of infinite mode because
12547 this calculation has infinity as an input.
12548
12549 @cindex Positive infinite mode
12550 The @kbd{m i} command with a numeric prefix argument of zero,
12551 i.e., @kbd{C-u 0 m i}, turns on a ``positive infinite mode'' in
12552 which zero is treated as positive instead of being directionless.
12553 Thus, @samp{1 / 0 = inf} and @samp{-1 / 0 = -inf} in this mode.
12554 Note that zero never actually has a sign in Calc; there are no
12555 separate representations for @i{+0} and @i{-0}. Positive
12556 infinite mode merely changes the interpretation given to the
12557 single symbol, @samp{0}. One consequence of this is that, while
12558 you might expect @samp{1 / -0 = -inf}, actually @samp{1 / -0}
12559 is equivalent to @samp{1 / 0}, which is equal to positive @code{inf}.
12560
12561 @node Symbolic Mode, Matrix Mode, Infinite Mode, Calculation Modes
12562 @subsection Symbolic Mode
12563
12564 @noindent
12565 @cindex Symbolic mode
12566 @cindex Inexact results
12567 Calculations are normally performed numerically wherever possible.
12568 For example, the @code{calc-sqrt} command, or @code{sqrt} function in an
12569 algebraic expression, produces a numeric answer if the argument is a
12570 number or a symbolic expression if the argument is an expression:
12571 @kbd{2 Q} pushes 1.4142 but @kbd{@key{'} x+1 @key{RET} Q} pushes @samp{sqrt(x+1)}.
12572
12573 @kindex m s
12574 @pindex calc-symbolic-mode
12575 In @dfn{symbolic mode}, controlled by the @kbd{m s} (@code{calc-symbolic-mode})
12576 command, functions which would produce inexact, irrational results are
12577 left in symbolic form. Thus @kbd{16 Q} pushes 4, but @kbd{2 Q} pushes
12578 @samp{sqrt(2)}.
12579
12580 @kindex N
12581 @pindex calc-eval-num
12582 The shift-@kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) command evaluates numerically
12583 the expression at the top of the stack, by temporarily disabling
12584 @code{calc-symbolic-mode} and executing @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}).
12585 Given a numeric prefix argument, it also
12586 sets the floating-point precision to the specified value for the duration
12587 of the command.@refill
12588
12589 To evaluate a formula numerically without expanding the variables it
12590 contains, you can use the key sequence @kbd{m s a v m s} (this uses
12591 @code{calc-alg-evaluate}, which resimplifies but doesn't evaluate
12592 variables.)
12593
12594 @node Matrix Mode, Automatic Recomputation, Symbolic Mode, Calculation Modes
12595 @subsection Matrix and Scalar Modes
12596
12597 @noindent
12598 @cindex Matrix mode
12599 @cindex Scalar mode
12600 Calc sometimes makes assumptions during algebraic manipulation that
12601 are awkward or incorrect when vectors and matrices are involved.
12602 Calc has two modes, @dfn{matrix mode} and @dfn{scalar mode}, which
12603 modify its behavior around vectors in useful ways.
12604
12605 @kindex m v
12606 @pindex calc-matrix-mode
12607 Press @kbd{m v} (@code{calc-matrix-mode}) once to enter matrix mode.
12608 In this mode, all objects are assumed to be matrices unless provably
12609 otherwise. One major effect is that Calc will no longer consider
12610 multiplication to be commutative. (Recall that in matrix arithmetic,
12611 @samp{A*B} is not the same as @samp{B*A}.) This assumption affects
12612 rewrite rules and algebraic simplification. Another effect of this
12613 mode is that calculations that would normally produce constants like
12614 0 and 1 (e.g., @cite{a - a} and @cite{a / a}, respectively) will now
12615 produce function calls that represent ``generic'' zero or identity
12616 matrices: @samp{idn(0)}, @samp{idn(1)}. The @code{idn} function
12617 @samp{idn(@var{a},@var{n})} returns @var{a} times an @var{n}x@var{n}
12618 identity matrix; if @var{n} is omitted, it doesn't know what
12619 dimension to use and so the @code{idn} call remains in symbolic
12620 form. However, if this generic identity matrix is later combined
12621 with a matrix whose size is known, it will be converted into
12622 a true identity matrix of the appropriate size. On the other hand,
12623 if it is combined with a scalar (as in @samp{idn(1) + 2}), Calc
12624 will assume it really was a scalar after all and produce, e.g., 3.
12625
12626 Press @kbd{m v} a second time to get scalar mode. Here, objects are
12627 assumed @emph{not} to be vectors or matrices unless provably so.
12628 For example, normally adding a variable to a vector, as in
12629 @samp{[x, y, z] + a}, will leave the sum in symbolic form because
12630 as far as Calc knows, @samp{a} could represent either a number or
12631 another 3-vector. In scalar mode, @samp{a} is assumed to be a
12632 non-vector, and the addition is evaluated to @samp{[x+a, y+a, z+a]}.
12633
12634 Press @kbd{m v} a third time to return to the normal mode of operation.
12635
12636 If you press @kbd{m v} with a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, you
12637 get a special ``dimensioned matrix mode'' in which matrices of
12638 unknown size are assumed to be @var{n}x@var{n} square matrices.
12639 Then, the function call @samp{idn(1)} will expand into an actual
12640 matrix rather than representing a ``generic'' matrix.
12641
12642 @cindex Declaring scalar variables
12643 Of course these modes are approximations to the true state of
12644 affairs, which is probably that some quantities will be matrices
12645 and others will be scalars. One solution is to ``declare''
12646 certain variables or functions to be scalar-valued.
12647 @xref{Declarations}, to see how to make declarations in Calc.
12648
12649 There is nothing stopping you from declaring a variable to be
12650 scalar and then storing a matrix in it; however, if you do, the
12651 results you get from Calc may not be valid. Suppose you let Calc
12652 get the result @samp{[x+a, y+a, z+a]} shown above, and then stored
12653 @samp{[1, 2, 3]} in @samp{a}. The result would not be the same as
12654 for @samp{[x, y, z] + [1, 2, 3]}, but that's because you have broken
12655 your earlier promise to Calc that @samp{a} would be scalar.
12656
12657 Another way to mix scalars and matrices is to use selections
12658 (@pxref{Selecting Subformulas}). Use matrix mode when operating on
12659 your formula normally; then, to apply scalar mode to a certain part
12660 of the formula without affecting the rest just select that part,
12661 change into scalar mode and press @kbd{=} to resimplify the part
12662 under this mode, then change back to matrix mode before deselecting.
12663
12664 @node Automatic Recomputation, Working Message, Matrix Mode, Calculation Modes
12665 @subsection Automatic Recomputation
12666
12667 @noindent
12668 The @dfn{evaluates-to} operator, @samp{=>}, has the special
12669 property that any @samp{=>} formulas on the stack are recomputed
12670 whenever variable values or mode settings that might affect them
12671 are changed. @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}.
12672
12673 @kindex m C
12674 @pindex calc-auto-recompute
12675 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command turns this
12676 automatic recomputation on and off. If you turn it off, Calc will
12677 not update @samp{=>} operators on the stack (nor those in the
12678 attached Embedded Mode buffer, if there is one). They will not
12679 be updated unless you explicitly do so by pressing @kbd{=} or until
12680 you press @kbd{m C} to turn recomputation back on. (While automatic
12681 recomputation is off, you can think of @kbd{m C m C} as a command
12682 to update all @samp{=>} operators while leaving recomputation off.)
12683
12684 To update @samp{=>} operators in an Embedded buffer while
12685 automatic recomputation is off, use @w{@kbd{M-# u}}.
12686 @xref{Embedded Mode}.
12687
12688 @node Working Message, , Automatic Recomputation, Calculation Modes
12689 @subsection Working Messages
12690
12691 @noindent
12692 @cindex Performance
12693 @cindex Working messages
12694 Since the Calculator is written entirely in Emacs Lisp, which is not
12695 designed for heavy numerical work, many operations are quite slow.
12696 The Calculator normally displays the message @samp{Working...} in the
12697 echo area during any command that may be slow. In addition, iterative
12698 operations such as square roots and trigonometric functions display the
12699 intermediate result at each step. Both of these types of messages can
12700 be disabled if you find them distracting.
12701
12702 @kindex m w
12703 @pindex calc-working
12704 Type @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) with a numeric prefix of 0 to
12705 disable all ``working'' messages. Use a numeric prefix of 1 to enable
12706 only the plain @samp{Working...} message. Use a numeric prefix of 2 to
12707 see intermediate results as well. With no numeric prefix this displays
12708 the current mode.@refill
12709
12710 While it may seem that the ``working'' messages will slow Calc down
12711 considerably, experiments have shown that their impact is actually
12712 quite small. But if your terminal is slow you may find that it helps
12713 to turn the messages off.
12714
12715 @node Simplification Modes, Declarations, Calculation Modes, Mode Settings
12716 @section Simplification Modes
12717
12718 @noindent
12719 The current @dfn{simplification mode} controls how numbers and formulas
12720 are ``normalized'' when being taken from or pushed onto the stack.
12721 Some normalizations are unavoidable, such as rounding floating-point
12722 results to the current precision, and reducing fractions to simplest
12723 form. Others, such as simplifying a formula like @cite{a+a} (or @cite{2+3}),
12724 are done by default but can be turned off when necessary.
12725
12726 When you press a key like @kbd{+} when @cite{2} and @cite{3} are on the
12727 stack, Calc pops these numbers, normalizes them, creates the formula
12728 @cite{2+3}, normalizes it, and pushes the result. Of course the standard
12729 rules for normalizing @cite{2+3} will produce the result @cite{5}.
12730
12731 Simplification mode commands consist of the lower-case @kbd{m} prefix key
12732 followed by a shifted letter.
12733
12734 @kindex m O
12735 @pindex calc-no-simplify-mode
12736 The @kbd{m O} (@code{calc-no-simplify-mode}) command turns off all optional
12737 simplifications. These would leave a formula like @cite{2+3} alone. In
12738 fact, nothing except simple numbers are ever affected by normalization
12739 in this mode.
12740
12741 @kindex m N
12742 @pindex calc-num-simplify-mode
12743 The @kbd{m N} (@code{calc-num-simplify-mode}) command turns off simplification
12744 of any formulas except those for which all arguments are constants. For
12745 example, @cite{1+2} is simplified to @cite{3}, and @cite{a+(2-2)} is
12746 simplified to @cite{a+0} but no further, since one argument of the sum
12747 is not a constant. Unfortunately, @cite{(a+2)-2} is @emph{not} simplified
12748 because the top-level @samp{-} operator's arguments are not both
12749 constant numbers (one of them is the formula @cite{a+2}).
12750 A constant is a number or other numeric object (such as a constant
12751 error form or modulo form), or a vector all of whose
12752 elements are constant.@refill
12753
12754 @kindex m D
12755 @pindex calc-default-simplify-mode
12756 The @kbd{m D} (@code{calc-default-simplify-mode}) command restores the
12757 default simplifications for all formulas. This includes many easy and
12758 fast algebraic simplifications such as @cite{a+0} to @cite{a}, and
12759 @cite{a + 2 a} to @cite{3 a}, as well as evaluating functions like
12760 @cite{@t{deriv}(x^2, x)} to @cite{2 x}.
12761
12762 @kindex m B
12763 @pindex calc-bin-simplify-mode
12764 The @kbd{m B} (@code{calc-bin-simplify-mode}) mode applies the default
12765 simplifications to a result and then, if the result is an integer,
12766 uses the @kbd{b c} (@code{calc-clip}) command to clip the integer according
12767 to the current binary word size. @xref{Binary Functions}. Real numbers
12768 are rounded to the nearest integer and then clipped; other kinds of
12769 results (after the default simplifications) are left alone.
12770
12771 @kindex m A
12772 @pindex calc-alg-simplify-mode
12773 The @kbd{m A} (@code{calc-alg-simplify-mode}) mode does algebraic
12774 simplification; it applies all the default simplifications, and also
12775 the more powerful (and slower) simplifications made by @kbd{a s}
12776 (@code{calc-simplify}). @xref{Algebraic Simplifications}.
12777
12778 @kindex m E
12779 @pindex calc-ext-simplify-mode
12780 The @kbd{m E} (@code{calc-ext-simplify-mode}) mode does ``extended''
12781 algebraic simplification, as by the @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended})
12782 command. @xref{Unsafe Simplifications}.
12783
12784 @kindex m U
12785 @pindex calc-units-simplify-mode
12786 The @kbd{m U} (@code{calc-units-simplify-mode}) mode does units
12787 simplification; it applies the command @kbd{u s}
12788 (@code{calc-simplify-units}), which in turn
12789 is a superset of @kbd{a s}. In this mode, variable names which
12790 are identifiable as unit names (like @samp{mm} for ``millimeters'')
12791 are simplified with their unit definitions in mind.@refill
12792
12793 A common technique is to set the simplification mode down to the lowest
12794 amount of simplification you will allow to be applied automatically, then
12795 use manual commands like @kbd{a s} and @kbd{c c} (@code{calc-clean}) to
12796 perform higher types of simplifications on demand. @xref{Algebraic
12797 Definitions}, for another sample use of no-simplification mode.@refill
12798
12799 @node Declarations, Display Modes, Simplification Modes, Mode Settings
12800 @section Declarations
12801
12802 @noindent
12803 A @dfn{declaration} is a statement you make that promises you will
12804 use a certain variable or function in a restricted way. This may
12805 give Calc the freedom to do things that it couldn't do if it had to
12806 take the fully general situation into account.
12807
12808 @menu
12809 * Declaration Basics::
12810 * Kinds of Declarations::
12811 * Functions for Declarations::
12812 @end menu
12813
12814 @node Declaration Basics, Kinds of Declarations, Declarations, Declarations
12815 @subsection Declaration Basics
12816
12817 @noindent
12818 @kindex s d
12819 @pindex calc-declare-variable
12820 The @kbd{s d} (@code{calc-declare-variable}) command is the easiest
12821 way to make a declaration for a variable. This command prompts for
12822 the variable name, then prompts for the declaration. The default
12823 at the declaration prompt is the previous declaration, if any.
12824 You can edit this declaration, or press @kbd{C-k} to erase it and
12825 type a new declaration. (Or, erase it and press @key{RET} to clear
12826 the declaration, effectively ``undeclaring'' the variable.)
12827
12828 A declaration is in general a vector of @dfn{type symbols} and
12829 @dfn{range} values. If there is only one type symbol or range value,
12830 you can write it directly rather than enclosing it in a vector.
12831 For example, @kbd{s d foo RET real RET} declares @code{foo} to
12832 be a real number, and @kbd{s d bar RET [int, const, [1..6]] RET}
12833 declares @code{bar} to be a constant integer between 1 and 6.
12834 (Actually, you can omit the outermost brackets and Calc will
12835 provide them for you: @kbd{s d bar RET int, const, [1..6] RET}.)
12836
12837 @cindex @code{Decls} variable
12838 @vindex Decls
12839 Declarations in Calc are kept in a special variable called @code{Decls}.
12840 This variable encodes the set of all outstanding declarations in
12841 the form of a matrix. Each row has two elements: A variable or
12842 vector of variables declared by that row, and the declaration
12843 specifier as described above. You can use the @kbd{s D} command to
12844 edit this variable if you wish to see all the declarations at once.
12845 @xref{Operations on Variables}, for a description of this command
12846 and the @kbd{s p} command that allows you to save your declarations
12847 permanently if you wish.
12848
12849 Items being declared can also be function calls. The arguments in
12850 the call are ignored; the effect is to say that this function returns
12851 values of the declared type for any valid arguments. The @kbd{s d}
12852 command declares only variables, so if you wish to make a function
12853 declaration you will have to edit the @code{Decls} matrix yourself.
12854
12855 For example, the declaration matrix
12856
12857 @group
12858 @smallexample
12859 [ [ foo, real ]
12860 [ [j, k, n], int ]
12861 [ f(1,2,3), [0 .. inf) ] ]
12862 @end smallexample
12863 @end group
12864
12865 @noindent
12866 declares that @code{foo} represents a real number, @code{j}, @code{k}
12867 and @code{n} represent integers, and the function @code{f} always
12868 returns a real number in the interval shown.
12869
12870 @vindex All
12871 If there is a declaration for the variable @code{All}, then that
12872 declaration applies to all variables that are not otherwise declared.
12873 It does not apply to function names. For example, using the row
12874 @samp{[All, real]} says that all your variables are real unless they
12875 are explicitly declared without @code{real} in some other row.
12876 The @kbd{s d} command declares @code{All} if you give a blank
12877 response to the variable-name prompt.
12878
12879 @node Kinds of Declarations, Functions for Declarations, Declaration Basics, Declarations
12880 @subsection Kinds of Declarations
12881
12882 @noindent
12883 The type-specifier part of a declaration (that is, the second prompt
12884 in the @kbd{s d} command) can be a type symbol, an interval, or a
12885 vector consisting of zero or more type symbols followed by zero or
12886 more intervals or numbers that represent the set of possible values
12887 for the variable.
12888
12889 @group
12890 @smallexample
12891 [ [ a, [1, 2, 3, 4, 5] ]
12892 [ b, [1 .. 5] ]
12893 [ c, [int, 1 .. 5] ] ]
12894 @end smallexample
12895 @end group
12896
12897 Here @code{a} is declared to contain one of the five integers shown;
12898 @code{b} is any number in the interval from 1 to 5 (any real number
12899 since we haven't specified), and @code{c} is any integer in that
12900 interval. Thus the declarations for @code{a} and @code{c} are
12901 nearly equivalent (see below).
12902
12903 The type-specifier can be the empty vector @samp{[]} to say that
12904 nothing is known about a given variable's value. This is the same
12905 as not declaring the variable at all except that it overrides any
12906 @code{All} declaration which would otherwise apply.
12907
12908 The initial value of @code{Decls} is the empty vector @samp{[]}.
12909 If @code{Decls} has no stored value or if the value stored in it
12910 is not valid, it is ignored and there are no declarations as far
12911 as Calc is concerned. (The @kbd{s d} command will replace such a
12912 malformed value with a fresh empty matrix, @samp{[]}, before recording
12913 the new declaration.) Unrecognized type symbols are ignored.
12914
12915 The following type symbols describe what sorts of numbers will be
12916 stored in a variable:
12917
12918 @table @code
12919 @item int
12920 Integers.
12921 @item numint
12922 Numerical integers. (Integers or integer-valued floats.)
12923 @item frac
12924 Fractions. (Rational numbers which are not integers.)
12925 @item rat
12926 Rational numbers. (Either integers or fractions.)
12927 @item float
12928 Floating-point numbers.
12929 @item real
12930 Real numbers. (Integers, fractions, or floats. Actually,
12931 intervals and error forms with real components also count as
12932 reals here.)
12933 @item pos
12934 Positive real numbers. (Strictly greater than zero.)
12935 @item nonneg
12936 Nonnegative real numbers. (Greater than or equal to zero.)
12937 @item number
12938 Numbers. (Real or complex.)
12939 @end table
12940
12941 Calc uses this information to determine when certain simplifications
12942 of formulas are safe. For example, @samp{(x^y)^z} cannot be
12943 simplified to @samp{x^(y z)} in general; for example,
12944 @samp{((-3)^2)^1:2} is 3, but @samp{(-3)^(2*1:2) = (-3)^1} is @i{-3}.
12945 However, this simplification @emph{is} safe if @code{z} is known
12946 to be an integer, or if @code{x} is known to be a nonnegative
12947 real number. If you have given declarations that allow Calc to
12948 deduce either of these facts, Calc will perform this simplification
12949 of the formula.
12950
12951 Calc can apply a certain amount of logic when using declarations.
12952 For example, @samp{(x^y)^(2n+1)} will be simplified if @code{n}
12953 has been declared @code{int}; Calc knows that an integer times an
12954 integer, plus an integer, must always be an integer. (In fact,
12955 Calc would simplify @samp{(-x)^(2n+1)} to @samp{-(x^(2n+1))} since
12956 it is able to determine that @samp{2n+1} must be an odd integer.)
12957
12958 Similarly, @samp{(abs(x)^y)^z} will be simplified to @samp{abs(x)^(y z)}
12959 because Calc knows that the @code{abs} function always returns a
12960 nonnegative real. If you had a @code{myabs} function that also had
12961 this property, you could get Calc to recognize it by adding the row
12962 @samp{[myabs(), nonneg]} to the @code{Decls} matrix.
12963
12964 One instance of this simplification is @samp{sqrt(x^2)} (since the
12965 @code{sqrt} function is effectively a one-half power). Normally
12966 Calc leaves this formula alone. After the command
12967 @kbd{s d x RET real RET}, however, it can simplify the formula to
12968 @samp{abs(x)}. And after @kbd{s d x RET nonneg RET}, Calc can
12969 simplify this formula all the way to @samp{x}.
12970
12971 If there are any intervals or real numbers in the type specifier,
12972 they comprise the set of possible values that the variable or
12973 function being declared can have. In particular, the type symbol
12974 @code{real} is effectively the same as the range @samp{[-inf .. inf]}
12975 (note that infinity is included in the range of possible values);
12976 @code{pos} is the same as @samp{(0 .. inf]}, and @code{nonneg} is
12977 the same as @samp{[0 .. inf]}. Saying @samp{[real, [-5 .. 5]]} is
12978 redundant because the fact that the variable is real can be
12979 deduced just from the interval, but @samp{[int, [-5 .. 5]]} and
12980 @samp{[rat, [-5 .. 5]]} are useful combinations.
12981
12982 Note that the vector of intervals or numbers is in the same format
12983 used by Calc's set-manipulation commands. @xref{Set Operations}.
12984
12985 The type specifier @samp{[1, 2, 3]} is equivalent to
12986 @samp{[numint, 1, 2, 3]}, @emph{not} to @samp{[int, 1, 2, 3]}.
12987 In other words, the range of possible values means only that
12988 the variable's value must be numerically equal to a number in
12989 that range, but not that it must be equal in type as well.
12990 Calc's set operations act the same way; @samp{in(2, [1., 2., 3.])}
12991 and @samp{in(1.5, [1:2, 3:2, 5:2])} both report ``true.''
12992
12993 If you use a conflicting combination of type specifiers, the
12994 results are unpredictable. An example is @samp{[pos, [0 .. 5]]},
12995 where the interval does not lie in the range described by the
12996 type symbol.
12997
12998 ``Real'' declarations mostly affect simplifications involving powers
12999 like the one described above. Another case where they are used
13000 is in the @kbd{a P} command which returns a list of all roots of a
13001 polynomial; if the variable has been declared real, only the real
13002 roots (if any) will be included in the list.
13003
13004 ``Integer'' declarations are used for simplifications which are valid
13005 only when certain values are integers (such as @samp{(x^y)^z}
13006 shown above).
13007
13008 Another command that makes use of declarations is @kbd{a s}, when
13009 simplifying equations and inequalities. It will cancel @code{x}
13010 from both sides of @samp{a x = b x} only if it is sure @code{x}
13011 is non-zero, say, because it has a @code{pos} declaration.
13012 To declare specifically that @code{x} is real and non-zero,
13013 use @samp{[[-inf .. 0), (0 .. inf]]}. (There is no way in the
13014 current notation to say that @code{x} is nonzero but not necessarily
13015 real.) The @kbd{a e} command does ``unsafe'' simplifications,
13016 including cancelling @samp{x} from the equation when @samp{x} is
13017 not known to be nonzero.
13018
13019 Another set of type symbols distinguish between scalars and vectors.
13020
13021 @table @code
13022 @item scalar
13023 The value is not a vector.
13024 @item vector
13025 The value is a vector.
13026 @item matrix
13027 The value is a matrix (a rectangular vector of vectors).
13028 @end table
13029
13030 These type symbols can be combined with the other type symbols
13031 described above; @samp{[int, matrix]} describes an object which
13032 is a matrix of integers.
13033
13034 Scalar/vector declarations are used to determine whether certain
13035 algebraic operations are safe. For example, @samp{[a, b, c] + x}
13036 is normally not simplified to @samp{[a + x, b + x, c + x]}, but
13037 it will be if @code{x} has been declared @code{scalar}. On the
13038 other hand, multiplication is usually assumed to be commutative,
13039 but the terms in @samp{x y} will never be exchanged if both @code{x}
13040 and @code{y} are known to be vectors or matrices. (Calc currently
13041 never distinguishes between @code{vector} and @code{matrix}
13042 declarations.)
13043
13044 @xref{Matrix Mode}, for a discussion of ``matrix mode'' and
13045 ``scalar mode,'' which are similar to declaring @samp{[All, matrix]}
13046 or @samp{[All, scalar]} but much more convenient.
13047
13048 One more type symbol that is recognized is used with the @kbd{H a d}
13049 command for taking total derivatives of a formula. @xref{Calculus}.
13050
13051 @table @code
13052 @item const
13053 The value is a constant with respect to other variables.
13054 @end table
13055
13056 Calc does not check the declarations for a variable when you store
13057 a value in it. However, storing @i{-3.5} in a variable that has
13058 been declared @code{pos}, @code{int}, or @code{matrix} may have
13059 unexpected effects; Calc may evaluate @samp{sqrt(x^2)} to @cite{3.5}
13060 if it substitutes the value first, or to @cite{-3.5} if @code{x}
13061 was declared @code{pos} and the formula @samp{sqrt(x^2)} is
13062 simplified to @samp{x} before the value is substituted. Before
13063 using a variable for a new purpose, it is best to use @kbd{s d}
13064 or @kbd{s D} to check to make sure you don't still have an old
13065 declaration for the variable that will conflict with its new meaning.
13066
13067 @node Functions for Declarations, , Kinds of Declarations, Declarations
13068 @subsection Functions for Declarations
13069
13070 @noindent
13071 Calc has a set of functions for accessing the current declarations
13072 in a convenient manner. These functions return 1 if the argument
13073 can be shown to have the specified property, or 0 if the argument
13074 can be shown @emph{not} to have that property; otherwise they are
13075 left unevaluated. These functions are suitable for use with rewrite
13076 rules (@pxref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}) or programming constructs
13077 (@pxref{Conditionals in Macros}). They can be entered only using
13078 algebraic notation. @xref{Logical Operations}, for functions
13079 that perform other tests not related to declarations.
13080
13081 For example, @samp{dint(17)} returns 1 because 17 is an integer, as
13082 do @samp{dint(n)} and @samp{dint(2 n - 3)} if @code{n} has been declared
13083 @code{int}, but @samp{dint(2.5)} and @samp{dint(n + 0.5)} return 0.
13084 Calc consults knowledge of its own built-in functions as well as your
13085 own declarations: @samp{dint(floor(x))} returns 1.
13086
13087 @c @starindex
13088 @tindex dint
13089 @c @starindex
13090 @tindex dnumint
13091 @c @starindex
13092 @tindex dnatnum
13093 The @code{dint} function checks if its argument is an integer.
13094 The @code{dnatnum} function checks if its argument is a natural
13095 number, i.e., a nonnegative integer. The @code{dnumint} function
13096 checks if its argument is numerically an integer, i.e., either an
13097 integer or an integer-valued float. Note that these and the other
13098 data type functions also accept vectors or matrices composed of
13099 suitable elements, and that real infinities @samp{inf} and @samp{-inf}
13100 are considered to be integers for the purposes of these functions.
13101
13102 @c @starindex
13103 @tindex drat
13104 The @code{drat} function checks if its argument is rational, i.e.,
13105 an integer or fraction. Infinities count as rational, but intervals
13106 and error forms do not.
13107
13108 @c @starindex
13109 @tindex dreal
13110 The @code{dreal} function checks if its argument is real. This
13111 includes integers, fractions, floats, real error forms, and intervals.
13112
13113 @c @starindex
13114 @tindex dimag
13115 The @code{dimag} function checks if its argument is imaginary,
13116 i.e., is mathematically equal to a real number times @cite{i}.
13117
13118 @c @starindex
13119 @tindex dpos
13120 @c @starindex
13121 @tindex dneg
13122 @c @starindex
13123 @tindex dnonneg
13124 The @code{dpos} function checks for positive (but nonzero) reals.
13125 The @code{dneg} function checks for negative reals. The @code{dnonneg}
13126 function checks for nonnegative reals, i.e., reals greater than or
13127 equal to zero. Note that the @kbd{a s} command can simplify an
13128 expression like @cite{x > 0} to 1 or 0 using @code{dpos}, and that
13129 @kbd{a s} is effectively applied to all conditions in rewrite rules,
13130 so the actual functions @code{dpos}, @code{dneg}, and @code{dnonneg}
13131 are rarely necessary.
13132
13133 @c @starindex
13134 @tindex dnonzero
13135 The @code{dnonzero} function checks that its argument is nonzero.
13136 This includes all nonzero real or complex numbers, all intervals that
13137 do not include zero, all nonzero modulo forms, vectors all of whose
13138 elements are nonzero, and variables or formulas whose values can be
13139 deduced to be nonzero. It does not include error forms, since they
13140 represent values which could be anything including zero. (This is
13141 also the set of objects considered ``true'' in conditional contexts.)
13142
13143 @c @starindex
13144 @tindex deven
13145 @c @starindex
13146 @tindex dodd
13147 The @code{deven} function returns 1 if its argument is known to be
13148 an even integer (or integer-valued float); it returns 0 if its argument
13149 is known not to be even (because it is known to be odd or a non-integer).
13150 The @kbd{a s} command uses this to simplify a test of the form
13151 @samp{x % 2 = 0}. There is also an analogous @code{dodd} function.
13152
13153 @c @starindex
13154 @tindex drange
13155 The @code{drange} function returns a set (an interval or a vector
13156 of intervals and/or numbers; @pxref{Set Operations}) that describes
13157 the set of possible values of its argument. If the argument is
13158 a variable or a function with a declaration, the range is copied
13159 from the declaration. Otherwise, the possible signs of the
13160 expression are determined using a method similar to @code{dpos},
13161 etc., and a suitable set like @samp{[0 .. inf]} is returned. If
13162 the expression is not provably real, the @code{drange} function
13163 remains unevaluated.
13164
13165 @c @starindex
13166 @tindex dscalar
13167 The @code{dscalar} function returns 1 if its argument is provably
13168 scalar, or 0 if its argument is provably non-scalar. It is left
13169 unevaluated if this cannot be determined. (If matrix mode or scalar
13170 mode are in effect, this function returns 1 or 0, respectively,
13171 if it has no other information.) When Calc interprets a condition
13172 (say, in a rewrite rule) it considers an unevaluated formula to be
13173 ``false.'' Thus, @samp{dscalar(a)} is ``true'' only if @code{a} is
13174 provably scalar, and @samp{!dscalar(a)} is ``true'' only if @code{a}
13175 is provably non-scalar; both are ``false'' if there is insufficient
13176 information to tell.
13177
13178 @node Display Modes, Language Modes, Declarations, Mode Settings
13179 @section Display Modes
13180
13181 @noindent
13182 The commands in this section are two-key sequences beginning with the
13183 @kbd{d} prefix. The @kbd{d l} (@code{calc-line-numbering}) and @kbd{d b}
13184 (@code{calc-line-breaking}) commands are described elsewhere;
13185 @pxref{Stack Basics} and @pxref{Normal Language Modes}, respectively.
13186 Display formats for vectors and matrices are also covered elsewhere;
13187 @pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}.@refill
13188
13189 One thing all display modes have in common is their treatment of the
13190 @kbd{H} prefix. This prefix causes any mode command that would normally
13191 refresh the stack to leave the stack display alone. The word ``Dirty''
13192 will appear in the mode line when Calc thinks the stack display may not
13193 reflect the latest mode settings.
13194
13195 @kindex d RET
13196 @pindex calc-refresh-top
13197 The @kbd{d RET} (@code{calc-refresh-top}) command reformats the
13198 top stack entry according to all the current modes. Positive prefix
13199 arguments reformat the top @var{n} entries; negative prefix arguments
13200 reformat the specified entry, and a prefix of zero is equivalent to
13201 @kbd{d SPC} (@code{calc-refresh}), which reformats the entire stack.
13202 For example, @kbd{H d s M-2 d RET} changes to scientific notation
13203 but reformats only the top two stack entries in the new mode.
13204
13205 The @kbd{I} prefix has another effect on the display modes. The mode
13206 is set only temporarily; the top stack entry is reformatted according
13207 to that mode, then the original mode setting is restored. In other
13208 words, @kbd{I d s} is equivalent to @kbd{H d s d RET H d (@var{old mode})}.
13209
13210 @menu
13211 * Radix Modes::
13212 * Grouping Digits::
13213 * Float Formats::
13214 * Complex Formats::
13215 * Fraction Formats::
13216 * HMS Formats::
13217 * Date Formats::
13218 * Truncating the Stack::
13219 * Justification::
13220 * Labels::
13221 @end menu
13222
13223 @node Radix Modes, Grouping Digits, Display Modes, Display Modes
13224 @subsection Radix Modes
13225
13226 @noindent
13227 @cindex Radix display
13228 @cindex Non-decimal numbers
13229 @cindex Decimal and non-decimal numbers
13230 Calc normally displays numbers in decimal (@dfn{base-10} or @dfn{radix-10})
13231 notation. Calc can actually display in any radix from two (binary) to 36.
13232 When the radix is above 10, the letters @code{A} to @code{Z} are used as
13233 digits. When entering such a number, letter keys are interpreted as
13234 potential digits rather than terminating numeric entry mode.
13235
13236 @kindex d 2
13237 @kindex d 8
13238 @kindex d 6
13239 @kindex d 0
13240 @cindex Hexadecimal integers
13241 @cindex Octal integers
13242 The key sequences @kbd{d 2}, @kbd{d 8}, @kbd{d 6}, and @kbd{d 0} select
13243 binary, octal, hexadecimal, and decimal as the current display radix,
13244 respectively. Numbers can always be entered in any radix, though the
13245 current radix is used as a default if you press @kbd{#} without any initial
13246 digits. A number entered without a @kbd{#} is @emph{always} interpreted
13247 as decimal.@refill
13248
13249 @kindex d r
13250 @pindex calc-radix
13251 To set the radix generally, use @kbd{d r} (@code{calc-radix}) and enter
13252 an integer from 2 to 36. You can specify the radix as a numeric prefix
13253 argument; otherwise you will be prompted for it.
13254
13255 @kindex d z
13256 @pindex calc-leading-zeros
13257 @cindex Leading zeros
13258 Integers normally are displayed with however many digits are necessary to
13259 represent the integer and no more. The @kbd{d z} (@code{calc-leading-zeros})
13260 command causes integers to be padded out with leading zeros according to the
13261 current binary word size. (@xref{Binary Functions}, for a discussion of
13262 word size.) If the absolute value of the word size is @cite{w}, all integers
13263 are displayed with at least enough digits to represent @c{$2^w-1$}
13264 @cite{(2^w)-1} in the
13265 current radix. (Larger integers will still be displayed in their entirety.)
13266
13267 @node Grouping Digits, Float Formats, Radix Modes, Display Modes
13268 @subsection Grouping Digits
13269
13270 @noindent
13271 @kindex d g
13272 @pindex calc-group-digits
13273 @cindex Grouping digits
13274 @cindex Digit grouping
13275 Long numbers can be hard to read if they have too many digits. For
13276 example, the factorial of 30 is 33 digits long! Press @kbd{d g}
13277 (@code{calc-group-digits}) to enable @dfn{grouping} mode, in which digits
13278 are displayed in clumps of 3 or 4 (depending on the current radix)
13279 separated by commas.
13280
13281 The @kbd{d g} command toggles grouping on and off.
13282 With a numerix prefix of 0, this command displays the current state of
13283 the grouping flag; with an argument of minus one it disables grouping;
13284 with a positive argument @cite{N} it enables grouping on every @cite{N}
13285 digits. For floating-point numbers, grouping normally occurs only
13286 before the decimal point. A negative prefix argument @cite{-N} enables
13287 grouping every @cite{N} digits both before and after the decimal point.@refill
13288
13289 @kindex d ,
13290 @pindex calc-group-char
13291 The @kbd{d ,} (@code{calc-group-char}) command allows you to choose any
13292 character as the grouping separator. The default is the comma character.
13293 If you find it difficult to read vectors of large integers grouped with
13294 commas, you may wish to use spaces or some other character instead.
13295 This command takes the next character you type, whatever it is, and
13296 uses it as the digit separator. As a special case, @kbd{d , \} selects
13297 @samp{\,} (@TeX{}'s thin-space symbol) as the digit separator.
13298
13299 Please note that grouped numbers will not generally be parsed correctly
13300 if re-read in textual form, say by the use of @kbd{M-# y} and @kbd{M-# g}.
13301 (@xref{Kill and Yank}, for details on these commands.) One exception is
13302 the @samp{\,} separator, which doesn't interfere with parsing because it
13303 is ignored by @TeX{} language mode.
13304
13305 @node Float Formats, Complex Formats, Grouping Digits, Display Modes
13306 @subsection Float Formats
13307
13308 @noindent
13309 Floating-point quantities are normally displayed in standard decimal
13310 form, with scientific notation used if the exponent is especially high
13311 or low. All significant digits are normally displayed. The commands
13312 in this section allow you to choose among several alternative display
13313 formats for floats.
13314
13315 @kindex d n
13316 @pindex calc-normal-notation
13317 The @kbd{d n} (@code{calc-normal-notation}) command selects the normal
13318 display format. All significant figures in a number are displayed.
13319 With a positive numeric prefix, numbers are rounded if necessary to
13320 that number of significant digits. With a negative numerix prefix,
13321 the specified number of significant digits less than the current
13322 precision is used. (Thus @kbd{C-u -2 d n} displays 10 digits if the
13323 current precision is 12.)
13324
13325 @kindex d f
13326 @pindex calc-fix-notation
13327 The @kbd{d f} (@code{calc-fix-notation}) command selects fixed-point
13328 notation. The numeric argument is the number of digits after the
13329 decimal point, zero or more. This format will relax into scientific
13330 notation if a nonzero number would otherwise have been rounded all the
13331 way to zero. Specifying a negative number of digits is the same as
13332 for a positive number, except that small nonzero numbers will be rounded
13333 to zero rather than switching to scientific notation.
13334
13335 @kindex d s
13336 @pindex calc-sci-notation
13337 @cindex Scientific notation, display of
13338 The @kbd{d s} (@code{calc-sci-notation}) command selects scientific
13339 notation. A positive argument sets the number of significant figures
13340 displayed, of which one will be before and the rest after the decimal
13341 point. A negative argument works the same as for @kbd{d n} format.
13342 The default is to display all significant digits.
13343
13344 @kindex d e
13345 @pindex calc-eng-notation
13346 @cindex Engineering notation, display of
13347 The @kbd{d e} (@code{calc-eng-notation}) command selects engineering
13348 notation. This is similar to scientific notation except that the
13349 exponent is rounded down to a multiple of three, with from one to three
13350 digits before the decimal point. An optional numeric prefix sets the
13351 number of significant digits to display, as for @kbd{d s}.
13352
13353 It is important to distinguish between the current @emph{precision} and
13354 the current @emph{display format}. After the commands @kbd{C-u 10 p}
13355 and @kbd{C-u 6 d n} the Calculator computes all results to ten
13356 significant figures but displays only six. (In fact, intermediate
13357 calculations are often carried to one or two more significant figures,
13358 but values placed on the stack will be rounded down to ten figures.)
13359 Numbers are never actually rounded to the display precision for storage,
13360 except by commands like @kbd{C-k} and @kbd{M-# y} which operate on the
13361 actual displayed text in the Calculator buffer.
13362
13363 @kindex d .
13364 @pindex calc-point-char
13365 The @kbd{d .} (@code{calc-point-char}) command selects the character used
13366 as a decimal point. Normally this is a period; users in some countries
13367 may wish to change this to a comma. Note that this is only a display
13368 style; on entry, periods must always be used to denote floating-point
13369 numbers, and commas to separate elements in a list.
13370
13371 @node Complex Formats, Fraction Formats, Float Formats, Display Modes
13372 @subsection Complex Formats
13373
13374 @noindent
13375 @kindex d c
13376 @pindex calc-complex-notation
13377 There are three supported notations for complex numbers in rectangular
13378 form. The default is as a pair of real numbers enclosed in parentheses
13379 and separated by a comma: @samp{(a,b)}. The @kbd{d c}
13380 (@code{calc-complex-notation}) command selects this style.@refill
13381
13382 @kindex d i
13383 @pindex calc-i-notation
13384 @kindex d j
13385 @pindex calc-j-notation
13386 The other notations are @kbd{d i} (@code{calc-i-notation}), in which
13387 numbers are displayed in @samp{a+bi} form, and @kbd{d j}
13388 (@code{calc-j-notation}) which displays the form @samp{a+bj} preferred
13389 in some disciplines.@refill
13390
13391 @cindex @code{i} variable
13392 @vindex i
13393 Complex numbers are normally entered in @samp{(a,b)} format.
13394 If you enter @samp{2+3i} as an algebraic formula, it will be stored as
13395 the formula @samp{2 + 3 * i}. However, if you use @kbd{=} to evaluate
13396 this formula and you have not changed the variable @samp{i}, the @samp{i}
13397 will be interpreted as @samp{(0,1)} and the formula will be simplified
13398 to @samp{(2,3)}. Other commands (like @code{calc-sin}) will @emph{not}
13399 interpret the formula @samp{2 + 3 * i} as a complex number.
13400 @xref{Variables}, under ``special constants.''@refill
13401
13402 @node Fraction Formats, HMS Formats, Complex Formats, Display Modes
13403 @subsection Fraction Formats
13404
13405 @noindent
13406 @kindex d o
13407 @pindex calc-over-notation
13408 Display of fractional numbers is controlled by the @kbd{d o}
13409 (@code{calc-over-notation}) command. By default, a number like
13410 eight thirds is displayed in the form @samp{8:3}. The @kbd{d o} command
13411 prompts for a one- or two-character format. If you give one character,
13412 that character is used as the fraction separator. Common separators are
13413 @samp{:} and @samp{/}. (During input of numbers, the @kbd{:} key must be
13414 used regardless of the display format; in particular, the @kbd{/} is used
13415 for RPN-style division, @emph{not} for entering fractions.)
13416
13417 If you give two characters, fractions use ``integer-plus-fractional-part''
13418 notation. For example, the format @samp{+/} would display eight thirds
13419 as @samp{2+2/3}. If two colons are present in a number being entered,
13420 the number is interpreted in this form (so that the entries @kbd{2:2:3}
13421 and @kbd{8:3} are equivalent).
13422
13423 It is also possible to follow the one- or two-character format with
13424 a number. For example: @samp{:10} or @samp{+/3}. In this case,
13425 Calc adjusts all fractions that are displayed to have the specified
13426 denominator, if possible. Otherwise it adjusts the denominator to
13427 be a multiple of the specified value. For example, in @samp{:6} mode
13428 the fraction @cite{1:6} will be unaffected, but @cite{2:3} will be
13429 displayed as @cite{4:6}, @cite{1:2} will be displayed as @cite{3:6},
13430 and @cite{1:8} will be displayed as @cite{3:24}. Integers are also
13431 affected by this mode: 3 is displayed as @cite{18:6}. Note that the
13432 format @samp{:1} writes fractions the same as @samp{:}, but it writes
13433 integers as @cite{n:1}.
13434
13435 The fraction format does not affect the way fractions or integers are
13436 stored, only the way they appear on the screen. The fraction format
13437 never affects floats.
13438
13439 @node HMS Formats, Date Formats, Fraction Formats, Display Modes
13440 @subsection HMS Formats
13441
13442 @noindent
13443 @kindex d h
13444 @pindex calc-hms-notation
13445 The @kbd{d h} (@code{calc-hms-notation}) command controls the display of
13446 HMS (hours-minutes-seconds) forms. It prompts for a string which
13447 consists basically of an ``hours'' marker, optional punctuation, a
13448 ``minutes'' marker, more optional punctuation, and a ``seconds'' marker.
13449 Punctuation is zero or more spaces, commas, or semicolons. The hours
13450 marker is one or more non-punctuation characters. The minutes and
13451 seconds markers must be single non-punctuation characters.
13452
13453 The default HMS format is @samp{@@ ' "}, producing HMS values of the form
13454 @samp{23@@ 30' 15.75"}. The format @samp{deg, ms} would display this same
13455 value as @samp{23deg, 30m15.75s}. During numeric entry, the @kbd{h} or @kbd{o}
13456 keys are recognized as synonyms for @kbd{@@} regardless of display format.
13457 The @kbd{m} and @kbd{s} keys are recognized as synonyms for @kbd{'} and
13458 @kbd{"}, respectively, but only if an @kbd{@@} (or @kbd{h} or @kbd{o}) has
13459 already been typed; otherwise, they have their usual meanings
13460 (@kbd{m-} prefix and @kbd{s-} prefix). Thus, @kbd{5 "}, @kbd{0 @@ 5 "}, and
13461 @kbd{0 h 5 s} are some of the ways to enter the quantity ``five seconds.''
13462 The @kbd{'} key is recognized as ``minutes'' only if @kbd{@@} (or @kbd{h} or
13463 @kbd{o}) has already been pressed; otherwise it means to switch to algebraic
13464 entry.
13465
13466 @node Date Formats, Truncating the Stack, HMS Formats, Display Modes
13467 @subsection Date Formats
13468
13469 @noindent
13470 @kindex d d
13471 @pindex calc-date-notation
13472 The @kbd{d d} (@code{calc-date-notation}) command controls the display
13473 of date forms (@pxref{Date Forms}). It prompts for a string which
13474 contains letters that represent the various parts of a date and time.
13475 To show which parts should be omitted when the form represents a pure
13476 date with no time, parts of the string can be enclosed in @samp{< >}
13477 marks. If you don't include @samp{< >} markers in the format, Calc
13478 guesses at which parts, if any, should be omitted when formatting
13479 pure dates.
13480
13481 The default format is: @samp{<H:mm:SSpp >Www Mmm D, YYYY}.
13482 An example string in this format is @samp{3:32pm Wed Jan 9, 1991}.
13483 If you enter a blank format string, this default format is
13484 reestablished.
13485
13486 Calc uses @samp{< >} notation for nameless functions as well as for
13487 dates. @xref{Specifying Operators}. To avoid confusion with nameless
13488 functions, your date formats should avoid using the @samp{#} character.
13489
13490 @menu
13491 * Date Formatting Codes::
13492 * Free-Form Dates::
13493 * Standard Date Formats::
13494 @end menu
13495
13496 @node Date Formatting Codes, Free-Form Dates, Date Formats, Date Formats
13497 @subsubsection Date Formatting Codes
13498
13499 @noindent
13500 When displaying a date, the current date format is used. All
13501 characters except for letters and @samp{<} and @samp{>} are
13502 copied literally when dates are formatted. The portion between
13503 @samp{< >} markers is omitted for pure dates, or included for
13504 date/time forms. Letters are interpreted according to the table
13505 below.
13506
13507 When dates are read in during algebraic entry, Calc first tries to
13508 match the input string to the current format either with or without
13509 the time part. The punctuation characters (including spaces) must
13510 match exactly; letter fields must correspond to suitable text in
13511 the input. If this doesn't work, Calc checks if the input is a
13512 simple number; if so, the number is interpreted as a number of days
13513 since Jan 1, 1 AD. Otherwise, Calc tries a much more relaxed and
13514 flexible algorithm which is described in the next section.
13515
13516 Weekday names are ignored during reading.
13517
13518 Two-digit year numbers are interpreted as lying in the range
13519 from 1941 to 2039. Years outside that range are always
13520 entered and displayed in full. Year numbers with a leading
13521 @samp{+} sign are always interpreted exactly, allowing the
13522 entry and display of the years 1 through 99 AD.
13523
13524 Here is a complete list of the formatting codes for dates:
13525
13526 @table @asis
13527 @item Y
13528 Year: ``91'' for 1991, ``7'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13529 @item YY
13530 Year: ``91'' for 1991, ``07'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13531 @item BY
13532 Year: ``91'' for 1991, `` 7'' for 2007, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13533 @item YYY
13534 Year: ``1991'' for 1991, ``23'' for 23 AD.
13535 @item YYYY
13536 Year: ``1991'' for 1991, ``+23'' for 23 AD.
13537 @item aa
13538 Year: ``ad'' or blank.
13539 @item AA
13540 Year: ``AD'' or blank.
13541 @item aaa
13542 Year: ``ad '' or blank. (Note trailing space.)
13543 @item AAA
13544 Year: ``AD '' or blank.
13545 @item aaaa
13546 Year: ``a.d.'' or blank.
13547 @item AAAA
13548 Year: ``A.D.'' or blank.
13549 @item bb
13550 Year: ``bc'' or blank.
13551 @item BB
13552 Year: ``BC'' or blank.
13553 @item bbb
13554 Year: `` bc'' or blank. (Note leading space.)
13555 @item BBB
13556 Year: `` BC'' or blank.
13557 @item bbbb
13558 Year: ``b.c.'' or blank.
13559 @item BBBB
13560 Year: ``B.C.'' or blank.
13561 @item M
13562 Month: ``8'' for August.
13563 @item MM
13564 Month: ``08'' for August.
13565 @item BM
13566 Month: `` 8'' for August.
13567 @item MMM
13568 Month: ``AUG'' for August.
13569 @item Mmm
13570 Month: ``Aug'' for August.
13571 @item mmm
13572 Month: ``aug'' for August.
13573 @item MMMM
13574 Month: ``AUGUST'' for August.
13575 @item Mmmm
13576 Month: ``August'' for August.
13577 @item D
13578 Day: ``7'' for 7th day of month.
13579 @item DD
13580 Day: ``07'' for 7th day of month.
13581 @item BD
13582 Day: `` 7'' for 7th day of month.
13583 @item W
13584 Weekday: ``0'' for Sunday, ``6'' for Saturday.
13585 @item WWW
13586 Weekday: ``SUN'' for Sunday.
13587 @item Www
13588 Weekday: ``Sun'' for Sunday.
13589 @item www
13590 Weekday: ``sun'' for Sunday.
13591 @item WWWW
13592 Weekday: ``SUNDAY'' for Sunday.
13593 @item Wwww
13594 Weekday: ``Sunday'' for Sunday.
13595 @item d
13596 Day of year: ``34'' for Feb. 3.
13597 @item ddd
13598 Day of year: ``034'' for Feb. 3.
13599 @item bdd
13600 Day of year: `` 34'' for Feb. 3.
13601 @item h
13602 Hour: ``5'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13603 @item hh
13604 Hour: ``05'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13605 @item bh
13606 Hour: `` 5'' for 5 AM; ``17'' for 5 PM.
13607 @item H
13608 Hour: ``5'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13609 @item HH
13610 Hour: ``05'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13611 @item BH
13612 Hour: `` 5'' for 5 AM and 5 PM.
13613 @item p
13614 AM/PM: ``a'' or ``p''.
13615 @item P
13616 AM/PM: ``A'' or ``P''.
13617 @item pp
13618 AM/PM: ``am'' or ``pm''.
13619 @item PP
13620 AM/PM: ``AM'' or ``PM''.
13621 @item pppp
13622 AM/PM: ``a.m.'' or ``p.m.''.
13623 @item PPPP
13624 AM/PM: ``A.M.'' or ``P.M.''.
13625 @item m
13626 Minutes: ``7'' for 7.
13627 @item mm
13628 Minutes: ``07'' for 7.
13629 @item bm
13630 Minutes: `` 7'' for 7.
13631 @item s
13632 Seconds: ``7'' for 7; ``7.23'' for 7.23.
13633 @item ss
13634 Seconds: ``07'' for 7; ``07.23'' for 7.23.
13635 @item bs
13636 Seconds: `` 7'' for 7; `` 7.23'' for 7.23.
13637 @item SS
13638 Optional seconds: ``07'' for 7; blank for 0.
13639 @item BS
13640 Optional seconds: `` 7'' for 7; blank for 0.
13641 @item N
13642 Numeric date/time: ``726842.25'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13643 @item n
13644 Numeric date: ``726842'' for any time on Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13645 @item J
13646 Julian date/time: ``2448265.75'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13647 @item j
13648 Julian date: ``2448266'' for any time on Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13649 @item U
13650 Unix time: ``663400800'' for 6:00am Wed Jan 9, 1991.
13651 @item X
13652 Brackets suppression. An ``X'' at the front of the format
13653 causes the surrounding @w{@samp{< >}} delimiters to be omitted
13654 when formatting dates. Note that the brackets are still
13655 required for algebraic entry.
13656 @end table
13657
13658 If ``SS'' or ``BS'' (optional seconds) is preceded by a colon, the
13659 colon is also omitted if the seconds part is zero.
13660
13661 If ``bb,'' ``bbb'' or ``bbbb'' or their upper-case equivalents
13662 appear in the format, then negative year numbers are displayed
13663 without a minus sign. Note that ``aa'' and ``bb'' are mutually
13664 exclusive. Some typical usages would be @samp{YYYY AABB};
13665 @samp{AAAYYYYBBB}; @samp{YYYYBBB}.
13666
13667 The formats ``YY,'' ``YYYY,'' ``MM,'' ``DD,'' ``ddd,'' ``hh,'' ``HH,''
13668 ``mm,'' ``ss,'' and ``SS'' actually match any number of digits during
13669 reading unless several of these codes are strung together with no
13670 punctuation in between, in which case the input must have exactly as
13671 many digits as there are letters in the format.
13672
13673 The ``j,'' ``J,'' and ``U'' formats do not make any time zone
13674 adjustment. They effectively use @samp{julian(x,0)} and
13675 @samp{unixtime(x,0)} to make the conversion; @pxref{Date Arithmetic}.
13676
13677 @node Free-Form Dates, Standard Date Formats, Date Formatting Codes, Date Formats
13678 @subsubsection Free-Form Dates
13679
13680 @noindent
13681 When reading a date form during algebraic entry, Calc falls back
13682 on the algorithm described here if the input does not exactly
13683 match the current date format. This algorithm generally
13684 ``does the right thing'' and you don't have to worry about it,
13685 but it is described here in full detail for the curious.
13686
13687 Calc does not distinguish between upper- and lower-case letters
13688 while interpreting dates.
13689
13690 First, the time portion, if present, is located somewhere in the
13691 text and then removed. The remaining text is then interpreted as
13692 the date.
13693
13694 A time is of the form @samp{hh:mm:ss}, possibly with the seconds
13695 part omitted and possibly with an AM/PM indicator added to indicate
13696 12-hour time. If the AM/PM is present, the minutes may also be
13697 omitted. The AM/PM part may be any of the words @samp{am},
13698 @samp{pm}, @samp{noon}, or @samp{midnight}; each of these may be
13699 abbreviated to one letter, and the alternate forms @samp{a.m.},
13700 @samp{p.m.}, and @samp{mid} are also understood. Obviously
13701 @samp{noon} and @samp{midnight} are allowed only on 12:00:00.
13702 The words @samp{noon}, @samp{mid}, and @samp{midnight} are also
13703 recognized with no number attached.
13704
13705 If there is no AM/PM indicator, the time is interpreted in 24-hour
13706 format.
13707
13708 To read the date portion, all words and numbers are isolated
13709 from the string; other characters are ignored. All words must
13710 be either month names or day-of-week names (the latter of which
13711 are ignored). Names can be written in full or as three-letter
13712 abbreviations.
13713
13714 Large numbers, or numbers with @samp{+} or @samp{-} signs,
13715 are interpreted as years. If one of the other numbers is
13716 greater than 12, then that must be the day and the remaining
13717 number in the input is therefore the month. Otherwise, Calc
13718 assumes the month, day and year are in the same order that they
13719 appear in the current date format. If the year is omitted, the
13720 current year is taken from the system clock.
13721
13722 If there are too many or too few numbers, or any unrecognizable
13723 words, then the input is rejected.
13724
13725 If there are any large numbers (of five digits or more) other than
13726 the year, they are ignored on the assumption that they are something
13727 like Julian dates that were included along with the traditional
13728 date components when the date was formatted.
13729
13730 One of the words @samp{ad}, @samp{a.d.}, @samp{bc}, or @samp{b.c.}
13731 may optionally be used; the latter two are equivalent to a
13732 minus sign on the year value.
13733
13734 If you always enter a four-digit year, and use a name instead
13735 of a number for the month, there is no danger of ambiguity.
13736
13737 @node Standard Date Formats, , Free-Form Dates, Date Formats
13738 @subsubsection Standard Date Formats
13739
13740 @noindent
13741 There are actually ten standard date formats, numbered 0 through 9.
13742 Entering a blank line at the @kbd{d d} command's prompt gives
13743 you format number 1, Calc's usual format. You can enter any digit
13744 to select the other formats.
13745
13746 To create your own standard date formats, give a numeric prefix
13747 argument from 0 to 9 to the @w{@kbd{d d}} command. The format you
13748 enter will be recorded as the new standard format of that
13749 number, as well as becoming the new current date format.
13750 You can save your formats permanently with the @w{@kbd{m m}}
13751 command (@pxref{Mode Settings}).
13752
13753 @table @asis
13754 @item 0
13755 @samp{N} (Numerical format)
13756 @item 1
13757 @samp{<H:mm:SSpp >Www Mmm D, YYYY} (American format)
13758 @item 2
13759 @samp{D Mmm YYYY<, h:mm:SS>} (European format)
13760 @item 3
13761 @samp{Www Mmm BD< hh:mm:ss> YYYY} (Unix written date format)
13762 @item 4
13763 @samp{M/D/Y< H:mm:SSpp>} (American slashed format)
13764 @item 5
13765 @samp{D.M.Y< h:mm:SS>} (European dotted format)
13766 @item 6
13767 @samp{M-D-Y< H:mm:SSpp>} (American dashed format)
13768 @item 7
13769 @samp{D-M-Y< h:mm:SS>} (European dashed format)
13770 @item 8
13771 @samp{j<, h:mm:ss>} (Julian day plus time)
13772 @item 9
13773 @samp{YYddd< hh:mm:ss>} (Year-day format)
13774 @end table
13775
13776 @node Truncating the Stack, Justification, Date Formats, Display Modes
13777 @subsection Truncating the Stack
13778
13779 @noindent
13780 @kindex d t
13781 @pindex calc-truncate-stack
13782 @cindex Truncating the stack
13783 @cindex Narrowing the stack
13784 The @kbd{d t} (@code{calc-truncate-stack}) command moves the @samp{.}@:
13785 line that marks the top-of-stack up or down in the Calculator buffer.
13786 The number right above that line is considered to the be at the top of
13787 the stack. Any numbers below that line are ``hidden'' from all stack
13788 operations. This is similar to the Emacs ``narrowing'' feature, except
13789 that the values below the @samp{.} are @emph{visible}, just temporarily
13790 frozen. This feature allows you to keep several independent calculations
13791 running at once in different parts of the stack, or to apply a certain
13792 command to an element buried deep in the stack.@refill
13793
13794 Pressing @kbd{d t} by itself moves the @samp{.} to the line the cursor
13795 is on. Thus, this line and all those below it become hidden. To un-hide
13796 these lines, move down to the end of the buffer and press @w{@kbd{d t}}.
13797 With a positive numeric prefix argument @cite{n}, @kbd{d t} hides the
13798 bottom @cite{n} values in the buffer. With a negative argument, it hides
13799 all but the top @cite{n} values. With an argument of zero, it hides zero
13800 values, i.e., moves the @samp{.} all the way down to the bottom.@refill
13801
13802 @kindex d [
13803 @pindex calc-truncate-up
13804 @kindex d ]
13805 @pindex calc-truncate-down
13806 The @kbd{d [} (@code{calc-truncate-up}) and @kbd{d ]}
13807 (@code{calc-truncate-down}) commands move the @samp{.} up or down one
13808 line at a time (or several lines with a prefix argument).@refill
13809
13810 @node Justification, Labels, Truncating the Stack, Display Modes
13811 @subsection Justification
13812
13813 @noindent
13814 @kindex d <
13815 @pindex calc-left-justify
13816 @kindex d =
13817 @pindex calc-center-justify
13818 @kindex d >
13819 @pindex calc-right-justify
13820 Values on the stack are normally left-justified in the window. You can
13821 control this arrangement by typing @kbd{d <} (@code{calc-left-justify}),
13822 @kbd{d >} (@code{calc-right-justify}), or @kbd{d =}
13823 (@code{calc-center-justify}). For example, in right-justification mode,
13824 stack entries are displayed flush-right against the right edge of the
13825 window.@refill
13826
13827 If you change the width of the Calculator window you may have to type
13828 @kbd{d SPC} (@code{calc-refresh}) to re-align right-justified or centered
13829 text.
13830
13831 Right-justification is especially useful together with fixed-point
13832 notation (see @code{d f}; @code{calc-fix-notation}). With these modes
13833 together, the decimal points on numbers will always line up.
13834
13835 With a numeric prefix argument, the justification commands give you
13836 a little extra control over the display. The argument specifies the
13837 horizontal ``origin'' of a display line. It is also possible to
13838 specify a maximum line width using the @kbd{d b} command (@pxref{Normal
13839 Language Modes}). For reference, the precise rules for formatting and
13840 breaking lines are given below. Notice that the interaction between
13841 origin and line width is slightly different in each justification
13842 mode.
13843
13844 In left-justified mode, the line is indented by a number of spaces
13845 given by the origin (default zero). If the result is longer than the
13846 maximum line width, if given, or too wide to fit in the Calc window
13847 otherwise, then it is broken into lines which will fit; each broken
13848 line is indented to the origin.
13849
13850 In right-justified mode, lines are shifted right so that the rightmost
13851 character is just before the origin, or just before the current
13852 window width if no origin was specified. If the line is too long
13853 for this, then it is broken; the current line width is used, if
13854 specified, or else the origin is used as a width if that is
13855 specified, or else the line is broken to fit in the window.
13856
13857 In centering mode, the origin is the column number of the center of
13858 each stack entry. If a line width is specified, lines will not be
13859 allowed to go past that width; Calc will either indent less or
13860 break the lines if necessary. If no origin is specified, half the
13861 line width or Calc window width is used.
13862
13863 Note that, in each case, if line numbering is enabled the display
13864 is indented an additional four spaces to make room for the line
13865 number. The width of the line number is taken into account when
13866 positioning according to the current Calc window width, but not
13867 when positioning by explicit origins and widths. In the latter
13868 case, the display is formatted as specified, and then uniformly
13869 shifted over four spaces to fit the line numbers.
13870
13871 @node Labels, , Justification, Display Modes
13872 @subsection Labels
13873
13874 @noindent
13875 @kindex d @{
13876 @pindex calc-left-label
13877 The @kbd{d @{} (@code{calc-left-label}) command prompts for a string,
13878 then displays that string to the left of every stack entry. If the
13879 entries are left-justified (@pxref{Justification}), then they will
13880 appear immediately after the label (unless you specified an origin
13881 greater than the length of the label). If the entries are centered
13882 or right-justified, the label appears on the far left and does not
13883 affect the horizontal position of the stack entry.
13884
13885 Give a blank string (with @kbd{d @{ @key{RET}}) to turn the label off.
13886
13887 @kindex d @}
13888 @pindex calc-right-label
13889 The @kbd{d @}} (@code{calc-right-label}) command similarly adds a
13890 label on the righthand side. It does not affect positioning of
13891 the stack entries unless they are right-justified. Also, if both
13892 a line width and an origin are given in right-justified mode, the
13893 stack entry is justified to the origin and the righthand label is
13894 justified to the line width.
13895
13896 One application of labels would be to add equation numbers to
13897 formulas you are manipulating in Calc and then copying into a
13898 document (possibly using Embedded Mode). The equations would
13899 typically be centered, and the equation numbers would be on the
13900 left or right as you prefer.
13901
13902 @node Language Modes, Modes Variable, Display Modes, Mode Settings
13903 @section Language Modes
13904
13905 @noindent
13906 The commands in this section change Calc to use a different notation for
13907 entry and display of formulas, corresponding to the conventions of some
13908 other common language such as Pascal or @TeX{}. Objects displayed on the
13909 stack or yanked from the Calculator to an editing buffer will be formatted
13910 in the current language; objects entered in algebraic entry or yanked from
13911 another buffer will be interpreted according to the current language.
13912
13913 The current language has no effect on things written to or read from the
13914 trail buffer, nor does it affect numeric entry. Only algebraic entry is
13915 affected. You can make even algebraic entry ignore the current language
13916 and use the standard notation by giving a numeric prefix, e.g., @kbd{C-u '}.
13917
13918 For example, suppose the formula @samp{2*a[1] + atan(a[2])} occurs in a C
13919 program; elsewhere in the program you need the derivatives of this formula
13920 with respect to @samp{a[1]} and @samp{a[2]}. First, type @kbd{d C}
13921 to switch to C notation. Now use @code{C-u M-# g} to grab the formula
13922 into the Calculator, @kbd{a d a[1] @key{RET}} to differentiate with respect
13923 to the first variable, and @kbd{M-# y} to yank the formula for the derivative
13924 back into your C program. Press @kbd{U} to undo the differentiation and
13925 repeat with @kbd{a d a[2] @key{RET}} for the other derivative.
13926
13927 Without being switched into C mode first, Calc would have misinterpreted
13928 the brackets in @samp{a[1]} and @samp{a[2]}, would not have known that
13929 @code{atan} was equivalent to Calc's built-in @code{arctan} function,
13930 and would have written the formula back with notations (like implicit
13931 multiplication) which would not have been legal for a C program.
13932
13933 As another example, suppose you are maintaining a C program and a @TeX{}
13934 document, each of which needs a copy of the same formula. You can grab the
13935 formula from the program in C mode, switch to @TeX{} mode, and yank the
13936 formula into the document in @TeX{} math-mode format.
13937
13938 Language modes are selected by typing the letter @kbd{d} followed by a
13939 shifted letter key.
13940
13941 @menu
13942 * Normal Language Modes::
13943 * C FORTRAN Pascal::
13944 * TeX Language Mode::
13945 * Eqn Language Mode::
13946 * Mathematica Language Mode::
13947 * Maple Language Mode::
13948 * Compositions::
13949 * Syntax Tables::
13950 @end menu
13951
13952 @node Normal Language Modes, C FORTRAN Pascal, Language Modes, Language Modes
13953 @subsection Normal Language Modes
13954
13955 @noindent
13956 @kindex d N
13957 @pindex calc-normal-language
13958 The @kbd{d N} (@code{calc-normal-language}) command selects the usual
13959 notation for Calc formulas, as described in the rest of this manual.
13960 Matrices are displayed in a multi-line tabular format, but all other
13961 objects are written in linear form, as they would be typed from the
13962 keyboard.
13963
13964 @kindex d O
13965 @pindex calc-flat-language
13966 @cindex Matrix display
13967 The @kbd{d O} (@code{calc-flat-language}) command selects a language
13968 identical with the normal one, except that matrices are written in
13969 one-line form along with everything else. In some applications this
13970 form may be more suitable for yanking data into other buffers.
13971
13972 @kindex d b
13973 @pindex calc-line-breaking
13974 @cindex Line breaking
13975 @cindex Breaking up long lines
13976 Even in one-line mode, long formulas or vectors will still be split
13977 across multiple lines if they exceed the width of the Calculator window.
13978 The @kbd{d b} (@code{calc-line-breaking}) command turns this line-breaking
13979 feature on and off. (It works independently of the current language.)
13980 If you give a numeric prefix argument of five or greater to the @kbd{d b}
13981 command, that argument will specify the line width used when breaking
13982 long lines.
13983
13984 @kindex d B
13985 @pindex calc-big-language
13986 The @kbd{d B} (@code{calc-big-language}) command selects a language
13987 which uses textual approximations to various mathematical notations,
13988 such as powers, quotients, and square roots:
13989
13990 @example
13991 ____________
13992 | a + 1 2
13993 | ----- + c
13994 \| b
13995 @end example
13996
13997 @noindent
13998 in place of @samp{sqrt((a+1)/b + c^2)}.
13999
14000 Subscripts like @samp{a_i} are displayed as actual subscripts in ``big''
14001 mode. Double subscripts, @samp{a_i_j} (@samp{subscr(subscr(a, i), j)})
14002 are displayed as @samp{a} with subscripts separated by commas:
14003 @samp{i, j}. They must still be entered in the usual underscore
14004 notation.
14005
14006 One slight ambiguity of Big notation is that
14007
14008 @example
14009 3
14010 - -
14011 4
14012 @end example
14013
14014 @noindent
14015 can represent either the negative rational number @cite{-3:4}, or the
14016 actual expression @samp{-(3/4)}; but the latter formula would normally
14017 never be displayed because it would immediately be evaluated to
14018 @cite{-3:4} or @cite{-0.75}, so this ambiguity is not a problem in
14019 typical use.
14020
14021 Non-decimal numbers are displayed with subscripts. Thus there is no
14022 way to tell the difference between @samp{16#C2} and @samp{C2_16},
14023 though generally you will know which interpretation is correct.
14024 Logarithms @samp{log(x,b)} and @samp{log10(x)} also use subscripts
14025 in Big mode.
14026
14027 In Big mode, stack entries often take up several lines. To aid
14028 readability, stack entries are separated by a blank line in this mode.
14029 You may find it useful to expand the Calc window's height using
14030 @kbd{C-x ^} (@code{enlarge-window}) or to make the Calc window the only
14031 one on the screen with @kbd{C-x 1} (@code{delete-other-windows}).
14032
14033 Long lines are currently not rearranged to fit the window width in
14034 Big mode, so you may need to use the @kbd{<} and @kbd{>} keys
14035 to scroll across a wide formula. For really big formulas, you may
14036 even need to use @kbd{@{} and @kbd{@}} to scroll up and down.
14037
14038 @kindex d U
14039 @pindex calc-unformatted-language
14040 The @kbd{d U} (@code{calc-unformatted-language}) command altogether disables
14041 the use of operator notation in formulas. In this mode, the formula
14042 shown above would be displayed:
14043
14044 @example
14045 sqrt(add(div(add(a, 1), b), pow(c, 2)))
14046 @end example
14047
14048 These four modes differ only in display format, not in the format
14049 expected for algebraic entry. The standard Calc operators work in
14050 all four modes, and unformatted notation works in any language mode
14051 (except that Mathematica mode expects square brackets instead of
14052 parentheses).
14053
14054 @node C FORTRAN Pascal, TeX Language Mode, Normal Language Modes, Language Modes
14055 @subsection C, FORTRAN, and Pascal Modes
14056
14057 @noindent
14058 @kindex d C
14059 @pindex calc-c-language
14060 @cindex C language
14061 The @kbd{d C} (@code{calc-c-language}) command selects the conventions
14062 of the C language for display and entry of formulas. This differs from
14063 the normal language mode in a variety of (mostly minor) ways. In
14064 particular, C language operators and operator precedences are used in
14065 place of Calc's usual ones. For example, @samp{a^b} means @samp{xor(a,b)}
14066 in C mode; a value raised to a power is written as a function call,
14067 @samp{pow(a,b)}.
14068
14069 In C mode, vectors and matrices use curly braces instead of brackets.
14070 Octal and hexadecimal values are written with leading @samp{0} or @samp{0x}
14071 rather than using the @samp{#} symbol. Array subscripting is
14072 translated into @code{subscr} calls, so that @samp{a[i]} in C
14073 mode is the same as @samp{a_i} in normal mode. Assignments
14074 turn into the @code{assign} function, which Calc normally displays
14075 using the @samp{:=} symbol.
14076
14077 The variables @code{var-pi} and @code{var-e} would be displayed @samp{pi}
14078 and @samp{e} in normal mode, but in C mode they are displayed as
14079 @samp{M_PI} and @samp{M_E}, corresponding to the names of constants
14080 typically provided in the @file{<math.h>} header. Functions whose
14081 names are different in C are translated automatically for entry and
14082 display purposes. For example, entering @samp{asin(x)} will push the
14083 formula @samp{arcsin(x)} onto the stack; this formula will be displayed
14084 as @samp{asin(x)} as long as C mode is in effect.
14085
14086 @kindex d P
14087 @pindex calc-pascal-language
14088 @cindex Pascal language
14089 The @kbd{d P} (@code{calc-pascal-language}) command selects Pascal
14090 conventions. Like C mode, Pascal mode interprets array brackets and uses
14091 a different table of operators. Hexadecimal numbers are entered and
14092 displayed with a preceding dollar sign. (Thus the regular meaning of
14093 @kbd{$2} during algebraic entry does not work in Pascal mode, though
14094 @kbd{$} (and @kbd{$$}, etc.) not followed by digits works the same as
14095 always.) No special provisions are made for other non-decimal numbers,
14096 vectors, and so on, since there is no universally accepted standard way
14097 of handling these in Pascal.
14098
14099 @kindex d F
14100 @pindex calc-fortran-language
14101 @cindex FORTRAN language
14102 The @kbd{d F} (@code{calc-fortran-language}) command selects FORTRAN
14103 conventions. Various function names are transformed into FORTRAN
14104 equivalents. Vectors are written as @samp{/1, 2, 3/}, and may be
14105 entered this way or using square brackets. Since FORTRAN uses round
14106 parentheses for both function calls and array subscripts, Calc displays
14107 both in the same way; @samp{a(i)} is interpreted as a function call
14108 upon reading, and subscripts must be entered as @samp{subscr(a, i)}.
14109 Also, if the variable @code{a} has been declared to have type
14110 @code{vector} or @code{matrix} then @samp{a(i)} will be parsed as a
14111 subscript. (@xref{Declarations}.) Usually it doesn't matter, though;
14112 if you enter the subscript expression @samp{a(i)} and Calc interprets
14113 it as a function call, you'll never know the difference unless you
14114 switch to another language mode or replace @code{a} with an actual
14115 vector (or unless @code{a} happens to be the name of a built-in
14116 function!).
14117
14118 Underscores are allowed in variable and function names in all of these
14119 language modes. The underscore here is equivalent to the @samp{#} in
14120 normal mode, or to hyphens in the underlying Emacs Lisp variable names.
14121
14122 FORTRAN and Pascal modes normally do not adjust the case of letters in
14123 formulas. Most built-in Calc names use lower-case letters. If you use a
14124 positive numeric prefix argument with @kbd{d P} or @kbd{d F}, these
14125 modes will use upper-case letters exclusively for display, and will
14126 convert to lower-case on input. With a negative prefix, these modes
14127 convert to lower-case for display and input.
14128
14129 @node TeX Language Mode, Eqn Language Mode, C FORTRAN Pascal, Language Modes
14130 @subsection @TeX{} Language Mode
14131
14132 @noindent
14133 @kindex d T
14134 @pindex calc-tex-language
14135 @cindex TeX language
14136 The @kbd{d T} (@code{calc-tex-language}) command selects the conventions
14137 of ``math mode'' in the @TeX{} typesetting language, by Donald Knuth.
14138 Formulas are entered
14139 and displayed in @TeX{} notation, as in @samp{\sin\left( a \over b \right)}.
14140 Math formulas are usually enclosed by @samp{$ $} signs in @TeX{}; these
14141 should be omitted when interfacing with Calc. To Calc, the @samp{$} sign
14142 has the same meaning it always does in algebraic formulas (a reference to
14143 an existing entry on the stack).@refill
14144
14145 Complex numbers are displayed as in @samp{3 + 4i}. Fractions and
14146 quotients are written using @code{\over};
14147 binomial coefficients are written with @code{\choose}.
14148 Interval forms are written with @code{\ldots}, and
14149 error forms are written with @code{\pm}.
14150 Absolute values are written as in @samp{|x + 1|}, and the floor and
14151 ceiling functions are written with @code{\lfloor}, @code{\rfloor}, etc.
14152 The words @code{\left} and @code{\right} are ignored when reading
14153 formulas in @TeX{} mode. Both @code{inf} and @code{uinf} are written
14154 as @code{\infty}; when read, @code{\infty} always translates to
14155 @code{inf}.@refill
14156
14157 Function calls are written the usual way, with the function name followed
14158 by the arguments in parentheses. However, functions for which @TeX{} has
14159 special names (like @code{\sin}) will use curly braces instead of
14160 parentheses for very simple arguments. During input, curly braces and
14161 parentheses work equally well for grouping, but when the document is
14162 formatted the curly braces will be invisible. Thus the printed result is
14163 @c{$\sin{2 x}$}
14164 @cite{sin 2x} but @c{$\sin(2 + x)$}
14165 @cite{sin(2 + x)}.
14166
14167 Function and variable names not treated specially by @TeX{} are simply
14168 written out as-is, which will cause them to come out in italic letters
14169 in the printed document. If you invoke @kbd{d T} with a positive numeric
14170 prefix argument, names of more than one character will instead be written
14171 @samp{\hbox@{@var{name}@}}. The @samp{\hbox@{ @}} notation is ignored
14172 during reading. If you use a negative prefix argument, such function
14173 names are written @samp{\@var{name}}, and function names that begin
14174 with @code{\} during reading have the @code{\} removed. (Note that
14175 in this mode, long variable names are still written with @code{\hbox}.
14176 However, you can always make an actual variable name like @code{\bar}
14177 in any @TeX{} mode.)
14178
14179 During reading, text of the form @samp{\matrix@{ ...@: @}} is replaced
14180 by @samp{[ ...@: ]}. The same also applies to @code{\pmatrix} and
14181 @code{\bmatrix}. The symbol @samp{&} is interpreted as a comma,
14182 and the symbols @samp{\cr} and @samp{\\} are interpreted as semicolons.
14183 During output, matrices are displayed in @samp{\matrix@{ a & b \\ c & d@}}
14184 format; you may need to edit this afterwards to change @code{\matrix}
14185 to @code{\pmatrix} or @code{\\} to @code{\cr}.
14186
14187 Accents like @code{\tilde} and @code{\bar} translate into function
14188 calls internally (@samp{tilde(x)}, @samp{bar(x)}). The @code{\underline}
14189 sequence is treated as an accent. The @code{\vec} accent corresponds
14190 to the function name @code{Vec}, because @code{vec} is the name of
14191 a built-in Calc function. The following table shows the accents
14192 in Calc, @TeX{}, and @dfn{eqn} (described in the next section):
14193
14194 @iftex
14195 @begingroup
14196 @let@calcindexershow=@calcindexernoshow @c Suppress marginal notes
14197 @let@calcindexersh=@calcindexernoshow
14198 @end iftex
14199 @c @starindex
14200 @tindex acute
14201 @c @starindex
14202 @tindex bar
14203 @c @starindex
14204 @tindex breve
14205 @c @starindex
14206 @tindex check
14207 @c @starindex
14208 @tindex dot
14209 @c @starindex
14210 @tindex dotdot
14211 @c @starindex
14212 @tindex dyad
14213 @c @starindex
14214 @tindex grave
14215 @c @starindex
14216 @tindex hat
14217 @c @starindex
14218 @tindex Prime
14219 @c @starindex
14220 @tindex tilde
14221 @c @starindex
14222 @tindex under
14223 @c @starindex
14224 @tindex Vec
14225 @iftex
14226 @endgroup
14227 @end iftex
14228 @example
14229 Calc TeX eqn
14230 ---- --- ---
14231 acute \acute
14232 bar \bar bar
14233 breve \breve
14234 check \check
14235 dot \dot dot
14236 dotdot \ddot dotdot
14237 dyad dyad
14238 grave \grave
14239 hat \hat hat
14240 Prime prime
14241 tilde \tilde tilde
14242 under \underline under
14243 Vec \vec vec
14244 @end example
14245
14246 The @samp{=>} (evaluates-to) operator appears as a @code{\to} symbol:
14247 @samp{@{@var{a} \to @var{b}@}}. @TeX{} defines @code{\to} as an
14248 alias for @code{\rightarrow}. However, if the @samp{=>} is the
14249 top-level expression being formatted, a slightly different notation
14250 is used: @samp{\evalto @var{a} \to @var{b}}. The @code{\evalto}
14251 word is ignored by Calc's input routines, and is undefined in @TeX{}.
14252 You will typically want to include one of the following definitions
14253 at the top of a @TeX{} file that uses @code{\evalto}:
14254
14255 @example
14256 \def\evalto@{@}
14257 \def\evalto#1\to@{@}
14258 @end example
14259
14260 The first definition formats evaluates-to operators in the usual
14261 way. The second causes only the @var{b} part to appear in the
14262 printed document; the @var{a} part and the arrow are hidden.
14263 Another definition you may wish to use is @samp{\let\to=\Rightarrow}
14264 which causes @code{\to} to appear more like Calc's @samp{=>} symbol.
14265 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a discussion of @code{evalto}.
14266
14267 The complete set of @TeX{} control sequences that are ignored during
14268 reading is:
14269
14270 @example
14271 \hbox \mbox \text \left \right
14272 \, \> \: \; \! \quad \qquad \hfil \hfill
14273 \displaystyle \textstyle \dsize \tsize
14274 \scriptstyle \scriptscriptstyle \ssize \ssize
14275 \rm \bf \it \sl \roman \bold \italic \slanted
14276 \cal \mit \Cal \Bbb \frak \goth
14277 \evalto
14278 @end example
14279
14280 Note that, because these symbols are ignored, reading a @TeX{} formula
14281 into Calc and writing it back out may lose spacing and font information.
14282
14283 Also, the ``discretionary multiplication sign'' @samp{\*} is read
14284 the same as @samp{*}.
14285
14286 @ifinfo
14287 The @TeX{} version of this manual includes some printed examples at the
14288 end of this section.
14289 @end ifinfo
14290 @iftex
14291 Here are some examples of how various Calc formulas are formatted in @TeX{}:
14292
14293 @group
14294 @example
14295 sin(a^2 / b_i)
14296 \sin\left( {a^2 \over b_i} \right)
14297 @end example
14298 @tex
14299 \let\rm\goodrm
14300 $$ \sin\left( a^2 \over b_i \right) $$
14301 @end tex
14302 @sp 1
14303 @end group
14304
14305 @group
14306 @example
14307 [(3, 4), 3:4, 3 +/- 4, [3 .. inf)]
14308 [3 + 4i, @{3 \over 4@}, 3 \pm 4, [3 \ldots \infty)]
14309 @end example
14310 @tex
14311 \turnoffactive
14312 $$ [3 + 4i, {3 \over 4}, 3 \pm 4, [ 3 \ldots \infty)] $$
14313 @end tex
14314 @sp 1
14315 @end group
14316
14317 @group
14318 @example
14319 [abs(a), abs(a / b), floor(a), ceil(a / b)]
14320 [|a|, \left| a \over b \right|,
14321 \lfloor a \rfloor, \left\lceil a \over b \right\rceil]
14322 @end example
14323 @tex
14324 $$ [|a|, \left| a \over b \right|,
14325 \lfloor a \rfloor, \left\lceil a \over b \right\rceil] $$
14326 @end tex
14327 @sp 1
14328 @end group
14329
14330 @group
14331 @example
14332 [sin(a), sin(2 a), sin(2 + a), sin(a / b)]
14333 [\sin@{a@}, \sin@{2 a@}, \sin(2 + a),
14334 \sin\left( @{a \over b@} \right)]
14335 @end example
14336 @tex
14337 \turnoffactive\let\rm\goodrm
14338 $$ [\sin{a}, \sin{2 a}, \sin(2 + a), \sin\left( {a \over b} \right)] $$
14339 @end tex
14340 @sp 2
14341 @end group
14342
14343 @group
14344 First with plain @kbd{d T}, then with @kbd{C-u d T}, then finally with
14345 @kbd{C-u - d T} (using the example definition
14346 @samp{\def\foo#1@{\tilde F(#1)@}}:
14347
14348 @example
14349
14350 [f(a), foo(bar), sin(pi)]
14351 [f(a), foo(bar), \sin{\pi}]
14352 [f(a), \hbox@{foo@}(\hbox@{bar@}), \sin@{\pi@}]
14353 [f(a), \foo@{\hbox@{bar@}@}, \sin@{\pi@}]
14354 @end example
14355 @tex
14356 \let\rm\goodrm
14357 $$ [f(a), foo(bar), \sin{\pi}] $$
14358 $$ [f(a), \hbox{foo}(\hbox{bar}), \sin{\pi}] $$
14359 $$ [f(a), \tilde F(\hbox{bar}), \sin{\pi}] $$
14360 @end tex
14361 @sp 2
14362 @end group
14363
14364 @group
14365 First with @samp{\def\evalto@{@}}, then with @samp{\def\evalto#1\to@{@}}:
14366
14367 @example
14368
14369 2 + 3 => 5
14370 \evalto 2 + 3 \to 5
14371 @end example
14372 @tex
14373 \turnoffactive
14374 $$ 2 + 3 \to 5 $$
14375 $$ 5 $$
14376 @end tex
14377 @sp 2
14378 @end group
14379
14380 @group
14381 First with standard @code{\to}, then with @samp{\let\to\Rightarrow}:
14382
14383 @example
14384
14385 [2 + 3 => 5, a / 2 => (b + c) / 2]
14386 [@{2 + 3 \to 5@}, @{@{a \over 2@} \to @{b + c \over 2@}@}]
14387 @end example
14388 @tex
14389 \turnoffactive
14390 $$ [{2 + 3 \to 5}, {{a \over 2} \to {b + c \over 2}}] $$
14391 {\let\to\Rightarrow
14392 $$ [{2 + 3 \to 5}, {{a \over 2} \to {b + c \over 2}}] $$}
14393 @end tex
14394 @sp 2
14395 @end group
14396
14397 @group
14398 Matrices normally, then changing @code{\matrix} to @code{\pmatrix}:
14399
14400 @example
14401
14402 [ [ a / b, 0 ], [ 0, 2^(x + 1) ] ]
14403 \matrix@{ @{a \over b@} & 0 \\ 0 & 2^@{(x + 1)@} @}
14404 \pmatrix@{ @{a \over b@} & 0 \\ 0 & 2^@{(x + 1)@} @}
14405 @end example
14406 @tex
14407 \turnoffactive
14408 $$ \matrix{ {a \over b} & 0 \cr 0 & 2^{(x + 1)} } $$
14409 $$ \pmatrix{ {a \over b} & 0 \cr 0 & 2^{(x + 1)} } $$
14410 @end tex
14411 @sp 2
14412 @end group
14413 @end iftex
14414
14415 @node Eqn Language Mode, Mathematica Language Mode, TeX Language Mode, Language Modes
14416 @subsection Eqn Language Mode
14417
14418 @noindent
14419 @kindex d E
14420 @pindex calc-eqn-language
14421 @dfn{Eqn} is another popular formatter for math formulas. It is
14422 designed for use with the TROFF text formatter, and comes standard
14423 with many versions of Unix. The @kbd{d E} (@code{calc-eqn-language})
14424 command selects @dfn{eqn} notation.
14425
14426 The @dfn{eqn} language's main idiosyncrasy is that whitespace plays
14427 a significant part in the parsing of the language. For example,
14428 @samp{sqrt x+1 + y} treats @samp{x+1} as the argument of the
14429 @code{sqrt} operator. @dfn{Eqn} also understands more conventional
14430 grouping using curly braces: @samp{sqrt@{x+1@} + y}. Braces are
14431 required only when the argument contains spaces.
14432
14433 In Calc's @dfn{eqn} mode, however, curly braces are required to
14434 delimit arguments of operators like @code{sqrt}. The first of the
14435 above examples would treat only the @samp{x} as the argument of
14436 @code{sqrt}, and in fact @samp{sin x+1} would be interpreted as
14437 @samp{sin * x + 1}, because @code{sin} is not a special operator
14438 in the @dfn{eqn} language. If you always surround the argument
14439 with curly braces, Calc will never misunderstand.
14440
14441 Calc also understands parentheses as grouping characters. Another
14442 peculiarity of @dfn{eqn}'s syntax makes it advisable to separate
14443 words with spaces from any surrounding characters that aren't curly
14444 braces, so Calc writes @samp{sin ( x + y )} in @dfn{eqn} mode.
14445 (The spaces around @code{sin} are important to make @dfn{eqn}
14446 recognize that @code{sin} should be typeset in a roman font, and
14447 the spaces around @code{x} and @code{y} are a good idea just in
14448 case the @dfn{eqn} document has defined special meanings for these
14449 names, too.)
14450
14451 Powers and subscripts are written with the @code{sub} and @code{sup}
14452 operators, respectively. Note that the caret symbol @samp{^} is
14453 treated the same as a space in @dfn{eqn} mode, as is the @samp{~}
14454 symbol (these are used to introduce spaces of various widths into
14455 the typeset output of @dfn{eqn}).
14456
14457 As in @TeX{} mode, Calc's formatter omits parentheses around the
14458 arguments of functions like @code{ln} and @code{sin} if they are
14459 ``simple-looking''; in this case Calc surrounds the argument with
14460 braces, separated by a @samp{~} from the function name: @samp{sin~@{x@}}.
14461
14462 Font change codes (like @samp{roman @var{x}}) and positioning codes
14463 (like @samp{~} and @samp{down @var{n} @var{x}}) are ignored by the
14464 @dfn{eqn} reader. Also ignored are the words @code{left}, @code{right},
14465 @code{mark}, and @code{lineup}. Quotation marks in @dfn{eqn} mode input
14466 are treated the same as curly braces: @samp{sqrt "1+x"} is equivalent to
14467 @samp{sqrt @{1+x@}}; this is only an approximation to the true meaning
14468 of quotes in @dfn{eqn}, but it is good enough for most uses.
14469
14470 Accent codes (@samp{@var{x} dot}) are handled by treating them as
14471 function calls (@samp{dot(@var{x})}) internally. @xref{TeX Language
14472 Mode}, for a table of these accent functions. The @code{prime} accent
14473 is treated specially if it occurs on a variable or function name:
14474 @samp{f prime prime @w{( x prime )}} is stored internally as
14475 @samp{f'@w{'}(x')}. For example, taking the derivative of @samp{f(2 x)}
14476 with @kbd{a d x} will produce @samp{2 f'(2 x)}, which @dfn{eqn} mode
14477 will display as @samp{2 f prime ( 2 x )}.
14478
14479 Assignments are written with the @samp{<-} (left-arrow) symbol,
14480 and @code{evalto} operators are written with @samp{->} or
14481 @samp{evalto ... ->} (@pxref{TeX Language Mode}, for a discussion
14482 of this). The regular Calc symbols @samp{:=} and @samp{=>} are also
14483 recognized for these operators during reading.
14484
14485 Vectors in @dfn{eqn} mode use regular Calc square brackets, but
14486 matrices are formatted as @samp{matrix @{ ccol @{ a above b @} ... @}}.
14487 The words @code{lcol} and @code{rcol} are recognized as synonyms
14488 for @code{ccol} during input, and are generated instead of @code{ccol}
14489 if the matrix justification mode so specifies.
14490
14491 @node Mathematica Language Mode, Maple Language Mode, Eqn Language Mode, Language Modes
14492 @subsection Mathematica Language Mode
14493
14494 @noindent
14495 @kindex d M
14496 @pindex calc-mathematica-language
14497 @cindex Mathematica language
14498 The @kbd{d M} (@code{calc-mathematica-language}) command selects the
14499 conventions of Mathematica, a powerful and popular mathematical tool
14500 from Wolfram Research, Inc. Notable differences in Mathematica mode
14501 are that the names of built-in functions are capitalized, and function
14502 calls use square brackets instead of parentheses. Thus the Calc
14503 formula @samp{sin(2 x)} is entered and displayed @w{@samp{Sin[2 x]}} in
14504 Mathematica mode.
14505
14506 Vectors and matrices use curly braces in Mathematica. Complex numbers
14507 are written @samp{3 + 4 I}. The standard special constants in Calc are
14508 written @code{Pi}, @code{E}, @code{I}, @code{GoldenRatio}, @code{EulerGamma},
14509 @code{Infinity}, @code{ComplexInfinity}, and @code{Indeterminate} in
14510 Mathematica mode.
14511 Non-decimal numbers are written, e.g., @samp{16^^7fff}. Floating-point
14512 numbers in scientific notation are written @samp{1.23*10.^3}.
14513 Subscripts use double square brackets: @samp{a[[i]]}.@refill
14514
14515 @node Maple Language Mode, Compositions, Mathematica Language Mode, Language Modes
14516 @subsection Maple Language Mode
14517
14518 @noindent
14519 @kindex d W
14520 @pindex calc-maple-language
14521 @cindex Maple language
14522 The @kbd{d W} (@code{calc-maple-language}) command selects the
14523 conventions of Maple, another mathematical tool from the University
14524 of Waterloo.
14525
14526 Maple's language is much like C. Underscores are allowed in symbol
14527 names; square brackets are used for subscripts; explicit @samp{*}s for
14528 multiplications are required. Use either @samp{^} or @samp{**} to
14529 denote powers.
14530
14531 Maple uses square brackets for lists and curly braces for sets. Calc
14532 interprets both notations as vectors, and displays vectors with square
14533 brackets. This means Maple sets will be converted to lists when they
14534 pass through Calc. As a special case, matrices are written as calls
14535 to the function @code{matrix}, given a list of lists as the argument,
14536 and can be read in this form or with all-capitals @code{MATRIX}.
14537
14538 The Maple interval notation @samp{2 .. 3} has no surrounding brackets;
14539 Calc reads @samp{2 .. 3} as the closed interval @samp{[2 .. 3]}, and
14540 writes any kind of interval as @samp{2 .. 3}. This means you cannot
14541 see the difference between an open and a closed interval while in
14542 Maple display mode.
14543
14544 Maple writes complex numbers as @samp{3 + 4*I}. Its special constants
14545 are @code{Pi}, @code{E}, @code{I}, and @code{infinity} (all three of
14546 @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan} display as @code{infinity}).
14547 Floating-point numbers are written @samp{1.23*10.^3}.
14548
14549 Among things not currently handled by Calc's Maple mode are the
14550 various quote symbols, procedures and functional operators, and
14551 inert (@samp{&}) operators.
14552
14553 @node Compositions, Syntax Tables, Maple Language Mode, Language Modes
14554 @subsection Compositions
14555
14556 @noindent
14557 @cindex Compositions
14558 There are several @dfn{composition functions} which allow you to get
14559 displays in a variety of formats similar to those in Big language
14560 mode. Most of these functions do not evaluate to anything; they are
14561 placeholders which are left in symbolic form by Calc's evaluator but
14562 are recognized by Calc's display formatting routines.
14563
14564 Two of these, @code{string} and @code{bstring}, are described elsewhere.
14565 @xref{Strings}. For example, @samp{string("ABC")} is displayed as
14566 @samp{ABC}. When viewed on the stack it will be indistinguishable from
14567 the variable @code{ABC}, but internally it will be stored as
14568 @samp{string([65, 66, 67])} and can still be manipulated this way; for
14569 example, the selection and vector commands @kbd{j 1 v v j u} would
14570 select the vector portion of this object and reverse the elements, then
14571 deselect to reveal a string whose characters had been reversed.
14572
14573 The composition functions do the same thing in all language modes
14574 (although their components will of course be formatted in the current
14575 language mode). The one exception is Unformatted mode (@kbd{d U}),
14576 which does not give the composition functions any special treatment.
14577 The functions are discussed here because of their relationship to
14578 the language modes.
14579
14580 @menu
14581 * Composition Basics::
14582 * Horizontal Compositions::
14583 * Vertical Compositions::
14584 * Other Compositions::
14585 * Information about Compositions::
14586 * User-Defined Compositions::
14587 @end menu
14588
14589 @node Composition Basics, Horizontal Compositions, Compositions, Compositions
14590 @subsubsection Composition Basics
14591
14592 @noindent
14593 Compositions are generally formed by stacking formulas together
14594 horizontally or vertically in various ways. Those formulas are
14595 themselves compositions. @TeX{} users will find this analogous
14596 to @TeX{}'s ``boxes.'' Each multi-line composition has a
14597 @dfn{baseline}; horizontal compositions use the baselines to
14598 decide how formulas should be positioned relative to one another.
14599 For example, in the Big mode formula
14600
14601 @group
14602 @example
14603 2
14604 a + b
14605 17 + ------
14606 c
14607 @end example
14608 @end group
14609
14610 @noindent
14611 the second term of the sum is four lines tall and has line three as
14612 its baseline. Thus when the term is combined with 17, line three
14613 is placed on the same level as the baseline of 17.
14614
14615 @tex
14616 \bigskip
14617 @end tex
14618
14619 Another important composition concept is @dfn{precedence}. This is
14620 an integer that represents the binding strength of various operators.
14621 For example, @samp{*} has higher precedence (195) than @samp{+} (180),
14622 which means that @samp{(a * b) + c} will be formatted without the
14623 parentheses, but @samp{a * (b + c)} will keep the parentheses.
14624
14625 The operator table used by normal and Big language modes has the
14626 following precedences:
14627
14628 @example
14629 _ 1200 @r{(subscripts)}
14630 % 1100 @r{(as in n}%@r{)}
14631 - 1000 @r{(as in }-@r{n)}
14632 ! 1000 @r{(as in }!@r{n)}
14633 mod 400
14634 +/- 300
14635 !! 210 @r{(as in n}!!@r{)}
14636 ! 210 @r{(as in n}!@r{)}
14637 ^ 200
14638 * 195 @r{(or implicit multiplication)}
14639 / % \ 190
14640 + - 180 @r{(as in a}+@r{b)}
14641 | 170
14642 < = 160 @r{(and other relations)}
14643 && 110
14644 || 100
14645 ? : 90
14646 !!! 85
14647 &&& 80
14648 ||| 75
14649 := 50
14650 :: 45
14651 => 40
14652 @end example
14653
14654 The general rule is that if an operator with precedence @cite{n}
14655 occurs as an argument to an operator with precedence @cite{m}, then
14656 the argument is enclosed in parentheses if @cite{n < m}. Top-level
14657 expressions and expressions which are function arguments, vector
14658 components, etc., are formatted with precedence zero (so that they
14659 normally never get additional parentheses).
14660
14661 For binary left-associative operators like @samp{+}, the righthand
14662 argument is actually formatted with one-higher precedence than shown
14663 in the table. This makes sure @samp{(a + b) + c} omits the parentheses,
14664 but the unnatural form @samp{a + (b + c)} keeps its parentheses.
14665 Right-associative operators like @samp{^} format the lefthand argument
14666 with one-higher precedence.
14667
14668 @c @starindex
14669 @tindex cprec
14670 The @code{cprec} function formats an expression with an arbitrary
14671 precedence. For example, @samp{cprec(abc, 185)} will combine into
14672 sums and products as follows: @samp{7 + abc}, @samp{7 (abc)} (because
14673 this @code{cprec} form has higher precedence than addition, but lower
14674 precedence than multiplication).
14675
14676 @tex
14677 \bigskip
14678 @end tex
14679
14680 A final composition issue is @dfn{line breaking}. Calc uses two
14681 different strategies for ``flat'' and ``non-flat'' compositions.
14682 A non-flat composition is anything that appears on multiple lines
14683 (not counting line breaking). Examples would be matrices and Big
14684 mode powers and quotients. Non-flat compositions are displayed
14685 exactly as specified. If they come out wider than the current
14686 window, you must use horizontal scrolling (@kbd{<} and @kbd{>}) to
14687 view them.
14688
14689 Flat compositions, on the other hand, will be broken across several
14690 lines if they are too wide to fit the window. Certain points in a
14691 composition are noted internally as @dfn{break points}. Calc's
14692 general strategy is to fill each line as much as possible, then to
14693 move down to the next line starting at the first break point that
14694 didn't fit. However, the line breaker understands the hierarchical
14695 structure of formulas. It will not break an ``inner'' formula if
14696 it can use an earlier break point from an ``outer'' formula instead.
14697 For example, a vector of sums might be formatted as:
14698
14699 @group
14700 @example
14701 [ a + b + c, d + e + f,
14702 g + h + i, j + k + l, m ]
14703 @end example
14704 @end group
14705
14706 @noindent
14707 If the @samp{m} can fit, then so, it seems, could the @samp{g}.
14708 But Calc prefers to break at the comma since the comma is part
14709 of a ``more outer'' formula. Calc would break at a plus sign
14710 only if it had to, say, if the very first sum in the vector had
14711 itself been too large to fit.
14712
14713 Of the composition functions described below, only @code{choriz}
14714 generates break points. The @code{bstring} function (@pxref{Strings})
14715 also generates breakable items: A break point is added after every
14716 space (or group of spaces) except for spaces at the very beginning or
14717 end of the string.
14718
14719 Composition functions themselves count as levels in the formula
14720 hierarchy, so a @code{choriz} that is a component of a larger
14721 @code{choriz} will be less likely to be broken. As a special case,
14722 if a @code{bstring} occurs as a component of a @code{choriz} or
14723 @code{choriz}-like object (such as a vector or a list of arguments
14724 in a function call), then the break points in that @code{bstring}
14725 will be on the same level as the break points of the surrounding
14726 object.
14727
14728 @node Horizontal Compositions, Vertical Compositions, Composition Basics, Compositions
14729 @subsubsection Horizontal Compositions
14730
14731 @noindent
14732 @c @starindex
14733 @tindex choriz
14734 The @code{choriz} function takes a vector of objects and composes
14735 them horizontally. For example, @samp{choriz([17, a b/c, d])} formats
14736 as @w{@samp{17a b / cd}} in normal language mode, or as
14737
14738 @group
14739 @example
14740 a b
14741 17---d
14742 c
14743 @end example
14744 @end group
14745
14746 @noindent
14747 in Big language mode. This is actually one case of the general
14748 function @samp{choriz(@var{vec}, @var{sep}, @var{prec})}, where
14749 either or both of @var{sep} and @var{prec} may be omitted.
14750 @var{Prec} gives the @dfn{precedence} to use when formatting
14751 each of the components of @var{vec}. The default precedence is
14752 the precedence from the surrounding environment.
14753
14754 @var{Sep} is a string (i.e., a vector of character codes as might
14755 be entered with @code{" "} notation) which should separate components
14756 of the composition. Also, if @var{sep} is given, the line breaker
14757 will allow lines to be broken after each occurrence of @var{sep}.
14758 If @var{sep} is omitted, the composition will not be breakable
14759 (unless any of its component compositions are breakable).
14760
14761 For example, @samp{2 choriz([a, b c, d = e], " + ", 180)} is
14762 formatted as @samp{2 a + b c + (d = e)}. To get the @code{choriz}
14763 to have precedence 180 ``outwards'' as well as ``inwards,''
14764 enclose it in a @code{cprec} form: @samp{2 cprec(choriz(...), 180)}
14765 formats as @samp{2 (a + b c + (d = e))}.
14766
14767 The baseline of a horizontal composition is the same as the
14768 baselines of the component compositions, which are all aligned.
14769
14770 @node Vertical Compositions, Other Compositions, Horizontal Compositions, Compositions
14771 @subsubsection Vertical Compositions
14772
14773 @noindent
14774 @c @starindex
14775 @tindex cvert
14776 The @code{cvert} function makes a vertical composition. Each
14777 component of the vector is centered in a column. The baseline of
14778 the result is by default the top line of the resulting composition.
14779 For example, @samp{f(cvert([a, bb, ccc]), cvert([a^2 + 1, b^2]))}
14780 formats in Big mode as
14781
14782 @group
14783 @example
14784 f( a , 2 )
14785 bb a + 1
14786 ccc 2
14787 b
14788 @end example
14789 @end group
14790
14791 @c @starindex
14792 @tindex cbase
14793 There are several special composition functions that work only as
14794 components of a vertical composition. The @code{cbase} function
14795 controls the baseline of the vertical composition; the baseline
14796 will be the same as the baseline of whatever component is enclosed
14797 in @code{cbase}. Thus @samp{f(cvert([a, cbase(bb), ccc]),
14798 cvert([a^2 + 1, cbase(b^2)]))} displays as
14799
14800 @group
14801 @example
14802 2
14803 a + 1
14804 a 2
14805 f(bb , b )
14806 ccc
14807 @end example
14808 @end group
14809
14810 @c @starindex
14811 @tindex ctbase
14812 @c @starindex
14813 @tindex cbbase
14814 There are also @code{ctbase} and @code{cbbase} functions which
14815 make the baseline of the vertical composition equal to the top
14816 or bottom line (rather than the baseline) of that component.
14817 Thus @samp{cvert([cbase(a / b)]) + cvert([ctbase(a / b)]) +
14818 cvert([cbbase(a / b)])} gives
14819
14820 @group
14821 @example
14822 a
14823 a -
14824 - + a + b
14825 b -
14826 b
14827 @end example
14828 @end group
14829
14830 There should be only one @code{cbase}, @code{ctbase}, or @code{cbbase}
14831 function in a given vertical composition. These functions can also
14832 be written with no arguments: @samp{ctbase()} is a zero-height object
14833 which means the baseline is the top line of the following item, and
14834 @samp{cbbase()} means the baseline is the bottom line of the preceding
14835 item.
14836
14837 @c @starindex
14838 @tindex crule
14839 The @code{crule} function builds a ``rule,'' or horizontal line,
14840 across a vertical composition. By itself @samp{crule()} uses @samp{-}
14841 characters to build the rule. You can specify any other character,
14842 e.g., @samp{crule("=")}. The argument must be a character code or
14843 vector of exactly one character code. It is repeated to match the
14844 width of the widest item in the stack. For example, a quotient
14845 with a thick line is @samp{cvert([a + 1, cbase(crule("=")), b^2])}:
14846
14847 @group
14848 @example
14849 a + 1
14850 =====
14851 2
14852 b
14853 @end example
14854 @end group
14855
14856 @c @starindex
14857 @tindex clvert
14858 @c @starindex
14859 @tindex crvert
14860 Finally, the functions @code{clvert} and @code{crvert} act exactly
14861 like @code{cvert} except that the items are left- or right-justified
14862 in the stack. Thus @samp{clvert([a, bb, ccc]) + crvert([a, bb, ccc])}
14863 gives:
14864
14865 @group
14866 @example
14867 a + a
14868 bb bb
14869 ccc ccc
14870 @end example
14871 @end group
14872
14873 Like @code{choriz}, the vertical compositions accept a second argument
14874 which gives the precedence to use when formatting the components.
14875 Vertical compositions do not support separator strings.
14876
14877 @node Other Compositions, Information about Compositions, Vertical Compositions, Compositions
14878 @subsubsection Other Compositions
14879
14880 @noindent
14881 @c @starindex
14882 @tindex csup
14883 The @code{csup} function builds a superscripted expression. For
14884 example, @samp{csup(a, b)} looks the same as @samp{a^b} does in Big
14885 language mode. This is essentially a horizontal composition of
14886 @samp{a} and @samp{b}, where @samp{b} is shifted up so that its
14887 bottom line is one above the baseline.
14888
14889 @c @starindex
14890 @tindex csub
14891 Likewise, the @code{csub} function builds a subscripted expression.
14892 This shifts @samp{b} down so that its top line is one below the
14893 bottom line of @samp{a} (note that this is not quite analogous to
14894 @code{csup}). Other arrangements can be obtained by using
14895 @code{choriz} and @code{cvert} directly.
14896
14897 @c @starindex
14898 @tindex cflat
14899 The @code{cflat} function formats its argument in ``flat'' mode,
14900 as obtained by @samp{d O}, if the current language mode is normal
14901 or Big. It has no effect in other language modes. For example,
14902 @samp{a^(b/c)} is formatted by Big mode like @samp{csup(a, cflat(b/c))}
14903 to improve its readability.
14904
14905 @c @starindex
14906 @tindex cspace
14907 The @code{cspace} function creates horizontal space. For example,
14908 @samp{cspace(4)} is effectively the same as @samp{string(" ")}.
14909 A second string (i.e., vector of characters) argument is repeated
14910 instead of the space character. For example, @samp{cspace(4, "ab")}
14911 looks like @samp{abababab}. If the second argument is not a string,
14912 it is formatted in the normal way and then several copies of that
14913 are composed together: @samp{cspace(4, a^2)} yields
14914
14915 @group
14916 @example
14917 2 2 2 2
14918 a a a a
14919 @end example
14920 @end group
14921
14922 @noindent
14923 If the number argument is zero, this is a zero-width object.
14924
14925 @c @starindex
14926 @tindex cvspace
14927 The @code{cvspace} function creates vertical space, or a vertical
14928 stack of copies of a certain string or formatted object. The
14929 baseline is the center line of the resulting stack. A numerical
14930 argument of zero will produce an object which contributes zero
14931 height if used in a vertical composition.
14932
14933 @c @starindex
14934 @tindex ctspace
14935 @c @starindex
14936 @tindex cbspace
14937 There are also @code{ctspace} and @code{cbspace} functions which
14938 create vertical space with the baseline the same as the baseline
14939 of the top or bottom copy, respectively, of the second argument.
14940 Thus @samp{cvspace(2, a/b) + ctspace(2, a/b) + cbspace(2, a/b)}
14941 displays as:
14942
14943 @group
14944 @example
14945 a
14946 -
14947 a b
14948 - a a
14949 b + - + -
14950 a b b
14951 - a
14952 b -
14953 b
14954 @end example
14955 @end group
14956
14957 @node Information about Compositions, User-Defined Compositions, Other Compositions, Compositions
14958 @subsubsection Information about Compositions
14959
14960 @noindent
14961 The functions in this section are actual functions; they compose their
14962 arguments according to the current language and other display modes,
14963 then return a certain measurement of the composition as an integer.
14964
14965 @c @starindex
14966 @tindex cwidth
14967 The @code{cwidth} function measures the width, in characters, of a
14968 composition. For example, @samp{cwidth(a + b)} is 5, and
14969 @samp{cwidth(a / b)} is 5 in normal mode, 1 in Big mode, and 11 in
14970 @TeX{} mode (for @samp{@{a \over b@}}). The argument may involve
14971 the composition functions described in this section.
14972
14973 @c @starindex
14974 @tindex cheight
14975 The @code{cheight} function measures the height of a composition.
14976 This is the total number of lines in the argument's printed form.
14977
14978 @c @starindex
14979 @tindex cascent
14980 @c @starindex
14981 @tindex cdescent
14982 The functions @code{cascent} and @code{cdescent} measure the amount
14983 of the height that is above (and including) the baseline, or below
14984 the baseline, respectively. Thus @samp{cascent(@var{x}) + cdescent(@var{x})}
14985 always equals @samp{cheight(@var{x})}. For a one-line formula like
14986 @samp{a + b}, @code{cascent} returns 1 and @code{cdescent} returns 0.
14987 For @samp{a / b} in Big mode, @code{cascent} returns 2 and @code{cdescent}
14988 returns 1. The only formula for which @code{cascent} will return zero
14989 is @samp{cvspace(0)} or equivalents.
14990
14991 @node User-Defined Compositions, , Information about Compositions, Compositions
14992 @subsubsection User-Defined Compositions
14993
14994 @noindent
14995 @kindex Z C
14996 @pindex calc-user-define-composition
14997 The @kbd{Z C} (@code{calc-user-define-composition}) command lets you
14998 define the display format for any algebraic function. You provide a
14999 formula containing a certain number of argument variables on the stack.
15000 Any time Calc formats a call to the specified function in the current
15001 language mode and with that number of arguments, Calc effectively
15002 replaces the function call with that formula with the arguments
15003 replaced.
15004
15005 Calc builds the default argument list by sorting all the variable names
15006 that appear in the formula into alphabetical order. You can edit this
15007 argument list before pressing @key{RET} if you wish. Any variables in
15008 the formula that do not appear in the argument list will be displayed
15009 literally; any arguments that do not appear in the formula will not
15010 affect the display at all.
15011
15012 You can define formats for built-in functions, for functions you have
15013 defined with @kbd{Z F} (@pxref{Algebraic Definitions}), or for functions
15014 which have no definitions but are being used as purely syntactic objects.
15015 You can define different formats for each language mode, and for each
15016 number of arguments, using a succession of @kbd{Z C} commands. When
15017 Calc formats a function call, it first searches for a format defined
15018 for the current language mode (and number of arguments); if there is
15019 none, it uses the format defined for the Normal language mode. If
15020 neither format exists, Calc uses its built-in standard format for that
15021 function (usually just @samp{@var{func}(@var{args})}).
15022
15023 If you execute @kbd{Z C} with the number 0 on the stack instead of a
15024 formula, any defined formats for the function in the current language
15025 mode will be removed. The function will revert to its standard format.
15026
15027 For example, the default format for the binomial coefficient function
15028 @samp{choose(n, m)} in the Big language mode is
15029
15030 @group
15031 @example
15032 n
15033 ( )
15034 m
15035 @end example
15036 @end group
15037
15038 @noindent
15039 You might prefer the notation,
15040
15041 @group
15042 @example
15043 C
15044 n m
15045 @end example
15046 @end group
15047
15048 @noindent
15049 To define this notation, first make sure you are in Big mode,
15050 then put the formula
15051
15052 @smallexample
15053 choriz([cvert([cvspace(1), n]), C, cvert([cvspace(1), m])])
15054 @end smallexample
15055
15056 @noindent
15057 on the stack and type @kbd{Z C}. Answer the first prompt with
15058 @code{choose}. The second prompt will be the default argument list
15059 of @samp{(C m n)}. Edit this list to be @samp{(n m)} and press
15060 @key{RET}. Now, try it out: For example, turn simplification
15061 off with @kbd{m O} and enter @samp{choose(a,b) + choose(7,3)}
15062 as an algebraic entry.
15063
15064 @group
15065 @example
15066 C + C
15067 a b 7 3
15068 @end example
15069 @end group
15070
15071 As another example, let's define the usual notation for Stirling
15072 numbers of the first kind, @samp{stir1(n, m)}. This is just like
15073 the regular format for binomial coefficients but with square brackets
15074 instead of parentheses.
15075
15076 @smallexample
15077 choriz([string("["), cvert([n, cbase(cvspace(1)), m]), string("]")])
15078 @end smallexample
15079
15080 Now type @kbd{Z C stir1 @key{RET}}, edit the argument list to
15081 @samp{(n m)}, and type @key{RET}.
15082
15083 The formula provided to @kbd{Z C} usually will involve composition
15084 functions, but it doesn't have to. Putting the formula @samp{a + b + c}
15085 onto the stack and typing @kbd{Z C foo @key{RET} @key{RET}} would define
15086 the function @samp{foo(x,y,z)} to display like @samp{x + y + z}.
15087 This ``sum'' will act exactly like a real sum for all formatting
15088 purposes (it will be parenthesized the same, and so on). However
15089 it will be computationally unrelated to a sum. For example, the
15090 formula @samp{2 * foo(1, 2, 3)} will display as @samp{2 (1 + 2 + 3)}.
15091 Operator precedences have caused the ``sum'' to be written in
15092 parentheses, but the arguments have not actually been summed.
15093 (Generally a display format like this would be undesirable, since
15094 it can easily be confused with a real sum.)
15095
15096 The special function @code{eval} can be used inside a @kbd{Z C}
15097 composition formula to cause all or part of the formula to be
15098 evaluated at display time. For example, if the formula is
15099 @samp{a + eval(b + c)}, then @samp{foo(1, 2, 3)} will be displayed
15100 as @samp{1 + 5}. Evaluation will use the default simplifications,
15101 regardless of the current simplification mode. There are also
15102 @code{evalsimp} and @code{evalextsimp} which simplify as if by
15103 @kbd{a s} and @kbd{a e} (respectively). Note that these ``functions''
15104 operate only in the context of composition formulas (and also in
15105 rewrite rules, where they serve a similar purpose; @pxref{Rewrite
15106 Rules}). On the stack, a call to @code{eval} will be left in
15107 symbolic form.
15108
15109 It is not a good idea to use @code{eval} except as a last resort.
15110 It can cause the display of formulas to be extremely slow. For
15111 example, while @samp{eval(a + b)} might seem quite fast and simple,
15112 there are several situations where it could be slow. For example,
15113 @samp{a} and/or @samp{b} could be polar complex numbers, in which
15114 case doing the sum requires trigonometry. Or, @samp{a} could be
15115 the factorial @samp{fact(100)} which is unevaluated because you
15116 have typed @kbd{m O}; @code{eval} will evaluate it anyway to
15117 produce a large, unwieldy integer.
15118
15119 You can save your display formats permanently using the @kbd{Z P}
15120 command (@pxref{Creating User Keys}).
15121
15122 @node Syntax Tables, , Compositions, Language Modes
15123 @subsection Syntax Tables
15124
15125 @noindent
15126 @cindex Syntax tables
15127 @cindex Parsing formulas, customized
15128 Syntax tables do for input what compositions do for output: They
15129 allow you to teach custom notations to Calc's formula parser.
15130 Calc keeps a separate syntax table for each language mode.
15131
15132 (Note that the Calc ``syntax tables'' discussed here are completely
15133 unrelated to the syntax tables described in the Emacs manual.)
15134
15135 @kindex Z S
15136 @pindex calc-edit-user-syntax
15137 The @kbd{Z S} (@code{calc-edit-user-syntax}) command edits the
15138 syntax table for the current language mode. If you want your
15139 syntax to work in any language, define it in the normal language
15140 mode. Type @kbd{M-# M-#} to finish editing the syntax table, or
15141 @kbd{M-# x} to cancel the edit. The @kbd{m m} command saves all
15142 the syntax tables along with the other mode settings;
15143 @pxref{General Mode Commands}.
15144
15145 @menu
15146 * Syntax Table Basics::
15147 * Precedence in Syntax Tables::
15148 * Advanced Syntax Patterns::
15149 * Conditional Syntax Rules::
15150 @end menu
15151
15152 @node Syntax Table Basics, Precedence in Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables
15153 @subsubsection Syntax Table Basics
15154
15155 @noindent
15156 @dfn{Parsing} is the process of converting a raw string of characters,
15157 such as you would type in during algebraic entry, into a Calc formula.
15158 Calc's parser works in two stages. First, the input is broken down
15159 into @dfn{tokens}, such as words, numbers, and punctuation symbols
15160 like @samp{+}, @samp{:=}, and @samp{+/-}. Space between tokens is
15161 ignored (except when it serves to separate adjacent words). Next,
15162 the parser matches this string of tokens against various built-in
15163 syntactic patterns, such as ``an expression followed by @samp{+}
15164 followed by another expression'' or ``a name followed by @samp{(},
15165 zero or more expressions separated by commas, and @samp{)}.''
15166
15167 A @dfn{syntax table} is a list of user-defined @dfn{syntax rules},
15168 which allow you to specify new patterns to define your own
15169 favorite input notations. Calc's parser always checks the syntax
15170 table for the current language mode, then the table for the normal
15171 language mode, before it uses its built-in rules to parse an
15172 algebraic formula you have entered. Each syntax rule should go on
15173 its own line; it consists of a @dfn{pattern}, a @samp{:=} symbol,
15174 and a Calc formula with an optional @dfn{condition}. (Syntax rules
15175 resemble algebraic rewrite rules, but the notation for patterns is
15176 completely different.)
15177
15178 A syntax pattern is a list of tokens, separated by spaces.
15179 Except for a few special symbols, tokens in syntax patterns are
15180 matched literally, from left to right. For example, the rule,
15181
15182 @example
15183 foo ( ) := 2+3
15184 @end example
15185
15186 @noindent
15187 would cause Calc to parse the formula @samp{4+foo()*5} as if it
15188 were @samp{4+(2+3)*5}. Notice that the parentheses were written
15189 as two separate tokens in the rule. As a result, the rule works
15190 for both @samp{foo()} and @w{@samp{foo ( )}}. If we had written
15191 the rule as @samp{foo () := 2+3}, then Calc would treat @samp{()}
15192 as a single, indivisible token, so that @w{@samp{foo( )}} would
15193 not be recognized by the rule. (It would be parsed as a regular
15194 zero-argument function call instead.) In fact, this rule would
15195 also make trouble for the rest of Calc's parser: An unrelated
15196 formula like @samp{bar()} would now be tokenized into @samp{bar ()}
15197 instead of @samp{bar ( )}, so that the standard parser for function
15198 calls would no longer recognize it!
15199
15200 While it is possible to make a token with a mixture of letters
15201 and punctuation symbols, this is not recommended. It is better to
15202 break it into several tokens, as we did with @samp{foo()} above.
15203
15204 The symbol @samp{#} in a syntax pattern matches any Calc expression.
15205 On the righthand side, the things that matched the @samp{#}s can
15206 be referred to as @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, and so on (where @samp{#1}
15207 matches the leftmost @samp{#} in the pattern). For example, these
15208 rules match a user-defined function, prefix operator, infix operator,
15209 and postfix operator, respectively:
15210
15211 @example
15212 foo ( # ) := myfunc(#1)
15213 foo # := myprefix(#1)
15214 # foo # := myinfix(#1,#2)
15215 # foo := mypostfix(#1)
15216 @end example
15217
15218 Thus @samp{foo(3)} will parse as @samp{myfunc(3)}, and @samp{2+3 foo}
15219 will parse as @samp{mypostfix(2+3)}.
15220
15221 It is important to write the first two rules in the order shown,
15222 because Calc tries rules in order from first to last. If the
15223 pattern @samp{foo #} came first, it would match anything that could
15224 match the @samp{foo ( # )} rule, since an expression in parentheses
15225 is itself a valid expression. Thus the @w{@samp{foo ( # )}} rule would
15226 never get to match anything. Likewise, the last two rules must be
15227 written in the order shown or else @samp{3 foo 4} will be parsed as
15228 @samp{mypostfix(3) * 4}. (Of course, the best way to avoid these
15229 ambiguities is not to use the same symbol in more than one way at
15230 the same time! In case you're not convinced, try the following
15231 exercise: How will the above rules parse the input @samp{foo(3,4)},
15232 if at all? Work it out for yourself, then try it in Calc and see.)
15233
15234 Calc is quite flexible about what sorts of patterns are allowed.
15235 The only rule is that every pattern must begin with a literal
15236 token (like @samp{foo} in the first two patterns above), or with
15237 a @samp{#} followed by a literal token (as in the last two
15238 patterns). After that, any mixture is allowed, although putting
15239 two @samp{#}s in a row will not be very useful since two
15240 expressions with nothing between them will be parsed as one
15241 expression that uses implicit multiplication.
15242
15243 As a more practical example, Maple uses the notation
15244 @samp{sum(a(i), i=1..10)} for sums, which Calc's Maple mode doesn't
15245 recognize at present. To handle this syntax, we simply add the
15246 rule,
15247
15248 @example
15249 sum ( # , # = # .. # ) := sum(#1,#2,#3,#4)
15250 @end example
15251
15252 @noindent
15253 to the Maple mode syntax table. As another example, C mode can't
15254 read assignment operators like @samp{++} and @samp{*=}. We can
15255 define these operators quite easily:
15256
15257 @example
15258 # *= # := muleq(#1,#2)
15259 # ++ := postinc(#1)
15260 ++ # := preinc(#1)
15261 @end example
15262
15263 @noindent
15264 To complete the job, we would use corresponding composition functions
15265 and @kbd{Z C} to cause these functions to display in their respective
15266 Maple and C notations. (Note that the C example ignores issues of
15267 operator precedence, which are discussed in the next section.)
15268
15269 You can enclose any token in quotes to prevent its usual
15270 interpretation in syntax patterns:
15271
15272 @example
15273 # ":=" # := becomes(#1,#2)
15274 @end example
15275
15276 Quotes also allow you to include spaces in a token, although once
15277 again it is generally better to use two tokens than one token with
15278 an embedded space. To include an actual quotation mark in a quoted
15279 token, precede it with a backslash. (This also works to include
15280 backslashes in tokens.)
15281
15282 @example
15283 # "bad token" # "/\"\\" # := silly(#1,#2,#3)
15284 @end example
15285
15286 @noindent
15287 This will parse @samp{3 bad token 4 /"\ 5} to @samp{silly(3,4,5)}.
15288
15289 The token @kbd{#} has a predefined meaning in Calc's formula parser;
15290 it is not legal to use @samp{"#"} in a syntax rule. However, longer
15291 tokens that include the @samp{#} character are allowed. Also, while
15292 @samp{"$"} and @samp{"\""} are allowed as tokens, their presence in
15293 the syntax table will prevent those characters from working in their
15294 usual ways (referring to stack entries and quoting strings,
15295 respectively).
15296
15297 Finally, the notation @samp{%%} anywhere in a syntax table causes
15298 the rest of the line to be ignored as a comment.
15299
15300 @node Precedence in Syntax Tables, Advanced Syntax Patterns, Syntax Table Basics, Syntax Tables
15301 @subsubsection Precedence
15302
15303 @noindent
15304 Different operators are generally assigned different @dfn{precedences}.
15305 By default, an operator defined by a rule like
15306
15307 @example
15308 # foo # := foo(#1,#2)
15309 @end example
15310
15311 @noindent
15312 will have an extremely low precedence, so that @samp{2*3+4 foo 5 == 6}
15313 will be parsed as @samp{(2*3+4) foo (5 == 6)}. To change the
15314 precedence of an operator, use the notation @samp{#/@var{p}} in
15315 place of @samp{#}, where @var{p} is an integer precedence level.
15316 For example, 185 lies between the precedences for @samp{+} and
15317 @samp{*}, so if we change this rule to
15318
15319 @example
15320 #/185 foo #/186 := foo(#1,#2)
15321 @end example
15322
15323 @noindent
15324 then @samp{2+3 foo 4*5} will be parsed as @samp{2+(3 foo (4*5))}.
15325 Also, because we've given the righthand expression slightly higher
15326 precedence, our new operator will be left-associative:
15327 @samp{1 foo 2 foo 3} will be parsed as @samp{(1 foo 2) foo 3}.
15328 By raising the precedence of the lefthand expression instead, we
15329 can create a right-associative operator.
15330
15331 @xref{Composition Basics}, for a table of precedences of the
15332 standard Calc operators. For the precedences of operators in other
15333 language modes, look in the Calc source file @file{calc-lang.el}.
15334
15335 @node Advanced Syntax Patterns, Conditional Syntax Rules, Precedence in Syntax Tables, Syntax Tables
15336 @subsubsection Advanced Syntax Patterns
15337
15338 @noindent
15339 To match a function with a variable number of arguments, you could
15340 write
15341
15342 @example
15343 foo ( # ) := myfunc(#1)
15344 foo ( # , # ) := myfunc(#1,#2)
15345 foo ( # , # , # ) := myfunc(#1,#2,#3)
15346 @end example
15347
15348 @noindent
15349 but this isn't very elegant. To match variable numbers of items,
15350 Calc uses some notations inspired regular expressions and the
15351 ``extended BNF'' style used by some language designers.
15352
15353 @example
15354 foo ( @{ # @}*, ) := apply(myfunc,#1)
15355 @end example
15356
15357 The token @samp{@{} introduces a repeated or optional portion.
15358 One of the three tokens @samp{@}*}, @samp{@}+}, or @samp{@}?}
15359 ends the portion. These will match zero or more, one or more,
15360 or zero or one copies of the enclosed pattern, respectively.
15361 In addition, @samp{@}*} and @samp{@}+} can be followed by a
15362 separator token (with no space in between, as shown above).
15363 Thus @samp{@{ # @}*,} matches nothing, or one expression, or
15364 several expressions separated by commas.
15365
15366 A complete @samp{@{ ... @}} item matches as a vector of the
15367 items that matched inside it. For example, the above rule will
15368 match @samp{foo(1,2,3)} to get @samp{apply(myfunc,[1,2,3])}.
15369 The Calc @code{apply} function takes a function name and a vector
15370 of arguments and builds a call to the function with those
15371 arguments, so the net result is the formula @samp{myfunc(1,2,3)}.
15372
15373 If the body of a @samp{@{ ... @}} contains several @samp{#}s
15374 (or nested @samp{@{ ... @}} constructs), then the items will be
15375 strung together into the resulting vector. If the body
15376 does not contain anything but literal tokens, the result will
15377 always be an empty vector.
15378
15379 @example
15380 foo ( @{ # , # @}+, ) := bar(#1)
15381 foo ( @{ @{ # @}*, @}*; ) := matrix(#1)
15382 @end example
15383
15384 @noindent
15385 will parse @samp{foo(1,2,3,4)} as @samp{bar([1,2,3,4])}, and
15386 @samp{foo(1,2;3,4)} as @samp{matrix([[1,2],[3,4]])}. Also, after
15387 some thought it's easy to see how this pair of rules will parse
15388 @samp{foo(1,2,3)} as @samp{matrix([[1,2,3]])}, since the first
15389 rule will only match an even number of arguments. The rule
15390
15391 @example
15392 foo ( # @{ , # , # @}? ) := bar(#1,#2)
15393 @end example
15394
15395 @noindent
15396 will parse @samp{foo(2,3,4)} as @samp{bar(2,[3,4])}, and
15397 @samp{foo(2)} as @samp{bar(2,[])}.
15398
15399 The notation @samp{@{ ... @}?.} (note the trailing period) works
15400 just the same as regular @samp{@{ ... @}?}, except that it does not
15401 count as an argument; the following two rules are equivalent:
15402
15403 @example
15404 foo ( # , @{ also @}? # ) := bar(#1,#3)
15405 foo ( # , @{ also @}?. # ) := bar(#1,#2)
15406 @end example
15407
15408 @noindent
15409 Note that in the first case the optional text counts as @samp{#2},
15410 which will always be an empty vector, but in the second case no
15411 empty vector is produced.
15412
15413 Another variant is @samp{@{ ... @}?$}, which means the body is
15414 optional only at the end of the input formula. All built-in syntax
15415 rules in Calc use this for closing delimiters, so that during
15416 algebraic entry you can type @kbd{[sqrt(2), sqrt(3 RET}, omitting
15417 the closing parenthesis and bracket. Calc does this automatically
15418 for trailing @samp{)}, @samp{]}, and @samp{>} tokens in syntax
15419 rules, but you can use @samp{@{ ... @}?$} explicitly to get
15420 this effect with any token (such as @samp{"@}"} or @samp{end}).
15421 Like @samp{@{ ... @}?.}, this notation does not count as an
15422 argument. Conversely, you can use quotes, as in @samp{")"}, to
15423 prevent a closing-delimiter token from being automatically treated
15424 as optional.
15425
15426 Calc's parser does not have full backtracking, which means some
15427 patterns will not work as you might expect:
15428
15429 @example
15430 foo ( @{ # , @}? # , # ) := bar(#1,#2,#3)
15431 @end example
15432
15433 @noindent
15434 Here we are trying to make the first argument optional, so that
15435 @samp{foo(2,3)} parses as @samp{bar([],2,3)}. Unfortunately, Calc
15436 first tries to match @samp{2,} against the optional part of the
15437 pattern, finds a match, and so goes ahead to match the rest of the
15438 pattern. Later on it will fail to match the second comma, but it
15439 doesn't know how to go back and try the other alternative at that
15440 point. One way to get around this would be to use two rules:
15441
15442 @example
15443 foo ( # , # , # ) := bar([#1],#2,#3)
15444 foo ( # , # ) := bar([],#1,#2)
15445 @end example
15446
15447 More precisely, when Calc wants to match an optional or repeated
15448 part of a pattern, it scans forward attempting to match that part.
15449 If it reaches the end of the optional part without failing, it
15450 ``finalizes'' its choice and proceeds. If it fails, though, it
15451 backs up and tries the other alternative. Thus Calc has ``partial''
15452 backtracking. A fully backtracking parser would go on to make sure
15453 the rest of the pattern matched before finalizing the choice.
15454
15455 @node Conditional Syntax Rules, , Advanced Syntax Patterns, Syntax Tables
15456 @subsubsection Conditional Syntax Rules
15457
15458 @noindent
15459 It is possible to attach a @dfn{condition} to a syntax rule. For
15460 example, the rules
15461
15462 @example
15463 foo ( # ) := ifoo(#1) :: integer(#1)
15464 foo ( # ) := gfoo(#1)
15465 @end example
15466
15467 @noindent
15468 will parse @samp{foo(3)} as @samp{ifoo(3)}, but will parse
15469 @samp{foo(3.5)} and @samp{foo(x)} as calls to @code{gfoo}. Any
15470 number of conditions may be attached; all must be true for the
15471 rule to succeed. A condition is ``true'' if it evaluates to a
15472 nonzero number. @xref{Logical Operations}, for a list of Calc
15473 functions like @code{integer} that perform logical tests.
15474
15475 The exact sequence of events is as follows: When Calc tries a
15476 rule, it first matches the pattern as usual. It then substitutes
15477 @samp{#1}, @samp{#2}, etc., in the conditions, if any. Next, the
15478 conditions are simplified and evaluated in order from left to right,
15479 as if by the @w{@kbd{a s}} algebra command (@pxref{Simplifying Formulas}).
15480 Each result is true if it is a nonzero number, or an expression
15481 that can be proven to be nonzero (@pxref{Declarations}). If the
15482 results of all conditions are true, the expression (such as
15483 @samp{ifoo(#1)}) has its @samp{#}s substituted, and that is the
15484 result of the parse. If the result of any condition is false, Calc
15485 goes on to try the next rule in the syntax table.
15486
15487 Syntax rules also support @code{let} conditions, which operate in
15488 exactly the same way as they do in algebraic rewrite rules.
15489 @xref{Other Features of Rewrite Rules}, for details. A @code{let}
15490 condition is always true, but as a side effect it defines a
15491 variable which can be used in later conditions, and also in the
15492 expression after the @samp{:=} sign:
15493
15494 @example
15495 foo ( # ) := hifoo(x) :: let(x := #1 + 0.5) :: dnumint(x)
15496 @end example
15497
15498 @noindent
15499 The @code{dnumint} function tests if a value is numerically an
15500 integer, i.e., either a true integer or an integer-valued float.
15501 This rule will parse @code{foo} with a half-integer argument,
15502 like @samp{foo(3.5)}, to a call like @samp{hifoo(4.)}.
15503
15504 The lefthand side of a syntax rule @code{let} must be a simple
15505 variable, not the arbitrary pattern that is allowed in rewrite
15506 rules.
15507
15508 The @code{matches} function is also treated specially in syntax
15509 rule conditions (again, in the same way as in rewrite rules).
15510 @xref{Matching Commands}. If the matching pattern contains
15511 meta-variables, then those meta-variables may be used in later
15512 conditions and in the result expression. The arguments to
15513 @code{matches} are not evaluated in this situation.
15514
15515 @example
15516 sum ( # , # ) := sum(#1,a,b,c) :: matches(#2, a=[b..c])
15517 @end example
15518
15519 @noindent
15520 This is another way to implement the Maple mode @code{sum} notation.
15521 In this approach, we allow @samp{#2} to equal the whole expression
15522 @samp{i=1..10}. Then, we use @code{matches} to break it apart into
15523 its components. If the expression turns out not to match the pattern,
15524 the syntax rule will fail. Note that @kbd{Z S} always uses Calc's
15525 normal language mode for editing expressions in syntax rules, so we
15526 must use regular Calc notation for the interval @samp{[b..c]} that
15527 will correspond to the Maple mode interval @samp{1..10}.
15528
15529 @node Modes Variable, Calc Mode Line, Language Modes, Mode Settings
15530 @section The @code{Modes} Variable
15531
15532 @noindent
15533 @kindex m g
15534 @pindex calc-get-modes
15535 The @kbd{m g} (@code{calc-get-modes}) command pushes onto the stack
15536 a vector of numbers that describes the various mode settings that
15537 are in effect. With a numeric prefix argument, it pushes only the
15538 @var{n}th mode, i.e., the @var{n}th element of this vector. Keyboard
15539 macros can use the @kbd{m g} command to modify their behavior based
15540 on the current mode settings.
15541
15542 @cindex @code{Modes} variable
15543 @vindex Modes
15544 The modes vector is also available in the special variable
15545 @code{Modes}. In other words, @kbd{m g} is like @kbd{s r Modes RET}.
15546 It will not work to store into this variable; in fact, if you do,
15547 @code{Modes} will cease to track the current modes. (The @kbd{m g}
15548 command will continue to work, however.)
15549
15550 In general, each number in this vector is suitable as a numeric
15551 prefix argument to the associated mode-setting command. (Recall
15552 that the @kbd{~} key takes a number from the stack and gives it as
15553 a numeric prefix to the next command.)
15554
15555 The elements of the modes vector are as follows:
15556
15557 @enumerate
15558 @item
15559 Current precision. Default is 12; associated command is @kbd{p}.
15560
15561 @item
15562 Binary word size. Default is 32; associated command is @kbd{b w}.
15563
15564 @item
15565 Stack size (not counting the value about to be pushed by @kbd{m g}).
15566 This is zero if @kbd{m g} is executed with an empty stack.
15567
15568 @item
15569 Number radix. Default is 10; command is @kbd{d r}.
15570
15571 @item
15572 Floating-point format. This is the number of digits, plus the
15573 constant 0 for normal notation, 10000 for scientific notation,
15574 20000 for engineering notation, or 30000 for fixed-point notation.
15575 These codes are acceptable as prefix arguments to the @kbd{d n}
15576 command, but note that this may lose information: For example,
15577 @kbd{d s} and @kbd{C-u 12 d s} have similar (but not quite
15578 identical) effects if the current precision is 12, but they both
15579 produce a code of 10012, which will be treated by @kbd{d n} as
15580 @kbd{C-u 12 d s}. If the precision then changes, the float format
15581 will still be frozen at 12 significant figures.
15582
15583 @item
15584 Angular mode. Default is 1 (degrees). Other values are 2 (radians)
15585 and 3 (HMS). The @kbd{m d} command accepts these prefixes.
15586
15587 @item
15588 Symbolic mode. Value is 0 or 1; default is 0. Command is @kbd{m s}.
15589
15590 @item
15591 Fraction mode. Value is 0 or 1; default is 0. Command is @kbd{m f}.
15592
15593 @item
15594 Polar mode. Value is 0 (rectangular) or 1 (polar); default is 0.
15595 Command is @kbd{m p}.
15596
15597 @item
15598 Matrix/scalar mode. Default value is @i{-1}. Value is 0 for scalar
15599 mode, @i{-2} for matrix mode, or @i{N} for @c{$N\times N$}
15600 @i{NxN} matrix mode. Command is @kbd{m v}.
15601
15602 @item
15603 Simplification mode. Default is 1. Value is @i{-1} for off (@kbd{m O}),
15604 0 for @kbd{m N}, 2 for @kbd{m B}, 3 for @kbd{m A}, 4 for @kbd{m E},
15605 or 5 for @w{@kbd{m U}}. The @kbd{m D} command accepts these prefixes.
15606
15607 @item
15608 Infinite mode. Default is @i{-1} (off). Value is 1 if the mode is on,
15609 or 0 if the mode is on with positive zeros. Command is @kbd{m i}.
15610 @end enumerate
15611
15612 For example, the sequence @kbd{M-1 m g RET 2 + ~ p} increases the
15613 precision by two, leaving a copy of the old precision on the stack.
15614 Later, @kbd{~ p} will restore the original precision using that
15615 stack value. (This sequence might be especially useful inside a
15616 keyboard macro.)
15617
15618 As another example, @kbd{M-3 m g 1 - ~ DEL} deletes all but the
15619 oldest (bottommost) stack entry.
15620
15621 Yet another example: The HP-48 ``round'' command rounds a number
15622 to the current displayed precision. You could roughly emulate this
15623 in Calc with the sequence @kbd{M-5 m g 10000 % ~ c c}. (This
15624 would not work for fixed-point mode, but it wouldn't be hard to
15625 do a full emulation with the help of the @kbd{Z [} and @kbd{Z ]}
15626 programming commands. @xref{Conditionals in Macros}.)
15627
15628 @node Calc Mode Line, , Modes Variable, Mode Settings
15629 @section The Calc Mode Line
15630
15631 @noindent
15632 @cindex Mode line indicators
15633 This section is a summary of all symbols that can appear on the
15634 Calc mode line, the highlighted bar that appears under the Calc
15635 stack window (or under an editing window in Embedded Mode).
15636
15637 The basic mode line format is:
15638
15639 @example
15640 --%%-Calc: 12 Deg @var{other modes} (Calculator)
15641 @end example
15642
15643 The @samp{%%} is the Emacs symbol for ``read-only''; it shows that
15644 regular Emacs commands are not allowed to edit the stack buffer
15645 as if it were text.
15646
15647 The word @samp{Calc:} changes to @samp{CalcEmbed:} if Embedded Mode
15648 is enabled. The words after this describe the various Calc modes
15649 that are in effect.
15650
15651 The first mode is always the current precision, an integer.
15652 The second mode is always the angular mode, either @code{Deg},
15653 @code{Rad}, or @code{Hms}.
15654
15655 Here is a complete list of the remaining symbols that can appear
15656 on the mode line:
15657
15658 @table @code
15659 @item Alg
15660 Algebraic mode (@kbd{m a}; @pxref{Algebraic Entry}).
15661
15662 @item Alg[(
15663 Incomplete algebraic mode (@kbd{C-u m a}).
15664
15665 @item Alg*
15666 Total algebraic mode (@kbd{m t}).
15667
15668 @item Symb
15669 Symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}; @pxref{Symbolic Mode}).
15670
15671 @item Matrix
15672 Matrix mode (@kbd{m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15673
15674 @item Matrix@var{n}
15675 Dimensioned matrix mode (@kbd{C-u @var{n} m v}).
15676
15677 @item Scalar
15678 Scalar mode (@kbd{m v}; @pxref{Matrix Mode}).
15679
15680 @item Polar
15681 Polar complex mode (@kbd{m p}; @pxref{Polar Mode}).
15682
15683 @item Frac
15684 Fraction mode (@kbd{m f}; @pxref{Fraction Mode}).
15685
15686 @item Inf
15687 Infinite mode (@kbd{m i}; @pxref{Infinite Mode}).
15688
15689 @item +Inf
15690 Positive infinite mode (@kbd{C-u 0 m i}).
15691
15692 @item NoSimp
15693 Default simplifications off (@kbd{m O}; @pxref{Simplification Modes}).
15694
15695 @item NumSimp
15696 Default simplifications for numeric arguments only (@kbd{m N}).
15697
15698 @item BinSimp@var{w}
15699 Binary-integer simplification mode; word size @var{w} (@kbd{m B}, @kbd{b w}).
15700
15701 @item AlgSimp
15702 Algebraic simplification mode (@kbd{m A}).
15703
15704 @item ExtSimp
15705 Extended algebraic simplification mode (@kbd{m E}).
15706
15707 @item UnitSimp
15708 Units simplification mode (@kbd{m U}).
15709
15710 @item Bin
15711 Current radix is 2 (@kbd{d 2}; @pxref{Radix Modes}).
15712
15713 @item Oct
15714 Current radix is 8 (@kbd{d 8}).
15715
15716 @item Hex
15717 Current radix is 16 (@kbd{d 6}).
15718
15719 @item Radix@var{n}
15720 Current radix is @var{n} (@kbd{d r}).
15721
15722 @item Zero
15723 Leading zeros (@kbd{d z}; @pxref{Radix Modes}).
15724
15725 @item Big
15726 Big language mode (@kbd{d B}; @pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
15727
15728 @item Flat
15729 One-line normal language mode (@kbd{d O}).
15730
15731 @item Unform
15732 Unformatted language mode (@kbd{d U}).
15733
15734 @item C
15735 C language mode (@kbd{d C}; @pxref{C FORTRAN Pascal}).
15736
15737 @item Pascal
15738 Pascal language mode (@kbd{d P}).
15739
15740 @item Fortran
15741 FORTRAN language mode (@kbd{d F}).
15742
15743 @item TeX
15744 @TeX{} language mode (@kbd{d T}; @pxref{TeX Language Mode}).
15745
15746 @item Eqn
15747 @dfn{Eqn} language mode (@kbd{d E}; @pxref{Eqn Language Mode}).
15748
15749 @item Math
15750 Mathematica language mode (@kbd{d M}; @pxref{Mathematica Language Mode}).
15751
15752 @item Maple
15753 Maple language mode (@kbd{d W}; @pxref{Maple Language Mode}).
15754
15755 @item Norm@var{n}
15756 Normal float mode with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d n}; @pxref{Float Formats}).
15757
15758 @item Fix@var{n}
15759 Fixed point mode with @var{n} digits after the point (@kbd{d f}).
15760
15761 @item Sci
15762 Scientific notation mode (@kbd{d s}).
15763
15764 @item Sci@var{n}
15765 Scientific notation with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d s}).
15766
15767 @item Eng
15768 Engineering notation mode (@kbd{d e}).
15769
15770 @item Eng@var{n}
15771 Engineering notation with @var{n} digits (@kbd{d e}).
15772
15773 @item Left@var{n}
15774 Left-justified display indented by @var{n} (@kbd{d <}; @pxref{Justification}).
15775
15776 @item Right
15777 Right-justified display (@kbd{d >}).
15778
15779 @item Right@var{n}
15780 Right-justified display with width @var{n} (@kbd{d >}).
15781
15782 @item Center
15783 Centered display (@kbd{d =}).
15784
15785 @item Center@var{n}
15786 Centered display with center column @var{n} (@kbd{d =}).
15787
15788 @item Wid@var{n}
15789 Line breaking with width @var{n} (@kbd{d b}; @pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
15790
15791 @item Wide
15792 No line breaking (@kbd{d b}).
15793
15794 @item Break
15795 Selections show deep structure (@kbd{j b}; @pxref{Making Selections}).
15796
15797 @item Save
15798 Record modes in @file{~/.emacs} (@kbd{m R}; @pxref{General Mode Commands}).
15799
15800 @item Local
15801 Record modes in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15802
15803 @item LocEdit
15804 Record modes as editing-only in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15805
15806 @item LocPerm
15807 Record modes as permanent-only in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15808
15809 @item Global
15810 Record modes as global in Embedded buffer (@kbd{m R}).
15811
15812 @item Manual
15813 Automatic recomputation turned off (@kbd{m C}; @pxref{Automatic
15814 Recomputation}).
15815
15816 @item Graph
15817 GNUPLOT process is alive in background (@pxref{Graphics}).
15818
15819 @item Sel
15820 Top-of-stack has a selection (Embedded only; @pxref{Making Selections}).
15821
15822 @item Dirty
15823 The stack display may not be up-to-date (@pxref{Display Modes}).
15824
15825 @item Inv
15826 ``Inverse'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{I}; @pxref{Inverse and Hyperbolic}).
15827
15828 @item Hyp
15829 ``Hyperbolic'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{H}).
15830
15831 @item Keep
15832 ``Keep-arguments'' prefix was pressed (@kbd{K}).
15833
15834 @item Narrow
15835 Stack is truncated (@kbd{d t}; @pxref{Truncating the Stack}).
15836 @end table
15837
15838 In addition, the symbols @code{Active} and @code{~Active} can appear
15839 as minor modes on an Embedded buffer's mode line. @xref{Embedded Mode}.
15840
15841 @node Arithmetic, Scientific Functions, Mode Settings, Top
15842 @chapter Arithmetic Functions
15843
15844 @noindent
15845 This chapter describes the Calc commands for doing simple calculations
15846 on numbers, such as addition, absolute value, and square roots. These
15847 commands work by removing the top one or two values from the stack,
15848 performing the desired operation, and pushing the result back onto the
15849 stack. If the operation cannot be performed, the result pushed is a
15850 formula instead of a number, such as @samp{2/0} (because division by zero
15851 is illegal) or @samp{sqrt(x)} (because the argument @samp{x} is a formula).
15852
15853 Most of the commands described here can be invoked by a single keystroke.
15854 Some of the more obscure ones are two-letter sequences beginning with
15855 the @kbd{f} (``functions'') prefix key.
15856
15857 @xref{Prefix Arguments}, for a discussion of the effect of numeric
15858 prefix arguments on commands in this chapter which do not otherwise
15859 interpret a prefix argument.
15860
15861 @menu
15862 * Basic Arithmetic::
15863 * Integer Truncation::
15864 * Complex Number Functions::
15865 * Conversions::
15866 * Date Arithmetic::
15867 * Financial Functions::
15868 * Binary Functions::
15869 @end menu
15870
15871 @node Basic Arithmetic, Integer Truncation, Arithmetic, Arithmetic
15872 @section Basic Arithmetic
15873
15874 @noindent
15875 @kindex +
15876 @pindex calc-plus
15877 @c @mindex @null
15878 @tindex +
15879 The @kbd{+} (@code{calc-plus}) command adds two numbers. The numbers may
15880 be any of the standard Calc data types. The resulting sum is pushed back
15881 onto the stack.
15882
15883 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are vectors or matrices (of matching dimensions),
15884 the result is a vector or matrix sum. If one argument is a vector and the
15885 other a scalar (i.e., a non-vector), the scalar is added to each of the
15886 elements of the vector to form a new vector. If the scalar is not a
15887 number, the operation is left in symbolic form: Suppose you added @samp{x}
15888 to the vector @samp{[1,2]}. You may want the result @samp{[1+x,2+x]}, or
15889 you may plan to substitute a 2-vector for @samp{x} in the future. Since
15890 the Calculator can't tell which interpretation you want, it makes the
15891 safest assumption. @xref{Reducing and Mapping}, for a way to add @samp{x}
15892 to every element of a vector.
15893
15894 If either argument of @kbd{+} is a complex number, the result will in general
15895 be complex. If one argument is in rectangular form and the other polar,
15896 the current Polar Mode determines the form of the result. If Symbolic
15897 Mode is enabled, the sum may be left as a formula if the necessary
15898 conversions for polar addition are non-trivial.
15899
15900 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are HMS forms, the forms are added according to
15901 the usual conventions of hours-minutes-seconds notation. If one argument
15902 is an HMS form and the other is a number, that number is converted from
15903 degrees or radians (depending on the current Angular Mode) to HMS format
15904 and then the two HMS forms are added.
15905
15906 If one argument of @kbd{+} is a date form, the other can be either a
15907 real number, which advances the date by a certain number of days, or
15908 an HMS form, which advances the date by a certain amount of time.
15909 Subtracting two date forms yields the number of days between them.
15910 Adding two date forms is meaningless, but Calc interprets it as the
15911 subtraction of one date form and the negative of the other. (The
15912 negative of a date form can be understood by remembering that dates
15913 are stored as the number of days before or after Jan 1, 1 AD.)
15914
15915 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are error forms, the result is an error form
15916 with an appropriately computed standard deviation. If one argument is an
15917 error form and the other is a number, the number is taken to have zero error.
15918 Error forms may have symbolic formulas as their mean and/or error parts;
15919 adding these will produce a symbolic error form result. However, adding an
15920 error form to a plain symbolic formula (as in @samp{(a +/- b) + c}) will not
15921 work, for the same reasons just mentioned for vectors. Instead you must
15922 write @samp{(a +/- b) + (c +/- 0)}.
15923
15924 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are modulo forms with equal values of @cite{M},
15925 or if one argument is a modulo form and the other a plain number, the
15926 result is a modulo form which represents the sum, modulo @cite{M}, of
15927 the two values.
15928
15929 If both arguments of @kbd{+} are intervals, the result is an interval
15930 which describes all possible sums of the possible input values. If
15931 one argument is a plain number, it is treated as the interval
15932 @w{@samp{[x ..@: x]}}.
15933
15934 If one argument of @kbd{+} is an infinity and the other is not, the
15935 result is that same infinity. If both arguments are infinite and in
15936 the same direction, the result is the same infinity, but if they are
15937 infinite in different directions the result is @code{nan}.
15938
15939 @kindex -
15940 @pindex calc-minus
15941 @c @mindex @null
15942 @tindex -
15943 The @kbd{-} (@code{calc-minus}) command subtracts two values. The top
15944 number on the stack is subtracted from the one behind it, so that the
15945 computation @kbd{5 @key{RET} 2 -} produces 3, not @i{-3}. All options
15946 available for @kbd{+} are available for @kbd{-} as well.
15947
15948 @kindex *
15949 @pindex calc-times
15950 @c @mindex @null
15951 @tindex *
15952 The @kbd{*} (@code{calc-times}) command multiplies two numbers. If one
15953 argument is a vector and the other a scalar, the scalar is multiplied by
15954 the elements of the vector to produce a new vector. If both arguments
15955 are vectors, the interpretation depends on the dimensions of the
15956 vectors: If both arguments are matrices, a matrix multiplication is
15957 done. If one argument is a matrix and the other a plain vector, the
15958 vector is interpreted as a row vector or column vector, whichever is
15959 dimensionally correct. If both arguments are plain vectors, the result
15960 is a single scalar number which is the dot product of the two vectors.
15961
15962 If one argument of @kbd{*} is an HMS form and the other a number, the
15963 HMS form is multiplied by that amount. It is an error to multiply two
15964 HMS forms together, or to attempt any multiplication involving date
15965 forms. Error forms, modulo forms, and intervals can be multiplied;
15966 see the comments for addition of those forms. When two error forms
15967 or intervals are multiplied they are considered to be statistically
15968 independent; thus, @samp{[-2 ..@: 3] * [-2 ..@: 3]} is @samp{[-6 ..@: 9]},
15969 whereas @w{@samp{[-2 ..@: 3] ^ 2}} is @samp{[0 ..@: 9]}.
15970
15971 @kindex /
15972 @pindex calc-divide
15973 @c @mindex @null
15974 @tindex /
15975 The @kbd{/} (@code{calc-divide}) command divides two numbers. When
15976 dividing a scalar @cite{B} by a square matrix @cite{A}, the computation
15977 performed is @cite{B} times the inverse of @cite{A}. This also occurs
15978 if @cite{B} is itself a vector or matrix, in which case the effect is
15979 to solve the set of linear equations represented by @cite{B}. If @cite{B}
15980 is a matrix with the same number of rows as @cite{A}, or a plain vector
15981 (which is interpreted here as a column vector), then the equation
15982 @cite{A X = B} is solved for the vector or matrix @cite{X}. Otherwise,
15983 if @cite{B} is a non-square matrix with the same number of @emph{columns}
15984 as @cite{A}, the equation @cite{X A = B} is solved. If you wish a vector
15985 @cite{B} to be interpreted as a row vector to be solved as @cite{X A = B},
15986 make it into a one-row matrix with @kbd{C-u 1 v p} first. To force a
15987 left-handed solution with a square matrix @cite{B}, transpose @cite{A} and
15988 @cite{B} before dividing, then transpose the result.
15989
15990 HMS forms can be divided by real numbers or by other HMS forms. Error
15991 forms can be divided in any combination of ways. Modulo forms where both
15992 values and the modulo are integers can be divided to get an integer modulo
15993 form result. Intervals can be divided; dividing by an interval that
15994 encompasses zero or has zero as a limit will result in an infinite
15995 interval.
15996
15997 @kindex ^
15998 @pindex calc-power
15999 @c @mindex @null
16000 @tindex ^
16001 The @kbd{^} (@code{calc-power}) command raises a number to a power. If
16002 the power is an integer, an exact result is computed using repeated
16003 multiplications. For non-integer powers, Calc uses Newton's method or
16004 logarithms and exponentials. Square matrices can be raised to integer
16005 powers. If either argument is an error (or interval or modulo) form,
16006 the result is also an error (or interval or modulo) form.
16007
16008 @kindex I ^
16009 @tindex nroot
16010 If you press the @kbd{I} (inverse) key first, the @kbd{I ^} command
16011 computes an Nth root: @kbd{125 RET 3 I ^} computes the number 5.
16012 (This is entirely equivalent to @kbd{125 RET 1:3 ^}.)
16013
16014 @kindex \
16015 @pindex calc-idiv
16016 @tindex idiv
16017 @c @mindex @null
16018 @tindex \
16019 The @kbd{\} (@code{calc-idiv}) command divides two numbers on the stack
16020 to produce an integer result. It is equivalent to dividing with
16021 @key{/}, then rounding down with @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}), only a bit
16022 more convenient and efficient. Also, since it is an all-integer
16023 operation when the arguments are integers, it avoids problems that
16024 @kbd{/ F} would have with floating-point roundoff.
16025
16026 @kindex %
16027 @pindex calc-mod
16028 @c @mindex @null
16029 @tindex %
16030 The @kbd{%} (@code{calc-mod}) command performs a ``modulo'' (or ``remainder'')
16031 operation. Mathematically, @samp{a%b = a - (a\b)*b}, and is defined
16032 for all real numbers @cite{a} and @cite{b} (except @cite{b=0}). For
16033 positive @cite{b}, the result will always be between 0 (inclusive) and
16034 @cite{b} (exclusive). Modulo does not work for HMS forms and error forms.
16035 If @cite{a} is a modulo form, its modulo is changed to @cite{b}, which
16036 must be positive real number.
16037
16038 @kindex :
16039 @pindex calc-fdiv
16040 @tindex fdiv
16041 The @kbd{:} (@code{calc-fdiv}) command [@code{fdiv} function in a formula]
16042 divides the two integers on the top of the stack to produce a fractional
16043 result. This is a convenient shorthand for enabling Fraction Mode (with
16044 @kbd{m f}) temporarily and using @samp{/}. Note that during numeric entry
16045 the @kbd{:} key is interpreted as a fraction separator, so to divide 8 by 6
16046 you would have to type @kbd{8 @key{RET} 6 @key{RET} :}. (Of course, in
16047 this case, it would be much easier simply to enter the fraction directly
16048 as @kbd{8:6 @key{RET}}!)
16049
16050 @kindex n
16051 @pindex calc-change-sign
16052 The @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}) command negates the number on the top
16053 of the stack. It works on numbers, vectors and matrices, HMS forms, date
16054 forms, error forms, intervals, and modulo forms.
16055
16056 @kindex A
16057 @pindex calc-abs
16058 @tindex abs
16059 The @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) [@code{abs}] command computes the absolute
16060 value of a number. The result of @code{abs} is always a nonnegative
16061 real number: With a complex argument, it computes the complex magnitude.
16062 With a vector or matrix argument, it computes the Frobenius norm, i.e.,
16063 the square root of the sum of the squares of the absolute values of the
16064 elements. The absolute value of an error form is defined by replacing
16065 the mean part with its absolute value and leaving the error part the same.
16066 The absolute value of a modulo form is undefined. The absolute value of
16067 an interval is defined in the obvious way.
16068
16069 @kindex f A
16070 @pindex calc-abssqr
16071 @tindex abssqr
16072 The @kbd{f A} (@code{calc-abssqr}) [@code{abssqr}] command computes the
16073 absolute value squared of a number, vector or matrix, or error form.
16074
16075 @kindex f s
16076 @pindex calc-sign
16077 @tindex sign
16078 The @kbd{f s} (@code{calc-sign}) [@code{sign}] command returns 1 if its
16079 argument is positive, @i{-1} if its argument is negative, or 0 if its
16080 argument is zero. In algebraic form, you can also write @samp{sign(a,x)}
16081 which evaluates to @samp{x * sign(a)}, i.e., either @samp{x}, @samp{-x}, or
16082 zero depending on the sign of @samp{a}.
16083
16084 @kindex &
16085 @pindex calc-inv
16086 @tindex inv
16087 @cindex Reciprocal
16088 The @kbd{&} (@code{calc-inv}) [@code{inv}] command computes the
16089 reciprocal of a number, i.e., @cite{1 / x}. Operating on a square
16090 matrix, it computes the inverse of that matrix.
16091
16092 @kindex Q
16093 @pindex calc-sqrt
16094 @tindex sqrt
16095 The @kbd{Q} (@code{calc-sqrt}) [@code{sqrt}] command computes the square
16096 root of a number. For a negative real argument, the result will be a
16097 complex number whose form is determined by the current Polar Mode.
16098
16099 @kindex f h
16100 @pindex calc-hypot
16101 @tindex hypot
16102 The @kbd{f h} (@code{calc-hypot}) [@code{hypot}] command computes the square
16103 root of the sum of the squares of two numbers. That is, @samp{hypot(a,b)}
16104 is the length of the hypotenuse of a right triangle with sides @cite{a}
16105 and @cite{b}. If the arguments are complex numbers, their squared
16106 magnitudes are used.
16107
16108 @kindex f Q
16109 @pindex calc-isqrt
16110 @tindex isqrt
16111 The @kbd{f Q} (@code{calc-isqrt}) [@code{isqrt}] command computes the
16112 integer square root of an integer. This is the true square root of the
16113 number, rounded down to an integer. For example, @samp{isqrt(10)}
16114 produces 3. Note that, like @kbd{\} [@code{idiv}], this uses exact
16115 integer arithmetic throughout to avoid roundoff problems. If the input
16116 is a floating-point number or other non-integer value, this is exactly
16117 the same as @samp{floor(sqrt(x))}.
16118
16119 @kindex f n
16120 @kindex f x
16121 @pindex calc-min
16122 @tindex min
16123 @pindex calc-max
16124 @tindex max
16125 The @kbd{f n} (@code{calc-min}) [@code{min}] and @kbd{f x} (@code{calc-max})
16126 [@code{max}] commands take the minimum or maximum of two real numbers,
16127 respectively. These commands also work on HMS forms, date forms,
16128 intervals, and infinities. (In algebraic expressions, these functions
16129 take any number of arguments and return the maximum or minimum among
16130 all the arguments.)@refill
16131
16132 @kindex f M
16133 @kindex f X
16134 @pindex calc-mant-part
16135 @tindex mant
16136 @pindex calc-xpon-part
16137 @tindex xpon
16138 The @kbd{f M} (@code{calc-mant-part}) [@code{mant}] function extracts
16139 the ``mantissa'' part @cite{m} of its floating-point argument; @kbd{f X}
16140 (@code{calc-xpon-part}) [@code{xpon}] extracts the ``exponent'' part
16141 @cite{e}. The original number is equal to @c{$m \times 10^e$}
16142 @cite{m * 10^e},
16143 where @cite{m} is in the interval @samp{[1.0 ..@: 10.0)} except that
16144 @cite{m=e=0} if the original number is zero. For integers
16145 and fractions, @code{mant} returns the number unchanged and @code{xpon}
16146 returns zero. The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command can also be
16147 used to ``unpack'' a floating-point number; this produces an integer
16148 mantissa and exponent, with the constraint that the mantissa is not
16149 a multiple of ten (again except for the @cite{m=e=0} case).@refill
16150
16151 @kindex f S
16152 @pindex calc-scale-float
16153 @tindex scf
16154 The @kbd{f S} (@code{calc-scale-float}) [@code{scf}] function scales a number
16155 by a given power of ten. Thus, @samp{scf(mant(x), xpon(x)) = x} for any
16156 real @samp{x}. The second argument must be an integer, but the first
16157 may actually be any numeric value. For example, @samp{scf(5,-2) = 0.05}
16158 or @samp{1:20} depending on the current Fraction Mode.@refill
16159
16160 @kindex f [
16161 @kindex f ]
16162 @pindex calc-decrement
16163 @pindex calc-increment
16164 @tindex decr
16165 @tindex incr
16166 The @kbd{f [} (@code{calc-decrement}) [@code{decr}] and @kbd{f ]}
16167 (@code{calc-increment}) [@code{incr}] functions decrease or increase
16168 a number by one unit. For integers, the effect is obvious. For
16169 floating-point numbers, the change is by one unit in the last place.
16170 For example, incrementing @samp{12.3456} when the current precision
16171 is 6 digits yields @samp{12.3457}. If the current precision had been
16172 8 digits, the result would have been @samp{12.345601}. Incrementing
16173 @samp{0.0} produces @c{$10^{-p}$}
16174 @cite{10^-p}, where @cite{p} is the current
16175 precision. These operations are defined only on integers and floats.
16176 With numeric prefix arguments, they change the number by @cite{n} units.
16177
16178 Note that incrementing followed by decrementing, or vice-versa, will
16179 almost but not quite always cancel out. Suppose the precision is
16180 6 digits and the number @samp{9.99999} is on the stack. Incrementing
16181 will produce @samp{10.0000}; decrementing will produce @samp{9.9999}.
16182 One digit has been dropped. This is an unavoidable consequence of the
16183 way floating-point numbers work.
16184
16185 Incrementing a date/time form adjusts it by a certain number of seconds.
16186 Incrementing a pure date form adjusts it by a certain number of days.
16187
16188 @node Integer Truncation, Complex Number Functions, Basic Arithmetic, Arithmetic
16189 @section Integer Truncation
16190
16191 @noindent
16192 There are four commands for truncating a real number to an integer,
16193 differing mainly in their treatment of negative numbers. All of these
16194 commands have the property that if the argument is an integer, the result
16195 is the same integer. An integer-valued floating-point argument is converted
16196 to integer form.
16197
16198 If you press @kbd{H} (@code{calc-hyperbolic}) first, the result will be
16199 expressed as an integer-valued floating-point number.
16200
16201 @cindex Integer part of a number
16202 @kindex F
16203 @pindex calc-floor
16204 @tindex floor
16205 @tindex ffloor
16206 @c @mindex @null
16207 @kindex H F
16208 The @kbd{F} (@code{calc-floor}) [@code{floor} or @code{ffloor}] command
16209 truncates a real number to the next lower integer, i.e., toward minus
16210 infinity. Thus @kbd{3.6 F} produces 3, but @kbd{_3.6 F} produces
16211 @i{-4}.@refill
16212
16213 @kindex I F
16214 @pindex calc-ceiling
16215 @tindex ceil
16216 @tindex fceil
16217 @c @mindex @null
16218 @kindex H I F
16219 The @kbd{I F} (@code{calc-ceiling}) [@code{ceil} or @code{fceil}]
16220 command truncates toward positive infinity. Thus @kbd{3.6 I F} produces
16221 4, and @kbd{_3.6 I F} produces @i{-3}.@refill
16222
16223 @kindex R
16224 @pindex calc-round
16225 @tindex round
16226 @tindex fround
16227 @c @mindex @null
16228 @kindex H R
16229 The @kbd{R} (@code{calc-round}) [@code{round} or @code{fround}] command
16230 rounds to the nearest integer. When the fractional part is .5 exactly,
16231 this command rounds away from zero. (All other rounding in the
16232 Calculator uses this convention as well.) Thus @kbd{3.5 R} produces 4
16233 but @kbd{3.4 R} produces 3; @kbd{_3.5 R} produces @i{-4}.@refill
16234
16235 @kindex I R
16236 @pindex calc-trunc
16237 @tindex trunc
16238 @tindex ftrunc
16239 @c @mindex @null
16240 @kindex H I R
16241 The @kbd{I R} (@code{calc-trunc}) [@code{trunc} or @code{ftrunc}]
16242 command truncates toward zero. In other words, it ``chops off''
16243 everything after the decimal point. Thus @kbd{3.6 I R} produces 3 and
16244 @kbd{_3.6 I R} produces @i{-3}.@refill
16245
16246 These functions may not be applied meaningfully to error forms, but they
16247 do work for intervals. As a convenience, applying @code{floor} to a
16248 modulo form floors the value part of the form. Applied to a vector,
16249 these functions operate on all elements of the vector one by one.
16250 Applied to a date form, they operate on the internal numerical
16251 representation of dates, converting a date/time form into a pure date.
16252
16253 @c @starindex
16254 @tindex rounde
16255 @c @starindex
16256 @tindex roundu
16257 @c @starindex
16258 @tindex frounde
16259 @c @starindex
16260 @tindex froundu
16261 There are two more rounding functions which can only be entered in
16262 algebraic notation. The @code{roundu} function is like @code{round}
16263 except that it rounds up, toward plus infinity, when the fractional
16264 part is .5. This distinction matters only for negative arguments.
16265 Also, @code{rounde} rounds to an even number in the case of a tie,
16266 rounding up or down as necessary. For example, @samp{rounde(3.5)} and
16267 @samp{rounde(4.5)} both return 4, but @samp{rounde(5.5)} returns 6.
16268 The advantage of round-to-even is that the net error due to rounding
16269 after a long calculation tends to cancel out to zero. An important
16270 subtle point here is that the number being fed to @code{rounde} will
16271 already have been rounded to the current precision before @code{rounde}
16272 begins. For example, @samp{rounde(2.500001)} with a current precision
16273 of 6 will incorrectly, or at least surprisingly, yield 2 because the
16274 argument will first have been rounded down to @cite{2.5} (which
16275 @code{rounde} sees as an exact tie between 2 and 3).
16276
16277 Each of these functions, when written in algebraic formulas, allows
16278 a second argument which specifies the number of digits after the
16279 decimal point to keep. For example, @samp{round(123.4567, 2)} will
16280 produce the answer 123.46, and @samp{round(123.4567, -1)} will
16281 produce 120 (i.e., the cutoff is one digit to the @emph{left} of
16282 the decimal point). A second argument of zero is equivalent to
16283 no second argument at all.
16284
16285 @cindex Fractional part of a number
16286 To compute the fractional part of a number (i.e., the amount which, when
16287 added to `@t{floor(}@i{N}@t{)}', will produce @cite{N}) just take @cite{N}
16288 modulo 1 using the @code{%} command.@refill
16289
16290 Note also the @kbd{\} (integer quotient), @kbd{f I} (integer logarithm),
16291 and @kbd{f Q} (integer square root) commands, which are analogous to
16292 @kbd{/}, @kbd{B}, and @kbd{Q}, respectively, except that they take integer
16293 arguments and return the result rounded down to an integer.
16294
16295 @node Complex Number Functions, Conversions, Integer Truncation, Arithmetic
16296 @section Complex Number Functions
16297
16298 @noindent
16299 @kindex J
16300 @pindex calc-conj
16301 @tindex conj
16302 The @kbd{J} (@code{calc-conj}) [@code{conj}] command computes the
16303 complex conjugate of a number. For complex number @cite{a+bi}, the
16304 complex conjugate is @cite{a-bi}. If the argument is a real number,
16305 this command leaves it the same. If the argument is a vector or matrix,
16306 this command replaces each element by its complex conjugate.
16307
16308 @kindex G
16309 @pindex calc-argument
16310 @tindex arg
16311 The @kbd{G} (@code{calc-argument}) [@code{arg}] command computes the
16312 ``argument'' or polar angle of a complex number. For a number in polar
16313 notation, this is simply the second component of the pair
16314 `@t{(}@i{r}@t{;}@c{$\theta$}
16315 @i{theta}@t{)}'.
16316 The result is expressed according to the current angular mode and will
16317 be in the range @i{-180} degrees (exclusive) to @i{+180} degrees
16318 (inclusive), or the equivalent range in radians.@refill
16319
16320 @pindex calc-imaginary
16321 The @code{calc-imaginary} command multiplies the number on the
16322 top of the stack by the imaginary number @cite{i = (0,1)}. This
16323 command is not normally bound to a key in Calc, but it is available
16324 on the @key{IMAG} button in Keypad Mode.
16325
16326 @kindex f r
16327 @pindex calc-re
16328 @tindex re
16329 The @kbd{f r} (@code{calc-re}) [@code{re}] command replaces a complex number
16330 by its real part. This command has no effect on real numbers. (As an
16331 added convenience, @code{re} applied to a modulo form extracts
16332 the value part.)@refill
16333
16334 @kindex f i
16335 @pindex calc-im
16336 @tindex im
16337 The @kbd{f i} (@code{calc-im}) [@code{im}] command replaces a complex number
16338 by its imaginary part; real numbers are converted to zero. With a vector
16339 or matrix argument, these functions operate element-wise.@refill
16340
16341 @c @mindex v p
16342 @kindex v p (complex)
16343 @pindex calc-pack
16344 The @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) command can pack the top two numbers on
16345 the the stack into a composite object such as a complex number. With
16346 a prefix argument of @i{-1}, it produces a rectangular complex number;
16347 with an argument of @i{-2}, it produces a polar complex number.
16348 (Also, @pxref{Building Vectors}.)
16349
16350 @c @mindex v u
16351 @kindex v u (complex)
16352 @pindex calc-unpack
16353 The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command takes the complex number
16354 (or other composite object) on the top of the stack and unpacks it
16355 into its separate components.
16356
16357 @node Conversions, Date Arithmetic, Complex Number Functions, Arithmetic
16358 @section Conversions
16359
16360 @noindent
16361 The commands described in this section convert numbers from one form
16362 to another; they are two-key sequences beginning with the letter @kbd{c}.
16363
16364 @kindex c f
16365 @pindex calc-float
16366 @tindex pfloat
16367 The @kbd{c f} (@code{calc-float}) [@code{pfloat}] command converts the
16368 number on the top of the stack to floating-point form. For example,
16369 @cite{23} is converted to @cite{23.0}, @cite{3:2} is converted to
16370 @cite{1.5}, and @cite{2.3} is left the same. If the value is a composite
16371 object such as a complex number or vector, each of the components is
16372 converted to floating-point. If the value is a formula, all numbers
16373 in the formula are converted to floating-point. Note that depending
16374 on the current floating-point precision, conversion to floating-point
16375 format may lose information.@refill
16376
16377 As a special exception, integers which appear as powers or subscripts
16378 are not floated by @kbd{c f}. If you really want to float a power,
16379 you can use a @kbd{j s} command to select the power followed by @kbd{c f}.
16380 Because @kbd{c f} cannot examine the formula outside of the selection,
16381 it does not notice that the thing being floated is a power.
16382 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}.
16383
16384 The normal @kbd{c f} command is ``pervasive'' in the sense that it
16385 applies to all numbers throughout the formula. The @code{pfloat}
16386 algebraic function never stays around in a formula; @samp{pfloat(a + 1)}
16387 changes to @samp{a + 1.0} as soon as it is evaluated.
16388
16389 @kindex H c f
16390 @tindex float
16391 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H c f} [@code{float}] operates
16392 only on the number or vector of numbers at the top level of its
16393 argument. Thus, @samp{float(1)} is 1.0, but @samp{float(a + 1)}
16394 is left unevaluated because its argument is not a number.
16395
16396 You should use @kbd{H c f} if you wish to guarantee that the final
16397 value, once all the variables have been assigned, is a float; you
16398 would use @kbd{c f} if you wish to do the conversion on the numbers
16399 that appear right now.
16400
16401 @kindex c F
16402 @pindex calc-fraction
16403 @tindex pfrac
16404 The @kbd{c F} (@code{calc-fraction}) [@code{pfrac}] command converts a
16405 floating-point number into a fractional approximation. By default, it
16406 produces a fraction whose decimal representation is the same as the
16407 input number, to within the current precision. You can also give a
16408 numeric prefix argument to specify a tolerance, either directly, or,
16409 if the prefix argument is zero, by using the number on top of the stack
16410 as the tolerance. If the tolerance is a positive integer, the fraction
16411 is correct to within that many significant figures. If the tolerance is
16412 a non-positive integer, it specifies how many digits fewer than the current
16413 precision to use. If the tolerance is a floating-point number, the
16414 fraction is correct to within that absolute amount.
16415
16416 @kindex H c F
16417 @tindex frac
16418 The @code{pfrac} function is pervasive, like @code{pfloat}.
16419 There is also a non-pervasive version, @kbd{H c F} [@code{frac}],
16420 which is analogous to @kbd{H c f} discussed above.
16421
16422 @kindex c d
16423 @pindex calc-to-degrees
16424 @tindex deg
16425 The @kbd{c d} (@code{calc-to-degrees}) [@code{deg}] command converts a
16426 number into degrees form. The value on the top of the stack may be an
16427 HMS form (interpreted as degrees-minutes-seconds), or a real number which
16428 will be interpreted in radians regardless of the current angular mode.@refill
16429
16430 @kindex c r
16431 @pindex calc-to-radians
16432 @tindex rad
16433 The @kbd{c r} (@code{calc-to-radians}) [@code{rad}] command converts an
16434 HMS form or angle in degrees into an angle in radians.
16435
16436 @kindex c h
16437 @pindex calc-to-hms
16438 @tindex hms
16439 The @kbd{c h} (@code{calc-to-hms}) [@code{hms}] command converts a real
16440 number, interpreted according to the current angular mode, to an HMS
16441 form describing the same angle. In algebraic notation, the @code{hms}
16442 function also accepts three arguments: @samp{hms(@var{h}, @var{m}, @var{s})}.
16443 (The three-argument version is independent of the current angular mode.)
16444
16445 @pindex calc-from-hms
16446 The @code{calc-from-hms} command converts the HMS form on the top of the
16447 stack into a real number according to the current angular mode.
16448
16449 @kindex c p
16450 @kindex I c p
16451 @pindex calc-polar
16452 @tindex polar
16453 @tindex rect
16454 The @kbd{c p} (@code{calc-polar}) command converts the complex number on
16455 the top of the stack from polar to rectangular form, or from rectangular
16456 to polar form, whichever is appropriate. Real numbers are left the same.
16457 This command is equivalent to the @code{rect} or @code{polar}
16458 functions in algebraic formulas, depending on the direction of
16459 conversion. (It uses @code{polar}, except that if the argument is
16460 already a polar complex number, it uses @code{rect} instead. The
16461 @kbd{I c p} command always uses @code{rect}.)@refill
16462
16463 @kindex c c
16464 @pindex calc-clean
16465 @tindex pclean
16466 The @kbd{c c} (@code{calc-clean}) [@code{pclean}] command ``cleans'' the
16467 number on the top of the stack. Floating point numbers are re-rounded
16468 according to the current precision. Polar numbers whose angular
16469 components have strayed from the @i{-180} to @i{+180} degree range
16470 are normalized. (Note that results will be undesirable if the current
16471 angular mode is different from the one under which the number was
16472 produced!) Integers and fractions are generally unaffected by this
16473 operation. Vectors and formulas are cleaned by cleaning each component
16474 number (i.e., pervasively).@refill
16475
16476 If the simplification mode is set below the default level, it is raised
16477 to the default level for the purposes of this command. Thus, @kbd{c c}
16478 applies the default simplifications even if their automatic application
16479 is disabled. @xref{Simplification Modes}.
16480
16481 @cindex Roundoff errors, correcting
16482 A numeric prefix argument to @kbd{c c} sets the floating-point precision
16483 to that value for the duration of the command. A positive prefix (of at
16484 least 3) sets the precision to the specified value; a negative or zero
16485 prefix decreases the precision by the specified amount.
16486
16487 @kindex c 0-9
16488 @pindex calc-clean-num
16489 The keystroke sequences @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9} are equivalent
16490 to @kbd{c c} with the corresponding negative prefix argument. If roundoff
16491 errors have changed 2.0 into 1.999999, typing @kbd{c 1} to clip off one
16492 decimal place often conveniently does the trick.
16493
16494 The @kbd{c c} command with a numeric prefix argument, and the @kbd{c 0}
16495 through @kbd{c 9} commands, also ``clip'' very small floating-point
16496 numbers to zero. If the exponent is less than or equal to the negative
16497 of the specified precision, the number is changed to 0.0. For example,
16498 if the current precision is 12, then @kbd{c 2} changes the vector
16499 @samp{[1e-8, 1e-9, 1e-10, 1e-11]} to @samp{[1e-8, 1e-9, 0, 0]}.
16500 Numbers this small generally arise from roundoff noise.
16501
16502 If the numbers you are using really are legitimately this small,
16503 you should avoid using the @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9} commands.
16504 (The plain @kbd{c c} command rounds to the current precision but
16505 does not clip small numbers.)
16506
16507 One more property of @kbd{c 0} through @kbd{c 9}, and of @kbd{c c} with
16508 a prefix argument, is that integer-valued floats are converted to
16509 plain integers, so that @kbd{c 1} on @samp{[1., 1.5, 2., 2.5, 3.]}
16510 produces @samp{[1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3]}. This is not done for huge
16511 numbers (@samp{1e100} is technically an integer-valued float, but
16512 you wouldn't want it automatically converted to a 100-digit integer).
16513
16514 @kindex H c 0-9
16515 @kindex H c c
16516 @tindex clean
16517 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H c c} and @kbd{H c 0} through @kbd{H c 9}
16518 operate non-pervasively [@code{clean}].
16519
16520 @node Date Arithmetic, Financial Functions, Conversions, Arithmetic
16521 @section Date Arithmetic
16522
16523 @noindent
16524 @cindex Date arithmetic, additional functions
16525 The commands described in this section perform various conversions
16526 and calculations involving date forms (@pxref{Date Forms}). They
16527 use the @kbd{t} (for time/date) prefix key followed by shifted
16528 letters.
16529
16530 The simplest date arithmetic is done using the regular @kbd{+} and @kbd{-}
16531 commands. In particular, adding a number to a date form advances the
16532 date form by a certain number of days; adding an HMS form to a date
16533 form advances the date by a certain amount of time; and subtracting two
16534 date forms produces a difference measured in days. The commands
16535 described here provide additional, more specialized operations on dates.
16536
16537 Many of these commands accept a numeric prefix argument; if you give
16538 plain @kbd{C-u} as the prefix, these commands will instead take the
16539 additional argument from the top of the stack.
16540
16541 @menu
16542 * Date Conversions::
16543 * Date Functions::
16544 * Time Zones::
16545 * Business Days::
16546 @end menu
16547
16548 @node Date Conversions, Date Functions, Date Arithmetic, Date Arithmetic
16549 @subsection Date Conversions
16550
16551 @noindent
16552 @kindex t D
16553 @pindex calc-date
16554 @tindex date
16555 The @kbd{t D} (@code{calc-date}) [@code{date}] command converts a
16556 date form into a number, measured in days since Jan 1, 1 AD. The
16557 result will be an integer if @var{date} is a pure date form, or a
16558 fraction or float if @var{date} is a date/time form. Or, if its
16559 argument is a number, it converts this number into a date form.
16560
16561 With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{t D} takes that many objects
16562 (up to six) from the top of the stack and interprets them in one
16563 of the following ways:
16564
16565 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day})} function
16566 builds a pure date form out of the specified year, month, and
16567 day, which must all be integers. @var{Year} is a year number,
16568 such as 1991 (@emph{not} the same as 91!). @var{Month} must be
16569 an integer in the range 1 to 12; @var{day} must be in the range
16570 1 to 31. If the specified month has fewer than 31 days and
16571 @var{day} is too large, the equivalent day in the following
16572 month will be used.
16573
16574 The @samp{date(@var{month}, @var{day})} function builds a
16575 pure date form using the current year, as determined by the
16576 real-time clock.
16577
16578 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day}, @var{hms})}
16579 function builds a date/time form using an @var{hms} form.
16580
16581 The @samp{date(@var{year}, @var{month}, @var{day}, @var{hour},
16582 @var{minute}, @var{second})} function builds a date/time form.
16583 @var{hour} should be an integer in the range 0 to 23;
16584 @var{minute} should be an integer in the range 0 to 59;
16585 @var{second} should be any real number in the range @samp{[0 .. 60)}.
16586 The last two arguments default to zero if omitted.
16587
16588 @kindex t J
16589 @pindex calc-julian
16590 @tindex julian
16591 @cindex Julian day counts, conversions
16592 The @kbd{t J} (@code{calc-julian}) [@code{julian}] command converts
16593 a date form into a Julian day count, which is the number of days
16594 since noon on Jan 1, 4713 BC. A pure date is converted to an integer
16595 Julian count representing noon of that day. A date/time form is
16596 converted to an exact floating-point Julian count, adjusted to
16597 interpret the date form in the current time zone but the Julian
16598 day count in Greenwich Mean Time. A numeric prefix argument allows
16599 you to specify the time zone; @pxref{Time Zones}. Use a prefix of
16600 zero to suppress the time zone adjustment. Note that pure date forms
16601 are never time-zone adjusted.
16602
16603 This command can also do the opposite conversion, from a Julian day
16604 count (either an integer day, or a floating-point day and time in
16605 the GMT zone), into a pure date form or a date/time form in the
16606 current or specified time zone.
16607
16608 @kindex t U
16609 @pindex calc-unix-time
16610 @tindex unixtime
16611 @cindex Unix time format, conversions
16612 The @kbd{t U} (@code{calc-unix-time}) [@code{unixtime}] command
16613 converts a date form into a Unix time value, which is the number of
16614 seconds since midnight on Jan 1, 1970, or vice-versa. The numeric result
16615 will be an integer if the current precision is 12 or less; for higher
16616 precisions, the result may be a float with (@var{precision}@i{-}12)
16617 digits after the decimal. Just as for @kbd{t J}, the numeric time
16618 is interpreted in the GMT time zone and the date form is interpreted
16619 in the current or specified zone. Some systems use Unix-like
16620 numbering but with the local time zone; give a prefix of zero to
16621 suppress the adjustment if so.
16622
16623 @kindex t C
16624 @pindex calc-convert-time-zones
16625 @tindex tzconv
16626 @cindex Time Zones, converting between
16627 The @kbd{t C} (@code{calc-convert-time-zones}) [@code{tzconv}]
16628 command converts a date form from one time zone to another. You
16629 are prompted for each time zone name in turn; you can answer with
16630 any suitable Calc time zone expression (@pxref{Time Zones}).
16631 If you answer either prompt with a blank line, the local time
16632 zone is used for that prompt. You can also answer the first
16633 prompt with @kbd{$} to take the two time zone names from the
16634 stack (and the date to be converted from the third stack level).
16635
16636 @node Date Functions, Business Days, Date Conversions, Date Arithmetic
16637 @subsection Date Functions
16638
16639 @noindent
16640 @kindex t N
16641 @pindex calc-now
16642 @tindex now
16643 The @kbd{t N} (@code{calc-now}) [@code{now}] command pushes the
16644 current date and time on the stack as a date form. The time is
16645 reported in terms of the specified time zone; with no numeric prefix
16646 argument, @kbd{t N} reports for the current time zone.
16647
16648 @kindex t P
16649 @pindex calc-date-part
16650 The @kbd{t P} (@code{calc-date-part}) command extracts one part
16651 of a date form. The prefix argument specifies the part; with no
16652 argument, this command prompts for a part code from 1 to 9.
16653 The various part codes are described in the following paragraphs.
16654
16655 @tindex year
16656 The @kbd{M-1 t P} [@code{year}] function extracts the year number
16657 from a date form as an integer, e.g., 1991. This and the
16658 following functions will also accept a real number for an
16659 argument, which is interpreted as a standard Calc day number.
16660 Note that this function will never return zero, since the year
16661 1 BC immediately precedes the year 1 AD.
16662
16663 @tindex month
16664 The @kbd{M-2 t P} [@code{month}] function extracts the month number
16665 from a date form as an integer in the range 1 to 12.
16666
16667 @tindex day
16668 The @kbd{M-3 t P} [@code{day}] function extracts the day number
16669 from a date form as an integer in the range 1 to 31.
16670
16671 @tindex hour
16672 The @kbd{M-4 t P} [@code{hour}] function extracts the hour from
16673 a date form as an integer in the range 0 (midnight) to 23. Note
16674 that 24-hour time is always used. This returns zero for a pure
16675 date form. This function (and the following two) also accept
16676 HMS forms as input.
16677
16678 @tindex minute
16679 The @kbd{M-5 t P} [@code{minute}] function extracts the minute
16680 from a date form as an integer in the range 0 to 59.
16681
16682 @tindex second
16683 The @kbd{M-6 t P} [@code{second}] function extracts the second
16684 from a date form. If the current precision is 12 or less,
16685 the result is an integer in the range 0 to 59. For higher
16686 precisions, the result may instead be a floating-point number.
16687
16688 @tindex weekday
16689 The @kbd{M-7 t P} [@code{weekday}] function extracts the weekday
16690 number from a date form as an integer in the range 0 (Sunday)
16691 to 6 (Saturday).
16692
16693 @tindex yearday
16694 The @kbd{M-8 t P} [@code{yearday}] function extracts the day-of-year
16695 number from a date form as an integer in the range 1 (January 1)
16696 to 366 (December 31 of a leap year).
16697
16698 @tindex time
16699 The @kbd{M-9 t P} [@code{time}] function extracts the time portion
16700 of a date form as an HMS form. This returns @samp{0@@ 0' 0"}
16701 for a pure date form.
16702
16703 @kindex t M
16704 @pindex calc-new-month
16705 @tindex newmonth
16706 The @kbd{t M} (@code{calc-new-month}) [@code{newmonth}] command
16707 computes a new date form that represents the first day of the month
16708 specified by the input date. The result is always a pure date
16709 form; only the year and month numbers of the input are retained.
16710 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n} in the range from 1 to 31,
16711 @kbd{t M} computes the @var{n}th day of the month. (If @var{n}
16712 is greater than the actual number of days in the month, or if
16713 @var{n} is zero, the last day of the month is used.)
16714
16715 @kindex t Y
16716 @pindex calc-new-year
16717 @tindex newyear
16718 The @kbd{t Y} (@code{calc-new-year}) [@code{newyear}] command
16719 computes a new pure date form that represents the first day of
16720 the year specified by the input. The month, day, and time
16721 of the input date form are lost. With a numeric prefix argument
16722 @var{n} in the range from 1 to 366, @kbd{t Y} computes the
16723 @var{n}th day of the year (366 is treated as 365 in non-leap
16724 years). A prefix argument of 0 computes the last day of the
16725 year (December 31). A negative prefix argument from @i{-1} to
16726 @i{-12} computes the first day of the @var{n}th month of the year.
16727
16728 @kindex t W
16729 @pindex calc-new-week
16730 @tindex newweek
16731 The @kbd{t W} (@code{calc-new-week}) [@code{newweek}] command
16732 computes a new pure date form that represents the Sunday on or before
16733 the input date. With a numeric prefix argument, it can be made to
16734 use any day of the week as the starting day; the argument must be in
16735 the range from 0 (Sunday) to 6 (Saturday). This function always
16736 subtracts between 0 and 6 days from the input date.
16737
16738 Here's an example use of @code{newweek}: Find the date of the next
16739 Wednesday after a given date. Using @kbd{M-3 t W} or @samp{newweek(d, 3)}
16740 will give you the @emph{preceding} Wednesday, so @samp{newweek(d+7, 3)}
16741 will give you the following Wednesday. A further look at the definition
16742 of @code{newweek} shows that if the input date is itself a Wednesday,
16743 this formula will return the Wednesday one week in the future. An
16744 exercise for the reader is to modify this formula to yield the same day
16745 if the input is already a Wednesday. Another interesting exercise is
16746 to preserve the time-of-day portion of the input (@code{newweek} resets
16747 the time to midnight; hint:@: how can @code{newweek} be defined in terms
16748 of the @code{weekday} function?).
16749
16750 @c @starindex
16751 @tindex pwday
16752 The @samp{pwday(@var{date})} function (not on any key) computes the
16753 day-of-month number of the Sunday on or before @var{date}. With
16754 two arguments, @samp{pwday(@var{date}, @var{day})} computes the day
16755 number of the Sunday on or before day number @var{day} of the month
16756 specified by @var{date}. The @var{day} must be in the range from
16757 7 to 31; if the day number is greater than the actual number of days
16758 in the month, the true number of days is used instead. Thus
16759 @samp{pwday(@var{date}, 7)} finds the first Sunday of the month, and
16760 @samp{pwday(@var{date}, 31)} finds the last Sunday of the month.
16761 With a third @var{weekday} argument, @code{pwday} can be made to look
16762 for any day of the week instead of Sunday.
16763
16764 @kindex t I
16765 @pindex calc-inc-month
16766 @tindex incmonth
16767 The @kbd{t I} (@code{calc-inc-month}) [@code{incmonth}] command
16768 increases a date form by one month, or by an arbitrary number of
16769 months specified by a numeric prefix argument. The time portion,
16770 if any, of the date form stays the same. The day also stays the
16771 same, except that if the new month has fewer days the day
16772 number may be reduced to lie in the valid range. For example,
16773 @samp{incmonth(<Jan 31, 1991>)} produces @samp{<Feb 28, 1991>}.
16774 Because of this, @kbd{t I t I} and @kbd{M-2 t I} do not always give
16775 the same results (@samp{<Mar 28, 1991>} versus @samp{<Mar 31, 1991>}
16776 in this case).
16777
16778 @c @starindex
16779 @tindex incyear
16780 The @samp{incyear(@var{date}, @var{step})} function increases
16781 a date form by the specified number of years, which may be
16782 any positive or negative integer. Note that @samp{incyear(d, n)}
16783 is equivalent to @w{@samp{incmonth(d, 12*n)}}, but these do not have
16784 simple equivalents in terms of day arithmetic because
16785 months and years have varying lengths. If the @var{step}
16786 argument is omitted, 1 year is assumed. There is no keyboard
16787 command for this function; use @kbd{C-u 12 t I} instead.
16788
16789 There is no @code{newday} function at all because @kbd{F} [@code{floor}]
16790 serves this purpose. Similarly, instead of @code{incday} and
16791 @code{incweek} simply use @cite{d + n} or @cite{d + 7 n}.
16792
16793 @xref{Basic Arithmetic}, for the @kbd{f ]} [@code{incr}] command
16794 which can adjust a date/time form by a certain number of seconds.
16795
16796 @node Business Days, Time Zones, Date Functions, Date Arithmetic
16797 @subsection Business Days
16798
16799 @noindent
16800 Often time is measured in ``business days'' or ``working days,''
16801 where weekends and holidays are skipped. Calc's normal date
16802 arithmetic functions use calendar days, so that subtracting two
16803 consecutive Mondays will yield a difference of 7 days. By contrast,
16804 subtracting two consecutive Mondays would yield 5 business days
16805 (assuming two-day weekends and the absence of holidays).
16806
16807 @kindex t +
16808 @kindex t -
16809 @tindex badd
16810 @tindex bsub
16811 @pindex calc-business-days-plus
16812 @pindex calc-business-days-minus
16813 The @kbd{t +} (@code{calc-business-days-plus}) [@code{badd}]
16814 and @kbd{t -} (@code{calc-business-days-minus}) [@code{bsub}]
16815 commands perform arithmetic using business days. For @kbd{t +},
16816 one argument must be a date form and the other must be a real
16817 number (positive or negative). If the number is not an integer,
16818 then a certain amount of time is added as well as a number of
16819 days; for example, adding 0.5 business days to a time in Friday
16820 evening will produce a time in Monday morning. It is also
16821 possible to add an HMS form; adding @samp{12@@ 0' 0"} also adds
16822 half a business day. For @kbd{t -}, the arguments are either a
16823 date form and a number or HMS form, or two date forms, in which
16824 case the result is the number of business days between the two
16825 dates.
16826
16827 @cindex @code{Holidays} variable
16828 @vindex Holidays
16829 By default, Calc considers any day that is not a Saturday or
16830 Sunday to be a business day. You can define any number of
16831 additional holidays by editing the variable @code{Holidays}.
16832 (There is an @w{@kbd{s H}} convenience command for editing this
16833 variable.) Initially, @code{Holidays} contains the vector
16834 @samp{[sat, sun]}. Entries in the @code{Holidays} vector may
16835 be any of the following kinds of objects:
16836
16837 @itemize @bullet
16838 @item
16839 Date forms (pure dates, not date/time forms). These specify
16840 particular days which are to be treated as holidays.
16841
16842 @item
16843 Intervals of date forms. These specify a range of days, all of
16844 which are holidays (e.g., Christmas week). @xref{Interval Forms}.
16845
16846 @item
16847 Nested vectors of date forms. Each date form in the vector is
16848 considered to be a holiday.
16849
16850 @item
16851 Any Calc formula which evaluates to one of the above three things.
16852 If the formula involves the variable @cite{y}, it stands for a
16853 yearly repeating holiday; @cite{y} will take on various year
16854 numbers like 1992. For example, @samp{date(y, 12, 25)} specifies
16855 Christmas day, and @samp{newweek(date(y, 11, 7), 4) + 21} specifies
16856 Thanksgiving (which is held on the fourth Thursday of November).
16857 If the formula involves the variable @cite{m}, that variable
16858 takes on month numbers from 1 to 12: @samp{date(y, m, 15)} is
16859 a holiday that takes place on the 15th of every month.
16860
16861 @item
16862 A weekday name, such as @code{sat} or @code{sun}. This is really
16863 a variable whose name is a three-letter, lower-case day name.
16864
16865 @item
16866 An interval of year numbers (integers). This specifies the span of
16867 years over which this holiday list is to be considered valid. Any
16868 business-day arithmetic that goes outside this range will result
16869 in an error message. Use this if you are including an explicit
16870 list of holidays, rather than a formula to generate them, and you
16871 want to make sure you don't accidentally go beyond the last point
16872 where the holidays you entered are complete. If there is no
16873 limiting interval in the @code{Holidays} vector, the default
16874 @samp{[1 .. 2737]} is used. (This is the absolute range of years
16875 for which Calc's business-day algorithms will operate.)
16876
16877 @item
16878 An interval of HMS forms. This specifies the span of hours that
16879 are to be considered one business day. For example, if this
16880 range is @samp{[9@@ 0' 0" .. 17@@ 0' 0"]} (i.e., 9am to 5pm), then
16881 the business day is only eight hours long, so that @kbd{1.5 t +}
16882 on @samp{<4:00pm Fri Dec 13, 1991>} will add one business day and
16883 four business hours to produce @samp{<12:00pm Tue Dec 17, 1991>}.
16884 Likewise, @kbd{t -} will now express differences in time as
16885 fractions of an eight-hour day. Times before 9am will be treated
16886 as 9am by business date arithmetic, and times at or after 5pm will
16887 be treated as 4:59:59pm. If there is no HMS interval in @code{Holidays},
16888 the full 24-hour day @samp{[0@ 0' 0" .. 24@ 0' 0"]} is assumed.
16889 (Regardless of the type of bounds you specify, the interval is
16890 treated as inclusive on the low end and exclusive on the high end,
16891 so that the work day goes from 9am up to, but not including, 5pm.)
16892 @end itemize
16893
16894 If the @code{Holidays} vector is empty, then @kbd{t +} and
16895 @kbd{t -} will act just like @kbd{+} and @kbd{-} because there will
16896 then be no difference between business days and calendar days.
16897
16898 Calc expands the intervals and formulas you give into a complete
16899 list of holidays for internal use. This is done mainly to make
16900 sure it can detect multiple holidays. (For example,
16901 @samp{<Jan 1, 1989>} is both New Year's Day and a Sunday, but
16902 Calc's algorithms take care to count it only once when figuring
16903 the number of holidays between two dates.)
16904
16905 Since the complete list of holidays for all the years from 1 to
16906 2737 would be huge, Calc actually computes only the part of the
16907 list between the smallest and largest years that have been involved
16908 in business-day calculations so far. Normally, you won't have to
16909 worry about this. Keep in mind, however, that if you do one
16910 calculation for 1992, and another for 1792, even if both involve
16911 only a small range of years, Calc will still work out all the
16912 holidays that fall in that 200-year span.
16913
16914 If you add a (positive) number of days to a date form that falls on a
16915 weekend or holiday, the date form is treated as if it were the most
16916 recent business day. (Thus adding one business day to a Friday,
16917 Saturday, or Sunday will all yield the following Monday.) If you
16918 subtract a number of days from a weekend or holiday, the date is
16919 effectively on the following business day. (So subtracting one business
16920 day from Saturday, Sunday, or Monday yields the preceding Friday.) The
16921 difference between two dates one or both of which fall on holidays
16922 equals the number of actual business days between them. These
16923 conventions are consistent in the sense that, if you add @var{n}
16924 business days to any date, the difference between the result and the
16925 original date will come out to @var{n} business days. (It can't be
16926 completely consistent though; a subtraction followed by an addition
16927 might come out a bit differently, since @kbd{t +} is incapable of
16928 producing a date that falls on a weekend or holiday.)
16929
16930 @c @starindex
16931 @tindex holiday
16932 There is a @code{holiday} function, not on any keys, that takes
16933 any date form and returns 1 if that date falls on a weekend or
16934 holiday, as defined in @code{Holidays}, or 0 if the date is a
16935 business day.
16936
16937 @node Time Zones, , Business Days, Date Arithmetic
16938 @subsection Time Zones
16939
16940 @noindent
16941 @cindex Time zones
16942 @cindex Daylight savings time
16943 Time zones and daylight savings time are a complicated business.
16944 The conversions to and from Julian and Unix-style dates automatically
16945 compute the correct time zone and daylight savings adjustment to use,
16946 provided they can figure out this information. This section describes
16947 Calc's time zone adjustment algorithm in detail, in case you want to
16948 do conversions in different time zones or in case Calc's algorithms
16949 can't determine the right correction to use.
16950
16951 Adjustments for time zones and daylight savings time are done by
16952 @kbd{t U}, @kbd{t J}, @kbd{t N}, and @kbd{t C}, but not by any other
16953 commands. In particular, @samp{<may 1 1991> - <apr 1 1991>} evaluates
16954 to exactly 30 days even though there is a daylight-savings
16955 transition in between. This is also true for Julian pure dates:
16956 @samp{julian(<may 1 1991>) - julian(<apr 1 1991>)}. But Julian
16957 and Unix date/times will adjust for daylight savings time:
16958 @samp{julian(<12am may 1 1991>) - julian(<12am apr 1 1991>)}
16959 evaluates to @samp{29.95834} (that's 29 days and 23 hours)
16960 because one hour was lost when daylight savings commenced on
16961 April 7, 1991.
16962
16963 In brief, the idiom @samp{julian(@var{date1}) - julian(@var{date2})}
16964 computes the actual number of 24-hour periods between two dates, whereas
16965 @samp{@var{date1} - @var{date2}} computes the number of calendar
16966 days between two dates without taking daylight savings into account.
16967
16968 @pindex calc-time-zone
16969 @c @starindex
16970 @tindex tzone
16971 The @code{calc-time-zone} [@code{tzone}] command converts the time
16972 zone specified by its numeric prefix argument into a number of
16973 seconds difference from Greenwich mean time (GMT). If the argument
16974 is a number, the result is simply that value multiplied by 3600.
16975 Typical arguments for North America are 5 (Eastern) or 8 (Pacific). If
16976 Daylight Savings time is in effect, one hour should be subtracted from
16977 the normal difference.
16978
16979 If you give a prefix of plain @kbd{C-u}, @code{calc-time-zone} (like other
16980 date arithmetic commands that include a time zone argument) takes the
16981 zone argument from the top of the stack. (In the case of @kbd{t J}
16982 and @kbd{t U}, the normal argument is then taken from the second-to-top
16983 stack position.) This allows you to give a non-integer time zone
16984 adjustment. The time-zone argument can also be an HMS form, or
16985 it can be a variable which is a time zone name in upper- or lower-case.
16986 For example @samp{tzone(PST) = tzone(8)} and @samp{tzone(pdt) = tzone(7)}
16987 (for Pacific standard and daylight savings times, respectively).
16988
16989 North American and European time zone names are defined as follows;
16990 note that for each time zone there is one name for standard time,
16991 another for daylight savings time, and a third for ``generalized'' time
16992 in which the daylight savings adjustment is computed from context.
16993
16994 @group
16995 @smallexample
16996 YST PST MST CST EST AST NST GMT WET MET MEZ
16997 9 8 7 6 5 4 3.5 0 -1 -2 -2
16998
16999 YDT PDT MDT CDT EDT ADT NDT BST WETDST METDST MESZ
17000 8 7 6 5 4 3 2.5 -1 -2 -3 -3
17001
17002 YGT PGT MGT CGT EGT AGT NGT BGT WEGT MEGT MEGZ
17003 9/8 8/7 7/6 6/5 5/4 4/3 3.5/2.5 0/-1 -1/-2 -2/-3 -2/-3
17004 @end smallexample
17005 @end group
17006
17007 @vindex math-tzone-names
17008 To define time zone names that do not appear in the above table,
17009 you must modify the Lisp variable @code{math-tzone-names}. This
17010 is a list of lists describing the different time zone names; its
17011 structure is best explained by an example. The three entries for
17012 Pacific Time look like this:
17013
17014 @group
17015 @smallexample
17016 ( ( "PST" 8 0 ) ; Name as an upper-case string, then standard
17017 ( "PDT" 8 -1 ) ; adjustment, then daylight savings adjustment.
17018 ( "PGT" 8 "PST" "PDT" ) ) ; Generalized time zone.
17019 @end smallexample
17020 @end group
17021
17022 @cindex @code{TimeZone} variable
17023 @vindex TimeZone
17024 With no arguments, @code{calc-time-zone} or @samp{tzone()} obtains an
17025 argument from the Calc variable @code{TimeZone} if a value has been
17026 stored for that variable. If not, Calc runs the Unix @samp{date}
17027 command and looks for one of the above time zone names in the output;
17028 if this does not succeed, @samp{tzone()} leaves itself unevaluated.
17029 The time zone name in the @samp{date} output may be followed by a signed
17030 adjustment, e.g., @samp{GMT+5} or @samp{GMT+0500} which specifies a
17031 number of hours and minutes to be added to the base time zone.
17032 Calc stores the time zone it finds into @code{TimeZone} to speed
17033 later calls to @samp{tzone()}.
17034
17035 The special time zone name @code{local} is equivalent to no argument,
17036 i.e., it uses the local time zone as obtained from the @code{date}
17037 command.
17038
17039 If the time zone name found is one of the standard or daylight
17040 savings zone names from the above table, and Calc's internal
17041 daylight savings algorithm says that time and zone are consistent
17042 (e.g., @code{PDT} accompanies a date that Calc's algorithm would also
17043 consider to be daylight savings, or @code{PST} accompanies a date
17044 that Calc would consider to be standard time), then Calc substitutes
17045 the corresponding generalized time zone (like @code{PGT}).
17046
17047 If your system does not have a suitable @samp{date} command, you
17048 may wish to put a @samp{(setq var-TimeZone ...)} in your Emacs
17049 initialization file to set the time zone. The easiest way to do
17050 this is to edit the @code{TimeZone} variable using Calc's @kbd{s T}
17051 command, then use the @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable})
17052 command to save the value of @code{TimeZone} permanently.
17053
17054 The @kbd{t J} and @code{t U} commands with no numeric prefix
17055 arguments do the same thing as @samp{tzone()}. If the current
17056 time zone is a generalized time zone, e.g., @code{EGT}, Calc
17057 examines the date being converted to tell whether to use standard
17058 or daylight savings time. But if the current time zone is explicit,
17059 e.g., @code{EST} or @code{EDT}, then that adjustment is used exactly
17060 and Calc's daylight savings algorithm is not consulted.
17061
17062 Some places don't follow the usual rules for daylight savings time.
17063 The state of Arizona, for example, does not observe daylight savings
17064 time. If you run Calc during the winter season in Arizona, the
17065 Unix @code{date} command will report @code{MST} time zone, which
17066 Calc will change to @code{MGT}. If you then convert a time that
17067 lies in the summer months, Calc will apply an incorrect daylight
17068 savings time adjustment. To avoid this, set your @code{TimeZone}
17069 variable explicitly to @code{MST} to force the use of standard,
17070 non-daylight-savings time.
17071
17072 @vindex math-daylight-savings-hook
17073 @findex math-std-daylight-savings
17074 By default Calc always considers daylight savings time to begin at
17075 2 a.m.@: on the first Sunday of April, and to end at 2 a.m.@: on the
17076 last Sunday of October. This is the rule that has been in effect
17077 in North America since 1987. If you are in a country that uses
17078 different rules for computing daylight savings time, you have two
17079 choices: Write your own daylight savings hook, or control time
17080 zones explicitly by setting the @code{TimeZone} variable and/or
17081 always giving a time-zone argument for the conversion functions.
17082
17083 The Lisp variable @code{math-daylight-savings-hook} holds the
17084 name of a function that is used to compute the daylight savings
17085 adjustment for a given date. The default is
17086 @code{math-std-daylight-savings}, which computes an adjustment
17087 (either 0 or @i{-1}) using the North American rules given above.
17088
17089 The daylight savings hook function is called with four arguments:
17090 The date, as a floating-point number in standard Calc format;
17091 a six-element list of the date decomposed into year, month, day,
17092 hour, minute, and second, respectively; a string which contains
17093 the generalized time zone name in upper-case, e.g., @code{"WEGT"};
17094 and a special adjustment to be applied to the hour value when
17095 converting into a generalized time zone (see below).
17096
17097 @findex math-prev-weekday-in-month
17098 The Lisp function @code{math-prev-weekday-in-month} is useful for
17099 daylight savings computations. This is an internal version of
17100 the user-level @code{pwday} function described in the previous
17101 section. It takes four arguments: The floating-point date value,
17102 the corresponding six-element date list, the day-of-month number,
17103 and the weekday number (0-6).
17104
17105 The default daylight savings hook ignores the time zone name, but a
17106 more sophisticated hook could use different algorithms for different
17107 time zones. It would also be possible to use different algorithms
17108 depending on the year number, but the default hook always uses the
17109 algorithm for 1987 and later. Here is a listing of the default
17110 daylight savings hook:
17111
17112 @smallexample
17113 (defun math-std-daylight-savings (date dt zone bump)
17114 (cond ((< (nth 1 dt) 4) 0)
17115 ((= (nth 1 dt) 4)
17116 (let ((sunday (math-prev-weekday-in-month date dt 7 0)))
17117 (cond ((< (nth 2 dt) sunday) 0)
17118 ((= (nth 2 dt) sunday)
17119 (if (>= (nth 3 dt) (+ 3 bump)) -1 0))
17120 (t -1))))
17121 ((< (nth 1 dt) 10) -1)
17122 ((= (nth 1 dt) 10)
17123 (let ((sunday (math-prev-weekday-in-month date dt 31 0)))
17124 (cond ((< (nth 2 dt) sunday) -1)
17125 ((= (nth 2 dt) sunday)
17126 (if (>= (nth 3 dt) (+ 2 bump)) 0 -1))
17127 (t 0))))
17128 (t 0))
17129 )
17130 @end smallexample
17131
17132 @noindent
17133 The @code{bump} parameter is equal to zero when Calc is converting
17134 from a date form in a generalized time zone into a GMT date value.
17135 It is @i{-1} when Calc is converting in the other direction. The
17136 adjustments shown above ensure that the conversion behaves correctly
17137 and reasonably around the 2 a.m.@: transition in each direction.
17138
17139 There is a ``missing'' hour between 2 a.m.@: and 3 a.m.@: at the
17140 beginning of daylight savings time; converting a date/time form that
17141 falls in this hour results in a time value for the following hour,
17142 from 3 a.m.@: to 4 a.m. At the end of daylight savings time, the
17143 hour from 1 a.m.@: to 2 a.m.@: repeats itself; converting a date/time
17144 form that falls in in this hour results in a time value for the first
17145 manifestion of that time (@emph{not} the one that occurs one hour later).
17146
17147 If @code{math-daylight-savings-hook} is @code{nil}, then the
17148 daylight savings adjustment is always taken to be zero.
17149
17150 In algebraic formulas, @samp{tzone(@var{zone}, @var{date})}
17151 computes the time zone adjustment for a given zone name at a
17152 given date. The @var{date} is ignored unless @var{zone} is a
17153 generalized time zone. If @var{date} is a date form, the
17154 daylight savings computation is applied to it as it appears.
17155 If @var{date} is a numeric date value, it is adjusted for the
17156 daylight-savings version of @var{zone} before being given to
17157 the daylight savings hook. This odd-sounding rule ensures
17158 that the daylight-savings computation is always done in
17159 local time, not in the GMT time that a numeric @var{date}
17160 is typically represented in.
17161
17162 @c @starindex
17163 @tindex dsadj
17164 The @samp{dsadj(@var{date}, @var{zone})} function computes the
17165 daylight savings adjustment that is appropriate for @var{date} in
17166 time zone @var{zone}. If @var{zone} is explicitly in or not in
17167 daylight savings time (e.g., @code{PDT} or @code{PST}) the
17168 @var{date} is ignored. If @var{zone} is a generalized time zone,
17169 the algorithms described above are used. If @var{zone} is omitted,
17170 the computation is done for the current time zone.
17171
17172 @xref{Reporting Bugs}, for the address of Calc's author, if you
17173 should wish to contribute your improved versions of
17174 @code{math-tzone-names} and @code{math-daylight-savings-hook}
17175 to the Calc distribution.
17176
17177 @node Financial Functions, Binary Functions, Date Arithmetic, Arithmetic
17178 @section Financial Functions
17179
17180 @noindent
17181 Calc's financial or business functions use the @kbd{b} prefix
17182 key followed by a shifted letter. (The @kbd{b} prefix followed by
17183 a lower-case letter is used for operations on binary numbers.)
17184
17185 Note that the rate and the number of intervals given to these
17186 functions must be on the same time scale, e.g., both months or
17187 both years. Mixing an annual interest rate with a time expressed
17188 in months will give you very wrong answers!
17189
17190 It is wise to compute these functions to a higher precision than
17191 you really need, just to make sure your answer is correct to the
17192 last penny; also, you may wish to check the definitions at the end
17193 of this section to make sure the functions have the meaning you expect.
17194
17195 @menu
17196 * Percentages::
17197 * Future Value::
17198 * Present Value::
17199 * Related Financial Functions::
17200 * Depreciation Functions::
17201 * Definitions of Financial Functions::
17202 @end menu
17203
17204 @node Percentages, Future Value, Financial Functions, Financial Functions
17205 @subsection Percentages
17206
17207 @kindex M-%
17208 @pindex calc-percent
17209 @tindex %
17210 @tindex percent
17211 The @kbd{M-%} (@code{calc-percent}) command takes a percentage value,
17212 say 5.4, and converts it to an equivalent actual number. For example,
17213 @kbd{5.4 M-%} enters 0.054 on the stack. (That's the @key{META} or
17214 @key{ESC} key combined with @kbd{%}.)
17215
17216 Actually, @kbd{M-%} creates a formula of the form @samp{5.4%}.
17217 You can enter @samp{5.4%} yourself during algebraic entry. The
17218 @samp{%} operator simply means, ``the preceding value divided by
17219 100.'' The @samp{%} operator has very high precedence, so that
17220 @samp{1+8%} is interpreted as @samp{1+(8%)}, not as @samp{(1+8)%}.
17221 (The @samp{%} operator is just a postfix notation for the
17222 @code{percent} function, just like @samp{20!} is the notation for
17223 @samp{fact(20)}, or twenty-factorial.)
17224
17225 The formula @samp{5.4%} would normally evaluate immediately to
17226 0.054, but the @kbd{M-%} command suppresses evaluation as it puts
17227 the formula onto the stack. However, the next Calc command that
17228 uses the formula @samp{5.4%} will evaluate it as its first step.
17229 The net effect is that you get to look at @samp{5.4%} on the stack,
17230 but Calc commands see it as @samp{0.054}, which is what they expect.
17231
17232 In particular, @samp{5.4%} and @samp{0.054} are suitable values
17233 for the @var{rate} arguments of the various financial functions,
17234 but the number @samp{5.4} is probably @emph{not} suitable---it
17235 represents a rate of 540 percent!
17236
17237 The key sequence @kbd{M-% *} effectively means ``percent-of.''
17238 For example, @kbd{68 RET 25 M-% *} computes 17, which is 25% of
17239 68 (and also 68% of 25, which comes out to the same thing).
17240
17241 @kindex c %
17242 @pindex calc-convert-percent
17243 The @kbd{c %} (@code{calc-convert-percent}) command converts the
17244 value on the top of the stack from numeric to percentage form.
17245 For example, if 0.08 is on the stack, @kbd{c %} converts it to
17246 @samp{8%}. The quantity is the same, it's just represented
17247 differently. (Contrast this with @kbd{M-%}, which would convert
17248 this number to @samp{0.08%}.) The @kbd{=} key is a convenient way
17249 to convert a formula like @samp{8%} back to numeric form, 0.08.
17250
17251 To compute what percentage one quantity is of another quantity,
17252 use @kbd{/ c %}. For example, @w{@kbd{17 RET 68 / c %}} displays
17253 @samp{25%}.
17254
17255 @kindex b %
17256 @pindex calc-percent-change
17257 @tindex relch
17258 The @kbd{b %} (@code{calc-percent-change}) [@code{relch}] command
17259 calculates the percentage change from one number to another.
17260 For example, @kbd{40 RET 50 b %} produces the answer @samp{25%},
17261 since 50 is 25% larger than 40. A negative result represents a
17262 decrease: @kbd{50 RET 40 b %} produces @samp{-20%}, since 40 is
17263 20% smaller than 50. (The answers are different in magnitude
17264 because, in the first case, we're increasing by 25% of 40, but
17265 in the second case, we're decreasing by 20% of 50.) The effect
17266 of @kbd{40 RET 50 b %} is to compute @cite{(50-40)/40}, converting
17267 the answer to percentage form as if by @kbd{c %}.
17268
17269 @node Future Value, Present Value, Percentages, Financial Functions
17270 @subsection Future Value
17271
17272 @noindent
17273 @kindex b F
17274 @pindex calc-fin-fv
17275 @tindex fv
17276 The @kbd{b F} (@code{calc-fin-fv}) [@code{fv}] command computes
17277 the future value of an investment. It takes three arguments
17278 from the stack: @samp{fv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})}.
17279 If you give payments of @var{payment} every year for @var{n}
17280 years, and the money you have paid earns interest at @var{rate} per
17281 year, then this function tells you what your investment would be
17282 worth at the end of the period. (The actual interval doesn't
17283 have to be years, as long as @var{n} and @var{rate} are expressed
17284 in terms of the same intervals.) This function assumes payments
17285 occur at the @emph{end} of each interval.
17286
17287 @kindex I b F
17288 @tindex fvb
17289 The @kbd{I b F} [@code{fvb}] command does the same computation,
17290 but assuming your payments are at the beginning of each interval.
17291 Suppose you plan to deposit $1000 per year in a savings account
17292 earning 5.4% interest, starting right now. How much will be
17293 in the account after five years? @code{fvb(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 5870.73}.
17294 Thus you will have earned $870 worth of interest over the years.
17295 Using the stack, this calculation would have been
17296 @kbd{5.4 M-% 5 RET 1000 I b F}. Note that the rate is expressed
17297 as a number between 0 and 1, @emph{not} as a percentage.
17298
17299 @kindex H b F
17300 @tindex fvl
17301 The @kbd{H b F} [@code{fvl}] command computes the future value
17302 of an initial lump sum investment. Suppose you could deposit
17303 those five thousand dollars in the bank right now; how much would
17304 they be worth in five years? @code{fvl(5.4%, 5, 5000) = 6503.89}.
17305
17306 The algebraic functions @code{fv} and @code{fvb} accept an optional
17307 fourth argument, which is used as an initial lump sum in the sense
17308 of @code{fvl}. In other words, @code{fv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17309 @var{payment}, @var{initial}) = fv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})
17310 + fvl(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{initial})}.@refill
17311
17312 To illustrate the relationships between these functions, we could
17313 do the @code{fvb} calculation ``by hand'' using @code{fvl}. The
17314 final balance will be the sum of the contributions of our five
17315 deposits at various times. The first deposit earns interest for
17316 five years: @code{fvl(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 1300.78}. The second
17317 deposit only earns interest for four years: @code{fvl(5.4%, 4, 1000) =
17318 1234.13}. And so on down to the last deposit, which earns one
17319 year's interest: @code{fvl(5.4%, 1, 1000) = 1054.00}. The sum of
17320 these five values is, sure enough, $5870.73, just as was computed
17321 by @code{fvb} directly.
17322
17323 What does @code{fv(5.4%, 5, 1000) = 5569.96} mean? The payments
17324 are now at the ends of the periods. The end of one year is the same
17325 as the beginning of the next, so what this really means is that we've
17326 lost the payment at year zero (which contributed $1300.78), but we're
17327 now counting the payment at year five (which, since it didn't have
17328 a chance to earn interest, counts as $1000). Indeed, @cite{5569.96 =
17329 5870.73 - 1300.78 + 1000} (give or take a bit of roundoff error).
17330
17331 @node Present Value, Related Financial Functions, Future Value, Financial Functions
17332 @subsection Present Value
17333
17334 @noindent
17335 @kindex b P
17336 @pindex calc-fin-pv
17337 @tindex pv
17338 The @kbd{b P} (@code{calc-fin-pv}) [@code{pv}] command computes
17339 the present value of an investment. Like @code{fv}, it takes
17340 three arguments: @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment})}.
17341 It computes the present value of a series of regular payments.
17342 Suppose you have the chance to make an investment that will
17343 pay $2000 per year over the next four years; as you receive
17344 these payments you can put them in the bank at 9% interest.
17345 You want to know whether it is better to make the investment, or
17346 to keep the money in the bank where it earns 9% interest right
17347 from the start. The calculation @code{pv(9%, 4, 2000)} gives the
17348 result 6479.44. If your initial investment must be less than this,
17349 say, $6000, then the investment is worthwhile. But if you had to
17350 put up $7000, then it would be better just to leave it in the bank.
17351
17352 Here is the interpretation of the result of @code{pv}: You are
17353 trying to compare the return from the investment you are
17354 considering, which is @code{fv(9%, 4, 2000) = 9146.26}, with
17355 the return from leaving the money in the bank, which is
17356 @code{fvl(9%, 4, @var{x})} where @var{x} is the amount of money
17357 you would have to put up in advance. The @code{pv} function
17358 finds the break-even point, @cite{x = 6479.44}, at which
17359 @code{fvl(9%, 4, 6479.44)} is also equal to 9146.26. This is
17360 the largest amount you should be willing to invest.
17361
17362 @kindex I b P
17363 @tindex pvb
17364 The @kbd{I b P} [@code{pvb}] command solves the same problem,
17365 but with payments occurring at the beginning of each interval.
17366 It has the same relationship to @code{fvb} as @code{pv} has
17367 to @code{fv}. For example @code{pvb(9%, 4, 2000) = 7062.59},
17368 a larger number than @code{pv} produced because we get to start
17369 earning interest on the return from our investment sooner.
17370
17371 @kindex H b P
17372 @tindex pvl
17373 The @kbd{H b P} [@code{pvl}] command computes the present value of
17374 an investment that will pay off in one lump sum at the end of the
17375 period. For example, if we get our $8000 all at the end of the
17376 four years, @code{pvl(9%, 4, 8000) = 5667.40}. This is much
17377 less than @code{pv} reported, because we don't earn any interest
17378 on the return from this investment. Note that @code{pvl} and
17379 @code{fvl} are simple inverses: @code{fvl(9%, 4, 5667.40) = 8000}.
17380
17381 You can give an optional fourth lump-sum argument to @code{pv}
17382 and @code{pvb}; this is handled in exactly the same way as the
17383 fourth argument for @code{fv} and @code{fvb}.
17384
17385 @kindex b N
17386 @pindex calc-fin-npv
17387 @tindex npv
17388 The @kbd{b N} (@code{calc-fin-npv}) [@code{npv}] command computes
17389 the net present value of a series of irregular investments.
17390 The first argument is the interest rate. The second argument is
17391 a vector which represents the expected return from the investment
17392 at the end of each interval. For example, if the rate represents
17393 a yearly interest rate, then the vector elements are the return
17394 from the first year, second year, and so on.
17395
17396 Thus, @code{npv(9%, [2000,2000,2000,2000]) = pv(9%, 4, 2000) = 6479.44}.
17397 Obviously this function is more interesting when the payments are
17398 not all the same!
17399
17400 The @code{npv} function can actually have two or more arguments.
17401 Multiple arguments are interpreted in the same way as for the
17402 vector statistical functions like @code{vsum}.
17403 @xref{Single-Variable Statistics}. Basically, if there are several
17404 payment arguments, each either a vector or a plain number, all these
17405 values are collected left-to-right into the complete list of payments.
17406 A numeric prefix argument on the @kbd{b N} command says how many
17407 payment values or vectors to take from the stack.@refill
17408
17409 @kindex I b N
17410 @tindex npvb
17411 The @kbd{I b N} [@code{npvb}] command computes the net present
17412 value where payments occur at the beginning of each interval
17413 rather than at the end.
17414
17415 @node Related Financial Functions, Depreciation Functions, Present Value, Financial Functions
17416 @subsection Related Financial Functions
17417
17418 @noindent
17419 The functions in this section are basically inverses of the
17420 present value functions with respect to the various arguments.
17421
17422 @kindex b M
17423 @pindex calc-fin-pmt
17424 @tindex pmt
17425 The @kbd{b M} (@code{calc-fin-pmt}) [@code{pmt}] command computes
17426 the amount of periodic payment necessary to amortize a loan.
17427 Thus @code{pmt(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{amount})} equals the
17428 value of @var{payment} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17429 @var{payment}) = @var{amount}}.@refill
17430
17431 @kindex I b M
17432 @tindex pmtb
17433 The @kbd{I b M} [@code{pmtb}] command does the same computation
17434 but using @code{pvb} instead of @code{pv}. Like @code{pv} and
17435 @code{pvb}, these functions can also take a fourth argument which
17436 represents an initial lump-sum investment.
17437
17438 @kindex H b M
17439 The @kbd{H b M} key just invokes the @code{fvl} function, which is
17440 the inverse of @code{pvl}. There is no explicit @code{pmtl} function.
17441
17442 @kindex b #
17443 @pindex calc-fin-nper
17444 @tindex nper
17445 The @kbd{b #} (@code{calc-fin-nper}) [@code{nper}] command computes
17446 the number of regular payments necessary to amortize a loan.
17447 Thus @code{nper(@var{rate}, @var{payment}, @var{amount})} equals
17448 the value of @var{n} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n},
17449 @var{payment}) = @var{amount}}. If @var{payment} is too small
17450 ever to amortize a loan for @var{amount} at interest rate @var{rate},
17451 the @code{nper} function is left in symbolic form.@refill
17452
17453 @kindex I b #
17454 @tindex nperb
17455 The @kbd{I b #} [@code{nperb}] command does the same computation
17456 but using @code{pvb} instead of @code{pv}. You can give a fourth
17457 lump-sum argument to these functions, but the computation will be
17458 rather slow in the four-argument case.@refill
17459
17460 @kindex H b #
17461 @tindex nperl
17462 The @kbd{H b #} [@code{nperl}] command does the same computation
17463 using @code{pvl}. By exchanging @var{payment} and @var{amount} you
17464 can also get the solution for @code{fvl}. For example,
17465 @code{nperl(8%, 2000, 1000) = 9.006}, so if you place $1000 in a
17466 bank account earning 8%, it will take nine years to grow to $2000.@refill
17467
17468 @kindex b T
17469 @pindex calc-fin-rate
17470 @tindex rate
17471 The @kbd{b T} (@code{calc-fin-rate}) [@code{rate}] command computes
17472 the rate of return on an investment. This is also an inverse of @code{pv}:
17473 @code{rate(@var{n}, @var{payment}, @var{amount})} computes the value of
17474 @var{rate} such that @code{pv(@var{rate}, @var{n}, @var{payment}) =
17475 @var{amount}}. The result is expressed as a formula like @samp{6.3%}.@refill
17476
17477 @kindex I b T
17478 @kindex H b T
17479 @tindex rateb
17480 @tindex ratel
17481 The @kbd{I b T} [@code{rateb}] and @kbd{H b T} [@code{ratel}]
17482 commands solve the analogous equations with @code{pvb} or @code{pvl}
17483 in place of @code{pv}. Also, @code{rate} and @code{rateb} can
17484 accept an optional fourth argument just like @code{pv} and @code{pvb}.
17485 To redo the above example from a different perspective,
17486 @code{ratel(9, 2000, 1000) = 8.00597%}, which says you will need an
17487 interest rate of 8% in order to double your account in nine years.@refill
17488
17489 @kindex b I
17490 @pindex calc-fin-irr
17491 @tindex irr
17492 The @kbd{b I} (@code{calc-fin-irr}) [@code{irr}] command is the
17493 analogous function to @code{rate} but for net present value.
17494 Its argument is a vector of payments. Thus @code{irr(@var{payments})}
17495 computes the @var{rate} such that @code{npv(@var{rate}, @var{payments}) = 0};
17496 this rate is known as the @dfn{internal rate of return}.
17497
17498 @kindex I b I
17499 @tindex irrb
17500 The @kbd{I b I} [@code{irrb}] command computes the internal rate of
17501 return assuming payments occur at the beginning of each period.
17502
17503 @node Depreciation Functions, Definitions of Financial Functions, Related Financial Functions, Financial Functions
17504 @subsection Depreciation Functions
17505
17506 @noindent
17507 The functions in this section calculate @dfn{depreciation}, which is
17508 the amount of value that a possession loses over time. These functions
17509 are characterized by three parameters: @var{cost}, the original cost
17510 of the asset; @var{salvage}, the value the asset will have at the end
17511 of its expected ``useful life''; and @var{life}, the number of years
17512 (or other periods) of the expected useful life.
17513
17514 There are several methods for calculating depreciation that differ in
17515 the way they spread the depreciation over the lifetime of the asset.
17516
17517 @kindex b S
17518 @pindex calc-fin-sln
17519 @tindex sln
17520 The @kbd{b S} (@code{calc-fin-sln}) [@code{sln}] command computes the
17521 ``straight-line'' depreciation. In this method, the asset depreciates
17522 by the same amount every year (or period). For example,
17523 @samp{sln(12000, 2000, 5)} returns 2000. The asset costs $12000
17524 initially and will be worth $2000 after five years; it loses $2000
17525 per year.
17526
17527 @kindex b Y
17528 @pindex calc-fin-syd
17529 @tindex syd
17530 The @kbd{b Y} (@code{calc-fin-syd}) [@code{syd}] command computes the
17531 accelerated ``sum-of-years'-digits'' depreciation. Here the depreciation
17532 is higher during the early years of the asset's life. Since the
17533 depreciation is different each year, @kbd{b Y} takes a fourth @var{period}
17534 parameter which specifies which year is requested, from 1 to @var{life}.
17535 If @var{period} is outside this range, the @code{syd} function will
17536 return zero.
17537
17538 @kindex b D
17539 @pindex calc-fin-ddb
17540 @tindex ddb
17541 The @kbd{b D} (@code{calc-fin-ddb}) [@code{ddb}] command computes an
17542 accelerated depreciation using the double-declining balance method.
17543 It also takes a fourth @var{period} parameter.
17544
17545 For symmetry, the @code{sln} function will accept a @var{period}
17546 parameter as well, although it will ignore its value except that the
17547 return value will as usual be zero if @var{period} is out of range.
17548
17549 For example, pushing the vector @cite{[1,2,3,4,5]} (perhaps with @kbd{v x 5})
17550 and then mapping @kbd{V M ' [sln(12000,2000,5,$), syd(12000,2000,5,$),
17551 ddb(12000,2000,5,$)] RET} produces a matrix that allows us to compare
17552 the three depreciation methods:
17553
17554 @group
17555 @example
17556 [ [ 2000, 3333, 4800 ]
17557 [ 2000, 2667, 2880 ]
17558 [ 2000, 2000, 1728 ]
17559 [ 2000, 1333, 592 ]
17560 [ 2000, 667, 0 ] ]
17561 @end example
17562 @end group
17563
17564 @noindent
17565 (Values have been rounded to nearest integers in this figure.)
17566 We see that @code{sln} depreciates by the same amount each year,
17567 @kbd{syd} depreciates more at the beginning and less at the end,
17568 and @kbd{ddb} weights the depreciation even more toward the beginning.
17569
17570 Summing columns with @kbd{V R : +} yields @cite{[10000, 10000, 10000]};
17571 the total depreciation in any method is (by definition) the
17572 difference between the cost and the salvage value.
17573
17574 @node Definitions of Financial Functions, , Depreciation Functions, Financial Functions
17575 @subsection Definitions
17576
17577 @noindent
17578 For your reference, here are the actual formulas used to compute
17579 Calc's financial functions.
17580
17581 Calc will not evaluate a financial function unless the @var{rate} or
17582 @var{n} argument is known. However, @var{payment} or @var{amount} can
17583 be a variable. Calc expands these functions according to the
17584 formulas below for symbolic arguments only when you use the @kbd{a "}
17585 (@code{calc-expand-formula}) command, or when taking derivatives or
17586 integrals or solving equations involving the functions.
17587
17588 @ifinfo
17589 These formulas are shown using the conventions of ``Big'' display
17590 mode (@kbd{d B}); for example, the formula for @code{fv} written
17591 linearly is @samp{pmt * ((1 + rate)^n) - 1) / rate}.
17592
17593 @example
17594 n
17595 (1 + rate) - 1
17596 fv(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ---------------
17597 rate
17598
17599 n
17600 ((1 + rate) - 1) (1 + rate)
17601 fvb(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ----------------------------
17602 rate
17603
17604 n
17605 fvl(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * (1 + rate)
17606
17607 -n
17608 1 - (1 + rate)
17609 pv(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * ----------------
17610 rate
17611
17612 -n
17613 (1 - (1 + rate) ) (1 + rate)
17614 pvb(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * -----------------------------
17615 rate
17616
17617 -n
17618 pvl(rate, n, pmt) = pmt * (1 + rate)
17619
17620 -1 -2 -3
17621 npv(rate, [a, b, c]) = a*(1 + rate) + b*(1 + rate) + c*(1 + rate)
17622
17623 -1 -2
17624 npvb(rate, [a, b, c]) = a + b*(1 + rate) + c*(1 + rate)
17625
17626 -n
17627 (amt - x * (1 + rate) ) * rate
17628 pmt(rate, n, amt, x) = -------------------------------
17629 -n
17630 1 - (1 + rate)
17631
17632 -n
17633 (amt - x * (1 + rate) ) * rate
17634 pmtb(rate, n, amt, x) = -------------------------------
17635 -n
17636 (1 - (1 + rate) ) (1 + rate)
17637
17638 amt * rate
17639 nper(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(1 - ------------, 1 + rate)
17640 pmt
17641
17642 amt * rate
17643 nperb(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(1 - ---------------, 1 + rate)
17644 pmt * (1 + rate)
17645
17646 amt
17647 nperl(rate, pmt, amt) = - log(---, 1 + rate)
17648 pmt
17649
17650 1/n
17651 pmt
17652 ratel(n, pmt, amt) = ------ - 1
17653 1/n
17654 amt
17655
17656 cost - salv
17657 sln(cost, salv, life) = -----------
17658 life
17659
17660 (cost - salv) * (life - per + 1)
17661 syd(cost, salv, life, per) = --------------------------------
17662 life * (life + 1) / 2
17663
17664 book * 2
17665 ddb(cost, salv, life, per) = --------, book = cost - depreciation so far
17666 life
17667 @end example
17668 @end ifinfo
17669 @tex
17670 \turnoffactive
17671 $$ \code{fv}(r, n, p) = p { (1 + r)^n - 1 \over r } $$
17672 $$ \code{fvb}(r, n, p) = p { ((1 + r)^n - 1) (1 + r) \over r } $$
17673 $$ \code{fvl}(r, n, p) = p (1 + r)^n $$
17674 $$ \code{pv}(r, n, p) = p { 1 - (1 + r)^{-n} \over r } $$
17675 $$ \code{pvb}(r, n, p) = p { (1 - (1 + r)^{-n}) (1 + r) \over r } $$
17676 $$ \code{pvl}(r, n, p) = p (1 + r)^{-n} $$
17677 $$ \code{npv}(r, [a,b,c]) = a (1 + r)^{-1} + b (1 + r)^{-2} + c (1 + r)^{-3} $$
17678 $$ \code{npvb}(r, [a,b,c]) = a + b (1 + r)^{-1} + c (1 + r)^{-2} $$
17679 $$ \code{pmt}(r, n, a, x) = { (a - x (1 + r)^{-n}) r \over 1 - (1 + r)^{-n} }$$
17680 $$ \code{pmtb}(r, n, a, x) = { (a - x (1 + r)^{-n}) r \over
17681 (1 - (1 + r)^{-n}) (1 + r) } $$
17682 $$ \code{nper}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}(1 - { a r \over p }, 1 + r) $$
17683 $$ \code{nperb}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}(1 - { a r \over p (1 + r) }, 1 + r) $$
17684 $$ \code{nperl}(r, p, a) = -\code{log}({a \over p}, 1 + r) $$
17685 $$ \code{ratel}(n, p, a) = { p^{1/n} \over a^{1/n} } - 1 $$
17686 $$ \code{sln}(c, s, l) = { c - s \over l } $$
17687 $$ \code{syd}(c, s, l, p) = { (c - s) (l - p + 1) \over l (l+1) / 2 } $$
17688 $$ \code{ddb}(c, s, l, p) = { 2 (c - \hbox{depreciation so far}) \over l } $$
17689 @end tex
17690
17691 @noindent
17692 In @code{pmt} and @code{pmtb}, @cite{x=0} if omitted.
17693
17694 These functions accept any numeric objects, including error forms,
17695 intervals, and even (though not very usefully) complex numbers. The
17696 above formulas specify exactly the behavior of these functions with
17697 all sorts of inputs.
17698
17699 Note that if the first argument to the @code{log} in @code{nper} is
17700 negative, @code{nper} leaves itself in symbolic form rather than
17701 returning a (financially meaningless) complex number.
17702
17703 @samp{rate(num, pmt, amt)} solves the equation
17704 @samp{pv(rate, num, pmt) = amt} for @samp{rate} using @kbd{H a R}
17705 (@code{calc-find-root}), with the interval @samp{[.01% .. 100%]}
17706 for an initial guess. The @code{rateb} function is the same except
17707 that it uses @code{pvb}. Note that @code{ratel} can be solved
17708 directly; its formula is shown in the above list.
17709
17710 Similarly, @samp{irr(pmts)} solves the equation @samp{npv(rate, pmts) = 0}
17711 for @samp{rate}.
17712
17713 If you give a fourth argument to @code{nper} or @code{nperb}, Calc
17714 will also use @kbd{H a R} to solve the equation using an initial
17715 guess interval of @samp{[0 .. 100]}.
17716
17717 A fourth argument to @code{fv} simply sums the two components
17718 calculated from the above formulas for @code{fv} and @code{fvl}.
17719 The same is true of @code{fvb}, @code{pv}, and @code{pvb}.
17720
17721 The @kbd{ddb} function is computed iteratively; the ``book'' value
17722 starts out equal to @var{cost}, and decreases according to the above
17723 formula for the specified number of periods. If the book value
17724 would decrease below @var{salvage}, it only decreases to @var{salvage}
17725 and the depreciation is zero for all subsequent periods. The @code{ddb}
17726 function returns the amount the book value decreased in the specified
17727 period.
17728
17729 The Calc financial function names were borrowed mostly from Microsoft
17730 Excel and Borland's Quattro. The @code{ratel} function corresponds to
17731 @samp{@@CGR} in Borland's Reflex. The @code{nper} and @code{nperl}
17732 functions correspond to @samp{@@TERM} and @samp{@@CTERM} in Quattro,
17733 respectively. Beware that the Calc functions may take their arguments
17734 in a different order than the corresponding functions in your favorite
17735 spreadsheet.
17736
17737 @node Binary Functions, , Financial Functions, Arithmetic
17738 @section Binary Number Functions
17739
17740 @noindent
17741 The commands in this chapter all use two-letter sequences beginning with
17742 the @kbd{b} prefix.
17743
17744 @cindex Binary numbers
17745 The ``binary'' operations actually work regardless of the currently
17746 displayed radix, although their results make the most sense in a radix
17747 like 2, 8, or 16 (as obtained by the @kbd{d 2}, @kbd{d 8}, or @w{@kbd{d 6}}
17748 commands, respectively). You may also wish to enable display of leading
17749 zeros with @kbd{d z}. @xref{Radix Modes}.
17750
17751 @cindex Word size for binary operations
17752 The Calculator maintains a current @dfn{word size} @cite{w}, an
17753 arbitrary positive or negative integer. For a positive word size, all
17754 of the binary operations described here operate modulo @cite{2^w}. In
17755 particular, negative arguments are converted to positive integers modulo
17756 @cite{2^w} by all binary functions.@refill
17757
17758 If the word size is negative, binary operations produce 2's complement
17759 integers from @c{$-2^{-w-1}$}
17760 @cite{-(2^(-w-1))} to @c{$2^{-w-1}-1$}
17761 @cite{2^(-w-1)-1} inclusive. Either
17762 mode accepts inputs in any range; the sign of @cite{w} affects only
17763 the results produced.
17764
17765 @kindex b c
17766 @pindex calc-clip
17767 @tindex clip
17768 The @kbd{b c} (@code{calc-clip})
17769 [@code{clip}] command can be used to clip a number by reducing it modulo
17770 @cite{2^w}. The commands described in this chapter automatically clip
17771 their results to the current word size. Note that other operations like
17772 addition do not use the current word size, since integer addition
17773 generally is not ``binary.'' (However, @pxref{Simplification Modes},
17774 @code{calc-bin-simplify-mode}.) For example, with a word size of 8
17775 bits @kbd{b c} converts a number to the range 0 to 255; with a word
17776 size of @i{-8} @kbd{b c} converts to the range @i{-128} to 127.@refill
17777
17778 @kindex b w
17779 @pindex calc-word-size
17780 The default word size is 32 bits. All operations except the shifts and
17781 rotates allow you to specify a different word size for that one
17782 operation by giving a numeric prefix argument: @kbd{C-u 8 b c} clips the
17783 top of stack to the range 0 to 255 regardless of the current word size.
17784 To set the word size permanently, use @kbd{b w} (@code{calc-word-size}).
17785 This command displays a prompt with the current word size; press @key{RET}
17786 immediately to keep this word size, or type a new word size at the prompt.
17787
17788 When the binary operations are written in symbolic form, they take an
17789 optional second (or third) word-size parameter. When a formula like
17790 @samp{and(a,b)} is finally evaluated, the word size current at that time
17791 will be used, but when @samp{and(a,b,-8)} is evaluated, a word size of
17792 @i{-8} will always be used. A symbolic binary function will be left
17793 in symbolic form unless the all of its argument(s) are integers or
17794 integer-valued floats.
17795
17796 If either or both arguments are modulo forms for which @cite{M} is a
17797 power of two, that power of two is taken as the word size unless a
17798 numeric prefix argument overrides it. The current word size is never
17799 consulted when modulo-power-of-two forms are involved.
17800
17801 @kindex b a
17802 @pindex calc-and
17803 @tindex and
17804 The @kbd{b a} (@code{calc-and}) [@code{and}] command computes the bitwise
17805 AND of the two numbers on the top of the stack. In other words, for each
17806 of the @cite{w} binary digits of the two numbers (pairwise), the corresponding
17807 bit of the result is 1 if and only if both input bits are 1:
17808 @samp{and(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#1000}.
17809
17810 @kindex b o
17811 @pindex calc-or
17812 @tindex or
17813 The @kbd{b o} (@code{calc-or}) [@code{or}] command computes the bitwise
17814 inclusive OR of two numbers. A bit is 1 if either of the input bits, or
17815 both, are 1: @samp{or(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#1110}.
17816
17817 @kindex b x
17818 @pindex calc-xor
17819 @tindex xor
17820 The @kbd{b x} (@code{calc-xor}) [@code{xor}] command computes the bitwise
17821 exclusive OR of two numbers. A bit is 1 if exactly one of the input bits
17822 is 1: @samp{xor(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#0110}.
17823
17824 @kindex b d
17825 @pindex calc-diff
17826 @tindex diff
17827 The @kbd{b d} (@code{calc-diff}) [@code{diff}] command computes the bitwise
17828 difference of two numbers; this is defined by @samp{diff(a,b) = and(a,not(b))},
17829 so that @samp{diff(2#1100, 2#1010) = 2#0100}.
17830
17831 @kindex b n
17832 @pindex calc-not
17833 @tindex not
17834 The @kbd{b n} (@code{calc-not}) [@code{not}] command computes the bitwise
17835 NOT of a number. A bit is 1 if the input bit is 0 and vice-versa.
17836
17837 @kindex b l
17838 @pindex calc-lshift-binary
17839 @tindex lsh
17840 The @kbd{b l} (@code{calc-lshift-binary}) [@code{lsh}] command shifts a
17841 number left by one bit, or by the number of bits specified in the numeric
17842 prefix argument. A negative prefix argument performs a logical right shift,
17843 in which zeros are shifted in on the left. In symbolic form, @samp{lsh(a)}
17844 is short for @samp{lsh(a,1)}, which in turn is short for @samp{lsh(a,n,w)}.
17845 Bits shifted ``off the end,'' according to the current word size, are lost.
17846
17847 @kindex H b l
17848 @kindex H b r
17849 @c @mindex @idots
17850 @kindex H b L
17851 @c @mindex @null
17852 @kindex H b R
17853 @c @mindex @null
17854 @kindex H b t
17855 The @kbd{H b l} command also does a left shift, but it takes two arguments
17856 from the stack (the value to shift, and, at top-of-stack, the number of
17857 bits to shift). This version interprets the prefix argument just like
17858 the regular binary operations, i.e., as a word size. The Hyperbolic flag
17859 has a similar effect on the rest of the binary shift and rotate commands.
17860
17861 @kindex b r
17862 @pindex calc-rshift-binary
17863 @tindex rsh
17864 The @kbd{b r} (@code{calc-rshift-binary}) [@code{rsh}] command shifts a
17865 number right by one bit, or by the number of bits specified in the numeric
17866 prefix argument: @samp{rsh(a,n) = lsh(a,-n)}.
17867
17868 @kindex b L
17869 @pindex calc-lshift-arith
17870 @tindex ash
17871 The @kbd{b L} (@code{calc-lshift-arith}) [@code{ash}] command shifts a
17872 number left. It is analogous to @code{lsh}, except that if the shift
17873 is rightward (the prefix argument is negative), an arithmetic shift
17874 is performed as described below.
17875
17876 @kindex b R
17877 @pindex calc-rshift-arith
17878 @tindex rash
17879 The @kbd{b R} (@code{calc-rshift-arith}) [@code{rash}] command performs
17880 an ``arithmetic'' shift to the right, in which the leftmost bit (according
17881 to the current word size) is duplicated rather than shifting in zeros.
17882 This corresponds to dividing by a power of two where the input is interpreted
17883 as a signed, twos-complement number. (The distinction between the @samp{rsh}
17884 and @samp{rash} operations is totally independent from whether the word
17885 size is positive or negative.) With a negative prefix argument, this
17886 performs a standard left shift.
17887
17888 @kindex b t
17889 @pindex calc-rotate-binary
17890 @tindex rot
17891 The @kbd{b t} (@code{calc-rotate-binary}) [@code{rot}] command rotates a
17892 number one bit to the left. The leftmost bit (according to the current
17893 word size) is dropped off the left and shifted in on the right. With a
17894 numeric prefix argument, the number is rotated that many bits to the left
17895 or right.
17896
17897 @xref{Set Operations}, for the @kbd{b p} and @kbd{b u} commands that
17898 pack and unpack binary integers into sets. (For example, @kbd{b u}
17899 unpacks the number @samp{2#11001} to the set of bit-numbers
17900 @samp{[0, 3, 4]}.) Type @kbd{b u V #} to count the number of ``1''
17901 bits in a binary integer.
17902
17903 Another interesting use of the set representation of binary integers
17904 is to reverse the bits in, say, a 32-bit integer. Type @kbd{b u} to
17905 unpack; type @kbd{31 TAB -} to replace each bit-number in the set
17906 with 31 minus that bit-number; type @kbd{b p} to pack the set back
17907 into a binary integer.
17908
17909 @node Scientific Functions, Matrix Functions, Arithmetic, Top
17910 @chapter Scientific Functions
17911
17912 @noindent
17913 The functions described here perform trigonometric and other transcendental
17914 calculations. They generally produce floating-point answers correct to the
17915 full current precision. The @kbd{H} (Hyperbolic) and @kbd{I} (Inverse)
17916 flag keys must be used to get some of these functions from the keyboard.
17917
17918 @kindex P
17919 @pindex calc-pi
17920 @cindex @code{pi} variable
17921 @vindex pi
17922 @kindex H P
17923 @cindex @code{e} variable
17924 @vindex e
17925 @kindex I P
17926 @cindex @code{gamma} variable
17927 @vindex gamma
17928 @cindex Gamma constant, Euler's
17929 @cindex Euler's gamma constant
17930 @kindex H I P
17931 @cindex @code{phi} variable
17932 @cindex Phi, golden ratio
17933 @cindex Golden ratio
17934 One miscellanous command is shift-@kbd{P} (@code{calc-pi}), which pushes
17935 the value of @c{$\pi$}
17936 @cite{pi} (at the current precision) onto the stack. With the
17937 Hyperbolic flag, it pushes the value @cite{e}, the base of natural logarithms.
17938 With the Inverse flag, it pushes Euler's constant @c{$\gamma$}
17939 @cite{gamma} (about 0.5772). With both Inverse and Hyperbolic, it
17940 pushes the ``golden ratio'' @c{$\phi$}
17941 @cite{phi} (about 1.618). (At present, Euler's constant is not available
17942 to unlimited precision; Calc knows only the first 100 digits.)
17943 In Symbolic mode, these commands push the
17944 actual variables @samp{pi}, @samp{e}, @samp{gamma}, and @samp{phi},
17945 respectively, instead of their values; @pxref{Symbolic Mode}.@refill
17946
17947 @c @mindex Q
17948 @c @mindex I Q
17949 @kindex I Q
17950 @tindex sqr
17951 The @kbd{Q} (@code{calc-sqrt}) [@code{sqrt}] function is described elsewhere;
17952 @pxref{Basic Arithmetic}. With the Inverse flag [@code{sqr}], this command
17953 computes the square of the argument.
17954
17955 @xref{Prefix Arguments}, for a discussion of the effect of numeric
17956 prefix arguments on commands in this chapter which do not otherwise
17957 interpret a prefix argument.
17958
17959 @menu
17960 * Logarithmic Functions::
17961 * Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions::
17962 * Advanced Math Functions::
17963 * Branch Cuts::
17964 * Random Numbers::
17965 * Combinatorial Functions::
17966 * Probability Distribution Functions::
17967 @end menu
17968
17969 @node Logarithmic Functions, Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Scientific Functions, Scientific Functions
17970 @section Logarithmic Functions
17971
17972 @noindent
17973 @kindex L
17974 @pindex calc-ln
17975 @tindex ln
17976 @c @mindex @null
17977 @kindex I E
17978 The shift-@kbd{L} (@code{calc-ln}) [@code{ln}] command computes the natural
17979 logarithm of the real or complex number on the top of the stack. With
17980 the Inverse flag it computes the exponential function instead, although
17981 this is redundant with the @kbd{E} command.
17982
17983 @kindex E
17984 @pindex calc-exp
17985 @tindex exp
17986 @c @mindex @null
17987 @kindex I L
17988 The shift-@kbd{E} (@code{calc-exp}) [@code{exp}] command computes the
17989 exponential, i.e., @cite{e} raised to the power of the number on the stack.
17990 The meanings of the Inverse and Hyperbolic flags follow from those for
17991 the @code{calc-ln} command.
17992
17993 @kindex H L
17994 @kindex H E
17995 @pindex calc-log10
17996 @tindex log10
17997 @tindex exp10
17998 @c @mindex @null
17999 @kindex H I L
18000 @c @mindex @null
18001 @kindex H I E
18002 The @kbd{H L} (@code{calc-log10}) [@code{log10}] command computes the common
18003 (base-10) logarithm of a number. (With the Inverse flag [@code{exp10}],
18004 it raises ten to a given power.) Note that the common logarithm of a
18005 complex number is computed by taking the natural logarithm and dividing
18006 by @c{$\ln10$}
18007 @cite{ln(10)}.
18008
18009 @kindex B
18010 @kindex I B
18011 @pindex calc-log
18012 @tindex log
18013 @tindex alog
18014 The @kbd{B} (@code{calc-log}) [@code{log}] command computes a logarithm
18015 to any base. For example, @kbd{1024 @key{RET} 2 B} produces 10, since
18016 @c{$2^{10} = 1024$}
18017 @cite{2^10 = 1024}. In certain cases like @samp{log(3,9)}, the result
18018 will be either @cite{1:2} or @cite{0.5} depending on the current Fraction
18019 Mode setting. With the Inverse flag [@code{alog}], this command is
18020 similar to @kbd{^} except that the order of the arguments is reversed.
18021
18022 @kindex f I
18023 @pindex calc-ilog
18024 @tindex ilog
18025 The @kbd{f I} (@code{calc-ilog}) [@code{ilog}] command computes the
18026 integer logarithm of a number to any base. The number and the base must
18027 themselves be positive integers. This is the true logarithm, rounded
18028 down to an integer. Thus @kbd{ilog(x,10)} is 3 for all @cite{x} in the
18029 range from 1000 to 9999. If both arguments are positive integers, exact
18030 integer arithmetic is used; otherwise, this is equivalent to
18031 @samp{floor(log(x,b))}.
18032
18033 @kindex f E
18034 @pindex calc-expm1
18035 @tindex expm1
18036 The @kbd{f E} (@code{calc-expm1}) [@code{expm1}] command computes
18037 @c{$e^x - 1$}
18038 @cite{exp(x)-1}, but using an algorithm that produces a more accurate
18039 answer when the result is close to zero, i.e., when @c{$e^x$}
18040 @cite{exp(x)} is close
18041 to one.
18042
18043 @kindex f L
18044 @pindex calc-lnp1
18045 @tindex lnp1
18046 The @kbd{f L} (@code{calc-lnp1}) [@code{lnp1}] command computes
18047 @c{$\ln(x+1)$}
18048 @cite{ln(x+1)}, producing a more accurate answer when @cite{x} is close
18049 to zero.
18050
18051 @node Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Advanced Math Functions, Logarithmic Functions, Scientific Functions
18052 @section Trigonometric/Hyperbolic Functions
18053
18054 @noindent
18055 @kindex S
18056 @pindex calc-sin
18057 @tindex sin
18058 The shift-@kbd{S} (@code{calc-sin}) [@code{sin}] command computes the sine
18059 of an angle or complex number. If the input is an HMS form, it is interpreted
18060 as degrees-minutes-seconds; otherwise, the input is interpreted according
18061 to the current angular mode. It is best to use Radians mode when operating
18062 on complex numbers.@refill
18063
18064 Calc's ``units'' mechanism includes angular units like @code{deg},
18065 @code{rad}, and @code{grad}. While @samp{sin(45 deg)} is not evaluated
18066 all the time, the @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) command will
18067 simplify @samp{sin(45 deg)} by taking the sine of 45 degrees, regardless
18068 of the current angular mode. @xref{Basic Operations on Units}.
18069
18070 Also, the symbolic variable @code{pi} is not ordinarily recognized in
18071 arguments to trigonometric functions, as in @samp{sin(3 pi / 4)}, but
18072 the @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) command recognizes many such
18073 formulas when the current angular mode is radians @emph{and} symbolic
18074 mode is enabled; this example would be replaced by @samp{sqrt(2) / 2}.
18075 @xref{Symbolic Mode}. Beware, this simplification occurs even if you
18076 have stored a different value in the variable @samp{pi}; this is one
18077 reason why changing built-in variables is a bad idea. Arguments of
18078 the form @cite{x} plus a multiple of @c{$\pi/2$}
18079 @cite{pi/2} are also simplified.
18080 Calc includes similar formulas for @code{cos} and @code{tan}.@refill
18081
18082 The @kbd{a s} command knows all angles which are integer multiples of
18083 @c{$\pi/12$}
18084 @cite{pi/12}, @c{$\pi/10$}
18085 @cite{pi/10}, or @c{$\pi/8$}
18086 @cite{pi/8} radians. In degrees mode,
18087 analogous simplifications occur for integer multiples of 15 or 18
18088 degrees, and for arguments plus multiples of 90 degrees.
18089
18090 @kindex I S
18091 @pindex calc-arcsin
18092 @tindex arcsin
18093 With the Inverse flag, @code{calc-sin} computes an arcsine. This is also
18094 available as the @code{calc-arcsin} command or @code{arcsin} algebraic
18095 function. The returned argument is converted to degrees, radians, or HMS
18096 notation depending on the current angular mode.
18097
18098 @kindex H S
18099 @pindex calc-sinh
18100 @tindex sinh
18101 @kindex H I S
18102 @pindex calc-arcsinh
18103 @tindex arcsinh
18104 With the Hyperbolic flag, @code{calc-sin} computes the hyperbolic
18105 sine, also available as @code{calc-sinh} [@code{sinh}]. With the
18106 Hyperbolic and Inverse flags, it computes the hyperbolic arcsine
18107 (@code{calc-arcsinh}) [@code{arcsinh}].
18108
18109 @kindex C
18110 @pindex calc-cos
18111 @tindex cos
18112 @c @mindex @idots
18113 @kindex I C
18114 @pindex calc-arccos
18115 @c @mindex @null
18116 @tindex arccos
18117 @c @mindex @null
18118 @kindex H C
18119 @pindex calc-cosh
18120 @c @mindex @null
18121 @tindex cosh
18122 @c @mindex @null
18123 @kindex H I C
18124 @pindex calc-arccosh
18125 @c @mindex @null
18126 @tindex arccosh
18127 @c @mindex @null
18128 @kindex T
18129 @pindex calc-tan
18130 @c @mindex @null
18131 @tindex tan
18132 @c @mindex @null
18133 @kindex I T
18134 @pindex calc-arctan
18135 @c @mindex @null
18136 @tindex arctan
18137 @c @mindex @null
18138 @kindex H T
18139 @pindex calc-tanh
18140 @c @mindex @null
18141 @tindex tanh
18142 @c @mindex @null
18143 @kindex H I T
18144 @pindex calc-arctanh
18145 @c @mindex @null
18146 @tindex arctanh
18147 The shift-@kbd{C} (@code{calc-cos}) [@code{cos}] command computes the cosine
18148 of an angle or complex number, and shift-@kbd{T} (@code{calc-tan}) [@code{tan}]
18149 computes the tangent, along with all the various inverse and hyperbolic
18150 variants of these functions.
18151
18152 @kindex f T
18153 @pindex calc-arctan2
18154 @tindex arctan2
18155 The @kbd{f T} (@code{calc-arctan2}) [@code{arctan2}] command takes two
18156 numbers from the stack and computes the arc tangent of their ratio. The
18157 result is in the full range from @i{-180} (exclusive) to @i{+180}
18158 (inclusive) degrees, or the analogous range in radians. A similar
18159 result would be obtained with @kbd{/} followed by @kbd{I T}, but the
18160 value would only be in the range from @i{-90} to @i{+90} degrees
18161 since the division loses information about the signs of the two
18162 components, and an error might result from an explicit division by zero
18163 which @code{arctan2} would avoid. By (arbitrary) definition,
18164 @samp{arctan2(0,0)=0}.
18165
18166 @pindex calc-sincos
18167 @c @starindex
18168 @tindex sincos
18169 @c @starindex
18170 @c @mindex arc@idots
18171 @tindex arcsincos
18172 The @code{calc-sincos} [@code{sincos}] command computes the sine and
18173 cosine of a number, returning them as a vector of the form
18174 @samp{[@var{cos}, @var{sin}]}.
18175 With the Inverse flag [@code{arcsincos}], this command takes a two-element
18176 vector as an argument and computes @code{arctan2} of the elements.
18177 (This command does not accept the Hyperbolic flag.)@refill
18178
18179 @node Advanced Math Functions, Branch Cuts, Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions, Scientific Functions
18180 @section Advanced Mathematical Functions
18181
18182 @noindent
18183 Calc can compute a variety of less common functions that arise in
18184 various branches of mathematics. All of the functions described in
18185 this section allow arbitrary complex arguments and, except as noted,
18186 will work to arbitrarily large precisions. They can not at present
18187 handle error forms or intervals as arguments.
18188
18189 NOTE: These functions are still experimental. In particular, their
18190 accuracy is not guaranteed in all domains. It is advisable to set the
18191 current precision comfortably higher than you actually need when
18192 using these functions. Also, these functions may be impractically
18193 slow for some values of the arguments.
18194
18195 @kindex f g
18196 @pindex calc-gamma
18197 @tindex gamma
18198 The @kbd{f g} (@code{calc-gamma}) [@code{gamma}] command computes the Euler
18199 gamma function. For positive integer arguments, this is related to the
18200 factorial function: @samp{gamma(n+1) = fact(n)}. For general complex
18201 arguments the gamma function can be defined by the following definite
18202 integral: @c{$\Gamma(a) = \int_0^\infty t^{a-1} e^t dt$}
18203 @cite{gamma(a) = integ(t^(a-1) exp(t), t, 0, inf)}.
18204 (The actual implementation uses far more efficient computational methods.)
18205
18206 @kindex f G
18207 @tindex gammaP
18208 @c @mindex @idots
18209 @kindex I f G
18210 @c @mindex @null
18211 @kindex H f G
18212 @c @mindex @null
18213 @kindex H I f G
18214 @pindex calc-inc-gamma
18215 @c @mindex @null
18216 @tindex gammaQ
18217 @c @mindex @null
18218 @tindex gammag
18219 @c @mindex @null
18220 @tindex gammaG
18221 The @kbd{f G} (@code{calc-inc-gamma}) [@code{gammaP}] command computes
18222 the incomplete gamma function, denoted @samp{P(a,x)}. This is defined by
18223 the integral, @c{$P(a,x) = \left( \int_0^x t^{a-1} e^t dt \right) / \Gamma(a)$}
18224 @cite{gammaP(a,x) = integ(t^(a-1) exp(t), t, 0, x) / gamma(a)}.
18225 This implies that @samp{gammaP(a,inf) = 1} for any @cite{a} (see the
18226 definition of the normal gamma function).
18227
18228 Several other varieties of incomplete gamma function are defined.
18229 The complement of @cite{P(a,x)}, called @cite{Q(a,x) = 1-P(a,x)} by
18230 some authors, is computed by the @kbd{I f G} [@code{gammaQ}] command.
18231 You can think of this as taking the other half of the integral, from
18232 @cite{x} to infinity.
18233
18234 @ifinfo
18235 The functions corresponding to the integrals that define @cite{P(a,x)}
18236 and @cite{Q(a,x)} but without the normalizing @cite{1/gamma(a)}
18237 factor are called @cite{g(a,x)} and @cite{G(a,x)}, respectively
18238 (where @cite{g} and @cite{G} represent the lower- and upper-case Greek
18239 letter gamma). You can obtain these using the @kbd{H f G} [@code{gammag}]
18240 and @kbd{H I f G} [@code{gammaG}] commands.
18241 @end ifinfo
18242 @tex
18243 \turnoffactive
18244 The functions corresponding to the integrals that define $P(a,x)$
18245 and $Q(a,x)$ but without the normalizing $1/\Gamma(a)$
18246 factor are called $\gamma(a,x)$ and $\Gamma(a,x)$, respectively.
18247 You can obtain these using the \kbd{H f G} [\code{gammag}] and
18248 \kbd{I H f G} [\code{gammaG}] commands.
18249 @end tex
18250
18251 @kindex f b
18252 @pindex calc-beta
18253 @tindex beta
18254 The @kbd{f b} (@code{calc-beta}) [@code{beta}] command computes the
18255 Euler beta function, which is defined in terms of the gamma function as
18256 @c{$B(a,b) = \Gamma(a) \Gamma(b) / \Gamma(a+b)$}
18257 @cite{beta(a,b) = gamma(a) gamma(b) / gamma(a+b)}, or by
18258 @c{$B(a,b) = \int_0^1 t^{a-1} (1-t)^{b-1} dt$}
18259 @cite{beta(a,b) = integ(t^(a-1) (1-t)^(b-1), t, 0, 1)}.
18260
18261 @kindex f B
18262 @kindex H f B
18263 @pindex calc-inc-beta
18264 @tindex betaI
18265 @tindex betaB
18266 The @kbd{f B} (@code{calc-inc-beta}) [@code{betaI}] command computes
18267 the incomplete beta function @cite{I(x,a,b)}. It is defined by
18268 @c{$I(x,a,b) = \left( \int_0^x t^{a-1} (1-t)^{b-1} dt \right) / B(a,b)$}
18269 @cite{betaI(x,a,b) = integ(t^(a-1) (1-t)^(b-1), t, 0, x) / beta(a,b)}.
18270 Once again, the @kbd{H} (hyperbolic) prefix gives the corresponding
18271 un-normalized version [@code{betaB}].
18272
18273 @kindex f e
18274 @kindex I f e
18275 @pindex calc-erf
18276 @tindex erf
18277 @tindex erfc
18278 The @kbd{f e} (@code{calc-erf}) [@code{erf}] command computes the
18279 error function @c{$\hbox{erf}(x) = {2 \over \sqrt{\pi}} \int_0^x e^{-t^2} dt$}
18280 @cite{erf(x) = 2 integ(exp(-(t^2)), t, 0, x) / sqrt(pi)}.
18281 The complementary error function @kbd{I f e} (@code{calc-erfc}) [@code{erfc}]
18282 is the corresponding integral from @samp{x} to infinity; the sum
18283 @c{$\hbox{erf}(x) + \hbox{erfc}(x) = 1$}
18284 @cite{erf(x) + erfc(x) = 1}.
18285
18286 @kindex f j
18287 @kindex f y
18288 @pindex calc-bessel-J
18289 @pindex calc-bessel-Y
18290 @tindex besJ
18291 @tindex besY
18292 The @kbd{f j} (@code{calc-bessel-J}) [@code{besJ}] and @kbd{f y}
18293 (@code{calc-bessel-Y}) [@code{besY}] commands compute the Bessel
18294 functions of the first and second kinds, respectively.
18295 In @samp{besJ(n,x)} and @samp{besY(n,x)} the ``order'' parameter
18296 @cite{n} is often an integer, but is not required to be one.
18297 Calc's implementation of the Bessel functions currently limits the
18298 precision to 8 digits, and may not be exact even to that precision.
18299 Use with care!@refill
18300
18301 @node Branch Cuts, Random Numbers, Advanced Math Functions, Scientific Functions
18302 @section Branch Cuts and Principal Values
18303
18304 @noindent
18305 @cindex Branch cuts
18306 @cindex Principal values
18307 All of the logarithmic, trigonometric, and other scientific functions are
18308 defined for complex numbers as well as for reals.
18309 This section describes the values
18310 returned in cases where the general result is a family of possible values.
18311 Calc follows section 12.5.3 of Steele's @dfn{Common Lisp, the Language},
18312 second edition, in these matters. This section will describe each
18313 function briefly; for a more detailed discussion (including some nifty
18314 diagrams), consult Steele's book.
18315
18316 Note that the branch cuts for @code{arctan} and @code{arctanh} were
18317 changed between the first and second editions of Steele. Versions of
18318 Calc starting with 2.00 follow the second edition.
18319
18320 The new branch cuts exactly match those of the HP-28/48 calculators.
18321 They also match those of Mathematica 1.2, except that Mathematica's
18322 @code{arctan} cut is always in the right half of the complex plane,
18323 and its @code{arctanh} cut is always in the top half of the plane.
18324 Calc's cuts are continuous with quadrants I and III for @code{arctan},
18325 or II and IV for @code{arctanh}.
18326
18327 Note: The current implementations of these functions with complex arguments
18328 are designed with proper behavior around the branch cuts in mind, @emph{not}
18329 efficiency or accuracy. You may need to increase the floating precision
18330 and wait a while to get suitable answers from them.
18331
18332 For @samp{sqrt(a+bi)}: When @cite{a<0} and @cite{b} is small but positive
18333 or zero, the result is close to the @cite{+i} axis. For @cite{b} small and
18334 negative, the result is close to the @cite{-i} axis. The result always lies
18335 in the right half of the complex plane.
18336
18337 For @samp{ln(a+bi)}: The real part is defined as @samp{ln(abs(a+bi))}.
18338 The imaginary part is defined as @samp{arg(a+bi) = arctan2(b,a)}.
18339 Thus the branch cuts for @code{sqrt} and @code{ln} both lie on the
18340 negative real axis.
18341
18342 The following table describes these branch cuts in another way.
18343 If the real and imaginary parts of @cite{z} are as shown, then
18344 the real and imaginary parts of @cite{f(z)} will be as shown.
18345 Here @code{eps} stands for a small positive value; each
18346 occurrence of @code{eps} may stand for a different small value.
18347
18348 @smallexample
18349 z sqrt(z) ln(z)
18350 ----------------------------------------
18351 +, 0 +, 0 any, 0
18352 -, 0 0, + any, pi
18353 -, +eps +eps, + +eps, +
18354 -, -eps +eps, - +eps, -
18355 @end smallexample
18356
18357 For @samp{z1^z2}: This is defined by @samp{exp(ln(z1)*z2)}.
18358 One interesting consequence of this is that @samp{(-8)^1:3} does
18359 not evaluate to @i{-2} as you might expect, but to the complex
18360 number @cite{(1., 1.732)}. Both of these are valid cube roots
18361 of @i{-8} (as is @cite{(1., -1.732)}); Calc chooses a perhaps
18362 less-obvious root for the sake of mathematical consistency.
18363
18364 For @samp{arcsin(z)}: This is defined by @samp{-i*ln(i*z + sqrt(1-z^2))}.
18365 The branch cuts are on the real axis, less than @i{-1} and greater than 1.
18366
18367 For @samp{arccos(z)}: This is defined by @samp{-i*ln(z + i*sqrt(1-z^2))},
18368 or equivalently by @samp{pi/2 - arcsin(z)}. The branch cuts are on
18369 the real axis, less than @i{-1} and greater than 1.
18370
18371 For @samp{arctan(z)}: This is defined by
18372 @samp{(ln(1+i*z) - ln(1-i*z)) / (2*i)}. The branch cuts are on the
18373 imaginary axis, below @cite{-i} and above @cite{i}.
18374
18375 For @samp{arcsinh(z)}: This is defined by @samp{ln(z + sqrt(1+z^2))}.
18376 The branch cuts are on the imaginary axis, below @cite{-i} and
18377 above @cite{i}.
18378
18379 For @samp{arccosh(z)}: This is defined by
18380 @samp{ln(z + (z+1)*sqrt((z-1)/(z+1)))}. The branch cut is on the
18381 real axis less than 1.
18382
18383 For @samp{arctanh(z)}: This is defined by @samp{(ln(1+z) - ln(1-z)) / 2}.
18384 The branch cuts are on the real axis, less than @i{-1} and greater than 1.
18385
18386 The following tables for @code{arcsin}, @code{arccos}, and
18387 @code{arctan} assume the current angular mode is radians. The
18388 hyperbolic functions operate independently of the angular mode.
18389
18390 @smallexample
18391 z arcsin(z) arccos(z)
18392 -------------------------------------------------------
18393 (-1..1), 0 (-pi/2..pi/2), 0 (0..pi), 0
18394 (-1..1), +eps (-pi/2..pi/2), +eps (0..pi), -eps
18395 (-1..1), -eps (-pi/2..pi/2), -eps (0..pi), +eps
18396 <-1, 0 -pi/2, + pi, -
18397 <-1, +eps -pi/2 + eps, + pi - eps, -
18398 <-1, -eps -pi/2 + eps, - pi - eps, +
18399 >1, 0 pi/2, - 0, +
18400 >1, +eps pi/2 - eps, + +eps, -
18401 >1, -eps pi/2 - eps, - +eps, +
18402 @end smallexample
18403
18404 @smallexample
18405 z arccosh(z) arctanh(z)
18406 -----------------------------------------------------
18407 (-1..1), 0 0, (0..pi) any, 0
18408 (-1..1), +eps +eps, (0..pi) any, +eps
18409 (-1..1), -eps +eps, (-pi..0) any, -eps
18410 <-1, 0 +, pi -, pi/2
18411 <-1, +eps +, pi - eps -, pi/2 - eps
18412 <-1, -eps +, -pi + eps -, -pi/2 + eps
18413 >1, 0 +, 0 +, -pi/2
18414 >1, +eps +, +eps +, pi/2 - eps
18415 >1, -eps +, -eps +, -pi/2 + eps
18416 @end smallexample
18417
18418 @smallexample
18419 z arcsinh(z) arctan(z)
18420 -----------------------------------------------------
18421 0, (-1..1) 0, (-pi/2..pi/2) 0, any
18422 0, <-1 -, -pi/2 -pi/2, -
18423 +eps, <-1 +, -pi/2 + eps pi/2 - eps, -
18424 -eps, <-1 -, -pi/2 + eps -pi/2 + eps, -
18425 0, >1 +, pi/2 pi/2, +
18426 +eps, >1 +, pi/2 - eps pi/2 - eps, +
18427 -eps, >1 -, pi/2 - eps -pi/2 + eps, +
18428 @end smallexample
18429
18430 Finally, the following identities help to illustrate the relationship
18431 between the complex trigonometric and hyperbolic functions. They
18432 are valid everywhere, including on the branch cuts.
18433
18434 @smallexample
18435 sin(i*z) = i*sinh(z) arcsin(i*z) = i*arcsinh(z)
18436 cos(i*z) = cosh(z) arcsinh(i*z) = i*arcsin(z)
18437 tan(i*z) = i*tanh(z) arctan(i*z) = i*arctanh(z)
18438 sinh(i*z) = i*sin(z) cosh(i*z) = cos(z)
18439 @end smallexample
18440
18441 The ``advanced math'' functions (gamma, Bessel, etc.@:) are also defined
18442 for general complex arguments, but their branch cuts and principal values
18443 are not rigorously specified at present.
18444
18445 @node Random Numbers, Combinatorial Functions, Branch Cuts, Scientific Functions
18446 @section Random Numbers
18447
18448 @noindent
18449 @kindex k r
18450 @pindex calc-random
18451 @tindex random
18452 The @kbd{k r} (@code{calc-random}) [@code{random}] command produces
18453 random numbers of various sorts.
18454
18455 Given a positive numeric prefix argument @cite{M}, it produces a random
18456 integer @cite{N} in the range @c{$0 \le N < M$}
18457 @cite{0 <= N < M}. Each of the @cite{M}
18458 values appears with equal probability.@refill
18459
18460 With no numeric prefix argument, the @kbd{k r} command takes its argument
18461 from the stack instead. Once again, if this is a positive integer @cite{M}
18462 the result is a random integer less than @cite{M}. However, note that
18463 while numeric prefix arguments are limited to six digits or so, an @cite{M}
18464 taken from the stack can be arbitrarily large. If @cite{M} is negative,
18465 the result is a random integer in the range @c{$M < N \le 0$}
18466 @cite{M < N <= 0}.
18467
18468 If the value on the stack is a floating-point number @cite{M}, the result
18469 is a random floating-point number @cite{N} in the range @c{$0 \le N < M$}
18470 @cite{0 <= N < M}
18471 or @c{$M < N \le 0$}
18472 @cite{M < N <= 0}, according to the sign of @cite{M}.
18473
18474 If @cite{M} is zero, the result is a Gaussian-distributed random real
18475 number; the distribution has a mean of zero and a standard deviation
18476 of one. The algorithm used generates random numbers in pairs; thus,
18477 every other call to this function will be especially fast.
18478
18479 If @cite{M} is an error form @c{$m$ @code{+/-} $\sigma$}
18480 @samp{m +/- s} where @i{m}
18481 and @c{$\sigma$}
18482 @i{s} are both real numbers, the result uses a Gaussian
18483 distribution with mean @i{m} and standard deviation @c{$\sigma$}
18484 @i{s}.
18485
18486 If @cite{M} is an interval form, the lower and upper bounds specify the
18487 acceptable limits of the random numbers. If both bounds are integers,
18488 the result is a random integer in the specified range. If either bound
18489 is floating-point, the result is a random real number in the specified
18490 range. If the interval is open at either end, the result will be sure
18491 not to equal that end value. (This makes a big difference for integer
18492 intervals, but for floating-point intervals it's relatively minor:
18493 with a precision of 6, @samp{random([1.0..2.0))} will return any of one
18494 million numbers from 1.00000 to 1.99999; @samp{random([1.0..2.0])} may
18495 additionally return 2.00000, but the probability of this happening is
18496 extremely small.)
18497
18498 If @cite{M} is a vector, the result is one element taken at random from
18499 the vector. All elements of the vector are given equal probabilities.
18500
18501 @vindex RandSeed
18502 The sequence of numbers produced by @kbd{k r} is completely random by
18503 default, i.e., the sequence is seeded each time you start Calc using
18504 the current time and other information. You can get a reproducible
18505 sequence by storing a particular ``seed value'' in the Calc variable
18506 @code{RandSeed}. Any integer will do for a seed; integers of from 1
18507 to 12 digits are good. If you later store a different integer into
18508 @code{RandSeed}, Calc will switch to a different pseudo-random
18509 sequence. If you ``unstore'' @code{RandSeed}, Calc will re-seed itself
18510 from the current time. If you store the same integer that you used
18511 before back into @code{RandSeed}, you will get the exact same sequence
18512 of random numbers as before.
18513
18514 @pindex calc-rrandom
18515 The @code{calc-rrandom} command (not on any key) produces a random real
18516 number between zero and one. It is equivalent to @samp{random(1.0)}.
18517
18518 @kindex k a
18519 @pindex calc-random-again
18520 The @kbd{k a} (@code{calc-random-again}) command produces another random
18521 number, re-using the most recent value of @cite{M}. With a numeric
18522 prefix argument @var{n}, it produces @var{n} more random numbers using
18523 that value of @cite{M}.
18524
18525 @kindex k h
18526 @pindex calc-shuffle
18527 @tindex shuffle
18528 The @kbd{k h} (@code{calc-shuffle}) command produces a vector of several
18529 random values with no duplicates. The value on the top of the stack
18530 specifies the set from which the random values are drawn, and may be any
18531 of the @cite{M} formats described above. The numeric prefix argument
18532 gives the length of the desired list. (If you do not provide a numeric
18533 prefix argument, the length of the list is taken from the top of the
18534 stack, and @cite{M} from second-to-top.)
18535
18536 If @cite{M} is a floating-point number, zero, or an error form (so
18537 that the random values are being drawn from the set of real numbers)
18538 there is little practical difference between using @kbd{k h} and using
18539 @kbd{k r} several times. But if the set of possible values consists
18540 of just a few integers, or the elements of a vector, then there is
18541 a very real chance that multiple @kbd{k r}'s will produce the same
18542 number more than once. The @kbd{k h} command produces a vector whose
18543 elements are always distinct. (Actually, there is a slight exception:
18544 If @cite{M} is a vector, no given vector element will be drawn more
18545 than once, but if several elements of @cite{M} are equal, they may
18546 each make it into the result vector.)
18547
18548 One use of @kbd{k h} is to rearrange a list at random. This happens
18549 if the prefix argument is equal to the number of values in the list:
18550 @kbd{[1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3] 5 k h} might produce the permuted list
18551 @samp{[2.5, 1, 1.5, 3, 2]}. As a convenient feature, if the argument
18552 @var{n} is negative it is replaced by the size of the set represented
18553 by @cite{M}. Naturally, this is allowed only when @cite{M} specifies
18554 a small discrete set of possibilities.
18555
18556 To do the equivalent of @kbd{k h} but with duplications allowed,
18557 given @cite{M} on the stack and with @var{n} just entered as a numeric
18558 prefix, use @kbd{v b} to build a vector of copies of @cite{M}, then use
18559 @kbd{V M k r} to ``map'' the normal @kbd{k r} function over the
18560 elements of this vector. @xref{Matrix Functions}.
18561
18562 @menu
18563 * Random Number Generator:: (Complete description of Calc's algorithm)
18564 @end menu
18565
18566 @node Random Number Generator, , Random Numbers, Random Numbers
18567 @subsection Random Number Generator
18568
18569 Calc's random number generator uses several methods to ensure that
18570 the numbers it produces are highly random. Knuth's @emph{Art of
18571 Computer Programming}, Volume II, contains a thorough description
18572 of the theory of random number generators and their measurement and
18573 characterization.
18574
18575 If @code{RandSeed} has no stored value, Calc calls Emacs' built-in
18576 @code{random} function to get a stream of random numbers, which it
18577 then treats in various ways to avoid problems inherent in the simple
18578 random number generators that many systems use to implement @code{random}.
18579
18580 When Calc's random number generator is first invoked, it ``seeds''
18581 the low-level random sequence using the time of day, so that the
18582 random number sequence will be different every time you use Calc.
18583
18584 Since Emacs Lisp doesn't specify the range of values that will be
18585 returned by its @code{random} function, Calc exercises the function
18586 several times to estimate the range. When Calc subsequently uses
18587 the @code{random} function, it takes only 10 bits of the result
18588 near the most-significant end. (It avoids at least the bottom
18589 four bits, preferably more, and also tries to avoid the top two
18590 bits.) This strategy works well with the linear congruential
18591 generators that are typically used to implement @code{random}.
18592
18593 If @code{RandSeed} contains an integer, Calc uses this integer to
18594 seed an ``additive congruential'' method (Knuth's algorithm 3.2.2A,
18595 computing @c{$X_{n-55} - X_{n-24}$}
18596 @cite{X_n-55 - X_n-24}). This method expands the seed
18597 value into a large table which is maintained internally; the variable
18598 @code{RandSeed} is changed from, e.g., 42 to the vector @cite{[42]}
18599 to indicate that the seed has been absorbed into this table. When
18600 @code{RandSeed} contains a vector, @kbd{k r} and related commands
18601 continue to use the same internal table as last time. There is no
18602 way to extract the complete state of the random number generator
18603 so that you can restart it from any point; you can only restart it
18604 from the same initial seed value. A simple way to restart from the
18605 same seed is to type @kbd{s r RandSeed} to get the seed vector,
18606 @kbd{v u} to unpack it back into a number, then @kbd{s t RandSeed}
18607 to reseed the generator with that number.
18608
18609 Calc uses a ``shuffling'' method as described in algorithm 3.2.2B
18610 of Knuth. It fills a table with 13 random 10-bit numbers. Then,
18611 to generate a new random number, it uses the previous number to
18612 index into the table, picks the value it finds there as the new
18613 random number, then replaces that table entry with a new value
18614 obtained from a call to the base random number generator (either
18615 the additive congruential generator or the @code{random} function
18616 supplied by the system). If there are any flaws in the base
18617 generator, shuffling will tend to even them out. But if the system
18618 provides an excellent @code{random} function, shuffling will not
18619 damage its randomness.
18620
18621 To create a random integer of a certain number of digits, Calc
18622 builds the integer three decimal digits at a time. For each group
18623 of three digits, Calc calls its 10-bit shuffling random number generator
18624 (which returns a value from 0 to 1023); if the random value is 1000
18625 or more, Calc throws it out and tries again until it gets a suitable
18626 value.
18627
18628 To create a random floating-point number with precision @var{p}, Calc
18629 simply creates a random @var{p}-digit integer and multiplies by
18630 @c{$10^{-p}$}
18631 @cite{10^-p}. The resulting random numbers should be very clean, but note
18632 that relatively small numbers will have few significant random digits.
18633 In other words, with a precision of 12, you will occasionally get
18634 numbers on the order of @c{$10^{-9}$}
18635 @cite{10^-9} or @c{$10^{-10}$}
18636 @cite{10^-10}, but those numbers
18637 will only have two or three random digits since they correspond to small
18638 integers times @c{$10^{-12}$}
18639 @cite{10^-12}.
18640
18641 To create a random integer in the interval @samp{[0 .. @var{m})}, Calc
18642 counts the digits in @var{m}, creates a random integer with three
18643 additional digits, then reduces modulo @var{m}. Unless @var{m} is a
18644 power of ten the resulting values will be very slightly biased toward
18645 the lower numbers, but this bias will be less than 0.1%. (For example,
18646 if @var{m} is 42, Calc will reduce a random integer less than 100000
18647 modulo 42 to get a result less than 42. It is easy to show that the
18648 numbers 40 and 41 will be only 2380/2381 as likely to result from this
18649 modulo operation as numbers 39 and below.) If @var{m} is a power of
18650 ten, however, the numbers should be completely unbiased.
18651
18652 The Gaussian random numbers generated by @samp{random(0.0)} use the
18653 ``polar'' method described in Knuth section 3.4.1C. This method
18654 generates a pair of Gaussian random numbers at a time, so only every
18655 other call to @samp{random(0.0)} will require significant calculations.
18656
18657 @node Combinatorial Functions, Probability Distribution Functions, Random Numbers, Scientific Functions
18658 @section Combinatorial Functions
18659
18660 @noindent
18661 Commands relating to combinatorics and number theory begin with the
18662 @kbd{k} key prefix.
18663
18664 @kindex k g
18665 @pindex calc-gcd
18666 @tindex gcd
18667 The @kbd{k g} (@code{calc-gcd}) [@code{gcd}] command computes the
18668 Greatest Common Divisor of two integers. It also accepts fractions;
18669 the GCD of two fractions is defined by taking the GCD of the
18670 numerators, and the LCM of the denominators. This definition is
18671 consistent with the idea that @samp{a / gcd(a,x)} should yield an
18672 integer for any @samp{a} and @samp{x}. For other types of arguments,
18673 the operation is left in symbolic form.@refill
18674
18675 @kindex k l
18676 @pindex calc-lcm
18677 @tindex lcm
18678 The @kbd{k l} (@code{calc-lcm}) [@code{lcm}] command computes the
18679 Least Common Multiple of two integers or fractions. The product of
18680 the LCM and GCD of two numbers is equal to the product of the
18681 numbers.@refill
18682
18683 @kindex k E
18684 @pindex calc-extended-gcd
18685 @tindex egcd
18686 The @kbd{k E} (@code{calc-extended-gcd}) [@code{egcd}] command computes
18687 the GCD of two integers @cite{x} and @cite{y} and returns a vector
18688 @cite{[g, a, b]} where @c{$g = \gcd(x,y) = a x + b y$}
18689 @cite{g = gcd(x,y) = a x + b y}.
18690
18691 @kindex !
18692 @pindex calc-factorial
18693 @tindex fact
18694 @c @mindex @null
18695 @tindex !
18696 The @kbd{!} (@code{calc-factorial}) [@code{fact}] command computes the
18697 factorial of the number at the top of the stack. If the number is an
18698 integer, the result is an exact integer. If the number is an
18699 integer-valued float, the result is a floating-point approximation. If
18700 the number is a non-integral real number, the generalized factorial is used,
18701 as defined by the Euler Gamma function. Please note that computation of
18702 large factorials can be slow; using floating-point format will help
18703 since fewer digits must be maintained. The same is true of many of
18704 the commands in this section.@refill
18705
18706 @kindex k d
18707 @pindex calc-double-factorial
18708 @tindex dfact
18709 @c @mindex @null
18710 @tindex !!
18711 The @kbd{k d} (@code{calc-double-factorial}) [@code{dfact}] command
18712 computes the ``double factorial'' of an integer. For an even integer,
18713 this is the product of even integers from 2 to @cite{N}. For an odd
18714 integer, this is the product of odd integers from 3 to @cite{N}. If
18715 the argument is an integer-valued float, the result is a floating-point
18716 approximation. This function is undefined for negative even integers.
18717 The notation @cite{N!!} is also recognized for double factorials.@refill
18718
18719 @kindex k c
18720 @pindex calc-choose
18721 @tindex choose
18722 The @kbd{k c} (@code{calc-choose}) [@code{choose}] command computes the
18723 binomial coefficient @cite{N}-choose-@cite{M}, where @cite{M} is the number
18724 on the top of the stack and @cite{N} is second-to-top. If both arguments
18725 are integers, the result is an exact integer. Otherwise, the result is a
18726 floating-point approximation. The binomial coefficient is defined for all
18727 real numbers by @c{$N! \over M! (N-M)!\,$}
18728 @cite{N! / M! (N-M)!}.
18729
18730 @kindex H k c
18731 @pindex calc-perm
18732 @tindex perm
18733 @ifinfo
18734 The @kbd{H k c} (@code{calc-perm}) [@code{perm}] command computes the
18735 number-of-permutations function @cite{N! / (N-M)!}.
18736 @end ifinfo
18737 @tex
18738 The \kbd{H k c} (\code{calc-perm}) [\code{perm}] command computes the
18739 number-of-perm\-utations function $N! \over (N-M)!\,$.
18740 @end tex
18741
18742 @kindex k b
18743 @kindex H k b
18744 @pindex calc-bernoulli-number
18745 @tindex bern
18746 The @kbd{k b} (@code{calc-bernoulli-number}) [@code{bern}] command
18747 computes a given Bernoulli number. The value at the top of the stack
18748 is a nonnegative integer @cite{n} that specifies which Bernoulli number
18749 is desired. The @kbd{H k b} command computes a Bernoulli polynomial,
18750 taking @cite{n} from the second-to-top position and @cite{x} from the
18751 top of the stack. If @cite{x} is a variable or formula the result is
18752 a polynomial in @cite{x}; if @cite{x} is a number the result is a number.
18753
18754 @kindex k e
18755 @kindex H k e
18756 @pindex calc-euler-number
18757 @tindex euler
18758 The @kbd{k e} (@code{calc-euler-number}) [@code{euler}] command similarly
18759 computes an Euler number, and @w{@kbd{H k e}} computes an Euler polynomial.
18760 Bernoulli and Euler numbers occur in the Taylor expansions of several
18761 functions.
18762
18763 @kindex k s
18764 @kindex H k s
18765 @pindex calc-stirling-number
18766 @tindex stir1
18767 @tindex stir2
18768 The @kbd{k s} (@code{calc-stirling-number}) [@code{stir1}] command
18769 computes a Stirling number of the first kind@c{ $n \brack m$}
18770 @asis{}, given two integers
18771 @cite{n} and @cite{m} on the stack. The @kbd{H k s} [@code{stir2}]
18772 command computes a Stirling number of the second kind@c{ $n \brace m$}
18773 @asis{}. These are
18774 the number of @cite{m}-cycle permutations of @cite{n} objects, and
18775 the number of ways to partition @cite{n} objects into @cite{m}
18776 non-empty sets, respectively.
18777
18778 @kindex k p
18779 @pindex calc-prime-test
18780 @cindex Primes
18781 The @kbd{k p} (@code{calc-prime-test}) command checks if the integer on
18782 the top of the stack is prime. For integers less than eight million, the
18783 answer is always exact and reasonably fast. For larger integers, a
18784 probabilistic method is used (see Knuth vol. II, section 4.5.4, algorithm P).
18785 The number is first checked against small prime factors (up to 13). Then,
18786 any number of iterations of the algorithm are performed. Each step either
18787 discovers that the number is non-prime, or substantially increases the
18788 certainty that the number is prime. After a few steps, the chance that
18789 a number was mistakenly described as prime will be less than one percent.
18790 (Indeed, this is a worst-case estimate of the probability; in practice
18791 even a single iteration is quite reliable.) After the @kbd{k p} command,
18792 the number will be reported as definitely prime or non-prime if possible,
18793 or otherwise ``probably'' prime with a certain probability of error.
18794
18795 @c @starindex
18796 @tindex prime
18797 The normal @kbd{k p} command performs one iteration of the primality
18798 test. Pressing @kbd{k p} repeatedly for the same integer will perform
18799 additional iterations. Also, @kbd{k p} with a numeric prefix performs
18800 the specified number of iterations. There is also an algebraic function
18801 @samp{prime(n)} or @samp{prime(n,iters)} which returns 1 if @cite{n}
18802 is (probably) prime and 0 if not.
18803
18804 @kindex k f
18805 @pindex calc-prime-factors
18806 @tindex prfac
18807 The @kbd{k f} (@code{calc-prime-factors}) [@code{prfac}] command
18808 attempts to decompose an integer into its prime factors. For numbers up
18809 to 25 million, the answer is exact although it may take some time. The
18810 result is a vector of the prime factors in increasing order. For larger
18811 inputs, prime factors above 5000 may not be found, in which case the
18812 last number in the vector will be an unfactored integer greater than 25
18813 million (with a warning message). For negative integers, the first
18814 element of the list will be @i{-1}. For inputs @i{-1}, @i{0}, and
18815 @i{1}, the result is a list of the same number.
18816
18817 @kindex k n
18818 @pindex calc-next-prime
18819 @c @mindex nextpr@idots
18820 @tindex nextprime
18821 The @kbd{k n} (@code{calc-next-prime}) [@code{nextprime}] command finds
18822 the next prime above a given number. Essentially, it searches by calling
18823 @code{calc-prime-test} on successive integers until it finds one that
18824 passes the test. This is quite fast for integers less than eight million,
18825 but once the probabilistic test comes into play the search may be rather
18826 slow. Ordinarily this command stops for any prime that passes one iteration
18827 of the primality test. With a numeric prefix argument, a number must pass
18828 the specified number of iterations before the search stops. (This only
18829 matters when searching above eight million.) You can always use additional
18830 @kbd{k p} commands to increase your certainty that the number is indeed
18831 prime.
18832
18833 @kindex I k n
18834 @pindex calc-prev-prime
18835 @c @mindex prevpr@idots
18836 @tindex prevprime
18837 The @kbd{I k n} (@code{calc-prev-prime}) [@code{prevprime}] command
18838 analogously finds the next prime less than a given number.
18839
18840 @kindex k t
18841 @pindex calc-totient
18842 @tindex totient
18843 The @kbd{k t} (@code{calc-totient}) [@code{totient}] command computes the
18844 Euler ``totient'' function@c{ $\phi(n)$}
18845 @asis{}, the number of integers less than @cite{n} which
18846 are relatively prime to @cite{n}.
18847
18848 @kindex k m
18849 @pindex calc-moebius
18850 @tindex moebius
18851 The @kbd{k m} (@code{calc-moebius}) [@code{moebius}] command computes the
18852 @c{M\"obius $\mu$}
18853 @asis{Moebius ``mu''} function. If the input number is a product of @cite{k}
18854 distinct factors, this is @cite{(-1)^k}. If the input number has any
18855 duplicate factors (i.e., can be divided by the same prime more than once),
18856 the result is zero.
18857
18858 @node Probability Distribution Functions, , Combinatorial Functions, Scientific Functions
18859 @section Probability Distribution Functions
18860
18861 @noindent
18862 The functions in this section compute various probability distributions.
18863 For continuous distributions, this is the integral of the probability
18864 density function from @cite{x} to infinity. (These are the ``upper
18865 tail'' distribution functions; there are also corresponding ``lower
18866 tail'' functions which integrate from minus infinity to @cite{x}.)
18867 For discrete distributions, the upper tail function gives the sum
18868 from @cite{x} to infinity; the lower tail function gives the sum
18869 from minus infinity up to, but not including,@w{ }@cite{x}.
18870
18871 To integrate from @cite{x} to @cite{y}, just use the distribution
18872 function twice and subtract. For example, the probability that a
18873 Gaussian random variable with mean 2 and standard deviation 1 will
18874 lie in the range from 2.5 to 2.8 is @samp{utpn(2.5,2,1) - utpn(2.8,2,1)}
18875 (``the probability that it is greater than 2.5, but not greater than 2.8''),
18876 or equivalently @samp{ltpn(2.8,2,1) - ltpn(2.5,2,1)}.
18877
18878 @kindex k B
18879 @kindex I k B
18880 @pindex calc-utpb
18881 @tindex utpb
18882 @tindex ltpb
18883 The @kbd{k B} (@code{calc-utpb}) [@code{utpb}] function uses the
18884 binomial distribution. Push the parameters @var{n}, @var{p}, and
18885 then @var{x} onto the stack; the result (@samp{utpb(x,n,p)}) is the
18886 probability that an event will occur @var{x} or more times out
18887 of @var{n} trials, if its probability of occurring in any given
18888 trial is @var{p}. The @kbd{I k B} [@code{ltpb}] function is
18889 the probability that the event will occur fewer than @var{x} times.
18890
18891 The other probability distribution functions similarly take the
18892 form @kbd{k @var{X}} (@code{calc-utp@var{x}}) [@code{utp@var{x}}]
18893 and @kbd{I k @var{X}} [@code{ltp@var{x}}], for various letters
18894 @var{x}. The arguments to the algebraic functions are the value of
18895 the random variable first, then whatever other parameters define the
18896 distribution. Note these are among the few Calc functions where the
18897 order of the arguments in algebraic form differs from the order of
18898 arguments as found on the stack. (The random variable comes last on
18899 the stack, so that you can type, e.g., @kbd{2 @key{RET} 1 @key{RET} 2.5
18900 k N M-@key{RET} @key{DEL} 2.8 k N -}, using @kbd{M-@key{RET} @key{DEL}} to
18901 recover the original arguments but substitute a new value for @cite{x}.)
18902
18903 @kindex k C
18904 @pindex calc-utpc
18905 @tindex utpc
18906 @c @mindex @idots
18907 @kindex I k C
18908 @c @mindex @null
18909 @tindex ltpc
18910 The @samp{utpc(x,v)} function uses the chi-square distribution with
18911 @c{$\nu$}
18912 @cite{v} degrees of freedom. It is the probability that a model is
18913 correct if its chi-square statistic is @cite{x}.
18914
18915 @kindex k F
18916 @pindex calc-utpf
18917 @tindex utpf
18918 @c @mindex @idots
18919 @kindex I k F
18920 @c @mindex @null
18921 @tindex ltpf
18922 The @samp{utpf(F,v1,v2)} function uses the F distribution, used in
18923 various statistical tests. The parameters @c{$\nu_1$}
18924 @cite{v1} and @c{$\nu_2$}
18925 @cite{v2}
18926 are the degrees of freedom in the numerator and denominator,
18927 respectively, used in computing the statistic @cite{F}.
18928
18929 @kindex k N
18930 @pindex calc-utpn
18931 @tindex utpn
18932 @c @mindex @idots
18933 @kindex I k N
18934 @c @mindex @null
18935 @tindex ltpn
18936 The @samp{utpn(x,m,s)} function uses a normal (Gaussian) distribution
18937 with mean @cite{m} and standard deviation @c{$\sigma$}
18938 @cite{s}. It is the
18939 probability that such a normal-distributed random variable would
18940 exceed @cite{x}.
18941
18942 @kindex k P
18943 @pindex calc-utpp
18944 @tindex utpp
18945 @c @mindex @idots
18946 @kindex I k P
18947 @c @mindex @null
18948 @tindex ltpp
18949 The @samp{utpp(n,x)} function uses a Poisson distribution with
18950 mean @cite{x}. It is the probability that @cite{n} or more such
18951 Poisson random events will occur.
18952
18953 @kindex k T
18954 @pindex calc-ltpt
18955 @tindex utpt
18956 @c @mindex @idots
18957 @kindex I k T
18958 @c @mindex @null
18959 @tindex ltpt
18960 The @samp{utpt(t,v)} function uses the Student's ``t'' distribution
18961 with @c{$\nu$}
18962 @cite{v} degrees of freedom. It is the probability that a
18963 t-distributed random variable will be greater than @cite{t}.
18964 (Note: This computes the distribution function @c{$A(t|\nu)$}
18965 @cite{A(t|v)}
18966 where @c{$A(0|\nu) = 1$}
18967 @cite{A(0|v) = 1} and @c{$A(\infty|\nu) \to 0$}
18968 @cite{A(inf|v) -> 0}. The
18969 @code{UTPT} operation on the HP-48 uses a different definition
18970 which returns half of Calc's value: @samp{UTPT(t,v) = .5*utpt(t,v)}.)
18971
18972 While Calc does not provide inverses of the probability distribution
18973 functions, the @kbd{a R} command can be used to solve for the inverse.
18974 Since the distribution functions are monotonic, @kbd{a R} is guaranteed
18975 to be able to find a solution given any initial guess.
18976 @xref{Numerical Solutions}.
18977
18978 @node Matrix Functions, Algebra, Scientific Functions, Top
18979 @chapter Vector/Matrix Functions
18980
18981 @noindent
18982 Many of the commands described here begin with the @kbd{v} prefix.
18983 (For convenience, the shift-@kbd{V} prefix is equivalent to @kbd{v}.)
18984 The commands usually apply to both plain vectors and matrices; some
18985 apply only to matrices or only to square matrices. If the argument
18986 has the wrong dimensions the operation is left in symbolic form.
18987
18988 Vectors are entered and displayed using @samp{[a,b,c]} notation.
18989 Matrices are vectors of which all elements are vectors of equal length.
18990 (Though none of the standard Calc commands use this concept, a
18991 three-dimensional matrix or rank-3 tensor could be defined as a
18992 vector of matrices, and so on.)
18993
18994 @menu
18995 * Packing and Unpacking::
18996 * Building Vectors::
18997 * Extracting Elements::
18998 * Manipulating Vectors::
18999 * Vector and Matrix Arithmetic::
19000 * Set Operations::
19001 * Statistical Operations::
19002 * Reducing and Mapping::
19003 * Vector and Matrix Formats::
19004 @end menu
19005
19006 @node Packing and Unpacking, Building Vectors, Matrix Functions, Matrix Functions
19007 @section Packing and Unpacking
19008
19009 @noindent
19010 Calc's ``pack'' and ``unpack'' commands collect stack entries to build
19011 composite objects such as vectors and complex numbers. They are
19012 described in this chapter because they are most often used to build
19013 vectors.
19014
19015 @kindex v p
19016 @pindex calc-pack
19017 The @kbd{v p} (@code{calc-pack}) [@code{pack}] command collects several
19018 elements from the stack into a matrix, complex number, HMS form, error
19019 form, etc. It uses a numeric prefix argument to specify the kind of
19020 object to be built; this argument is referred to as the ``packing mode.''
19021 If the packing mode is a nonnegative integer, a vector of that
19022 length is created. For example, @kbd{C-u 5 v p} will pop the top
19023 five stack elements and push back a single vector of those five
19024 elements. (@kbd{C-u 0 v p} simply creates an empty vector.)
19025
19026 The same effect can be had by pressing @kbd{[} to push an incomplete
19027 vector on the stack, using @key{TAB} (@code{calc-roll-down}) to sneak
19028 the incomplete object up past a certain number of elements, and
19029 then pressing @kbd{]} to complete the vector.
19030
19031 Negative packing modes create other kinds of composite objects:
19032
19033 @table @cite
19034 @item -1
19035 Two values are collected to build a complex number. For example,
19036 @kbd{5 @key{RET} 7 C-u -1 v p} creates the complex number
19037 @cite{(5, 7)}. The result is always a rectangular complex
19038 number. The two input values must both be real numbers,
19039 i.e., integers, fractions, or floats. If they are not, Calc
19040 will instead build a formula like @samp{a + (0, 1) b}. (The
19041 other packing modes also create a symbolic answer if the
19042 components are not suitable.)
19043
19044 @item -2
19045 Two values are collected to build a polar complex number.
19046 The first is the magnitude; the second is the phase expressed
19047 in either degrees or radians according to the current angular
19048 mode.
19049
19050 @item -3
19051 Three values are collected into an HMS form. The first
19052 two values (hours and minutes) must be integers or
19053 integer-valued floats. The third value may be any real
19054 number.
19055
19056 @item -4
19057 Two values are collected into an error form. The inputs
19058 may be real numbers or formulas.
19059
19060 @item -5
19061 Two values are collected into a modulo form. The inputs
19062 must be real numbers.
19063
19064 @item -6
19065 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{[a .. b]}.
19066 The inputs may be real numbers, HMS or date forms, or formulas.
19067
19068 @item -7
19069 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{[a .. b)}.
19070
19071 @item -8
19072 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{(a .. b]}.
19073
19074 @item -9
19075 Two values are collected into the interval @samp{(a .. b)}.
19076
19077 @item -10
19078 Two integer values are collected into a fraction.
19079
19080 @item -11
19081 Two values are collected into a floating-point number.
19082 The first is the mantissa; the second, which must be an
19083 integer, is the exponent. The result is the mantissa
19084 times ten to the power of the exponent.
19085
19086 @item -12
19087 This is treated the same as @i{-11} by the @kbd{v p} command.
19088 When unpacking, @i{-12} specifies that a floating-point mantissa
19089 is desired.
19090
19091 @item -13
19092 A real number is converted into a date form.
19093
19094 @item -14
19095 Three numbers (year, month, day) are packed into a pure date form.
19096
19097 @item -15
19098 Six numbers are packed into a date/time form.
19099 @end table
19100
19101 With any of the two-input negative packing modes, either or both
19102 of the inputs may be vectors. If both are vectors of the same
19103 length, the result is another vector made by packing corresponding
19104 elements of the input vectors. If one input is a vector and the
19105 other is a plain number, the number is packed along with each vector
19106 element to produce a new vector. For example, @kbd{C-u -4 v p}
19107 could be used to convert a vector of numbers and a vector of errors
19108 into a single vector of error forms; @kbd{C-u -5 v p} could convert
19109 a vector of numbers and a single number @var{M} into a vector of
19110 numbers modulo @var{M}.
19111
19112 If you don't give a prefix argument to @kbd{v p}, it takes
19113 the packing mode from the top of the stack. The elements to
19114 be packed then begin at stack level 2. Thus
19115 @kbd{1 @key{RET} 2 @key{RET} 4 n v p} is another way to
19116 enter the error form @samp{1 +/- 2}.
19117
19118 If the packing mode taken from the stack is a vector, the result is a
19119 matrix with the dimensions specified by the elements of the vector,
19120 which must each be integers. For example, if the packing mode is
19121 @samp{[2, 3]}, then six numbers will be taken from the stack and
19122 returned in the form @samp{[@w{[a, b, c]}, [d, e, f]]}.
19123
19124 If any elements of the vector are negative, other kinds of
19125 packing are done at that level as described above. For
19126 example, @samp{[2, 3, -4]} takes 12 objects and creates a
19127 @c{$2\times3$}
19128 @asis{2x3} matrix of error forms: @samp{[[a +/- b, c +/- d ... ]]}.
19129 Also, @samp{[-4, -10]} will convert four integers into an
19130 error form consisting of two fractions: @samp{a:b +/- c:d}.
19131
19132 @c @starindex
19133 @tindex pack
19134 There is an equivalent algebraic function,
19135 @samp{pack(@var{mode}, @var{items})} where @var{mode} is a
19136 packing mode (an integer or a vector of integers) and @var{items}
19137 is a vector of objects to be packed (re-packed, really) according
19138 to that mode. For example, @samp{pack([3, -4], [a,b,c,d,e,f])}
19139 yields @samp{[a +/- b, @w{c +/- d}, e +/- f]}. The function is
19140 left in symbolic form if the packing mode is illegal, or if the
19141 number of data items does not match the number of items required
19142 by the mode.
19143
19144 @kindex v u
19145 @pindex calc-unpack
19146 The @kbd{v u} (@code{calc-unpack}) command takes the vector, complex
19147 number, HMS form, or other composite object on the top of the stack and
19148 ``unpacks'' it, pushing each of its elements onto the stack as separate
19149 objects. Thus, it is the ``inverse'' of @kbd{v p}. If the value
19150 at the top of the stack is a formula, @kbd{v u} unpacks it by pushing
19151 each of the arguments of the top-level operator onto the stack.
19152
19153 You can optionally give a numeric prefix argument to @kbd{v u}
19154 to specify an explicit (un)packing mode. If the packing mode is
19155 negative and the input is actually a vector or matrix, the result
19156 will be two or more similar vectors or matrices of the elements.
19157 For example, given the vector @samp{[@w{a +/- b}, c^2, d +/- 7]},
19158 the result of @kbd{C-u -4 v u} will be the two vectors
19159 @samp{[a, c^2, d]} and @w{@samp{[b, 0, 7]}}.
19160
19161 Note that the prefix argument can have an effect even when the input is
19162 not a vector. For example, if the input is the number @i{-5}, then
19163 @kbd{c-u -1 v u} yields @i{-5} and 0 (the components of @i{-5}
19164 when viewed as a rectangular complex number); @kbd{C-u -2 v u} yields 5
19165 and 180 (assuming degrees mode); and @kbd{C-u -10 v u} yields @i{-5}
19166 and 1 (the numerator and denominator of @i{-5}, viewed as a rational
19167 number). Plain @kbd{v u} with this input would complain that the input
19168 is not a composite object.
19169
19170 Unpacking mode @i{-11} converts a float into an integer mantissa and
19171 an integer exponent, where the mantissa is not divisible by 10
19172 (except that 0.0 is represented by a mantissa and exponent of 0).
19173 Unpacking mode @i{-12} converts a float into a floating-point mantissa
19174 and integer exponent, where the mantissa (for non-zero numbers)
19175 is guaranteed to lie in the range [1 .. 10). In both cases,
19176 the mantissa is shifted left or right (and the exponent adjusted
19177 to compensate) in order to satisfy these constraints.
19178
19179 Positive unpacking modes are treated differently than for @kbd{v p}.
19180 A mode of 1 is much like plain @kbd{v u} with no prefix argument,
19181 except that in addition to the components of the input object,
19182 a suitable packing mode to re-pack the object is also pushed.
19183 Thus, @kbd{C-u 1 v u} followed by @kbd{v p} will re-build the
19184 original object.
19185
19186 A mode of 2 unpacks two levels of the object; the resulting
19187 re-packing mode will be a vector of length 2. This might be used
19188 to unpack a matrix, say, or a vector of error forms. Higher
19189 unpacking modes unpack the input even more deeply.
19190
19191 @c @starindex
19192 @tindex unpack
19193 There are two algebraic functions analogous to @kbd{v u}.
19194 The @samp{unpack(@var{mode}, @var{item})} function unpacks the
19195 @var{item} using the given @var{mode}, returning the result as
19196 a vector of components. Here the @var{mode} must be an
19197 integer, not a vector. For example, @samp{unpack(-4, a +/- b)}
19198 returns @samp{[a, b]}, as does @samp{unpack(1, a +/- b)}.
19199
19200 @c @starindex
19201 @tindex unpackt
19202 The @code{unpackt} function is like @code{unpack} but instead
19203 of returning a simple vector of items, it returns a vector of
19204 two things: The mode, and the vector of items. For example,
19205 @samp{unpackt(1, 2:3 +/- 1:4)} returns @samp{[-4, [2:3, 1:4]]},
19206 and @samp{unpackt(2, 2:3 +/- 1:4)} returns @samp{[[-4, -10], [2, 3, 1, 4]]}.
19207 The identity for re-building the original object is
19208 @samp{apply(pack, unpackt(@var{n}, @var{x})) = @var{x}}. (The
19209 @code{apply} function builds a function call given the function
19210 name and a vector of arguments.)
19211
19212 @cindex Numerator of a fraction, extracting
19213 Subscript notation is a useful way to extract a particular part
19214 of an object. For example, to get the numerator of a rational
19215 number, you can use @samp{unpack(-10, @var{x})_1}.
19216
19217 @node Building Vectors, Extracting Elements, Packing and Unpacking, Matrix Functions
19218 @section Building Vectors
19219
19220 @noindent
19221 Vectors and matrices can be added,
19222 subtracted, multiplied, and divided; @pxref{Basic Arithmetic}.@refill
19223
19224 @kindex |
19225 @pindex calc-concat
19226 @c @mindex @null
19227 @tindex |
19228 The @kbd{|} (@code{calc-concat}) command ``concatenates'' two vectors
19229 into one. For example, after @kbd{@w{[ 1 , 2 ]} [ 3 , 4 ] |}, the stack
19230 will contain the single vector @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4]}. If the arguments
19231 are matrices, the rows of the first matrix are concatenated with the
19232 rows of the second. (In other words, two matrices are just two vectors
19233 of row-vectors as far as @kbd{|} is concerned.)
19234
19235 If either argument to @kbd{|} is a scalar (a non-vector), it is treated
19236 like a one-element vector for purposes of concatenation: @kbd{1 [ 2 , 3 ] |}
19237 produces the vector @samp{[1, 2, 3]}. Likewise, if one argument is a
19238 matrix and the other is a plain vector, the vector is treated as a
19239 one-row matrix.
19240
19241 @kindex H |
19242 @tindex append
19243 The @kbd{H |} (@code{calc-append}) [@code{append}] command concatenates
19244 two vectors without any special cases. Both inputs must be vectors.
19245 Whether or not they are matrices is not taken into account. If either
19246 argument is a scalar, the @code{append} function is left in symbolic form.
19247 See also @code{cons} and @code{rcons} below.
19248
19249 @kindex I |
19250 @kindex H I |
19251 The @kbd{I |} and @kbd{H I |} commands are similar, but they use their
19252 two stack arguments in the opposite order. Thus @kbd{I |} is equivalent
19253 to @kbd{TAB |}, but possibly more convenient and also a bit faster.
19254
19255 @kindex v d
19256 @pindex calc-diag
19257 @tindex diag
19258 The @kbd{v d} (@code{calc-diag}) [@code{diag}] function builds a diagonal
19259 square matrix. The optional numeric prefix gives the number of rows
19260 and columns in the matrix. If the value at the top of the stack is a
19261 vector, the elements of the vector are used as the diagonal elements; the
19262 prefix, if specified, must match the size of the vector. If the value on
19263 the stack is a scalar, it is used for each element on the diagonal, and
19264 the prefix argument is required.
19265
19266 To build a constant square matrix, e.g., a @c{$3\times3$}
19267 @asis{3x3} matrix filled with ones,
19268 use @kbd{0 M-3 v d 1 +}, i.e., build a zero matrix first and then add a
19269 constant value to that matrix. (Another alternative would be to use
19270 @kbd{v b} and @kbd{v a}; see below.)
19271
19272 @kindex v i
19273 @pindex calc-ident
19274 @tindex idn
19275 The @kbd{v i} (@code{calc-ident}) [@code{idn}] function builds an identity
19276 matrix of the specified size. It is a convenient form of @kbd{v d}
19277 where the diagonal element is always one. If no prefix argument is given,
19278 this command prompts for one.
19279
19280 In algebraic notation, @samp{idn(a,n)} acts much like @samp{diag(a,n)},
19281 except that @cite{a} is required to be a scalar (non-vector) quantity.
19282 If @cite{n} is omitted, @samp{idn(a)} represents @cite{a} times an
19283 identity matrix of unknown size. Calc can operate algebraically on
19284 such generic identity matrices, and if one is combined with a matrix
19285 whose size is known, it is converted automatically to an identity
19286 matrix of a suitable matching size. The @kbd{v i} command with an
19287 argument of zero creates a generic identity matrix, @samp{idn(1)}.
19288 Note that in dimensioned matrix mode (@pxref{Matrix Mode}), generic
19289 identity matrices are immediately expanded to the current default
19290 dimensions.
19291
19292 @kindex v x
19293 @pindex calc-index
19294 @tindex index
19295 The @kbd{v x} (@code{calc-index}) [@code{index}] function builds a vector
19296 of consecutive integers from 1 to @var{n}, where @var{n} is the numeric
19297 prefix argument. If you do not provide a prefix argument, you will be
19298 prompted to enter a suitable number. If @var{n} is negative, the result
19299 is a vector of negative integers from @var{n} to @i{-1}.
19300
19301 With a prefix argument of just @kbd{C-u}, the @kbd{v x} command takes
19302 three values from the stack: @var{n}, @var{start}, and @var{incr} (with
19303 @var{incr} at top-of-stack). Counting starts at @var{start} and increases
19304 by @var{incr} for successive vector elements. If @var{start} or @var{n}
19305 is in floating-point format, the resulting vector elements will also be
19306 floats. Note that @var{start} and @var{incr} may in fact be any kind
19307 of numbers or formulas.
19308
19309 When @var{start} and @var{incr} are specified, a negative @var{n} has a
19310 different interpretation: It causes a geometric instead of arithmetic
19311 sequence to be generated. For example, @samp{index(-3, a, b)} produces
19312 @samp{[a, a b, a b^2]}. If you omit @var{incr} in the algebraic form,
19313 @samp{index(@var{n}, @var{start})}, the default value for @var{incr}
19314 is one for positive @var{n} or two for negative @var{n}.
19315
19316 @kindex v b
19317 @pindex calc-build-vector
19318 @tindex cvec
19319 The @kbd{v b} (@code{calc-build-vector}) [@code{cvec}] function builds a
19320 vector of @var{n} copies of the value on the top of the stack, where @var{n}
19321 is the numeric prefix argument. In algebraic formulas, @samp{cvec(x,n,m)}
19322 can also be used to build an @var{n}-by-@var{m} matrix of copies of @var{x}.
19323 (Interactively, just use @kbd{v b} twice: once to build a row, then again
19324 to build a matrix of copies of that row.)
19325
19326 @kindex v h
19327 @kindex I v h
19328 @pindex calc-head
19329 @pindex calc-tail
19330 @tindex head
19331 @tindex tail
19332 The @kbd{v h} (@code{calc-head}) [@code{head}] function returns the first
19333 element of a vector. The @kbd{I v h} (@code{calc-tail}) [@code{tail}]
19334 function returns the vector with its first element removed. In both
19335 cases, the argument must be a non-empty vector.
19336
19337 @kindex v k
19338 @pindex calc-cons
19339 @tindex cons
19340 The @kbd{v k} (@code{calc-cons}) [@code{cons}] function takes a value @var{h}
19341 and a vector @var{t} from the stack, and produces the vector whose head is
19342 @var{h} and whose tail is @var{t}. This is similar to @kbd{|}, except
19343 if @var{h} is itself a vector, @kbd{|} will concatenate the two vectors
19344 whereas @code{cons} will insert @var{h} at the front of the vector @var{t}.
19345
19346 @kindex H v h
19347 @tindex rhead
19348 @c @mindex @idots
19349 @kindex H I v h
19350 @c @mindex @null
19351 @kindex H v k
19352 @c @mindex @null
19353 @tindex rtail
19354 @c @mindex @null
19355 @tindex rcons
19356 Each of these three functions also accepts the Hyperbolic flag [@code{rhead},
19357 @code{rtail}, @code{rcons}] in which case @var{t} instead represents
19358 the @emph{last} single element of the vector, with @var{h}
19359 representing the remainder of the vector. Thus the vector
19360 @samp{[a, b, c, d] = cons(a, [b, c, d]) = rcons([a, b, c], d)}.
19361 Also, @samp{head([a, b, c, d]) = a}, @samp{tail([a, b, c, d]) = [b, c, d]},
19362 @samp{rhead([a, b, c, d]) = [a, b, c]}, and @samp{rtail([a, b, c, d]) = d}.
19363
19364 @node Extracting Elements, Manipulating Vectors, Building Vectors, Matrix Functions
19365 @section Extracting Vector Elements
19366
19367 @noindent
19368 @kindex v r
19369 @pindex calc-mrow
19370 @tindex mrow
19371 The @kbd{v r} (@code{calc-mrow}) [@code{mrow}] command extracts one row of
19372 the matrix on the top of the stack, or one element of the plain vector on
19373 the top of the stack. The row or element is specified by the numeric
19374 prefix argument; the default is to prompt for the row or element number.
19375 The matrix or vector is replaced by the specified row or element in the
19376 form of a vector or scalar, respectively.
19377
19378 @cindex Permutations, applying
19379 With a prefix argument of @kbd{C-u} only, @kbd{v r} takes the index of
19380 the element or row from the top of the stack, and the vector or matrix
19381 from the second-to-top position. If the index is itself a vector of
19382 integers, the result is a vector of the corresponding elements of the
19383 input vector, or a matrix of the corresponding rows of the input matrix.
19384 This command can be used to obtain any permutation of a vector.
19385
19386 With @kbd{C-u}, if the index is an interval form with integer components,
19387 it is interpreted as a range of indices and the corresponding subvector or
19388 submatrix is returned.
19389
19390 @cindex Subscript notation
19391 @kindex a _
19392 @pindex calc-subscript
19393 @tindex subscr
19394 @tindex _
19395 Subscript notation in algebraic formulas (@samp{a_b}) stands for the
19396 Calc function @code{subscr}, which is synonymous with @code{mrow}.
19397 Thus, @samp{[x, y, z]_k} produces @cite{x}, @cite{y}, or @cite{z} if
19398 @cite{k} is one, two, or three, respectively. A double subscript
19399 (@samp{M_i_j}, equivalent to @samp{subscr(subscr(M, i), j)}) will
19400 access the element at row @cite{i}, column @cite{j} of a matrix.
19401 The @kbd{a _} (@code{calc-subscript}) command creates a subscript
19402 formula @samp{a_b} out of two stack entries. (It is on the @kbd{a}
19403 ``algebra'' prefix because subscripted variables are often used
19404 purely as an algebraic notation.)
19405
19406 @tindex mrrow
19407 Given a negative prefix argument, @kbd{v r} instead deletes one row or
19408 element from the matrix or vector on the top of the stack. Thus
19409 @kbd{C-u 2 v r} replaces a matrix with its second row, but @kbd{C-u -2 v r}
19410 replaces the matrix with the same matrix with its second row removed.
19411 In algebraic form this function is called @code{mrrow}.
19412
19413 @tindex getdiag
19414 Given a prefix argument of zero, @kbd{v r} extracts the diagonal elements
19415 of a square matrix in the form of a vector. In algebraic form this
19416 function is called @code{getdiag}.
19417
19418 @kindex v c
19419 @pindex calc-mcol
19420 @tindex mcol
19421 @tindex mrcol
19422 The @kbd{v c} (@code{calc-mcol}) [@code{mcol} or @code{mrcol}] command is
19423 the analogous operation on columns of a matrix. Given a plain vector
19424 it extracts (or removes) one element, just like @kbd{v r}. If the
19425 index in @kbd{C-u v c} is an interval or vector and the argument is a
19426 matrix, the result is a submatrix with only the specified columns
19427 retained (and possibly permuted in the case of a vector index).@refill
19428
19429 To extract a matrix element at a given row and column, use @kbd{v r} to
19430 extract the row as a vector, then @kbd{v c} to extract the column element
19431 from that vector. In algebraic formulas, it is often more convenient to
19432 use subscript notation: @samp{m_i_j} gives row @cite{i}, column @cite{j}
19433 of matrix @cite{m}.
19434
19435 @kindex v s
19436 @pindex calc-subvector
19437 @tindex subvec
19438 The @kbd{v s} (@code{calc-subvector}) [@code{subvec}] command extracts
19439 a subvector of a vector. The arguments are the vector, the starting
19440 index, and the ending index, with the ending index in the top-of-stack
19441 position. The starting index indicates the first element of the vector
19442 to take. The ending index indicates the first element @emph{past} the
19443 range to be taken. Thus, @samp{subvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, 4)} produces
19444 the subvector @samp{[b, c]}. You could get the same result using
19445 @samp{mrow([a, b, c, d, e], @w{[2 .. 4)})}.
19446
19447 If either the start or the end index is zero or negative, it is
19448 interpreted as relative to the end of the vector. Thus
19449 @samp{subvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, -2)} also produces @samp{[b, c]}. In
19450 the algebraic form, the end index can be omitted in which case it
19451 is taken as zero, i.e., elements from the starting element to the
19452 end of the vector are used. The infinity symbol, @code{inf}, also
19453 has this effect when used as the ending index.
19454
19455 @kindex I v s
19456 @tindex rsubvec
19457 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I v s} [@code{rsubvec}] removes a subvector
19458 from a vector. The arguments are interpreted the same as for the
19459 normal @kbd{v s} command. Thus, @samp{rsubvec([a, b, c, d, e], 2, 4)}
19460 produces @samp{[a, d, e]}. It is always true that @code{subvec} and
19461 @code{rsubvec} return complementary parts of the input vector.
19462
19463 @xref{Selecting Subformulas}, for an alternative way to operate on
19464 vectors one element at a time.
19465
19466 @node Manipulating Vectors, Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Extracting Elements, Matrix Functions
19467 @section Manipulating Vectors
19468
19469 @noindent
19470 @kindex v l
19471 @pindex calc-vlength
19472 @tindex vlen
19473 The @kbd{v l} (@code{calc-vlength}) [@code{vlen}] command computes the
19474 length of a vector. The length of a non-vector is considered to be zero.
19475 Note that matrices are just vectors of vectors for the purposes of this
19476 command.@refill
19477
19478 @kindex H v l
19479 @tindex mdims
19480 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H v l} [@code{mdims}] computes a vector
19481 of the dimensions of a vector, matrix, or higher-order object. For
19482 example, @samp{mdims([[a,b,c],[d,e,f]])} returns @samp{[2, 3]} since
19483 its argument is a @c{$2\times3$}
19484 @asis{2x3} matrix.
19485
19486 @kindex v f
19487 @pindex calc-vector-find
19488 @tindex find
19489 The @kbd{v f} (@code{calc-vector-find}) [@code{find}] command searches
19490 along a vector for the first element equal to a given target. The target
19491 is on the top of the stack; the vector is in the second-to-top position.
19492 If a match is found, the result is the index of the matching element.
19493 Otherwise, the result is zero. The numeric prefix argument, if given,
19494 allows you to select any starting index for the search.
19495
19496 @kindex v a
19497 @pindex calc-arrange-vector
19498 @tindex arrange
19499 @cindex Arranging a matrix
19500 @cindex Reshaping a matrix
19501 @cindex Flattening a matrix
19502 The @kbd{v a} (@code{calc-arrange-vector}) [@code{arrange}] command
19503 rearranges a vector to have a certain number of columns and rows. The
19504 numeric prefix argument specifies the number of columns; if you do not
19505 provide an argument, you will be prompted for the number of columns.
19506 The vector or matrix on the top of the stack is @dfn{flattened} into a
19507 plain vector. If the number of columns is nonzero, this vector is
19508 then formed into a matrix by taking successive groups of @var{n} elements.
19509 If the number of columns does not evenly divide the number of elements
19510 in the vector, the last row will be short and the result will not be
19511 suitable for use as a matrix. For example, with the matrix
19512 @samp{[[1, 2], @w{[3, 4]}]} on the stack, @kbd{v a 4} produces
19513 @samp{[[1, 2, 3, 4]]} (a @c{$1\times4$}
19514 @asis{1x4} matrix), @kbd{v a 1} produces
19515 @samp{[[1], [2], [3], [4]]} (a @c{$4\times1$}
19516 @asis{4x1} matrix), @kbd{v a 2} produces
19517 @samp{[[1, 2], [3, 4]]} (the original @c{$2\times2$}
19518 @asis{2x2} matrix), @w{@kbd{v a 3}} produces
19519 @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4]]} (not a matrix), and @kbd{v a 0} produces
19520 the flattened list @samp{[1, 2, @w{3, 4}]}.
19521
19522 @cindex Sorting data
19523 @kindex V S
19524 @kindex I V S
19525 @pindex calc-sort
19526 @tindex sort
19527 @tindex rsort
19528 The @kbd{V S} (@code{calc-sort}) [@code{sort}] command sorts the elements of
19529 a vector into increasing order. Real numbers, real infinities, and
19530 constant interval forms come first in this ordering; next come other
19531 kinds of numbers, then variables (in alphabetical order), then finally
19532 come formulas and other kinds of objects; these are sorted according
19533 to a kind of lexicographic ordering with the useful property that
19534 one vector is less or greater than another if the first corresponding
19535 unequal elements are less or greater, respectively. Since quoted strings
19536 are stored by Calc internally as vectors of ASCII character codes
19537 (@pxref{Strings}), this means vectors of strings are also sorted into
19538 alphabetical order by this command.
19539
19540 The @kbd{I V S} [@code{rsort}] command sorts a vector into decreasing order.
19541
19542 @cindex Permutation, inverse of
19543 @cindex Inverse of permutation
19544 @cindex Index tables
19545 @cindex Rank tables
19546 @kindex V G
19547 @kindex I V G
19548 @pindex calc-grade
19549 @tindex grade
19550 @tindex rgrade
19551 The @kbd{V G} (@code{calc-grade}) [@code{grade}, @code{rgrade}] command
19552 produces an index table or permutation vector which, if applied to the
19553 input vector (as the index of @kbd{C-u v r}, say), would sort the vector.
19554 A permutation vector is just a vector of integers from 1 to @var{n}, where
19555 each integer occurs exactly once. One application of this is to sort a
19556 matrix of data rows using one column as the sort key; extract that column,
19557 grade it with @kbd{V G}, then use the result to reorder the original matrix
19558 with @kbd{C-u v r}. Another interesting property of the @code{V G} command
19559 is that, if the input is itself a permutation vector, the result will
19560 be the inverse of the permutation. The inverse of an index table is
19561 a rank table, whose @var{k}th element says where the @var{k}th original
19562 vector element will rest when the vector is sorted. To get a rank
19563 table, just use @kbd{V G V G}.
19564
19565 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I V G} produces an index table that would
19566 sort the input into decreasing order. Note that @kbd{V S} and @kbd{V G}
19567 use a ``stable'' sorting algorithm, i.e., any two elements which are equal
19568 will not be moved out of their original order. Generally there is no way
19569 to tell with @kbd{V S}, since two elements which are equal look the same,
19570 but with @kbd{V G} this can be an important issue. In the matrix-of-rows
19571 example, suppose you have names and telephone numbers as two columns and
19572 you wish to sort by phone number primarily, and by name when the numbers
19573 are equal. You can sort the data matrix by names first, and then again
19574 by phone numbers. Because the sort is stable, any two rows with equal
19575 phone numbers will remain sorted by name even after the second sort.
19576
19577 @cindex Histograms
19578 @kindex V H
19579 @pindex calc-histogram
19580 @c @mindex histo@idots
19581 @tindex histogram
19582 The @kbd{V H} (@code{calc-histogram}) [@code{histogram}] command builds a
19583 histogram of a vector of numbers. Vector elements are assumed to be
19584 integers or real numbers in the range [0..@var{n}) for some ``number of
19585 bins'' @var{n}, which is the numeric prefix argument given to the
19586 command. The result is a vector of @var{n} counts of how many times
19587 each value appeared in the original vector. Non-integers in the input
19588 are rounded down to integers. Any vector elements outside the specified
19589 range are ignored. (You can tell if elements have been ignored by noting
19590 that the counts in the result vector don't add up to the length of the
19591 input vector.)
19592
19593 @kindex H V H
19594 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H V H} pulls two vectors from the stack.
19595 The second-to-top vector is the list of numbers as before. The top
19596 vector is an equal-sized list of ``weights'' to attach to the elements
19597 of the data vector. For example, if the first data element is 4.2 and
19598 the first weight is 10, then 10 will be added to bin 4 of the result
19599 vector. Without the hyperbolic flag, every element has a weight of one.
19600
19601 @kindex v t
19602 @pindex calc-transpose
19603 @tindex trn
19604 The @kbd{v t} (@code{calc-transpose}) [@code{trn}] command computes
19605 the transpose of the matrix at the top of the stack. If the argument
19606 is a plain vector, it is treated as a row vector and transposed into
19607 a one-column matrix.
19608
19609 @kindex v v
19610 @pindex calc-reverse-vector
19611 @tindex rev
19612 The @kbd{v v} (@code{calc-reverse-vector}) [@code{vec}] command reverses
19613 a vector end-for-end. Given a matrix, it reverses the order of the rows.
19614 (To reverse the columns instead, just use @kbd{v t v v v t}. The same
19615 principle can be used to apply other vector commands to the columns of
19616 a matrix.)
19617
19618 @kindex v m
19619 @pindex calc-mask-vector
19620 @tindex vmask
19621 The @kbd{v m} (@code{calc-mask-vector}) [@code{vmask}] command uses
19622 one vector as a mask to extract elements of another vector. The mask
19623 is in the second-to-top position; the target vector is on the top of
19624 the stack. These vectors must have the same length. The result is
19625 the same as the target vector, but with all elements which correspond
19626 to zeros in the mask vector deleted. Thus, for example,
19627 @samp{vmask([1, 0, 1, 0, 1], [a, b, c, d, e])} produces @samp{[a, c, e]}.
19628 @xref{Logical Operations}.
19629
19630 @kindex v e
19631 @pindex calc-expand-vector
19632 @tindex vexp
19633 The @kbd{v e} (@code{calc-expand-vector}) [@code{vexp}] command
19634 expands a vector according to another mask vector. The result is a
19635 vector the same length as the mask, but with nonzero elements replaced
19636 by successive elements from the target vector. The length of the target
19637 vector is normally the number of nonzero elements in the mask. If the
19638 target vector is longer, its last few elements are lost. If the target
19639 vector is shorter, the last few nonzero mask elements are left
19640 unreplaced in the result. Thus @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 0, 7], [a, b])}
19641 produces @samp{[a, 0, b, 0, 7]}.
19642
19643 @kindex H v e
19644 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H v e} takes a filler value from the
19645 top of the stack; the mask and target vectors come from the third and
19646 second elements of the stack. This filler is used where the mask is
19647 zero: @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 0, 7], [a, b], z)} produces
19648 @samp{[a, z, c, z, 7]}. If the filler value is itself a vector,
19649 then successive values are taken from it, so that the effect is to
19650 interleave two vectors according to the mask:
19651 @samp{vexp([2, 0, 3, 7, 0, 0], [a, b], [x, y])} produces
19652 @samp{[a, x, b, 7, y, 0]}.
19653
19654 Another variation on the masking idea is to combine @samp{[a, b, c, d, e]}
19655 with the mask @samp{[1, 0, 1, 0, 1]} to produce @samp{[a, 0, c, 0, e]}.
19656 You can accomplish this with @kbd{V M a &}, mapping the logical ``and''
19657 operation across the two vectors. @xref{Logical Operations}. Note that
19658 the @code{? :} operation also discussed there allows other types of
19659 masking using vectors.
19660
19661 @node Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Set Operations, Manipulating Vectors, Matrix Functions
19662 @section Vector and Matrix Arithmetic
19663
19664 @noindent
19665 Basic arithmetic operations like addition and multiplication are defined
19666 for vectors and matrices as well as for numbers. Division of matrices, in
19667 the sense of multiplying by the inverse, is supported. (Division by a
19668 matrix actually uses LU-decomposition for greater accuracy and speed.)
19669 @xref{Basic Arithmetic}.
19670
19671 The following functions are applied element-wise if their arguments are
19672 vectors or matrices: @code{change-sign}, @code{conj}, @code{arg},
19673 @code{re}, @code{im}, @code{polar}, @code{rect}, @code{clean},
19674 @code{float}, @code{frac}. @xref{Function Index}.@refill
19675
19676 @kindex V J
19677 @pindex calc-conj-transpose
19678 @tindex ctrn
19679 The @kbd{V J} (@code{calc-conj-transpose}) [@code{ctrn}] command computes
19680 the conjugate transpose of its argument, i.e., @samp{conj(trn(x))}.
19681
19682 @c @mindex A
19683 @kindex A (vectors)
19684 @pindex calc-abs (vectors)
19685 @c @mindex abs
19686 @tindex abs (vectors)
19687 The @kbd{A} (@code{calc-abs}) [@code{abs}] command computes the
19688 Frobenius norm of a vector or matrix argument. This is the square
19689 root of the sum of the squares of the absolute values of the
19690 elements of the vector or matrix. If the vector is interpreted as
19691 a point in two- or three-dimensional space, this is the distance
19692 from that point to the origin.@refill
19693
19694 @kindex v n
19695 @pindex calc-rnorm
19696 @tindex rnorm
19697 The @kbd{v n} (@code{calc-rnorm}) [@code{rnorm}] command computes
19698 the row norm, or infinity-norm, of a vector or matrix. For a plain
19699 vector, this is the maximum of the absolute values of the elements.
19700 For a matrix, this is the maximum of the row-absolute-value-sums,
19701 i.e., of the sums of the absolute values of the elements along the
19702 various rows.
19703
19704 @kindex V N
19705 @pindex calc-cnorm
19706 @tindex cnorm
19707 The @kbd{V N} (@code{calc-cnorm}) [@code{cnorm}] command computes
19708 the column norm, or one-norm, of a vector or matrix. For a plain
19709 vector, this is the sum of the absolute values of the elements.
19710 For a matrix, this is the maximum of the column-absolute-value-sums.
19711 General @cite{k}-norms for @cite{k} other than one or infinity are
19712 not provided.
19713
19714 @kindex V C
19715 @pindex calc-cross
19716 @tindex cross
19717 The @kbd{V C} (@code{calc-cross}) [@code{cross}] command computes the
19718 right-handed cross product of two vectors, each of which must have
19719 exactly three elements.
19720
19721 @c @mindex &
19722 @kindex & (matrices)
19723 @pindex calc-inv (matrices)
19724 @c @mindex inv
19725 @tindex inv (matrices)
19726 The @kbd{&} (@code{calc-inv}) [@code{inv}] command computes the
19727 inverse of a square matrix. If the matrix is singular, the inverse
19728 operation is left in symbolic form. Matrix inverses are recorded so
19729 that once an inverse (or determinant) of a particular matrix has been
19730 computed, the inverse and determinant of the matrix can be recomputed
19731 quickly in the future.
19732
19733 If the argument to @kbd{&} is a plain number @cite{x}, this
19734 command simply computes @cite{1/x}. This is okay, because the
19735 @samp{/} operator also does a matrix inversion when dividing one
19736 by a matrix.
19737
19738 @kindex V D
19739 @pindex calc-mdet
19740 @tindex det
19741 The @kbd{V D} (@code{calc-mdet}) [@code{det}] command computes the
19742 determinant of a square matrix.
19743
19744 @kindex V L
19745 @pindex calc-mlud
19746 @tindex lud
19747 The @kbd{V L} (@code{calc-mlud}) [@code{lud}] command computes the
19748 LU decomposition of a matrix. The result is a list of three matrices
19749 which, when multiplied together left-to-right, form the original matrix.
19750 The first is a permutation matrix that arises from pivoting in the
19751 algorithm, the second is lower-triangular with ones on the diagonal,
19752 and the third is upper-triangular.
19753
19754 @kindex V T
19755 @pindex calc-mtrace
19756 @tindex tr
19757 The @kbd{V T} (@code{calc-mtrace}) [@code{tr}] command computes the
19758 trace of a square matrix. This is defined as the sum of the diagonal
19759 elements of the matrix.
19760
19761 @node Set Operations, Statistical Operations, Vector and Matrix Arithmetic, Matrix Functions
19762 @section Set Operations using Vectors
19763
19764 @noindent
19765 @cindex Sets, as vectors
19766 Calc includes several commands which interpret vectors as @dfn{sets} of
19767 objects. A set is a collection of objects; any given object can appear
19768 only once in the set. Calc stores sets as vectors of objects in
19769 sorted order. Objects in a Calc set can be any of the usual things,
19770 such as numbers, variables, or formulas. Two set elements are considered
19771 equal if they are identical, except that numerically equal numbers like
19772 the integer 4 and the float 4.0 are considered equal even though they
19773 are not ``identical.'' Variables are treated like plain symbols without
19774 attached values by the set operations; subtracting the set @samp{[b]}
19775 from @samp{[a, b]} always yields the set @samp{[a]} even though if
19776 the variables @samp{a} and @samp{b} both equalled 17, you might
19777 expect the answer @samp{[]}.
19778
19779 If a set contains interval forms, then it is assumed to be a set of
19780 real numbers. In this case, all set operations require the elements
19781 of the set to be only things that are allowed in intervals: Real
19782 numbers, plus and minus infinity, HMS forms, and date forms. If
19783 there are variables or other non-real objects present in a real set,
19784 all set operations on it will be left in unevaluated form.
19785
19786 If the input to a set operation is a plain number or interval form
19787 @var{a}, it is treated like the one-element vector @samp{[@var{a}]}.
19788 The result is always a vector, except that if the set consists of a
19789 single interval, the interval itself is returned instead.
19790
19791 @xref{Logical Operations}, for the @code{in} function which tests if
19792 a certain value is a member of a given set. To test if the set @cite{A}
19793 is a subset of the set @cite{B}, use @samp{vdiff(A, B) = []}.
19794
19795 @kindex V +
19796 @pindex calc-remove-duplicates
19797 @tindex rdup
19798 The @kbd{V +} (@code{calc-remove-duplicates}) [@code{rdup}] command
19799 converts an arbitrary vector into set notation. It works by sorting
19800 the vector as if by @kbd{V S}, then removing duplicates. (For example,
19801 @kbd{[a, 5, 4, a, 4.0]} is sorted to @samp{[4, 4.0, 5, a, a]} and then
19802 reduced to @samp{[4, 5, a]}). Overlapping intervals are merged as
19803 necessary. You rarely need to use @kbd{V +} explicitly, since all the
19804 other set-based commands apply @kbd{V +} to their inputs before using
19805 them.
19806
19807 @kindex V V
19808 @pindex calc-set-union
19809 @tindex vunion
19810 The @kbd{V V} (@code{calc-set-union}) [@code{vunion}] command computes
19811 the union of two sets. An object is in the union of two sets if and
19812 only if it is in either (or both) of the input sets. (You could
19813 accomplish the same thing by concatenating the sets with @kbd{|},
19814 then using @kbd{V +}.)
19815
19816 @kindex V ^
19817 @pindex calc-set-intersect
19818 @tindex vint
19819 The @kbd{V ^} (@code{calc-set-intersect}) [@code{vint}] command computes
19820 the intersection of two sets. An object is in the intersection if
19821 and only if it is in both of the input sets. Thus if the input
19822 sets are disjoint, i.e., if they share no common elements, the result
19823 will be the empty vector @samp{[]}. Note that the characters @kbd{V}
19824 and @kbd{^} were chosen to be close to the conventional mathematical
19825 notation for set union@c{ ($A \cup B$)}
19826 @asis{} and intersection@c{ ($A \cap B$)}
19827 @asis{}.
19828
19829 @kindex V -
19830 @pindex calc-set-difference
19831 @tindex vdiff
19832 The @kbd{V -} (@code{calc-set-difference}) [@code{vdiff}] command computes
19833 the difference between two sets. An object is in the difference
19834 @cite{A - B} if and only if it is in @cite{A} but not in @cite{B}.
19835 Thus subtracting @samp{[y,z]} from a set will remove the elements
19836 @samp{y} and @samp{z} if they are present. You can also think of this
19837 as a general @dfn{set complement} operator; if @cite{A} is the set of
19838 all possible values, then @cite{A - B} is the ``complement'' of @cite{B}.
19839 Obviously this is only practical if the set of all possible values in
19840 your problem is small enough to list in a Calc vector (or simple
19841 enough to express in a few intervals).
19842
19843 @kindex V X
19844 @pindex calc-set-xor
19845 @tindex vxor
19846 The @kbd{V X} (@code{calc-set-xor}) [@code{vxor}] command computes
19847 the ``exclusive-or,'' or ``symmetric difference'' of two sets.
19848 An object is in the symmetric difference of two sets if and only
19849 if it is in one, but @emph{not} both, of the sets. Objects that
19850 occur in both sets ``cancel out.''
19851
19852 @kindex V ~
19853 @pindex calc-set-complement
19854 @tindex vcompl
19855 The @kbd{V ~} (@code{calc-set-complement}) [@code{vcompl}] command
19856 computes the complement of a set with respect to the real numbers.
19857 Thus @samp{vcompl(x)} is equivalent to @samp{vdiff([-inf .. inf], x)}.
19858 For example, @samp{vcompl([2, (3 .. 4]])} evaluates to
19859 @samp{[[-inf .. 2), (2 .. 3], (4 .. inf]]}.
19860
19861 @kindex V F
19862 @pindex calc-set-floor
19863 @tindex vfloor
19864 The @kbd{V F} (@code{calc-set-floor}) [@code{vfloor}] command
19865 reinterprets a set as a set of integers. Any non-integer values,
19866 and intervals that do not enclose any integers, are removed. Open
19867 intervals are converted to equivalent closed intervals. Successive
19868 integers are converted into intervals of integers. For example, the
19869 complement of the set @samp{[2, 6, 7, 8]} is messy, but if you wanted
19870 the complement with respect to the set of integers you could type
19871 @kbd{V ~ V F} to get @samp{[[-inf .. 1], [3 .. 5], [9 .. inf]]}.
19872
19873 @kindex V E
19874 @pindex calc-set-enumerate
19875 @tindex venum
19876 The @kbd{V E} (@code{calc-set-enumerate}) [@code{venum}] command
19877 converts a set of integers into an explicit vector. Intervals in
19878 the set are expanded out to lists of all integers encompassed by
19879 the intervals. This only works for finite sets (i.e., sets which
19880 do not involve @samp{-inf} or @samp{inf}).
19881
19882 @kindex V :
19883 @pindex calc-set-span
19884 @tindex vspan
19885 The @kbd{V :} (@code{calc-set-span}) [@code{vspan}] command converts any
19886 set of reals into an interval form that encompasses all its elements.
19887 The lower limit will be the smallest element in the set; the upper
19888 limit will be the largest element. For an empty set, @samp{vspan([])}
19889 returns the empty interval @w{@samp{[0 .. 0)}}.
19890
19891 @kindex V #
19892 @pindex calc-set-cardinality
19893 @tindex vcard
19894 The @kbd{V #} (@code{calc-set-cardinality}) [@code{vcard}] command counts
19895 the number of integers in a set. The result is the length of the vector
19896 that would be produced by @kbd{V E}, although the computation is much
19897 more efficient than actually producing that vector.
19898
19899 @cindex Sets, as binary numbers
19900 Another representation for sets that may be more appropriate in some
19901 cases is binary numbers. If you are dealing with sets of integers
19902 in the range 0 to 49, you can use a 50-bit binary number where a
19903 particular bit is 1 if the corresponding element is in the set.
19904 @xref{Binary Functions}, for a list of commands that operate on
19905 binary numbers. Note that many of the above set operations have
19906 direct equivalents in binary arithmetic: @kbd{b o} (@code{calc-or}),
19907 @kbd{b a} (@code{calc-and}), @kbd{b d} (@code{calc-diff}),
19908 @kbd{b x} (@code{calc-xor}), and @kbd{b n} (@code{calc-not}),
19909 respectively. You can use whatever representation for sets is most
19910 convenient to you.
19911
19912 @kindex b p
19913 @kindex b u
19914 @pindex calc-pack-bits
19915 @pindex calc-unpack-bits
19916 @tindex vpack
19917 @tindex vunpack
19918 The @kbd{b u} (@code{calc-unpack-bits}) [@code{vunpack}] command
19919 converts an integer that represents a set in binary into a set
19920 in vector/interval notation. For example, @samp{vunpack(67)}
19921 returns @samp{[[0 .. 1], 6]}. If the input is negative, the set
19922 it represents is semi-infinite: @samp{vunpack(-4) = [2 .. inf)}.
19923 Use @kbd{V E} afterwards to expand intervals to individual
19924 values if you wish. Note that this command uses the @kbd{b}
19925 (binary) prefix key.
19926
19927 The @kbd{b p} (@code{calc-pack-bits}) [@code{vpack}] command
19928 converts the other way, from a vector or interval representing
19929 a set of nonnegative integers into a binary integer describing
19930 the same set. The set may include positive infinity, but must
19931 not include any negative numbers. The input is interpreted as a
19932 set of integers in the sense of @kbd{V F} (@code{vfloor}). Beware
19933 that a simple input like @samp{[100]} can result in a huge integer
19934 representation (@c{$2^{100}$}
19935 @cite{2^100}, a 31-digit integer, in this case).
19936
19937 @node Statistical Operations, Reducing and Mapping, Set Operations, Matrix Functions
19938 @section Statistical Operations on Vectors
19939
19940 @noindent
19941 @cindex Statistical functions
19942 The commands in this section take vectors as arguments and compute
19943 various statistical measures on the data stored in the vectors. The
19944 references used in the definitions of these functions are Bevington's
19945 @emph{Data Reduction and Error Analysis for the Physical Sciences},
19946 and @emph{Numerical Recipes} by Press, Flannery, Teukolsky and
19947 Vetterling.
19948
19949 The statistical commands use the @kbd{u} prefix key followed by
19950 a shifted letter or other character.
19951
19952 @xref{Manipulating Vectors}, for a description of @kbd{V H}
19953 (@code{calc-histogram}).
19954
19955 @xref{Curve Fitting}, for the @kbd{a F} command for doing
19956 least-squares fits to statistical data.
19957
19958 @xref{Probability Distribution Functions}, for several common
19959 probability distribution functions.
19960
19961 @menu
19962 * Single-Variable Statistics::
19963 * Paired-Sample Statistics::
19964 @end menu
19965
19966 @node Single-Variable Statistics, Paired-Sample Statistics, Statistical Operations, Statistical Operations
19967 @subsection Single-Variable Statistics
19968
19969 @noindent
19970 These functions do various statistical computations on single
19971 vectors. Given a numeric prefix argument, they actually pop
19972 @var{n} objects from the stack and combine them into a data
19973 vector. Each object may be either a number or a vector; if a
19974 vector, any sub-vectors inside it are ``flattened'' as if by
19975 @kbd{v a 0}; @pxref{Manipulating Vectors}. By default one object
19976 is popped, which (in order to be useful) is usually a vector.
19977
19978 If an argument is a variable name, and the value stored in that
19979 variable is a vector, then the stored vector is used. This method
19980 has the advantage that if your data vector is large, you can avoid
19981 the slow process of manipulating it directly on the stack.
19982
19983 These functions are left in symbolic form if any of their arguments
19984 are not numbers or vectors, e.g., if an argument is a formula, or
19985 a non-vector variable. However, formulas embedded within vector
19986 arguments are accepted; the result is a symbolic representation
19987 of the computation, based on the assumption that the formula does
19988 not itself represent a vector. All varieties of numbers such as
19989 error forms and interval forms are acceptable.
19990
19991 Some of the functions in this section also accept a single error form
19992 or interval as an argument. They then describe a property of the
19993 normal or uniform (respectively) statistical distribution described
19994 by the argument. The arguments are interpreted in the same way as
19995 the @var{M} argument of the random number function @kbd{k r}. In
19996 particular, an interval with integer limits is considered an integer
19997 distribution, so that @samp{[2 .. 6)} is the same as @samp{[2 .. 5]}.
19998 An interval with at least one floating-point limit is a continuous
19999 distribution: @samp{[2.0 .. 6.0)} is @emph{not} the same as
20000 @samp{[2.0 .. 5.0]}!
20001
20002 @kindex u #
20003 @pindex calc-vector-count
20004 @tindex vcount
20005 The @kbd{u #} (@code{calc-vector-count}) [@code{vcount}] command
20006 computes the number of data values represented by the inputs.
20007 For example, @samp{vcount(1, [2, 3], [[4, 5], [], x, y])} returns 7.
20008 If the argument is a single vector with no sub-vectors, this
20009 simply computes the length of the vector.
20010
20011 @kindex u +
20012 @kindex u *
20013 @pindex calc-vector-sum
20014 @pindex calc-vector-prod
20015 @tindex vsum
20016 @tindex vprod
20017 @cindex Summations (statistical)
20018 The @kbd{u +} (@code{calc-vector-sum}) [@code{vsum}] command
20019 computes the sum of the data values. The @kbd{u *}
20020 (@code{calc-vector-prod}) [@code{vprod}] command computes the
20021 product of the data values. If the input is a single flat vector,
20022 these are the same as @kbd{V R +} and @kbd{V R *}
20023 (@pxref{Reducing and Mapping}).@refill
20024
20025 @kindex u X
20026 @kindex u N
20027 @pindex calc-vector-max
20028 @pindex calc-vector-min
20029 @tindex vmax
20030 @tindex vmin
20031 The @kbd{u X} (@code{calc-vector-max}) [@code{vmax}] command
20032 computes the maximum of the data values, and the @kbd{u N}
20033 (@code{calc-vector-min}) [@code{vmin}] command computes the minimum.
20034 If the argument is an interval, this finds the minimum or maximum
20035 value in the interval. (Note that @samp{vmax([2..6)) = 5} as
20036 described above.) If the argument is an error form, this returns
20037 plus or minus infinity.
20038
20039 @kindex u M
20040 @pindex calc-vector-mean
20041 @tindex vmean
20042 @cindex Mean of data values
20043 The @kbd{u M} (@code{calc-vector-mean}) [@code{vmean}] command
20044 computes the average (arithmetic mean) of the data values.
20045 If the inputs are error forms @c{$x$ @code{+/-} $\sigma$}
20046 @samp{x +/- s}, this is the weighted
20047 mean of the @cite{x} values with weights @c{$1 / \sigma^2$}
20048 @cite{1 / s^2}.
20049 @tex
20050 \turnoffactive
20051 $$ \mu = { \displaystyle \sum { x_i \over \sigma_i^2 } \over
20052 \displaystyle \sum { 1 \over \sigma_i^2 } } $$
20053 @end tex
20054 If the inputs are not error forms, this is simply the sum of the
20055 values divided by the count of the values.@refill
20056
20057 Note that a plain number can be considered an error form with
20058 error @c{$\sigma = 0$}
20059 @cite{s = 0}. If the input to @kbd{u M} is a mixture of
20060 plain numbers and error forms, the result is the mean of the
20061 plain numbers, ignoring all values with non-zero errors. (By the
20062 above definitions it's clear that a plain number effectively
20063 has an infinite weight, next to which an error form with a finite
20064 weight is completely negligible.)
20065
20066 This function also works for distributions (error forms or
20067 intervals). The mean of an error form `@i{a} @t{+/-} @i{b}' is simply
20068 @cite{a}. The mean of an interval is the mean of the minimum
20069 and maximum values of the interval.
20070
20071 @kindex I u M
20072 @pindex calc-vector-mean-error
20073 @tindex vmeane
20074 The @kbd{I u M} (@code{calc-vector-mean-error}) [@code{vmeane}]
20075 command computes the mean of the data points expressed as an
20076 error form. This includes the estimated error associated with
20077 the mean. If the inputs are error forms, the error is the square
20078 root of the reciprocal of the sum of the reciprocals of the squares
20079 of the input errors. (I.e., the variance is the reciprocal of the
20080 sum of the reciprocals of the variances.)
20081 @tex
20082 \turnoffactive
20083 $$ \sigma_\mu^2 = {1 \over \displaystyle \sum {1 \over \sigma_i^2}} $$
20084 @end tex
20085 If the inputs are plain
20086 numbers, the error is equal to the standard deviation of the values
20087 divided by the square root of the number of values. (This works
20088 out to be equivalent to calculating the standard deviation and
20089 then assuming each value's error is equal to this standard
20090 deviation.)@refill
20091 @tex
20092 \turnoffactive
20093 $$ \sigma_\mu^2 = {\sigma^2 \over N} $$
20094 @end tex
20095
20096 @kindex H u M
20097 @pindex calc-vector-median
20098 @tindex vmedian
20099 @cindex Median of data values
20100 The @kbd{H u M} (@code{calc-vector-median}) [@code{vmedian}]
20101 command computes the median of the data values. The values are
20102 first sorted into numerical order; the median is the middle
20103 value after sorting. (If the number of data values is even,
20104 the median is taken to be the average of the two middle values.)
20105 The median function is different from the other functions in
20106 this section in that the arguments must all be real numbers;
20107 variables are not accepted even when nested inside vectors.
20108 (Otherwise it is not possible to sort the data values.) If
20109 any of the input values are error forms, their error parts are
20110 ignored.
20111
20112 The median function also accepts distributions. For both normal
20113 (error form) and uniform (interval) distributions, the median is
20114 the same as the mean.
20115
20116 @kindex H I u M
20117 @pindex calc-vector-harmonic-mean
20118 @tindex vhmean
20119 @cindex Harmonic mean
20120 The @kbd{H I u M} (@code{calc-vector-harmonic-mean}) [@code{vhmean}]
20121 command computes the harmonic mean of the data values. This is
20122 defined as the reciprocal of the arithmetic mean of the reciprocals
20123 of the values.
20124 @tex
20125 \turnoffactive
20126 $$ { N \over \displaystyle \sum {1 \over x_i} } $$
20127 @end tex
20128
20129 @kindex u G
20130 @pindex calc-vector-geometric-mean
20131 @tindex vgmean
20132 @cindex Geometric mean
20133 The @kbd{u G} (@code{calc-vector-geometric-mean}) [@code{vgmean}]
20134 command computes the geometric mean of the data values. This
20135 is the @i{N}th root of the product of the values. This is also
20136 equal to the @code{exp} of the arithmetic mean of the logarithms
20137 of the data values.
20138 @tex
20139 \turnoffactive
20140 $$ \exp \left ( \sum { \ln x_i } \right ) =
20141 \left ( \prod { x_i } \right)^{1 / N} $$
20142 @end tex
20143
20144 @kindex H u G
20145 @tindex agmean
20146 The @kbd{H u G} [@code{agmean}] command computes the ``arithmetic-geometric
20147 mean'' of two numbers taken from the stack. This is computed by
20148 replacing the two numbers with their arithmetic mean and geometric
20149 mean, then repeating until the two values converge.
20150 @tex
20151 \turnoffactive
20152 $$ a_{i+1} = { a_i + b_i \over 2 } , \qquad b_{i+1} = \sqrt{a_i b_i} $$
20153 @end tex
20154
20155 @cindex Root-mean-square
20156 Another commonly used mean, the RMS (root-mean-square), can be computed
20157 for a vector of numbers simply by using the @kbd{A} command.
20158
20159 @kindex u S
20160 @pindex calc-vector-sdev
20161 @tindex vsdev
20162 @cindex Standard deviation
20163 @cindex Sample statistics
20164 The @kbd{u S} (@code{calc-vector-sdev}) [@code{vsdev}] command
20165 computes the standard deviation@c{ $\sigma$}
20166 @asis{} of the data values. If the
20167 values are error forms, the errors are used as weights just
20168 as for @kbd{u M}. This is the @emph{sample} standard deviation,
20169 whose value is the square root of the sum of the squares of the
20170 differences between the values and the mean of the @cite{N} values,
20171 divided by @cite{N-1}.
20172 @tex
20173 \turnoffactive
20174 $$ \sigma^2 = {1 \over N - 1} \sum (x_i - \mu)^2 $$
20175 @end tex
20176
20177 This function also applies to distributions. The standard deviation
20178 of a single error form is simply the error part. The standard deviation
20179 of a continuous interval happens to equal the difference between the
20180 limits, divided by @c{$\sqrt{12}$}
20181 @cite{sqrt(12)}. The standard deviation of an
20182 integer interval is the same as the standard deviation of a vector
20183 of those integers.
20184
20185 @kindex I u S
20186 @pindex calc-vector-pop-sdev
20187 @tindex vpsdev
20188 @cindex Population statistics
20189 The @kbd{I u S} (@code{calc-vector-pop-sdev}) [@code{vpsdev}]
20190 command computes the @emph{population} standard deviation.
20191 It is defined by the same formula as above but dividing
20192 by @cite{N} instead of by @cite{N-1}. The population standard
20193 deviation is used when the input represents the entire set of
20194 data values in the distribution; the sample standard deviation
20195 is used when the input represents a sample of the set of all
20196 data values, so that the mean computed from the input is itself
20197 only an estimate of the true mean.
20198 @tex
20199 \turnoffactive
20200 $$ \sigma^2 = {1 \over N} \sum (x_i - \mu)^2 $$
20201 @end tex
20202
20203 For error forms and continuous intervals, @code{vpsdev} works
20204 exactly like @code{vsdev}. For integer intervals, it computes the
20205 population standard deviation of the equivalent vector of integers.
20206
20207 @kindex H u S
20208 @kindex H I u S
20209 @pindex calc-vector-variance
20210 @pindex calc-vector-pop-variance
20211 @tindex vvar
20212 @tindex vpvar
20213 @cindex Variance of data values
20214 The @kbd{H u S} (@code{calc-vector-variance}) [@code{vvar}] and
20215 @kbd{H I u S} (@code{calc-vector-pop-variance}) [@code{vpvar}]
20216 commands compute the variance of the data values. The variance
20217 is the square@c{ $\sigma^2$}
20218 @asis{} of the standard deviation, i.e., the sum of the
20219 squares of the deviations of the data values from the mean.
20220 (This definition also applies when the argument is a distribution.)
20221
20222 @c @starindex
20223 @tindex vflat
20224 The @code{vflat} algebraic function returns a vector of its
20225 arguments, interpreted in the same way as the other functions
20226 in this section. For example, @samp{vflat(1, [2, [3, 4]], 5)}
20227 returns @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]}.
20228
20229 @node Paired-Sample Statistics, , Single-Variable Statistics, Statistical Operations
20230 @subsection Paired-Sample Statistics
20231
20232 @noindent
20233 The functions in this section take two arguments, which must be
20234 vectors of equal size. The vectors are each flattened in the same
20235 way as by the single-variable statistical functions. Given a numeric
20236 prefix argument of 1, these functions instead take one object from
20237 the stack, which must be an @c{$N\times2$}
20238 @asis{Nx2} matrix of data values. Once
20239 again, variable names can be used in place of actual vectors and
20240 matrices.
20241
20242 @kindex u C
20243 @pindex calc-vector-covariance
20244 @tindex vcov
20245 @cindex Covariance
20246 The @kbd{u C} (@code{calc-vector-covariance}) [@code{vcov}] command
20247 computes the sample covariance of two vectors. The covariance
20248 of vectors @var{x} and @var{y} is the sum of the products of the
20249 differences between the elements of @var{x} and the mean of @var{x}
20250 times the differences between the corresponding elements of @var{y}
20251 and the mean of @var{y}, all divided by @cite{N-1}. Note that
20252 the variance of a vector is just the covariance of the vector
20253 with itself. Once again, if the inputs are error forms the
20254 errors are used as weight factors. If both @var{x} and @var{y}
20255 are composed of error forms, the error for a given data point
20256 is taken as the square root of the sum of the squares of the two
20257 input errors.
20258 @tex
20259 \turnoffactive
20260 $$ \sigma_{x\!y}^2 = {1 \over N-1} \sum (x_i - \mu_x) (y_i - \mu_y) $$
20261 $$ \sigma_{x\!y}^2 =
20262 {\displaystyle {1 \over N-1}
20263 \sum {(x_i - \mu_x) (y_i - \mu_y) \over \sigma_i^2}
20264 \over \displaystyle {1 \over N} \sum {1 \over \sigma_i^2}}
20265 $$
20266 @end tex
20267
20268 @kindex I u C
20269 @pindex calc-vector-pop-covariance
20270 @tindex vpcov
20271 The @kbd{I u C} (@code{calc-vector-pop-covariance}) [@code{vpcov}]
20272 command computes the population covariance, which is the same as the
20273 sample covariance computed by @kbd{u C} except dividing by @cite{N}
20274 instead of @cite{N-1}.
20275
20276 @kindex H u C
20277 @pindex calc-vector-correlation
20278 @tindex vcorr
20279 @cindex Correlation coefficient
20280 @cindex Linear correlation
20281 The @kbd{H u C} (@code{calc-vector-correlation}) [@code{vcorr}]
20282 command computes the linear correlation coefficient of two vectors.
20283 This is defined by the covariance of the vectors divided by the
20284 product of their standard deviations. (There is no difference
20285 between sample or population statistics here.)
20286 @tex
20287 \turnoffactive
20288 $$ r_{x\!y} = { \sigma_{x\!y}^2 \over \sigma_x^2 \sigma_y^2 } $$
20289 @end tex
20290
20291 @node Reducing and Mapping, Vector and Matrix Formats, Statistical Operations, Matrix Functions
20292 @section Reducing and Mapping Vectors
20293
20294 @noindent
20295 The commands in this section allow for more general operations on the
20296 elements of vectors.
20297
20298 @kindex V A
20299 @pindex calc-apply
20300 @tindex apply
20301 The simplest of these operations is @kbd{V A} (@code{calc-apply})
20302 [@code{apply}], which applies a given operator to the elements of a vector.
20303 For example, applying the hypothetical function @code{f} to the vector
20304 @w{@samp{[1, 2, 3]}} would produce the function call @samp{f(1, 2, 3)}.
20305 Applying the @code{+} function to the vector @samp{[a, b]} gives
20306 @samp{a + b}. Applying @code{+} to the vector @samp{[a, b, c]} is an
20307 error, since the @code{+} function expects exactly two arguments.
20308
20309 While @kbd{V A} is useful in some cases, you will usually find that either
20310 @kbd{V R} or @kbd{V M}, described below, is closer to what you want.
20311
20312 @menu
20313 * Specifying Operators::
20314 * Mapping::
20315 * Reducing::
20316 * Nesting and Fixed Points::
20317 * Generalized Products::
20318 @end menu
20319
20320 @node Specifying Operators, Mapping, Reducing and Mapping, Reducing and Mapping
20321 @subsection Specifying Operators
20322
20323 @noindent
20324 Commands in this section (like @kbd{V A}) prompt you to press the key
20325 corresponding to the desired operator. Press @kbd{?} for a partial
20326 list of the available operators. Generally, an operator is any key or
20327 sequence of keys that would normally take one or more arguments from
20328 the stack and replace them with a result. For example, @kbd{V A H C}
20329 uses the hyperbolic cosine operator, @code{cosh}. (Since @code{cosh}
20330 expects one argument, @kbd{V A H C} requires a vector with a single
20331 element as its argument.)
20332
20333 You can press @kbd{x} at the operator prompt to select any algebraic
20334 function by name to use as the operator. This includes functions you
20335 have defined yourself using the @kbd{Z F} command. (@xref{Algebraic
20336 Definitions}.) If you give a name for which no function has been
20337 defined, the result is left in symbolic form, as in @samp{f(1, 2, 3)}.
20338 Calc will prompt for the number of arguments the function takes if it
20339 can't figure it out on its own (say, because you named a function that
20340 is currently undefined). It is also possible to type a digit key before
20341 the function name to specify the number of arguments, e.g.,
20342 @kbd{V M 3 x f RET} calls @code{f} with three arguments even if it
20343 looks like it ought to have only two. This technique may be necessary
20344 if the function allows a variable number of arguments. For example,
20345 the @kbd{v e} [@code{vexp}] function accepts two or three arguments;
20346 if you want to map with the three-argument version, you will have to
20347 type @kbd{V M 3 v e}.
20348
20349 It is also possible to apply any formula to a vector by treating that
20350 formula as a function. When prompted for the operator to use, press
20351 @kbd{'} (the apostrophe) and type your formula as an algebraic entry.
20352 You will then be prompted for the argument list, which defaults to a
20353 list of all variables that appear in the formula, sorted into alphabetic
20354 order. For example, suppose you enter the formula @w{@samp{x + 2y^x}}.
20355 The default argument list would be @samp{(x y)}, which means that if
20356 this function is applied to the arguments @samp{[3, 10]} the result will
20357 be @samp{3 + 2*10^3}. (If you plan to use a certain formula in this
20358 way often, you might consider defining it as a function with @kbd{Z F}.)
20359
20360 Another way to specify the arguments to the formula you enter is with
20361 @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, and so on. For example, @kbd{V A ' $$ + 2$^$$}
20362 has the same effect as the previous example. The argument list is
20363 automatically taken to be @samp{($$ $)}. (The order of the arguments
20364 may seem backwards, but it is analogous to the way normal algebraic
20365 entry interacts with the stack.)
20366
20367 If you press @kbd{$} at the operator prompt, the effect is similar to
20368 the apostrophe except that the relevant formula is taken from top-of-stack
20369 instead. The actual vector arguments of the @kbd{V A $} or related command
20370 then start at the second-to-top stack position. You will still be
20371 prompted for an argument list.
20372
20373 @cindex Nameless functions
20374 @cindex Generic functions
20375 A function can be written without a name using the notation @samp{<#1 - #2>},
20376 which means ``a function of two arguments that computes the first
20377 argument minus the second argument.'' The symbols @samp{#1} and @samp{#2}
20378 are placeholders for the arguments. You can use any names for these
20379 placeholders if you wish, by including an argument list followed by a
20380 colon: @samp{<x, y : x - y>}. When you type @kbd{V A ' $$ + 2$^$$ RET},
20381 Calc builds the nameless function @samp{<#1 + 2 #2^#1>} as the function
20382 to map across the vectors. When you type @kbd{V A ' x + 2y^x RET RET},
20383 Calc builds the nameless function @w{@samp{<x, y : x + 2 y^x>}}. In both
20384 cases, Calc also writes the nameless function to the Trail so that you
20385 can get it back later if you wish.
20386
20387 If there is only one argument, you can write @samp{#} in place of @samp{#1}.
20388 (Note that @samp{< >} notation is also used for date forms. Calc tells
20389 that @samp{<@var{stuff}>} is a nameless function by the presence of
20390 @samp{#} signs inside @var{stuff}, or by the fact that @var{stuff}
20391 begins with a list of variables followed by a colon.)
20392
20393 You can type a nameless function directly to @kbd{V A '}, or put one on
20394 the stack and use it with @w{@kbd{V A $}}. Calc will not prompt for an
20395 argument list in this case, since the nameless function specifies the
20396 argument list as well as the function itself. In @kbd{V A '}, you can
20397 omit the @samp{< >} marks if you use @samp{#} notation for the arguments,
20398 so that @kbd{V A ' #1+#2 RET} is the same as @kbd{V A ' <#1+#2> RET},
20399 which in turn is the same as @kbd{V A ' $$+$ RET}.
20400
20401 @cindex Lambda expressions
20402 @c @starindex
20403 @tindex lambda
20404 The internal format for @samp{<x, y : x + y>} is @samp{lambda(x, y, x + y)}.
20405 (The word @code{lambda} derives from Lisp notation and the theory of
20406 functions.) The internal format for @samp{<#1 + #2>} is @samp{lambda(ArgA,
20407 ArgB, ArgA + ArgB)}. Note that there is no actual Calc function called
20408 @code{lambda}; the whole point is that the @code{lambda} expression is
20409 used in its symbolic form, not evaluated for an answer until it is applied
20410 to specific arguments by a command like @kbd{V A} or @kbd{V M}.
20411
20412 (Actually, @code{lambda} does have one special property: Its arguments
20413 are never evaluated; for example, putting @samp{<(2/3) #>} on the stack
20414 will not simplify the @samp{2/3} until the nameless function is actually
20415 called.)
20416
20417 @tindex add
20418 @tindex sub
20419 @c @mindex @idots
20420 @tindex mul
20421 @c @mindex @null
20422 @tindex div
20423 @c @mindex @null
20424 @tindex pow
20425 @c @mindex @null
20426 @tindex neg
20427 @c @mindex @null
20428 @tindex mod
20429 @c @mindex @null
20430 @tindex vconcat
20431 As usual, commands like @kbd{V A} have algebraic function name equivalents.
20432 For example, @kbd{V A k g} with an argument of @samp{v} is equivalent to
20433 @samp{apply(gcd, v)}. The first argument specifies the operator name,
20434 and is either a variable whose name is the same as the function name,
20435 or a nameless function like @samp{<#^3+1>}. Operators that are normally
20436 written as algebraic symbols have the names @code{add}, @code{sub},
20437 @code{mul}, @code{div}, @code{pow}, @code{neg}, @code{mod}, and
20438 @code{vconcat}.@refill
20439
20440 @c @starindex
20441 @tindex call
20442 The @code{call} function builds a function call out of several arguments:
20443 @samp{call(gcd, x, y)} is the same as @samp{apply(gcd, [x, y])}, which
20444 in turn is the same as @samp{gcd(x, y)}. The first argument of @code{call},
20445 like the other functions described here, may be either a variable naming a
20446 function, or a nameless function (@samp{call(<#1+2#2>, x, y)} is the same
20447 as @samp{x + 2y}).
20448
20449 (Experts will notice that it's not quite proper to use a variable to name
20450 a function, since the name @code{gcd} corresponds to the Lisp variable
20451 @code{var-gcd} but to the Lisp function @code{calcFunc-gcd}. Calc
20452 automatically makes this translation, so you don't have to worry
20453 about it.)
20454
20455 @node Mapping, Reducing, Specifying Operators, Reducing and Mapping
20456 @subsection Mapping
20457
20458 @noindent
20459 @kindex V M
20460 @pindex calc-map
20461 @tindex map
20462 The @kbd{V M} (@code{calc-map}) [@code{map}] command applies a given
20463 operator elementwise to one or more vectors. For example, mapping
20464 @code{A} [@code{abs}] produces a vector of the absolute values of the
20465 elements in the input vector. Mapping @code{+} pops two vectors from
20466 the stack, which must be of equal length, and produces a vector of the
20467 pairwise sums of the elements. If either argument is a non-vector, it
20468 is duplicated for each element of the other vector. For example,
20469 @kbd{[1,2,3] 2 V M ^} squares the elements of the specified vector.
20470 With the 2 listed first, it would have computed a vector of powers of
20471 two. Mapping a user-defined function pops as many arguments from the
20472 stack as the function requires. If you give an undefined name, you will
20473 be prompted for the number of arguments to use.@refill
20474
20475 If any argument to @kbd{V M} is a matrix, the operator is normally mapped
20476 across all elements of the matrix. For example, given the matrix
20477 @cite{[[1, -2, 3], [-4, 5, -6]]}, @kbd{V M A} takes six absolute values to
20478 produce another @c{$3\times2$}
20479 @asis{3x2} matrix, @cite{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5, 6]]}.
20480
20481 @tindex mapr
20482 The command @kbd{V M _} [@code{mapr}] (i.e., type an underscore at the
20483 operator prompt) maps by rows instead. For example, @kbd{V M _ A} views
20484 the above matrix as a vector of two 3-element row vectors. It produces
20485 a new vector which contains the absolute values of those row vectors,
20486 namely @cite{[3.74, 8.77]}. (Recall, the absolute value of a vector is
20487 defined as the square root of the sum of the squares of the elements.)
20488 Some operators accept vectors and return new vectors; for example,
20489 @kbd{v v} reverses a vector, so @kbd{V M _ v v} would reverse each row
20490 of the matrix to get a new matrix, @cite{[[3, -2, 1], [-6, 5, -4]]}.
20491
20492 Sometimes a vector of vectors (representing, say, strings, sets, or lists)
20493 happens to look like a matrix. If so, remember to use @kbd{V M _} if you
20494 want to map a function across the whole strings or sets rather than across
20495 their individual elements.
20496
20497 @tindex mapc
20498 The command @kbd{V M :} [@code{mapc}] maps by columns. Basically, it
20499 transposes the input matrix, maps by rows, and then, if the result is a
20500 matrix, transposes again. For example, @kbd{V M : A} takes the absolute
20501 values of the three columns of the matrix, treating each as a 2-vector,
20502 and @kbd{V M : v v} reverses the columns to get the matrix
20503 @cite{[[-4, 5, -6], [1, -2, 3]]}.
20504
20505 (The symbols @kbd{_} and @kbd{:} were chosen because they had row-like
20506 and column-like appearances, and were not already taken by useful
20507 operators. Also, they appear shifted on most keyboards so they are easy
20508 to type after @kbd{V M}.)
20509
20510 The @kbd{_} and @kbd{:} modifiers have no effect on arguments that are
20511 not matrices (so if none of the arguments are matrices, they have no
20512 effect at all). If some of the arguments are matrices and others are
20513 plain numbers, the plain numbers are held constant for all rows of the
20514 matrix (so that @kbd{2 V M _ ^} squares every row of a matrix; squaring
20515 a vector takes a dot product of the vector with itself).
20516
20517 If some of the arguments are vectors with the same lengths as the
20518 rows (for @kbd{V M _}) or columns (for @kbd{V M :}) of the matrix
20519 arguments, those vectors are also held constant for every row or
20520 column.
20521
20522 Sometimes it is useful to specify another mapping command as the operator
20523 to use with @kbd{V M}. For example, @kbd{V M _ V A +} applies @kbd{V A +}
20524 to each row of the input matrix, which in turn adds the two values on that
20525 row. If you give another vector-operator command as the operator for
20526 @kbd{V M}, it automatically uses map-by-rows mode if you don't specify
20527 otherwise; thus @kbd{V M V A +} is equivalent to @kbd{V M _ V A +}. (If
20528 you really want to map-by-elements another mapping command, you can use
20529 a triple-nested mapping command: @kbd{V M V M V A +} means to map
20530 @kbd{V M V A +} over the rows of the matrix; in turn, @kbd{V A +} is
20531 mapped over the elements of each row.)
20532
20533 @tindex mapa
20534 @tindex mapd
20535 Previous versions of Calc had ``map across'' and ``map down'' modes
20536 that are now considered obsolete; the old ``map across'' is now simply
20537 @kbd{V M V A}, and ``map down'' is now @kbd{V M : V A}. The algebraic
20538 functions @code{mapa} and @code{mapd} are still supported, though.
20539 Note also that, while the old mapping modes were persistent (once you
20540 set the mode, it would apply to later mapping commands until you reset
20541 it), the new @kbd{:} and @kbd{_} modifiers apply only to the current
20542 mapping command. The default @kbd{V M} always means map-by-elements.
20543
20544 @xref{Algebraic Manipulation}, for the @kbd{a M} command, which is like
20545 @kbd{V M} but for equations and inequalities instead of vectors.
20546 @xref{Storing Variables}, for the @kbd{s m} command which modifies a
20547 variable's stored value using a @kbd{V M}-like operator.
20548
20549 @node Reducing, Nesting and Fixed Points, Mapping, Reducing and Mapping
20550 @subsection Reducing
20551
20552 @noindent
20553 @kindex V R
20554 @pindex calc-reduce
20555 @tindex reduce
20556 The @kbd{V R} (@code{calc-reduce}) [@code{reduce}] command applies a given
20557 binary operator across all the elements of a vector. A binary operator is
20558 a function such as @code{+} or @code{max} which takes two arguments. For
20559 example, reducing @code{+} over a vector computes the sum of the elements
20560 of the vector. Reducing @code{-} computes the first element minus each of
20561 the remaining elements. Reducing @code{max} computes the maximum element
20562 and so on. In general, reducing @code{f} over the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]}
20563 produces @samp{f(f(f(a, b), c), d)}.
20564
20565 @kindex I V R
20566 @tindex rreduce
20567 The @kbd{I V R} [@code{rreduce}] command is similar to @kbd{V R} except
20568 that works from right to left through the vector. For example, plain
20569 @kbd{V R -} on the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces @samp{a - b - c - d}
20570 but @kbd{I V R -} on the same vector produces @samp{a - (b - (c - d))},
20571 or @samp{a - b + c - d}. This ``alternating sum'' occurs frequently
20572 in power series expansions.
20573
20574 @kindex V U
20575 @tindex accum
20576 The @kbd{V U} (@code{calc-accumulate}) [@code{accum}] command does an
20577 accumulation operation. Here Calc does the corresponding reduction
20578 operation, but instead of producing only the final result, it produces
20579 a vector of all the intermediate results. Accumulating @code{+} over
20580 the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces the vector
20581 @samp{[a, a + b, a + b + c, a + b + c + d]}.
20582
20583 @kindex I V U
20584 @tindex raccum
20585 The @kbd{I V U} [@code{raccum}] command does a right-to-left accumulation.
20586 For example, @kbd{I V U -} on the vector @samp{[a, b, c, d]} produces the
20587 vector @samp{[a - b + c - d, b - c + d, c - d, d]}.
20588
20589 @tindex reducea
20590 @tindex rreducea
20591 @tindex reduced
20592 @tindex rreduced
20593 As for @kbd{V M}, @kbd{V R} normally reduces a matrix elementwise. For
20594 example, given the matrix @cite{[[a, b, c], [d, e, f]]}, @kbd{V R +} will
20595 compute @cite{a + b + c + d + e + f}. You can type @kbd{V R _} or
20596 @kbd{V R :} to modify this behavior. The @kbd{V R _} [@code{reducea}]
20597 command reduces ``across'' the matrix; it reduces each row of the matrix
20598 as a vector, then collects the results. Thus @kbd{V R _ +} of this
20599 matrix would produce @cite{[a + b + c, d + e + f]}. Similarly, @kbd{V R :}
20600 [@code{reduced}] reduces down; @kbd{V R : +} would produce @cite{[a + d,
20601 b + e, c + f]}.
20602
20603 @tindex reducer
20604 @tindex rreducer
20605 There is a third ``by rows'' mode for reduction that is occasionally
20606 useful; @kbd{V R =} [@code{reducer}] simply reduces the operator over
20607 the rows of the matrix themselves. Thus @kbd{V R = +} on the above
20608 matrix would get the same result as @kbd{V R : +}, since adding two
20609 row vectors is equivalent to adding their elements. But @kbd{V R = *}
20610 would multiply the two rows (to get a single number, their dot product),
20611 while @kbd{V R : *} would produce a vector of the products of the columns.
20612
20613 These three matrix reduction modes work with @kbd{V R} and @kbd{I V R},
20614 but they are not currently supported with @kbd{V U} or @kbd{I V U}.
20615
20616 @tindex reducec
20617 @tindex rreducec
20618 The obsolete reduce-by-columns function, @code{reducec}, is still
20619 supported but there is no way to get it through the @kbd{V R} command.
20620
20621 The commands @kbd{M-# :} and @kbd{M-# _} are equivalent to typing
20622 @kbd{M-# r} to grab a rectangle of data into Calc, and then typing
20623 @kbd{V R : +} or @kbd{V R _ +}, respectively, to sum the columns or
20624 rows of the matrix. @xref{Grabbing From Buffers}.
20625
20626 @node Nesting and Fixed Points, Generalized Products, Reducing, Reducing and Mapping
20627 @subsection Nesting and Fixed Points
20628
20629 @noindent
20630 @kindex H V R
20631 @tindex nest
20632 The @kbd{H V R} [@code{nest}] command applies a function to a given
20633 argument repeatedly. It takes two values, @samp{a} and @samp{n}, from
20634 the stack, where @samp{n} must be an integer. It then applies the
20635 function nested @samp{n} times; if the function is @samp{f} and @samp{n}
20636 is 3, the result is @samp{f(f(f(a)))}. The number @samp{n} may be
20637 negative if Calc knows an inverse for the function @samp{f}; for
20638 example, @samp{nest(sin, a, -2)} returns @samp{arcsin(arcsin(a))}.
20639
20640 @kindex H V U
20641 @tindex anest
20642 The @kbd{H V U} [@code{anest}] command is an accumulating version of
20643 @code{nest}: It returns a vector of @samp{n+1} values, e.g.,
20644 @samp{[a, f(a), f(f(a)), f(f(f(a)))]}. If @samp{n} is negative and
20645 @samp{F} is the inverse of @samp{f}, then the result is of the
20646 form @samp{[a, F(a), F(F(a)), F(F(F(a)))]}.
20647
20648 @kindex H I V R
20649 @tindex fixp
20650 @cindex Fixed points
20651 The @kbd{H I V R} [@code{fixp}] command is like @kbd{H V R}, except
20652 that it takes only an @samp{a} value from the stack; the function is
20653 applied until it reaches a ``fixed point,'' i.e., until the result
20654 no longer changes.
20655
20656 @kindex H I V U
20657 @tindex afixp
20658 The @kbd{H I V U} [@code{afixp}] command is an accumulating @code{fixp}.
20659 The first element of the return vector will be the initial value @samp{a};
20660 the last element will be the final result that would have been returned
20661 by @code{fixp}.
20662
20663 For example, 0.739085 is a fixed point of the cosine function (in radians):
20664 @samp{cos(0.739085) = 0.739085}. You can find this value by putting, say,
20665 1.0 on the stack and typing @kbd{H I V U C}. (We use the accumulating
20666 version so we can see the intermediate results: @samp{[1, 0.540302, 0.857553,
20667 0.65329, ...]}. With a precision of six, this command will take 36 steps
20668 to converge to 0.739085.)
20669
20670 Newton's method for finding roots is a classic example of iteration
20671 to a fixed point. To find the square root of five starting with an
20672 initial guess, Newton's method would look for a fixed point of the
20673 function @samp{(x + 5/x) / 2}. Putting a guess of 1 on the stack
20674 and typing @kbd{H I V R ' ($ + 5/$)/2 RET} quickly yields the result
20675 2.23607. This is equivalent to using the @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root})
20676 command to find a root of the equation @samp{x^2 = 5}.
20677
20678 These examples used numbers for @samp{a} values. Calc keeps applying
20679 the function until two successive results are equal to within the
20680 current precision. For complex numbers, both the real parts and the
20681 imaginary parts must be equal to within the current precision. If
20682 @samp{a} is a formula (say, a variable name), then the function is
20683 applied until two successive results are exactly the same formula.
20684 It is up to you to ensure that the function will eventually converge;
20685 if it doesn't, you may have to press @kbd{C-g} to stop the Calculator.
20686
20687 The algebraic @code{fixp} function takes two optional arguments, @samp{n}
20688 and @samp{tol}. The first is the maximum number of steps to be allowed,
20689 and must be either an integer or the symbol @samp{inf} (infinity, the
20690 default). The second is a convergence tolerance. If a tolerance is
20691 specified, all results during the calculation must be numbers, not
20692 formulas, and the iteration stops when the magnitude of the difference
20693 between two successive results is less than or equal to the tolerance.
20694 (This implies that a tolerance of zero iterates until the results are
20695 exactly equal.)
20696
20697 Putting it all together, @samp{fixp(<(# + A/#)/2>, B, 20, 1e-10)}
20698 computes the square root of @samp{A} given the initial guess @samp{B},
20699 stopping when the result is correct within the specified tolerance, or
20700 when 20 steps have been taken, whichever is sooner.
20701
20702 @node Generalized Products, , Nesting and Fixed Points, Reducing and Mapping
20703 @subsection Generalized Products
20704
20705 @kindex V O
20706 @pindex calc-outer-product
20707 @tindex outer
20708 The @kbd{V O} (@code{calc-outer-product}) [@code{outer}] command applies
20709 a given binary operator to all possible pairs of elements from two
20710 vectors, to produce a matrix. For example, @kbd{V O *} with @samp{[a, b]}
20711 and @samp{[x, y, z]} on the stack produces a multiplication table:
20712 @samp{[[a x, a y, a z], [b x, b y, b z]]}. Element @var{r},@var{c} of
20713 the result matrix is obtained by applying the operator to element @var{r}
20714 of the lefthand vector and element @var{c} of the righthand vector.
20715
20716 @kindex V I
20717 @pindex calc-inner-product
20718 @tindex inner
20719 The @kbd{V I} (@code{calc-inner-product}) [@code{inner}] command computes
20720 the generalized inner product of two vectors or matrices, given a
20721 ``multiplicative'' operator and an ``additive'' operator. These can each
20722 actually be any binary operators; if they are @samp{*} and @samp{+},
20723 respectively, the result is a standard matrix multiplication. Element
20724 @var{r},@var{c} of the result matrix is obtained by mapping the
20725 multiplicative operator across row @var{r} of the lefthand matrix and
20726 column @var{c} of the righthand matrix, and then reducing with the additive
20727 operator. Just as for the standard @kbd{*} command, this can also do a
20728 vector-matrix or matrix-vector inner product, or a vector-vector
20729 generalized dot product.
20730
20731 Since @kbd{V I} requires two operators, it prompts twice. In each case,
20732 you can use any of the usual methods for entering the operator. If you
20733 use @kbd{$} twice to take both operator formulas from the stack, the
20734 first (multiplicative) operator is taken from the top of the stack
20735 and the second (additive) operator is taken from second-to-top.
20736
20737 @node Vector and Matrix Formats, , Reducing and Mapping, Matrix Functions
20738 @section Vector and Matrix Display Formats
20739
20740 @noindent
20741 Commands for controlling vector and matrix display use the @kbd{v} prefix
20742 instead of the usual @kbd{d} prefix. But they are display modes; in
20743 particular, they are influenced by the @kbd{I} and @kbd{H} prefix keys
20744 in the same way (@pxref{Display Modes}). Matrix display is also
20745 influenced by the @kbd{d O} (@code{calc-flat-language}) mode;
20746 @pxref{Normal Language Modes}.
20747
20748 @kindex V <
20749 @pindex calc-matrix-left-justify
20750 @kindex V =
20751 @pindex calc-matrix-center-justify
20752 @kindex V >
20753 @pindex calc-matrix-right-justify
20754 The commands @kbd{v <} (@code{calc-matrix-left-justify}), @kbd{v >}
20755 (@code{calc-matrix-right-justify}), and @w{@kbd{v =}}
20756 (@code{calc-matrix-center-justify}) control whether matrix elements
20757 are justified to the left, right, or center of their columns.@refill
20758
20759 @kindex V [
20760 @pindex calc-vector-brackets
20761 @kindex V @{
20762 @pindex calc-vector-braces
20763 @kindex V (
20764 @pindex calc-vector-parens
20765 The @kbd{v [} (@code{calc-vector-brackets}) command turns the square
20766 brackets that surround vectors and matrices displayed in the stack on
20767 and off. The @kbd{v @{} (@code{calc-vector-braces}) and @kbd{v (}
20768 (@code{calc-vector-parens}) commands use curly braces or parentheses,
20769 respectively, instead of square brackets. For example, @kbd{v @{} might
20770 be used in preparation for yanking a matrix into a buffer running
20771 Mathematica. (In fact, the Mathematica language mode uses this mode;
20772 @pxref{Mathematica Language Mode}.) Note that, regardless of the
20773 display mode, either brackets or braces may be used to enter vectors,
20774 and parentheses may never be used for this purpose.@refill
20775
20776 @kindex V ]
20777 @pindex calc-matrix-brackets
20778 The @kbd{v ]} (@code{calc-matrix-brackets}) command controls the
20779 ``big'' style display of matrices. It prompts for a string of code
20780 letters; currently implemented letters are @code{R}, which enables
20781 brackets on each row of the matrix; @code{O}, which enables outer
20782 brackets in opposite corners of the matrix; and @code{C}, which
20783 enables commas or semicolons at the ends of all rows but the last.
20784 The default format is @samp{RO}. (Before Calc 2.00, the format
20785 was fixed at @samp{ROC}.) Here are some example matrices:
20786
20787 @group
20788 @example
20789 [ [ 123, 0, 0 ] [ [ 123, 0, 0 ],
20790 [ 0, 123, 0 ] [ 0, 123, 0 ],
20791 [ 0, 0, 123 ] ] [ 0, 0, 123 ] ]
20792
20793 RO ROC
20794
20795 @end example
20796 @end group
20797 @noindent
20798 @group
20799 @example
20800 [ 123, 0, 0 [ 123, 0, 0 ;
20801 0, 123, 0 0, 123, 0 ;
20802 0, 0, 123 ] 0, 0, 123 ]
20803
20804 O OC
20805
20806 @end example
20807 @end group
20808 @noindent
20809 @group
20810 @example
20811 [ 123, 0, 0 ] 123, 0, 0
20812 [ 0, 123, 0 ] 0, 123, 0
20813 [ 0, 0, 123 ] 0, 0, 123
20814
20815 R @r{blank}
20816 @end example
20817 @end group
20818
20819 @noindent
20820 Note that of the formats shown here, @samp{RO}, @samp{ROC}, and
20821 @samp{OC} are all recognized as matrices during reading, while
20822 the others are useful for display only.
20823
20824 @kindex V ,
20825 @pindex calc-vector-commas
20826 The @kbd{v ,} (@code{calc-vector-commas}) command turns commas on and
20827 off in vector and matrix display.@refill
20828
20829 In vectors of length one, and in all vectors when commas have been
20830 turned off, Calc adds extra parentheses around formulas that might
20831 otherwise be ambiguous. For example, @samp{[a b]} could be a vector
20832 of the one formula @samp{a b}, or it could be a vector of two
20833 variables with commas turned off. Calc will display the former
20834 case as @samp{[(a b)]}. You can disable these extra parentheses
20835 (to make the output less cluttered at the expense of allowing some
20836 ambiguity) by adding the letter @code{P} to the control string you
20837 give to @kbd{v ]} (as described above).
20838
20839 @kindex V .
20840 @pindex calc-full-vectors
20841 The @kbd{v .} (@code{calc-full-vectors}) command turns abbreviated
20842 display of long vectors on and off. In this mode, vectors of six
20843 or more elements, or matrices of six or more rows or columns, will
20844 be displayed in an abbreviated form that displays only the first
20845 three elements and the last element: @samp{[a, b, c, ..., z]}.
20846 When very large vectors are involved this will substantially
20847 improve Calc's display speed.
20848
20849 @kindex t .
20850 @pindex calc-full-trail-vectors
20851 The @kbd{t .} (@code{calc-full-trail-vectors}) command controls a
20852 similar mode for recording vectors in the Trail. If you turn on
20853 this mode, vectors of six or more elements and matrices of six or
20854 more rows or columns will be abbreviated when they are put in the
20855 Trail. The @kbd{t y} (@code{calc-trail-yank}) command will be
20856 unable to recover those vectors. If you are working with very
20857 large vectors, this mode will improve the speed of all operations
20858 that involve the trail.
20859
20860 @kindex V /
20861 @pindex calc-break-vectors
20862 The @kbd{v /} (@code{calc-break-vectors}) command turns multi-line
20863 vector display on and off. Normally, matrices are displayed with one
20864 row per line but all other types of vectors are displayed in a single
20865 line. This mode causes all vectors, whether matrices or not, to be
20866 displayed with a single element per line. Sub-vectors within the
20867 vectors will still use the normal linear form.
20868
20869 @node Algebra, Units, Matrix Functions, Top
20870 @chapter Algebra
20871
20872 @noindent
20873 This section covers the Calc features that help you work with
20874 algebraic formulas. First, the general sub-formula selection
20875 mechanism is described; this works in conjunction with any Calc
20876 commands. Then, commands for specific algebraic operations are
20877 described. Finally, the flexible @dfn{rewrite rule} mechanism
20878 is discussed.
20879
20880 The algebraic commands use the @kbd{a} key prefix; selection
20881 commands use the @kbd{j} (for ``just a letter that wasn't used
20882 for anything else'') prefix.
20883
20884 @xref{Editing Stack Entries}, to see how to manipulate formulas
20885 using regular Emacs editing commands.@refill
20886
20887 When doing algebraic work, you may find several of the Calculator's
20888 modes to be helpful, including algebraic-simplification mode (@kbd{m A})
20889 or no-simplification mode (@kbd{m O}),
20890 algebraic-entry mode (@kbd{m a}), fraction mode (@kbd{m f}), and
20891 symbolic mode (@kbd{m s}). @xref{Mode Settings}, for discussions
20892 of these modes. You may also wish to select ``big'' display mode (@kbd{d B}).
20893 @xref{Normal Language Modes}.@refill
20894
20895 @menu
20896 * Selecting Subformulas::
20897 * Algebraic Manipulation::
20898 * Simplifying Formulas::
20899 * Polynomials::
20900 * Calculus::
20901 * Solving Equations::
20902 * Numerical Solutions::
20903 * Curve Fitting::
20904 * Summations::
20905 * Logical Operations::
20906 * Rewrite Rules::
20907 @end menu
20908
20909 @node Selecting Subformulas, Algebraic Manipulation, Algebra, Algebra
20910 @section Selecting Sub-Formulas
20911
20912 @noindent
20913 @cindex Selections
20914 @cindex Sub-formulas
20915 @cindex Parts of formulas
20916 When working with an algebraic formula it is often necessary to
20917 manipulate a portion of the formula rather than the formula as a
20918 whole. Calc allows you to ``select'' a portion of any formula on
20919 the stack. Commands which would normally operate on that stack
20920 entry will now operate only on the sub-formula, leaving the
20921 surrounding part of the stack entry alone.
20922
20923 One common non-algebraic use for selection involves vectors. To work
20924 on one element of a vector in-place, simply select that element as a
20925 ``sub-formula'' of the vector.
20926
20927 @menu
20928 * Making Selections::
20929 * Changing Selections::
20930 * Displaying Selections::
20931 * Operating on Selections::
20932 * Rearranging with Selections::
20933 @end menu
20934
20935 @node Making Selections, Changing Selections, Selecting Subformulas, Selecting Subformulas
20936 @subsection Making Selections
20937
20938 @noindent
20939 @kindex j s
20940 @pindex calc-select-here
20941 To select a sub-formula, move the Emacs cursor to any character in that
20942 sub-formula, and press @w{@kbd{j s}} (@code{calc-select-here}). Calc will
20943 highlight the smallest portion of the formula that contains that
20944 character. By default the sub-formula is highlighted by blanking out
20945 all of the rest of the formula with dots. Selection works in any
20946 display mode but is perhaps easiest in ``big'' (@kbd{d B}) mode.
20947 Suppose you enter the following formula:
20948
20949 @group
20950 @smallexample
20951 3 ___
20952 (a + b) + V c
20953 1: ---------------
20954 2 x + 1
20955 @end smallexample
20956 @end group
20957
20958 @noindent
20959 (by typing @kbd{' ((a+b)^3 + sqrt(c)) / (2x+1)}). If you move the
20960 cursor to the letter @samp{b} and press @w{@kbd{j s}}, the display changes
20961 to
20962
20963 @group
20964 @smallexample
20965 . ...
20966 .. . b. . . .
20967 1* ...............
20968 . . . .
20969 @end smallexample
20970 @end group
20971
20972 @noindent
20973 Every character not part of the sub-formula @samp{b} has been changed
20974 to a dot. The @samp{*} next to the line number is to remind you that
20975 the formula has a portion of it selected. (In this case, it's very
20976 obvious, but it might not always be. If Embedded Mode is enabled,
20977 the word @samp{Sel} also appears in the mode line because the stack
20978 may not be visible. @pxref{Embedded Mode}.)
20979
20980 If you had instead placed the cursor on the parenthesis immediately to
20981 the right of the @samp{b}, the selection would have been:
20982
20983 @group
20984 @smallexample
20985 . ...
20986 (a + b) . . .
20987 1* ...............
20988 . . . .
20989 @end smallexample
20990 @end group
20991
20992 @noindent
20993 The portion selected is always large enough to be considered a complete
20994 formula all by itself, so selecting the parenthesis selects the whole
20995 formula that it encloses. Putting the cursor on the the @samp{+} sign
20996 would have had the same effect.
20997
20998 (Strictly speaking, the Emacs cursor is really the manifestation of
20999 the Emacs ``point,'' which is a position @emph{between} two characters
21000 in the buffer. So purists would say that Calc selects the smallest
21001 sub-formula which contains the character to the right of ``point.'')
21002
21003 If you supply a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, the selection is
21004 expanded to the @var{n}th enclosing sub-formula. Thus, positioning
21005 the cursor on the @samp{b} and typing @kbd{C-u 1 j s} will select
21006 @samp{a + b}; typing @kbd{C-u 2 j s} will select @samp{(a + b)^3},
21007 and so on.
21008
21009 If the cursor is not on any part of the formula, or if you give a
21010 numeric prefix that is too large, the entire formula is selected.
21011
21012 If the cursor is on the @samp{.} line that marks the top of the stack
21013 (i.e., its normal ``rest position''), this command selects the entire
21014 formula at stack level 1. Most selection commands similarly operate
21015 on the formula at the top of the stack if you haven't positioned the
21016 cursor on any stack entry.
21017
21018 @kindex j a
21019 @pindex calc-select-additional
21020 The @kbd{j a} (@code{calc-select-additional}) command enlarges the
21021 current selection to encompass the cursor. To select the smallest
21022 sub-formula defined by two different points, move to the first and
21023 press @kbd{j s}, then move to the other and press @kbd{j a}. This
21024 is roughly analogous to using @kbd{C-@@} (@code{set-mark-command}) to
21025 select the two ends of a region of text during normal Emacs editing.
21026
21027 @kindex j o
21028 @pindex calc-select-once
21029 The @kbd{j o} (@code{calc-select-once}) command selects a formula in
21030 exactly the same way as @kbd{j s}, except that the selection will
21031 last only as long as the next command that uses it. For example,
21032 @kbd{j o 1 +} is a handy way to add one to the sub-formula indicated
21033 by the cursor.
21034
21035 (A somewhat more precise definition: The @kbd{j o} command sets a flag
21036 such that the next command involving selected stack entries will clear
21037 the selections on those stack entries afterwards. All other selection
21038 commands except @kbd{j a} and @kbd{j O} clear this flag.)
21039
21040 @kindex j S
21041 @kindex j O
21042 @pindex calc-select-here-maybe
21043 @pindex calc-select-once-maybe
21044 The @kbd{j S} (@code{calc-select-here-maybe}) and @kbd{j O}
21045 (@code{calc-select-once-maybe}) commands are equivalent to @kbd{j s}
21046 and @kbd{j o}, respectively, except that if the formula already
21047 has a selection they have no effect. This is analogous to the
21048 behavior of some commands such as @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection};
21049 @pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}) and is mainly intended to be
21050 used in keyboard macros that implement your own selection-oriented
21051 commands.@refill
21052
21053 Selection of sub-formulas normally treats associative terms like
21054 @samp{a + b - c + d} and @samp{x * y * z} as single levels of the formula.
21055 If you place the cursor anywhere inside @samp{a + b - c + d} except
21056 on one of the variable names and use @kbd{j s}, you will select the
21057 entire four-term sum.
21058
21059 @kindex j b
21060 @pindex calc-break-selections
21061 The @kbd{j b} (@code{calc-break-selections}) command controls a mode
21062 in which the ``deep structure'' of these associative formulas shows
21063 through. Calc actually stores the above formulas as @samp{((a + b) - c) + d}
21064 and @samp{x * (y * z)}. (Note that for certain obscure reasons, Calc
21065 treats multiplication as right-associative.) Once you have enabled
21066 @kbd{j b} mode, selecting with the cursor on the @samp{-} sign would
21067 only select the @samp{a + b - c} portion, which makes sense when the
21068 deep structure of the sum is considered. There is no way to select
21069 the @samp{b - c + d} portion; although this might initially look
21070 like just as legitimate a sub-formula as @samp{a + b - c}, the deep
21071 structure shows that it isn't. The @kbd{d U} command can be used
21072 to view the deep structure of any formula (@pxref{Normal Language Modes}).
21073
21074 When @kbd{j b} mode has not been enabled, the deep structure is
21075 generally hidden by the selection commands---what you see is what
21076 you get.
21077
21078 @kindex j u
21079 @pindex calc-unselect
21080 The @kbd{j u} (@code{calc-unselect}) command unselects the formula
21081 that the cursor is on. If there was no selection in the formula,
21082 this command has no effect. With a numeric prefix argument, it
21083 unselects the @var{n}th stack element rather than using the cursor
21084 position.
21085
21086 @kindex j c
21087 @pindex calc-clear-selections
21088 The @kbd{j c} (@code{calc-clear-selections}) command unselects all
21089 stack elements.
21090
21091 @node Changing Selections, Displaying Selections, Making Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21092 @subsection Changing Selections
21093
21094 @noindent
21095 @kindex j m
21096 @pindex calc-select-more
21097 Once you have selected a sub-formula, you can expand it using the
21098 @w{@kbd{j m}} (@code{calc-select-more}) command. If @samp{a + b} is
21099 selected, pressing @w{@kbd{j m}} repeatedly works as follows:
21100
21101 @group
21102 @smallexample
21103 3 ... 3 ___ 3 ___
21104 (a + b) . . . (a + b) + V c (a + b) + V c
21105 1* ............... 1* ............... 1* ---------------
21106 . . . . . . . . 2 x + 1
21107 @end smallexample
21108 @end group
21109
21110 @noindent
21111 In the last example, the entire formula is selected. This is roughly
21112 the same as having no selection at all, but because there are subtle
21113 differences the @samp{*} character is still there on the line number.
21114
21115 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, @kbd{j m} expands @var{n}
21116 times (or until the entire formula is selected). Note that @kbd{j s}
21117 with argument @var{n} is equivalent to plain @kbd{j s} followed by
21118 @kbd{j m} with argument @var{n}. If @w{@kbd{j m}} is used when there
21119 is no current selection, it is equivalent to @w{@kbd{j s}}.
21120
21121 Even though @kbd{j m} does not explicitly use the location of the
21122 cursor within the formula, it nevertheless uses the cursor to determine
21123 which stack element to operate on. As usual, @kbd{j m} when the cursor
21124 is not on any stack element operates on the top stack element.
21125
21126 @kindex j l
21127 @pindex calc-select-less
21128 The @kbd{j l} (@code{calc-select-less}) command reduces the current
21129 selection around the cursor position. That is, it selects the
21130 immediate sub-formula of the current selection which contains the
21131 cursor, the opposite of @kbd{j m}. If the cursor is not inside the
21132 current selection, the command de-selects the formula.
21133
21134 @kindex j 1-9
21135 @pindex calc-select-part
21136 The @kbd{j 1} through @kbd{j 9} (@code{calc-select-part}) commands
21137 select the @var{n}th sub-formula of the current selection. They are
21138 like @kbd{j l} (@code{calc-select-less}) except they use counting
21139 rather than the cursor position to decide which sub-formula to select.
21140 For example, if the current selection is @kbd{a + b + c} or
21141 @kbd{f(a, b, c)} or @kbd{[a, b, c]}, then @kbd{j 1} selects @samp{a},
21142 @kbd{j 2} selects @samp{b}, and @kbd{j 3} selects @samp{c}; in each of
21143 these cases, @kbd{j 4} through @kbd{j 9} would be errors.
21144
21145 If there is no current selection, @kbd{j 1} through @kbd{j 9} select
21146 the @var{n}th top-level sub-formula. (In other words, they act as if
21147 the entire stack entry were selected first.) To select the @var{n}th
21148 sub-formula where @var{n} is greater than nine, you must instead invoke
21149 @w{@kbd{j 1}} with @var{n} as a numeric prefix argument.@refill
21150
21151 @kindex j n
21152 @kindex j p
21153 @pindex calc-select-next
21154 @pindex calc-select-previous
21155 The @kbd{j n} (@code{calc-select-next}) and @kbd{j p}
21156 (@code{calc-select-previous}) commands change the current selection
21157 to the next or previous sub-formula at the same level. For example,
21158 if @samp{b} is selected in @w{@samp{2 + a*b*c + x}}, then @kbd{j n}
21159 selects @samp{c}. Further @kbd{j n} commands would be in error because,
21160 even though there is something to the right of @samp{c} (namely, @samp{x}),
21161 it is not at the same level; in this case, it is not a term of the
21162 same product as @samp{b} and @samp{c}. However, @kbd{j m} (to select
21163 the whole product @samp{a*b*c} as a term of the sum) followed by
21164 @w{@kbd{j n}} would successfully select the @samp{x}.
21165
21166 Similarly, @kbd{j p} moves the selection from the @samp{b} in this
21167 sample formula to the @samp{a}. Both commands accept numeric prefix
21168 arguments to move several steps at a time.
21169
21170 It is interesting to compare Calc's selection commands with the
21171 Emacs Info system's commands for navigating through hierarchically
21172 organized documentation. Calc's @kbd{j n} command is completely
21173 analogous to Info's @kbd{n} command. Likewise, @kbd{j p} maps to
21174 @kbd{p}, @kbd{j 2} maps to @kbd{2}, and Info's @kbd{u} is like @kbd{j m}.
21175 (Note that @kbd{j u} stands for @code{calc-unselect}, not ``up''.)
21176 The Info @kbd{m} command is somewhat similar to Calc's @kbd{j s} and
21177 @kbd{j l}; in each case, you can jump directly to a sub-component
21178 of the hierarchy simply by pointing to it with the cursor.
21179
21180 @node Displaying Selections, Operating on Selections, Changing Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21181 @subsection Displaying Selections
21182
21183 @noindent
21184 @kindex j d
21185 @pindex calc-show-selections
21186 The @kbd{j d} (@code{calc-show-selections}) command controls how
21187 selected sub-formulas are displayed. One of the alternatives is
21188 illustrated in the above examples; if we press @kbd{j d} we switch
21189 to the other style in which the selected portion itself is obscured
21190 by @samp{#} signs:
21191
21192 @group
21193 @smallexample
21194 3 ... # ___
21195 (a + b) . . . ## # ## + V c
21196 1* ............... 1* ---------------
21197 . . . . 2 x + 1
21198 @end smallexample
21199 @end group
21200
21201 @node Operating on Selections, Rearranging with Selections, Displaying Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21202 @subsection Operating on Selections
21203
21204 @noindent
21205 Once a selection is made, all Calc commands that manipulate items
21206 on the stack will operate on the selected portions of the items
21207 instead. (Note that several stack elements may have selections
21208 at once, though there can be only one selection at a time in any
21209 given stack element.)
21210
21211 @kindex j e
21212 @pindex calc-enable-selections
21213 The @kbd{j e} (@code{calc-enable-selections}) command disables the
21214 effect that selections have on Calc commands. The current selections
21215 still exist, but Calc commands operate on whole stack elements anyway.
21216 This mode can be identified by the fact that the @samp{*} markers on
21217 the line numbers are gone, even though selections are visible. To
21218 reactivate the selections, press @kbd{j e} again.
21219
21220 To extract a sub-formula as a new formula, simply select the
21221 sub-formula and press @key{RET}. This normally duplicates the top
21222 stack element; here it duplicates only the selected portion of that
21223 element.
21224
21225 To replace a sub-formula with something different, you can enter the
21226 new value onto the stack and press @key{TAB}. This normally exchanges
21227 the top two stack elements; here it swaps the value you entered into
21228 the selected portion of the formula, returning the old selected
21229 portion to the top of the stack.
21230
21231 @group
21232 @smallexample
21233 3 ... ... ___
21234 (a + b) . . . 17 x y . . . 17 x y + V c
21235 2* ............... 2* ............. 2: -------------
21236 . . . . . . . . 2 x + 1
21237
21238 3 3
21239 1: 17 x y 1: (a + b) 1: (a + b)
21240 @end smallexample
21241 @end group
21242
21243 In this example we select a sub-formula of our original example,
21244 enter a new formula, @key{TAB} it into place, then deselect to see
21245 the complete, edited formula.
21246
21247 If you want to swap whole formulas around even though they contain
21248 selections, just use @kbd{j e} before and after.
21249
21250 @kindex j '
21251 @pindex calc-enter-selection
21252 The @kbd{j '} (@code{calc-enter-selection}) command is another way
21253 to replace a selected sub-formula. This command does an algebraic
21254 entry just like the regular @kbd{'} key. When you press @key{RET},
21255 the formula you type replaces the original selection. You can use
21256 the @samp{$} symbol in the formula to refer to the original
21257 selection. If there is no selection in the formula under the cursor,
21258 the cursor is used to make a temporary selection for the purposes of
21259 the command. Thus, to change a term of a formula, all you have to
21260 do is move the Emacs cursor to that term and press @kbd{j '}.
21261
21262 @kindex j `
21263 @pindex calc-edit-selection
21264 The @kbd{j `} (@code{calc-edit-selection}) command is a similar
21265 analogue of the @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}) command. It edits the
21266 selected sub-formula in a separate buffer. If there is no
21267 selection, it edits the sub-formula indicated by the cursor.
21268
21269 To delete a sub-formula, press @key{DEL}. This generally replaces
21270 the sub-formula with the constant zero, but in a few suitable contexts
21271 it uses the constant one instead. The @key{DEL} key automatically
21272 deselects and re-simplifies the entire formula afterwards. Thus:
21273
21274 @group
21275 @smallexample
21276 ###
21277 17 x y + # # 17 x y 17 # y 17 y
21278 1* ------------- 1: ------- 1* ------- 1: -------
21279 2 x + 1 2 x + 1 2 x + 1 2 x + 1
21280 @end smallexample
21281 @end group
21282
21283 In this example, we first delete the @samp{sqrt(c)} term; Calc
21284 accomplishes this by replacing @samp{sqrt(c)} with zero and
21285 resimplifying. We then delete the @kbd{x} in the numerator;
21286 since this is part of a product, Calc replaces it with @samp{1}
21287 and resimplifies.
21288
21289 If you select an element of a vector and press @key{DEL}, that
21290 element is deleted from the vector. If you delete one side of
21291 an equation or inequality, only the opposite side remains.
21292
21293 @kindex j DEL
21294 @pindex calc-del-selection
21295 The @kbd{j @key{DEL}} (@code{calc-del-selection}) command is like
21296 @key{DEL} but with the auto-selecting behavior of @kbd{j '} and
21297 @kbd{j `}. It deletes the selected portion of the formula
21298 indicated by the cursor, or, in the absence of a selection, it
21299 deletes the sub-formula indicated by the cursor position.
21300
21301 @kindex j RET
21302 @pindex calc-grab-selection
21303 (There is also an auto-selecting @kbd{j @key{RET}} (@code{calc-copy-selection})
21304 command.)
21305
21306 Normal arithmetic operations also apply to sub-formulas. Here we
21307 select the denominator, press @kbd{5 -} to subtract five from the
21308 denominator, press @kbd{n} to negate the denominator, then
21309 press @kbd{Q} to take the square root.
21310
21311 @group
21312 @smallexample
21313 .. . .. . .. . .. .
21314 1* ....... 1* ....... 1* ....... 1* ..........
21315 2 x + 1 2 x - 4 4 - 2 x _________
21316 V 4 - 2 x
21317 @end smallexample
21318 @end group
21319
21320 Certain types of operations on selections are not allowed. For
21321 example, for an arithmetic function like @kbd{-} no more than one of
21322 the arguments may be a selected sub-formula. (As the above example
21323 shows, the result of the subtraction is spliced back into the argument
21324 which had the selection; if there were more than one selection involved,
21325 this would not be well-defined.) If you try to subtract two selections,
21326 the command will abort with an error message.
21327
21328 Operations on sub-formulas sometimes leave the formula as a whole
21329 in an ``un-natural'' state. Consider negating the @samp{2 x} term
21330 of our sample formula by selecting it and pressing @kbd{n}
21331 (@code{calc-change-sign}).@refill
21332
21333 @group
21334 @smallexample
21335 .. . .. .
21336 1* .......... 1* ...........
21337 ......... ..........
21338 . . . 2 x . . . -2 x
21339 @end smallexample
21340 @end group
21341
21342 Unselecting the sub-formula reveals that the minus sign, which would
21343 normally have cancelled out with the subtraction automatically, has
21344 not been able to do so because the subtraction was not part of the
21345 selected portion. Pressing @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}) or doing
21346 any other mathematical operation on the whole formula will cause it
21347 to be simplified.
21348
21349 @group
21350 @smallexample
21351 17 y 17 y
21352 1: ----------- 1: ----------
21353 __________ _________
21354 V 4 - -2 x V 4 + 2 x
21355 @end smallexample
21356 @end group
21357
21358 @node Rearranging with Selections, , Operating on Selections, Selecting Subformulas
21359 @subsection Rearranging Formulas using Selections
21360
21361 @noindent
21362 @kindex j R
21363 @pindex calc-commute-right
21364 The @kbd{j R} (@code{calc-commute-right}) command moves the selected
21365 sub-formula to the right in its surrounding formula. Generally the
21366 selection is one term of a sum or product; the sum or product is
21367 rearranged according to the commutative laws of algebra.
21368
21369 As with @kbd{j '} and @kbd{j DEL}, the term under the cursor is used
21370 if there is no selection in the current formula. All commands described
21371 in this section share this property. In this example, we place the
21372 cursor on the @samp{a} and type @kbd{j R}, then repeat.
21373
21374 @smallexample
21375 1: a + b - c 1: b + a - c 1: b - c + a
21376 @end smallexample
21377
21378 @noindent
21379 Note that in the final step above, the @samp{a} is switched with
21380 the @samp{c} but the signs are adjusted accordingly. When moving
21381 terms of sums and products, @kbd{j R} will never change the
21382 mathematical meaning of the formula.
21383
21384 The selected term may also be an element of a vector or an argument
21385 of a function. The term is exchanged with the one to its right.
21386 In this case, the ``meaning'' of the vector or function may of
21387 course be drastically changed.
21388
21389 @smallexample
21390 1: [a, b, c] 1: [b, a, c] 1: [b, c, a]
21391
21392 1: f(a, b, c) 1: f(b, a, c) 1: f(b, c, a)
21393 @end smallexample
21394
21395 @kindex j L
21396 @pindex calc-commute-left
21397 The @kbd{j L} (@code{calc-commute-left}) command is like @kbd{j R}
21398 except that it swaps the selected term with the one to its left.
21399
21400 With numeric prefix arguments, these commands move the selected
21401 term several steps at a time. It is an error to try to move a
21402 term left or right past the end of its enclosing formula.
21403 With numeric prefix arguments of zero, these commands move the
21404 selected term as far as possible in the given direction.
21405
21406 @kindex j D
21407 @pindex calc-sel-distribute
21408 The @kbd{j D} (@code{calc-sel-distribute}) command mixes the selected
21409 sum or product into the surrounding formula using the distributive
21410 law. For example, in @samp{a * (b - c)} with the @samp{b - c}
21411 selected, the result is @samp{a b - a c}. This also distributes
21412 products or quotients into surrounding powers, and can also do
21413 transformations like @samp{exp(a + b)} to @samp{exp(a) exp(b)},
21414 where @samp{a + b} is the selected term, and @samp{ln(a ^ b)}
21415 to @samp{ln(a) b}, where @samp{a ^ b} is the selected term.
21416
21417 For multiple-term sums or products, @kbd{j D} takes off one term
21418 at a time: @samp{a * (b + c - d)} goes to @samp{a * (c - d) + a b}
21419 with the @samp{c - d} selected so that you can type @kbd{j D}
21420 repeatedly to expand completely. The @kbd{j D} command allows a
21421 numeric prefix argument which specifies the maximum number of
21422 times to expand at once; the default is one time only.
21423
21424 @vindex DistribRules
21425 The @kbd{j D} command is implemented using rewrite rules.
21426 @xref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}. The rules are stored in
21427 the Calc variable @code{DistribRules}. A convenient way to view
21428 these rules is to use @kbd{s e} (@code{calc-edit-variable}) which
21429 displays and edits the stored value of a variable. Press @key{M-# M-#}
21430 to return from editing mode; be careful not to make any actual changes
21431 or else you will affect the behavior of future @kbd{j D} commands!
21432
21433 To extend @kbd{j D} to handle new cases, just edit @code{DistribRules}
21434 as described above. You can then use the @kbd{s p} command to save
21435 this variable's value permanently for future Calc sessions.
21436 @xref{Operations on Variables}.
21437
21438 @kindex j M
21439 @pindex calc-sel-merge
21440 @vindex MergeRules
21441 The @kbd{j M} (@code{calc-sel-merge}) command is the complement
21442 of @kbd{j D}; given @samp{a b - a c} with either @samp{a b} or
21443 @samp{a c} selected, the result is @samp{a * (b - c)}. Once
21444 again, @kbd{j M} can also merge calls to functions like @code{exp}
21445 and @code{ln}; examine the variable @code{MergeRules} to see all
21446 the relevant rules.
21447
21448 @kindex j C
21449 @pindex calc-sel-commute
21450 @vindex CommuteRules
21451 The @kbd{j C} (@code{calc-sel-commute}) command swaps the arguments
21452 of the selected sum, product, or equation. It always behaves as
21453 if @kbd{j b} mode were in effect, i.e., the sum @samp{a + b + c} is
21454 treated as the nested sums @samp{(a + b) + c} by this command.
21455 If you put the cursor on the first @samp{+}, the result is
21456 @samp{(b + a) + c}; if you put the cursor on the second @samp{+}, the
21457 result is @samp{c + (a + b)} (which the default simplifications
21458 will rearrange to @samp{(c + a) + b}). The relevant rules are stored
21459 in the variable @code{CommuteRules}.
21460
21461 You may need to turn default simplifications off (with the @kbd{m O}
21462 command) in order to get the full benefit of @kbd{j C}. For example,
21463 commuting @samp{a - b} produces @samp{-b + a}, but the default
21464 simplifications will ``simplify'' this right back to @samp{a - b} if
21465 you don't turn them off. The same is true of some of the other
21466 manipulations described in this section.
21467
21468 @kindex j N
21469 @pindex calc-sel-negate
21470 @vindex NegateRules
21471 The @kbd{j N} (@code{calc-sel-negate}) command replaces the selected
21472 term with the negative of that term, then adjusts the surrounding
21473 formula in order to preserve the meaning. For example, given
21474 @samp{exp(a - b)} where @samp{a - b} is selected, the result is
21475 @samp{1 / exp(b - a)}. By contrast, selecting a term and using the
21476 regular @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}) command negates the
21477 term without adjusting the surroundings, thus changing the meaning
21478 of the formula as a whole. The rules variable is @code{NegateRules}.
21479
21480 @kindex j &
21481 @pindex calc-sel-invert
21482 @vindex InvertRules
21483 The @kbd{j &} (@code{calc-sel-invert}) command is similar to @kbd{j N}
21484 except it takes the reciprocal of the selected term. For example,
21485 given @samp{a - ln(b)} with @samp{b} selected, the result is
21486 @samp{a + ln(1/b)}. The rules variable is @code{InvertRules}.
21487
21488 @kindex j E
21489 @pindex calc-sel-jump-equals
21490 @vindex JumpRules
21491 The @kbd{j E} (@code{calc-sel-jump-equals}) command moves the
21492 selected term from one side of an equation to the other. Given
21493 @samp{a + b = c + d} with @samp{c} selected, the result is
21494 @samp{a + b - c = d}. This command also works if the selected
21495 term is part of a @samp{*}, @samp{/}, or @samp{^} formula. The
21496 relevant rules variable is @code{JumpRules}.
21497
21498 @kindex j I
21499 @kindex H j I
21500 @pindex calc-sel-isolate
21501 The @kbd{j I} (@code{calc-sel-isolate}) command isolates the
21502 selected term on its side of an equation. It uses the @kbd{a S}
21503 (@code{calc-solve-for}) command to solve the equation, and the
21504 Hyperbolic flag affects it in the same way. @xref{Solving Equations}.
21505 When it applies, @kbd{j I} is often easier to use than @kbd{j E}.
21506 It understands more rules of algebra, and works for inequalities
21507 as well as equations.
21508
21509 @kindex j *
21510 @kindex j /
21511 @pindex calc-sel-mult-both-sides
21512 @pindex calc-sel-div-both-sides
21513 The @kbd{j *} (@code{calc-sel-mult-both-sides}) command prompts for a
21514 formula using algebraic entry, then multiplies both sides of the
21515 selected quotient or equation by that formula. It simplifies each
21516 side with @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) before re-forming the
21517 quotient or equation. You can suppress this simplification by
21518 providing any numeric prefix argument. There is also a @kbd{j /}
21519 (@code{calc-sel-div-both-sides}) which is similar to @kbd{j *} but
21520 dividing instead of multiplying by the factor you enter.
21521
21522 As a special feature, if the numerator of the quotient is 1, then
21523 the denominator is expanded at the top level using the distributive
21524 law (i.e., using the @kbd{C-u -1 a x} command). Suppose the
21525 formula on the stack is @samp{1 / (sqrt(a) + 1)}, and you wish
21526 to eliminate the square root in the denominator by multiplying both
21527 sides by @samp{sqrt(a) - 1}. Calc's default simplifications would
21528 change the result @samp{(sqrt(a) - 1) / (sqrt(a) - 1) (sqrt(a) + 1)}
21529 right back to the original form by cancellation; Calc expands the
21530 denominator to @samp{sqrt(a) (sqrt(a) - 1) + sqrt(a) - 1} to prevent
21531 this. (You would now want to use an @kbd{a x} command to expand
21532 the rest of the way, whereupon the denominator would cancel out to
21533 the desired form, @samp{a - 1}.) When the numerator is not 1, this
21534 initial expansion is not necessary because Calc's default
21535 simplifications will not notice the potential cancellation.
21536
21537 If the selection is an inequality, @kbd{j *} and @kbd{j /} will
21538 accept any factor, but will warn unless they can prove the factor
21539 is either positive or negative. (In the latter case the direction
21540 of the inequality will be switched appropriately.) @xref{Declarations},
21541 for ways to inform Calc that a given variable is positive or
21542 negative. If Calc can't tell for sure what the sign of the factor
21543 will be, it will assume it is positive and display a warning
21544 message.
21545
21546 For selections that are not quotients, equations, or inequalities,
21547 these commands pull out a multiplicative factor: They divide (or
21548 multiply) by the entered formula, simplify, then multiply (or divide)
21549 back by the formula.
21550
21551 @kindex j +
21552 @kindex j -
21553 @pindex calc-sel-add-both-sides
21554 @pindex calc-sel-sub-both-sides
21555 The @kbd{j +} (@code{calc-sel-add-both-sides}) and @kbd{j -}
21556 (@code{calc-sel-sub-both-sides}) commands analogously add to or
21557 subtract from both sides of an equation or inequality. For other
21558 types of selections, they extract an additive factor. A numeric
21559 prefix argument suppresses simplification of the intermediate
21560 results.
21561
21562 @kindex j U
21563 @pindex calc-sel-unpack
21564 The @kbd{j U} (@code{calc-sel-unpack}) command replaces the
21565 selected function call with its argument. For example, given
21566 @samp{a + sin(x^2)} with @samp{sin(x^2)} selected, the result
21567 is @samp{a + x^2}. (The @samp{x^2} will remain selected; if you
21568 wanted to change the @code{sin} to @code{cos}, just press @kbd{C}
21569 now to take the cosine of the selected part.)
21570
21571 @kindex j v
21572 @pindex calc-sel-evaluate
21573 The @kbd{j v} (@code{calc-sel-evaluate}) command performs the
21574 normal default simplifications on the selected sub-formula.
21575 These are the simplifications that are normally done automatically
21576 on all results, but which may have been partially inhibited by
21577 previous selection-related operations, or turned off altogether
21578 by the @kbd{m O} command. This command is just an auto-selecting
21579 version of the @w{@kbd{a v}} command (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}).
21580
21581 With a numeric prefix argument of 2, @kbd{C-u 2 j v} applies
21582 the @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) command to the selected
21583 sub-formula. With a prefix argument of 3 or more, e.g., @kbd{C-u j v}
21584 applies the @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended}) command.
21585 @xref{Simplifying Formulas}. With a negative prefix argument
21586 it simplifies at the top level only, just as with @kbd{a v}.
21587 Here the ``top'' level refers to the top level of the selected
21588 sub-formula.
21589
21590 @kindex j "
21591 @pindex calc-sel-expand-formula
21592 The @kbd{j "} (@code{calc-sel-expand-formula}) command is to @kbd{a "}
21593 (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}) what @kbd{j v} is to @kbd{a v}.
21594
21595 You can use the @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection}) command
21596 to define other algebraic operations on sub-formulas. @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
21597
21598 @node Algebraic Manipulation, Simplifying Formulas, Selecting Subformulas, Algebra
21599 @section Algebraic Manipulation
21600
21601 @noindent
21602 The commands in this section perform general-purpose algebraic
21603 manipulations. They work on the whole formula at the top of the
21604 stack (unless, of course, you have made a selection in that
21605 formula).
21606
21607 Many algebra commands prompt for a variable name or formula. If you
21608 answer the prompt with a blank line, the variable or formula is taken
21609 from top-of-stack, and the normal argument for the command is taken
21610 from the second-to-top stack level.
21611
21612 @kindex a v
21613 @pindex calc-alg-evaluate
21614 The @kbd{a v} (@code{calc-alg-evaluate}) command performs the normal
21615 default simplifications on a formula; for example, @samp{a - -b} is
21616 changed to @samp{a + b}. These simplifications are normally done
21617 automatically on all Calc results, so this command is useful only if
21618 you have turned default simplifications off with an @kbd{m O}
21619 command. @xref{Simplification Modes}.
21620
21621 It is often more convenient to type @kbd{=}, which is like @kbd{a v}
21622 but which also substitutes stored values for variables in the formula.
21623 Use @kbd{a v} if you want the variables to ignore their stored values.
21624
21625 If you give a numeric prefix argument of 2 to @kbd{a v}, it simplifies
21626 as if in algebraic simplification mode. This is equivalent to typing
21627 @kbd{a s}; @pxref{Simplifying Formulas}. If you give a numeric prefix
21628 of 3 or more, it uses extended simplification mode (@kbd{a e}).
21629
21630 If you give a negative prefix argument @i{-1}, @i{-2}, or @i{-3},
21631 it simplifies in the corresponding mode but only works on the top-level
21632 function call of the formula. For example, @samp{(2 + 3) * (2 + 3)} will
21633 simplify to @samp{(2 + 3)^2}, without simplifying the sub-formulas
21634 @samp{2 + 3}. As another example, typing @kbd{V R +} to sum the vector
21635 @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4]} produces the formula @samp{reduce(add, [1, 2, 3, 4])}
21636 in no-simplify mode. Using @kbd{a v} will evaluate this all the way to
21637 10; using @kbd{C-u - a v} will evaluate it only to @samp{1 + 2 + 3 + 4}.
21638 (@xref{Reducing and Mapping}.)
21639
21640 @tindex evalv
21641 @tindex evalvn
21642 The @kbd{=} command corresponds to the @code{evalv} function, and
21643 the related @kbd{N} command, which is like @kbd{=} but temporarily
21644 disables symbolic (@kbd{m s}) mode during the evaluation, corresponds
21645 to the @code{evalvn} function. (These commands interpret their prefix
21646 arguments differently than @kbd{a v}; @kbd{=} treats the prefix as
21647 the number of stack elements to evaluate at once, and @kbd{N} treats
21648 it as a temporary different working precision.)
21649
21650 The @code{evalvn} function can take an alternate working precision
21651 as an optional second argument. This argument can be either an
21652 integer, to set the precision absolutely, or a vector containing
21653 a single integer, to adjust the precision relative to the current
21654 precision. Note that @code{evalvn} with a larger than current
21655 precision will do the calculation at this higher precision, but the
21656 result will as usual be rounded back down to the current precision
21657 afterward. For example, @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415)} at a precision
21658 of 12 will return @samp{9.265359e-5}; @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415, 30)}
21659 will return @samp{9.26535897932e-5} (computing a 25-digit result which
21660 is then rounded down to 12); and @samp{evalvn(pi - 3.1415, [-2])}
21661 will return @samp{9.2654e-5}.
21662
21663 @kindex a "
21664 @pindex calc-expand-formula
21665 The @kbd{a "} (@code{calc-expand-formula}) command expands functions
21666 into their defining formulas wherever possible. For example,
21667 @samp{deg(x^2)} is changed to @samp{180 x^2 / pi}. Most functions,
21668 like @code{sin} and @code{gcd}, are not defined by simple formulas
21669 and so are unaffected by this command. One important class of
21670 functions which @emph{can} be expanded is the user-defined functions
21671 created by the @kbd{Z F} command. @xref{Algebraic Definitions}.
21672 Other functions which @kbd{a "} can expand include the probability
21673 distribution functions, most of the financial functions, and the
21674 hyperbolic and inverse hyperbolic functions. A numeric prefix argument
21675 affects @kbd{a "} in the same way as it does @kbd{a v}: A positive
21676 argument expands all functions in the formula and then simplifies in
21677 various ways; a negative argument expands and simplifies only the
21678 top-level function call.
21679
21680 @kindex a M
21681 @pindex calc-map-equation
21682 @tindex mapeq
21683 The @kbd{a M} (@code{calc-map-equation}) [@code{mapeq}] command applies
21684 a given function or operator to one or more equations. It is analogous
21685 to @kbd{V M}, which operates on vectors instead of equations.
21686 @pxref{Reducing and Mapping}. For example, @kbd{a M S} changes
21687 @samp{x = y+1} to @samp{sin(x) = sin(y+1)}, and @kbd{a M +} with
21688 @samp{x = y+1} and @cite{6} on the stack produces @samp{x+6 = y+7}.
21689 With two equations on the stack, @kbd{a M +} would add the lefthand
21690 sides together and the righthand sides together to get the two
21691 respective sides of a new equation.
21692
21693 Mapping also works on inequalities. Mapping two similar inequalities
21694 produces another inequality of the same type. Mapping an inequality
21695 with an equation produces an inequality of the same type. Mapping a
21696 @samp{<=} with a @samp{<} or @samp{!=} (not-equal) produces a @samp{<}.
21697 If inequalities with opposite direction (e.g., @samp{<} and @samp{>})
21698 are mapped, the direction of the second inequality is reversed to
21699 match the first: Using @kbd{a M +} on @samp{a < b} and @samp{a > 2}
21700 reverses the latter to get @samp{2 < a}, which then allows the
21701 combination @samp{a + 2 < b + a}, which the @kbd{a s} command can
21702 then simplify to get @samp{2 < b}.
21703
21704 Using @kbd{a M *}, @kbd{a M /}, @kbd{a M n}, or @kbd{a M &} to negate
21705 or invert an inequality will reverse the direction of the inequality.
21706 Other adjustments to inequalities are @emph{not} done automatically;
21707 @kbd{a M S} will change @w{@samp{x < y}} to @samp{sin(x) < sin(y)} even
21708 though this is not true for all values of the variables.
21709
21710 @kindex H a M
21711 @tindex mapeqp
21712 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H a M} [@code{mapeqp}] does a plain
21713 mapping operation without reversing the direction of any inequalities.
21714 Thus, @kbd{H a M &} would change @kbd{x > 2} to @kbd{1/x > 0.5}.
21715 (This change is mathematically incorrect, but perhaps you were
21716 fixing an inequality which was already incorrect.)
21717
21718 @kindex I a M
21719 @tindex mapeqr
21720 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a M} [@code{mapeqr}] always reverses
21721 the direction of the inequality. You might use @kbd{I a M C} to
21722 change @samp{x < y} to @samp{cos(x) > cos(y)} if you know you are
21723 working with small positive angles.
21724
21725 @kindex a b
21726 @pindex calc-substitute
21727 @tindex subst
21728 The @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute}) [@code{subst}] command substitutes
21729 all occurrences
21730 of some variable or sub-expression of an expression with a new
21731 sub-expression. For example, substituting @samp{sin(x)} with @samp{cos(y)}
21732 in @samp{2 sin(x)^2 + x sin(x) + sin(2 x)} produces
21733 @samp{2 cos(y)^2 + x cos(y) + @w{sin(2 x)}}.
21734 Note that this is a purely structural substitution; the lone @samp{x} and
21735 the @samp{sin(2 x)} stayed the same because they did not look like
21736 @samp{sin(x)}. @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a more general method for
21737 doing substitutions.@refill
21738
21739 The @kbd{a b} command normally prompts for two formulas, the old
21740 one and the new one. If you enter a blank line for the first
21741 prompt, all three arguments are taken from the stack (new, then old,
21742 then target expression). If you type an old formula but then enter a
21743 blank line for the new one, the new formula is taken from top-of-stack
21744 and the target from second-to-top. If you answer both prompts, the
21745 target is taken from top-of-stack as usual.
21746
21747 Note that @kbd{a b} has no understanding of commutativity or
21748 associativity. The pattern @samp{x+y} will not match the formula
21749 @samp{y+x}. Also, @samp{y+z} will not match inside the formula @samp{x+y+z}
21750 because the @samp{+} operator is left-associative, so the ``deep
21751 structure'' of that formula is @samp{(x+y) + z}. Use @kbd{d U}
21752 (@code{calc-unformatted-language}) mode to see the true structure of
21753 a formula. The rewrite rule mechanism, discussed later, does not have
21754 these limitations.
21755
21756 As an algebraic function, @code{subst} takes three arguments:
21757 Target expression, old, new. Note that @code{subst} is always
21758 evaluated immediately, even if its arguments are variables, so if
21759 you wish to put a call to @code{subst} onto the stack you must
21760 turn the default simplifications off first (with @kbd{m O}).
21761
21762 @node Simplifying Formulas, Polynomials, Algebraic Manipulation, Algebra
21763 @section Simplifying Formulas
21764
21765 @noindent
21766 @kindex a s
21767 @pindex calc-simplify
21768 @tindex simplify
21769 The @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) [@code{simplify}] command applies
21770 various algebraic rules to simplify a formula. This includes rules which
21771 are not part of the default simplifications because they may be too slow
21772 to apply all the time, or may not be desirable all of the time. For
21773 example, non-adjacent terms of sums are combined, as in @samp{a + b + 2 a}
21774 to @samp{b + 3 a}, and some formulas like @samp{sin(arcsin(x))} are
21775 simplified to @samp{x}.
21776
21777 The sections below describe all the various kinds of algebraic
21778 simplifications Calc provides in full detail. None of Calc's
21779 simplification commands are designed to pull rabbits out of hats;
21780 they simply apply certain specific rules to put formulas into
21781 less redundant or more pleasing forms. Serious algebra in Calc
21782 must be done manually, usually with a combination of selections
21783 and rewrite rules. @xref{Rearranging with Selections}.
21784 @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
21785
21786 @xref{Simplification Modes}, for commands to control what level of
21787 simplification occurs automatically. Normally only the ``default
21788 simplifications'' occur.
21789
21790 @menu
21791 * Default Simplifications::
21792 * Algebraic Simplifications::
21793 * Unsafe Simplifications::
21794 * Simplification of Units::
21795 @end menu
21796
21797 @node Default Simplifications, Algebraic Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas, Simplifying Formulas
21798 @subsection Default Simplifications
21799
21800 @noindent
21801 @cindex Default simplifications
21802 This section describes the ``default simplifications,'' those which are
21803 normally applied to all results. For example, if you enter the variable
21804 @cite{x} on the stack twice and push @kbd{+}, Calc's default
21805 simplifications automatically change @cite{x + x} to @cite{2 x}.
21806
21807 The @kbd{m O} command turns off the default simplifications, so that
21808 @cite{x + x} will remain in this form unless you give an explicit
21809 ``simplify'' command like @kbd{=} or @kbd{a v}. @xref{Algebraic
21810 Manipulation}. The @kbd{m D} command turns the default simplifications
21811 back on.
21812
21813 The most basic default simplification is the evaluation of functions.
21814 For example, @cite{2 + 3} is evaluated to @cite{5}, and @cite{@t{sqrt}(9)}
21815 is evaluated to @cite{3}. Evaluation does not occur if the arguments
21816 to a function are somehow of the wrong type (@cite{@t{tan}([2,3,4])},
21817 range (@cite{@t{tan}(90)}), or number (@cite{@t{tan}(3,5)}), or if the
21818 function name is not recognized (@cite{@t{f}(5)}), or if ``symbolic''
21819 mode (@pxref{Symbolic Mode}) prevents evaluation (@cite{@t{sqrt}(2)}).
21820
21821 Calc simplifies (evaluates) the arguments to a function before it
21822 simplifies the function itself. Thus @cite{@t{sqrt}(5+4)} is
21823 simplified to @cite{@t{sqrt}(9)} before the @code{sqrt} function
21824 itself is applied. There are very few exceptions to this rule:
21825 @code{quote}, @code{lambda}, and @code{condition} (the @code{::}
21826 operator) do not evaluate their arguments, @code{if} (the @code{? :}
21827 operator) does not evaluate all of its arguments, and @code{evalto}
21828 does not evaluate its lefthand argument.
21829
21830 Most commands apply the default simplifications to all arguments they
21831 take from the stack, perform a particular operation, then simplify
21832 the result before pushing it back on the stack. In the common special
21833 case of regular arithmetic commands like @kbd{+} and @kbd{Q} [@code{sqrt}],
21834 the arguments are simply popped from the stack and collected into a
21835 suitable function call, which is then simplified (the arguments being
21836 simplified first as part of the process, as described above).
21837
21838 The default simplifications are too numerous to describe completely
21839 here, but this section will describe the ones that apply to the
21840 major arithmetic operators. This list will be rather technical in
21841 nature, and will probably be interesting to you only if you are
21842 a serious user of Calc's algebra facilities.
21843
21844 @tex
21845 \bigskip
21846 @end tex
21847
21848 As well as the simplifications described here, if you have stored
21849 any rewrite rules in the variable @code{EvalRules} then these rules
21850 will also be applied before any built-in default simplifications.
21851 @xref{Automatic Rewrites}, for details.
21852
21853 @tex
21854 \bigskip
21855 @end tex
21856
21857 And now, on with the default simplifications:
21858
21859 Arithmetic operators like @kbd{+} and @kbd{*} always take two
21860 arguments in Calc's internal form. Sums and products of three or
21861 more terms are arranged by the associative law of algebra into
21862 a left-associative form for sums, @cite{((a + b) + c) + d}, and
21863 a right-associative form for products, @cite{a * (b * (c * d))}.
21864 Formulas like @cite{(a + b) + (c + d)} are rearranged to
21865 left-associative form, though this rarely matters since Calc's
21866 algebra commands are designed to hide the inner structure of
21867 sums and products as much as possible. Sums and products in
21868 their proper associative form will be written without parentheses
21869 in the examples below.
21870
21871 Sums and products are @emph{not} rearranged according to the
21872 commutative law (@cite{a + b} to @cite{b + a}) except in a few
21873 special cases described below. Some algebra programs always
21874 rearrange terms into a canonical order, which enables them to
21875 see that @cite{a b + b a} can be simplified to @cite{2 a b}.
21876 Calc assumes you have put the terms into the order you want
21877 and generally leaves that order alone, with the consequence
21878 that formulas like the above will only be simplified if you
21879 explicitly give the @kbd{a s} command. @xref{Algebraic
21880 Simplifications}.
21881
21882 Differences @cite{a - b} are treated like sums @cite{a + (-b)}
21883 for purposes of simplification; one of the default simplifications
21884 is to rewrite @cite{a + (-b)} or @cite{(-b) + a}, where @cite{-b}
21885 represents a ``negative-looking'' term, into @cite{a - b} form.
21886 ``Negative-looking'' means negative numbers, negated formulas like
21887 @cite{-x}, and products or quotients in which either term is
21888 negative-looking.
21889
21890 Other simplifications involving negation are @cite{-(-x)} to @cite{x};
21891 @cite{-(a b)} or @cite{-(a/b)} where either @cite{a} or @cite{b} is
21892 negative-looking, simplified by negating that term, or else where
21893 @cite{a} or @cite{b} is any number, by negating that number;
21894 @cite{-(a + b)} to @cite{-a - b}, and @cite{-(b - a)} to @cite{a - b}.
21895 (This, and rewriting @cite{(-b) + a} to @cite{a - b}, are the only
21896 cases where the order of terms in a sum is changed by the default
21897 simplifications.)
21898
21899 The distributive law is used to simplify sums in some cases:
21900 @cite{a x + b x} to @cite{(a + b) x}, where @cite{a} represents
21901 a number or an implicit 1 or @i{-1} (as in @cite{x} or @cite{-x})
21902 and similarly for @cite{b}. Use the @kbd{a c}, @w{@kbd{a f}}, or
21903 @kbd{j M} commands to merge sums with non-numeric coefficients
21904 using the distributive law.
21905
21906 The distributive law is only used for sums of two terms, or
21907 for adjacent terms in a larger sum. Thus @cite{a + b + b + c}
21908 is simplified to @cite{a + 2 b + c}, but @cite{a + b + c + b}
21909 is not simplified. The reason is that comparing all terms of a
21910 sum with one another would require time proportional to the
21911 square of the number of terms; Calc relegates potentially slow
21912 operations like this to commands that have to be invoked
21913 explicitly, like @kbd{a s}.
21914
21915 Finally, @cite{a + 0} and @cite{0 + a} are simplified to @cite{a}.
21916 A consequence of the above rules is that @cite{0 - a} is simplified
21917 to @cite{-a}.
21918
21919 @tex
21920 \bigskip
21921 @end tex
21922
21923 The products @cite{1 a} and @cite{a 1} are simplified to @cite{a};
21924 @cite{(-1) a} and @cite{a (-1)} are simplified to @cite{-a};
21925 @cite{0 a} and @cite{a 0} are simplified to @cite{0}, except that
21926 in matrix mode where @cite{a} is not provably scalar the result
21927 is the generic zero matrix @samp{idn(0)}, and that if @cite{a} is
21928 infinite the result is @samp{nan}.
21929
21930 Also, @cite{(-a) b} and @cite{a (-b)} are simplified to @cite{-(a b)},
21931 where this occurs for negated formulas but not for regular negative
21932 numbers.
21933
21934 Products are commuted only to move numbers to the front:
21935 @cite{a b 2} is commuted to @cite{2 a b}.
21936
21937 The product @cite{a (b + c)} is distributed over the sum only if
21938 @cite{a} and at least one of @cite{b} and @cite{c} are numbers:
21939 @cite{2 (x + 3)} goes to @cite{2 x + 6}. The formula
21940 @cite{(-a) (b - c)}, where @cite{-a} is a negative number, is
21941 rewritten to @cite{a (c - b)}.
21942
21943 The distributive law of products and powers is used for adjacent
21944 terms of the product: @cite{x^a x^b} goes to @c{$x^{a+b}$}
21945 @cite{x^(a+b)}
21946 where @cite{a} is a number, or an implicit 1 (as in @cite{x}),
21947 or the implicit one-half of @cite{@t{sqrt}(x)}, and similarly for
21948 @cite{b}. The result is written using @samp{sqrt} or @samp{1/sqrt}
21949 if the sum of the powers is @cite{1/2} or @cite{-1/2}, respectively.
21950 If the sum of the powers is zero, the product is simplified to
21951 @cite{1} or to @samp{idn(1)} if matrix mode is enabled.
21952
21953 The product of a negative power times anything but another negative
21954 power is changed to use division: @c{$x^{-2} y$}
21955 @cite{x^(-2) y} goes to @cite{y / x^2} unless matrix mode is
21956 in effect and neither @cite{x} nor @cite{y} are scalar (in which
21957 case it is considered unsafe to rearrange the order of the terms).
21958
21959 Finally, @cite{a (b/c)} is rewritten to @cite{(a b)/c}, and also
21960 @cite{(a/b) c} is changed to @cite{(a c)/b} unless in matrix mode.
21961
21962 @tex
21963 \bigskip
21964 @end tex
21965
21966 Simplifications for quotients are analogous to those for products.
21967 The quotient @cite{0 / x} is simplified to @cite{0}, with the same
21968 exceptions that were noted for @cite{0 x}. Likewise, @cite{x / 1}
21969 and @cite{x / (-1)} are simplified to @cite{x} and @cite{-x},
21970 respectively.
21971
21972 The quotient @cite{x / 0} is left unsimplified or changed to an
21973 infinite quantity, as directed by the current infinite mode.
21974 @xref{Infinite Mode}.
21975
21976 The expression @c{$a / b^{-c}$}
21977 @cite{a / b^(-c)} is changed to @cite{a b^c},
21978 where @cite{-c} is any negative-looking power. Also, @cite{1 / b^c}
21979 is changed to @c{$b^{-c}$}
21980 @cite{b^(-c)} for any power @cite{c}.
21981
21982 Also, @cite{(-a) / b} and @cite{a / (-b)} go to @cite{-(a/b)};
21983 @cite{(a/b) / c} goes to @cite{a / (b c)}; and @cite{a / (b/c)}
21984 goes to @cite{(a c) / b} unless matrix mode prevents this
21985 rearrangement. Similarly, @cite{a / (b:c)} is simplified to
21986 @cite{(c:b) a} for any fraction @cite{b:c}.
21987
21988 The distributive law is applied to @cite{(a + b) / c} only if
21989 @cite{c} and at least one of @cite{a} and @cite{b} are numbers.
21990 Quotients of powers and square roots are distributed just as
21991 described for multiplication.
21992
21993 Quotients of products cancel only in the leading terms of the
21994 numerator and denominator. In other words, @cite{a x b / a y b}
21995 is cancelled to @cite{x b / y b} but not to @cite{x / y}. Once
21996 again this is because full cancellation can be slow; use @kbd{a s}
21997 to cancel all terms of the quotient.
21998
21999 Quotients of negative-looking values are simplified according
22000 to @cite{(-a) / (-b)} to @cite{a / b}, @cite{(-a) / (b - c)}
22001 to @cite{a / (c - b)}, and @cite{(a - b) / (-c)} to @cite{(b - a) / c}.
22002
22003 @tex
22004 \bigskip
22005 @end tex
22006
22007 The formula @cite{x^0} is simplified to @cite{1}, or to @samp{idn(1)}
22008 in matrix mode. The formula @cite{0^x} is simplified to @cite{0}
22009 unless @cite{x} is a negative number or complex number, in which
22010 case the result is an infinity or an unsimplified formula according
22011 to the current infinite mode. Note that @cite{0^0} is an
22012 indeterminate form, as evidenced by the fact that the simplifications
22013 for @cite{x^0} and @cite{0^x} conflict when @cite{x=0}.
22014
22015 Powers of products or quotients @cite{(a b)^c}, @cite{(a/b)^c}
22016 are distributed to @cite{a^c b^c}, @cite{a^c / b^c} only if @cite{c}
22017 is an integer, or if either @cite{a} or @cite{b} are nonnegative
22018 real numbers. Powers of powers @cite{(a^b)^c} are simplified to
22019 @c{$a^{b c}$}
22020 @cite{a^(b c)} only when @cite{c} is an integer and @cite{b c} also
22021 evaluates to an integer. Without these restrictions these simplifications
22022 would not be safe because of problems with principal values.
22023 (In other words, @c{$((-3)^{1/2})^2$}
22024 @cite{((-3)^1:2)^2} is safe to simplify, but
22025 @c{$((-3)^2)^{1/2}$}
22026 @cite{((-3)^2)^1:2} is not.) @xref{Declarations}, for ways to inform
22027 Calc that your variables satisfy these requirements.
22028
22029 As a special case of this rule, @cite{@t{sqrt}(x)^n} is simplified to
22030 @c{$x^{n/2}$}
22031 @cite{x^(n/2)} only for even integers @cite{n}.
22032
22033 If @cite{a} is known to be real, @cite{b} is an even integer, and
22034 @cite{c} is a half- or quarter-integer, then @cite{(a^b)^c} is
22035 simplified to @c{$@t{abs}(a^{b c})$}
22036 @cite{@t{abs}(a^(b c))}.
22037
22038 Also, @cite{(-a)^b} is simplified to @cite{a^b} if @cite{b} is an
22039 even integer, or to @cite{-(a^b)} if @cite{b} is an odd integer,
22040 for any negative-looking expression @cite{-a}.
22041
22042 Square roots @cite{@t{sqrt}(x)} generally act like one-half powers
22043 @c{$x^{1:2}$}
22044 @cite{x^1:2} for the purposes of the above-listed simplifications.
22045
22046 Also, note that @c{$1 / x^{1:2}$}
22047 @cite{1 / x^1:2} is changed to @c{$x^{-1:2}$}
22048 @cite{x^(-1:2)},
22049 but @cite{1 / @t{sqrt}(x)} is left alone.
22050
22051 @tex
22052 \bigskip
22053 @end tex
22054
22055 Generic identity matrices (@pxref{Matrix Mode}) are simplified by the
22056 following rules: @cite{@t{idn}(a) + b} to @cite{a + b} if @cite{b}
22057 is provably scalar, or expanded out if @cite{b} is a matrix;
22058 @cite{@t{idn}(a) + @t{idn}(b)} to @cite{@t{idn}(a + b)};
22059 @cite{-@t{idn}(a)} to @cite{@t{idn}(-a)}; @cite{a @t{idn}(b)} to
22060 @cite{@t{idn}(a b)} if @cite{a} is provably scalar, or to @cite{a b}
22061 if @cite{a} is provably non-scalar; @cite{@t{idn}(a) @t{idn}(b)}
22062 to @cite{@t{idn}(a b)}; analogous simplifications for quotients
22063 involving @code{idn}; and @cite{@t{idn}(a)^n} to @cite{@t{idn}(a^n)}
22064 where @cite{n} is an integer.
22065
22066 @tex
22067 \bigskip
22068 @end tex
22069
22070 The @code{floor} function and other integer truncation functions
22071 vanish if the argument is provably integer-valued, so that
22072 @cite{@t{floor}(@t{round}(x))} simplifies to @cite{@t{round}(x)}.
22073 Also, combinations of @code{float}, @code{floor} and its friends,
22074 and @code{ffloor} and its friends, are simplified in appropriate
22075 ways. @xref{Integer Truncation}.
22076
22077 The expression @cite{@t{abs}(-x)} changes to @cite{@t{abs}(x)}.
22078 The expression @cite{@t{abs}(@t{abs}(x))} changes to @cite{@t{abs}(x)};
22079 in fact, @cite{@t{abs}(x)} changes to @cite{x} or @cite{-x} if @cite{x}
22080 is provably nonnegative or nonpositive (@pxref{Declarations}).
22081
22082 While most functions do not recognize the variable @code{i} as an
22083 imaginary number, the @code{arg} function does handle the two cases
22084 @cite{@t{arg}(@t{i})} and @cite{@t{arg}(-@t{i})} just for convenience.
22085
22086 The expression @cite{@t{conj}(@t{conj}(x))} simplifies to @cite{x}.
22087 Various other expressions involving @code{conj}, @code{re}, and
22088 @code{im} are simplified, especially if some of the arguments are
22089 provably real or involve the constant @code{i}. For example,
22090 @cite{@t{conj}(a + b i)} is changed to @cite{@t{conj}(a) - @t{conj}(b) i},
22091 or to @cite{a - b i} if @cite{a} and @cite{b} are known to be real.
22092
22093 Functions like @code{sin} and @code{arctan} generally don't have
22094 any default simplifications beyond simply evaluating the functions
22095 for suitable numeric arguments and infinity. The @kbd{a s} command
22096 described in the next section does provide some simplifications for
22097 these functions, though.
22098
22099 One important simplification that does occur is that @cite{@t{ln}(@t{e})}
22100 is simplified to 1, and @cite{@t{ln}(@t{e}^x)} is simplified to @cite{x}
22101 for any @cite{x}. This occurs even if you have stored a different
22102 value in the Calc variable @samp{e}; but this would be a bad idea
22103 in any case if you were also using natural logarithms!
22104
22105 Among the logical functions, @t{!}@i{(a} @t{<=} @i{b)} changes to
22106 @cite{a > b} and so on. Equations and inequalities where both sides
22107 are either negative-looking or zero are simplified by negating both sides
22108 and reversing the inequality. While it might seem reasonable to simplify
22109 @cite{!!x} to @cite{x}, this would not be valid in general because
22110 @cite{!!2} is 1, not 2.
22111
22112 Most other Calc functions have few if any default simplifications
22113 defined, aside of course from evaluation when the arguments are
22114 suitable numbers.
22115
22116 @node Algebraic Simplifications, Unsafe Simplifications, Default Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22117 @subsection Algebraic Simplifications
22118
22119 @noindent
22120 @cindex Algebraic simplifications
22121 The @kbd{a s} command makes simplifications that may be too slow to
22122 do all the time, or that may not be desirable all of the time.
22123 If you find these simplifications are worthwhile, you can type
22124 @kbd{m A} to have Calc apply them automatically.
22125
22126 This section describes all simplifications that are performed by
22127 the @kbd{a s} command. Note that these occur in addition to the
22128 default simplifications; even if the default simplifications have
22129 been turned off by an @kbd{m O} command, @kbd{a s} will turn them
22130 back on temporarily while it simplifies the formula.
22131
22132 There is a variable, @code{AlgSimpRules}, in which you can put rewrites
22133 to be applied by @kbd{a s}. Its use is analogous to @code{EvalRules},
22134 but without the special restrictions. Basically, the simplifier does
22135 @samp{@w{a r} AlgSimpRules} with an infinite repeat count on the whole
22136 expression being simplified, then it traverses the expression applying
22137 the built-in rules described below. If the result is different from
22138 the original expression, the process repeats with the default
22139 simplifications (including @code{EvalRules}), then @code{AlgSimpRules},
22140 then the built-in simplifications, and so on.
22141
22142 @tex
22143 \bigskip
22144 @end tex
22145
22146 Sums are simplified in two ways. Constant terms are commuted to the
22147 end of the sum, so that @cite{a + 2 + b} changes to @cite{a + b + 2}.
22148 The only exception is that a constant will not be commuted away
22149 from the first position of a difference, i.e., @cite{2 - x} is not
22150 commuted to @cite{-x + 2}.
22151
22152 Also, terms of sums are combined by the distributive law, as in
22153 @cite{x + y + 2 x} to @cite{y + 3 x}. This always occurs for
22154 adjacent terms, but @kbd{a s} compares all pairs of terms including
22155 non-adjacent ones.
22156
22157 @tex
22158 \bigskip
22159 @end tex
22160
22161 Products are sorted into a canonical order using the commutative
22162 law. For example, @cite{b c a} is commuted to @cite{a b c}.
22163 This allows easier comparison of products; for example, the default
22164 simplifications will not change @cite{x y + y x} to @cite{2 x y},
22165 but @kbd{a s} will; it first rewrites the sum to @cite{x y + x y},
22166 and then the default simplifications are able to recognize a sum
22167 of identical terms.
22168
22169 The canonical ordering used to sort terms of products has the
22170 property that real-valued numbers, interval forms and infinities
22171 come first, and are sorted into increasing order. The @kbd{V S}
22172 command uses the same ordering when sorting a vector.
22173
22174 Sorting of terms of products is inhibited when matrix mode is
22175 turned on; in this case, Calc will never exchange the order of
22176 two terms unless it knows at least one of the terms is a scalar.
22177
22178 Products of powers are distributed by comparing all pairs of
22179 terms, using the same method that the default simplifications
22180 use for adjacent terms of products.
22181
22182 Even though sums are not sorted, the commutative law is still
22183 taken into account when terms of a product are being compared.
22184 Thus @cite{(x + y) (y + x)} will be simplified to @cite{(x + y)^2}.
22185 A subtle point is that @cite{(x - y) (y - x)} will @emph{not}
22186 be simplified to @cite{-(x - y)^2}; Calc does not notice that
22187 one term can be written as a constant times the other, even if
22188 that constant is @i{-1}.
22189
22190 A fraction times any expression, @cite{(a:b) x}, is changed to
22191 a quotient involving integers: @cite{a x / b}. This is not
22192 done for floating-point numbers like @cite{0.5}, however. This
22193 is one reason why you may find it convenient to turn Fraction mode
22194 on while doing algebra; @pxref{Fraction Mode}.
22195
22196 @tex
22197 \bigskip
22198 @end tex
22199
22200 Quotients are simplified by comparing all terms in the numerator
22201 with all terms in the denominator for possible cancellation using
22202 the distributive law. For example, @cite{a x^2 b / c x^3 d} will
22203 cancel @cite{x^2} from both sides to get @cite{a b / c x d}.
22204 (The terms in the denominator will then be rearranged to @cite{c d x}
22205 as described above.) If there is any common integer or fractional
22206 factor in the numerator and denominator, it is cancelled out;
22207 for example, @cite{(4 x + 6) / 8 x} simplifies to @cite{(2 x + 3) / 4 x}.
22208
22209 Non-constant common factors are not found even by @kbd{a s}. To
22210 cancel the factor @cite{a} in @cite{(a x + a) / a^2} you could first
22211 use @kbd{j M} on the product @cite{a x} to Merge the numerator to
22212 @cite{a (1+x)}, which can then be simplified successfully.
22213
22214 @tex
22215 \bigskip
22216 @end tex
22217
22218 Integer powers of the variable @code{i} are simplified according
22219 to the identity @cite{i^2 = -1}. If you store a new value other
22220 than the complex number @cite{(0,1)} in @code{i}, this simplification
22221 will no longer occur. This is done by @kbd{a s} instead of by default
22222 in case someone (unwisely) uses the name @code{i} for a variable
22223 unrelated to complex numbers; it would be unfortunate if Calc
22224 quietly and automatically changed this formula for reasons the
22225 user might not have been thinking of.
22226
22227 Square roots of integer or rational arguments are simplified in
22228 several ways. (Note that these will be left unevaluated only in
22229 Symbolic mode.) First, square integer or rational factors are
22230 pulled out so that @cite{@t{sqrt}(8)} is rewritten as
22231 @c{$2\,\t{sqrt}(2)$}
22232 @cite{2 sqrt(2)}. Conceptually speaking this implies factoring
22233 the argument into primes and moving pairs of primes out of the
22234 square root, but for reasons of efficiency Calc only looks for
22235 primes up to 29.
22236
22237 Square roots in the denominator of a quotient are moved to the
22238 numerator: @cite{1 / @t{sqrt}(3)} changes to @cite{@t{sqrt}(3) / 3}.
22239 The same effect occurs for the square root of a fraction:
22240 @cite{@t{sqrt}(2:3)} changes to @cite{@t{sqrt}(6) / 3}.
22241
22242 @tex
22243 \bigskip
22244 @end tex
22245
22246 The @code{%} (modulo) operator is simplified in several ways
22247 when the modulus @cite{M} is a positive real number. First, if
22248 the argument is of the form @cite{x + n} for some real number
22249 @cite{n}, then @cite{n} is itself reduced modulo @cite{M}. For
22250 example, @samp{(x - 23) % 10} is simplified to @samp{(x + 7) % 10}.
22251
22252 If the argument is multiplied by a constant, and this constant
22253 has a common integer divisor with the modulus, then this factor is
22254 cancelled out. For example, @samp{12 x % 15} is changed to
22255 @samp{3 (4 x % 5)} by factoring out 3. Also, @samp{(12 x + 1) % 15}
22256 is changed to @samp{3 ((4 x + 1:3) % 5)}. While these forms may
22257 not seem ``simpler,'' they allow Calc to discover useful information
22258 about modulo forms in the presence of declarations.
22259
22260 If the modulus is 1, then Calc can use @code{int} declarations to
22261 evaluate the expression. For example, the idiom @samp{x % 2} is
22262 often used to check whether a number is odd or even. As described
22263 above, @w{@samp{2 n % 2}} and @samp{(2 n + 1) % 2} are simplified to
22264 @samp{2 (n % 1)} and @samp{2 ((n + 1:2) % 1)}, respectively; Calc
22265 can simplify these to 0 and 1 (respectively) if @code{n} has been
22266 declared to be an integer.
22267
22268 @tex
22269 \bigskip
22270 @end tex
22271
22272 Trigonometric functions are simplified in several ways. First,
22273 @cite{@t{sin}(@t{arcsin}(x))} is simplified to @cite{x}, and
22274 similarly for @code{cos} and @code{tan}. If the argument to
22275 @code{sin} is negative-looking, it is simplified to @cite{-@t{sin}(x)},
22276 and similarly for @code{cos} and @code{tan}. Finally, certain
22277 special values of the argument are recognized;
22278 @pxref{Trigonometric and Hyperbolic Functions}.
22279
22280 Trigonometric functions of inverses of different trigonometric
22281 functions can also be simplified, as in @cite{@t{sin}(@t{arccos}(x))}
22282 to @cite{@t{sqrt}(1 - x^2)}.
22283
22284 Hyperbolic functions of their inverses and of negative-looking
22285 arguments are also handled, as are exponentials of inverse
22286 hyperbolic functions.
22287
22288 No simplifications for inverse trigonometric and hyperbolic
22289 functions are known, except for negative arguments of @code{arcsin},
22290 @code{arctan}, @code{arcsinh}, and @code{arctanh}. Note that
22291 @cite{@t{arcsin}(@t{sin}(x))} can @emph{not} safely change to
22292 @cite{x}, since this only correct within an integer multiple
22293 of @c{$2 \pi$}
22294 @cite{2 pi} radians or 360 degrees. However,
22295 @cite{@t{arcsinh}(@t{sinh}(x))} is simplified to @cite{x} if
22296 @cite{x} is known to be real.
22297
22298 Several simplifications that apply to logarithms and exponentials
22299 are that @cite{@t{exp}(@t{ln}(x))}, @c{$@t{e}^{\ln(x)}$}
22300 @cite{e^@t{ln}(x)}, and
22301 @c{$10^{{\rm log10}(x)}$}
22302 @cite{10^@t{log10}(x)} all reduce to @cite{x}.
22303 Also, @cite{@t{ln}(@t{exp}(x))}, etc., can reduce to @cite{x} if
22304 @cite{x} is provably real. The form @cite{@t{exp}(x)^y} is simplified
22305 to @cite{@t{exp}(x y)}. If @cite{x} is a suitable multiple of @c{$\pi i$}
22306 @cite{pi i}
22307 (as described above for the trigonometric functions), then @cite{@t{exp}(x)}
22308 or @cite{e^x} will be expanded. Finally, @cite{@t{ln}(x)} is simplified
22309 to a form involving @code{pi} and @code{i} where @cite{x} is provably
22310 negative, positive imaginary, or negative imaginary.
22311
22312 The error functions @code{erf} and @code{erfc} are simplified when
22313 their arguments are negative-looking or are calls to the @code{conj}
22314 function.
22315
22316 @tex
22317 \bigskip
22318 @end tex
22319
22320 Equations and inequalities are simplified by cancelling factors
22321 of products, quotients, or sums on both sides. Inequalities
22322 change sign if a negative multiplicative factor is cancelled.
22323 Non-constant multiplicative factors as in @cite{a b = a c} are
22324 cancelled from equations only if they are provably nonzero (generally
22325 because they were declared so; @pxref{Declarations}). Factors
22326 are cancelled from inequalities only if they are nonzero and their
22327 sign is known.
22328
22329 Simplification also replaces an equation or inequality with
22330 1 or 0 (``true'' or ``false'') if it can through the use of
22331 declarations. If @cite{x} is declared to be an integer greater
22332 than 5, then @cite{x < 3}, @cite{x = 3}, and @cite{x = 7.5} are
22333 all simplified to 0, but @cite{x > 3} is simplified to 1.
22334 By a similar analysis, @cite{abs(x) >= 0} is simplified to 1,
22335 as is @cite{x^2 >= 0} if @cite{x} is known to be real.
22336
22337 @node Unsafe Simplifications, Simplification of Units, Algebraic Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22338 @subsection ``Unsafe'' Simplifications
22339
22340 @noindent
22341 @cindex Unsafe simplifications
22342 @cindex Extended simplification
22343 @kindex a e
22344 @pindex calc-simplify-extended
22345 @c @mindex esimpl@idots
22346 @tindex esimplify
22347 The @kbd{a e} (@code{calc-simplify-extended}) [@code{esimplify}] command
22348 is like @kbd{a s}
22349 except that it applies some additional simplifications which are not
22350 ``safe'' in all cases. Use this only if you know the values in your
22351 formula lie in the restricted ranges for which these simplifications
22352 are valid. The symbolic integrator uses @kbd{a e};
22353 one effect of this is that the integrator's results must be used with
22354 caution. Where an integral table will often attach conditions like
22355 ``for positive @cite{a} only,'' Calc (like most other symbolic
22356 integration programs) will simply produce an unqualified result.@refill
22357
22358 Because @kbd{a e}'s simplifications are unsafe, it is sometimes better
22359 to type @kbd{C-u -3 a v}, which does extended simplification only
22360 on the top level of the formula without affecting the sub-formulas.
22361 In fact, @kbd{C-u -3 j v} allows you to target extended simplification
22362 to any specific part of a formula.
22363
22364 The variable @code{ExtSimpRules} contains rewrites to be applied by
22365 the @kbd{a e} command. These are applied in addition to
22366 @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules}. (The @kbd{a r AlgSimpRules}
22367 step described above is simply followed by an @kbd{a r ExtSimpRules} step.)
22368
22369 Following is a complete list of ``unsafe'' simplifications performed
22370 by @kbd{a e}.
22371
22372 @tex
22373 \bigskip
22374 @end tex
22375
22376 Inverse trigonometric or hyperbolic functions, called with their
22377 corresponding non-inverse functions as arguments, are simplified
22378 by @kbd{a e}. For example, @cite{@t{arcsin}(@t{sin}(x))} changes
22379 to @cite{x}. Also, @cite{@t{arcsin}(@t{cos}(x))} and
22380 @cite{@t{arccos}(@t{sin}(x))} both change to @cite{@t{pi}/2 - x}.
22381 These simplifications are unsafe because they are valid only for
22382 values of @cite{x} in a certain range; outside that range, values
22383 are folded down to the 360-degree range that the inverse trigonometric
22384 functions always produce.
22385
22386 Powers of powers @cite{(x^a)^b} are simplified to @c{$x^{a b}$}
22387 @cite{x^(a b)}
22388 for all @cite{a} and @cite{b}. These results will be valid only
22389 in a restricted range of @cite{x}; for example, in @c{$(x^2)^{1:2}$}
22390 @cite{(x^2)^1:2}
22391 the powers cancel to get @cite{x}, which is valid for positive values
22392 of @cite{x} but not for negative or complex values.
22393
22394 Similarly, @cite{@t{sqrt}(x^a)} and @cite{@t{sqrt}(x)^a} are both
22395 simplified (possibly unsafely) to @c{$x^{a/2}$}
22396 @cite{x^(a/2)}.
22397
22398 Forms like @cite{@t{sqrt}(1 - @t{sin}(x)^2)} are simplified to, e.g.,
22399 @cite{@t{cos}(x)}. Calc has identities of this sort for @code{sin},
22400 @code{cos}, @code{tan}, @code{sinh}, and @code{cosh}.
22401
22402 Arguments of square roots are partially factored to look for
22403 squared terms that can be extracted. For example,
22404 @cite{@t{sqrt}(a^2 b^3 + a^3 b^2)} simplifies to @cite{a b @t{sqrt}(a+b)}.
22405
22406 The simplifications of @cite{@t{ln}(@t{exp}(x))}, @cite{@t{ln}(@t{e}^x)},
22407 and @cite{@t{log10}(10^x)} to @cite{x} are also unsafe because
22408 of problems with principal values (although these simplifications
22409 are safe if @cite{x} is known to be real).
22410
22411 Common factors are cancelled from products on both sides of an
22412 equation, even if those factors may be zero: @cite{a x / b x}
22413 to @cite{a / b}. Such factors are never cancelled from
22414 inequalities: Even @kbd{a e} is not bold enough to reduce
22415 @cite{a x < b x} to @cite{a < b} (or @cite{a > b}, depending
22416 on whether you believe @cite{x} is positive or negative).
22417 The @kbd{a M /} command can be used to divide a factor out of
22418 both sides of an inequality.
22419
22420 @node Simplification of Units, , Unsafe Simplifications, Simplifying Formulas
22421 @subsection Simplification of Units
22422
22423 @noindent
22424 The simplifications described in this section are applied by the
22425 @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) command. These are in addition
22426 to the regular @kbd{a s} (but not @kbd{a e}) simplifications described
22427 earlier. @xref{Basic Operations on Units}.
22428
22429 The variable @code{UnitSimpRules} contains rewrites to be applied by
22430 the @kbd{u s} command. These are applied in addition to @code{EvalRules}
22431 and @code{AlgSimpRules}.
22432
22433 Scalar mode is automatically put into effect when simplifying units.
22434 @xref{Matrix Mode}.
22435
22436 Sums @cite{a + b} involving units are simplified by extracting the
22437 units of @cite{a} as if by the @kbd{u x} command (call the result
22438 @cite{u_a}), then simplifying the expression @cite{b / u_a}
22439 using @kbd{u b} and @kbd{u s}. If the result has units then the sum
22440 is inconsistent and is left alone. Otherwise, it is rewritten
22441 in terms of the units @cite{u_a}.
22442
22443 If units auto-ranging mode is enabled, products or quotients in
22444 which the first argument is a number which is out of range for the
22445 leading unit are modified accordingly.
22446
22447 When cancelling and combining units in products and quotients,
22448 Calc accounts for unit names that differ only in the prefix letter.
22449 For example, @samp{2 km m} is simplified to @samp{2000 m^2}.
22450 However, compatible but different units like @code{ft} and @code{in}
22451 are not combined in this way.
22452
22453 Quotients @cite{a / b} are simplified in three additional ways. First,
22454 if @cite{b} is a number or a product beginning with a number, Calc
22455 computes the reciprocal of this number and moves it to the numerator.
22456
22457 Second, for each pair of unit names from the numerator and denominator
22458 of a quotient, if the units are compatible (e.g., they are both
22459 units of area) then they are replaced by the ratio between those
22460 units. For example, in @samp{3 s in N / kg cm} the units
22461 @samp{in / cm} will be replaced by @cite{2.54}.
22462
22463 Third, if the units in the quotient exactly cancel out, so that
22464 a @kbd{u b} command on the quotient would produce a dimensionless
22465 number for an answer, then the quotient simplifies to that number.
22466
22467 For powers and square roots, the ``unsafe'' simplifications
22468 @cite{(a b)^c} to @cite{a^c b^c}, @cite{(a/b)^c} to @cite{a^c / b^c},
22469 and @cite{(a^b)^c} to @c{$a^{b c}$}
22470 @cite{a^(b c)} are done if the powers are
22471 real numbers. (These are safe in the context of units because
22472 all numbers involved can reasonably be assumed to be real.)
22473
22474 Also, if a unit name is raised to a fractional power, and the
22475 base units in that unit name all occur to powers which are a
22476 multiple of the denominator of the power, then the unit name
22477 is expanded out into its base units, which can then be simplified
22478 according to the previous paragraph. For example, @samp{acre^1.5}
22479 is simplified by noting that @cite{1.5 = 3:2}, that @samp{acre}
22480 is defined in terms of @samp{m^2}, and that the 2 in the power of
22481 @code{m} is a multiple of 2 in @cite{3:2}. Thus, @code{acre^1.5} is
22482 replaced by approximately @c{$(4046 m^2)^{1.5}$}
22483 @cite{(4046 m^2)^1.5}, which is then
22484 changed to @c{$4046^{1.5} \, (m^2)^{1.5}$}
22485 @cite{4046^1.5 (m^2)^1.5}, then to @cite{257440 m^3}.
22486
22487 The functions @code{float}, @code{frac}, @code{clean}, @code{abs},
22488 as well as @code{floor} and the other integer truncation functions,
22489 applied to unit names or products or quotients involving units, are
22490 simplified. For example, @samp{round(1.6 in)} is changed to
22491 @samp{round(1.6) round(in)}; the lefthand term evaluates to 2,
22492 and the righthand term simplifies to @code{in}.
22493
22494 The functions @code{sin}, @code{cos}, and @code{tan} with arguments
22495 that have angular units like @code{rad} or @code{arcmin} are
22496 simplified by converting to base units (radians), then evaluating
22497 with the angular mode temporarily set to radians.
22498
22499 @node Polynomials, Calculus, Simplifying Formulas, Algebra
22500 @section Polynomials
22501
22502 A @dfn{polynomial} is a sum of terms which are coefficients times
22503 various powers of a ``base'' variable. For example, @cite{2 x^2 + 3 x - 4}
22504 is a polynomial in @cite{x}. Some formulas can be considered
22505 polynomials in several different variables: @cite{1 + 2 x + 3 y + 4 x y^2}
22506 is a polynomial in both @cite{x} and @cite{y}. Polynomial coefficients
22507 are often numbers, but they may in general be any formulas not
22508 involving the base variable.
22509
22510 @kindex a f
22511 @pindex calc-factor
22512 @tindex factor
22513 The @kbd{a f} (@code{calc-factor}) [@code{factor}] command factors a
22514 polynomial into a product of terms. For example, the polynomial
22515 @cite{x^3 + 2 x^2 + x} is factored into @samp{x*(x+1)^2}. As another
22516 example, @cite{a c + b d + b c + a d} is factored into the product
22517 @cite{(a + b) (c + d)}.
22518
22519 Calc currently has three algorithms for factoring. Formulas which are
22520 linear in several variables, such as the second example above, are
22521 merged according to the distributive law. Formulas which are
22522 polynomials in a single variable, with constant integer or fractional
22523 coefficients, are factored into irreducible linear and/or quadratic
22524 terms. The first example above factors into three linear terms
22525 (@cite{x}, @cite{x+1}, and @cite{x+1} again). Finally, formulas
22526 which do not fit the above criteria are handled by the algebraic
22527 rewrite mechanism.
22528
22529 Calc's polynomial factorization algorithm works by using the general
22530 root-finding command (@w{@kbd{a P}}) to solve for the roots of the
22531 polynomial. It then looks for roots which are rational numbers
22532 or complex-conjugate pairs, and converts these into linear and
22533 quadratic terms, respectively. Because it uses floating-point
22534 arithmetic, it may be unable to find terms that involve large
22535 integers (whose number of digits approaches the current precision).
22536 Also, irreducible factors of degree higher than quadratic are not
22537 found, and polynomials in more than one variable are not treated.
22538 (A more robust factorization algorithm may be included in a future
22539 version of Calc.)
22540
22541 @vindex FactorRules
22542 @c @starindex
22543 @tindex thecoefs
22544 @c @starindex
22545 @c @mindex @idots
22546 @tindex thefactors
22547 The rewrite-based factorization method uses rules stored in the variable
22548 @code{FactorRules}. @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a discussion of the
22549 operation of rewrite rules. The default @code{FactorRules} are able
22550 to factor quadratic forms symbolically into two linear terms,
22551 @cite{(a x + b) (c x + d)}. You can edit these rules to include other
22552 cases if you wish. To use the rules, Calc builds the formula
22553 @samp{thecoefs(x, [a, b, c, ...])} where @code{x} is the polynomial
22554 base variable and @code{a}, @code{b}, etc., are polynomial coefficients
22555 (which may be numbers or formulas). The constant term is written first,
22556 i.e., in the @code{a} position. When the rules complete, they should have
22557 changed the formula into the form @samp{thefactors(x, [f1, f2, f3, ...])}
22558 where each @code{fi} should be a factored term, e.g., @samp{x - ai}.
22559 Calc then multiplies these terms together to get the complete
22560 factored form of the polynomial. If the rules do not change the
22561 @code{thecoefs} call to a @code{thefactors} call, @kbd{a f} leaves the
22562 polynomial alone on the assumption that it is unfactorable. (Note that
22563 the function names @code{thecoefs} and @code{thefactors} are used only
22564 as placeholders; there are no actual Calc functions by those names.)
22565
22566 @kindex H a f
22567 @tindex factors
22568 The @kbd{H a f} [@code{factors}] command also factors a polynomial,
22569 but it returns a list of factors instead of an expression which is the
22570 product of the factors. Each factor is represented by a sub-vector
22571 of the factor, and the power with which it appears. For example,
22572 @cite{x^5 + x^4 - 33 x^3 + 63 x^2} factors to @cite{(x + 7) x^2 (x - 3)^2}
22573 in @kbd{a f}, or to @cite{[ [x, 2], [x+7, 1], [x-3, 2] ]} in @kbd{H a f}.
22574 If there is an overall numeric factor, it always comes first in the list.
22575 The functions @code{factor} and @code{factors} allow a second argument
22576 when written in algebraic form; @samp{factor(x,v)} factors @cite{x} with
22577 respect to the specific variable @cite{v}. The default is to factor with
22578 respect to all the variables that appear in @cite{x}.
22579
22580 @kindex a c
22581 @pindex calc-collect
22582 @tindex collect
22583 The @kbd{a c} (@code{calc-collect}) [@code{collect}] command rearranges a
22584 formula as a
22585 polynomial in a given variable, ordered in decreasing powers of that
22586 variable. For example, given @cite{1 + 2 x + 3 y + 4 x y^2} on
22587 the stack, @kbd{a c x} would produce @cite{(2 + 4 y^2) x + (1 + 3 y)},
22588 and @kbd{a c y} would produce @cite{(4 x) y^2 + 3 y + (1 + 2 x)}.
22589 The polynomial will be expanded out using the distributive law as
22590 necessary: Collecting @cite{x} in @cite{(x - 1)^3} produces
22591 @cite{x^3 - 3 x^2 + 3 x - 1}. Terms not involving @cite{x} will
22592 not be expanded.
22593
22594 The ``variable'' you specify at the prompt can actually be any
22595 expression: @kbd{a c ln(x+1)} will collect together all terms multiplied
22596 by @samp{ln(x+1)} or integer powers thereof. If @samp{x} also appears
22597 in the formula in a context other than @samp{ln(x+1)}, @kbd{a c} will
22598 treat those occurrences as unrelated to @samp{ln(x+1)}, i.e., as constants.
22599
22600 @kindex a x
22601 @pindex calc-expand
22602 @tindex expand
22603 The @kbd{a x} (@code{calc-expand}) [@code{expand}] command expands an
22604 expression by applying the distributive law everywhere. It applies to
22605 products, quotients, and powers involving sums. By default, it fully
22606 distributes all parts of the expression. With a numeric prefix argument,
22607 the distributive law is applied only the specified number of times, then
22608 the partially expanded expression is left on the stack.
22609
22610 The @kbd{a x} and @kbd{j D} commands are somewhat redundant. Use
22611 @kbd{a x} if you want to expand all products of sums in your formula.
22612 Use @kbd{j D} if you want to expand a particular specified term of
22613 the formula. There is an exactly analogous correspondence between
22614 @kbd{a f} and @kbd{j M}. (The @kbd{j D} and @kbd{j M} commands
22615 also know many other kinds of expansions, such as
22616 @samp{exp(a + b) = exp(a) exp(b)}, which @kbd{a x} and @kbd{a f}
22617 do not do.)
22618
22619 Calc's automatic simplifications will sometimes reverse a partial
22620 expansion. For example, the first step in expanding @cite{(x+1)^3} is
22621 to write @cite{(x+1) (x+1)^2}. If @kbd{a x} stops there and tries
22622 to put this formula onto the stack, though, Calc will automatically
22623 simplify it back to @cite{(x+1)^3} form. The solution is to turn
22624 simplification off first (@pxref{Simplification Modes}), or to run
22625 @kbd{a x} without a numeric prefix argument so that it expands all
22626 the way in one step.
22627
22628 @kindex a a
22629 @pindex calc-apart
22630 @tindex apart
22631 The @kbd{a a} (@code{calc-apart}) [@code{apart}] command expands a
22632 rational function by partial fractions. A rational function is the
22633 quotient of two polynomials; @code{apart} pulls this apart into a
22634 sum of rational functions with simple denominators. In algebraic
22635 notation, the @code{apart} function allows a second argument that
22636 specifies which variable to use as the ``base''; by default, Calc
22637 chooses the base variable automatically.
22638
22639 @kindex a n
22640 @pindex calc-normalize-rat
22641 @tindex nrat
22642 The @kbd{a n} (@code{calc-normalize-rat}) [@code{nrat}] command
22643 attempts to arrange a formula into a quotient of two polynomials.
22644 For example, given @cite{1 + (a + b/c) / d}, the result would be
22645 @cite{(b + a c + c d) / c d}. The quotient is reduced, so that
22646 @kbd{a n} will simplify @cite{(x^2 + 2x + 1) / (x^2 - 1)} by dividing
22647 out the common factor @cite{x + 1}, yielding @cite{(x + 1) / (x - 1)}.
22648
22649 @kindex a \
22650 @pindex calc-poly-div
22651 @tindex pdiv
22652 The @kbd{a \} (@code{calc-poly-div}) [@code{pdiv}] command divides
22653 two polynomials @cite{u} and @cite{v}, yielding a new polynomial
22654 @cite{q}. If several variables occur in the inputs, the inputs are
22655 considered multivariate polynomials. (Calc divides by the variable
22656 with the largest power in @cite{u} first, or, in the case of equal
22657 powers, chooses the variables in alphabetical order.) For example,
22658 dividing @cite{x^2 + 3 x + 2} by @cite{x + 2} yields @cite{x + 1}.
22659 The remainder from the division, if any, is reported at the bottom
22660 of the screen and is also placed in the Trail along with the quotient.
22661
22662 Using @code{pdiv} in algebraic notation, you can specify the particular
22663 variable to be used as the base: `@t{pdiv(}@i{a}@t{,}@i{b}@t{,}@i{x}@t{)}'.
22664 If @code{pdiv} is given only two arguments (as is always the case with
22665 the @kbd{a \} command), then it does a multivariate division as outlined
22666 above.
22667
22668 @kindex a %
22669 @pindex calc-poly-rem
22670 @tindex prem
22671 The @kbd{a %} (@code{calc-poly-rem}) [@code{prem}] command divides
22672 two polynomials and keeps the remainder @cite{r}. The quotient
22673 @cite{q} is discarded. For any formulas @cite{a} and @cite{b}, the
22674 results of @kbd{a \} and @kbd{a %} satisfy @cite{a = q b + r}.
22675 (This is analogous to plain @kbd{\} and @kbd{%}, which compute the
22676 integer quotient and remainder from dividing two numbers.)
22677
22678 @kindex a /
22679 @kindex H a /
22680 @pindex calc-poly-div-rem
22681 @tindex pdivrem
22682 @tindex pdivide
22683 The @kbd{a /} (@code{calc-poly-div-rem}) [@code{pdivrem}] command
22684 divides two polynomials and reports both the quotient and the
22685 remainder as a vector @cite{[q, r]}. The @kbd{H a /} [@code{pdivide}]
22686 command divides two polynomials and constructs the formula
22687 @cite{q + r/b} on the stack. (Naturally if the remainder is zero,
22688 this will immediately simplify to @cite{q}.)
22689
22690 @kindex a g
22691 @pindex calc-poly-gcd
22692 @tindex pgcd
22693 The @kbd{a g} (@code{calc-poly-gcd}) [@code{pgcd}] command computes
22694 the greatest common divisor of two polynomials. (The GCD actually
22695 is unique only to within a constant multiplier; Calc attempts to
22696 choose a GCD which will be unsurprising.) For example, the @kbd{a n}
22697 command uses @kbd{a g} to take the GCD of the numerator and denominator
22698 of a quotient, then divides each by the result using @kbd{a \}. (The
22699 definition of GCD ensures that this division can take place without
22700 leaving a remainder.)
22701
22702 While the polynomials used in operations like @kbd{a /} and @kbd{a g}
22703 often have integer coefficients, this is not required. Calc can also
22704 deal with polynomials over the rationals or floating-point reals.
22705 Polynomials with modulo-form coefficients are also useful in many
22706 applications; if you enter @samp{(x^2 + 3 x - 1) mod 5}, Calc
22707 automatically transforms this into a polynomial over the field of
22708 integers mod 5: @samp{(1 mod 5) x^2 + (3 mod 5) x + (4 mod 5)}.
22709
22710 Congratulations and thanks go to Ove Ewerlid
22711 (@code{ewerlid@@mizar.DoCS.UU.SE}), who contributed many of the
22712 polynomial routines used in the above commands.
22713
22714 @xref{Decomposing Polynomials}, for several useful functions for
22715 extracting the individual coefficients of a polynomial.
22716
22717 @node Calculus, Solving Equations, Polynomials, Algebra
22718 @section Calculus
22719
22720 @noindent
22721 The following calculus commands do not automatically simplify their
22722 inputs or outputs using @code{calc-simplify}. You may find it helps
22723 to do this by hand by typing @kbd{a s} or @kbd{a e}. It may also help
22724 to use @kbd{a x} and/or @kbd{a c} to arrange a result in the most
22725 readable way.
22726
22727 @menu
22728 * Differentiation::
22729 * Integration::
22730 * Customizing the Integrator::
22731 * Numerical Integration::
22732 * Taylor Series::
22733 @end menu
22734
22735 @node Differentiation, Integration, Calculus, Calculus
22736 @subsection Differentiation
22737
22738 @noindent
22739 @kindex a d
22740 @kindex H a d
22741 @pindex calc-derivative
22742 @tindex deriv
22743 @tindex tderiv
22744 The @kbd{a d} (@code{calc-derivative}) [@code{deriv}] command computes
22745 the derivative of the expression on the top of the stack with respect to
22746 some variable, which it will prompt you to enter. Normally, variables
22747 in the formula other than the specified differentiation variable are
22748 considered constant, i.e., @samp{deriv(y,x)} is reduced to zero. With
22749 the Hyperbolic flag, the @code{tderiv} (total derivative) operation is used
22750 instead, in which derivatives of variables are not reduced to zero
22751 unless those variables are known to be ``constant,'' i.e., independent
22752 of any other variables. (The built-in special variables like @code{pi}
22753 are considered constant, as are variables that have been declared
22754 @code{const}; @pxref{Declarations}.)
22755
22756 With a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, this command computes the
22757 @var{n}th derivative.
22758
22759 When working with trigonometric functions, it is best to switch to
22760 radians mode first (with @w{@kbd{m r}}). The derivative of @samp{sin(x)}
22761 in degrees is @samp{(pi/180) cos(x)}, probably not the expected
22762 answer!
22763
22764 If you use the @code{deriv} function directly in an algebraic formula,
22765 you can write @samp{deriv(f,x,x0)} which represents the derivative
22766 of @cite{f} with respect to @cite{x}, evaluated at the point @c{$x=x_0$}
22767 @cite{x=x0}.
22768
22769 If the formula being differentiated contains functions which Calc does
22770 not know, the derivatives of those functions are produced by adding
22771 primes (apostrophe characters). For example, @samp{deriv(f(2x), x)}
22772 produces @samp{2 f'(2 x)}, where the function @code{f'} represents the
22773 derivative of @code{f}.
22774
22775 For functions you have defined with the @kbd{Z F} command, Calc expands
22776 the functions according to their defining formulas unless you have
22777 also defined @code{f'} suitably. For example, suppose we define
22778 @samp{sinc(x) = sin(x)/x} using @kbd{Z F}. If we then differentiate
22779 the formula @samp{sinc(2 x)}, the formula will be expanded to
22780 @samp{sin(2 x) / (2 x)} and differentiated. However, if we also
22781 define @samp{sinc'(x) = dsinc(x)}, say, then Calc will write the
22782 result as @samp{2 dsinc(2 x)}. @xref{Algebraic Definitions}.
22783
22784 For multi-argument functions @samp{f(x,y,z)}, the derivative with respect
22785 to the first argument is written @samp{f'(x,y,z)}; derivatives with
22786 respect to the other arguments are @samp{f'2(x,y,z)} and @samp{f'3(x,y,z)}.
22787 Various higher-order derivatives can be formed in the obvious way, e.g.,
22788 @samp{f'@var{}'(x)} (the second derivative of @code{f}) or
22789 @samp{f'@var{}'2'3(x,y,z)} (@code{f} differentiated with respect to each
22790 argument once).@refill
22791
22792 @node Integration, Customizing the Integrator, Differentiation, Calculus
22793 @subsection Integration
22794
22795 @noindent
22796 @kindex a i
22797 @pindex calc-integral
22798 @tindex integ
22799 The @kbd{a i} (@code{calc-integral}) [@code{integ}] command computes the
22800 indefinite integral of the expression on the top of the stack with
22801 respect to a variable. The integrator is not guaranteed to work for
22802 all integrable functions, but it is able to integrate several large
22803 classes of formulas. In particular, any polynomial or rational function
22804 (a polynomial divided by a polynomial) is acceptable. (Rational functions
22805 don't have to be in explicit quotient form, however; @c{$x/(1+x^{-2})$}
22806 @cite{x/(1+x^-2)}
22807 is not strictly a quotient of polynomials, but it is equivalent to
22808 @cite{x^3/(x^2+1)}, which is.) Also, square roots of terms involving
22809 @cite{x} and @cite{x^2} may appear in rational functions being
22810 integrated. Finally, rational functions involving trigonometric or
22811 hyperbolic functions can be integrated.
22812
22813 @ifinfo
22814 If you use the @code{integ} function directly in an algebraic formula,
22815 you can also write @samp{integ(f,x,v)} which expresses the resulting
22816 indefinite integral in terms of variable @code{v} instead of @code{x}.
22817 With four arguments, @samp{integ(f(x),x,a,b)} represents a definite
22818 integral from @code{a} to @code{b}.
22819 @end ifinfo
22820 @tex
22821 If you use the @code{integ} function directly in an algebraic formula,
22822 you can also write @samp{integ(f,x,v)} which expresses the resulting
22823 indefinite integral in terms of variable @code{v} instead of @code{x}.
22824 With four arguments, @samp{integ(f(x),x,a,b)} represents a definite
22825 integral $\int_a^b f(x) \, dx$.
22826 @end tex
22827
22828 Please note that the current implementation of Calc's integrator sometimes
22829 produces results that are significantly more complex than they need to
22830 be. For example, the integral Calc finds for @c{$1/(x+\sqrt{x^2+1})$}
22831 @cite{1/(x+sqrt(x^2+1))}
22832 is several times more complicated than the answer Mathematica
22833 returns for the same input, although the two forms are numerically
22834 equivalent. Also, any indefinite integral should be considered to have
22835 an arbitrary constant of integration added to it, although Calc does not
22836 write an explicit constant of integration in its result. For example,
22837 Calc's solution for @c{$1/(1+\tan x)$}
22838 @cite{1/(1+tan(x))} differs from the solution given
22839 in the @emph{CRC Math Tables} by a constant factor of @c{$\pi i / 2$}
22840 @cite{pi i / 2},
22841 due to a different choice of constant of integration.
22842
22843 The Calculator remembers all the integrals it has done. If conditions
22844 change in a way that would invalidate the old integrals, say, a switch
22845 from degrees to radians mode, then they will be thrown out. If you
22846 suspect this is not happening when it should, use the
22847 @code{calc-flush-caches} command; @pxref{Caches}.
22848
22849 @vindex IntegLimit
22850 Calc normally will pursue integration by substitution or integration by
22851 parts up to 3 nested times before abandoning an approach as fruitless.
22852 If the integrator is taking too long, you can lower this limit by storing
22853 a number (like 2) in the variable @code{IntegLimit}. (The @kbd{s I}
22854 command is a convenient way to edit @code{IntegLimit}.) If this variable
22855 has no stored value or does not contain a nonnegative integer, a limit
22856 of 3 is used. The lower this limit is, the greater the chance that Calc
22857 will be unable to integrate a function it could otherwise handle. Raising
22858 this limit allows the Calculator to solve more integrals, though the time
22859 it takes may grow exponentially. You can monitor the integrator's actions
22860 by creating an Emacs buffer called @code{*Trace*}. If such a buffer
22861 exists, the @kbd{a i} command will write a log of its actions there.
22862
22863 If you want to manipulate integrals in a purely symbolic way, you can
22864 set the integration nesting limit to 0 to prevent all but fast
22865 table-lookup solutions of integrals. You might then wish to define
22866 rewrite rules for integration by parts, various kinds of substitutions,
22867 and so on. @xref{Rewrite Rules}.
22868
22869 @node Customizing the Integrator, Numerical Integration, Integration, Calculus
22870 @subsection Customizing the Integrator
22871
22872 @noindent
22873 @vindex IntegRules
22874 Calc has two built-in rewrite rules called @code{IntegRules} and
22875 @code{IntegAfterRules} which you can edit to define new integration
22876 methods. @xref{Rewrite Rules}. At each step of the integration process,
22877 Calc wraps the current integrand in a call to the fictitious function
22878 @samp{integtry(@var{expr},@var{var})}, where @var{expr} is the
22879 integrand and @var{var} is the integration variable. If your rules
22880 rewrite this to be a plain formula (not a call to @code{integtry}), then
22881 Calc will use this formula as the integral of @var{expr}. For example,
22882 the rule @samp{integtry(mysin(x),x) := -mycos(x)} would define a rule to
22883 integrate a function @code{mysin} that acts like the sine function.
22884 Then, putting @samp{4 mysin(2y+1)} on the stack and typing @kbd{a i y}
22885 will produce the integral @samp{-2 mycos(2y+1)}. Note that Calc has
22886 automatically made various transformations on the integral to allow it
22887 to use your rule; integral tables generally give rules for
22888 @samp{mysin(a x + b)}, but you don't need to use this much generality
22889 in your @code{IntegRules}.
22890
22891 @cindex Exponential integral Ei(x)
22892 @c @starindex
22893 @tindex Ei
22894 As a more serious example, the expression @samp{exp(x)/x} cannot be
22895 integrated in terms of the standard functions, so the ``exponential
22896 integral'' function @c{${\rm Ei}(x)$}
22897 @cite{Ei(x)} was invented to describe it.
22898 We can get Calc to do this integral in terms of a made-up @code{Ei}
22899 function by adding the rule @samp{[integtry(exp(x)/x, x) := Ei(x)]}
22900 to @code{IntegRules}. Now entering @samp{exp(2x)/x} on the stack
22901 and typing @kbd{a i x} yields @samp{Ei(2 x)}. This new rule will
22902 work with Calc's various built-in integration methods (such as
22903 integration by substitution) to solve a variety of other problems
22904 involving @code{Ei}: For example, now Calc will also be able to
22905 integrate @samp{exp(exp(x))} and @samp{ln(ln(x))} (to get @samp{Ei(exp(x))}
22906 and @samp{x ln(ln(x)) - Ei(ln(x))}, respectively).
22907
22908 Your rule may do further integration by calling @code{integ}. For
22909 example, @samp{integtry(twice(u),x) := twice(integ(u))} allows Calc
22910 to integrate @samp{twice(sin(x))} to get @samp{twice(-cos(x))}.
22911 Note that @code{integ} was called with only one argument. This notation
22912 is allowed only within @code{IntegRules}; it means ``integrate this
22913 with respect to the same integration variable.'' If Calc is unable
22914 to integrate @code{u}, the integration that invoked @code{IntegRules}
22915 also fails. Thus integrating @samp{twice(f(x))} fails, returning the
22916 unevaluated integral @samp{integ(twice(f(x)), x)}. It is still legal
22917 to call @code{integ} with two or more arguments, however; in this case,
22918 if @code{u} is not integrable, @code{twice} itself will still be
22919 integrated: If the above rule is changed to @samp{... := twice(integ(u,x))},
22920 then integrating @samp{twice(f(x))} will yield @samp{twice(integ(f(x),x))}.
22921
22922 If a rule instead produces the formula @samp{integsubst(@var{sexpr},
22923 @var{svar})}, either replacing the top-level @code{integtry} call or
22924 nested anywhere inside the expression, then Calc will apply the
22925 substitution @samp{@var{u} = @var{sexpr}(@var{svar})} to try to
22926 integrate the original @var{expr}. For example, the rule
22927 @samp{sqrt(a) := integsubst(sqrt(x),x)} says that if Calc ever finds
22928 a square root in the integrand, it should attempt the substitution
22929 @samp{u = sqrt(x)}. (This particular rule is unnecessary because
22930 Calc always tries ``obvious'' substitutions where @var{sexpr} actually
22931 appears in the integrand.) The variable @var{svar} may be the same
22932 as the @var{var} that appeared in the call to @code{integtry}, but
22933 it need not be.
22934
22935 When integrating according to an @code{integsubst}, Calc uses the
22936 equation solver to find the inverse of @var{sexpr} (if the integrand
22937 refers to @var{var} anywhere except in subexpressions that exactly
22938 match @var{sexpr}). It uses the differentiator to find the derivative
22939 of @var{sexpr} and/or its inverse (it has two methods that use one
22940 derivative or the other). You can also specify these items by adding
22941 extra arguments to the @code{integsubst} your rules construct; the
22942 general form is @samp{integsubst(@var{sexpr}, @var{svar}, @var{sinv},
22943 @var{sprime})}, where @var{sinv} is the inverse of @var{sexpr} (still
22944 written as a function of @var{svar}), and @var{sprime} is the
22945 derivative of @var{sexpr} with respect to @var{svar}. If you don't
22946 specify these things, and Calc is not able to work them out on its
22947 own with the information it knows, then your substitution rule will
22948 work only in very specific, simple cases.
22949
22950 Calc applies @code{IntegRules} as if by @kbd{C-u 1 a r IntegRules};
22951 in other words, Calc stops rewriting as soon as any rule in your rule
22952 set succeeds. (If it weren't for this, the @samp{integsubst(sqrt(x),x)}
22953 example above would keep on adding layers of @code{integsubst} calls
22954 forever!)
22955
22956 @vindex IntegSimpRules
22957 Another set of rules, stored in @code{IntegSimpRules}, are applied
22958 every time the integrator uses @kbd{a s} to simplify an intermediate
22959 result. For example, putting the rule @samp{twice(x) := 2 x} into
22960 @code{IntegSimpRules} would tell Calc to convert the @code{twice}
22961 function into a form it knows whenever integration is attempted.
22962
22963 One more way to influence the integrator is to define a function with
22964 the @kbd{Z F} command (@pxref{Algebraic Definitions}). Calc's
22965 integrator automatically expands such functions according to their
22966 defining formulas, even if you originally asked for the function to
22967 be left unevaluated for symbolic arguments. (Certain other Calc
22968 systems, such as the differentiator and the equation solver, also
22969 do this.)
22970
22971 @vindex IntegAfterRules
22972 Sometimes Calc is able to find a solution to your integral, but it
22973 expresses the result in a way that is unnecessarily complicated. If
22974 this happens, you can either use @code{integsubst} as described
22975 above to try to hint at a more direct path to the desired result, or
22976 you can use @code{IntegAfterRules}. This is an extra rule set that
22977 runs after the main integrator returns its result; basically, Calc does
22978 an @kbd{a r IntegAfterRules} on the result before showing it to you.
22979 (It also does an @kbd{a s}, without @code{IntegSimpRules}, after that
22980 to further simplify the result.) For example, Calc's integrator
22981 sometimes produces expressions of the form @samp{ln(1+x) - ln(1-x)};
22982 the default @code{IntegAfterRules} rewrite this into the more readable
22983 form @samp{2 arctanh(x)}. Note that, unlike @code{IntegRules},
22984 @code{IntegSimpRules} and @code{IntegAfterRules} are applied any number
22985 of times until no further changes are possible. Rewriting by
22986 @code{IntegAfterRules} occurs only after the main integrator has
22987 finished, not at every step as for @code{IntegRules} and
22988 @code{IntegSimpRules}.
22989
22990 @node Numerical Integration, Taylor Series, Customizing the Integrator, Calculus
22991 @subsection Numerical Integration
22992
22993 @noindent
22994 @kindex a I
22995 @pindex calc-num-integral
22996 @tindex ninteg
22997 If you want a purely numerical answer to an integration problem, you can
22998 use the @kbd{a I} (@code{calc-num-integral}) [@code{ninteg}] command. This
22999 command prompts for an integration variable, a lower limit, and an
23000 upper limit. Except for the integration variable, all other variables
23001 that appear in the integrand formula must have stored values. (A stored
23002 value, if any, for the integration variable itself is ignored.)
23003
23004 Numerical integration works by evaluating your formula at many points in
23005 the specified interval. Calc uses an ``open Romberg'' method; this means
23006 that it does not evaluate the formula actually at the endpoints (so that
23007 it is safe to integrate @samp{sin(x)/x} from zero, for example). Also,
23008 the Romberg method works especially well when the function being
23009 integrated is fairly smooth. If the function is not smooth, Calc will
23010 have to evaluate it at quite a few points before it can accurately
23011 determine the value of the integral.
23012
23013 Integration is much faster when the current precision is small. It is
23014 best to set the precision to the smallest acceptable number of digits
23015 before you use @kbd{a I}. If Calc appears to be taking too long, press
23016 @kbd{C-g} to halt it and try a lower precision. If Calc still appears
23017 to need hundreds of evaluations, check to make sure your function is
23018 well-behaved in the specified interval.
23019
23020 It is possible for the lower integration limit to be @samp{-inf} (minus
23021 infinity). Likewise, the upper limit may be plus infinity. Calc
23022 internally transforms the integral into an equivalent one with finite
23023 limits. However, integration to or across singularities is not supported:
23024 The integral of @samp{1/sqrt(x)} from 0 to 1 exists (it can be found
23025 by Calc's symbolic integrator, for example), but @kbd{a I} will fail
23026 because the integrand goes to infinity at one of the endpoints.
23027
23028 @node Taylor Series, , Numerical Integration, Calculus
23029 @subsection Taylor Series
23030
23031 @noindent
23032 @kindex a t
23033 @pindex calc-taylor
23034 @tindex taylor
23035 The @kbd{a t} (@code{calc-taylor}) [@code{taylor}] command computes a
23036 power series expansion or Taylor series of a function. You specify the
23037 variable and the desired number of terms. You may give an expression of
23038 the form @samp{@var{var} = @var{a}} or @samp{@var{var} - @var{a}} instead
23039 of just a variable to produce a Taylor expansion about the point @var{a}.
23040 You may specify the number of terms with a numeric prefix argument;
23041 otherwise the command will prompt you for the number of terms. Note that
23042 many series expansions have coefficients of zero for some terms, so you
23043 may appear to get fewer terms than you asked for.@refill
23044
23045 If the @kbd{a i} command is unable to find a symbolic integral for a
23046 function, you can get an approximation by integrating the function's
23047 Taylor series.
23048
23049 @node Solving Equations, Numerical Solutions, Calculus, Algebra
23050 @section Solving Equations
23051
23052 @noindent
23053 @kindex a S
23054 @pindex calc-solve-for
23055 @tindex solve
23056 @cindex Equations, solving
23057 @cindex Solving equations
23058 The @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) [@code{solve}] command rearranges
23059 an equation to solve for a specific variable. An equation is an
23060 expression of the form @cite{L = R}. For example, the command @kbd{a S x}
23061 will rearrange @cite{y = 3x + 6} to the form, @cite{x = y/3 - 2}. If the
23062 input is not an equation, it is treated like an equation of the
23063 form @cite{X = 0}.
23064
23065 This command also works for inequalities, as in @cite{y < 3x + 6}.
23066 Some inequalities cannot be solved where the analogous equation could
23067 be; for example, solving @c{$a < b \, c$}
23068 @cite{a < b c} for @cite{b} is impossible
23069 without knowing the sign of @cite{c}. In this case, @kbd{a S} will
23070 produce the result @c{$b \mathbin{\hbox{\code{!=}}} a/c$}
23071 @cite{b != a/c} (using the not-equal-to operator)
23072 to signify that the direction of the inequality is now unknown. The
23073 inequality @c{$a \le b \, c$}
23074 @cite{a <= b c} is not even partially solved.
23075 @xref{Declarations}, for a way to tell Calc that the signs of the
23076 variables in a formula are in fact known.
23077
23078 Two useful commands for working with the result of @kbd{a S} are
23079 @kbd{a .} (@pxref{Logical Operations}), which converts @cite{x = y/3 - 2}
23080 to @cite{y/3 - 2}, and @kbd{s l} (@pxref{Let Command}) which evaluates
23081 another formula with @cite{x} set equal to @cite{y/3 - 2}.
23082
23083 @menu
23084 * Multiple Solutions::
23085 * Solving Systems of Equations::
23086 * Decomposing Polynomials::
23087 @end menu
23088
23089 @node Multiple Solutions, Solving Systems of Equations, Solving Equations, Solving Equations
23090 @subsection Multiple Solutions
23091
23092 @noindent
23093 @kindex H a S
23094 @tindex fsolve
23095 Some equations have more than one solution. The Hyperbolic flag
23096 (@code{H a S}) [@code{fsolve}] tells the solver to report the fully
23097 general family of solutions. It will invent variables @code{n1},
23098 @code{n2}, @dots{}, which represent independent arbitrary integers, and
23099 @code{s1}, @code{s2}, @dots{}, which represent independent arbitrary
23100 signs (either @i{+1} or @i{-1}). If you don't use the Hyperbolic
23101 flag, Calc will use zero in place of all arbitrary integers, and plus
23102 one in place of all arbitrary signs. Note that variables like @code{n1}
23103 and @code{s1} are not given any special interpretation in Calc except by
23104 the equation solver itself. As usual, you can use the @w{@kbd{s l}}
23105 (@code{calc-let}) command to obtain solutions for various actual values
23106 of these variables.
23107
23108 For example, @kbd{' x^2 = y @key{RET} H a S x @key{RET}} solves to
23109 get @samp{x = s1 sqrt(y)}, indicating that the two solutions to the
23110 equation are @samp{sqrt(y)} and @samp{-sqrt(y)}. Another way to
23111 think about it is that the square-root operation is really a
23112 two-valued function; since every Calc function must return a
23113 single result, @code{sqrt} chooses to return the positive result.
23114 Then @kbd{H a S} doctors this result using @code{s1} to indicate
23115 the full set of possible values of the mathematical square-root.
23116
23117 There is a similar phenomenon going the other direction: Suppose
23118 we solve @samp{sqrt(y) = x} for @code{y}. Calc squares both sides
23119 to get @samp{y = x^2}. This is correct, except that it introduces
23120 some dubious solutions. Consider solving @samp{sqrt(y) = -3}:
23121 Calc will report @cite{y = 9} as a valid solution, which is true
23122 in the mathematical sense of square-root, but false (there is no
23123 solution) for the actual Calc positive-valued @code{sqrt}. This
23124 happens for both @kbd{a S} and @kbd{H a S}.
23125
23126 @cindex @code{GenCount} variable
23127 @vindex GenCount
23128 @c @starindex
23129 @tindex an
23130 @c @starindex
23131 @tindex as
23132 If you store a positive integer in the Calc variable @code{GenCount},
23133 then Calc will generate formulas of the form @samp{as(@var{n})} for
23134 arbitrary signs, and @samp{an(@var{n})} for arbitrary integers,
23135 where @var{n} represents successive values taken by incrementing
23136 @code{GenCount} by one. While the normal arbitrary sign and
23137 integer symbols start over at @code{s1} and @code{n1} with each
23138 new Calc command, the @code{GenCount} approach will give each
23139 arbitrary value a name that is unique throughout the entire Calc
23140 session. Also, the arbitrary values are function calls instead
23141 of variables, which is advantageous in some cases. For example,
23142 you can make a rewrite rule that recognizes all arbitrary signs
23143 using a pattern like @samp{as(n)}. The @kbd{s l} command only works
23144 on variables, but you can use the @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute})
23145 command to substitute actual values for function calls like @samp{as(3)}.
23146
23147 The @kbd{s G} (@code{calc-edit-GenCount}) command is a convenient
23148 way to create or edit this variable. Press @kbd{M-# M-#} to finish.
23149
23150 If you have not stored a value in @code{GenCount}, or if the value
23151 in that variable is not a positive integer, the regular
23152 @code{s1}/@code{n1} notation is used.
23153
23154 @kindex I a S
23155 @kindex H I a S
23156 @tindex finv
23157 @tindex ffinv
23158 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a S} [@code{finv}] treats the expression
23159 on top of the stack as a function of the specified variable and solves
23160 to find the inverse function, written in terms of the same variable.
23161 For example, @kbd{I a S x} inverts @cite{2x + 6} to @cite{x/2 - 3}.
23162 You can use both Inverse and Hyperbolic [@code{ffinv}] to obtain a
23163 fully general inverse, as described above.
23164
23165 @kindex a P
23166 @pindex calc-poly-roots
23167 @tindex roots
23168 Some equations, specifically polynomials, have a known, finite number
23169 of solutions. The @kbd{a P} (@code{calc-poly-roots}) [@code{roots}]
23170 command uses @kbd{H a S} to solve an equation in general form, then, for
23171 all arbitrary-sign variables like @code{s1}, and all arbitrary-integer
23172 variables like @code{n1} for which @code{n1} only usefully varies over
23173 a finite range, it expands these variables out to all their possible
23174 values. The results are collected into a vector, which is returned.
23175 For example, @samp{roots(x^4 = 1, x)} returns the four solutions
23176 @samp{[1, -1, (0, 1), (0, -1)]}. Generally an @var{n}th degree
23177 polynomial will always have @var{n} roots on the complex plane.
23178 (If you have given a @code{real} declaration for the solution
23179 variable, then only the real-valued solutions, if any, will be
23180 reported; @pxref{Declarations}.)
23181
23182 Note that because @kbd{a P} uses @kbd{H a S}, it is able to deliver
23183 symbolic solutions if the polynomial has symbolic coefficients. Also
23184 note that Calc's solver is not able to get exact symbolic solutions
23185 to all polynomials. Polynomials containing powers up to @cite{x^4}
23186 can always be solved exactly; polynomials of higher degree sometimes
23187 can be: @cite{x^6 + x^3 + 1} is converted to @cite{(x^3)^2 + (x^3) + 1},
23188 which can be solved for @cite{x^3} using the quadratic equation, and then
23189 for @cite{x} by taking cube roots. But in many cases, like
23190 @cite{x^6 + x + 1}, Calc does not know how to rewrite the polynomial
23191 into a form it can solve. The @kbd{a P} command can still deliver a
23192 list of numerical roots, however, provided that symbolic mode (@kbd{m s})
23193 is not turned on. (If you work with symbolic mode on, recall that the
23194 @kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) key is a handy way to reevaluate the
23195 formula on the stack with symbolic mode temporarily off.) Naturally,
23196 @kbd{a P} can only provide numerical roots if the polynomial coefficents
23197 are all numbers (real or complex).
23198
23199 @node Solving Systems of Equations, Decomposing Polynomials, Multiple Solutions, Solving Equations
23200 @subsection Solving Systems of Equations
23201
23202 @noindent
23203 @cindex Systems of equations, symbolic
23204 You can also use the commands described above to solve systems of
23205 simultaneous equations. Just create a vector of equations, then
23206 specify a vector of variables for which to solve. (You can omit
23207 the surrounding brackets when entering the vector of variables
23208 at the prompt.)
23209
23210 For example, putting @samp{[x + y = a, x - y = b]} on the stack
23211 and typing @kbd{a S x,y @key{RET}} produces the vector of solutions
23212 @samp{[x = a - (a-b)/2, y = (a-b)/2]}. The result vector will
23213 have the same length as the variables vector, and the variables
23214 will be listed in the same order there. Note that the solutions
23215 are not always simplified as far as possible; the solution for
23216 @cite{x} here could be improved by an application of the @kbd{a n}
23217 command.
23218
23219 Calc's algorithm works by trying to eliminate one variable at a
23220 time by solving one of the equations for that variable and then
23221 substituting into the other equations. Calc will try all the
23222 possibilities, but you can speed things up by noting that Calc
23223 first tries to eliminate the first variable with the first
23224 equation, then the second variable with the second equation,
23225 and so on. It also helps to put the simpler (e.g., more linear)
23226 equations toward the front of the list. Calc's algorithm will
23227 solve any system of linear equations, and also many kinds of
23228 nonlinear systems.
23229
23230 @c @starindex
23231 @tindex elim
23232 Normally there will be as many variables as equations. If you
23233 give fewer variables than equations (an ``over-determined'' system
23234 of equations), Calc will find a partial solution. For example,
23235 typing @kbd{a S y @key{RET}} with the above system of equations
23236 would produce @samp{[y = a - x]}. There are now several ways to
23237 express this solution in terms of the original variables; Calc uses
23238 the first one that it finds. You can control the choice by adding
23239 variable specifiers of the form @samp{elim(@var{v})} to the
23240 variables list. This says that @var{v} should be eliminated from
23241 the equations; the variable will not appear at all in the solution.
23242 For example, typing @kbd{a S y,elim(x)} would yield
23243 @samp{[y = a - (b+a)/2]}.
23244
23245 If the variables list contains only @code{elim} specifiers,
23246 Calc simply eliminates those variables from the equations
23247 and then returns the resulting set of equations. For example,
23248 @kbd{a S elim(x)} produces @samp{[a - 2 y = b]}. Every variable
23249 eliminated will reduce the number of equations in the system
23250 by one.
23251
23252 Again, @kbd{a S} gives you one solution to the system of
23253 equations. If there are several solutions, you can use @kbd{H a S}
23254 to get a general family of solutions, or, if there is a finite
23255 number of solutions, you can use @kbd{a P} to get a list. (In
23256 the latter case, the result will take the form of a matrix where
23257 the rows are different solutions and the columns correspond to the
23258 variables you requested.)
23259
23260 Another way to deal with certain kinds of overdetermined systems of
23261 equations is the @kbd{a F} command, which does least-squares fitting
23262 to satisfy the equations. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
23263
23264 @node Decomposing Polynomials, , Solving Systems of Equations, Solving Equations
23265 @subsection Decomposing Polynomials
23266
23267 @noindent
23268 @c @starindex
23269 @tindex poly
23270 The @code{poly} function takes a polynomial and a variable as
23271 arguments, and returns a vector of polynomial coefficients (constant
23272 coefficient first). For example, @samp{poly(x^3 + 2 x, x)} returns
23273 @cite{[0, 2, 0, 1]}. If the input is not a polynomial in @cite{x},
23274 the call to @code{poly} is left in symbolic form. If the input does
23275 not involve the variable @cite{x}, the input is returned in a list
23276 of length one, representing a polynomial with only a constant
23277 coefficient. The call @samp{poly(x, x)} returns the vector @cite{[0, 1]}.
23278 The last element of the returned vector is guaranteed to be nonzero;
23279 note that @samp{poly(0, x)} returns the empty vector @cite{[]}.
23280 Note also that @cite{x} may actually be any formula; for example,
23281 @samp{poly(sin(x)^2 - sin(x) + 3, sin(x))} returns @cite{[3, -1, 1]}.
23282
23283 @cindex Coefficients of polynomial
23284 @cindex Degree of polynomial
23285 To get the @cite{x^k} coefficient of polynomial @cite{p}, use
23286 @samp{poly(p, x)_(k+1)}. To get the degree of polynomial @cite{p},
23287 use @samp{vlen(poly(p, x)) - 1}. For example, @samp{poly((x+1)^4, x)}
23288 returns @samp{[1, 4, 6, 4, 1]}, so @samp{poly((x+1)^4, x)_(2+1)}
23289 gives the @cite{x^2} coefficient of this polynomial, 6.
23290
23291 @c @starindex
23292 @tindex gpoly
23293 One important feature of the solver is its ability to recognize
23294 formulas which are ``essentially'' polynomials. This ability is
23295 made available to the user through the @code{gpoly} function, which
23296 is used just like @code{poly}: @samp{gpoly(@var{expr}, @var{var})}.
23297 If @var{expr} is a polynomial in some term which includes @var{var}, then
23298 this function will return a vector @samp{[@var{x}, @var{c}, @var{a}]}
23299 where @var{x} is the term that depends on @var{var}, @var{c} is a
23300 vector of polynomial coefficients (like the one returned by @code{poly}),
23301 and @var{a} is a multiplier which is usually 1. Basically,
23302 @samp{@var{expr} = @var{a}*(@var{c}_1 + @var{c}_2 @var{x} +
23303 @var{c}_3 @var{x}^2 + ...)}. The last element of @var{c} is
23304 guaranteed to be non-zero, and @var{c} will not equal @samp{[1]}
23305 (i.e., the trivial decomposition @var{expr} = @var{x} is not
23306 considered a polynomial). One side effect is that @samp{gpoly(x, x)}
23307 and @samp{gpoly(6, x)}, both of which might be expected to recognize
23308 their arguments as polynomials, will not because the decomposition
23309 is considered trivial.
23310
23311 For example, @samp{gpoly((x-2)^2, x)} returns @samp{[x, [4, -4, 1], 1]},
23312 since the expanded form of this polynomial is @cite{4 - 4 x + x^2}.
23313
23314 The term @var{x} may itself be a polynomial in @var{var}. This is
23315 done to reduce the size of the @var{c} vector. For example,
23316 @samp{gpoly(x^4 + x^2 - 1, x)} returns @samp{[x^2, [-1, 1, 1], 1]},
23317 since a quadratic polynomial in @cite{x^2} is easier to solve than
23318 a quartic polynomial in @cite{x}.
23319
23320 A few more examples of the kinds of polynomials @code{gpoly} can
23321 discover:
23322
23323 @smallexample
23324 sin(x) - 1 [sin(x), [-1, 1], 1]
23325 x + 1/x - 1 [x, [1, -1, 1], 1/x]
23326 x + 1/x [x^2, [1, 1], 1/x]
23327 x^3 + 2 x [x^2, [2, 1], x]
23328 x + x^2:3 + sqrt(x) [x^1:6, [1, 1, 0, 1], x^1:2]
23329 x^(2a) + 2 x^a + 5 [x^a, [5, 2, 1], 1]
23330 (exp(-x) + exp(x)) / 2 [e^(2 x), [0.5, 0.5], e^-x]
23331 @end smallexample
23332
23333 The @code{poly} and @code{gpoly} functions accept a third integer argument
23334 which specifies the largest degree of polynomial that is acceptable.
23335 If this is @cite{n}, then only @var{c} vectors of length @cite{n+1}
23336 or less will be returned. Otherwise, the @code{poly} or @code{gpoly}
23337 call will remain in symbolic form. For example, the equation solver
23338 can handle quartics and smaller polynomials, so it calls
23339 @samp{gpoly(@var{expr}, @var{var}, 4)} to discover whether @var{expr}
23340 can be treated by its linear, quadratic, cubic, or quartic formulas.
23341
23342 @c @starindex
23343 @tindex pdeg
23344 The @code{pdeg} function computes the degree of a polynomial;
23345 @samp{pdeg(p,x)} is the highest power of @code{x} that appears in
23346 @code{p}. This is the same as @samp{vlen(poly(p,x))-1}, but is
23347 much more efficient. If @code{p} is constant with respect to @code{x},
23348 then @samp{pdeg(p,x) = 0}. If @code{p} is not a polynomial in @code{x}
23349 (e.g., @samp{pdeg(2 cos(x), x)}, the function remains unevaluated.
23350 It is possible to omit the second argument @code{x}, in which case
23351 @samp{pdeg(p)} returns the highest total degree of any term of the
23352 polynomial, counting all variables that appear in @code{p}. Note
23353 that @code{pdeg(c) = pdeg(c,x) = 0} for any nonzero constant @code{c};
23354 the degree of the constant zero is considered to be @code{-inf}
23355 (minus infinity).
23356
23357 @c @starindex
23358 @tindex plead
23359 The @code{plead} function finds the leading term of a polynomial.
23360 Thus @samp{plead(p,x)} is equivalent to @samp{poly(p,x)_vlen(poly(p,x))},
23361 though again more efficient. In particular, @samp{plead((2x+1)^10, x)}
23362 returns 1024 without expanding out the list of coefficients. The
23363 value of @code{plead(p,x)} will be zero only if @cite{p = 0}.
23364
23365 @c @starindex
23366 @tindex pcont
23367 The @code{pcont} function finds the @dfn{content} of a polynomial. This
23368 is the greatest common divisor of all the coefficients of the polynomial.
23369 With two arguments, @code{pcont(p,x)} effectively uses @samp{poly(p,x)}
23370 to get a list of coefficients, then uses @code{pgcd} (the polynomial
23371 GCD function) to combine these into an answer. For example,
23372 @samp{pcont(4 x y^2 + 6 x^2 y, x)} is @samp{2 y}. The content is
23373 basically the ``biggest'' polynomial that can be divided into @code{p}
23374 exactly. The sign of the content is the same as the sign of the leading
23375 coefficient.
23376
23377 With only one argument, @samp{pcont(p)} computes the numerical
23378 content of the polynomial, i.e., the @code{gcd} of the numerical
23379 coefficients of all the terms in the formula. Note that @code{gcd}
23380 is defined on rational numbers as well as integers; it computes
23381 the @code{gcd} of the numerators and the @code{lcm} of the
23382 denominators. Thus @samp{pcont(4:3 x y^2 + 6 x^2 y)} returns 2:3.
23383 Dividing the polynomial by this number will clear all the
23384 denominators, as well as dividing by any common content in the
23385 numerators. The numerical content of a polynomial is negative only
23386 if all the coefficients in the polynomial are negative.
23387
23388 @c @starindex
23389 @tindex pprim
23390 The @code{pprim} function finds the @dfn{primitive part} of a
23391 polynomial, which is simply the polynomial divided (using @code{pdiv}
23392 if necessary) by its content. If the input polynomial has rational
23393 coefficients, the result will have integer coefficients in simplest
23394 terms.
23395
23396 @node Numerical Solutions, Curve Fitting, Solving Equations, Algebra
23397 @section Numerical Solutions
23398
23399 @noindent
23400 Not all equations can be solved symbolically. The commands in this
23401 section use numerical algorithms that can find a solution to a specific
23402 instance of an equation to any desired accuracy. Note that the
23403 numerical commands are slower than their algebraic cousins; it is a
23404 good idea to try @kbd{a S} before resorting to these commands.
23405
23406 (@xref{Curve Fitting}, for some other, more specialized, operations
23407 on numerical data.)
23408
23409 @menu
23410 * Root Finding::
23411 * Minimization::
23412 * Numerical Systems of Equations::
23413 @end menu
23414
23415 @node Root Finding, Minimization, Numerical Solutions, Numerical Solutions
23416 @subsection Root Finding
23417
23418 @noindent
23419 @kindex a R
23420 @pindex calc-find-root
23421 @tindex root
23422 @cindex Newton's method
23423 @cindex Roots of equations
23424 @cindex Numerical root-finding
23425 The @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root}) [@code{root}] command finds a
23426 numerical solution (or @dfn{root}) of an equation. (This command treats
23427 inequalities the same as equations. If the input is any other kind
23428 of formula, it is interpreted as an equation of the form @cite{X = 0}.)
23429
23430 The @kbd{a R} command requires an initial guess on the top of the
23431 stack, and a formula in the second-to-top position. It prompts for a
23432 solution variable, which must appear in the formula. All other variables
23433 that appear in the formula must have assigned values, i.e., when
23434 a value is assigned to the solution variable and the formula is
23435 evaluated with @kbd{=}, it should evaluate to a number. Any assigned
23436 value for the solution variable itself is ignored and unaffected by
23437 this command.
23438
23439 When the command completes, the initial guess is replaced on the stack
23440 by a vector of two numbers: The value of the solution variable that
23441 solves the equation, and the difference between the lefthand and
23442 righthand sides of the equation at that value. Ordinarily, the second
23443 number will be zero or very nearly zero. (Note that Calc uses a
23444 slightly higher precision while finding the root, and thus the second
23445 number may be slightly different from the value you would compute from
23446 the equation yourself.)
23447
23448 The @kbd{v h} (@code{calc-head}) command is a handy way to extract
23449 the first element of the result vector, discarding the error term.
23450
23451 The initial guess can be a real number, in which case Calc searches
23452 for a real solution near that number, or a complex number, in which
23453 case Calc searches the whole complex plane near that number for a
23454 solution, or it can be an interval form which restricts the search
23455 to real numbers inside that interval.
23456
23457 Calc tries to use @kbd{a d} to take the derivative of the equation.
23458 If this succeeds, it uses Newton's method. If the equation is not
23459 differentiable Calc uses a bisection method. (If Newton's method
23460 appears to be going astray, Calc switches over to bisection if it
23461 can, or otherwise gives up. In this case it may help to try again
23462 with a slightly different initial guess.) If the initial guess is a
23463 complex number, the function must be differentiable.
23464
23465 If the formula (or the difference between the sides of an equation)
23466 is negative at one end of the interval you specify and positive at
23467 the other end, the root finder is guaranteed to find a root.
23468 Otherwise, Calc subdivides the interval into small parts looking for
23469 positive and negative values to bracket the root. When your guess is
23470 an interval, Calc will not look outside that interval for a root.
23471
23472 @kindex H a R
23473 @tindex wroot
23474 The @kbd{H a R} [@code{wroot}] command is similar to @kbd{a R}, except
23475 that if the initial guess is an interval for which the function has
23476 the same sign at both ends, then rather than subdividing the interval
23477 Calc attempts to widen it to enclose a root. Use this mode if
23478 you are not sure if the function has a root in your interval.
23479
23480 If the function is not differentiable, and you give a simple number
23481 instead of an interval as your initial guess, Calc uses this widening
23482 process even if you did not type the Hyperbolic flag. (If the function
23483 @emph{is} differentiable, Calc uses Newton's method which does not
23484 require a bounding interval in order to work.)
23485
23486 If Calc leaves the @code{root} or @code{wroot} function in symbolic
23487 form on the stack, it will normally display an explanation for why
23488 no root was found. If you miss this explanation, press @kbd{w}
23489 (@code{calc-why}) to get it back.
23490
23491 @node Minimization, Numerical Systems of Equations, Root Finding, Numerical Solutions
23492 @subsection Minimization
23493
23494 @noindent
23495 @kindex a N
23496 @kindex H a N
23497 @kindex a X
23498 @kindex H a X
23499 @pindex calc-find-minimum
23500 @pindex calc-find-maximum
23501 @tindex minimize
23502 @tindex maximize
23503 @cindex Minimization, numerical
23504 The @kbd{a N} (@code{calc-find-minimum}) [@code{minimize}] command
23505 finds a minimum value for a formula. It is very similar in operation
23506 to @kbd{a R} (@code{calc-find-root}): You give the formula and an initial
23507 guess on the stack, and are prompted for the name of a variable. The guess
23508 may be either a number near the desired minimum, or an interval enclosing
23509 the desired minimum. The function returns a vector containing the
23510 value of the the variable which minimizes the formula's value, along
23511 with the minimum value itself.
23512
23513 Note that this command looks for a @emph{local} minimum. Many functions
23514 have more than one minimum; some, like @c{$x \sin x$}
23515 @cite{x sin(x)}, have infinitely
23516 many. In fact, there is no easy way to define the ``global'' minimum
23517 of @c{$x \sin x$}
23518 @cite{x sin(x)} but Calc can still locate any particular local minimum
23519 for you. Calc basically goes downhill from the initial guess until it
23520 finds a point at which the function's value is greater both to the left
23521 and to the right. Calc does not use derivatives when minimizing a function.
23522
23523 If your initial guess is an interval and it looks like the minimum
23524 occurs at one or the other endpoint of the interval, Calc will return
23525 that endpoint only if that endpoint is closed; thus, minimizing @cite{17 x}
23526 over @cite{[2..3]} will return @cite{[2, 38]}, but minimizing over
23527 @cite{(2..3]} would report no minimum found. In general, you should
23528 use closed intervals to find literally the minimum value in that
23529 range of @cite{x}, or open intervals to find the local minimum, if
23530 any, that happens to lie in that range.
23531
23532 Most functions are smooth and flat near their minimum values. Because
23533 of this flatness, if the current precision is, say, 12 digits, the
23534 variable can only be determined meaningfully to about six digits. Thus
23535 you should set the precision to twice as many digits as you need in your
23536 answer.
23537
23538 @c @mindex wmin@idots
23539 @tindex wminimize
23540 @c @mindex wmax@idots
23541 @tindex wmaximize
23542 The @kbd{H a N} [@code{wminimize}] command, analogously to @kbd{H a R},
23543 expands the guess interval to enclose a minimum rather than requiring
23544 that the minimum lie inside the interval you supply.
23545
23546 The @kbd{a X} (@code{calc-find-maximum}) [@code{maximize}] and
23547 @kbd{H a X} [@code{wmaximize}] commands effectively minimize the
23548 negative of the formula you supply.
23549
23550 The formula must evaluate to a real number at all points inside the
23551 interval (or near the initial guess if the guess is a number). If
23552 the initial guess is a complex number the variable will be minimized
23553 over the complex numbers; if it is real or an interval it will
23554 be minimized over the reals.
23555
23556 @node Numerical Systems of Equations, , Minimization, Numerical Solutions
23557 @subsection Systems of Equations
23558
23559 @noindent
23560 @cindex Systems of equations, numerical
23561 The @kbd{a R} command can also solve systems of equations. In this
23562 case, the equation should instead be a vector of equations, the
23563 guess should instead be a vector of numbers (intervals are not
23564 supported), and the variable should be a vector of variables. You
23565 can omit the brackets while entering the list of variables. Each
23566 equation must be differentiable by each variable for this mode to
23567 work. The result will be a vector of two vectors: The variable
23568 values that solved the system of equations, and the differences
23569 between the sides of the equations with those variable values.
23570 There must be the same number of equations as variables. Since
23571 only plain numbers are allowed as guesses, the Hyperbolic flag has
23572 no effect when solving a system of equations.
23573
23574 It is also possible to minimize over many variables with @kbd{a N}
23575 (or maximize with @kbd{a X}). Once again the variable name should
23576 be replaced by a vector of variables, and the initial guess should
23577 be an equal-sized vector of initial guesses. But, unlike the case of
23578 multidimensional @kbd{a R}, the formula being minimized should
23579 still be a single formula, @emph{not} a vector. Beware that
23580 multidimensional minimization is currently @emph{very} slow.
23581
23582 @node Curve Fitting, Summations, Numerical Solutions, Algebra
23583 @section Curve Fitting
23584
23585 @noindent
23586 The @kbd{a F} command fits a set of data to a @dfn{model formula},
23587 such as @cite{y = m x + b} where @cite{m} and @cite{b} are parameters
23588 to be determined. For a typical set of measured data there will be
23589 no single @cite{m} and @cite{b} that exactly fit the data; in this
23590 case, Calc chooses values of the parameters that provide the closest
23591 possible fit.
23592
23593 @menu
23594 * Linear Fits::
23595 * Polynomial and Multilinear Fits::
23596 * Error Estimates for Fits::
23597 * Standard Nonlinear Models::
23598 * Curve Fitting Details::
23599 * Interpolation::
23600 @end menu
23601
23602 @node Linear Fits, Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Curve Fitting, Curve Fitting
23603 @subsection Linear Fits
23604
23605 @noindent
23606 @kindex a F
23607 @pindex calc-curve-fit
23608 @tindex fit
23609 @cindex Linear regression
23610 @cindex Least-squares fits
23611 The @kbd{a F} (@code{calc-curve-fit}) [@code{fit}] command attempts
23612 to fit a set of data (@cite{x} and @cite{y} vectors of numbers) to a
23613 straight line, polynomial, or other function of @cite{x}. For the
23614 moment we will consider only the case of fitting to a line, and we
23615 will ignore the issue of whether or not the model was in fact a good
23616 fit for the data.
23617
23618 In a standard linear least-squares fit, we have a set of @cite{(x,y)}
23619 data points that we wish to fit to the model @cite{y = m x + b}
23620 by adjusting the parameters @cite{m} and @cite{b} to make the @cite{y}
23621 values calculated from the formula be as close as possible to the actual
23622 @cite{y} values in the data set. (In a polynomial fit, the model is
23623 instead, say, @cite{y = a x^3 + b x^2 + c x + d}. In a multilinear fit,
23624 we have data points of the form @cite{(x_1,x_2,x_3,y)} and our model is
23625 @cite{y = a x_1 + b x_2 + c x_3 + d}. These will be discussed later.)
23626
23627 In the model formula, variables like @cite{x} and @cite{x_2} are called
23628 the @dfn{independent variables}, and @cite{y} is the @dfn{dependent
23629 variable}. Variables like @cite{m}, @cite{a}, and @cite{b} are called
23630 the @dfn{parameters} of the model.
23631
23632 The @kbd{a F} command takes the data set to be fitted from the stack.
23633 By default, it expects the data in the form of a matrix. For example,
23634 for a linear or polynomial fit, this would be a @c{$2\times N$}
23635 @asis{2xN} matrix where
23636 the first row is a list of @cite{x} values and the second row has the
23637 corresponding @cite{y} values. For the multilinear fit shown above,
23638 the matrix would have four rows (@cite{x_1}, @cite{x_2}, @cite{x_3}, and
23639 @cite{y}, respectively).
23640
23641 If you happen to have an @c{$N\times2$}
23642 @asis{Nx2} matrix instead of a @c{$2\times N$}
23643 @asis{2xN} matrix,
23644 just press @kbd{v t} first to transpose the matrix.
23645
23646 After you type @kbd{a F}, Calc prompts you to select a model. For a
23647 linear fit, press the digit @kbd{1}.
23648
23649 Calc then prompts for you to name the variables. By default it chooses
23650 high letters like @cite{x} and @cite{y} for independent variables and
23651 low letters like @cite{a} and @cite{b} for parameters. (The dependent
23652 variable doesn't need a name.) The two kinds of variables are separated
23653 by a semicolon. Since you generally care more about the names of the
23654 independent variables than of the parameters, Calc also allows you to
23655 name only those and let the parameters use default names.
23656
23657 For example, suppose the data matrix
23658
23659 @ifinfo
23660 @group
23661 @example
23662 [ [ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]
23663 [ 5, 7, 9, 11, 13 ] ]
23664 @end example
23665 @end group
23666 @end ifinfo
23667 @tex
23668 \turnoffactive
23669 \turnoffactive
23670 \beforedisplay
23671 $$ \pmatrix{ 1 & 2 & 3 & 4 & 5 \cr
23672 5 & 7 & 9 & 11 & 13 }
23673 $$
23674 \afterdisplay
23675 @end tex
23676
23677 @noindent
23678 is on the stack and we wish to do a simple linear fit. Type
23679 @kbd{a F}, then @kbd{1} for the model, then @kbd{RET} to use
23680 the default names. The result will be the formula @cite{3 + 2 x}
23681 on the stack. Calc has created the model expression @kbd{a + b x},
23682 then found the optimal values of @cite{a} and @cite{b} to fit the
23683 data. (In this case, it was able to find an exact fit.) Calc then
23684 substituted those values for @cite{a} and @cite{b} in the model
23685 formula.
23686
23687 The @kbd{a F} command puts two entries in the trail. One is, as
23688 always, a copy of the result that went to the stack; the other is
23689 a vector of the actual parameter values, written as equations:
23690 @cite{[a = 3, b = 2]}, in case you'd rather read them in a list
23691 than pick them out of the formula. (You can type @kbd{t y}
23692 to move this vector to the stack; see @ref{Trail Commands}.
23693
23694 Specifying a different independent variable name will affect the
23695 resulting formula: @kbd{a F 1 k RET} produces @kbd{3 + 2 k}.
23696 Changing the parameter names (say, @kbd{a F 1 k;b,m RET}) will affect
23697 the equations that go into the trail.
23698
23699 @tex
23700 \bigskip
23701 @end tex
23702
23703 To see what happens when the fit is not exact, we could change
23704 the number 13 in the data matrix to 14 and try the fit again.
23705 The result is:
23706
23707 @example
23708 2.6 + 2.2 x
23709 @end example
23710
23711 Evaluating this formula, say with @kbd{v x 5 RET TAB V M $ RET}, shows
23712 a reasonably close match to the y-values in the data.
23713
23714 @example
23715 [4.8, 7., 9.2, 11.4, 13.6]
23716 @end example
23717
23718 Since there is no line which passes through all the @i{N} data points,
23719 Calc has chosen a line that best approximates the data points using
23720 the method of least squares. The idea is to define the @dfn{chi-square}
23721 error measure
23722
23723 @ifinfo
23724 @example
23725 chi^2 = sum((y_i - (a + b x_i))^2, i, 1, N)
23726 @end example
23727 @end ifinfo
23728 @tex
23729 \turnoffactive
23730 \beforedisplay
23731 $$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N (y_i - (a + b x_i))^2 $$
23732 \afterdisplay
23733 @end tex
23734
23735 @noindent
23736 which is clearly zero if @cite{a + b x} exactly fits all data points,
23737 and increases as various @cite{a + b x_i} values fail to match the
23738 corresponding @cite{y_i} values. There are several reasons why the
23739 summand is squared, one of them being to ensure that @c{$\chi^2 \ge 0$}
23740 @cite{chi^2 >= 0}.
23741 Least-squares fitting simply chooses the values of @cite{a} and @cite{b}
23742 for which the error @c{$\chi^2$}
23743 @cite{chi^2} is as small as possible.
23744
23745 Other kinds of models do the same thing but with a different model
23746 formula in place of @cite{a + b x_i}.
23747
23748 @tex
23749 \bigskip
23750 @end tex
23751
23752 A numeric prefix argument causes the @kbd{a F} command to take the
23753 data in some other form than one big matrix. A positive argument @i{N}
23754 will take @i{N} items from the stack, corresponding to the @i{N} rows
23755 of a data matrix. In the linear case, @i{N} must be 2 since there
23756 is always one independent variable and one dependent variable.
23757
23758 A prefix of zero or plain @kbd{C-u} is a compromise; Calc takes two
23759 items from the stack, an @i{N}-row matrix of @cite{x} values, and a
23760 vector of @cite{y} values. If there is only one independent variable,
23761 the @cite{x} values can be either a one-row matrix or a plain vector,
23762 in which case the @kbd{C-u} prefix is the same as a @w{@kbd{C-u 2}} prefix.
23763
23764 @node Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Error Estimates for Fits, Linear Fits, Curve Fitting
23765 @subsection Polynomial and Multilinear Fits
23766
23767 @noindent
23768 To fit the data to higher-order polynomials, just type one of the
23769 digits @kbd{2} through @kbd{9} when prompted for a model. For example,
23770 we could fit the original data matrix from the previous section
23771 (with 13, not 14) to a parabola instead of a line by typing
23772 @kbd{a F 2 RET}.
23773
23774 @example
23775 2.00000000001 x - 1.5e-12 x^2 + 2.99999999999
23776 @end example
23777
23778 Note that since the constant and linear terms are enough to fit the
23779 data exactly, it's no surprise that Calc chose a tiny contribution
23780 for @cite{x^2}. (The fact that it's not exactly zero is due only
23781 to roundoff error. Since our data are exact integers, we could get
23782 an exact answer by typing @kbd{m f} first to get fraction mode.
23783 Then the @cite{x^2} term would vanish altogether. Usually, though,
23784 the data being fitted will be approximate floats so fraction mode
23785 won't help.)
23786
23787 Doing the @kbd{a F 2} fit on the data set with 14 instead of 13
23788 gives a much larger @cite{x^2} contribution, as Calc bends the
23789 line slightly to improve the fit.
23790
23791 @example
23792 0.142857142855 x^2 + 1.34285714287 x + 3.59999999998
23793 @end example
23794
23795 An important result from the theory of polynomial fitting is that it
23796 is always possible to fit @i{N} data points exactly using a polynomial
23797 of degree @i{N-1}, sometimes called an @dfn{interpolating polynomial}.
23798 Using the modified (14) data matrix, a model number of 4 gives
23799 a polynomial that exactly matches all five data points:
23800
23801 @example
23802 0.04167 x^4 - 0.4167 x^3 + 1.458 x^2 - 0.08333 x + 4.
23803 @end example
23804
23805 The actual coefficients we get with a precision of 12, like
23806 @cite{0.0416666663588}, clearly suffer from loss of precision.
23807 It is a good idea to increase the working precision to several
23808 digits beyond what you need when you do a fitting operation.
23809 Or, if your data are exact, use fraction mode to get exact
23810 results.
23811
23812 You can type @kbd{i} instead of a digit at the model prompt to fit
23813 the data exactly to a polynomial. This just counts the number of
23814 columns of the data matrix to choose the degree of the polynomial
23815 automatically.
23816
23817 Fitting data ``exactly'' to high-degree polynomials is not always
23818 a good idea, though. High-degree polynomials have a tendency to
23819 wiggle uncontrollably in between the fitting data points. Also,
23820 if the exact-fit polynomial is going to be used to interpolate or
23821 extrapolate the data, it is numerically better to use the @kbd{a p}
23822 command described below. @xref{Interpolation}.
23823
23824 @tex
23825 \bigskip
23826 @end tex
23827
23828 Another generalization of the linear model is to assume the
23829 @cite{y} values are a sum of linear contributions from several
23830 @cite{x} values. This is a @dfn{multilinear} fit, and it is also
23831 selected by the @kbd{1} digit key. (Calc decides whether the fit
23832 is linear or multilinear by counting the rows in the data matrix.)
23833
23834 Given the data matrix,
23835
23836 @group
23837 @example
23838 [ [ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]
23839 [ 7, 2, 3, 5, 2 ]
23840 [ 14.5, 15, 18.5, 22.5, 24 ] ]
23841 @end example
23842 @end group
23843
23844 @noindent
23845 the command @kbd{a F 1 RET} will call the first row @cite{x} and the
23846 second row @cite{y}, and will fit the values in the third row to the
23847 model @cite{a + b x + c y}.
23848
23849 @example
23850 8. + 3. x + 0.5 y
23851 @end example
23852
23853 Calc can do multilinear fits with any number of independent variables
23854 (i.e., with any number of data rows).
23855
23856 @tex
23857 \bigskip
23858 @end tex
23859
23860 Yet another variation is @dfn{homogeneous} linear models, in which
23861 the constant term is known to be zero. In the linear case, this
23862 means the model formula is simply @cite{a x}; in the multilinear
23863 case, the model might be @cite{a x + b y + c z}; and in the polynomial
23864 case, the model could be @cite{a x + b x^2 + c x^3}. You can get
23865 a homogeneous linear or multilinear model by pressing the letter
23866 @kbd{h} followed by a regular model key, like @kbd{1} or @kbd{2}.
23867
23868 It is certainly possible to have other constrained linear models,
23869 like @cite{2.3 + a x} or @cite{a - 4 x}. While there is no single
23870 key to select models like these, a later section shows how to enter
23871 any desired model by hand. In the first case, for example, you
23872 would enter @kbd{a F ' 2.3 + a x}.
23873
23874 Another class of models that will work but must be entered by hand
23875 are multinomial fits, e.g., @cite{a + b x + c y + d x^2 + e y^2 + f x y}.
23876
23877 @node Error Estimates for Fits, Standard Nonlinear Models, Polynomial and Multilinear Fits, Curve Fitting
23878 @subsection Error Estimates for Fits
23879
23880 @noindent
23881 @kindex H a F
23882 @tindex efit
23883 With the Hyperbolic flag, @kbd{H a F} [@code{efit}] performs the same
23884 fitting operation as @kbd{a F}, but reports the coefficients as error
23885 forms instead of plain numbers. Fitting our two data matrices (first
23886 with 13, then with 14) to a line with @kbd{H a F} gives the results,
23887
23888 @example
23889 3. + 2. x
23890 2.6 +/- 0.382970843103 + 2.2 +/- 0.115470053838 x
23891 @end example
23892
23893 In the first case the estimated errors are zero because the linear
23894 fit is perfect. In the second case, the errors are nonzero but
23895 moderately small, because the data are still very close to linear.
23896
23897 It is also possible for the @emph{input} to a fitting operation to
23898 contain error forms. The data values must either all include errors
23899 or all be plain numbers. Error forms can go anywhere but generally
23900 go on the numbers in the last row of the data matrix. If the last
23901 row contains error forms
23902 `@i{y_i}@w{ @t{+/-} }@c{$\sigma_i$}
23903 @i{sigma_i}', then the @c{$\chi^2$}
23904 @cite{chi^2}
23905 statistic is now,
23906
23907 @ifinfo
23908 @example
23909 chi^2 = sum(((y_i - (a + b x_i)) / sigma_i)^2, i, 1, N)
23910 @end example
23911 @end ifinfo
23912 @tex
23913 \turnoffactive
23914 \beforedisplay
23915 $$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N \left(y_i - (a + b x_i) \over \sigma_i\right)^2 $$
23916 \afterdisplay
23917 @end tex
23918
23919 @noindent
23920 so that data points with larger error estimates contribute less to
23921 the fitting operation.
23922
23923 If there are error forms on other rows of the data matrix, all the
23924 errors for a given data point are combined; the square root of the
23925 sum of the squares of the errors forms the @c{$\sigma_i$}
23926 @cite{sigma_i} used for
23927 the data point.
23928
23929 Both @kbd{a F} and @kbd{H a F} can accept error forms in the input
23930 matrix, although if you are concerned about error analysis you will
23931 probably use @kbd{H a F} so that the output also contains error
23932 estimates.
23933
23934 If the input contains error forms but all the @c{$\sigma_i$}
23935 @cite{sigma_i} values are
23936 the same, it is easy to see that the resulting fitted model will be
23937 the same as if the input did not have error forms at all (@c{$\chi^2$}
23938 @cite{chi^2}
23939 is simply scaled uniformly by @c{$1 / \sigma^2$}
23940 @cite{1 / sigma^2}, which doesn't affect
23941 where it has a minimum). But there @emph{will} be a difference
23942 in the estimated errors of the coefficients reported by @kbd{H a F}.
23943
23944 Consult any text on statistical modelling of data for a discussion
23945 of where these error estimates come from and how they should be
23946 interpreted.
23947
23948 @tex
23949 \bigskip
23950 @end tex
23951
23952 @kindex I a F
23953 @tindex xfit
23954 With the Inverse flag, @kbd{I a F} [@code{xfit}] produces even more
23955 information. The result is a vector of six items:
23956
23957 @enumerate
23958 @item
23959 The model formula with error forms for its coefficients or
23960 parameters. This is the result that @kbd{H a F} would have
23961 produced.
23962
23963 @item
23964 A vector of ``raw'' parameter values for the model. These are the
23965 polynomial coefficients or other parameters as plain numbers, in the
23966 same order as the parameters appeared in the final prompt of the
23967 @kbd{I a F} command. For polynomials of degree @cite{d}, this vector
23968 will have length @cite{M = d+1} with the constant term first.
23969
23970 @item
23971 The covariance matrix @cite{C} computed from the fit. This is
23972 an @i{M}x@i{M} symmetric matrix; the diagonal elements
23973 @c{$C_{jj}$}
23974 @cite{C_j_j} are the variances @c{$\sigma_j^2$}
23975 @cite{sigma_j^2} of the parameters.
23976 The other elements are covariances @c{$\sigma_{ij}^2$}
23977 @cite{sigma_i_j^2} that describe the
23978 correlation between pairs of parameters. (A related set of
23979 numbers, the @dfn{linear correlation coefficients} @c{$r_{ij}$}
23980 @cite{r_i_j},
23981 are defined as @c{$\sigma_{ij}^2 / \sigma_i \, \sigma_j$}
23982 @cite{sigma_i_j^2 / sigma_i sigma_j}.)
23983
23984 @item
23985 A vector of @cite{M} ``parameter filter'' functions whose
23986 meanings are described below. If no filters are necessary this
23987 will instead be an empty vector; this is always the case for the
23988 polynomial and multilinear fits described so far.
23989
23990 @item
23991 The value of @c{$\chi^2$}
23992 @cite{chi^2} for the fit, calculated by the formulas
23993 shown above. This gives a measure of the quality of the fit;
23994 statisticians consider @c{$\chi^2 \approx N - M$}
23995 @cite{chi^2 = N - M} to indicate a moderately good fit
23996 (where again @cite{N} is the number of data points and @cite{M}
23997 is the number of parameters).
23998
23999 @item
24000 A measure of goodness of fit expressed as a probability @cite{Q}.
24001 This is computed from the @code{utpc} probability distribution
24002 function using @c{$\chi^2$}
24003 @cite{chi^2} with @cite{N - M} degrees of freedom. A
24004 value of 0.5 implies a good fit; some texts recommend that often
24005 @cite{Q = 0.1} or even 0.001 can signify an acceptable fit. In
24006 particular, @c{$\chi^2$}
24007 @cite{chi^2} statistics assume the errors in your inputs
24008 follow a normal (Gaussian) distribution; if they don't, you may
24009 have to accept smaller values of @cite{Q}.
24010
24011 The @cite{Q} value is computed only if the input included error
24012 estimates. Otherwise, Calc will report the symbol @code{nan}
24013 for @cite{Q}. The reason is that in this case the @c{$\chi^2$}
24014 @cite{chi^2}
24015 value has effectively been used to estimate the original errors
24016 in the input, and thus there is no redundant information left
24017 over to use for a confidence test.
24018 @end enumerate
24019
24020 @node Standard Nonlinear Models, Curve Fitting Details, Error Estimates for Fits, Curve Fitting
24021 @subsection Standard Nonlinear Models
24022
24023 @noindent
24024 The @kbd{a F} command also accepts other kinds of models besides
24025 lines and polynomials. Some common models have quick single-key
24026 abbreviations; others must be entered by hand as algebraic formulas.
24027
24028 Here is a complete list of the standard models recognized by @kbd{a F}:
24029
24030 @table @kbd
24031 @item 1
24032 Linear or multilinear. @i{a + b x + c y + d z}.
24033 @item 2-9
24034 Polynomials. @i{a + b x + c x^2 + d x^3}.
24035 @item e
24036 Exponential. @i{a} @t{exp}@i{(b x)} @t{exp}@i{(c y)}.
24037 @item E
24038 Base-10 exponential. @i{a} @t{10^}@i{(b x)} @t{10^}@i{(c y)}.
24039 @item x
24040 Exponential (alternate notation). @t{exp}@i{(a + b x + c y)}.
24041 @item X
24042 Base-10 exponential (alternate). @t{10^}@i{(a + b x + c y)}.
24043 @item l
24044 Logarithmic. @i{a + b} @t{ln}@i{(x) + c} @t{ln}@i{(y)}.
24045 @item L
24046 Base-10 logarithmic. @i{a + b} @t{log10}@i{(x) + c} @t{log10}@i{(y)}.
24047 @item ^
24048 General exponential. @i{a b^x c^y}.
24049 @item p
24050 Power law. @i{a x^b y^c}.
24051 @item q
24052 Quadratic. @i{a + b (x-c)^2 + d (x-e)^2}.
24053 @item g
24054 Gaussian. @c{${a \over b \sqrt{2 \pi}} \exp\left( -{1 \over 2} \left( x - c \over b \right)^2 \right)$}
24055 @i{(a / b sqrt(2 pi)) exp(-0.5*((x-c)/b)^2)}.
24056 @end table
24057
24058 All of these models are used in the usual way; just press the appropriate
24059 letter at the model prompt, and choose variable names if you wish. The
24060 result will be a formula as shown in the above table, with the best-fit
24061 values of the parameters substituted. (You may find it easier to read
24062 the parameter values from the vector that is placed in the trail.)
24063
24064 All models except Gaussian and polynomials can generalize as shown to any
24065 number of independent variables. Also, all the built-in models have an
24066 additive or multiplicative parameter shown as @cite{a} in the above table
24067 which can be replaced by zero or one, as appropriate, by typing @kbd{h}
24068 before the model key.
24069
24070 Note that many of these models are essentially equivalent, but express
24071 the parameters slightly differently. For example, @cite{a b^x} and
24072 the other two exponential models are all algebraic rearrangements of
24073 each other. Also, the ``quadratic'' model is just a degree-2 polynomial
24074 with the parameters expressed differently. Use whichever form best
24075 matches the problem.
24076
24077 The HP-28/48 calculators support four different models for curve
24078 fitting, called @code{LIN}, @code{LOG}, @code{EXP}, and @code{PWR}.
24079 These correspond to Calc models @samp{a + b x}, @samp{a + b ln(x)},
24080 @samp{a exp(b x)}, and @samp{a x^b}, respectively. In each case,
24081 @cite{a} is what the HP-48 identifies as the ``intercept,'' and
24082 @cite{b} is what it calls the ``slope.''
24083
24084 @tex
24085 \bigskip
24086 @end tex
24087
24088 If the model you want doesn't appear on this list, press @kbd{'}
24089 (the apostrophe key) at the model prompt to enter any algebraic
24090 formula, such as @kbd{m x - b}, as the model. (Not all models
24091 will work, though---see the next section for details.)
24092
24093 The model can also be an equation like @cite{y = m x + b}.
24094 In this case, Calc thinks of all the rows of the data matrix on
24095 equal terms; this model effectively has two parameters
24096 (@cite{m} and @cite{b}) and two independent variables (@cite{x}
24097 and @cite{y}), with no ``dependent'' variables. Model equations
24098 do not need to take this @cite{y =} form. For example, the
24099 implicit line equation @cite{a x + b y = 1} works fine as a
24100 model.
24101
24102 When you enter a model, Calc makes an alphabetical list of all
24103 the variables that appear in the model. These are used for the
24104 default parameters, independent variables, and dependent variable
24105 (in that order). If you enter a plain formula (not an equation),
24106 Calc assumes the dependent variable does not appear in the formula
24107 and thus does not need a name.
24108
24109 For example, if the model formula has the variables @cite{a,mu,sigma,t,x},
24110 and the data matrix has three rows (meaning two independent variables),
24111 Calc will use @cite{a,mu,sigma} as the default parameters, and the
24112 data rows will be named @cite{t} and @cite{x}, respectively. If you
24113 enter an equation instead of a plain formula, Calc will use @cite{a,mu}
24114 as the parameters, and @cite{sigma,t,x} as the three independent
24115 variables.
24116
24117 You can, of course, override these choices by entering something
24118 different at the prompt. If you leave some variables out of the list,
24119 those variables must have stored values and those stored values will
24120 be used as constants in the model. (Stored values for the parameters
24121 and independent variables are ignored by the @kbd{a F} command.)
24122 If you list only independent variables, all the remaining variables
24123 in the model formula will become parameters.
24124
24125 If there are @kbd{$} signs in the model you type, they will stand
24126 for parameters and all other variables (in alphabetical order)
24127 will be independent. Use @kbd{$} for one parameter, @kbd{$$} for
24128 another, and so on. Thus @kbd{$ x + $$} is another way to describe
24129 a linear model.
24130
24131 If you type a @kbd{$} instead of @kbd{'} at the model prompt itself,
24132 Calc will take the model formula from the stack. (The data must then
24133 appear at the second stack level.) The same conventions are used to
24134 choose which variables in the formula are independent by default and
24135 which are parameters.
24136
24137 Models taken from the stack can also be expressed as vectors of
24138 two or three elements, @cite{[@var{model}, @var{vars}]} or
24139 @cite{[@var{model}, @var{vars}, @var{params}]}. Each of @var{vars}
24140 and @var{params} may be either a variable or a vector of variables.
24141 (If @var{params} is omitted, all variables in @var{model} except
24142 those listed as @var{vars} are parameters.)@refill
24143
24144 When you enter a model manually with @kbd{'}, Calc puts a 3-vector
24145 describing the model in the trail so you can get it back if you wish.
24146
24147 @tex
24148 \bigskip
24149 @end tex
24150
24151 @vindex Model1
24152 @vindex Model2
24153 Finally, you can store a model in one of the Calc variables
24154 @code{Model1} or @code{Model2}, then use this model by typing
24155 @kbd{a F u} or @kbd{a F U} (respectively). The value stored in
24156 the variable can be any of the formats that @kbd{a F $} would
24157 accept for a model on the stack.
24158
24159 @tex
24160 \bigskip
24161 @end tex
24162
24163 Calc uses the principal values of inverse functions like @code{ln}
24164 and @code{arcsin} when doing fits. For example, when you enter
24165 the model @samp{y = sin(a t + b)} Calc actually uses the easier
24166 form @samp{arcsin(y) = a t + b}. The @code{arcsin} function always
24167 returns results in the range from @i{-90} to 90 degrees (or the
24168 equivalent range in radians). Suppose you had data that you
24169 believed to represent roughly three oscillations of a sine wave,
24170 so that the argument of the sine might go from zero to @c{$3\times360$}
24171 @i{3*360} degrees.
24172 The above model would appear to be a good way to determine the
24173 true frequency and phase of the sine wave, but in practice it
24174 would fail utterly. The righthand side of the actual model
24175 @samp{arcsin(y) = a t + b} will grow smoothly with @cite{t}, but
24176 the lefthand side will bounce back and forth between @i{-90} and 90.
24177 No values of @cite{a} and @cite{b} can make the two sides match,
24178 even approximately.
24179
24180 There is no good solution to this problem at present. You could
24181 restrict your data to small enough ranges so that the above problem
24182 doesn't occur (i.e., not straddling any peaks in the sine wave).
24183 Or, in this case, you could use a totally different method such as
24184 Fourier analysis, which is beyond the scope of the @kbd{a F} command.
24185 (Unfortunately, Calc does not currently have any facilities for
24186 taking Fourier and related transforms.)
24187
24188 @node Curve Fitting Details, Interpolation, Standard Nonlinear Models, Curve Fitting
24189 @subsection Curve Fitting Details
24190
24191 @noindent
24192 Calc's internal least-squares fitter can only handle multilinear
24193 models. More precisely, it can handle any model of the form
24194 @cite{a f(x,y,z) + b g(x,y,z) + c h(x,y,z)}, where @cite{a,b,c}
24195 are the parameters and @cite{x,y,z} are the independent variables
24196 (of course there can be any number of each, not just three).
24197
24198 In a simple multilinear or polynomial fit, it is easy to see how
24199 to convert the model into this form. For example, if the model
24200 is @cite{a + b x + c x^2}, then @cite{f(x) = 1}, @cite{g(x) = x},
24201 and @cite{h(x) = x^2} are suitable functions.
24202
24203 For other models, Calc uses a variety of algebraic manipulations
24204 to try to put the problem into the form
24205
24206 @smallexample
24207 Y(x,y,z) = A(a,b,c) F(x,y,z) + B(a,b,c) G(x,y,z) + C(a,b,c) H(x,y,z)
24208 @end smallexample
24209
24210 @noindent
24211 where @cite{Y,A,B,C,F,G,H} are arbitrary functions. It computes
24212 @cite{Y}, @cite{F}, @cite{G}, and @cite{H} for all the data points,
24213 does a standard linear fit to find the values of @cite{A}, @cite{B},
24214 and @cite{C}, then uses the equation solver to solve for @cite{a,b,c}
24215 in terms of @cite{A,B,C}.
24216
24217 A remarkable number of models can be cast into this general form.
24218 We'll look at two examples here to see how it works. The power-law
24219 model @cite{y = a x^b} with two independent variables and two parameters
24220 can be rewritten as follows:
24221
24222 @example
24223 y = a x^b
24224 y = a exp(b ln(x))
24225 y = exp(ln(a) + b ln(x))
24226 ln(y) = ln(a) + b ln(x)
24227 @end example
24228
24229 @noindent
24230 which matches the desired form with @c{$Y = \ln(y)$}
24231 @cite{Y = ln(y)}, @c{$A = \ln(a)$}
24232 @cite{A = ln(a)},
24233 @cite{F = 1}, @cite{B = b}, and @c{$G = \ln(x)$}
24234 @cite{G = ln(x)}. Calc thus computes
24235 the logarithms of your @cite{y} and @cite{x} values, does a linear fit
24236 for @cite{A} and @cite{B}, then solves to get @c{$a = \exp(A)$}
24237 @cite{a = exp(A)} and
24238 @cite{b = B}.
24239
24240 Another interesting example is the ``quadratic'' model, which can
24241 be handled by expanding according to the distributive law.
24242
24243 @example
24244 y = a + b*(x - c)^2
24245 y = a + b c^2 - 2 b c x + b x^2
24246 @end example
24247
24248 @noindent
24249 which matches with @cite{Y = y}, @cite{A = a + b c^2}, @cite{F = 1},
24250 @cite{B = -2 b c}, @cite{G = x} (the @i{-2} factor could just as easily
24251 have been put into @cite{G} instead of @cite{B}), @cite{C = b}, and
24252 @cite{H = x^2}.
24253
24254 The Gaussian model looks quite complicated, but a closer examination
24255 shows that it's actually similar to the quadratic model but with an
24256 exponential that can be brought to the top and moved into @cite{Y}.
24257
24258 An example of a model that cannot be put into general linear
24259 form is a Gaussian with a constant background added on, i.e.,
24260 @cite{d} + the regular Gaussian formula. If you have a model like
24261 this, your best bet is to replace enough of your parameters with
24262 constants to make the model linearizable, then adjust the constants
24263 manually by doing a series of fits. You can compare the fits by
24264 graphing them, by examining the goodness-of-fit measures returned by
24265 @kbd{I a F}, or by some other method suitable to your application.
24266 Note that some models can be linearized in several ways. The
24267 Gaussian-plus-@i{d} model can be linearized by setting @cite{d}
24268 (the background) to a constant, or by setting @cite{b} (the standard
24269 deviation) and @cite{c} (the mean) to constants.
24270
24271 To fit a model with constants substituted for some parameters, just
24272 store suitable values in those parameter variables, then omit them
24273 from the list of parameters when you answer the variables prompt.
24274
24275 @tex
24276 \bigskip
24277 @end tex
24278
24279 A last desperate step would be to use the general-purpose
24280 @code{minimize} function rather than @code{fit}. After all, both
24281 functions solve the problem of minimizing an expression (the @c{$\chi^2$}
24282 @cite{chi^2}
24283 sum) by adjusting certain parameters in the expression. The @kbd{a F}
24284 command is able to use a vastly more efficient algorithm due to its
24285 special knowledge about linear chi-square sums, but the @kbd{a N}
24286 command can do the same thing by brute force.
24287
24288 A compromise would be to pick out a few parameters without which the
24289 fit is linearizable, and use @code{minimize} on a call to @code{fit}
24290 which efficiently takes care of the rest of the parameters. The thing
24291 to be minimized would be the value of @c{$\chi^2$}
24292 @cite{chi^2} returned as
24293 the fifth result of the @code{xfit} function:
24294
24295 @smallexample
24296 minimize(xfit(gaus(a,b,c,d,x), x, [a,b,c], data)_5, d, guess)
24297 @end smallexample
24298
24299 @noindent
24300 where @code{gaus} represents the Gaussian model with background,
24301 @code{data} represents the data matrix, and @code{guess} represents
24302 the initial guess for @cite{d} that @code{minimize} requires.
24303 This operation will only be, shall we say, extraordinarily slow
24304 rather than astronomically slow (as would be the case if @code{minimize}
24305 were used by itself to solve the problem).
24306
24307 @tex
24308 \bigskip
24309 @end tex
24310
24311 The @kbd{I a F} [@code{xfit}] command is somewhat trickier when
24312 nonlinear models are used. The second item in the result is the
24313 vector of ``raw'' parameters @cite{A}, @cite{B}, @cite{C}. The
24314 covariance matrix is written in terms of those raw parameters.
24315 The fifth item is a vector of @dfn{filter} expressions. This
24316 is the empty vector @samp{[]} if the raw parameters were the same
24317 as the requested parameters, i.e., if @cite{A = a}, @cite{B = b},
24318 and so on (which is always true if the model is already linear
24319 in the parameters as written, e.g., for polynomial fits). If the
24320 parameters had to be rearranged, the fifth item is instead a vector
24321 of one formula per parameter in the original model. The raw
24322 parameters are expressed in these ``filter'' formulas as
24323 @samp{fitdummy(1)} for @cite{A}, @samp{fitdummy(2)} for @cite{B},
24324 and so on.
24325
24326 When Calc needs to modify the model to return the result, it replaces
24327 @samp{fitdummy(1)} in all the filters with the first item in the raw
24328 parameters list, and so on for the other raw parameters, then
24329 evaluates the resulting filter formulas to get the actual parameter
24330 values to be substituted into the original model. In the case of
24331 @kbd{H a F} and @kbd{I a F} where the parameters must be error forms,
24332 Calc uses the square roots of the diagonal entries of the covariance
24333 matrix as error values for the raw parameters, then lets Calc's
24334 standard error-form arithmetic take it from there.
24335
24336 If you use @kbd{I a F} with a nonlinear model, be sure to remember
24337 that the covariance matrix is in terms of the raw parameters,
24338 @emph{not} the actual requested parameters. It's up to you to
24339 figure out how to interpret the covariances in the presence of
24340 nontrivial filter functions.
24341
24342 Things are also complicated when the input contains error forms.
24343 Suppose there are three independent and dependent variables, @cite{x},
24344 @cite{y}, and @cite{z}, one or more of which are error forms in the
24345 data. Calc combines all the error values by taking the square root
24346 of the sum of the squares of the errors. It then changes @cite{x}
24347 and @cite{y} to be plain numbers, and makes @cite{z} into an error
24348 form with this combined error. The @cite{Y(x,y,z)} part of the
24349 linearized model is evaluated, and the result should be an error
24350 form. The error part of that result is used for @c{$\sigma_i$}
24351 @cite{sigma_i} for
24352 the data point. If for some reason @cite{Y(x,y,z)} does not return
24353 an error form, the combined error from @cite{z} is used directly
24354 for @c{$\sigma_i$}
24355 @cite{sigma_i}. Finally, @cite{z} is also stripped of its error
24356 for use in computing @cite{F(x,y,z)}, @cite{G(x,y,z)} and so on;
24357 the righthand side of the linearized model is computed in regular
24358 arithmetic with no error forms.
24359
24360 (While these rules may seem complicated, they are designed to do
24361 the most reasonable thing in the typical case that @cite{Y(x,y,z)}
24362 depends only on the dependent variable @cite{z}, and in fact is
24363 often simply equal to @cite{z}. For common cases like polynomials
24364 and multilinear models, the combined error is simply used as the
24365 @c{$\sigma$}
24366 @cite{sigma} for the data point with no further ado.)
24367
24368 @tex
24369 \bigskip
24370 @end tex
24371
24372 @vindex FitRules
24373 It may be the case that the model you wish to use is linearizable,
24374 but Calc's built-in rules are unable to figure it out. Calc uses
24375 its algebraic rewrite mechanism to linearize a model. The rewrite
24376 rules are kept in the variable @code{FitRules}. You can edit this
24377 variable using the @kbd{s e FitRules} command; in fact, there is
24378 a special @kbd{s F} command just for editing @code{FitRules}.
24379 @xref{Operations on Variables}.
24380
24381 @xref{Rewrite Rules}, for a discussion of rewrite rules.
24382
24383 @c @starindex
24384 @tindex fitvar
24385 @c @starindex
24386 @c @mindex @idots
24387 @tindex fitparam
24388 @c @starindex
24389 @c @mindex @null
24390 @tindex fitmodel
24391 @c @starindex
24392 @c @mindex @null
24393 @tindex fitsystem
24394 @c @starindex
24395 @c @mindex @null
24396 @tindex fitdummy
24397 Calc uses @code{FitRules} as follows. First, it converts the model
24398 to an equation if necessary and encloses the model equation in a
24399 call to the function @code{fitmodel} (which is not actually a defined
24400 function in Calc; it is only used as a placeholder by the rewrite rules).
24401 Parameter variables are renamed to function calls @samp{fitparam(1)},
24402 @samp{fitparam(2)}, and so on, and independent variables are renamed
24403 to @samp{fitvar(1)}, @samp{fitvar(2)}, etc. The dependent variable
24404 is the highest-numbered @code{fitvar}. For example, the power law
24405 model @cite{a x^b} is converted to @cite{y = a x^b}, then to
24406
24407 @group
24408 @smallexample
24409 fitmodel(fitvar(2) = fitparam(1) fitvar(1)^fitparam(2))
24410 @end smallexample
24411 @end group
24412
24413 Calc then applies the rewrites as if by @samp{C-u 0 a r FitRules}.
24414 (The zero prefix means that rewriting should continue until no further
24415 changes are possible.)
24416
24417 When rewriting is complete, the @code{fitmodel} call should have
24418 been replaced by a @code{fitsystem} call that looks like this:
24419
24420 @example
24421 fitsystem(@var{Y}, @var{FGH}, @var{abc})
24422 @end example
24423
24424 @noindent
24425 where @var{Y} is a formula that describes the function @cite{Y(x,y,z)},
24426 @var{FGH} is the vector of formulas @cite{[F(x,y,z), G(x,y,z), H(x,y,z)]},
24427 and @var{abc} is the vector of parameter filters which refer to the
24428 raw parameters as @samp{fitdummy(1)} for @cite{A}, @samp{fitdummy(2)}
24429 for @cite{B}, etc. While the number of raw parameters (the length of
24430 the @var{FGH} vector) is usually the same as the number of original
24431 parameters (the length of the @var{abc} vector), this is not required.
24432
24433 The power law model eventually boils down to
24434
24435 @group
24436 @smallexample
24437 fitsystem(ln(fitvar(2)),
24438 [1, ln(fitvar(1))],
24439 [exp(fitdummy(1)), fitdummy(2)])
24440 @end smallexample
24441 @end group
24442
24443 The actual implementation of @code{FitRules} is complicated; it
24444 proceeds in four phases. First, common rearrangements are done
24445 to try to bring linear terms together and to isolate functions like
24446 @code{exp} and @code{ln} either all the way ``out'' (so that they
24447 can be put into @var{Y}) or all the way ``in'' (so that they can
24448 be put into @var{abc} or @var{FGH}). In particular, all
24449 non-constant powers are converted to logs-and-exponentials form,
24450 and the distributive law is used to expand products of sums.
24451 Quotients are rewritten to use the @samp{fitinv} function, where
24452 @samp{fitinv(x)} represents @cite{1/x} while the @code{FitRules}
24453 are operating. (The use of @code{fitinv} makes recognition of
24454 linear-looking forms easier.) If you modify @code{FitRules}, you
24455 will probably only need to modify the rules for this phase.
24456
24457 Phase two, whose rules can actually also apply during phases one
24458 and three, first rewrites @code{fitmodel} to a two-argument
24459 form @samp{fitmodel(@var{Y}, @var{model})}, where @var{Y} is
24460 initially zero and @var{model} has been changed from @cite{a=b}
24461 to @cite{a-b} form. It then tries to peel off invertible functions
24462 from the outside of @var{model} and put them into @var{Y} instead,
24463 calling the equation solver to invert the functions. Finally, when
24464 this is no longer possible, the @code{fitmodel} is changed to a
24465 four-argument @code{fitsystem}, where the fourth argument is
24466 @var{model} and the @var{FGH} and @var{abc} vectors are initially
24467 empty. (The last vector is really @var{ABC}, corresponding to
24468 raw parameters, for now.)
24469
24470 Phase three converts a sum of items in the @var{model} to a sum
24471 of @samp{fitpart(@var{a}, @var{b}, @var{c})} terms which represent
24472 terms @samp{@var{a}*@var{b}*@var{c}} of the sum, where @var{a}
24473 is all factors that do not involve any variables, @var{b} is all
24474 factors that involve only parameters, and @var{c} is the factors
24475 that involve only independent variables. (If this decomposition
24476 is not possible, the rule set will not complete and Calc will
24477 complain that the model is too complex.) Then @code{fitpart}s
24478 with equal @var{b} or @var{c} components are merged back together
24479 using the distributive law in order to minimize the number of
24480 raw parameters needed.
24481
24482 Phase four moves the @code{fitpart} terms into the @var{FGH} and
24483 @var{ABC} vectors. Also, some of the algebraic expansions that
24484 were done in phase 1 are undone now to make the formulas more
24485 computationally efficient. Finally, it calls the solver one more
24486 time to convert the @var{ABC} vector to an @var{abc} vector, and
24487 removes the fourth @var{model} argument (which by now will be zero)
24488 to obtain the three-argument @code{fitsystem} that the linear
24489 least-squares solver wants to see.
24490
24491 @c @starindex
24492 @c @mindex hasfit@idots
24493 @tindex hasfitparams
24494 @c @starindex
24495 @c @mindex @null
24496 @tindex hasfitvars
24497 Two functions which are useful in connection with @code{FitRules}
24498 are @samp{hasfitparams(x)} and @samp{hasfitvars(x)}, which check
24499 whether @cite{x} refers to any parameters or independent variables,
24500 respectively. Specifically, these functions return ``true'' if the
24501 argument contains any @code{fitparam} (or @code{fitvar}) function
24502 calls, and ``false'' otherwise. (Recall that ``true'' means a
24503 nonzero number, and ``false'' means zero. The actual nonzero number
24504 returned is the largest @var{n} from all the @samp{fitparam(@var{n})}s
24505 or @samp{fitvar(@var{n})}s, respectively, that appear in the formula.)
24506
24507 @tex
24508 \bigskip
24509 @end tex
24510
24511 The @code{fit} function in algebraic notation normally takes four
24512 arguments, @samp{fit(@var{model}, @var{vars}, @var{params}, @var{data})},
24513 where @var{model} is the model formula as it would be typed after
24514 @kbd{a F '}, @var{vars} is the independent variable or a vector of
24515 independent variables, @var{params} likewise gives the parameter(s),
24516 and @var{data} is the data matrix. Note that the length of @var{vars}
24517 must be equal to the number of rows in @var{data} if @var{model} is
24518 an equation, or one less than the number of rows if @var{model} is
24519 a plain formula. (Actually, a name for the dependent variable is
24520 allowed but will be ignored in the plain-formula case.)
24521
24522 If @var{params} is omitted, the parameters are all variables in
24523 @var{model} except those that appear in @var{vars}. If @var{vars}
24524 is also omitted, Calc sorts all the variables that appear in
24525 @var{model} alphabetically and uses the higher ones for @var{vars}
24526 and the lower ones for @var{params}.
24527
24528 Alternatively, @samp{fit(@var{modelvec}, @var{data})} is allowed
24529 where @var{modelvec} is a 2- or 3-vector describing the model
24530 and variables, as discussed previously.
24531
24532 If Calc is unable to do the fit, the @code{fit} function is left
24533 in symbolic form, ordinarily with an explanatory message. The
24534 message will be ``Model expression is too complex'' if the
24535 linearizer was unable to put the model into the required form.
24536
24537 The @code{efit} (corresponding to @kbd{H a F}) and @code{xfit}
24538 (for @kbd{I a F}) functions are completely analogous.
24539
24540 @node Interpolation, , Curve Fitting Details, Curve Fitting
24541 @subsection Polynomial Interpolation
24542
24543 @kindex a p
24544 @pindex calc-poly-interp
24545 @tindex polint
24546 The @kbd{a p} (@code{calc-poly-interp}) [@code{polint}] command does
24547 a polynomial interpolation at a particular @cite{x} value. It takes
24548 two arguments from the stack: A data matrix of the sort used by
24549 @kbd{a F}, and a single number which represents the desired @cite{x}
24550 value. Calc effectively does an exact polynomial fit as if by @kbd{a F i},
24551 then substitutes the @cite{x} value into the result in order to get an
24552 approximate @cite{y} value based on the fit. (Calc does not actually
24553 use @kbd{a F i}, however; it uses a direct method which is both more
24554 efficient and more numerically stable.)
24555
24556 The result of @kbd{a p} is actually a vector of two values: The @cite{y}
24557 value approximation, and an error measure @cite{dy} that reflects Calc's
24558 estimation of the probable error of the approximation at that value of
24559 @cite{x}. If the input @cite{x} is equal to any of the @cite{x} values
24560 in the data matrix, the output @cite{y} will be the corresponding @cite{y}
24561 value from the matrix, and the output @cite{dy} will be exactly zero.
24562
24563 A prefix argument of 2 causes @kbd{a p} to take separate x- and
24564 y-vectors from the stack instead of one data matrix.
24565
24566 If @cite{x} is a vector of numbers, @kbd{a p} will return a matrix of
24567 interpolated results for each of those @cite{x} values. (The matrix will
24568 have two columns, the @cite{y} values and the @cite{dy} values.)
24569 If @cite{x} is a formula instead of a number, the @code{polint} function
24570 remains in symbolic form; use the @kbd{a "} command to expand it out to
24571 a formula that describes the fit in symbolic terms.
24572
24573 In all cases, the @kbd{a p} command leaves the data vectors or matrix
24574 on the stack. Only the @cite{x} value is replaced by the result.
24575
24576 @kindex H a p
24577 @tindex ratint
24578 The @kbd{H a p} [@code{ratint}] command does a rational function
24579 interpolation. It is used exactly like @kbd{a p}, except that it
24580 uses as its model the quotient of two polynomials. If there are
24581 @cite{N} data points, the numerator and denominator polynomials will
24582 each have degree @cite{N/2} (if @cite{N} is odd, the denominator will
24583 have degree one higher than the numerator).
24584
24585 Rational approximations have the advantage that they can accurately
24586 describe functions that have poles (points at which the function's value
24587 goes to infinity, so that the denominator polynomial of the approximation
24588 goes to zero). If @cite{x} corresponds to a pole of the fitted rational
24589 function, then the result will be a division by zero. If Infinite mode
24590 is enabled, the result will be @samp{[uinf, uinf]}.
24591
24592 There is no way to get the actual coefficients of the rational function
24593 used by @kbd{H a p}. (The algorithm never generates these coefficients
24594 explicitly, and quotients of polynomials are beyond @w{@kbd{a F}}'s
24595 capabilities to fit.)
24596
24597 @node Summations, Logical Operations, Curve Fitting, Algebra
24598 @section Summations
24599
24600 @noindent
24601 @cindex Summation of a series
24602 @kindex a +
24603 @pindex calc-summation
24604 @tindex sum
24605 The @kbd{a +} (@code{calc-summation}) [@code{sum}] command computes
24606 the sum of a formula over a certain range of index values. The formula
24607 is taken from the top of the stack; the command prompts for the
24608 name of the summation index variable, the lower limit of the
24609 sum (any formula), and the upper limit of the sum. If you
24610 enter a blank line at any of these prompts, that prompt and
24611 any later ones are answered by reading additional elements from
24612 the stack. Thus, @kbd{' k^2 RET ' k RET 1 RET 5 RET a + RET}
24613 produces the result 55.
24614 @tex
24615 \turnoffactive
24616 $$ \sum_{k=1}^5 k^2 = 55 $$
24617 @end tex
24618
24619 The choice of index variable is arbitrary, but it's best not to
24620 use a variable with a stored value. In particular, while
24621 @code{i} is often a favorite index variable, it should be avoided
24622 in Calc because @code{i} has the imaginary constant @cite{(0, 1)}
24623 as a value. If you pressed @kbd{=} on a sum over @code{i}, it would
24624 be changed to a nonsensical sum over the ``variable'' @cite{(0, 1)}!
24625 If you really want to use @code{i} as an index variable, use
24626 @w{@kbd{s u i RET}} first to ``unstore'' this variable.
24627 (@xref{Storing Variables}.)
24628
24629 A numeric prefix argument steps the index by that amount rather
24630 than by one. Thus @kbd{' a_k RET C-u -2 a + k RET 10 RET 0 RET}
24631 yields @samp{a_10 + a_8 + a_6 + a_4 + a_2 + a_0}. A prefix
24632 argument of plain @kbd{C-u} causes @kbd{a +} to prompt for the
24633 step value, in which case you can enter any formula or enter
24634 a blank line to take the step value from the stack. With the
24635 @kbd{C-u} prefix, @kbd{a +} can take up to five arguments from
24636 the stack: The formula, the variable, the lower limit, the
24637 upper limit, and (at the top of the stack), the step value.
24638
24639 Calc knows how to do certain sums in closed form. For example,
24640 @samp{sum(6 k^2, k, 1, n) = @w{2 n^3} + 3 n^2 + n}. In particular,
24641 this is possible if the formula being summed is polynomial or
24642 exponential in the index variable. Sums of logarithms are
24643 transformed into logarithms of products. Sums of trigonometric
24644 and hyperbolic functions are transformed to sums of exponentials
24645 and then done in closed form. Also, of course, sums in which the
24646 lower and upper limits are both numbers can always be evaluated
24647 just by grinding them out, although Calc will use closed forms
24648 whenever it can for the sake of efficiency.
24649
24650 The notation for sums in algebraic formulas is
24651 @samp{sum(@var{expr}, @var{var}, @var{low}, @var{high}, @var{step})}.
24652 If @var{step} is omitted, it defaults to one. If @var{high} is
24653 omitted, @var{low} is actually the upper limit and the lower limit
24654 is one. If @var{low} is also omitted, the limits are @samp{-inf}
24655 and @samp{inf}, respectively.
24656
24657 Infinite sums can sometimes be evaluated: @samp{sum(.5^k, k, 1, inf)}
24658 returns @cite{1}. This is done by evaluating the sum in closed
24659 form (to @samp{1. - 0.5^n} in this case), then evaluating this
24660 formula with @code{n} set to @code{inf}. Calc's usual rules
24661 for ``infinite'' arithmetic can find the answer from there. If
24662 infinite arithmetic yields a @samp{nan}, or if the sum cannot be
24663 solved in closed form, Calc leaves the @code{sum} function in
24664 symbolic form. @xref{Infinities}.
24665
24666 As a special feature, if the limits are infinite (or omitted, as
24667 described above) but the formula includes vectors subscripted by
24668 expressions that involve the iteration variable, Calc narrows
24669 the limits to include only the range of integers which result in
24670 legal subscripts for the vector. For example, the sum
24671 @samp{sum(k [a,b,c,d,e,f,g]_(2k),k)} evaluates to @samp{b + 2 d + 3 f}.
24672
24673 The limits of a sum do not need to be integers. For example,
24674 @samp{sum(a_k, k, 0, 2 n, n)} produces @samp{a_0 + a_n + a_(2 n)}.
24675 Calc computes the number of iterations using the formula
24676 @samp{1 + (@var{high} - @var{low}) / @var{step}}, which must,
24677 after simplification as if by @kbd{a s}, evaluate to an integer.
24678
24679 If the number of iterations according to the above formula does
24680 not come out to an integer, the sum is illegal and will be left
24681 in symbolic form. However, closed forms are still supplied, and
24682 you are on your honor not to misuse the resulting formulas by
24683 substituting mismatched bounds into them. For example,
24684 @samp{sum(k, k, 1, 10, 2)} is invalid, but Calc will go ahead and
24685 evaluate the closed form solution for the limits 1 and 10 to get
24686 the rather dubious answer, 29.25.
24687
24688 If the lower limit is greater than the upper limit (assuming a
24689 positive step size), the result is generally zero. However,
24690 Calc only guarantees a zero result when the upper limit is
24691 exactly one step less than the lower limit, i.e., if the number
24692 of iterations is @i{-1}. Thus @samp{sum(f(k), k, n, n-1)} is zero
24693 but the sum from @samp{n} to @samp{n-2} may report a nonzero value
24694 if Calc used a closed form solution.
24695
24696 Calc's logical predicates like @cite{a < b} return 1 for ``true''
24697 and 0 for ``false.'' @xref{Logical Operations}. This can be
24698 used to advantage for building conditional sums. For example,
24699 @samp{sum(prime(k)*k^2, k, 1, 20)} is the sum of the squares of all
24700 prime numbers from 1 to 20; the @code{prime} predicate returns 1 if
24701 its argument is prime and 0 otherwise. You can read this expression
24702 as ``the sum of @cite{k^2}, where @cite{k} is prime.'' Indeed,
24703 @samp{sum(prime(k)*k^2, k)} would represent the sum of @emph{all} primes
24704 squared, since the limits default to plus and minus infinity, but
24705 there are no such sums that Calc's built-in rules can do in
24706 closed form.
24707
24708 As another example, @samp{sum((k != k_0) * f(k), k, 1, n)} is the
24709 sum of @cite{f(k)} for all @cite{k} from 1 to @cite{n}, excluding
24710 one value @cite{k_0}. Slightly more tricky is the summand
24711 @samp{(k != k_0) / (k - k_0)}, which is an attempt to describe
24712 the sum of all @cite{1/(k-k_0)} except at @cite{k = k_0}, where
24713 this would be a division by zero. But at @cite{k = k_0}, this
24714 formula works out to the indeterminate form @cite{0 / 0}, which
24715 Calc will not assume is zero. Better would be to use
24716 @samp{(k != k_0) ? 1/(k-k_0) : 0}; the @samp{? :} operator does
24717 an ``if-then-else'' test: This expression says, ``if @c{$k \ne k_0$}
24718 @cite{k != k_0},
24719 then @cite{1/(k-k_0)}, else zero.'' Now the formula @cite{1/(k-k_0)}
24720 will not even be evaluated by Calc when @cite{k = k_0}.
24721
24722 @cindex Alternating sums
24723 @kindex a -
24724 @pindex calc-alt-summation
24725 @tindex asum
24726 The @kbd{a -} (@code{calc-alt-summation}) [@code{asum}] command
24727 computes an alternating sum. Successive terms of the sequence
24728 are given alternating signs, with the first term (corresponding
24729 to the lower index value) being positive. Alternating sums
24730 are converted to normal sums with an extra term of the form
24731 @samp{(-1)^(k-@var{low})}. This formula is adjusted appropriately
24732 if the step value is other than one. For example, the Taylor
24733 series for the sine function is @samp{asum(x^k / k!, k, 1, inf, 2)}.
24734 (Calc cannot evaluate this infinite series, but it can approximate
24735 it if you replace @code{inf} with any particular odd number.)
24736 Calc converts this series to a regular sum with a step of one,
24737 namely @samp{sum((-1)^k x^(2k+1) / (2k+1)!, k, 0, inf)}.
24738
24739 @cindex Product of a sequence
24740 @kindex a *
24741 @pindex calc-product
24742 @tindex prod
24743 The @kbd{a *} (@code{calc-product}) [@code{prod}] command is
24744 the analogous way to take a product of many terms. Calc also knows
24745 some closed forms for products, such as @samp{prod(k, k, 1, n) = n!}.
24746 Conditional products can be written @samp{prod(k^prime(k), k, 1, n)}
24747 or @samp{prod(prime(k) ? k : 1, k, 1, n)}.
24748
24749 @kindex a T
24750 @pindex calc-tabulate
24751 @tindex table
24752 The @kbd{a T} (@code{calc-tabulate}) [@code{table}] command
24753 evaluates a formula at a series of iterated index values, just
24754 like @code{sum} and @code{prod}, but its result is simply a
24755 vector of the results. For example, @samp{table(a_i, i, 1, 7, 2)}
24756 produces @samp{[a_1, a_3, a_5, a_7]}.
24757
24758 @node Logical Operations, Rewrite Rules, Summations, Algebra
24759 @section Logical Operations
24760
24761 @noindent
24762 The following commands and algebraic functions return true/false values,
24763 where 1 represents ``true'' and 0 represents ``false.'' In cases where
24764 a truth value is required (such as for the condition part of a rewrite
24765 rule, or as the condition for a @w{@kbd{Z [ Z ]}} control structure), any
24766 nonzero value is accepted to mean ``true.'' (Specifically, anything
24767 for which @code{dnonzero} returns 1 is ``true,'' and anything for
24768 which @code{dnonzero} returns 0 or cannot decide is assumed ``false.''
24769 Note that this means that @w{@kbd{Z [ Z ]}} will execute the ``then''
24770 portion if its condition is provably true, but it will execute the
24771 ``else'' portion for any condition like @cite{a = b} that is not
24772 provably true, even if it might be true. Algebraic functions that
24773 have conditions as arguments, like @code{? :} and @code{&&}, remain
24774 unevaluated if the condition is neither provably true nor provably
24775 false. @xref{Declarations}.)
24776
24777 @kindex a =
24778 @pindex calc-equal-to
24779 @tindex eq
24780 @tindex =
24781 @tindex ==
24782 The @kbd{a =} (@code{calc-equal-to}) command, or @samp{eq(a,b)} function
24783 (which can also be written @samp{a = b} or @samp{a == b} in an algebraic
24784 formula) is true if @cite{a} and @cite{b} are equal, either because they
24785 are identical expressions, or because they are numbers which are
24786 numerically equal. (Thus the integer 1 is considered equal to the float
24787 1.0.) If the equality of @cite{a} and @cite{b} cannot be determined,
24788 the comparison is left in symbolic form. Note that as a command, this
24789 operation pops two values from the stack and pushes back either a 1 or
24790 a 0, or a formula @samp{a = b} if the values' equality cannot be determined.
24791
24792 Many Calc commands use @samp{=} formulas to represent @dfn{equations}.
24793 For example, the @kbd{a S} (@code{calc-solve-for}) command rearranges
24794 an equation to solve for a given variable. The @kbd{a M}
24795 (@code{calc-map-equation}) command can be used to apply any
24796 function to both sides of an equation; for example, @kbd{2 a M *}
24797 multiplies both sides of the equation by two. Note that just
24798 @kbd{2 *} would not do the same thing; it would produce the formula
24799 @samp{2 (a = b)} which represents 2 if the equality is true or
24800 zero if not.
24801
24802 The @code{eq} function with more than two arguments (e.g., @kbd{C-u 3 a =}
24803 or @samp{a = b = c}) tests if all of its arguments are equal. In
24804 algebraic notation, the @samp{=} operator is unusual in that it is
24805 neither left- nor right-associative: @samp{a = b = c} is not the
24806 same as @samp{(a = b) = c} or @samp{a = (b = c)} (which each compare
24807 one variable with the 1 or 0 that results from comparing two other
24808 variables).
24809
24810 @kindex a #
24811 @pindex calc-not-equal-to
24812 @tindex neq
24813 @tindex !=
24814 The @kbd{a #} (@code{calc-not-equal-to}) command, or @samp{neq(a,b)} or
24815 @samp{a != b} function, is true if @cite{a} and @cite{b} are not equal.
24816 This also works with more than two arguments; @samp{a != b != c != d}
24817 tests that all four of @cite{a}, @cite{b}, @cite{c}, and @cite{d} are
24818 distinct numbers.
24819
24820 @kindex a <
24821 @tindex lt
24822 @c @mindex @idots
24823 @kindex a >
24824 @c @mindex @null
24825 @kindex a [
24826 @c @mindex @null
24827 @kindex a ]
24828 @pindex calc-less-than
24829 @pindex calc-greater-than
24830 @pindex calc-less-equal
24831 @pindex calc-greater-equal
24832 @c @mindex @null
24833 @tindex gt
24834 @c @mindex @null
24835 @tindex leq
24836 @c @mindex @null
24837 @tindex geq
24838 @c @mindex @null
24839 @tindex <
24840 @c @mindex @null
24841 @tindex >
24842 @c @mindex @null
24843 @tindex <=
24844 @c @mindex @null
24845 @tindex >=
24846 The @kbd{a <} (@code{calc-less-than}) [@samp{lt(a,b)} or @samp{a < b}]
24847 operation is true if @cite{a} is less than @cite{b}. Similar functions
24848 are @kbd{a >} (@code{calc-greater-than}) [@samp{gt(a,b)} or @samp{a > b}],
24849 @kbd{a [} (@code{calc-less-equal}) [@samp{leq(a,b)} or @samp{a <= b}], and
24850 @kbd{a ]} (@code{calc-greater-equal}) [@samp{geq(a,b)} or @samp{a >= b}].
24851
24852 While the inequality functions like @code{lt} do not accept more
24853 than two arguments, the syntax @w{@samp{a <= b < c}} is translated to an
24854 equivalent expression involving intervals: @samp{b in [a .. c)}.
24855 (See the description of @code{in} below.) All four combinations
24856 of @samp{<} and @samp{<=} are allowed, or any of the four combinations
24857 of @samp{>} and @samp{>=}. Four-argument constructions like
24858 @samp{a < b < c < d}, and mixtures like @w{@samp{a < b = c}} that
24859 involve both equalities and inequalities, are not allowed.
24860
24861 @kindex a .
24862 @pindex calc-remove-equal
24863 @tindex rmeq
24864 The @kbd{a .} (@code{calc-remove-equal}) [@code{rmeq}] command extracts
24865 the righthand side of the equation or inequality on the top of the
24866 stack. It also works elementwise on vectors. For example, if
24867 @samp{[x = 2.34, y = z / 2]} is on the stack, then @kbd{a .} produces
24868 @samp{[2.34, z / 2]}. As a special case, if the righthand side is a
24869 variable and the lefthand side is a number (as in @samp{2.34 = x}), then
24870 Calc keeps the lefthand side instead. Finally, this command works with
24871 assignments @samp{x := 2.34} as well as equations, always taking the
24872 the righthand side, and for @samp{=>} (evaluates-to) operators, always
24873 taking the lefthand side.
24874
24875 @kindex a &
24876 @pindex calc-logical-and
24877 @tindex land
24878 @tindex &&
24879 The @kbd{a &} (@code{calc-logical-and}) [@samp{land(a,b)} or @samp{a && b}]
24880 function is true if both of its arguments are true, i.e., are
24881 non-zero numbers. In this case, the result will be either @cite{a} or
24882 @cite{b}, chosen arbitrarily. If either argument is zero, the result is
24883 zero. Otherwise, the formula is left in symbolic form.
24884
24885 @kindex a |
24886 @pindex calc-logical-or
24887 @tindex lor
24888 @tindex ||
24889 The @kbd{a |} (@code{calc-logical-or}) [@samp{lor(a,b)} or @samp{a || b}]
24890 function is true if either or both of its arguments are true (nonzero).
24891 The result is whichever argument was nonzero, choosing arbitrarily if both
24892 are nonzero. If both @cite{a} and @cite{b} are zero, the result is
24893 zero.
24894
24895 @kindex a !
24896 @pindex calc-logical-not
24897 @tindex lnot
24898 @tindex !
24899 The @kbd{a !} (@code{calc-logical-not}) [@samp{lnot(a)} or @samp{!@: a}]
24900 function is true if @cite{a} is false (zero), or false if @cite{a} is
24901 true (nonzero). It is left in symbolic form if @cite{a} is not a
24902 number.
24903
24904 @kindex a :
24905 @pindex calc-logical-if
24906 @tindex if
24907 @c @mindex ? :
24908 @tindex ?
24909 @c @mindex @null
24910 @tindex :
24911 @cindex Arguments, not evaluated
24912 The @kbd{a :} (@code{calc-logical-if}) [@samp{if(a,b,c)} or @samp{a ? b :@: c}]
24913 function is equal to either @cite{b} or @cite{c} if @cite{a} is a nonzero
24914 number or zero, respectively. If @cite{a} is not a number, the test is
24915 left in symbolic form and neither @cite{b} nor @cite{c} is evaluated in
24916 any way. In algebraic formulas, this is one of the few Calc functions
24917 whose arguments are not automatically evaluated when the function itself
24918 is evaluated. The others are @code{lambda}, @code{quote}, and
24919 @code{condition}.
24920
24921 One minor surprise to watch out for is that the formula @samp{a?3:4}
24922 will not work because the @samp{3:4} is parsed as a fraction instead of
24923 as three separate symbols. Type something like @samp{a ? 3 : 4} or
24924 @samp{a?(3):4} instead.
24925
24926 As a special case, if @cite{a} evaluates to a vector, then both @cite{b}
24927 and @cite{c} are evaluated; the result is a vector of the same length
24928 as @cite{a} whose elements are chosen from corresponding elements of
24929 @cite{b} and @cite{c} according to whether each element of @cite{a}
24930 is zero or nonzero. Each of @cite{b} and @cite{c} must be either a
24931 vector of the same length as @cite{a}, or a non-vector which is matched
24932 with all elements of @cite{a}.
24933
24934 @kindex a @{
24935 @pindex calc-in-set
24936 @tindex in
24937 The @kbd{a @{} (@code{calc-in-set}) [@samp{in(a,b)}] function is true if
24938 the number @cite{a} is in the set of numbers represented by @cite{b}.
24939 If @cite{b} is an interval form, @cite{a} must be one of the values
24940 encompassed by the interval. If @cite{b} is a vector, @cite{a} must be
24941 equal to one of the elements of the vector. (If any vector elements are
24942 intervals, @cite{a} must be in any of the intervals.) If @cite{b} is a
24943 plain number, @cite{a} must be numerically equal to @cite{b}.
24944 @xref{Set Operations}, for a group of commands that manipulate sets
24945 of this sort.
24946
24947 @c @starindex
24948 @tindex typeof
24949 The @samp{typeof(a)} function produces an integer or variable which
24950 characterizes @cite{a}. If @cite{a} is a number, vector, or variable,
24951 the result will be one of the following numbers:
24952
24953 @example
24954 1 Integer
24955 2 Fraction
24956 3 Floating-point number
24957 4 HMS form
24958 5 Rectangular complex number
24959 6 Polar complex number
24960 7 Error form
24961 8 Interval form
24962 9 Modulo form
24963 10 Date-only form
24964 11 Date/time form
24965 12 Infinity (inf, uinf, or nan)
24966 100 Variable
24967 101 Vector (but not a matrix)
24968 102 Matrix
24969 @end example
24970
24971 Otherwise, @cite{a} is a formula, and the result is a variable which
24972 represents the name of the top-level function call.
24973
24974 @c @starindex
24975 @tindex integer
24976 @c @starindex
24977 @tindex real
24978 @c @starindex
24979 @tindex constant
24980 The @samp{integer(a)} function returns true if @cite{a} is an integer.
24981 The @samp{real(a)} function
24982 is true if @cite{a} is a real number, either integer, fraction, or
24983 float. The @samp{constant(a)} function returns true if @cite{a} is
24984 any of the objects for which @code{typeof} would produce an integer
24985 code result except for variables, and provided that the components of
24986 an object like a vector or error form are themselves constant.
24987 Note that infinities do not satisfy any of these tests, nor do
24988 special constants like @code{pi} and @code{e}.@refill
24989
24990 @xref{Declarations}, for a set of similar functions that recognize
24991 formulas as well as actual numbers. For example, @samp{dint(floor(x))}
24992 is true because @samp{floor(x)} is provably integer-valued, but
24993 @samp{integer(floor(x))} does not because @samp{floor(x)} is not
24994 literally an integer constant.
24995
24996 @c @starindex
24997 @tindex refers
24998 The @samp{refers(a,b)} function is true if the variable (or sub-expression)
24999 @cite{b} appears in @cite{a}, or false otherwise. Unlike the other
25000 tests described here, this function returns a definite ``no'' answer
25001 even if its arguments are still in symbolic form. The only case where
25002 @code{refers} will be left unevaluated is if @cite{a} is a plain
25003 variable (different from @cite{b}).
25004
25005 @c @starindex
25006 @tindex negative
25007 The @samp{negative(a)} function returns true if @cite{a} ``looks'' negative,
25008 because it is a negative number, because it is of the form @cite{-x},
25009 or because it is a product or quotient with a term that looks negative.
25010 This is most useful in rewrite rules. Beware that @samp{negative(a)}
25011 evaluates to 1 or 0 for @emph{any} argument @cite{a}, so it can only
25012 be stored in a formula if the default simplifications are turned off
25013 first with @kbd{m O} (or if it appears in an unevaluated context such
25014 as a rewrite rule condition).
25015
25016 @c @starindex
25017 @tindex variable
25018 The @samp{variable(a)} function is true if @cite{a} is a variable,
25019 or false if not. If @cite{a} is a function call, this test is left
25020 in symbolic form. Built-in variables like @code{pi} and @code{inf}
25021 are considered variables like any others by this test.
25022
25023 @c @starindex
25024 @tindex nonvar
25025 The @samp{nonvar(a)} function is true if @cite{a} is a non-variable.
25026 If its argument is a variable it is left unsimplified; it never
25027 actually returns zero. However, since Calc's condition-testing
25028 commands consider ``false'' anything not provably true, this is
25029 often good enough.
25030
25031 @c @starindex
25032 @tindex lin
25033 @c @starindex
25034 @tindex linnt
25035 @c @starindex
25036 @tindex islin
25037 @c @starindex
25038 @tindex islinnt
25039 @cindex Linearity testing
25040 The functions @code{lin}, @code{linnt}, @code{islin}, and @code{islinnt}
25041 check if an expression is ``linear,'' i.e., can be written in the form
25042 @cite{a + b x} for some constants @cite{a} and @cite{b}, and some
25043 variable or subformula @cite{x}. The function @samp{islin(f,x)} checks
25044 if formula @cite{f} is linear in @cite{x}, returning 1 if so. For
25045 example, @samp{islin(x,x)}, @samp{islin(-x,x)}, @samp{islin(3,x)}, and
25046 @samp{islin(x y / 3 - 2, x)} all return 1. The @samp{lin(f,x)} function
25047 is similar, except that instead of returning 1 it returns the vector
25048 @cite{[a, b, x]}. For the above examples, this vector would be
25049 @cite{[0, 1, x]}, @cite{[0, -1, x]}, @cite{[3, 0, x]}, and
25050 @cite{[-2, y/3, x]}, respectively. Both @code{lin} and @code{islin}
25051 generally remain unevaluated for expressions which are not linear,
25052 e.g., @samp{lin(2 x^2, x)} and @samp{lin(sin(x), x)}. The second
25053 argument can also be a formula; @samp{islin(2 + 3 sin(x), sin(x))}
25054 returns true.
25055
25056 The @code{linnt} and @code{islinnt} functions perform a similar check,
25057 but require a ``non-trivial'' linear form, which means that the
25058 @cite{b} coefficient must be non-zero. For example, @samp{lin(2,x)}
25059 returns @cite{[2, 0, x]} and @samp{lin(y,x)} returns @cite{[y, 0, x]},
25060 but @samp{linnt(2,x)} and @samp{linnt(y,x)} are left unevaluated
25061 (in other words, these formulas are considered to be only ``trivially''
25062 linear in @cite{x}).
25063
25064 All four linearity-testing functions allow you to omit the second
25065 argument, in which case the input may be linear in any non-constant
25066 formula. Here, the @cite{a=0}, @cite{b=1} case is also considered
25067 trivial, and only constant values for @cite{a} and @cite{b} are
25068 recognized. Thus, @samp{lin(2 x y)} returns @cite{[0, 2, x y]},
25069 @samp{lin(2 - x y)} returns @cite{[2, -1, x y]}, and @samp{lin(x y)}
25070 returns @cite{[0, 1, x y]}. The @code{linnt} function would allow the
25071 first two cases but not the third. Also, neither @code{lin} nor
25072 @code{linnt} accept plain constants as linear in the one-argument
25073 case: @samp{islin(2,x)} is true, but @samp{islin(2)} is false.
25074
25075 @c @starindex
25076 @tindex istrue
25077 The @samp{istrue(a)} function returns 1 if @cite{a} is a nonzero
25078 number or provably nonzero formula, or 0 if @cite{a} is anything else.
25079 Calls to @code{istrue} can only be manipulated if @kbd{m O} mode is
25080 used to make sure they are not evaluated prematurely. (Note that
25081 declarations are used when deciding whether a formula is true;
25082 @code{istrue} returns 1 when @code{dnonzero} would return 1, and
25083 it returns 0 when @code{dnonzero} would return 0 or leave itself
25084 in symbolic form.)
25085
25086 @node Rewrite Rules, , Logical Operations, Algebra
25087 @section Rewrite Rules
25088
25089 @noindent
25090 @cindex Rewrite rules
25091 @cindex Transformations
25092 @cindex Pattern matching
25093 @kindex a r
25094 @pindex calc-rewrite
25095 @tindex rewrite
25096 The @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite}) [@code{rewrite}] command makes
25097 substitutions in a formula according to a specified pattern or patterns
25098 known as @dfn{rewrite rules}. Whereas @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute})
25099 matches literally, so that substituting @samp{sin(x)} with @samp{cos(x)}
25100 matches only the @code{sin} function applied to the variable @code{x},
25101 rewrite rules match general kinds of formulas; rewriting using the rule
25102 @samp{sin(x) := cos(x)} matches @code{sin} of any argument and replaces
25103 it with @code{cos} of that same argument. The only significance of the
25104 name @code{x} is that the same name is used on both sides of the rule.
25105
25106 Rewrite rules rearrange formulas already in Calc's memory.
25107 @xref{Syntax Tables}, to read about @dfn{syntax rules}, which are
25108 similar to algebraic rewrite rules but operate when new algebraic
25109 entries are being parsed, converting strings of characters into
25110 Calc formulas.
25111
25112 @menu
25113 * Entering Rewrite Rules::
25114 * Basic Rewrite Rules::
25115 * Conditional Rewrite Rules::
25116 * Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules::
25117 * Other Features of Rewrite Rules::
25118 * Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules::
25119 * Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules::
25120 * Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules::
25121 * Selections with Rewrite Rules::
25122 * Matching Commands::
25123 * Automatic Rewrites::
25124 * Debugging Rewrites::
25125 * Examples of Rewrite Rules::
25126 @end menu
25127
25128 @node Entering Rewrite Rules, Basic Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25129 @subsection Entering Rewrite Rules
25130
25131 @noindent
25132 Rewrite rules normally use the ``assignment'' operator
25133 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new}}.
25134 This operator is equivalent to the function call @samp{assign(old, new)}.
25135 The @code{assign} function is undefined by itself in Calc, so an
25136 assignment formula such as a rewrite rule will be left alone by ordinary
25137 Calc commands. But certain commands, like the rewrite system, interpret
25138 assignments in special ways.@refill
25139
25140 For example, the rule @samp{sin(x)^2 := 1-cos(x)^2} says to replace
25141 every occurrence of the sine of something, squared, with one minus the
25142 square of the cosine of that same thing. All by itself as a formula
25143 on the stack it does nothing, but when given to the @kbd{a r} command
25144 it turns that command into a sine-squared-to-cosine-squared converter.
25145
25146 To specify a set of rules to be applied all at once, make a vector of
25147 rules.
25148
25149 When @kbd{a r} prompts you to enter the rewrite rules, you can answer
25150 in several ways:
25151
25152 @enumerate
25153 @item
25154 With a rule: @kbd{f(x) := g(x) RET}.
25155 @item
25156 With a vector of rules: @kbd{[f1(x) := g1(x), f2(x) := g2(x)] RET}.
25157 (You can omit the enclosing square brackets if you wish.)
25158 @item
25159 With the name of a variable that contains the rule or rules vector:
25160 @kbd{myrules RET}.
25161 @item
25162 With any formula except a rule, a vector, or a variable name; this
25163 will be interpreted as the @var{old} half of a rewrite rule,
25164 and you will be prompted a second time for the @var{new} half:
25165 @kbd{f(x) @key{RET} g(x) @key{RET}}.
25166 @item
25167 With a blank line, in which case the rule, rules vector, or variable
25168 will be taken from the top of the stack (and the formula to be
25169 rewritten will come from the second-to-top position).
25170 @end enumerate
25171
25172 If you enter the rules directly (as opposed to using rules stored
25173 in a variable), those rules will be put into the Trail so that you
25174 can retrieve them later. @xref{Trail Commands}.
25175
25176 It is most convenient to store rules you use often in a variable and
25177 invoke them by giving the variable name. The @kbd{s e}
25178 (@code{calc-edit-variable}) command is an easy way to create or edit a
25179 rule set stored in a variable. You may also wish to use @kbd{s p}
25180 (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) to save your rules permanently;
25181 @pxref{Operations on Variables}.@refill
25182
25183 Rewrite rules are compiled into a special internal form for faster
25184 matching. If you enter a rule set directly it must be recompiled
25185 every time. If you store the rules in a variable and refer to them
25186 through that variable, they will be compiled once and saved away
25187 along with the variable for later reference. This is another good
25188 reason to store your rules in a variable.
25189
25190 Calc also accepts an obsolete notation for rules, as vectors
25191 @samp{[@var{old}, @var{new}]}. But because it is easily confused with a
25192 vector of two rules, the use of this notation is no longer recommended.
25193
25194 @node Basic Rewrite Rules, Conditional Rewrite Rules, Entering Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25195 @subsection Basic Rewrite Rules
25196
25197 @noindent
25198 To match a particular formula @cite{x} with a particular rewrite rule
25199 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new}}, Calc compares the structure of @cite{x} with
25200 the structure of @var{old}. Variables that appear in @var{old} are
25201 treated as @dfn{meta-variables}; the corresponding positions in @cite{x}
25202 may contain any sub-formulas. For example, the pattern @samp{f(x,y)}
25203 would match the expression @samp{f(12, a+1)} with the meta-variable
25204 @samp{x} corresponding to 12 and with @samp{y} corresponding to
25205 @samp{a+1}. However, this pattern would not match @samp{f(12)} or
25206 @samp{g(12, a+1)}, since there is no assignment of the meta-variables
25207 that will make the pattern match these expressions. Notice that if
25208 the pattern is a single meta-variable, it will match any expression.
25209
25210 If a given meta-variable appears more than once in @var{old}, the
25211 corresponding sub-formulas of @cite{x} must be identical. Thus
25212 the pattern @samp{f(x,x)} would match @samp{f(12, 12)} and
25213 @samp{f(a+1, a+1)} but not @samp{f(12, a+1)} or @samp{f(a+b, b+a)}.
25214 (@xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}, for a way to match the latter.)
25215
25216 Things other than variables must match exactly between the pattern
25217 and the target formula. To match a particular variable exactly, use
25218 the pseudo-function @samp{quote(v)} in the pattern. For example, the
25219 pattern @samp{x+quote(y)} matches @samp{x+y}, @samp{2+y}, or
25220 @samp{sin(a)+y}.
25221
25222 The special variable names @samp{e}, @samp{pi}, @samp{i}, @samp{phi},
25223 @samp{gamma}, @samp{inf}, @samp{uinf}, and @samp{nan} always match
25224 literally. Thus the pattern @samp{sin(d + e + f)} acts exactly like
25225 @samp{sin(d + quote(e) + f)}.
25226
25227 If the @var{old} pattern is found to match a given formula, that
25228 formula is replaced by @var{new}, where any occurrences in @var{new}
25229 of meta-variables from the pattern are replaced with the sub-formulas
25230 that they matched. Thus, applying the rule @samp{f(x,y) := g(y+x,x)}
25231 to @samp{f(12, a+1)} would produce @samp{g(a+13, 12)}.
25232
25233 The normal @kbd{a r} command applies rewrite rules over and over
25234 throughout the target formula until no further changes are possible
25235 (up to a limit of 100 times). Use @kbd{C-u 1 a r} to make only one
25236 change at a time.
25237
25238 @node Conditional Rewrite Rules, Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Basic Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25239 @subsection Conditional Rewrite Rules
25240
25241 @noindent
25242 A rewrite rule can also be @dfn{conditional}, written in the form
25243 @samp{@var{old} := @var{new} :: @var{cond}}. (There is also the obsolete
25244 form @samp{[@var{old}, @var{new}, @var{cond}]}.) If a @var{cond} part
25245 is present in the
25246 rule, this is an additional condition that must be satisfied before
25247 the rule is accepted. Once @var{old} has been successfully matched
25248 to the target expression, @var{cond} is evaluated (with all the
25249 meta-variables substituted for the values they matched) and simplified
25250 with @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}). If the result is a nonzero
25251 number or any other object known to be nonzero (@pxref{Declarations}),
25252 the rule is accepted. If the result is zero or if it is a symbolic
25253 formula that is not known to be nonzero, the rule is rejected.
25254 @xref{Logical Operations}, for a number of functions that return
25255 1 or 0 according to the results of various tests.@refill
25256
25257 For example, the formula @samp{n > 0} simplifies to 1 or 0 if @cite{n}
25258 is replaced by a positive or nonpositive number, respectively (or if
25259 @cite{n} has been declared to be positive or nonpositive). Thus,
25260 the rule @samp{f(x,y) := g(y+x,x) :: x+y > 0} would apply to
25261 @samp{f(0, 4)} but not to @samp{f(-3, 2)} or @samp{f(12, a+1)}
25262 (assuming no outstanding declarations for @cite{a}). In the case of
25263 @samp{f(-3, 2)}, the condition can be shown not to be satisfied; in
25264 the case of @samp{f(12, a+1)}, the condition merely cannot be shown
25265 to be satisfied, but that is enough to reject the rule.
25266
25267 While Calc will use declarations to reason about variables in the
25268 formula being rewritten, declarations do not apply to meta-variables.
25269 For example, the rule @samp{f(a) := g(a+1)} will match for any values
25270 of @samp{a}, such as complex numbers, vectors, or formulas, even if
25271 @samp{a} has been declared to be real or scalar. If you want the
25272 meta-variable @samp{a} to match only literal real numbers, use
25273 @samp{f(a) := g(a+1) :: real(a)}. If you want @samp{a} to match only
25274 reals and formulas which are provably real, use @samp{dreal(a)} as
25275 the condition.
25276
25277 The @samp{::} operator is a shorthand for the @code{condition}
25278 function; @samp{@var{old} := @var{new} :: @var{cond}} is equivalent to
25279 the formula @samp{condition(assign(@var{old}, @var{new}), @var{cond})}.
25280
25281 If you have several conditions, you can use @samp{... :: c1 :: c2 :: c3}
25282 or @samp{... :: c1 && c2 && c3}. The two are entirely equivalent.
25283
25284 It is also possible to embed conditions inside the pattern:
25285 @samp{f(x :: x>0, y) := g(y+x, x)}. This is purely a notational
25286 convenience, though; where a condition appears in a rule has no
25287 effect on when it is tested. The rewrite-rule compiler automatically
25288 decides when it is best to test each condition while a rule is being
25289 matched.
25290
25291 Certain conditions are handled as special cases by the rewrite rule
25292 system and are tested very efficiently: Where @cite{x} is any
25293 meta-variable, these conditions are @samp{integer(x)}, @samp{real(x)},
25294 @samp{constant(x)}, @samp{negative(x)}, @samp{x >= y} where @cite{y}
25295 is either a constant or another meta-variable and @samp{>=} may be
25296 replaced by any of the six relational operators, and @samp{x % a = b}
25297 where @cite{a} and @cite{b} are constants. Other conditions, like
25298 @samp{x >= y+1} or @samp{dreal(x)}, will be less efficient to check
25299 since Calc must bring the whole evaluator and simplifier into play.
25300
25301 An interesting property of @samp{::} is that neither of its arguments
25302 will be touched by Calc's default simplifications. This is important
25303 because conditions often are expressions that cannot safely be
25304 evaluated early. For example, the @code{typeof} function never
25305 remains in symbolic form; entering @samp{typeof(a)} will put the
25306 number 100 (the type code for variables like @samp{a}) on the stack.
25307 But putting the condition @samp{... :: typeof(a) = 6} on the stack
25308 is safe since @samp{::} prevents the @code{typeof} from being
25309 evaluated until the condition is actually used by the rewrite system.
25310
25311 Since @samp{::} protects its lefthand side, too, you can use a dummy
25312 condition to protect a rule that must itself not evaluate early.
25313 For example, it's not safe to put @samp{a(f,x) := apply(f, [x])} on
25314 the stack because it will immediately evaluate to @samp{a(f,x) := f(x)},
25315 where the meta-variable-ness of @code{f} on the righthand side has been
25316 lost. But @samp{a(f,x) := apply(f, [x]) :: 1} is safe, and of course
25317 the condition @samp{1} is always true (nonzero) so it has no effect on
25318 the functioning of the rule. (The rewrite compiler will ensure that
25319 it doesn't even impact the speed of matching the rule.)
25320
25321 @node Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Conditional Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25322 @subsection Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules
25323
25324 @noindent
25325 The rewrite mechanism understands the algebraic properties of functions
25326 like @samp{+} and @samp{*}. In particular, pattern matching takes
25327 the associativity and commutativity of the following functions into
25328 account:
25329
25330 @smallexample
25331 + - * = != && || and or xor vint vunion vxor gcd lcm max min beta
25332 @end smallexample
25333
25334 For example, the rewrite rule:
25335
25336 @example
25337 a x + b x := (a + b) x
25338 @end example
25339
25340 @noindent
25341 will match formulas of the form,
25342
25343 @example
25344 a x + b x, x a + x b, a x + x b, x a + b x
25345 @end example
25346
25347 Rewrites also understand the relationship between the @samp{+} and @samp{-}
25348 operators. The above rewrite rule will also match the formulas,
25349
25350 @example
25351 a x - b x, x a - x b, a x - x b, x a - b x
25352 @end example
25353
25354 @noindent
25355 by matching @samp{b} in the pattern to @samp{-b} from the formula.
25356
25357 Applied to a sum of many terms like @samp{r + a x + s + b x + t}, this
25358 pattern will check all pairs of terms for possible matches. The rewrite
25359 will take whichever suitable pair it discovers first.
25360
25361 In general, a pattern using an associative operator like @samp{a + b}
25362 will try @i{2 n} different ways to match a sum of @i{n} terms
25363 like @samp{x + y + z - w}. First, @samp{a} is matched against each
25364 of @samp{x}, @samp{y}, @samp{z}, and @samp{-w} in turn, with @samp{b}
25365 being matched to the remainders @samp{y + z - w}, @samp{x + z - w}, etc.
25366 If none of these succeed, then @samp{b} is matched against each of the
25367 four terms with @samp{a} matching the remainder. Half-and-half matches,
25368 like @samp{(x + y) + (z - w)}, are not tried.
25369
25370 Note that @samp{*} is not commutative when applied to matrices, but
25371 rewrite rules pretend that it is. If you type @kbd{m v} to enable
25372 matrix mode (@pxref{Matrix Mode}), rewrite rules will match @samp{*}
25373 literally, ignoring its usual commutativity property. (In the
25374 current implementation, the associativity also vanishes---it is as
25375 if the pattern had been enclosed in a @code{plain} marker; see below.)
25376 If you are applying rewrites to formulas with matrices, it's best to
25377 enable matrix mode first to prevent algebraically incorrect rewrites
25378 from occurring.
25379
25380 The pattern @samp{-x} will actually match any expression. For example,
25381 the rule
25382
25383 @example
25384 f(-x) := -f(x)
25385 @end example
25386
25387 @noindent
25388 will rewrite @samp{f(a)} to @samp{-f(-a)}. To avoid this, either use
25389 a @code{plain} marker as described below, or add a @samp{negative(x)}
25390 condition. The @code{negative} function is true if its argument
25391 ``looks'' negative, for example, because it is a negative number or
25392 because it is a formula like @samp{-x}. The new rule using this
25393 condition is:
25394
25395 @example
25396 f(x) := -f(-x) :: negative(x) @r{or, equivalently,}
25397 f(-x) := -f(x) :: negative(-x)
25398 @end example
25399
25400 In the same way, the pattern @samp{x - y} will match the sum @samp{a + b}
25401 by matching @samp{y} to @samp{-b}.
25402
25403 The pattern @samp{a b} will also match the formula @samp{x/y} if
25404 @samp{y} is a number. Thus the rule @samp{a x + @w{b x} := (a+b) x}
25405 will also convert @samp{a x + x / 2} to @samp{(a + 0.5) x} (or
25406 @samp{(a + 1:2) x}, depending on the current fraction mode).
25407
25408 Calc will @emph{not} take other liberties with @samp{*}, @samp{/}, and
25409 @samp{^}. For example, the pattern @samp{f(a b)} will not match
25410 @samp{f(x^2)}, and @samp{f(a + b)} will not match @samp{f(2 x)}, even
25411 though conceivably these patterns could match with @samp{a = b = x}.
25412 Nor will @samp{f(a b)} match @samp{f(x / y)} if @samp{y} is not a
25413 constant, even though it could be considered to match with @samp{a = x}
25414 and @samp{b = 1/y}. The reasons are partly for efficiency, and partly
25415 because while few mathematical operations are substantively different
25416 for addition and subtraction, often it is preferable to treat the cases
25417 of multiplication, division, and integer powers separately.
25418
25419 Even more subtle is the rule set
25420
25421 @example
25422 [ f(a) + f(b) := f(a + b), -f(a) := f(-a) ]
25423 @end example
25424
25425 @noindent
25426 attempting to match @samp{f(x) - f(y)}. You might think that Calc
25427 will view this subtraction as @samp{f(x) + (-f(y))} and then apply
25428 the above two rules in turn, but actually this will not work because
25429 Calc only does this when considering rules for @samp{+} (like the
25430 first rule in this set). So it will see first that @samp{f(x) + (-f(y))}
25431 does not match @samp{f(a) + f(b)} for any assignments of the
25432 meta-variables, and then it will see that @samp{f(x) - f(y)} does
25433 not match @samp{-f(a)} for any assignment of @samp{a}. Because Calc
25434 tries only one rule at a time, it will not be able to rewrite
25435 @samp{f(x) - f(y)} with this rule set. An explicit @samp{f(a) - f(b)}
25436 rule will have to be added.
25437
25438 Another thing patterns will @emph{not} do is break up complex numbers.
25439 The pattern @samp{myconj(a + @w{b i)} := a - b i} will work for formulas
25440 involving the special constant @samp{i} (such as @samp{3 - 4 i}), but
25441 it will not match actual complex numbers like @samp{(3, -4)}. A version
25442 of the above rule for complex numbers would be
25443
25444 @example
25445 myconj(a) := re(a) - im(a) (0,1) :: im(a) != 0
25446 @end example
25447
25448 @noindent
25449 (Because the @code{re} and @code{im} functions understand the properties
25450 of the special constant @samp{i}, this rule will also work for
25451 @samp{3 - 4 i}. In fact, this particular rule would probably be better
25452 without the @samp{im(a) != 0} condition, since if @samp{im(a) = 0} the
25453 righthand side of the rule will still give the correct answer for the
25454 conjugate of a real number.)
25455
25456 It is also possible to specify optional arguments in patterns. The rule
25457
25458 @example
25459 opt(a) x + opt(b) (x^opt(c) + opt(d)) := f(a, b, c, d)
25460 @end example
25461
25462 @noindent
25463 will match the formula
25464
25465 @example
25466 5 (x^2 - 4) + 3 x
25467 @end example
25468
25469 @noindent
25470 in a fairly straightforward manner, but it will also match reduced
25471 formulas like
25472
25473 @example
25474 x + x^2, 2(x + 1) - x, x + x
25475 @end example
25476
25477 @noindent
25478 producing, respectively,
25479
25480 @example
25481 f(1, 1, 2, 0), f(-1, 2, 1, 1), f(1, 1, 1, 0)
25482 @end example
25483
25484 (The latter two formulas can be entered only if default simplifications
25485 have been turned off with @kbd{m O}.)
25486
25487 The default value for a term of a sum is zero. The default value
25488 for a part of a product, for a power, or for the denominator of a
25489 quotient, is one. Also, @samp{-x} matches the pattern @samp{opt(a) b}
25490 with @samp{a = -1}.
25491
25492 In particular, the distributive-law rule can be refined to
25493
25494 @example
25495 opt(a) x + opt(b) x := (a + b) x
25496 @end example
25497
25498 @noindent
25499 so that it will convert, e.g., @samp{a x - x}, to @samp{(a - 1) x}.
25500
25501 The pattern @samp{opt(a) + opt(b) x} matches almost any formulas which
25502 are linear in @samp{x}. You can also use the @code{lin} and @code{islin}
25503 functions with rewrite conditions to test for this; @pxref{Logical
25504 Operations}. These functions are not as convenient to use in rewrite
25505 rules, but they recognize more kinds of formulas as linear:
25506 @samp{x/z} is considered linear with @cite{b = 1/z} by @code{lin},
25507 but it will not match the above pattern because that pattern calls
25508 for a multiplication, not a division.
25509
25510 As another example, the obvious rule to replace @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2}
25511 by 1,
25512
25513 @example
25514 sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2 := 1
25515 @end example
25516
25517 @noindent
25518 misses many cases because the sine and cosine may both be multiplied by
25519 an equal factor. Here's a more successful rule:
25520
25521 @example
25522 opt(a) sin(x)^2 + opt(a) cos(x)^2 := a
25523 @end example
25524
25525 Note that this rule will @emph{not} match @samp{sin(x)^2 + 6 cos(x)^2}
25526 because one @cite{a} would have ``matched'' 1 while the other matched 6.
25527
25528 Calc automatically converts a rule like
25529
25530 @example
25531 f(x-1, x) := g(x)
25532 @end example
25533
25534 @noindent
25535 into the form
25536
25537 @example
25538 f(temp, x) := g(x) :: temp = x-1
25539 @end example
25540
25541 @noindent
25542 (where @code{temp} stands for a new, invented meta-variable that
25543 doesn't actually have a name). This modified rule will successfully
25544 match @samp{f(6, 7)}, binding @samp{temp} and @samp{x} to 6 and 7,
25545 respectively, then verifying that they differ by one even though
25546 @samp{6} does not superficially look like @samp{x-1}.
25547
25548 However, Calc does not solve equations to interpret a rule. The
25549 following rule,
25550
25551 @example
25552 f(x-1, x+1) := g(x)
25553 @end example
25554
25555 @noindent
25556 will not work. That is, it will match @samp{f(a - 1 + b, a + 1 + b)}
25557 but not @samp{f(6, 8)}. Calc always interprets at least one occurrence
25558 of a variable by literal matching. If the variable appears ``isolated''
25559 then Calc is smart enough to use it for literal matching. But in this
25560 last example, Calc is forced to rewrite the rule to @samp{f(x-1, temp)
25561 := g(x) :: temp = x+1} where the @samp{x-1} term must correspond to an
25562 actual ``something-minus-one'' in the target formula.
25563
25564 A successful way to write this would be @samp{f(x, x+2) := g(x+1)}.
25565 You could make this resemble the original form more closely by using
25566 @code{let} notation, which is described in the next section:
25567
25568 @example
25569 f(xm1, x+1) := g(x) :: let(x := xm1+1)
25570 @end example
25571
25572 Calc does this rewriting or ``conditionalizing'' for any sub-pattern
25573 which involves only the functions in the following list, operating
25574 only on constants and meta-variables which have already been matched
25575 elsewhere in the pattern. When matching a function call, Calc is
25576 careful to match arguments which are plain variables before arguments
25577 which are calls to any of the functions below, so that a pattern like
25578 @samp{f(x-1, x)} can be conditionalized even though the isolated
25579 @samp{x} comes after the @samp{x-1}.
25580
25581 @smallexample
25582 + - * / \ % ^ abs sign round rounde roundu trunc floor ceil
25583 max min re im conj arg
25584 @end smallexample
25585
25586 You can suppress all of the special treatments described in this
25587 section by surrounding a function call with a @code{plain} marker.
25588 This marker causes the function call which is its argument to be
25589 matched literally, without regard to commutativity, associativity,
25590 negation, or conditionalization. When you use @code{plain}, the
25591 ``deep structure'' of the formula being matched can show through.
25592 For example,
25593
25594 @example
25595 plain(a - a b) := f(a, b)
25596 @end example
25597
25598 @noindent
25599 will match only literal subtractions. However, the @code{plain}
25600 marker does not affect its arguments' arguments. In this case,
25601 commutativity and associativity is still considered while matching
25602 the @w{@samp{a b}} sub-pattern, so the whole pattern will match
25603 @samp{x - y x} as well as @samp{x - x y}. We could go still
25604 further and use
25605
25606 @example
25607 plain(a - plain(a b)) := f(a, b)
25608 @end example
25609
25610 @noindent
25611 which would do a completely strict match for the pattern.
25612
25613 By contrast, the @code{quote} marker means that not only the
25614 function name but also the arguments must be literally the same.
25615 The above pattern will match @samp{x - x y} but
25616
25617 @example
25618 quote(a - a b) := f(a, b)
25619 @end example
25620
25621 @noindent
25622 will match only the single formula @samp{a - a b}. Also,
25623
25624 @example
25625 quote(a - quote(a b)) := f(a, b)
25626 @end example
25627
25628 @noindent
25629 will match only @samp{a - quote(a b)}---probably not the desired
25630 effect!
25631
25632 A certain amount of algebra is also done when substituting the
25633 meta-variables on the righthand side of a rule. For example,
25634 in the rule
25635
25636 @example
25637 a + f(b) := f(a + b)
25638 @end example
25639
25640 @noindent
25641 matching @samp{f(x) - y} would produce @samp{f((-y) + x)} if
25642 taken literally, but the rewrite mechanism will simplify the
25643 righthand side to @samp{f(x - y)} automatically. (Of course,
25644 the default simplifications would do this anyway, so this
25645 special simplification is only noticeable if you have turned the
25646 default simplifications off.) This rewriting is done only when
25647 a meta-variable expands to a ``negative-looking'' expression.
25648 If this simplification is not desirable, you can use a @code{plain}
25649 marker on the righthand side:
25650
25651 @example
25652 a + f(b) := f(plain(a + b))
25653 @end example
25654
25655 @noindent
25656 In this example, we are still allowing the pattern-matcher to
25657 use all the algebra it can muster, but the righthand side will
25658 always simplify to a literal addition like @samp{f((-y) + x)}.
25659
25660 @node Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Algebraic Properties of Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
25661 @subsection Other Features of Rewrite Rules
25662
25663 @noindent
25664 Certain ``function names'' serve as markers in rewrite rules.
25665 Here is a complete list of these markers. First are listed the
25666 markers that work inside a pattern; then come the markers that
25667 work in the righthand side of a rule.
25668
25669 @c @starindex
25670 @tindex import
25671 One kind of marker, @samp{import(x)}, takes the place of a whole
25672 rule. Here @cite{x} is the name of a variable containing another
25673 rule set; those rules are ``spliced into'' the rule set that
25674 imports them. For example, if @samp{[f(a+b) := f(a) + f(b),
25675 f(a b) := a f(b) :: real(a)]} is stored in variable @samp{linearF},
25676 then the rule set @samp{[f(0) := 0, import(linearF)]} will apply
25677 all three rules. It is possible to modify the imported rules
25678 slightly: @samp{import(x, v1, x1, v2, x2, @dots{})} imports
25679 the rule set @cite{x} with all occurrences of @c{$v_1$}
25680 @cite{v1}, as either
25681 a variable name or a function name, replaced with @c{$x_1$}
25682 @cite{x1} and
25683 so on. (If @c{$v_1$}
25684 @cite{v1} is used as a function name, then @c{$x_1$}
25685 @cite{x1}
25686 must be either a function name itself or a @w{@samp{< >}} nameless
25687 function; @pxref{Specifying Operators}.) For example, @samp{[g(0) := 0,
25688 import(linearF, f, g)]} applies the linearity rules to the function
25689 @samp{g} instead of @samp{f}. Imports can be nested, but the
25690 import-with-renaming feature may fail to rename sub-imports properly.
25691
25692 The special functions allowed in patterns are:
25693
25694 @table @samp
25695 @item quote(x)
25696 @c @starindex
25697 @tindex quote
25698 This pattern matches exactly @cite{x}; variable names in @cite{x} are
25699 not interpreted as meta-variables. The only flexibility is that
25700 numbers are compared for numeric equality, so that the pattern
25701 @samp{f(quote(12))} will match both @samp{f(12)} and @samp{f(12.0)}.
25702 (Numbers are always treated this way by the rewrite mechanism:
25703 The rule @samp{f(x,x) := g(x)} will match @samp{f(12, 12.0)}.
25704 The rewrite may produce either @samp{g(12)} or @samp{g(12.0)}
25705 as a result in this case.)
25706
25707 @item plain(x)
25708 @c @starindex
25709 @tindex plain
25710 Here @cite{x} must be a function call @samp{f(x1,x2,@dots{})}. This
25711 pattern matches a call to function @cite{f} with the specified
25712 argument patterns. No special knowledge of the properties of the
25713 function @cite{f} is used in this case; @samp{+} is not commutative or
25714 associative. Unlike @code{quote}, the arguments @samp{x1,x2,@dots{}}
25715 are treated as patterns. If you wish them to be treated ``plainly''
25716 as well, you must enclose them with more @code{plain} markers:
25717 @samp{plain(plain(@w{-a}) + plain(b c))}.
25718
25719 @item opt(x,def)
25720 @c @starindex
25721 @tindex opt
25722 Here @cite{x} must be a variable name. This must appear as an
25723 argument to a function or an element of a vector; it specifies that
25724 the argument or element is optional.
25725 As an argument to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{&&}, or @samp{||},
25726 or as the second argument to @samp{/} or @samp{^}, the value @var{def}
25727 may be omitted. The pattern @samp{x + opt(y)} matches a sum by
25728 binding one summand to @cite{x} and the other to @cite{y}, and it
25729 matches anything else by binding the whole expression to @cite{x} and
25730 zero to @cite{y}. The other operators above work similarly.@refill
25731
25732 For general miscellanous functions, the default value @code{def}
25733 must be specified. Optional arguments are dropped starting with
25734 the rightmost one during matching. For example, the pattern
25735 @samp{f(opt(a,0), b, opt(c,b))} will match @samp{f(b)}, @samp{f(a,b)},
25736 or @samp{f(a,b,c)}. Default values of zero and @cite{b} are
25737 supplied in this example for the omitted arguments. Note that
25738 the literal variable @cite{b} will be the default in the latter
25739 case, @emph{not} the value that matched the meta-variable @cite{b}.
25740 In other words, the default @var{def} is effectively quoted.
25741
25742 @item condition(x,c)
25743 @c @starindex
25744 @tindex condition
25745 @tindex ::
25746 This matches the pattern @cite{x}, with the attached condition
25747 @cite{c}. It is the same as @samp{x :: c}.
25748
25749 @item pand(x,y)
25750 @c @starindex
25751 @tindex pand
25752 @tindex &&&
25753 This matches anything that matches both pattern @cite{x} and
25754 pattern @cite{y}. It is the same as @samp{x &&& y}.
25755 @pxref{Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules}.
25756
25757 @item por(x,y)
25758 @c @starindex
25759 @tindex por
25760 @tindex |||
25761 This matches anything that matches either pattern @cite{x} or
25762 pattern @cite{y}. It is the same as @w{@samp{x ||| y}}.
25763
25764 @item pnot(x)
25765 @c @starindex
25766 @tindex pnot
25767 @tindex !!!
25768 This matches anything that does not match pattern @cite{x}.
25769 It is the same as @samp{!!! x}.
25770
25771 @item cons(h,t)
25772 @c @mindex cons
25773 @tindex cons (rewrites)
25774 This matches any vector of one or more elements. The first
25775 element is matched to @cite{h}; a vector of the remaining
25776 elements is matched to @cite{t}. Note that vectors of fixed
25777 length can also be matched as actual vectors: The rule
25778 @samp{cons(a,cons(b,[])) := cons(a+b,[])} is equivalent
25779 to the rule @samp{[a,b] := [a+b]}.
25780
25781 @item rcons(t,h)
25782 @c @mindex rcons
25783 @tindex rcons (rewrites)
25784 This is like @code{cons}, except that the @emph{last} element
25785 is matched to @cite{h}, with the remaining elements matched
25786 to @cite{t}.
25787
25788 @item apply(f,args)
25789 @c @mindex apply
25790 @tindex apply (rewrites)
25791 This matches any function call. The name of the function, in
25792 the form of a variable, is matched to @cite{f}. The arguments
25793 of the function, as a vector of zero or more objects, are
25794 matched to @samp{args}. Constants, variables, and vectors
25795 do @emph{not} match an @code{apply} pattern. For example,
25796 @samp{apply(f,x)} matches any function call, @samp{apply(quote(f),x)}
25797 matches any call to the function @samp{f}, @samp{apply(f,[a,b])}
25798 matches any function call with exactly two arguments, and
25799 @samp{apply(quote(f), cons(a,cons(b,x)))} matches any call
25800 to the function @samp{f} with two or more arguments. Another
25801 way to implement the latter, if the rest of the rule does not
25802 need to refer to the first two arguments of @samp{f} by name,
25803 would be @samp{apply(quote(f), x :: vlen(x) >= 2)}.
25804 Here's a more interesting sample use of @code{apply}:
25805
25806 @example
25807 apply(f,[x+n]) := n + apply(f,[x])
25808 :: in(f, [floor,ceil,round,trunc]) :: integer(n)
25809 @end example
25810
25811 Note, however, that this will be slower to match than a rule
25812 set with four separate rules. The reason is that Calc sorts
25813 the rules of a rule set according to top-level function name;
25814 if the top-level function is @code{apply}, Calc must try the
25815 rule for every single formula and sub-formula. If the top-level
25816 function in the pattern is, say, @code{floor}, then Calc invokes
25817 the rule only for sub-formulas which are calls to @code{floor}.
25818
25819 Formulas normally written with operators like @code{+} are still
25820 considered function calls: @code{apply(f,x)} matches @samp{a+b}
25821 with @samp{f = add}, @samp{x = [a,b]}.
25822
25823 You must use @code{apply} for meta-variables with function names
25824 on both sides of a rewrite rule: @samp{apply(f, [x]) := f(x+1)}
25825 is @emph{not} correct, because it rewrites @samp{spam(6)} into
25826 @samp{f(7)}. The righthand side should be @samp{apply(f, [x+1])}.
25827 Also note that you will have to use no-simplify (@kbd{m O})
25828 mode when entering this rule so that the @code{apply} isn't
25829 evaluated immediately to get the new rule @samp{f(x) := f(x+1)}.
25830 Or, use @kbd{s e} to enter the rule without going through the stack,
25831 or enter the rule as @samp{apply(f, [x]) := apply(f, [x+1]) @w{:: 1}}.
25832 @xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}.
25833
25834 @item select(x)
25835 @c @starindex
25836 @tindex select
25837 This is used for applying rules to formulas with selections;
25838 @pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}.
25839 @end table
25840
25841 Special functions for the righthand sides of rules are:
25842
25843 @table @samp
25844 @item quote(x)
25845 The notation @samp{quote(x)} is changed to @samp{x} when the
25846 righthand side is used. As far as the rewrite rule is concerned,
25847 @code{quote} is invisible. However, @code{quote} has the special
25848 property in Calc that its argument is not evaluated. Thus,
25849 while it will not work to put the rule @samp{t(a) := typeof(a)}
25850 on the stack because @samp{typeof(a)} is evaluated immediately
25851 to produce @samp{t(a) := 100}, you can use @code{quote} to
25852 protect the righthand side: @samp{t(a) := quote(typeof(a))}.
25853 (@xref{Conditional Rewrite Rules}, for another trick for
25854 protecting rules from evaluation.)
25855
25856 @item plain(x)
25857 Special properties of and simplifications for the function call
25858 @cite{x} are not used. One interesting case where @code{plain}
25859 is useful is the rule, @samp{q(x) := quote(x)}, trying to expand a
25860 shorthand notation for the @code{quote} function. This rule will
25861 not work as shown; instead of replacing @samp{q(foo)} with
25862 @samp{quote(foo)}, it will replace it with @samp{foo}! The correct
25863 rule would be @samp{q(x) := plain(quote(x))}.
25864
25865 @item cons(h,t)
25866 Where @cite{t} is a vector, this is converted into an expanded
25867 vector during rewrite processing. Note that @code{cons} is a regular
25868 Calc function which normally does this anyway; the only way @code{cons}
25869 is treated specially by rewrites is that @code{cons} on the righthand
25870 side of a rule will be evaluated even if default simplifications
25871 have been turned off.
25872
25873 @item rcons(t,h)
25874 Analogous to @code{cons} except putting @cite{h} at the @emph{end} of
25875 the vector @cite{t}.
25876
25877 @item apply(f,args)
25878 Where @cite{f} is a variable and @var{args} is a vector, this
25879 is converted to a function call. Once again, note that @code{apply}
25880 is also a regular Calc function.
25881
25882 @item eval(x)
25883 @c @starindex
25884 @tindex eval
25885 The formula @cite{x} is handled in the usual way, then the
25886 default simplifications are applied to it even if they have
25887 been turned off normally. This allows you to treat any function
25888 similarly to the way @code{cons} and @code{apply} are always
25889 treated. However, there is a slight difference: @samp{cons(2+3, [])}
25890 with default simplifications off will be converted to @samp{[2+3]},
25891 whereas @samp{eval(cons(2+3, []))} will be converted to @samp{[5]}.
25892
25893 @item evalsimp(x)
25894 @c @starindex
25895 @tindex evalsimp
25896 The formula @cite{x} has meta-variables substituted in the usual
25897 way, then algebraically simplified as if by the @kbd{a s} command.
25898
25899 @item evalextsimp(x)
25900 @c @starindex
25901 @tindex evalextsimp
25902 The formula @cite{x} has meta-variables substituted in the normal
25903 way, then ``extendedly'' simplified as if by the @kbd{a e} command.
25904
25905 @item select(x)
25906 @xref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}.
25907 @end table
25908
25909 There are also some special functions you can use in conditions.
25910
25911 @table @samp
25912 @item let(v := x)
25913 @c @starindex
25914 @tindex let
25915 The expression @cite{x} is evaluated with meta-variables substituted.
25916 The @kbd{a s} command's simplifications are @emph{not} applied by
25917 default, but @cite{x} can include calls to @code{evalsimp} or
25918 @code{evalextsimp} as described above to invoke higher levels
25919 of simplification. The
25920 result of @cite{x} is then bound to the meta-variable @cite{v}. As
25921 usual, if this meta-variable has already been matched to something
25922 else the two values must be equal; if the meta-variable is new then
25923 it is bound to the result of the expression. This variable can then
25924 appear in later conditions, and on the righthand side of the rule.
25925 In fact, @cite{v} may be any pattern in which case the result of
25926 evaluating @cite{x} is matched to that pattern, binding any
25927 meta-variables that appear in that pattern. Note that @code{let}
25928 can only appear by itself as a condition, or as one term of an
25929 @samp{&&} which is a whole condition: It cannot be inside
25930 an @samp{||} term or otherwise buried.@refill
25931
25932 The alternate, equivalent form @samp{let(v, x)} is also recognized.
25933 Note that the use of @samp{:=} by @code{let}, while still being
25934 assignment-like in character, is unrelated to the use of @samp{:=}
25935 in the main part of a rewrite rule.
25936
25937 As an example, @samp{f(a) := g(ia) :: let(ia := 1/a) :: constant(ia)}
25938 replaces @samp{f(a)} with @samp{g} of the inverse of @samp{a}, if
25939 that inverse exists and is constant. For example, if @samp{a} is a
25940 singular matrix the operation @samp{1/a} is left unsimplified and
25941 @samp{constant(ia)} fails, but if @samp{a} is an invertible matrix
25942 then the rule succeeds. Without @code{let} there would be no way
25943 to express this rule that didn't have to invert the matrix twice.
25944 Note that, because the meta-variable @samp{ia} is otherwise unbound
25945 in this rule, the @code{let} condition itself always ``succeeds''
25946 because no matter what @samp{1/a} evaluates to, it can successfully
25947 be bound to @code{ia}.@refill
25948
25949 Here's another example, for integrating cosines of linear
25950 terms: @samp{myint(cos(y),x) := sin(y)/b :: let([a,b,x] := lin(y,x))}.
25951 The @code{lin} function returns a 3-vector if its argument is linear,
25952 or leaves itself unevaluated if not. But an unevaluated @code{lin}
25953 call will not match the 3-vector on the lefthand side of the @code{let},
25954 so this @code{let} both verifies that @code{y} is linear, and binds
25955 the coefficients @code{a} and @code{b} for use elsewhere in the rule.
25956 (It would have been possible to use @samp{sin(a x + b)/b} for the
25957 righthand side instead, but using @samp{sin(y)/b} avoids gratuitous
25958 rearrangement of the argument of the sine.)@refill
25959
25960 @c @starindex
25961 @tindex ierf
25962 Similarly, here is a rule that implements an inverse-@code{erf}
25963 function. It uses @code{root} to search for a solution. If
25964 @code{root} succeeds, it will return a vector of two numbers
25965 where the first number is the desired solution. If no solution
25966 is found, @code{root} remains in symbolic form. So we use
25967 @code{let} to check that the result was indeed a vector.
25968
25969 @example
25970 ierf(x) := y :: let([y,z] := root(erf(a) = x, a, .5))
25971 @end example
25972
25973 @item matches(v,p)
25974 The meta-variable @var{v}, which must already have been matched
25975 to something elsewhere in the rule, is compared against pattern
25976 @var{p}. Since @code{matches} is a standard Calc function, it
25977 can appear anywhere in a condition. But if it appears alone or
25978 as a term of a top-level @samp{&&}, then you get the special
25979 extra feature that meta-variables which are bound to things
25980 inside @var{p} can be used elsewhere in the surrounding rewrite
25981 rule.
25982
25983 The only real difference between @samp{let(p := v)} and
25984 @samp{matches(v, p)} is that the former evaluates @samp{v} using
25985 the default simplifications, while the latter does not.
25986
25987 @item remember
25988 @vindex remember
25989 This is actually a variable, not a function. If @code{remember}
25990 appears as a condition in a rule, then when that rule succeeds
25991 the original expression and rewritten expression are added to the
25992 front of the rule set that contained the rule. If the rule set
25993 was not stored in a variable, @code{remember} is ignored. The
25994 lefthand side is enclosed in @code{quote} in the added rule if it
25995 contains any variables.
25996
25997 For example, the rule @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: remember} applied
25998 to @samp{f(7)} will add the rule @samp{f(7) := 7 f(6)} to the front
25999 of the rule set. The rule set @code{EvalRules} works slightly
26000 differently: There, the evaluation of @samp{f(6)} will complete before
26001 the result is added to the rule set, in this case as @samp{f(7) := 5040}.
26002 Thus @code{remember} is most useful inside @code{EvalRules}.
26003
26004 It is up to you to ensure that the optimization performed by
26005 @code{remember} is safe. For example, the rule @samp{foo(n) := n
26006 :: evalv(eatfoo) > 0 :: remember} is a bad idea (@code{evalv} is
26007 the function equivalent of the @kbd{=} command); if the variable
26008 @code{eatfoo} ever contains 1, rules like @samp{foo(7) := 7} will
26009 be added to the rule set and will continue to operate even if
26010 @code{eatfoo} is later changed to 0.
26011
26012 @item remember(c)
26013 @c @starindex
26014 @tindex remember
26015 Remember the match as described above, but only if condition @cite{c}
26016 is true. For example, @samp{remember(n % 4 = 0)} in the above factorial
26017 rule remembers only every fourth result. Note that @samp{remember(1)}
26018 is equivalent to @samp{remember}, and @samp{remember(0)} has no effect.
26019 @end table
26020
26021 @node Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Other Features of Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26022 @subsection Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules
26023
26024 @noindent
26025 There are three operators, @samp{&&&}, @samp{|||}, and @samp{!!!},
26026 that combine rewrite patterns to make larger patterns. The
26027 combinations are ``and,'' ``or,'' and ``not,'' respectively, and
26028 these operators are the pattern equivalents of @samp{&&}, @samp{||}
26029 and @samp{!} (which operate on zero-or-nonzero logical values).
26030
26031 Note that @samp{&&&}, @samp{|||}, and @samp{!!!} are left in symbolic
26032 form by all regular Calc features; they have special meaning only in
26033 the context of rewrite rule patterns.
26034
26035 The pattern @samp{@var{p1} &&& @var{p2}} matches anything that
26036 matches both @var{p1} and @var{p2}. One especially useful case is
26037 when one of @var{p1} or @var{p2} is a meta-variable. For example,
26038 here is a rule that operates on error forms:
26039
26040 @example
26041 f(x &&& a +/- b, x) := g(x)
26042 @end example
26043
26044 This does the same thing, but is arguably simpler than, the rule
26045
26046 @example
26047 f(a +/- b, a +/- b) := g(a +/- b)
26048 @end example
26049
26050 @c @starindex
26051 @tindex ends
26052 Here's another interesting example:
26053
26054 @example
26055 ends(cons(a, x) &&& rcons(y, b)) := [a, b]
26056 @end example
26057
26058 @noindent
26059 which effectively clips out the middle of a vector leaving just
26060 the first and last elements. This rule will change a one-element
26061 vector @samp{[a]} to @samp{[a, a]}. The similar rule
26062
26063 @example
26064 ends(cons(a, rcons(y, b))) := [a, b]
26065 @end example
26066
26067 @noindent
26068 would do the same thing except that it would fail to match a
26069 one-element vector.
26070
26071 @tex
26072 \bigskip
26073 @end tex
26074
26075 The pattern @samp{@var{p1} ||| @var{p2}} matches anything that
26076 matches either @var{p1} or @var{p2}. Calc first tries matching
26077 against @var{p1}; if that fails, it goes on to try @var{p2}.
26078
26079 @c @starindex
26080 @tindex curve
26081 A simple example of @samp{|||} is
26082
26083 @example
26084 curve(inf ||| -inf) := 0
26085 @end example
26086
26087 @noindent
26088 which converts both @samp{curve(inf)} and @samp{curve(-inf)} to zero.
26089
26090 Here is a larger example:
26091
26092 @example
26093 log(a, b) ||| (ln(a) :: let(b := e)) := mylog(a, b)
26094 @end example
26095
26096 This matches both generalized and natural logarithms in a single rule.
26097 Note that the @samp{::} term must be enclosed in parentheses because
26098 that operator has lower precedence than @samp{|||} or @samp{:=}.
26099
26100 (In practice this rule would probably include a third alternative,
26101 omitted here for brevity, to take care of @code{log10}.)
26102
26103 While Calc generally treats interior conditions exactly the same as
26104 conditions on the outside of a rule, it does guarantee that if all the
26105 variables in the condition are special names like @code{e}, or already
26106 bound in the pattern to which the condition is attached (say, if
26107 @samp{a} had appeared in this condition), then Calc will process this
26108 condition right after matching the pattern to the left of the @samp{::}.
26109 Thus, we know that @samp{b} will be bound to @samp{e} only if the
26110 @code{ln} branch of the @samp{|||} was taken.
26111
26112 Note that this rule was careful to bind the same set of meta-variables
26113 on both sides of the @samp{|||}. Calc does not check this, but if
26114 you bind a certain meta-variable only in one branch and then use that
26115 meta-variable elsewhere in the rule, results are unpredictable:
26116
26117 @example
26118 f(a,b) ||| g(b) := h(a,b)
26119 @end example
26120
26121 Here if the pattern matches @samp{g(17)}, Calc makes no promises about
26122 the value that will be substituted for @samp{a} on the righthand side.
26123
26124 @tex
26125 \bigskip
26126 @end tex
26127
26128 The pattern @samp{!!! @var{pat}} matches anything that does not
26129 match @var{pat}. Any meta-variables that are bound while matching
26130 @var{pat} remain unbound outside of @var{pat}.
26131
26132 For example,
26133
26134 @example
26135 f(x &&& !!! a +/- b, !!![]) := g(x)
26136 @end example
26137
26138 @noindent
26139 converts @code{f} whose first argument is anything @emph{except} an
26140 error form, and whose second argument is not the empty vector, into
26141 a similar call to @code{g} (but without the second argument).
26142
26143 If we know that the second argument will be a vector (empty or not),
26144 then an equivalent rule would be:
26145
26146 @example
26147 f(x, y) := g(x) :: typeof(x) != 7 :: vlen(y) > 0
26148 @end example
26149
26150 @noindent
26151 where of course 7 is the @code{typeof} code for error forms.
26152 Another final condition, that works for any kind of @samp{y},
26153 would be @samp{!istrue(y == [])}. (The @code{istrue} function
26154 returns an explicit 0 if its argument was left in symbolic form;
26155 plain @samp{!(y == [])} or @samp{y != []} would not work to replace
26156 @samp{!!![]} since these would be left unsimplified, and thus cause
26157 the rule to fail, if @samp{y} was something like a variable name.)
26158
26159 It is possible for a @samp{!!!} to refer to meta-variables bound
26160 elsewhere in the pattern. For example,
26161
26162 @example
26163 f(a, !!!a) := g(a)
26164 @end example
26165
26166 @noindent
26167 matches any call to @code{f} with different arguments, changing
26168 this to @code{g} with only the first argument.
26169
26170 If a function call is to be matched and one of the argument patterns
26171 contains a @samp{!!!} somewhere inside it, that argument will be
26172 matched last. Thus
26173
26174 @example
26175 f(!!!a, a) := g(a)
26176 @end example
26177
26178 @noindent
26179 will be careful to bind @samp{a} to the second argument of @code{f}
26180 before testing the first argument. If Calc had tried to match the
26181 first argument of @code{f} first, the results would have been
26182 disasterous: Since @code{a} was unbound so far, the pattern @samp{a}
26183 would have matched anything at all, and the pattern @samp{!!!a}
26184 therefore would @emph{not} have matched anything at all!
26185
26186 @node Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Composing Patterns in Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26187 @subsection Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules
26188
26189 @noindent
26190 When @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite}) is used, it takes an expression from
26191 the top of the stack and attempts to match any of the specified rules
26192 to any part of the expression, starting with the whole expression
26193 and then, if that fails, trying deeper and deeper sub-expressions.
26194 For each part of the expression, the rules are tried in the order
26195 they appear in the rules vector. The first rule to match the first
26196 sub-expression wins; it replaces the matched sub-expression according
26197 to the @var{new} part of the rule.
26198
26199 Often, the rule set will match and change the formula several times.
26200 The top-level formula is first matched and substituted repeatedly until
26201 it no longer matches the pattern; then, sub-formulas are tried, and
26202 so on. Once every part of the formula has gotten its chance, the
26203 rewrite mechanism starts over again with the top-level formula
26204 (in case a substitution of one of its arguments has caused it again
26205 to match). This continues until no further matches can be made
26206 anywhere in the formula.
26207
26208 It is possible for a rule set to get into an infinite loop. The
26209 most obvious case, replacing a formula with itself, is not a problem
26210 because a rule is not considered to ``succeed'' unless the righthand
26211 side actually comes out to something different than the original
26212 formula or sub-formula that was matched. But if you accidentally
26213 had both @samp{ln(a b) := ln(a) + ln(b)} and the reverse
26214 @samp{ln(a) + ln(b) := ln(a b)} in your rule set, Calc would
26215 run forever switching a formula back and forth between the two
26216 forms.
26217
26218 To avoid disaster, Calc normally stops after 100 changes have been
26219 made to the formula. This will be enough for most multiple rewrites,
26220 but it will keep an endless loop of rewrites from locking up the
26221 computer forever. (On most systems, you can also type @kbd{C-g} to
26222 halt any Emacs command prematurely.)
26223
26224 To change this limit, give a positive numeric prefix argument.
26225 In particular, @kbd{M-1 a r} applies only one rewrite at a time,
26226 useful when you are first testing your rule (or just if repeated
26227 rewriting is not what is called for by your application).
26228
26229 @c @starindex
26230 @c @mindex iter@idots
26231 @tindex iterations
26232 You can also put a ``function call'' @samp{iterations(@var{n})}
26233 in place of a rule anywhere in your rules vector (but usually at
26234 the top). Then, @var{n} will be used instead of 100 as the default
26235 number of iterations for this rule set. You can use
26236 @samp{iterations(inf)} if you want no iteration limit by default.
26237 A prefix argument will override the @code{iterations} limit in the
26238 rule set.
26239
26240 @example
26241 [ iterations(1),
26242 f(x) := f(x+1) ]
26243 @end example
26244
26245 More precisely, the limit controls the number of ``iterations,''
26246 where each iteration is a successful matching of a rule pattern whose
26247 righthand side, after substituting meta-variables and applying the
26248 default simplifications, is different from the original sub-formula
26249 that was matched.
26250
26251 A prefix argument of zero sets the limit to infinity. Use with caution!
26252
26253 Given a negative numeric prefix argument, @kbd{a r} will match and
26254 substitute the top-level expression up to that many times, but
26255 will not attempt to match the rules to any sub-expressions.
26256
26257 In a formula, @code{rewrite(@var{expr}, @var{rules}, @var{n})}
26258 does a rewriting operation. Here @var{expr} is the expression
26259 being rewritten, @var{rules} is the rule, vector of rules, or
26260 variable containing the rules, and @var{n} is the optional
26261 iteration limit, which may be a positive integer, a negative
26262 integer, or @samp{inf} or @samp{-inf}. If @var{n} is omitted
26263 the @code{iterations} value from the rule set is used; if both
26264 are omitted, 100 is used.
26265
26266 @node Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Selections with Rewrite Rules, Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26267 @subsection Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules
26268
26269 @noindent
26270 It is possible to separate a rewrite rule set into several @dfn{phases}.
26271 During each phase, certain rules will be enabled while certain others
26272 will be disabled. A @dfn{phase schedule} controls the order in which
26273 phases occur during the rewriting process.
26274
26275 @c @starindex
26276 @tindex phase
26277 @vindex all
26278 If a call to the marker function @code{phase} appears in the rules
26279 vector in place of a rule, all rules following that point will be
26280 members of the phase(s) identified in the arguments to @code{phase}.
26281 Phases are given integer numbers. The markers @samp{phase()} and
26282 @samp{phase(all)} both mean the following rules belong to all phases;
26283 this is the default at the start of the rule set.
26284
26285 If you do not explicitly schedule the phases, Calc sorts all phase
26286 numbers that appear in the rule set and executes the phases in
26287 ascending order. For example, the rule set
26288
26289 @group
26290 @example
26291 [ f0(x) := g0(x),
26292 phase(1),
26293 f1(x) := g1(x),
26294 phase(2),
26295 f2(x) := g2(x),
26296 phase(3),
26297 f3(x) := g3(x),
26298 phase(1,2),
26299 f4(x) := g4(x) ]
26300 @end example
26301 @end group
26302
26303 @noindent
26304 has three phases, 1 through 3. Phase 1 consists of the @code{f0},
26305 @code{f1}, and @code{f4} rules (in that order). Phase 2 consists of
26306 @code{f0}, @code{f2}, and @code{f4}. Phase 3 consists of @code{f0}
26307 and @code{f3}.
26308
26309 When Calc rewrites a formula using this rule set, it first rewrites
26310 the formula using only the phase 1 rules until no further changes are
26311 possible. Then it switches to the phase 2 rule set and continues
26312 until no further changes occur, then finally rewrites with phase 3.
26313 When no more phase 3 rules apply, rewriting finishes. (This is
26314 assuming @kbd{a r} with a large enough prefix argument to allow the
26315 rewriting to run to completion; the sequence just described stops
26316 early if the number of iterations specified in the prefix argument,
26317 100 by default, is reached.)
26318
26319 During each phase, Calc descends through the nested levels of the
26320 formula as described previously. (@xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite
26321 Rules}.) Rewriting starts at the top of the formula, then works its
26322 way down to the parts, then goes back to the top and works down again.
26323 The phase 2 rules do not begin until no phase 1 rules apply anywhere
26324 in the formula.
26325
26326 @c @starindex
26327 @tindex schedule
26328 A @code{schedule} marker appearing in the rule set (anywhere, but
26329 conventionally at the top) changes the default schedule of phases.
26330 In the simplest case, @code{schedule} has a sequence of phase numbers
26331 for arguments; each phase number is invoked in turn until the
26332 arguments to @code{schedule} are exhausted. Thus adding
26333 @samp{schedule(3,2,1)} at the top of the above rule set would
26334 reverse the order of the phases; @samp{schedule(1,2,3)} would have
26335 no effect since this is the default schedule; and @samp{schedule(1,2,1,3)}
26336 would give phase 1 a second chance after phase 2 has completed, before
26337 moving on to phase 3.
26338
26339 Any argument to @code{schedule} can instead be a vector of phase
26340 numbers (or even of sub-vectors). Then the sub-sequence of phases
26341 described by the vector are tried repeatedly until no change occurs
26342 in any phase in the sequence. For example, @samp{schedule([1, 2], 3)}
26343 tries phase 1, then phase 2, then, if either phase made any changes
26344 to the formula, repeats these two phases until they can make no
26345 further progress. Finally, it goes on to phase 3 for finishing
26346 touches.
26347
26348 Also, items in @code{schedule} can be variable names as well as
26349 numbers. A variable name is interpreted as the name of a function
26350 to call on the whole formula. For example, @samp{schedule(1, simplify)}
26351 says to apply the phase-1 rules (presumably, all of them), then to
26352 call @code{simplify} which is the function name equivalent of @kbd{a s}.
26353 Likewise, @samp{schedule([1, simplify])} says to alternate between
26354 phase 1 and @kbd{a s} until no further changes occur.
26355
26356 Phases can be used purely to improve efficiency; if it is known that
26357 a certain group of rules will apply only at the beginning of rewriting,
26358 and a certain other group will apply only at the end, then rewriting
26359 will be faster if these groups are identified as separate phases.
26360 Once the phase 1 rules are done, Calc can put them aside and no longer
26361 spend any time on them while it works on phase 2.
26362
26363 There are also some problems that can only be solved with several
26364 rewrite phases. For a real-world example of a multi-phase rule set,
26365 examine the set @code{FitRules}, which is used by the curve-fitting
26366 command to convert a model expression to linear form.
26367 @xref{Curve Fitting Details}. This set is divided into four phases.
26368 The first phase rewrites certain kinds of expressions to be more
26369 easily linearizable, but less computationally efficient. After the
26370 linear components have been picked out, the final phase includes the
26371 opposite rewrites to put each component back into an efficient form.
26372 If both sets of rules were included in one big phase, Calc could get
26373 into an infinite loop going back and forth between the two forms.
26374
26375 Elsewhere in @code{FitRules}, the components are first isolated,
26376 then recombined where possible to reduce the complexity of the linear
26377 fit, then finally packaged one component at a time into vectors.
26378 If the packaging rules were allowed to begin before the recombining
26379 rules were finished, some components might be put away into vectors
26380 before they had a chance to recombine. By putting these rules in
26381 two separate phases, this problem is neatly avoided.
26382
26383 @node Selections with Rewrite Rules, Matching Commands, Multi-Phase Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26384 @subsection Selections with Rewrite Rules
26385
26386 @noindent
26387 If a sub-formula of the current formula is selected (as by @kbd{j s};
26388 @pxref{Selecting Subformulas}), the @kbd{a r} (@code{calc-rewrite})
26389 command applies only to that sub-formula. Together with a negative
26390 prefix argument, you can use this fact to apply a rewrite to one
26391 specific part of a formula without affecting any other parts.
26392
26393 @kindex j r
26394 @pindex calc-rewrite-selection
26395 The @kbd{j r} (@code{calc-rewrite-selection}) command allows more
26396 sophisticated operations on selections. This command prompts for
26397 the rules in the same way as @kbd{a r}, but it then applies those
26398 rules to the whole formula in question even though a sub-formula
26399 of it has been selected. However, the selected sub-formula will
26400 first have been surrounded by a @samp{select( )} function call.
26401 (Calc's evaluator does not understand the function name @code{select};
26402 this is only a tag used by the @kbd{j r} command.)
26403
26404 For example, suppose the formula on the stack is @samp{2 (a + b)^2}
26405 and the sub-formula @samp{a + b} is selected. This formula will
26406 be rewritten to @samp{2 select(a + b)^2} and then the rewrite
26407 rules will be applied in the usual way. The rewrite rules can
26408 include references to @code{select} to tell where in the pattern
26409 the selected sub-formula should appear.
26410
26411 If there is still exactly one @samp{select( )} function call in
26412 the formula after rewriting is done, it indicates which part of
26413 the formula should be selected afterwards. Otherwise, the
26414 formula will be unselected.
26415
26416 You can make @kbd{j r} act much like @kbd{a r} by enclosing both parts
26417 of the rewrite rule with @samp{select()}. However, @kbd{j r}
26418 allows you to use the current selection in more flexible ways.
26419 Suppose you wished to make a rule which removed the exponent from
26420 the selected term; the rule @samp{select(a)^x := select(a)} would
26421 work. In the above example, it would rewrite @samp{2 select(a + b)^2}
26422 to @samp{2 select(a + b)}. This would then be returned to the
26423 stack as @samp{2 (a + b)} with the @samp{a + b} selected.
26424
26425 The @kbd{j r} command uses one iteration by default, unlike
26426 @kbd{a r} which defaults to 100 iterations. A numeric prefix
26427 argument affects @kbd{j r} in the same way as @kbd{a r}.
26428 @xref{Nested Formulas with Rewrite Rules}.
26429
26430 As with other selection commands, @kbd{j r} operates on the stack
26431 entry that contains the cursor. (If the cursor is on the top-of-stack
26432 @samp{.} marker, it works as if the cursor were on the formula
26433 at stack level 1.)
26434
26435 If you don't specify a set of rules, the rules are taken from the
26436 top of the stack, just as with @kbd{a r}. In this case, the
26437 cursor must indicate stack entry 2 or above as the formula to be
26438 rewritten (otherwise the same formula would be used as both the
26439 target and the rewrite rules).
26440
26441 If the indicated formula has no selection, the cursor position within
26442 the formula temporarily selects a sub-formula for the purposes of this
26443 command. If the cursor is not on any sub-formula (e.g., it is in
26444 the line-number area to the left of the formula), the @samp{select( )}
26445 markers are ignored by the rewrite mechanism and the rules are allowed
26446 to apply anywhere in the formula.
26447
26448 As a special feature, the normal @kbd{a r} command also ignores
26449 @samp{select( )} calls in rewrite rules. For example, if you used the
26450 above rule @samp{select(a)^x := select(a)} with @kbd{a r}, it would apply
26451 the rule as if it were @samp{a^x := a}. Thus, you can write general
26452 purpose rules with @samp{select( )} hints inside them so that they
26453 will ``do the right thing'' in both @kbd{a r} and @kbd{j r},
26454 both with and without selections.
26455
26456 @node Matching Commands, Automatic Rewrites, Selections with Rewrite Rules, Rewrite Rules
26457 @subsection Matching Commands
26458
26459 @noindent
26460 @kindex a m
26461 @pindex calc-match
26462 @tindex match
26463 The @kbd{a m} (@code{calc-match}) [@code{match}] function takes a
26464 vector of formulas and a rewrite-rule-style pattern, and produces
26465 a vector of all formulas which match the pattern. The command
26466 prompts you to enter the pattern; as for @kbd{a r}, you can enter
26467 a single pattern (i.e., a formula with meta-variables), or a
26468 vector of patterns, or a variable which contains patterns, or
26469 you can give a blank response in which case the patterns are taken
26470 from the top of the stack. The pattern set will be compiled once
26471 and saved if it is stored in a variable. If there are several
26472 patterns in the set, vector elements are kept if they match any
26473 of the patterns.
26474
26475 For example, @samp{match(a+b, [x, x+y, x-y, 7, x+y+z])}
26476 will return @samp{[x+y, x-y, x+y+z]}.
26477
26478 The @code{import} mechanism is not available for pattern sets.
26479
26480 The @kbd{a m} command can also be used to extract all vector elements
26481 which satisfy any condition: The pattern @samp{x :: x>0} will select
26482 all the positive vector elements.
26483
26484 @kindex I a m
26485 @tindex matchnot
26486 With the Inverse flag [@code{matchnot}], this command extracts all
26487 vector elements which do @emph{not} match the given pattern.
26488
26489 @c @starindex
26490 @tindex matches
26491 There is also a function @samp{matches(@var{x}, @var{p})} which
26492 evaluates to 1 if expression @var{x} matches pattern @var{p}, or
26493 to 0 otherwise. This is sometimes useful for including into the
26494 conditional clauses of other rewrite rules.
26495
26496 @c @starindex
26497 @tindex vmatches
26498 The function @code{vmatches} is just like @code{matches}, except
26499 that if the match succeeds it returns a vector of assignments to
26500 the meta-variables instead of the number 1. For example,
26501 @samp{vmatches(f(1,2), f(a,b))} returns @samp{[a := 1, b := 2]}.
26502 If the match fails, the function returns the number 0.
26503
26504 @node Automatic Rewrites, Debugging Rewrites, Matching Commands, Rewrite Rules
26505 @subsection Automatic Rewrites
26506
26507 @noindent
26508 @cindex @code{EvalRules} variable
26509 @vindex EvalRules
26510 It is possible to get Calc to apply a set of rewrite rules on all
26511 results, effectively adding to the built-in set of default
26512 simplifications. To do this, simply store your rule set in the
26513 variable @code{EvalRules}. There is a convenient @kbd{s E} command
26514 for editing @code{EvalRules}; @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
26515
26516 For example, suppose you want @samp{sin(a + b)} to be expanded out
26517 to @samp{sin(b) cos(a) + cos(b) sin(a)} wherever it appears, and
26518 similarly for @samp{cos(a + b)}. The corresponding rewrite rule
26519 set would be,
26520
26521 @group
26522 @smallexample
26523 [ sin(a + b) := cos(a) sin(b) + sin(a) cos(b),
26524 cos(a + b) := cos(a) cos(b) - sin(a) sin(b) ]
26525 @end smallexample
26526 @end group
26527
26528 To apply these manually, you could put them in a variable called
26529 @code{trigexp} and then use @kbd{a r trigexp} every time you wanted
26530 to expand trig functions. But if instead you store them in the
26531 variable @code{EvalRules}, they will automatically be applied to all
26532 sines and cosines of sums. Then, with @samp{2 x} and @samp{45} on
26533 the stack, typing @kbd{+ S} will (assuming degrees mode) result in
26534 @samp{0.7071 sin(2 x) + 0.7071 cos(2 x)} automatically.
26535
26536 As each level of a formula is evaluated, the rules from
26537 @code{EvalRules} are applied before the default simplifications.
26538 Rewriting continues until no further @code{EvalRules} apply.
26539 Note that this is different from the usual order of application of
26540 rewrite rules: @code{EvalRules} works from the bottom up, simplifying
26541 the arguments to a function before the function itself, while @kbd{a r}
26542 applies rules from the top down.
26543
26544 Because the @code{EvalRules} are tried first, you can use them to
26545 override the normal behavior of any built-in Calc function.
26546
26547 It is important not to write a rule that will get into an infinite
26548 loop. For example, the rule set @samp{[f(0) := 1, f(n) := n f(n-1)]}
26549 appears to be a good definition of a factorial function, but it is
26550 unsafe. Imagine what happens if @samp{f(2.5)} is simplified. Calc
26551 will continue to subtract 1 from this argument forever without reaching
26552 zero. A safer second rule would be @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: n>0}.
26553 Another dangerous rule is @samp{g(x, y) := g(y, x)}. Rewriting
26554 @samp{g(2, 4)}, this would bounce back and forth between that and
26555 @samp{g(4, 2)} forever. If an infinite loop in @code{EvalRules}
26556 occurs, Emacs will eventually stop with a ``Computation got stuck
26557 or ran too long'' message.
26558
26559 Another subtle difference between @code{EvalRules} and regular rewrites
26560 concerns rules that rewrite a formula into an identical formula. For
26561 example, @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n))} ``fails to match'' when @cite{n} is
26562 already an integer. But in @code{EvalRules} this case is detected only
26563 if the righthand side literally becomes the original formula before any
26564 further simplification. This means that @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n))} will
26565 get into an infinite loop if it occurs in @code{EvalRules}. Calc will
26566 replace @samp{f(6)} with @samp{f(floor(6))}, which is different from
26567 @samp{f(6)}, so it will consider the rule to have matched and will
26568 continue simplifying that formula; first the argument is simplified
26569 to get @samp{f(6)}, then the rule matches again to get @samp{f(floor(6))}
26570 again, ad infinitum. A much safer rule would check its argument first,
26571 say, with @samp{f(n) := f(floor(n)) :: !dint(n)}.
26572
26573 (What really happens is that the rewrite mechanism substitutes the
26574 meta-variables in the righthand side of a rule, compares to see if the
26575 result is the same as the original formula and fails if so, then uses
26576 the default simplifications to simplify the result and compares again
26577 (and again fails if the formula has simplified back to its original
26578 form). The only special wrinkle for the @code{EvalRules} is that the
26579 same rules will come back into play when the default simplifications
26580 are used. What Calc wants to do is build @samp{f(floor(6))}, see that
26581 this is different from the original formula, simplify to @samp{f(6)},
26582 see that this is the same as the original formula, and thus halt the
26583 rewriting. But while simplifying, @samp{f(6)} will again trigger
26584 the same @code{EvalRules} rule and Calc will get into a loop inside
26585 the rewrite mechanism itself.)
26586
26587 The @code{phase}, @code{schedule}, and @code{iterations} markers do
26588 not work in @code{EvalRules}. If the rule set is divided into phases,
26589 only the phase 1 rules are applied, and the schedule is ignored.
26590 The rules are always repeated as many times as possible.
26591
26592 The @code{EvalRules} are applied to all function calls in a formula,
26593 but not to numbers (and other number-like objects like error forms),
26594 nor to vectors or individual variable names. (Though they will apply
26595 to @emph{components} of vectors and error forms when appropriate.) You
26596 might try to make a variable @code{phihat} which automatically expands
26597 to its definition without the need to press @kbd{=} by writing the
26598 rule @samp{quote(phihat) := (1-sqrt(5))/2}, but unfortunately this rule
26599 will not work as part of @code{EvalRules}.
26600
26601 Finally, another limitation is that Calc sometimes calls its built-in
26602 functions directly rather than going through the default simplifications.
26603 When it does this, @code{EvalRules} will not be able to override those
26604 functions. For example, when you take the absolute value of the complex
26605 number @cite{(2, 3)}, Calc computes @samp{sqrt(2*2 + 3*3)} by calling
26606 the multiplication, addition, and square root functions directly rather
26607 than applying the default simplifications to this formula. So an
26608 @code{EvalRules} rule that (perversely) rewrites @samp{sqrt(13) := 6}
26609 would not apply. (However, if you put Calc into symbolic mode so that
26610 @samp{sqrt(13)} will be left in symbolic form by the built-in square
26611 root function, your rule will be able to apply. But if the complex
26612 number were @cite{(3,4)}, so that @samp{sqrt(25)} must be calculated,
26613 then symbolic mode will not help because @samp{sqrt(25)} can be
26614 evaluated exactly to 5.)
26615
26616 One subtle restriction that normally only manifests itself with
26617 @code{EvalRules} is that while a given rewrite rule is in the process
26618 of being checked, that same rule cannot be recursively applied. Calc
26619 effectively removes the rule from its rule set while checking the rule,
26620 then puts it back once the match succeeds or fails. (The technical
26621 reason for this is that compiled pattern programs are not reentrant.)
26622 For example, consider the rule @samp{foo(x) := x :: foo(x/2) > 0}
26623 attempting to match @samp{foo(8)}. This rule will be inactive while
26624 the condition @samp{foo(4) > 0} is checked, even though it might be
26625 an integral part of evaluating that condition. Note that this is not
26626 a problem for the more usual recursive type of rule, such as
26627 @samp{foo(x) := foo(x/2)}, because there the rule has succeeded and
26628 been reactivated by the time the righthand side is evaluated.
26629
26630 If @code{EvalRules} has no stored value (its default state), or if
26631 anything but a vector is stored in it, then it is ignored.
26632
26633 Even though Calc's rewrite mechanism is designed to compare rewrite
26634 rules to formulas as quickly as possible, storing rules in
26635 @code{EvalRules} may make Calc run substantially slower. This is
26636 particularly true of rules where the top-level call is a commonly used
26637 function, or is not fixed. The rule @samp{f(n) := n f(n-1) :: n>0} will
26638 only activate the rewrite mechanism for calls to the function @code{f},
26639 but @samp{lg(n) + lg(m) := lg(n m)} will check every @samp{+} operator.
26640 And @samp{apply(f, [a*b]) := apply(f, [a]) + apply(f, [b]) ::
26641 in(f, [ln, log10])} may seem more ``efficient'' than two separate
26642 rules for @code{ln} and @code{log10}, but actually it is vastly less
26643 efficient because rules with @code{apply} as the top-level pattern
26644 must be tested against @emph{every} function call that is simplified.
26645
26646 @cindex @code{AlgSimpRules} variable
26647 @vindex AlgSimpRules
26648 Suppose you want @samp{sin(a + b)} to be expanded out not all the time,
26649 but only when @kbd{a s} is used to simplify the formula. The variable
26650 @code{AlgSimpRules} holds rules for this purpose. The @kbd{a s} command
26651 will apply @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules} to the formula, as
26652 well as all of its built-in simplifications.
26653
26654 Most of the special limitations for @code{EvalRules} don't apply to
26655 @code{AlgSimpRules}. Calc simply does an @kbd{a r AlgSimpRules}
26656 command with an infinite repeat count as the first step of @kbd{a s}.
26657 It then applies its own built-in simplifications throughout the
26658 formula, and then repeats these two steps (along with applying the
26659 default simplifications) until no further changes are possible.
26660
26661 @cindex @code{ExtSimpRules} variable
26662 @cindex @code{UnitSimpRules} variable
26663 @vindex ExtSimpRules
26664 @vindex UnitSimpRules
26665 There are also @code{ExtSimpRules} and @code{UnitSimpRules} variables
26666 that are used by @kbd{a e} and @kbd{u s}, respectively; these commands
26667 also apply @code{EvalRules} and @code{AlgSimpRules}. The variable
26668 @code{IntegSimpRules} contains simplification rules that are used
26669 only during integration by @kbd{a i}.
26670
26671 @node Debugging Rewrites, Examples of Rewrite Rules, Automatic Rewrites, Rewrite Rules
26672 @subsection Debugging Rewrites
26673
26674 @noindent
26675 If a buffer named @samp{*Trace*} exists, the rewrite mechanism will
26676 record some useful information there as it operates. The original
26677 formula is written there, as is the result of each successful rewrite,
26678 and the final result of the rewriting. All phase changes are also
26679 noted.
26680
26681 Calc always appends to @samp{*Trace*}. You must empty this buffer
26682 yourself periodically if it is in danger of growing unwieldy.
26683
26684 Note that the rewriting mechanism is substantially slower when the
26685 @samp{*Trace*} buffer exists, even if the buffer is not visible on
26686 the screen. Once you are done, you will probably want to kill this
26687 buffer (with @kbd{C-x k *Trace* @key{RET}}). If you leave it in
26688 existence and forget about it, all your future rewrite commands will
26689 be needlessly slow.
26690
26691 @node Examples of Rewrite Rules, , Debugging Rewrites, Rewrite Rules
26692 @subsection Examples of Rewrite Rules
26693
26694 @noindent
26695 Returning to the example of substituting the pattern
26696 @samp{sin(x)^2 + cos(x)^2} with 1, we saw that the rule
26697 @samp{opt(a) sin(x)^2 + opt(a) cos(x)^2 := a} does a good job of
26698 finding suitable cases. Another solution would be to use the rule
26699 @samp{cos(x)^2 := 1 - sin(x)^2}, followed by algebraic simplification
26700 if necessary. This rule will be the most effective way to do the job,
26701 but at the expense of making some changes that you might not desire.@refill
26702
26703 Another algebraic rewrite rule is @samp{exp(x+y) := exp(x) exp(y)}.
26704 To make this work with the @w{@kbd{j r}} command so that it can be
26705 easily targeted to a particular exponential in a large formula,
26706 you might wish to write the rule as @samp{select(exp(x+y)) :=
26707 select(exp(x) exp(y))}. The @samp{select} markers will be
26708 ignored by the regular @kbd{a r} command
26709 (@pxref{Selections with Rewrite Rules}).@refill
26710
26711 A surprisingly useful rewrite rule is @samp{a/(b-c) := a*(b+c)/(b^2-c^2)}.
26712 This will simplify the formula whenever @cite{b} and/or @cite{c} can
26713 be made simpler by squaring. For example, applying this rule to
26714 @samp{2 / (sqrt(2) + 3)} yields @samp{6:7 - 2:7 sqrt(2)} (assuming
26715 Symbolic Mode has been enabled to keep the square root from being
26716 evaulated to a floating-point approximation). This rule is also
26717 useful when working with symbolic complex numbers, e.g.,
26718 @samp{(a + b i) / (c + d i)}.
26719
26720 As another example, we could define our own ``triangular numbers'' function
26721 with the rules @samp{[tri(0) := 0, tri(n) := n + tri(n-1) :: n>0]}. Enter
26722 this vector and store it in a variable: @kbd{@w{s t} trirules}. Now, given
26723 a suitable formula like @samp{tri(5)} on the stack, type @samp{a r trirules}
26724 to apply these rules repeatedly. After six applications, @kbd{a r} will
26725 stop with 15 on the stack. Once these rules are debugged, it would probably
26726 be most useful to add them to @code{EvalRules} so that Calc will evaluate
26727 the new @code{tri} function automatically. We could then use @kbd{Z K} on
26728 the keyboard macro @kbd{' tri($) RET} to make a command that applies
26729 @code{tri} to the value on the top of the stack. @xref{Programming}.
26730
26731 @cindex Quaternions
26732 The following rule set, contributed by @c{Fran\c cois}
26733 @asis{Francois} Pinard, implements
26734 @dfn{quaternions}, a generalization of the concept of complex numbers.
26735 Quaternions have four components, and are here represented by function
26736 calls @samp{quat(@var{w}, [@var{x}, @var{y}, @var{z}])} with ``real
26737 part'' @var{w} and the three ``imaginary'' parts collected into a
26738 vector. Various arithmetical operations on quaternions are supported.
26739 To use these rules, either add them to @code{EvalRules}, or create a
26740 command based on @kbd{a r} for simplifying quaternion formulas.
26741 A convenient way to enter quaternions would be a command defined by
26742 a keyboard macro containing: @kbd{' quat($$$$, [$$$, $$, $]) @key{RET}}.
26743
26744 @smallexample
26745 [ quat(w, x, y, z) := quat(w, [x, y, z]),
26746 quat(w, [0, 0, 0]) := w,
26747 abs(quat(w, v)) := hypot(w, v),
26748 -quat(w, v) := quat(-w, -v),
26749 r + quat(w, v) := quat(r + w, v) :: real(r),
26750 r - quat(w, v) := quat(r - w, -v) :: real(r),
26751 quat(w1, v1) + quat(w2, v2) := quat(w1 + w2, v1 + v2),
26752 r * quat(w, v) := quat(r * w, r * v) :: real(r),
26753 plain(quat(w1, v1) * quat(w2, v2))
26754 := quat(w1 * w2 - v1 * v2, w1 * v2 + w2 * v1 + cross(v1, v2)),
26755 quat(w1, v1) / r := quat(w1 / r, v1 / r) :: real(r),
26756 z / quat(w, v) := z * quatinv(quat(w, v)),
26757 quatinv(quat(w, v)) := quat(w, -v) / (w^2 + v^2),
26758 quatsqr(quat(w, v)) := quat(w^2 - v^2, 2 * w * v),
26759 quat(w, v)^k := quatsqr(quat(w, v)^(k / 2))
26760 :: integer(k) :: k > 0 :: k % 2 = 0,
26761 quat(w, v)^k := quatsqr(quat(w, v)^((k - 1) / 2)) * quat(w, v)
26762 :: integer(k) :: k > 2,
26763 quat(w, v)^-k := quatinv(quat(w, v)^k) :: integer(k) :: k > 0 ]
26764 @end smallexample
26765
26766 Quaternions, like matrices, have non-commutative multiplication.
26767 In other words, @cite{q1 * q2 = q2 * q1} is not necessarily true if
26768 @cite{q1} and @cite{q2} are @code{quat} forms. The @samp{quat*quat}
26769 rule above uses @code{plain} to prevent Calc from rearranging the
26770 product. It may also be wise to add the line @samp{[quat(), matrix]}
26771 to the @code{Decls} matrix, to ensure that Calc's other algebraic
26772 operations will not rearrange a quaternion product. @xref{Declarations}.
26773
26774 These rules also accept a four-argument @code{quat} form, converting
26775 it to the preferred form in the first rule. If you would rather see
26776 results in the four-argument form, just append the two items
26777 @samp{phase(2), quat(w, [x, y, z]) := quat(w, x, y, z)} to the end
26778 of the rule set. (But remember that multi-phase rule sets don't work
26779 in @code{EvalRules}.)
26780
26781 @node Units, Store and Recall, Algebra, Top
26782 @chapter Operating on Units
26783
26784 @noindent
26785 One special interpretation of algebraic formulas is as numbers with units.
26786 For example, the formula @samp{5 m / s^2} can be read ``five meters
26787 per second squared.'' The commands in this chapter help you
26788 manipulate units expressions in this form. Units-related commands
26789 begin with the @kbd{u} prefix key.
26790
26791 @menu
26792 * Basic Operations on Units::
26793 * The Units Table::
26794 * Predefined Units::
26795 * User-Defined Units::
26796 @end menu
26797
26798 @node Basic Operations on Units, The Units Table, Units, Units
26799 @section Basic Operations on Units
26800
26801 @noindent
26802 A @dfn{units expression} is a formula which is basically a number
26803 multiplied and/or divided by one or more @dfn{unit names}, which may
26804 optionally be raised to integer powers. Actually, the value part need not
26805 be a number; any product or quotient involving unit names is a units
26806 expression. Many of the units commands will also accept any formula,
26807 where the command applies to all units expressions which appear in the
26808 formula.
26809
26810 A unit name is a variable whose name appears in the @dfn{unit table},
26811 or a variable whose name is a prefix character like @samp{k} (for ``kilo'')
26812 or @samp{u} (for ``micro'') followed by a name in the unit table.
26813 A substantial table of built-in units is provided with Calc;
26814 @pxref{Predefined Units}. You can also define your own unit names;
26815 @pxref{User-Defined Units}.@refill
26816
26817 Note that if the value part of a units expression is exactly @samp{1},
26818 it will be removed by the Calculator's automatic algebra routines: The
26819 formula @samp{1 mm} is ``simplified'' to @samp{mm}. This is only a
26820 display anomaly, however; @samp{mm} will work just fine as a
26821 representation of one millimeter.@refill
26822
26823 You may find that Algebraic Mode (@pxref{Algebraic Entry}) makes working
26824 with units expressions easier. Otherwise, you will have to remember
26825 to hit the apostrophe key every time you wish to enter units.
26826
26827 @kindex u s
26828 @pindex calc-simplify-units
26829 @c @mindex usimpl@idots
26830 @tindex usimplify
26831 The @kbd{u s} (@code{calc-simplify-units}) [@code{usimplify}] command
26832 simplifies a units
26833 expression. It uses @kbd{a s} (@code{calc-simplify}) to simplify the
26834 expression first as a regular algebraic formula; it then looks for
26835 features that can be further simplified by converting one object's units
26836 to be compatible with another's. For example, @samp{5 m + 23 mm} will
26837 simplify to @samp{5.023 m}. When different but compatible units are
26838 added, the righthand term's units are converted to match those of the
26839 lefthand term. @xref{Simplification Modes}, for a way to have this done
26840 automatically at all times.@refill
26841
26842 Units simplification also handles quotients of two units with the same
26843 dimensionality, as in @w{@samp{2 in s/L cm}} to @samp{5.08 s/L}; fractional
26844 powers of unit expressions, as in @samp{sqrt(9 mm^2)} to @samp{3 mm} and
26845 @samp{sqrt(9 acre)} to a quantity in meters; and @code{floor},
26846 @code{ceil}, @code{round}, @code{rounde}, @code{roundu}, @code{trunc},
26847 @code{float}, @code{frac}, @code{abs}, and @code{clean}
26848 applied to units expressions, in which case
26849 the operation in question is applied only to the numeric part of the
26850 expression. Finally, trigonometric functions of quantities with units
26851 of angle are evaluated, regardless of the current angular mode.@refill
26852
26853 @kindex u c
26854 @pindex calc-convert-units
26855 The @kbd{u c} (@code{calc-convert-units}) command converts a units
26856 expression to new, compatible units. For example, given the units
26857 expression @samp{55 mph}, typing @kbd{u c m/s @key{RET}} produces
26858 @samp{24.5872 m/s}. If the units you request are inconsistent with
26859 the original units, the number will be converted into your units
26860 times whatever ``remainder'' units are left over. For example,
26861 converting @samp{55 mph} into acres produces @samp{6.08e-3 acre / m s}.
26862 (Recall that multiplication binds more strongly than division in Calc
26863 formulas, so the units here are acres per meter-second.) Remainder
26864 units are expressed in terms of ``fundamental'' units like @samp{m} and
26865 @samp{s}, regardless of the input units.
26866
26867 One special exception is that if you specify a single unit name, and
26868 a compatible unit appears somewhere in the units expression, then
26869 that compatible unit will be converted to the new unit and the
26870 remaining units in the expression will be left alone. For example,
26871 given the input @samp{980 cm/s^2}, the command @kbd{u c ms} will
26872 change the @samp{s} to @samp{ms} to get @samp{9.8e-4 cm/ms^2}.
26873 The ``remainder unit'' @samp{cm} is left alone rather than being
26874 changed to the base unit @samp{m}.
26875
26876 You can use explicit unit conversion instead of the @kbd{u s} command
26877 to gain more control over the units of the result of an expression.
26878 For example, given @samp{5 m + 23 mm}, you can type @kbd{u c m} or
26879 @kbd{u c mm} to express the result in either meters or millimeters.
26880 (For that matter, you could type @kbd{u c fath} to express the result
26881 in fathoms, if you preferred!)
26882
26883 In place of a specific set of units, you can also enter one of the
26884 units system names @code{si}, @code{mks} (equivalent), or @code{cgs}.
26885 For example, @kbd{u c si @key{RET}} converts the expression into
26886 International System of Units (SI) base units. Also, @kbd{u c base}
26887 converts to Calc's base units, which are the same as @code{si} units
26888 except that @code{base} uses @samp{g} as the fundamental unit of mass
26889 whereas @code{si} uses @samp{kg}.
26890
26891 @cindex Composite units
26892 The @kbd{u c} command also accepts @dfn{composite units}, which
26893 are expressed as the sum of several compatible unit names. For
26894 example, converting @samp{30.5 in} to units @samp{mi+ft+in} (miles,
26895 feet, and inches) produces @samp{2 ft + 6.5 in}. Calc first
26896 sorts the unit names into order of decreasing relative size.
26897 It then accounts for as much of the input quantity as it can
26898 using an integer number times the largest unit, then moves on
26899 to the next smaller unit, and so on. Only the smallest unit
26900 may have a non-integer amount attached in the result. A few
26901 standard unit names exist for common combinations, such as
26902 @code{mfi} for @samp{mi+ft+in}, and @code{tpo} for @samp{ton+lb+oz}.
26903 Composite units are expanded as if by @kbd{a x}, so that
26904 @samp{(ft+in)/hr} is first converted to @samp{ft/hr+in/hr}.
26905
26906 If the value on the stack does not contain any units, @kbd{u c} will
26907 prompt first for the old units which this value should be considered
26908 to have, then for the new units. Assuming the old and new units you
26909 give are consistent with each other, the result also will not contain
26910 any units. For example, @kbd{@w{u c} cm RET in RET} converts the number
26911 2 on the stack to 5.08.
26912
26913 @kindex u b
26914 @pindex calc-base-units
26915 The @kbd{u b} (@code{calc-base-units}) command is shorthand for
26916 @kbd{u c base}; it converts the units expression on the top of the
26917 stack into @code{base} units. If @kbd{u s} does not simplify a
26918 units expression as far as you would like, try @kbd{u b}.
26919
26920 The @kbd{u c} and @kbd{u b} commands treat temperature units (like
26921 @samp{degC} and @samp{K}) as relative temperatures. For example,
26922 @kbd{u c} converts @samp{10 degC} to @samp{18 degF}: A change of 10
26923 degrees Celsius corresponds to a change of 18 degrees Fahrenheit.
26924
26925 @kindex u t
26926 @pindex calc-convert-temperature
26927 @cindex Temperature conversion
26928 The @kbd{u t} (@code{calc-convert-temperature}) command converts
26929 absolute temperatures. The value on the stack must be a simple units
26930 expression with units of temperature only. This command would convert
26931 @samp{10 degC} to @samp{50 degF}, the equivalent temperature on the
26932 Fahrenheit scale.@refill
26933
26934 @kindex u r
26935 @pindex calc-remove-units
26936 @kindex u x
26937 @pindex calc-extract-units
26938 The @kbd{u r} (@code{calc-remove-units}) command removes units from the
26939 formula at the top of the stack. The @kbd{u x}
26940 (@code{calc-extract-units}) command extracts only the units portion of a
26941 formula. These commands essentially replace every term of the formula
26942 that does or doesn't (respectively) look like a unit name by the
26943 constant 1, then resimplify the formula.@refill
26944
26945 @kindex u a
26946 @pindex calc-autorange-units
26947 The @kbd{u a} (@code{calc-autorange-units}) command turns on and off a
26948 mode in which unit prefixes like @code{k} (``kilo'') are automatically
26949 applied to keep the numeric part of a units expression in a reasonable
26950 range. This mode affects @kbd{u s} and all units conversion commands
26951 except @kbd{u b}. For example, with autoranging on, @samp{12345 Hz}
26952 will be simplified to @samp{12.345 kHz}. Autoranging is useful for
26953 some kinds of units (like @code{Hz} and @code{m}), but is probably
26954 undesirable for non-metric units like @code{ft} and @code{tbsp}.
26955 (Composite units are more appropriate for those; see above.)
26956
26957 Autoranging always applies the prefix to the leftmost unit name.
26958 Calc chooses the largest prefix that causes the number to be greater
26959 than or equal to 1.0. Thus an increasing sequence of adjusted times
26960 would be @samp{1 ms, 10 ms, 100 ms, 1 s, 10 s, 100 s, 1 ks}.
26961 Generally the rule of thumb is that the number will be adjusted
26962 to be in the interval @samp{[1 .. 1000)}, although there are several
26963 exceptions to this rule. First, if the unit has a power then this
26964 is not possible; @samp{0.1 s^2} simplifies to @samp{100000 ms^2}.
26965 Second, the ``centi-'' prefix is allowed to form @code{cm} (centimeters),
26966 but will not apply to other units. The ``deci-,'' ``deka-,'' and
26967 ``hecto-'' prefixes are never used. Thus the allowable interval is
26968 @samp{[1 .. 10)} for millimeters and @samp{[1 .. 100)} for centimeters.
26969 Finally, a prefix will not be added to a unit if the resulting name
26970 is also the actual name of another unit; @samp{1e-15 t} would normally
26971 be considered a ``femto-ton,'' but it is written as @samp{1000 at}
26972 (1000 atto-tons) instead because @code{ft} would be confused with feet.
26973
26974 @node The Units Table, Predefined Units, Basic Operations on Units, Units
26975 @section The Units Table
26976
26977 @noindent
26978 @kindex u v
26979 @pindex calc-enter-units-table
26980 The @kbd{u v} (@code{calc-enter-units-table}) command displays the units table
26981 in another buffer called @code{*Units Table*}. Each entry in this table
26982 gives the unit name as it would appear in an expression, the definition
26983 of the unit in terms of simpler units, and a full name or description of
26984 the unit. Fundamental units are defined as themselves; these are the
26985 units produced by the @kbd{u b} command. The fundamental units are
26986 meters, seconds, grams, kelvins, amperes, candelas, moles, radians,
26987 and steradians.
26988
26989 The Units Table buffer also displays the Unit Prefix Table. Note that
26990 two prefixes, ``kilo'' and ``hecto,'' accept either upper- or lower-case
26991 prefix letters. @samp{Meg} is also accepted as a synonym for the @samp{M}
26992 prefix. Whenever a unit name can be interpreted as either a built-in name
26993 or a prefix followed by another built-in name, the former interpretation
26994 wins. For example, @samp{2 pt} means two pints, not two pico-tons.
26995
26996 The Units Table buffer, once created, is not rebuilt unless you define
26997 new units. To force the buffer to be rebuilt, give any numeric prefix
26998 argument to @kbd{u v}.
26999
27000 @kindex u V
27001 @pindex calc-view-units-table
27002 The @kbd{u V} (@code{calc-view-units-table}) command is like @kbd{u v} except
27003 that the cursor is not moved into the Units Table buffer. You can
27004 type @kbd{u V} again to remove the Units Table from the display. To
27005 return from the Units Table buffer after a @kbd{u v}, type @kbd{M-# c}
27006 again or use the regular Emacs @w{@kbd{C-x o}} (@code{other-window})
27007 command. You can also kill the buffer with @kbd{C-x k} if you wish;
27008 the actual units table is safely stored inside the Calculator.
27009
27010 @kindex u g
27011 @pindex calc-get-unit-definition
27012 The @kbd{u g} (@code{calc-get-unit-definition}) command retrieves a unit's
27013 defining expression and pushes it onto the Calculator stack. For example,
27014 @kbd{u g in} will produce the expression @samp{2.54 cm}. This is the
27015 same definition for the unit that would appear in the Units Table buffer.
27016 Note that this command works only for actual unit names; @kbd{u g km}
27017 will report that no such unit exists, for example, because @code{km} is
27018 really the unit @code{m} with a @code{k} (``kilo'') prefix. To see a
27019 definition of a unit in terms of base units, it is easier to push the
27020 unit name on the stack and then reduce it to base units with @kbd{u b}.
27021
27022 @kindex u e
27023 @pindex calc-explain-units
27024 The @kbd{u e} (@code{calc-explain-units}) command displays an English
27025 description of the units of the expression on the stack. For example,
27026 for the expression @samp{62 km^2 g / s^2 mol K}, the description is
27027 ``Square-Kilometer Gram per (Second-squared Mole Degree-Kelvin).'' This
27028 command uses the English descriptions that appear in the righthand
27029 column of the Units Table.
27030
27031 @node Predefined Units, User-Defined Units, The Units Table, Units
27032 @section Predefined Units
27033
27034 @noindent
27035 Since the exact definitions of many kinds of units have evolved over the
27036 years, and since certain countries sometimes have local differences in
27037 their definitions, it is a good idea to examine Calc's definition of a
27038 unit before depending on its exact value. For example, there are three
27039 different units for gallons, corresponding to the US (@code{gal}),
27040 Canadian (@code{galC}), and British (@code{galUK}) definitions. Also,
27041 note that @code{oz} is a standard ounce of mass, @code{ozt} is a Troy
27042 ounce, and @code{ozfl} is a fluid ounce.
27043
27044 The temperature units corresponding to degrees Kelvin and Centigrade
27045 (Celsius) are the same in this table, since most units commands treat
27046 temperatures as being relative. The @code{calc-convert-temperature}
27047 command has special rules for handling the different absolute magnitudes
27048 of the various temperature scales.
27049
27050 The unit of volume ``liters'' can be referred to by either the lower-case
27051 @code{l} or the upper-case @code{L}.
27052
27053 The unit @code{A} stands for Amperes; the name @code{Ang} is used
27054 @tex
27055 for \AA ngstroms.
27056 @end tex
27057 @ifinfo
27058 for Angstroms.
27059 @end ifinfo
27060
27061 The unit @code{pt} stands for pints; the name @code{point} stands for
27062 a typographical point, defined by @samp{72 point = 1 in}. There is
27063 also @code{tpt}, which stands for a printer's point as defined by the
27064 @TeX{} typesetting system: @samp{72.27 tpt = 1 in}.
27065
27066 The unit @code{e} stands for the elementary (electron) unit of charge;
27067 because algebra command could mistake this for the special constant
27068 @cite{e}, Calc provides the alternate unit name @code{ech} which is
27069 preferable to @code{e}.
27070
27071 The name @code{g} stands for one gram of mass; there is also @code{gf},
27072 one gram of force. (Likewise for @kbd{lb}, pounds, and @kbd{lbf}.)
27073 Meanwhile, one ``@cite{g}'' of acceleration is denoted @code{ga}.
27074
27075 The unit @code{ton} is a U.S. ton of @samp{2000 lb}, and @code{t} is
27076 a metric ton of @samp{1000 kg}.
27077
27078 The names @code{s} (or @code{sec}) and @code{min} refer to units of
27079 time; @code{arcsec} and @code{arcmin} are units of angle.
27080
27081 Some ``units'' are really physical constants; for example, @code{c}
27082 represents the speed of light, and @code{h} represents Planck's
27083 constant. You can use these just like other units: converting
27084 @samp{.5 c} to @samp{m/s} expresses one-half the speed of light in
27085 meters per second. You can also use this merely as a handy reference;
27086 the @kbd{u g} command gets the definition of one of these constants
27087 in its normal terms, and @kbd{u b} expresses the definition in base
27088 units.
27089
27090 Two units, @code{pi} and @code{fsc} (the fine structure constant,
27091 approximately @i{1/137}) are dimensionless. The units simplification
27092 commands simply treat these names as equivalent to their corresponding
27093 values. However you can, for example, use @kbd{u c} to convert a pure
27094 number into multiples of the fine structure constant, or @kbd{u b} to
27095 convert this back into a pure number. (When @kbd{u c} prompts for the
27096 ``old units,'' just enter a blank line to signify that the value
27097 really is unitless.)
27098
27099 @c Describe angular units, luminosity vs. steradians problem.
27100
27101 @node User-Defined Units, , Predefined Units, Units
27102 @section User-Defined Units
27103
27104 @noindent
27105 Calc provides ways to get quick access to your selected ``favorite''
27106 units, as well as ways to define your own new units.
27107
27108 @kindex u 0-9
27109 @pindex calc-quick-units
27110 @vindex Units
27111 @cindex @code{Units} variable
27112 @cindex Quick units
27113 To select your favorite units, store a vector of unit names or
27114 expressions in the Calc variable @code{Units}. The @kbd{u 1}
27115 through @kbd{u 9} commands (@code{calc-quick-units}) provide access
27116 to these units. If the value on the top of the stack is a plain
27117 number (with no units attached), then @kbd{u 1} gives it the
27118 specified units. (Basically, it multiplies the number by the
27119 first item in the @code{Units} vector.) If the number on the
27120 stack @emph{does} have units, then @kbd{u 1} converts that number
27121 to the new units. For example, suppose the vector @samp{[in, ft]}
27122 is stored in @code{Units}. Then @kbd{30 u 1} will create the
27123 expression @samp{30 in}, and @kbd{u 2} will convert that expression
27124 to @samp{2.5 ft}.
27125
27126 The @kbd{u 0} command accesses the tenth element of @code{Units}.
27127 Only ten quick units may be defined at a time. If the @code{Units}
27128 variable has no stored value (the default), or if its value is not
27129 a vector, then the quick-units commands will not function. The
27130 @kbd{s U} command is a convenient way to edit the @code{Units}
27131 variable; @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
27132
27133 @kindex u d
27134 @pindex calc-define-unit
27135 @cindex User-defined units
27136 The @kbd{u d} (@code{calc-define-unit}) command records the units
27137 expression on the top of the stack as the definition for a new,
27138 user-defined unit. For example, putting @samp{16.5 ft} on the stack and
27139 typing @kbd{u d rod} defines the new unit @samp{rod} to be equivalent to
27140 16.5 feet. The unit conversion and simplification commands will now
27141 treat @code{rod} just like any other unit of length. You will also be
27142 prompted for an optional English description of the unit, which will
27143 appear in the Units Table.
27144
27145 @kindex u u
27146 @pindex calc-undefine-unit
27147 The @kbd{u u} (@code{calc-undefine-unit}) command removes a user-defined
27148 unit. It is not possible to remove one of the predefined units,
27149 however.
27150
27151 If you define a unit with an existing unit name, your new definition
27152 will replace the original definition of that unit. If the unit was a
27153 predefined unit, the old definition will not be replaced, only
27154 ``shadowed.'' The built-in definition will reappear if you later use
27155 @kbd{u u} to remove the shadowing definition.
27156
27157 To create a new fundamental unit, use either 1 or the unit name itself
27158 as the defining expression. Otherwise the expression can involve any
27159 other units that you like (except for composite units like @samp{mfi}).
27160 You can create a new composite unit with a sum of other units as the
27161 defining expression. The next unit operation like @kbd{u c} or @kbd{u v}
27162 will rebuild the internal unit table incorporating your modifications.
27163 Note that erroneous definitions (such as two units defined in terms of
27164 each other) will not be detected until the unit table is next rebuilt;
27165 @kbd{u v} is a convenient way to force this to happen.
27166
27167 Temperature units are treated specially inside the Calculator; it is not
27168 possible to create user-defined temperature units.
27169
27170 @kindex u p
27171 @pindex calc-permanent-units
27172 @cindex @file{.emacs} file, user-defined units
27173 The @kbd{u p} (@code{calc-permanent-units}) command stores the user-defined
27174 units in your @file{.emacs} file, so that the units will still be
27175 available in subsequent Emacs sessions. If there was already a set of
27176 user-defined units in your @file{.emacs} file, it is replaced by the
27177 new set. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to tell Calc to use
27178 a different file instead of @file{.emacs}.)
27179
27180 @node Store and Recall, Graphics, Units, Top
27181 @chapter Storing and Recalling
27182
27183 @noindent
27184 Calculator variables are really just Lisp variables that contain numbers
27185 or formulas in a form that Calc can understand. The commands in this
27186 section allow you to manipulate variables conveniently. Commands related
27187 to variables use the @kbd{s} prefix key.
27188
27189 @menu
27190 * Storing Variables::
27191 * Recalling Variables::
27192 * Operations on Variables::
27193 * Let Command::
27194 * Evaluates-To Operator::
27195 @end menu
27196
27197 @node Storing Variables, Recalling Variables, Store and Recall, Store and Recall
27198 @section Storing Variables
27199
27200 @noindent
27201 @kindex s s
27202 @pindex calc-store
27203 @cindex Storing variables
27204 @cindex Quick variables
27205 @vindex q0
27206 @vindex q9
27207 The @kbd{s s} (@code{calc-store}) command stores the value at the top of
27208 the stack into a specified variable. It prompts you to enter the
27209 name of the variable. If you press a single digit, the value is stored
27210 immediately in one of the ``quick'' variables @code{var-q0} through
27211 @code{var-q9}. Or you can enter any variable name. The prefix @samp{var-}
27212 is supplied for you; when a name appears in a formula (as in @samp{a+q2})
27213 the prefix @samp{var-} is also supplied there, so normally you can simply
27214 forget about @samp{var-} everywhere. Its only purpose is to enable you to
27215 use Calc variables without fear of accidentally clobbering some variable in
27216 another Emacs package. If you really want to store in an arbitrary Lisp
27217 variable, just backspace over the @samp{var-}.
27218
27219 @kindex s t
27220 @pindex calc-store-into
27221 The @kbd{s s} command leaves the stored value on the stack. There is
27222 also an @kbd{s t} (@code{calc-store-into}) command, which removes a
27223 value from the stack and stores it in a variable.
27224
27225 If the top of stack value is an equation @samp{a = 7} or assignment
27226 @samp{a := 7} with a variable on the lefthand side, then Calc will
27227 assign that variable with that value by default, i.e., if you type
27228 @kbd{s s @key{RET}} or @kbd{s t @key{RET}}. In this example, the
27229 value 7 would be stored in the variable @samp{a}. (If you do type
27230 a variable name at the prompt, the top-of-stack value is stored in
27231 its entirety, even if it is an equation: @samp{s s b @key{RET}}
27232 with @samp{a := 7} on the stack stores @samp{a := 7} in @code{b}.)
27233
27234 In fact, the top of stack value can be a vector of equations or
27235 assignments with different variables on their lefthand sides; the
27236 default will be to store all the variables with their corresponding
27237 righthand sides simultaneously.
27238
27239 It is also possible to type an equation or assignment directly at
27240 the prompt for the @kbd{s s} or @kbd{s t} command: @kbd{s s foo = 7}.
27241 In this case the expression to the right of the @kbd{=} or @kbd{:=}
27242 symbol is evaluated as if by the @kbd{=} command, and that value is
27243 stored in the variable. No value is taken from the stack; @kbd{s s}
27244 and @kbd{s t} are equivalent when used in this way.
27245
27246 @kindex s 0-9
27247 @kindex t 0-9
27248 The prefix keys @kbd{s} and @kbd{t} may be followed immediately by a
27249 digit; @kbd{s 9} is equivalent to @kbd{s s 9}, and @kbd{t 9} is
27250 equivalent to @kbd{s t 9}. (The @kbd{t} prefix is otherwise used
27251 for trail and time/date commands.)
27252
27253 @kindex s +
27254 @kindex s -
27255 @c @mindex @idots
27256 @kindex s *
27257 @c @mindex @null
27258 @kindex s /
27259 @c @mindex @null
27260 @kindex s ^
27261 @c @mindex @null
27262 @kindex s |
27263 @c @mindex @null
27264 @kindex s n
27265 @c @mindex @null
27266 @kindex s &
27267 @c @mindex @null
27268 @kindex s [
27269 @c @mindex @null
27270 @kindex s ]
27271 @pindex calc-store-plus
27272 @pindex calc-store-minus
27273 @pindex calc-store-times
27274 @pindex calc-store-div
27275 @pindex calc-store-power
27276 @pindex calc-store-concat
27277 @pindex calc-store-neg
27278 @pindex calc-store-inv
27279 @pindex calc-store-decr
27280 @pindex calc-store-incr
27281 There are also several ``arithmetic store'' commands. For example,
27282 @kbd{s +} removes a value from the stack and adds it to the specified
27283 variable. The other arithmetic stores are @kbd{s -}, @kbd{s *}, @kbd{s /},
27284 @kbd{s ^}, and @w{@kbd{s |}} (vector concatenation), plus @kbd{s n} and
27285 @kbd{s &} which negate or invert the value in a variable, and @w{@kbd{s [}}
27286 and @kbd{s ]} which decrease or increase a variable by one.
27287
27288 All the arithmetic stores accept the Inverse prefix to reverse the
27289 order of the operands. If @cite{v} represents the contents of the
27290 variable, and @cite{a} is the value drawn from the stack, then regular
27291 @w{@kbd{s -}} assigns @c{$v \coloneq v - a$}
27292 @cite{v := v - a}, but @kbd{I s -} assigns
27293 @c{$v \coloneq a - v$}
27294 @cite{v := a - v}. While @kbd{I s *} might seem pointless, it is
27295 useful if matrix multiplication is involved. Actually, all the
27296 arithmetic stores use formulas designed to behave usefully both
27297 forwards and backwards:
27298
27299 @group
27300 @example
27301 s + v := v + a v := a + v
27302 s - v := v - a v := a - v
27303 s * v := v * a v := a * v
27304 s / v := v / a v := a / v
27305 s ^ v := v ^ a v := a ^ v
27306 s | v := v | a v := a | v
27307 s n v := v / (-1) v := (-1) / v
27308 s & v := v ^ (-1) v := (-1) ^ v
27309 s [ v := v - 1 v := 1 - v
27310 s ] v := v - (-1) v := (-1) - v
27311 @end example
27312 @end group
27313
27314 In the last four cases, a numeric prefix argument will be used in
27315 place of the number one. (For example, @kbd{M-2 s ]} increases
27316 a variable by 2, and @kbd{M-2 I s ]} replaces a variable by
27317 minus-two minus the variable.
27318
27319 The first six arithmetic stores can also be typed @kbd{s t +}, @kbd{s t -},
27320 etc. The commands @kbd{s s +}, @kbd{s s -}, and so on are analogous
27321 arithmetic stores that don't remove the value @cite{a} from the stack.
27322
27323 All arithmetic stores report the new value of the variable in the
27324 Trail for your information. They signal an error if the variable
27325 previously had no stored value. If default simplifications have been
27326 turned off, the arithmetic stores temporarily turn them on for numeric
27327 arguments only (i.e., they temporarily do an @kbd{m N} command).
27328 @xref{Simplification Modes}. Large vectors put in the trail by
27329 these commands always use abbreviated (@kbd{t .}) mode.
27330
27331 @kindex s m
27332 @pindex calc-store-map
27333 The @kbd{s m} command is a general way to adjust a variable's value
27334 using any Calc function. It is a ``mapping'' command analogous to
27335 @kbd{V M}, @kbd{V R}, etc. @xref{Reducing and Mapping}, to see
27336 how to specify a function for a mapping command. Basically,
27337 all you do is type the Calc command key that would invoke that
27338 function normally. For example, @kbd{s m n} applies the @kbd{n}
27339 key to negate the contents of the variable, so @kbd{s m n} is
27340 equivalent to @kbd{s n}. Also, @kbd{s m Q} takes the square root
27341 of the value stored in a variable, @kbd{s m v v} uses @kbd{v v} to
27342 reverse the vector stored in the variable, and @kbd{s m H I S}
27343 takes the hyperbolic arcsine of the variable contents.
27344
27345 If the mapping function takes two or more arguments, the additional
27346 arguments are taken from the stack; the old value of the variable
27347 is provided as the first argument. Thus @kbd{s m -} with @cite{a}
27348 on the stack computes @cite{v - a}, just like @kbd{s -}. With the
27349 Inverse prefix, the variable's original value becomes the @emph{last}
27350 argument instead of the first. Thus @kbd{I s m -} is also
27351 equivalent to @kbd{I s -}.
27352
27353 @kindex s x
27354 @pindex calc-store-exchange
27355 The @kbd{s x} (@code{calc-store-exchange}) command exchanges the value
27356 of a variable with the value on the top of the stack. Naturally, the
27357 variable must already have a stored value for this to work.
27358
27359 You can type an equation or assignment at the @kbd{s x} prompt. The
27360 command @kbd{s x a=6} takes no values from the stack; instead, it
27361 pushes the old value of @samp{a} on the stack and stores @samp{a = 6}.
27362
27363 @kindex s u
27364 @pindex calc-unstore
27365 @cindex Void variables
27366 @cindex Un-storing variables
27367 Until you store something in them, variables are ``void,'' that is, they
27368 contain no value at all. If they appear in an algebraic formula they
27369 will be left alone even if you press @kbd{=} (@code{calc-evaluate}).
27370 The @kbd{s u} (@code{calc-unstore}) command returns a variable to the
27371 void state.@refill
27372
27373 The only variables with predefined values are the ``special constants''
27374 @code{pi}, @code{e}, @code{i}, @code{phi}, and @code{gamma}. You are free
27375 to unstore these variables or to store new values into them if you like,
27376 although some of the algebraic-manipulation functions may assume these
27377 variables represent their standard values. Calc displays a warning if
27378 you change the value of one of these variables, or of one of the other
27379 special variables @code{inf}, @code{uinf}, and @code{nan} (which are
27380 normally void).
27381
27382 Note that @code{var-pi} doesn't actually have 3.14159265359 stored
27383 in it, but rather a special magic value that evaluates to @c{$\pi$}
27384 @cite{pi}
27385 at the current precision. Likewise @code{var-e}, @code{var-i}, and
27386 @code{var-phi} evaluate according to the current precision or polar mode.
27387 If you recall a value from @code{pi} and store it back, this magic
27388 property will be lost.
27389
27390 @kindex s c
27391 @pindex calc-copy-variable
27392 The @kbd{s c} (@code{calc-copy-variable}) command copies the stored
27393 value of one variable to another. It differs from a simple @kbd{s r}
27394 followed by an @kbd{s t} in two important ways. First, the value never
27395 goes on the stack and thus is never rounded, evaluated, or simplified
27396 in any way; it is not even rounded down to the current precision.
27397 Second, the ``magic'' contents of a variable like @code{var-e} can
27398 be copied into another variable with this command, perhaps because
27399 you need to unstore @code{var-e} right now but you wish to put it
27400 back when you're done. The @kbd{s c} command is the only way to
27401 manipulate these magic values intact.
27402
27403 @node Recalling Variables, Operations on Variables, Storing Variables, Store and Recall
27404 @section Recalling Variables
27405
27406 @noindent
27407 @kindex s r
27408 @pindex calc-recall
27409 @cindex Recalling variables
27410 The most straightforward way to extract the stored value from a variable
27411 is to use the @kbd{s r} (@code{calc-recall}) command. This command prompts
27412 for a variable name (similarly to @code{calc-store}), looks up the value
27413 of the specified variable, and pushes that value onto the stack. It is
27414 an error to try to recall a void variable.
27415
27416 It is also possible to recall the value from a variable by evaluating a
27417 formula containing that variable. For example, @kbd{' a @key{RET} =} is
27418 the same as @kbd{s r a @key{RET}} except that if the variable is void, the
27419 former will simply leave the formula @samp{a} on the stack whereas the
27420 latter will produce an error message.
27421
27422 @kindex r 0-9
27423 The @kbd{r} prefix may be followed by a digit, so that @kbd{r 9} is
27424 equivalent to @kbd{s r 9}. (The @kbd{r} prefix is otherwise unused
27425 in the current version of Calc.)
27426
27427 @node Operations on Variables, Let Command, Recalling Variables, Store and Recall
27428 @section Other Operations on Variables
27429
27430 @noindent
27431 @kindex s e
27432 @pindex calc-edit-variable
27433 The @kbd{s e} (@code{calc-edit-variable}) command edits the stored
27434 value of a variable without ever putting that value on the stack
27435 or simplifying or evaluating the value. It prompts for the name of
27436 the variable to edit. If the variable has no stored value, the
27437 editing buffer will start out empty. If the editing buffer is
27438 empty when you press @key{M-# M-#} to finish, the variable will
27439 be made void. @xref{Editing Stack Entries}, for a general
27440 description of editing.
27441
27442 The @kbd{s e} command is especially useful for creating and editing
27443 rewrite rules which are stored in variables. Sometimes these rules
27444 contain formulas which must not be evaluated until the rules are
27445 actually used. (For example, they may refer to @samp{deriv(x,y)},
27446 where @code{x} will someday become some expression involving @code{y};
27447 if you let Calc evaluate the rule while you are defining it, Calc will
27448 replace @samp{deriv(x,y)} with 0 because the formula @code{x} does
27449 not itself refer to @code{y}.) By contrast, recalling the variable,
27450 editing with @kbd{`}, and storing will evaluate the variable's value
27451 as a side effect of putting the value on the stack.
27452
27453 @kindex s A
27454 @kindex s D
27455 @c @mindex @idots
27456 @kindex s E
27457 @c @mindex @null
27458 @kindex s F
27459 @c @mindex @null
27460 @kindex s G
27461 @c @mindex @null
27462 @kindex s H
27463 @c @mindex @null
27464 @kindex s I
27465 @c @mindex @null
27466 @kindex s L
27467 @c @mindex @null
27468 @kindex s P
27469 @c @mindex @null
27470 @kindex s R
27471 @c @mindex @null
27472 @kindex s T
27473 @c @mindex @null
27474 @kindex s U
27475 @c @mindex @null
27476 @kindex s X
27477 @pindex calc-store-AlgSimpRules
27478 @pindex calc-store-Decls
27479 @pindex calc-store-EvalRules
27480 @pindex calc-store-FitRules
27481 @pindex calc-store-GenCount
27482 @pindex calc-store-Holidays
27483 @pindex calc-store-IntegLimit
27484 @pindex calc-store-LineStyles
27485 @pindex calc-store-PointStyles
27486 @pindex calc-store-PlotRejects
27487 @pindex calc-store-TimeZone
27488 @pindex calc-store-Units
27489 @pindex calc-store-ExtSimpRules
27490 There are several special-purpose variable-editing commands that
27491 use the @kbd{s} prefix followed by a shifted letter:
27492
27493 @table @kbd
27494 @item s A
27495 Edit @code{AlgSimpRules}. @xref{Algebraic Simplifications}.
27496 @item s D
27497 Edit @code{Decls}. @xref{Declarations}.
27498 @item s E
27499 Edit @code{EvalRules}. @xref{Default Simplifications}.
27500 @item s F
27501 Edit @code{FitRules}. @xref{Curve Fitting}.
27502 @item s G
27503 Edit @code{GenCount}. @xref{Solving Equations}.
27504 @item s H
27505 Edit @code{Holidays}. @xref{Business Days}.
27506 @item s I
27507 Edit @code{IntegLimit}. @xref{Calculus}.
27508 @item s L
27509 Edit @code{LineStyles}. @xref{Graphics}.
27510 @item s P
27511 Edit @code{PointStyles}. @xref{Graphics}.
27512 @item s R
27513 Edit @code{PlotRejects}. @xref{Graphics}.
27514 @item s T
27515 Edit @code{TimeZone}. @xref{Time Zones}.
27516 @item s U
27517 Edit @code{Units}. @xref{User-Defined Units}.
27518 @item s X
27519 Edit @code{ExtSimpRules}. @xref{Unsafe Simplifications}.
27520 @end table
27521
27522 These commands are just versions of @kbd{s e} that use fixed variable
27523 names rather than prompting for the variable name.
27524
27525 @kindex s p
27526 @pindex calc-permanent-variable
27527 @cindex Storing variables
27528 @cindex Permanent variables
27529 @cindex @file{.emacs} file, veriables
27530 The @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command saves a
27531 variable's value permanently in your @file{.emacs} file, so that its
27532 value will still be available in future Emacs sessions. You can
27533 re-execute @w{@kbd{s p}} later on to update the saved value, but the
27534 only way to remove a saved variable is to edit your @file{.emacs} file
27535 by hand. (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to tell Calc to
27536 use a different file instead of @file{.emacs}.)
27537
27538 If you do not specify the name of a variable to save (i.e.,
27539 @kbd{s p @key{RET}}), all @samp{var-} variables with defined values
27540 are saved except for the special constants @code{pi}, @code{e},
27541 @code{i}, @code{phi}, and @code{gamma}; the variables @code{TimeZone}
27542 and @code{PlotRejects};
27543 @code{FitRules}, @code{DistribRules}, and other built-in rewrite
27544 rules; and @code{PlotData@var{n}} variables generated
27545 by the graphics commands. (You can still save these variables by
27546 explicitly naming them in an @kbd{s p} command.)@refill
27547
27548 @kindex s i
27549 @pindex calc-insert-variables
27550 The @kbd{s i} (@code{calc-insert-variables}) command writes
27551 the values of all @samp{var-} variables into a specified buffer.
27552 The variables are written in the form of Lisp @code{setq} commands
27553 which store the values in string form. You can place these commands
27554 in your @file{.emacs} buffer if you wish, though in this case it
27555 would be easier to use @kbd{s p @key{RET}}. (Note that @kbd{s i}
27556 omits the same set of variables as @w{@kbd{s p @key{RET}}}; the difference
27557 is that @kbd{s i} will store the variables in any buffer, and it also
27558 stores in a more human-readable format.)
27559
27560 @node Let Command, Evaluates-To Operator, Operations on Variables, Store and Recall
27561 @section The Let Command
27562
27563 @noindent
27564 @kindex s l
27565 @pindex calc-let
27566 @cindex Variables, temporary assignment
27567 @cindex Temporary assignment to variables
27568 If you have an expression like @samp{a+b^2} on the stack and you wish to
27569 compute its value where @cite{b=3}, you can simply store 3 in @cite{b} and
27570 then press @kbd{=} to reevaluate the formula. This has the side-effect
27571 of leaving the stored value of 3 in @cite{b} for future operations.
27572
27573 The @kbd{s l} (@code{calc-let}) command evaluates a formula under a
27574 @emph{temporary} assignment of a variable. It stores the value on the
27575 top of the stack into the specified variable, then evaluates the
27576 second-to-top stack entry, then restores the original value (or lack of one)
27577 in the variable. Thus after @kbd{'@w{ }a+b^2 @key{RET} 3 s l b @key{RET}},
27578 the stack will contain the formula @samp{a + 9}. The subsequent command
27579 @kbd{@w{5 s l a} @key{RET}} will replace this formula with the number 14.
27580 The variables @samp{a} and @samp{b} are not permanently affected in any way
27581 by these commands.
27582
27583 The value on the top of the stack may be an equation or assignment, or
27584 a vector of equations or assignments, in which case the default will be
27585 analogous to the case of @kbd{s t @key{RET}}. @xref{Storing Variables}.
27586
27587 Also, you can answer the variable-name prompt with an equation or
27588 assignment: @kbd{s l b=3 RET} is the same as storing 3 on the stack
27589 and typing @kbd{s l b RET}.
27590
27591 The @kbd{a b} (@code{calc-substitute}) command is another way to substitute
27592 a variable with a value in a formula. It does an actual substitution
27593 rather than temporarily assigning the variable and evaluating. For
27594 example, letting @cite{n=2} in @samp{f(n pi)} with @kbd{a b} will
27595 produce @samp{f(2 pi)}, whereas @kbd{s l} would give @samp{f(6.28)}
27596 since the evaluation step will also evaluate @code{pi}.
27597
27598 @node Evaluates-To Operator, , Let Command, Store and Recall
27599 @section The Evaluates-To Operator
27600
27601 @noindent
27602 @tindex evalto
27603 @tindex =>
27604 @cindex Evaluates-to operator
27605 @cindex @samp{=>} operator
27606 The special algebraic symbol @samp{=>} is known as the @dfn{evaluates-to
27607 operator}. (It will show up as an @code{evalto} function call in
27608 other language modes like Pascal and @TeX{}.) This is a binary
27609 operator, that is, it has a lefthand and a righthand argument,
27610 although it can be entered with the righthand argument omitted.
27611
27612 A formula like @samp{@var{a} => @var{b}} is evaluated by Calc as
27613 follows: First, @var{a} is not simplified or modified in any
27614 way. The previous value of argument @var{b} is thrown away; the
27615 formula @var{a} is then copied and evaluated as if by the @kbd{=}
27616 command according to all current modes and stored variable values,
27617 and the result is installed as the new value of @var{b}.
27618
27619 For example, suppose you enter the algebraic formula @samp{2 + 3 => 17}.
27620 The number 17 is ignored, and the lefthand argument is left in its
27621 unevaluated form; the result is the formula @samp{2 + 3 => 5}.
27622
27623 @kindex s =
27624 @pindex calc-evalto
27625 You can enter an @samp{=>} formula either directly using algebraic
27626 entry (in which case the righthand side may be omitted since it is
27627 going to be replaced right away anyhow), or by using the @kbd{s =}
27628 (@code{calc-evalto}) command, which takes @var{a} from the stack
27629 and replaces it with @samp{@var{a} => @var{b}}.
27630
27631 Calc keeps track of all @samp{=>} operators on the stack, and
27632 recomputes them whenever anything changes that might affect their
27633 values, i.e., a mode setting or variable value. This occurs only
27634 if the @samp{=>} operator is at the top level of the formula, or
27635 if it is part of a top-level vector. In other words, pushing
27636 @samp{2 + (a => 17)} will change the 17 to the actual value of
27637 @samp{a} when you enter the formula, but the result will not be
27638 dynamically updated when @samp{a} is changed later because the
27639 @samp{=>} operator is buried inside a sum. However, a vector
27640 of @samp{=>} operators will be recomputed, since it is convenient
27641 to push a vector like @samp{[a =>, b =>, c =>]} on the stack to
27642 make a concise display of all the variables in your problem.
27643 (Another way to do this would be to use @samp{[a, b, c] =>},
27644 which provides a slightly different format of display. You
27645 can use whichever you find easiest to read.)
27646
27647 @kindex m C
27648 @pindex calc-auto-recompute
27649 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command allows you to
27650 turn this automatic recomputation on or off. If you turn
27651 recomputation off, you must explicitly recompute an @samp{=>}
27652 operator on the stack in one of the usual ways, such as by
27653 pressing @kbd{=}. Turning recomputation off temporarily can save
27654 a lot of time if you will be changing several modes or variables
27655 before you look at the @samp{=>} entries again.
27656
27657 Most commands are not especially useful with @samp{=>} operators
27658 as arguments. For example, given @samp{x + 2 => 17}, it won't
27659 work to type @kbd{1 +} to get @samp{x + 3 => 18}. If you want
27660 to operate on the lefthand side of the @samp{=>} operator on
27661 the top of the stack, type @kbd{j 1} (that's the digit ``one'')
27662 to select the lefthand side, execute your commands, then type
27663 @kbd{j u} to unselect.
27664
27665 All current modes apply when an @samp{=>} operator is computed,
27666 including the current simplification mode. Recall that the
27667 formula @samp{x + y + x} is not handled by Calc's default
27668 simplifications, but the @kbd{a s} command will reduce it to
27669 the simpler form @samp{y + 2 x}. You can also type @kbd{m A}
27670 to enable an algebraic-simplification mode in which the
27671 equivalent of @kbd{a s} is used on all of Calc's results.
27672 If you enter @samp{x + y + x =>} normally, the result will
27673 be @samp{x + y + x => x + y + x}. If you change to
27674 algebraic-simplification mode, the result will be
27675 @samp{x + y + x => y + 2 x}. However, just pressing @kbd{a s}
27676 once will have no effect on @samp{x + y + x => x + y + x},
27677 because the righthand side depends only on the lefthand side
27678 and the current mode settings, and the lefthand side is not
27679 affected by commands like @kbd{a s}.
27680
27681 The ``let'' command (@kbd{s l}) has an interesting interaction
27682 with the @samp{=>} operator. The @kbd{s l} command evaluates the
27683 second-to-top stack entry with the top stack entry supplying
27684 a temporary value for a given variable. As you might expect,
27685 if that stack entry is an @samp{=>} operator its righthand
27686 side will temporarily show this value for the variable. In
27687 fact, all @samp{=>}s on the stack will be updated if they refer
27688 to that variable. But this change is temporary in the sense
27689 that the next command that causes Calc to look at those stack
27690 entries will make them revert to the old variable value.
27691
27692 @group
27693 @smallexample
27694 2: a => a 2: a => 17 2: a => a
27695 1: a + 1 => a + 1 1: a + 1 => 18 1: a + 1 => a + 1
27696 . . .
27697
27698 17 s l a RET p 8 RET
27699 @end smallexample
27700 @end group
27701
27702 Here the @kbd{p 8} command changes the current precision,
27703 thus causing the @samp{=>} forms to be recomputed after the
27704 influence of the ``let'' is gone. The @kbd{d SPC} command
27705 (@code{calc-refresh}) is a handy way to force the @samp{=>}
27706 operators on the stack to be recomputed without any other
27707 side effects.
27708
27709 @kindex s :
27710 @pindex calc-assign
27711 @tindex assign
27712 @tindex :=
27713 Embedded Mode also uses @samp{=>} operators. In embedded mode,
27714 the lefthand side of an @samp{=>} operator can refer to variables
27715 assigned elsewhere in the file by @samp{:=} operators. The
27716 assignment operator @samp{a := 17} does not actually do anything
27717 by itself. But Embedded Mode recognizes it and marks it as a sort
27718 of file-local definition of the variable. You can enter @samp{:=}
27719 operators in algebraic mode, or by using the @kbd{s :}
27720 (@code{calc-assign}) [@code{assign}] command which takes a variable
27721 and value from the stack and replaces them with an assignment.
27722
27723 @xref{TeX Language Mode}, for the way @samp{=>} appears in
27724 @TeX{} language output. The @dfn{eqn} mode gives similar
27725 treatment to @samp{=>}.
27726
27727 @node Graphics, Kill and Yank, Store and Recall, Top
27728 @chapter Graphics
27729
27730 @noindent
27731 The commands for graphing data begin with the @kbd{g} prefix key. Calc
27732 uses GNUPLOT 2.0 or 3.0 to do graphics. These commands will only work
27733 if GNUPLOT is available on your system. (While GNUPLOT sounds like
27734 a relative of GNU Emacs, it is actually completely unrelated.
27735 However, it is free software and can be obtained from the Free
27736 Software Foundation's machine @samp{prep.ai.mit.edu}.)
27737
27738 @vindex calc-gnuplot-name
27739 If you have GNUPLOT installed on your system but Calc is unable to
27740 find it, you may need to set the @code{calc-gnuplot-name} variable
27741 in your @file{.emacs} file. You may also need to set some Lisp
27742 variables to show Calc how to run GNUPLOT on your system; these
27743 are described under @kbd{g D} and @kbd{g O} below. If you are
27744 using the X window system, Calc will configure GNUPLOT for you
27745 automatically. If you have GNUPLOT 3.0 and you are not using X,
27746 Calc will configure GNUPLOT to display graphs using simple character
27747 graphics that will work on any terminal.
27748
27749 @menu
27750 * Basic Graphics::
27751 * Three Dimensional Graphics::
27752 * Managing Curves::
27753 * Graphics Options::
27754 * Devices::
27755 @end menu
27756
27757 @node Basic Graphics, Three Dimensional Graphics, Graphics, Graphics
27758 @section Basic Graphics
27759
27760 @noindent
27761 @kindex g f
27762 @pindex calc-graph-fast
27763 The easiest graphics command is @kbd{g f} (@code{calc-graph-fast}).
27764 This command takes two vectors of equal length from the stack.
27765 The vector at the top of the stack represents the ``y'' values of
27766 the various data points. The vector in the second-to-top position
27767 represents the corresponding ``x'' values. This command runs
27768 GNUPLOT (if it has not already been started by previous graphing
27769 commands) and displays the set of data points. The points will
27770 be connected by lines, and there will also be some kind of symbol
27771 to indicate the points themselves.
27772
27773 The ``x'' entry may instead be an interval form, in which case suitable
27774 ``x'' values are interpolated between the minimum and maximum values of
27775 the interval (whether the interval is open or closed is ignored).
27776
27777 The ``x'' entry may also be a number, in which case Calc uses the
27778 sequence of ``x'' values @cite{x}, @cite{x+1}, @cite{x+2}, etc.
27779 (Generally the number 0 or 1 would be used for @cite{x} in this case.)
27780
27781 The ``y'' entry may be any formula instead of a vector. Calc effectively
27782 uses @kbd{N} (@code{calc-eval-num}) to evaluate variables in the formula;
27783 the result of this must be a formula in a single (unassigned) variable.
27784 The formula is plotted with this variable taking on the various ``x''
27785 values. Graphs of formulas by default use lines without symbols at the
27786 computed data points. Note that if neither ``x'' nor ``y'' is a vector,
27787 Calc guesses at a reasonable number of data points to use. See the
27788 @kbd{g N} command below. (The ``x'' values must be either a vector
27789 or an interval if ``y'' is a formula.)
27790
27791 @c @starindex
27792 @tindex xy
27793 If ``y'' is (or evaluates to) a formula of the form
27794 @samp{xy(@var{x}, @var{y})} then the result is a
27795 parametric plot. The two arguments of the fictitious @code{xy} function
27796 are used as the ``x'' and ``y'' coordinates of the curve, respectively.
27797 In this case the ``x'' vector or interval you specified is not directly
27798 visible in the graph. For example, if ``x'' is the interval @samp{[0..360]}
27799 and ``y'' is the formula @samp{xy(sin(t), cos(t))}, the resulting graph
27800 will be a circle.@refill
27801
27802 Also, ``x'' and ``y'' may each be variable names, in which case Calc
27803 looks for suitable vectors, intervals, or formulas stored in those
27804 variables.
27805
27806 The ``x'' and ``y'' values for the data points (as pulled from the vectors,
27807 calculated from the formulas, or interpolated from the intervals) should
27808 be real numbers (integers, fractions, or floats). If either the ``x''
27809 value or the ``y'' value of a given data point is not a real number, that
27810 data point will be omitted from the graph. The points on either side
27811 of the invalid point will @emph{not} be connected by a line.
27812
27813 See the documentation for @kbd{g a} below for a description of the way
27814 numeric prefix arguments affect @kbd{g f}.
27815
27816 @cindex @code{PlotRejects} variable
27817 @vindex PlotRejects
27818 If you store an empty vector in the variable @code{PlotRejects}
27819 (i.e., @kbd{[ ] s t PlotRejects}), Calc will append information to
27820 this vector for every data point which was rejected because its
27821 ``x'' or ``y'' values were not real numbers. The result will be
27822 a matrix where each row holds the curve number, data point number,
27823 ``x'' value, and ``y'' value for a rejected data point.
27824 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a handy way to keep tabs on the
27825 current value of @code{PlotRejects}. @xref{Operations on Variables},
27826 for the @kbd{s R} command which is another easy way to examine
27827 @code{PlotRejects}.
27828
27829 @kindex g c
27830 @pindex calc-graph-clear
27831 To clear the graphics display, type @kbd{g c} (@code{calc-graph-clear}).
27832 If the GNUPLOT output device is an X window, the window will go away.
27833 Effects on other kinds of output devices will vary. You don't need
27834 to use @kbd{g c} if you don't want to---if you give another @kbd{g f}
27835 or @kbd{g p} command later on, it will reuse the existing graphics
27836 window if there is one.
27837
27838 @node Three Dimensional Graphics, Managing Curves, Basic Graphics, Graphics
27839 @section Three-Dimensional Graphics
27840
27841 @kindex g F
27842 @pindex calc-graph-fast-3d
27843 The @kbd{g F} (@code{calc-graph-fast-3d}) command makes a three-dimensional
27844 graph. It works only if you have GNUPLOT 3.0 or later; with GNUPLOT 2.0,
27845 you will see a GNUPLOT error message if you try this command.
27846
27847 The @kbd{g F} command takes three values from the stack, called ``x'',
27848 ``y'', and ``z'', respectively. As was the case for 2D graphs, there
27849 are several options for these values.
27850
27851 In the first case, ``x'' and ``y'' are each vectors (not necessarily of
27852 the same length); either or both may instead be interval forms. The
27853 ``z'' value must be a matrix with the same number of rows as elements
27854 in ``x'', and the same number of columns as elements in ``y''. The
27855 result is a surface plot where @c{$z_{ij}$}
27856 @cite{z_ij} is the height of the point
27857 at coordinate @cite{(x_i, y_j)} on the surface. The 3D graph will
27858 be displayed from a certain default viewpoint; you can change this
27859 viewpoint by adding a @samp{set view} to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}
27860 buffer as described later. See the GNUPLOT 3.0 documentation for a
27861 description of the @samp{set view} command.
27862
27863 Each point in the matrix will be displayed as a dot in the graph,
27864 and these points will be connected by a grid of lines (@dfn{isolines}).
27865
27866 In the second case, ``x'', ``y'', and ``z'' are all vectors of equal
27867 length. The resulting graph displays a 3D line instead of a surface,
27868 where the coordinates of points along the line are successive triplets
27869 of values from the input vectors.
27870
27871 In the third case, ``x'' and ``y'' are vectors or interval forms, and
27872 ``z'' is any formula involving two variables (not counting variables
27873 with assigned values). These variables are sorted into alphabetical
27874 order; the first takes on values from ``x'' and the second takes on
27875 values from ``y'' to form a matrix of results that are graphed as a
27876 3D surface.
27877
27878 @c @starindex
27879 @tindex xyz
27880 If the ``z'' formula evaluates to a call to the fictitious function
27881 @samp{xyz(@var{x}, @var{y}, @var{z})}, then the result is a
27882 ``parametric surface.'' In this case, the axes of the graph are
27883 taken from the @var{x} and @var{y} values in these calls, and the
27884 ``x'' and ``y'' values from the input vectors or intervals are used only
27885 to specify the range of inputs to the formula. For example, plotting
27886 @samp{[0..360], [0..180], xyz(sin(x)*sin(y), cos(x)*sin(y), cos(y))}
27887 will draw a sphere. (Since the default resolution for 3D plots is
27888 5 steps in each of ``x'' and ``y'', this will draw a very crude
27889 sphere. You could use the @kbd{g N} command, described below, to
27890 increase this resolution, or specify the ``x'' and ``y'' values as
27891 vectors with more than 5 elements.
27892
27893 It is also possible to have a function in a regular @kbd{g f} plot
27894 evaluate to an @code{xyz} call. Since @kbd{g f} plots a line, not
27895 a surface, the result will be a 3D parametric line. For example,
27896 @samp{[[0..720], xyz(sin(x), cos(x), x)]} will plot two turns of a
27897 helix (a three-dimensional spiral).
27898
27899 As for @kbd{g f}, each of ``x'', ``y'', and ``z'' may instead be
27900 variables containing the relevant data.
27901
27902 @node Managing Curves, Graphics Options, Three Dimensional Graphics, Graphics
27903 @section Managing Curves
27904
27905 @noindent
27906 The @kbd{g f} command is really shorthand for the following commands:
27907 @kbd{C-u g d g a g p}. Likewise, @w{@kbd{g F}} is shorthand for
27908 @kbd{C-u g d g A g p}. You can gain more control over your graph
27909 by using these commands directly.
27910
27911 @kindex g a
27912 @pindex calc-graph-add
27913 The @kbd{g a} (@code{calc-graph-add}) command adds the ``curve''
27914 represented by the two values on the top of the stack to the current
27915 graph. You can have any number of curves in the same graph. When
27916 you give the @kbd{g p} command, all the curves will be drawn superimposed
27917 on the same axes.
27918
27919 The @kbd{g a} command (and many others that affect the current graph)
27920 will cause a special buffer, @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}, to be displayed
27921 in another window. This buffer is a template of the commands that will
27922 be sent to GNUPLOT when it is time to draw the graph. The first
27923 @kbd{g a} command adds a @code{plot} command to this buffer. Succeeding
27924 @kbd{g a} commands add extra curves onto that @code{plot} command.
27925 Other graph-related commands put other GNUPLOT commands into this
27926 buffer. In normal usage you never need to work with this buffer
27927 directly, but you can if you wish. The only constraint is that there
27928 must be only one @code{plot} command, and it must be the last command
27929 in the buffer. If you want to save and later restore a complete graph
27930 configuration, you can use regular Emacs commands to save and restore
27931 the contents of the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
27932
27933 @vindex PlotData1
27934 @vindex PlotData2
27935 If the values on the stack are not variable names, @kbd{g a} will invent
27936 variable names for them (of the form @samp{PlotData@var{n}}) and store
27937 the values in those variables. The ``x'' and ``y'' variables are what
27938 go into the @code{plot} command in the template. If you add a curve
27939 that uses a certain variable and then later change that variable, you
27940 can replot the graph without having to delete and re-add the curve.
27941 That's because the variable name, not the vector, interval or formula
27942 itself, is what was added by @kbd{g a}.
27943
27944 A numeric prefix argument on @kbd{g a} or @kbd{g f} changes the way
27945 stack entries are interpreted as curves. With a positive prefix
27946 argument @cite{n}, the top @cite{n} stack entries are ``y'' values
27947 for @cite{n} different curves which share a common ``x'' value in
27948 the @cite{n+1}st stack entry. (Thus @kbd{g a} with no prefix
27949 argument is equivalent to @kbd{C-u 1 g a}.)
27950
27951 A prefix of zero or plain @kbd{C-u} means to take two stack entries,
27952 ``x'' and ``y'' as usual, but to interpret ``y'' as a vector of
27953 ``y'' values for several curves that share a common ``x''.
27954
27955 A negative prefix argument tells Calc to read @cite{n} vectors from
27956 the stack; each vector @cite{[x, y]} describes an independent curve.
27957 This is the only form of @kbd{g a} that creates several curves at once
27958 that don't have common ``x'' values. (Of course, the range of ``x''
27959 values covered by all the curves ought to be roughly the same if
27960 they are to look nice on the same graph.)
27961
27962 For example, to plot @c{$\sin n x$}
27963 @cite{sin(n x)} for integers @cite{n}
27964 from 1 to 5, you could use @kbd{v x} to create a vector of integers
27965 (@cite{n}), then @kbd{V M '} or @kbd{V M $} to map @samp{sin(n x)}
27966 across this vector. The resulting vector of formulas is suitable
27967 for use as the ``y'' argument to a @kbd{C-u g a} or @kbd{C-u g f}
27968 command.
27969
27970 @kindex g A
27971 @pindex calc-graph-add-3d
27972 The @kbd{g A} (@code{calc-graph-add-3d}) command adds a 3D curve
27973 to the graph. It is not legal to intermix 2D and 3D curves in a
27974 single graph. This command takes three arguments, ``x'', ``y'',
27975 and ``z'', from the stack. With a positive prefix @cite{n}, it
27976 takes @cite{n+2} arguments (common ``x'' and ``y'', plus @cite{n}
27977 separate ``z''s). With a zero prefix, it takes three stack entries
27978 but the ``z'' entry is a vector of curve values. With a negative
27979 prefix @cite{-n}, it takes @cite{n} vectors of the form @cite{[x, y, z]}.
27980 The @kbd{g A} command works by adding a @code{splot} (surface-plot)
27981 command to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
27982
27983 (Although @kbd{g a} adds a 2D @code{plot} command to the
27984 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer, Calc changes this to @code{splot}
27985 before sending it to GNUPLOT if it notices that the data points are
27986 evaluating to @code{xyz} calls. It will not work to mix 2D and 3D
27987 @kbd{g a} curves in a single graph, although Calc does not currently
27988 check for this.)
27989
27990 @kindex g d
27991 @pindex calc-graph-delete
27992 The @kbd{g d} (@code{calc-graph-delete}) command deletes the most
27993 recently added curve from the graph. It has no effect if there are
27994 no curves in the graph. With a numeric prefix argument of any kind,
27995 it deletes all of the curves from the graph.
27996
27997 @kindex g H
27998 @pindex calc-graph-hide
27999 The @kbd{g H} (@code{calc-graph-hide}) command ``hides'' or ``unhides''
28000 the most recently added curve. A hidden curve will not appear in
28001 the actual plot, but information about it such as its name and line and
28002 point styles will be retained.
28003
28004 @kindex g j
28005 @pindex calc-graph-juggle
28006 The @kbd{g j} (@code{calc-graph-juggle}) command moves the curve
28007 at the end of the list (the ``most recently added curve'') to the
28008 front of the list. The next-most-recent curve is thus exposed for
28009 @w{@kbd{g d}} or similar commands to use. With @kbd{g j} you can work
28010 with any curve in the graph even though curve-related commands only
28011 affect the last curve in the list.
28012
28013 @kindex g p
28014 @pindex calc-graph-plot
28015 The @kbd{g p} (@code{calc-graph-plot}) command uses GNUPLOT to draw
28016 the graph described in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. Any
28017 GNUPLOT parameters which are not defined by commands in this buffer
28018 are reset to their default values. The variables named in the @code{plot}
28019 command are written to a temporary data file and the variable names
28020 are then replaced by the file name in the template. The resulting
28021 plotting commands are fed to the GNUPLOT program. See the documentation
28022 for the GNUPLOT program for more specific information. All temporary
28023 files are removed when Emacs or GNUPLOT exits.
28024
28025 If you give a formula for ``y'', Calc will remember all the values that
28026 it calculates for the formula so that later plots can reuse these values.
28027 Calc throws out these saved values when you change any circumstances
28028 that may affect the data, such as switching from Degrees to Radians
28029 mode, or changing the value of a parameter in the formula. You can
28030 force Calc to recompute the data from scratch by giving a negative
28031 numeric prefix argument to @kbd{g p}.
28032
28033 Calc uses a fairly rough step size when graphing formulas over intervals.
28034 This is to ensure quick response. You can ``refine'' a plot by giving
28035 a positive numeric prefix argument to @kbd{g p}. Calc goes through
28036 the data points it has computed and saved from previous plots of the
28037 function, and computes and inserts a new data point midway between
28038 each of the existing points. You can refine a plot any number of times,
28039 but beware that the amount of calculation involved doubles each time.
28040
28041 Calc does not remember computed values for 3D graphs. This means the
28042 numerix prefix argument, if any, to @kbd{g p} is effectively ignored if
28043 the current graph is three-dimensional.
28044
28045 @kindex g P
28046 @pindex calc-graph-print
28047 The @kbd{g P} (@code{calc-graph-print}) command is like @kbd{g p},
28048 except that it sends the output to a printer instead of to the
28049 screen. More precisely, @kbd{g p} looks for @samp{set terminal}
28050 or @samp{set output} commands in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer;
28051 lacking these it uses the default settings. However, @kbd{g P}
28052 ignores @samp{set terminal} and @samp{set output} commands and
28053 uses a different set of default values. All of these values are
28054 controlled by the @kbd{g D} and @kbd{g O} commands discussed below.
28055 Provided everything is set up properly, @kbd{g p} will plot to
28056 the screen unless you have specified otherwise and @kbd{g P} will
28057 always plot to the printer.
28058
28059 @node Graphics Options, Devices, Managing Curves, Graphics
28060 @section Graphics Options
28061
28062 @noindent
28063 @kindex g g
28064 @pindex calc-graph-grid
28065 The @kbd{g g} (@code{calc-graph-grid}) command turns the ``grid''
28066 on and off. It is off by default; tick marks appear only at the
28067 edges of the graph. With the grid turned on, dotted lines appear
28068 across the graph at each tick mark. Note that this command only
28069 changes the setting in @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}; to see the effects
28070 of the change you must give another @kbd{g p} command.
28071
28072 @kindex g b
28073 @pindex calc-graph-border
28074 The @kbd{g b} (@code{calc-graph-border}) command turns the border
28075 (the box that surrounds the graph) on and off. It is on by default.
28076 This command will only work with GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions.
28077
28078 @kindex g k
28079 @pindex calc-graph-key
28080 The @kbd{g k} (@code{calc-graph-key}) command turns the ``key''
28081 on and off. The key is a chart in the corner of the graph that
28082 shows the correspondence between curves and line styles. It is
28083 off by default, and is only really useful if you have several
28084 curves on the same graph.
28085
28086 @kindex g N
28087 @pindex calc-graph-num-points
28088 The @kbd{g N} (@code{calc-graph-num-points}) command allows you
28089 to select the number of data points in the graph. This only affects
28090 curves where neither ``x'' nor ``y'' is specified as a vector.
28091 Enter a blank line to revert to the default value (initially 15).
28092 With no prefix argument, this command affects only the current graph.
28093 With a positive prefix argument this command changes or, if you enter
28094 a blank line, displays the default number of points used for all
28095 graphs created by @kbd{g a} that don't specify the resolution explicitly.
28096 With a negative prefix argument, this command changes or displays
28097 the default value (initially 5) used for 3D graphs created by @kbd{g A}.
28098 Note that a 3D setting of 5 means that a total of @cite{5^2 = 25} points
28099 will be computed for the surface.
28100
28101 Data values in the graph of a function are normally computed to a
28102 precision of five digits, regardless of the current precision at the
28103 time. This is usually more than adequate, but there are cases where
28104 it will not be. For example, plotting @cite{1 + x} with @cite{x} in the
28105 interval @samp{[0 ..@: 1e-6]} will round all the data points down
28106 to 1.0! Putting the command @samp{set precision @var{n}} in the
28107 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer will cause the data to be computed
28108 at precision @var{n} instead of 5. Since this is such a rare case,
28109 there is no keystroke-based command to set the precision.
28110
28111 @kindex g h
28112 @pindex calc-graph-header
28113 The @kbd{g h} (@code{calc-graph-header}) command sets the title
28114 for the graph. This will show up centered above the graph.
28115 The default title is blank (no title).
28116
28117 @kindex g n
28118 @pindex calc-graph-name
28119 The @kbd{g n} (@code{calc-graph-name}) command sets the title of an
28120 individual curve. Like the other curve-manipulating commands, it
28121 affects the most recently added curve, i.e., the last curve on the
28122 list in the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. To set the title of
28123 the other curves you must first juggle them to the end of the list
28124 with @kbd{g j}, or edit the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer by hand.
28125 Curve titles appear in the key; if the key is turned off they are
28126 not used.
28127
28128 @kindex g t
28129 @kindex g T
28130 @pindex calc-graph-title-x
28131 @pindex calc-graph-title-y
28132 The @kbd{g t} (@code{calc-graph-title-x}) and @kbd{g T}
28133 (@code{calc-graph-title-y}) commands set the titles on the ``x''
28134 and ``y'' axes, respectively. These titles appear next to the
28135 tick marks on the left and bottom edges of the graph, respectively.
28136 Calc does not have commands to control the tick marks themselves,
28137 but you can edit them into the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer if
28138 you wish. See the GNUPLOT documentation for details.
28139
28140 @kindex g r
28141 @kindex g R
28142 @pindex calc-graph-range-x
28143 @pindex calc-graph-range-y
28144 The @kbd{g r} (@code{calc-graph-range-x}) and @kbd{g R}
28145 (@code{calc-graph-range-y}) commands set the range of values on the
28146 ``x'' and ``y'' axes, respectively. You are prompted to enter a
28147 suitable range. This should be either a pair of numbers of the
28148 form, @samp{@var{min}:@var{max}}, or a blank line to revert to the
28149 default behavior of setting the range based on the range of values
28150 in the data, or @samp{$} to take the range from the top of the stack.
28151 Ranges on the stack can be represented as either interval forms or
28152 vectors: @samp{[@var{min} ..@: @var{max}]} or @samp{[@var{min}, @var{max}]}.
28153
28154 @kindex g l
28155 @kindex g L
28156 @pindex calc-graph-log-x
28157 @pindex calc-graph-log-y
28158 The @kbd{g l} (@code{calc-graph-log-x}) and @kbd{g L} (@code{calc-graph-log-y})
28159 commands allow you to set either or both of the axes of the graph to
28160 be logarithmic instead of linear.
28161
28162 @kindex g C-l
28163 @kindex g C-r
28164 @kindex g C-t
28165 @pindex calc-graph-log-z
28166 @pindex calc-graph-range-z
28167 @pindex calc-graph-title-z
28168 For 3D plots, @kbd{g C-t}, @kbd{g C-r}, and @kbd{g C-l} (those are
28169 letters with the Control key held down) are the corresponding commands
28170 for the ``z'' axis.
28171
28172 @kindex g z
28173 @kindex g Z
28174 @pindex calc-graph-zero-x
28175 @pindex calc-graph-zero-y
28176 The @kbd{g z} (@code{calc-graph-zero-x}) and @kbd{g Z}
28177 (@code{calc-graph-zero-y}) commands control whether a dotted line is
28178 drawn to indicate the ``x'' and/or ``y'' zero axes. (These are the same
28179 dotted lines that would be drawn there anyway if you used @kbd{g g} to
28180 turn the ``grid'' feature on.) Zero-axis lines are on by default, and
28181 may be turned off only in GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions. They are
28182 not available for 3D plots.
28183
28184 @kindex g s
28185 @pindex calc-graph-line-style
28186 The @kbd{g s} (@code{calc-graph-line-style}) command turns the connecting
28187 lines on or off for the most recently added curve, and optionally selects
28188 the style of lines to be used for that curve. Plain @kbd{g s} simply
28189 toggles the lines on and off. With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g s}
28190 turns lines on and sets a particular line style. Line style numbers
28191 start at one and their meanings vary depending on the output device.
28192 GNUPLOT guarantees that there will be at least six different line styles
28193 available for any device.
28194
28195 @kindex g S
28196 @pindex calc-graph-point-style
28197 The @kbd{g S} (@code{calc-graph-point-style}) command similarly turns
28198 the symbols at the data points on or off, or sets the point style.
28199 If you turn both lines and points off, the data points will show as
28200 tiny dots.
28201
28202 @cindex @code{LineStyles} variable
28203 @cindex @code{PointStyles} variable
28204 @vindex LineStyles
28205 @vindex PointStyles
28206 Another way to specify curve styles is with the @code{LineStyles} and
28207 @code{PointStyles} variables. These variables initially have no stored
28208 values, but if you store a vector of integers in one of these variables,
28209 the @kbd{g a} and @kbd{g f} commands will use those style numbers
28210 instead of the defaults for new curves that are added to the graph.
28211 An entry should be a positive integer for a specific style, or 0 to let
28212 the style be chosen automatically, or @i{-1} to turn off lines or points
28213 altogether. If there are more curves than elements in the vector, the
28214 last few curves will continue to have the default styles. Of course,
28215 you can later use @kbd{g s} and @kbd{g S} to change any of these styles.
28216
28217 For example, @kbd{'[2 -1 3] RET s t LineStyles} causes the first curve
28218 to have lines in style number 2, the second curve to have no connecting
28219 lines, and the third curve to have lines in style 3. Point styles will
28220 still be assigned automatically, but you could store another vector in
28221 @code{PointStyles} to define them, too.
28222
28223 @node Devices, , Graphics Options, Graphics
28224 @section Graphical Devices
28225
28226 @noindent
28227 @kindex g D
28228 @pindex calc-graph-device
28229 The @kbd{g D} (@code{calc-graph-device}) command sets the device name
28230 (or ``terminal name'' in GNUPLOT lingo) to be used by @kbd{g p} commands
28231 on this graph. It does not affect the permanent default device name.
28232 If you enter a blank name, the device name reverts to the default.
28233 Enter @samp{?} to see a list of supported devices.
28234
28235 With a positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g D} instead sets
28236 the default device name, used by all plots in the future which do
28237 not override it with a plain @kbd{g D} command. If you enter a
28238 blank line this command shows you the current default. The special
28239 name @code{default} signifies that Calc should choose @code{x11} if
28240 the X window system is in use (as indicated by the presence of a
28241 @code{DISPLAY} environment variable), or otherwise @code{dumb} under
28242 GNUPLOT 3.0 and later, or @code{postscript} under GNUPLOT 2.0.
28243 This is the initial default value.
28244
28245 The @code{dumb} device is an interface to ``dumb terminals,'' i.e.,
28246 terminals with no special graphics facilities. It writes a crude
28247 picture of the graph composed of characters like @code{-} and @code{|}
28248 to a buffer called @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*}, which Calc then displays.
28249 The graph is made the same size as the Emacs screen, which on most
28250 dumb terminals will be @c{$80\times24$}
28251 @asis{80x24} characters. The graph is displayed in
28252 an Emacs ``recursive edit''; type @kbd{q} or @kbd{M-# M-#} to exit
28253 the recursive edit and return to Calc. Note that the @code{dumb}
28254 device is present only in GNUPLOT 3.0 and later versions.
28255
28256 The word @code{dumb} may be followed by two numbers separated by
28257 spaces. These are the desired width and height of the graph in
28258 characters. Also, the device name @code{big} is like @code{dumb}
28259 but creates a graph four times the width and height of the Emacs
28260 screen. You will then have to scroll around to view the entire
28261 graph. In the @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer, @key{SPC}, @key{DEL},
28262 @kbd{<}, and @kbd{>} are defined to scroll by one screenful in each
28263 of the four directions.
28264
28265 With a negative numeric prefix argument, @kbd{g D} sets or displays
28266 the device name used by @kbd{g P} (@code{calc-graph-print}). This
28267 is initially @code{postscript}. If you don't have a PostScript
28268 printer, you may decide once again to use @code{dumb} to create a
28269 plot on any text-only printer.
28270
28271 @kindex g O
28272 @pindex calc-graph-output
28273 The @kbd{g O} (@code{calc-graph-output}) command sets the name of
28274 the output file used by GNUPLOT. For some devices, notably @code{x11},
28275 there is no output file and this information is not used. Many other
28276 ``devices'' are really file formats like @code{postscript}; in these
28277 cases the output in the desired format goes into the file you name
28278 with @kbd{g O}. Type @kbd{g O stdout RET} to set GNUPLOT to write
28279 to its standard output stream, i.e., to @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*}.
28280 This is the default setting.
28281
28282 Another special output name is @code{tty}, which means that GNUPLOT
28283 is going to write graphics commands directly to its standard output,
28284 which you wish Emacs to pass through to your terminal. Tektronix
28285 graphics terminals, among other devices, operate this way. Calc does
28286 this by telling GNUPLOT to write to a temporary file, then running a
28287 sub-shell executing the command @samp{cat tempfile >/dev/tty}. On
28288 typical Unix systems, this will copy the temporary file directly to
28289 the terminal, bypassing Emacs entirely. You will have to type @kbd{C-l}
28290 to Emacs afterwards to refresh the screen.
28291
28292 Once again, @kbd{g O} with a positive or negative prefix argument
28293 sets the default or printer output file names, respectively. In each
28294 case you can specify @code{auto}, which causes Calc to invent a temporary
28295 file name for each @kbd{g p} (or @kbd{g P}) command. This temporary file
28296 will be deleted once it has been displayed or printed. If the output file
28297 name is not @code{auto}, the file is not automatically deleted.
28298
28299 The default and printer devices and output files can be saved
28300 permanently by the @kbd{m m} (@code{calc-save-modes}) command. The
28301 default number of data points (see @kbd{g N}) and the X geometry
28302 (see @kbd{g X}) are also saved. Other graph information is @emph{not}
28303 saved; you can save a graph's configuration simply by saving the contents
28304 of the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer.
28305
28306 @vindex calc-gnuplot-plot-command
28307 @vindex calc-gnuplot-default-device
28308 @vindex calc-gnuplot-default-output
28309 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-command
28310 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-device
28311 @vindex calc-gnuplot-print-output
28312 If you are installing Calc you may wish to configure the default and
28313 printer devices and output files for the whole system. The relevant
28314 Lisp variables are @code{calc-gnuplot-default-device} and @code{-output},
28315 and @code{calc-gnuplot-print-device} and @code{-output}. The output
28316 file names must be either strings as described above, or Lisp
28317 expressions which are evaluated on the fly to get the output file names.
28318
28319 Other important Lisp variables are @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} and
28320 @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command}, which give the system commands to
28321 display or print the output of GNUPLOT, respectively. These may be
28322 @code{nil} if no command is necessary, or strings which can include
28323 @samp{%s} to signify the name of the file to be displayed or printed.
28324 Or, these variables may contain Lisp expressions which are evaluated
28325 to display or print the output.
28326
28327 @kindex g x
28328 @pindex calc-graph-display
28329 The @kbd{g x} (@code{calc-graph-display}) command lets you specify
28330 on which X window system display your graphs should be drawn. Enter
28331 a blank line to see the current display name. This command has no
28332 effect unless the current device is @code{x11}.
28333
28334 @kindex g X
28335 @pindex calc-graph-geometry
28336 The @kbd{g X} (@code{calc-graph-geometry}) command is a similar
28337 command for specifying the position and size of the X window.
28338 The normal value is @code{default}, which generally means your
28339 window manager will let you place the window interactively.
28340 Entering @samp{800x500+0+0} would create an 800-by-500 pixel
28341 window in the upper-left corner of the screen.
28342
28343 The buffer called @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} holds a transcript of the
28344 session with GNUPLOT. This shows the commands Calc has ``typed'' to
28345 GNUPLOT and the responses it has received. Calc tries to notice when an
28346 error message has appeared here and display the buffer for you when
28347 this happens. You can check this buffer yourself if you suspect
28348 something has gone wrong.
28349
28350 @kindex g C
28351 @pindex calc-graph-command
28352 The @kbd{g C} (@code{calc-graph-command}) command prompts you to
28353 enter any line of text, then simply sends that line to the current
28354 GNUPLOT process. The @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer looks deceptively
28355 like a Shell buffer but you can't type commands in it yourself.
28356 Instead, you must use @kbd{g C} for this purpose.
28357
28358 @kindex g v
28359 @kindex g V
28360 @pindex calc-graph-view-commands
28361 @pindex calc-graph-view-trail
28362 The @kbd{g v} (@code{calc-graph-view-commands}) and @kbd{g V}
28363 (@code{calc-graph-view-trail}) commands display the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*}
28364 and @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffers, respectively, in another window.
28365 This happens automatically when Calc thinks there is something you
28366 will want to see in either of these buffers. If you type @kbd{g v}
28367 or @kbd{g V} when the relevant buffer is already displayed, the
28368 buffer is hidden again.
28369
28370 One reason to use @kbd{g v} is to add your own commands to the
28371 @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer. Press @kbd{g v}, then use
28372 @kbd{C-x o} to switch into that window. For example, GNUPLOT has
28373 @samp{set label} and @samp{set arrow} commands that allow you to
28374 annotate your plots. Since Calc doesn't understand these commands,
28375 you have to add them to the @samp{*Gnuplot Commands*} buffer
28376 yourself, then use @w{@kbd{g p}} to replot using these new commands. Note
28377 that your commands must appear @emph{before} the @code{plot} command.
28378 To get help on any GNUPLOT feature, type, e.g., @kbd{g C help set label}.
28379 You may have to type @kbd{g C RET} a few times to clear the
28380 ``press return for more'' or ``subtopic of @dots{}'' requests.
28381 Note that Calc always sends commands (like @samp{set nolabel}) to
28382 reset all plotting parameters to the defaults before each plot, so
28383 to delete a label all you need to do is delete the @samp{set label}
28384 line you added (or comment it out with @samp{#}) and then replot
28385 with @kbd{g p}.
28386
28387 @kindex g q
28388 @pindex calc-graph-quit
28389 You can use @kbd{g q} (@code{calc-graph-quit}) to kill the GNUPLOT
28390 process that is running. The next graphing command you give will
28391 start a fresh GNUPLOT process. The word @samp{Graph} appears in
28392 the Calc window's mode line whenever a GNUPLOT process is currently
28393 running. The GNUPLOT process is automatically killed when you
28394 exit Emacs if you haven't killed it manually by then.
28395
28396 @kindex g K
28397 @pindex calc-graph-kill
28398 The @kbd{g K} (@code{calc-graph-kill}) command is like @kbd{g q}
28399 except that it also views the @samp{*Gnuplot Trail*} buffer so that
28400 you can see the process being killed. This is better if you are
28401 killing GNUPLOT because you think it has gotten stuck.
28402
28403 @node Kill and Yank, Keypad Mode, Graphics, Top
28404 @chapter Kill and Yank Functions
28405
28406 @noindent
28407 The commands in this chapter move information between the Calculator and
28408 other Emacs editing buffers.
28409
28410 In many cases Embedded Mode is an easier and more natural way to
28411 work with Calc from a regular editing buffer. @xref{Embedded Mode}.
28412
28413 @menu
28414 * Killing From Stack::
28415 * Yanking Into Stack::
28416 * Grabbing From Buffers::
28417 * Yanking Into Buffers::
28418 * X Cut and Paste::
28419 @end menu
28420
28421 @node Killing From Stack, Yanking Into Stack, Kill and Yank, Kill and Yank
28422 @section Killing from the Stack
28423
28424 @noindent
28425 @kindex C-k
28426 @pindex calc-kill
28427 @kindex M-k
28428 @pindex calc-copy-as-kill
28429 @kindex C-w
28430 @pindex calc-kill-region
28431 @kindex M-w
28432 @pindex calc-copy-region-as-kill
28433 @cindex Kill ring
28434 @dfn{Kill} commands are Emacs commands that insert text into the
28435 ``kill ring,'' from which it can later be ``yanked'' by a @kbd{C-y}
28436 command. Three common kill commands in normal Emacs are @kbd{C-k}, which
28437 kills one line, @kbd{C-w}, which kills the region between mark and point,
28438 and @kbd{M-w}, which puts the region into the kill ring without actually
28439 deleting it. All of these commands work in the Calculator, too. Also,
28440 @kbd{M-k} has been provided to complete the set; it puts the current line
28441 into the kill ring without deleting anything.
28442
28443 The kill commands are unusual in that they pay attention to the location
28444 of the cursor in the Calculator buffer. If the cursor is on or below the
28445 bottom line, the kill commands operate on the top of the stack. Otherwise,
28446 they operate on whatever stack element the cursor is on. Calc's kill
28447 commands always operate on whole stack entries. (They act the same as their
28448 standard Emacs cousins except they ``round up'' the specified region to
28449 encompass full lines.) The text is copied into the kill ring exactly as
28450 it appears on the screen, including line numbers if they are enabled.
28451
28452 A numeric prefix argument to @kbd{C-k} or @kbd{M-k} affects the number
28453 of lines killed. A positive argument kills the current line and @cite{n-1}
28454 lines below it. A negative argument kills the @cite{-n} lines above the
28455 current line. Again this mirrors the behavior of the standard Emacs
28456 @kbd{C-k} command. Although a whole line is always deleted, @kbd{C-k}
28457 with no argument copies only the number itself into the kill ring, whereas
28458 @kbd{C-k} with a prefix argument of 1 copies the number with its trailing
28459 newline.
28460
28461 @node Yanking Into Stack, Grabbing From Buffers, Killing From Stack, Kill and Yank
28462 @section Yanking into the Stack
28463
28464 @noindent
28465 @kindex C-y
28466 @pindex calc-yank
28467 The @kbd{C-y} command yanks the most recently killed text back into the
28468 Calculator. It pushes this value onto the top of the stack regardless of
28469 the cursor position. In general it re-parses the killed text as a number
28470 or formula (or a list of these separated by commas or newlines). However if
28471 the thing being yanked is something that was just killed from the Calculator
28472 itself, its full internal structure is yanked. For example, if you have
28473 set the floating-point display mode to show only four significant digits,
28474 then killing and re-yanking 3.14159 (which displays as 3.142) will yank the
28475 full 3.14159, even though yanking it into any other buffer would yank the
28476 number in its displayed form, 3.142. (Since the default display modes
28477 show all objects to their full precision, this feature normally makes no
28478 difference.)
28479
28480 @node Grabbing From Buffers, Yanking Into Buffers, Yanking Into Stack, Kill and Yank
28481 @section Grabbing from Other Buffers
28482
28483 @noindent
28484 @kindex M-# g
28485 @pindex calc-grab-region
28486 The @kbd{M-# g} (@code{calc-grab-region}) command takes the text between
28487 point and mark in the current buffer and attempts to parse it as a
28488 vector of values. Basically, it wraps the text in vector brackets
28489 @samp{[ ]} unless the text already is enclosed in vector brackets,
28490 then reads the text as if it were an algebraic entry. The contents
28491 of the vector may be numbers, formulas, or any other Calc objects.
28492 If the @kbd{M-# g} command works successfully, it does an automatic
28493 @kbd{M-# c} to enter the Calculator buffer.
28494
28495 A numeric prefix argument grabs the specified number of lines around
28496 point, ignoring the mark. A positive prefix grabs from point to the
28497 @cite{n}th following newline (so that @kbd{M-1 M-# g} grabs from point
28498 to the end of the current line); a negative prefix grabs from point
28499 back to the @cite{n+1}st preceding newline. In these cases the text
28500 that is grabbed is exactly the same as the text that @kbd{C-k} would
28501 delete given that prefix argument.
28502
28503 A prefix of zero grabs the current line; point may be anywhere on the
28504 line.
28505
28506 A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix interprets the region between point and mark
28507 as a single number or formula rather than a vector. For example,
28508 @kbd{M-# g} on the text @samp{2 a b} produces the vector of three
28509 values @samp{[2, a, b]}, but @kbd{C-u M-# g} on the same region
28510 reads a formula which is a product of three things: @samp{2 a b}.
28511 (The text @samp{a + b}, on the other hand, will be grabbed as a
28512 vector of one element by plain @kbd{M-# g} because the interpretation
28513 @samp{[a, +, b]} would be a syntax error.)
28514
28515 If a different language has been specified (@pxref{Language Modes}),
28516 the grabbed text will be interpreted according to that language.
28517
28518 @kindex M-# r
28519 @pindex calc-grab-rectangle
28520 The @kbd{M-# r} (@code{calc-grab-rectangle}) command takes the text between
28521 point and mark and attempts to parse it as a matrix. If point and mark
28522 are both in the leftmost column, the lines in between are parsed in their
28523 entirety. Otherwise, point and mark define the corners of a rectangle
28524 whose contents are parsed.
28525
28526 Each line of the grabbed area becomes a row of the matrix. The result
28527 will actually be a vector of vectors, which Calc will treat as a matrix
28528 only if every row contains the same number of values.
28529
28530 If a line contains a portion surrounded by square brackets (or curly
28531 braces), that portion is interpreted as a vector which becomes a row
28532 of the matrix. Any text surrounding the bracketed portion on the line
28533 is ignored.
28534
28535 Otherwise, the entire line is interpreted as a row vector as if it
28536 were surrounded by square brackets. Leading line numbers (in the
28537 format used in the Calc stack buffer) are ignored. If you wish to
28538 force this interpretation (even if the line contains bracketed
28539 portions), give a negative numeric prefix argument to the
28540 @kbd{M-# r} command.
28541
28542 If you give a numeric prefix argument of zero or plain @kbd{C-u}, each
28543 line is instead interpreted as a single formula which is converted into
28544 a one-element vector. Thus the result of @kbd{C-u M-# r} will be a
28545 one-column matrix. For example, suppose one line of the data is the
28546 expression @samp{2 a}. A plain @w{@kbd{M-# r}} will interpret this as
28547 @samp{[2 a]}, which in turn is read as a two-element vector that forms
28548 one row of the matrix. But a @kbd{C-u M-# r} will interpret this row
28549 as @samp{[2*a]}.
28550
28551 If you give a positive numeric prefix argument @var{n}, then each line
28552 will be split up into columns of width @var{n}; each column is parsed
28553 separately as a matrix element. If a line contained
28554 @w{@samp{2 +/- 3 4 +/- 5}}, then grabbing with a prefix argument of 8
28555 would correctly split the line into two error forms.@refill
28556
28557 @xref{Matrix Functions}, to see how to pull the matrix apart into its
28558 constituent rows and columns. (If it is a @c{$1\times1$}
28559 @asis{1x1} matrix, just hit @kbd{v u}
28560 (@code{calc-unpack}) twice.)
28561
28562 @kindex M-# :
28563 @kindex M-# _
28564 @pindex calc-grab-sum-across
28565 @pindex calc-grab-sum-down
28566 @cindex Summing rows and columns of data
28567 The @kbd{M-# :} (@code{calc-grab-sum-down}) command is a handy way to
28568 grab a rectangle of data and sum its columns. It is equivalent to
28569 typing @kbd{M-# r}, followed by @kbd{V R : +} (the vector reduction
28570 command that sums the columns of a matrix; @pxref{Reducing}). The
28571 result of the command will be a vector of numbers, one for each column
28572 in the input data. The @kbd{M-# _} (@code{calc-grab-sum-across}) command
28573 similarly grabs a rectangle and sums its rows by executing @w{@kbd{V R _ +}}.
28574
28575 As well as being more convenient, @kbd{M-# :} and @kbd{M-# _} are also
28576 much faster because they don't actually place the grabbed vector on
28577 the stack. In a @kbd{M-# r V R : +} sequence, formatting the vector
28578 for display on the stack takes a large fraction of the total time
28579 (unless you have planned ahead and used @kbd{v .} and @kbd{t .} modes).
28580
28581 For example, suppose we have a column of numbers in a file which we
28582 wish to sum. Go to one corner of the column and press @kbd{C-@@} to
28583 set the mark; go to the other corner and type @kbd{M-# :}. Since there
28584 is only one column, the result will be a vector of one number, the sum.
28585 (You can type @kbd{v u} to unpack this vector into a plain number if
28586 you want to do further arithmetic with it.)
28587
28588 To compute the product of the column of numbers, we would have to do
28589 it ``by hand'' since there's no special grab-and-multiply command.
28590 Use @kbd{M-# r} to grab the column of numbers into the calculator in
28591 the form of a column matrix. The statistics command @kbd{u *} is a
28592 handy way to find the product of a vector or matrix of numbers.
28593 @xref{Statistical Operations}. Another approach would be to use
28594 an explicit column reduction command, @kbd{V R : *}.
28595
28596 @node Yanking Into Buffers, X Cut and Paste, Grabbing From Buffers, Kill and Yank
28597 @section Yanking into Other Buffers
28598
28599 @noindent
28600 @kindex y
28601 @pindex calc-copy-to-buffer
28602 The plain @kbd{y} (@code{calc-copy-to-buffer}) command inserts the number
28603 at the top of the stack into the most recently used normal editing buffer.
28604 (More specifically, this is the most recently used buffer which is displayed
28605 in a window and whose name does not begin with @samp{*}. If there is no
28606 such buffer, this is the most recently used buffer except for Calculator
28607 and Calc Trail buffers.) The number is inserted exactly as it appears and
28608 without a newline. (If line-numbering is enabled, the line number is
28609 normally not included.) The number is @emph{not} removed from the stack.
28610
28611 With a prefix argument, @kbd{y} inserts several numbers, one per line.
28612 A positive argument inserts the specified number of values from the top
28613 of the stack. A negative argument inserts the @cite{n}th value from the
28614 top of the stack. An argument of zero inserts the entire stack. Note
28615 that @kbd{y} with an argument of 1 is slightly different from @kbd{y}
28616 with no argument; the former always copies full lines, whereas the
28617 latter strips off the trailing newline.
28618
28619 With a lone @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument, @kbd{y} @emph{replaces} the
28620 region in the other buffer with the yanked text, then quits the
28621 Calculator, leaving you in that buffer. A typical use would be to use
28622 @kbd{M-# g} to read a region of data into the Calculator, operate on the
28623 data to produce a new matrix, then type @kbd{C-u y} to replace the
28624 original data with the new data. One might wish to alter the matrix
28625 display style (@pxref{Vector and Matrix Formats}) or change the current
28626 display language (@pxref{Language Modes}) before doing this. Also, note
28627 that this command replaces a linear region of text (as grabbed by
28628 @kbd{M-# g}), not a rectangle (as grabbed by @kbd{M-# r}).@refill
28629
28630 If the editing buffer is in overwrite (as opposed to insert) mode,
28631 and the @kbd{C-u} prefix was not used, then the yanked number will
28632 overwrite the characters following point rather than being inserted
28633 before those characters. The usual conventions of overwrite mode
28634 are observed; for example, characters will be inserted at the end of
28635 a line rather than overflowing onto the next line. Yanking a multi-line
28636 object such as a matrix in overwrite mode overwrites the next @var{n}
28637 lines in the buffer, lengthening or shortening each line as necessary.
28638 Finally, if the thing being yanked is a simple integer or floating-point
28639 number (like @samp{-1.2345e-3}) and the characters following point also
28640 make up such a number, then Calc will replace that number with the new
28641 number, lengthening or shortening as necessary. The concept of
28642 ``overwrite mode'' has thus been generalized from overwriting characters
28643 to overwriting one complete number with another.
28644
28645 @kindex M-# y
28646 The @kbd{M-# y} key sequence is equivalent to @kbd{y} except that
28647 it can be typed anywhere, not just in Calc. This provides an easy
28648 way to guarantee that Calc knows which editing buffer you want to use!
28649
28650 @node X Cut and Paste, , Yanking Into Buffers, Kill and Yank
28651 @section X Cut and Paste
28652
28653 @noindent
28654 If you are using Emacs with the X window system, there is an easier
28655 way to move small amounts of data into and out of the calculator:
28656 Use the mouse-oriented cut and paste facilities of X.
28657
28658 The default bindings for a three-button mouse cause the left button
28659 to move the Emacs cursor to the given place, the right button to
28660 select the text between the cursor and the clicked location, and
28661 the middle button to yank the selection into the buffer at the
28662 clicked location. So, if you have a Calc window and an editing
28663 window on your Emacs screen, you can use left-click/right-click
28664 to select a number, vector, or formula from one window, then
28665 middle-click to paste that value into the other window. When you
28666 paste text into the Calc window, Calc interprets it as an algebraic
28667 entry. It doesn't matter where you click in the Calc window; the
28668 new value is always pushed onto the top of the stack.
28669
28670 The @code{xterm} program that is typically used for general-purpose
28671 shell windows in X interprets the mouse buttons in the same way.
28672 So you can use the mouse to move data between Calc and any other
28673 Unix program. One nice feature of @code{xterm} is that a double
28674 left-click selects one word, and a triple left-click selects a
28675 whole line. So you can usually transfer a single number into Calc
28676 just by double-clicking on it in the shell, then middle-clicking
28677 in the Calc window.
28678
28679 @node Keypad Mode, Embedded Mode, Kill and Yank, Introduction
28680 @chapter ``Keypad'' Mode
28681
28682 @noindent
28683 @kindex M-# k
28684 @pindex calc-keypad
28685 The @kbd{M-# k} (@code{calc-keypad}) command starts the Calculator
28686 and displays a picture of a calculator-style keypad. If you are using
28687 the X window system, you can click on any of the ``keys'' in the
28688 keypad using the left mouse button to operate the calculator.
28689 The original window remains the selected window; in keypad mode
28690 you can type in your file while simultaneously performing
28691 calculations with the mouse.
28692
28693 @pindex full-calc-keypad
28694 If you have used @kbd{M-# b} first, @kbd{M-# k} instead invokes
28695 the @code{full-calc-keypad} command, which takes over the whole
28696 Emacs screen and displays the keypad, the Calc stack, and the Calc
28697 trail all at once. This mode would normally be used when running
28698 Calc standalone (@pxref{Standalone Operation}).
28699
28700 If you aren't using the X window system, you must switch into
28701 the @samp{*Calc Keypad*} window, place the cursor on the desired
28702 ``key,'' and type @key{SPC} or @key{RET}. If you think this
28703 is easier than using Calc normally, go right ahead.
28704
28705 Calc commands are more or less the same in keypad mode. Certain
28706 keypad keys differ slightly from the corresponding normal Calc
28707 keystrokes; all such deviations are described below.
28708
28709 Keypad Mode includes many more commands than will fit on the keypad
28710 at once. Click the right mouse button [@code{calc-keypad-menu}]
28711 to switch to the next menu. The bottom five rows of the keypad
28712 stay the same; the top three rows change to a new set of commands.
28713 To return to earlier menus, click the middle mouse button
28714 [@code{calc-keypad-menu-back}] or simply advance through the menus
28715 until you wrap around. Typing @key{TAB} inside the keypad window
28716 is equivalent to clicking the right mouse button there.
28717
28718 You can always click the @key{EXEC} button and type any normal
28719 Calc key sequence. This is equivalent to switching into the
28720 Calc buffer, typing the keys, then switching back to your
28721 original buffer.
28722
28723 @menu
28724 * Keypad Main Menu::
28725 * Keypad Functions Menu::
28726 * Keypad Binary Menu::
28727 * Keypad Vectors Menu::
28728 * Keypad Modes Menu::
28729 @end menu
28730
28731 @node Keypad Main Menu, Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Mode, Keypad Mode
28732 @section Main Menu
28733
28734 @group
28735 @smallexample
28736 |----+-----Calc 2.00-----+----1
28737 |FLR |CEIL|RND |TRNC|CLN2|FLT |
28738 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28739 | LN |EXP | |ABS |IDIV|MOD |
28740 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28741 |SIN |COS |TAN |SQRT|y^x |1/x |
28742 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28743 | ENTER |+/- |EEX |UNDO| <- |
28744 |-----+---+-+--+--+-+---++----|
28745 | INV | 7 | 8 | 9 | / |
28746 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
28747 | HYP | 4 | 5 | 6 | * |
28748 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
28749 |EXEC | 1 | 2 | 3 | - |
28750 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----|
28751 | OFF | 0 | . | PI | + |
28752 |-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
28753 @end smallexample
28754 @end group
28755
28756 @noindent
28757 This is the menu that appears the first time you start Keypad Mode.
28758 It will show up in a vertical window on the right side of your screen.
28759 Above this menu is the traditional Calc stack display. On a 24-line
28760 screen you will be able to see the top three stack entries.
28761
28762 The ten digit keys, decimal point, and @key{EEX} key are used for
28763 entering numbers in the obvious way. @key{EEX} begins entry of an
28764 exponent in scientific notation. Just as with regular Calc, the
28765 number is pushed onto the stack as soon as you press @key{ENTER}
28766 or any other function key.
28767
28768 The @key{+/-} key corresponds to normal Calc's @kbd{n} key. During
28769 numeric entry it changes the sign of the number or of the exponent.
28770 At other times it changes the sign of the number on the top of the
28771 stack.
28772
28773 The @key{INV} and @key{HYP} keys modify other keys. As well as
28774 having the effects described elsewhere in this manual, Keypad Mode
28775 defines several other ``inverse'' operations. These are described
28776 below and in the following sections.
28777
28778 The @key{ENTER} key finishes the current numeric entry, or otherwise
28779 duplicates the top entry on the stack.
28780
28781 The @key{UNDO} key undoes the most recent Calc operation.
28782 @kbd{INV UNDO} is the ``redo'' command, and @kbd{HYP UNDO} is
28783 ``last arguments'' (@kbd{M-RET}).
28784
28785 The @key{<-} key acts as a ``backspace'' during numeric entry.
28786 At other times it removes the top stack entry. @kbd{INV <-}
28787 clears the entire stack. @kbd{HYP <-} takes an integer from
28788 the stack, then removes that many additional stack elements.
28789
28790 The @key{EXEC} key prompts you to enter any keystroke sequence
28791 that would normally work in Calc mode. This can include a
28792 numeric prefix if you wish. It is also possible simply to
28793 switch into the Calc window and type commands in it; there is
28794 nothing ``magic'' about this window when Keypad Mode is active.
28795
28796 The other keys in this display perform their obvious calculator
28797 functions. @key{CLN2} rounds the top-of-stack by temporarily
28798 reducing the precision by 2 digits. @key{FLT} converts an
28799 integer or fraction on the top of the stack to floating-point.
28800
28801 The @key{INV} and @key{HYP} keys combined with several of these keys
28802 give you access to some common functions even if the appropriate menu
28803 is not displayed. Obviously you don't need to learn these keys
28804 unless you find yourself wasting time switching among the menus.
28805
28806 @table @kbd
28807 @item INV +/-
28808 is the same as @key{1/x}.
28809 @item INV +
28810 is the same as @key{SQRT}.
28811 @item INV -
28812 is the same as @key{CONJ}.
28813 @item INV *
28814 is the same as @key{y^x}.
28815 @item INV /
28816 is the same as @key{INV y^x} (the @cite{x}th root of @cite{y}).
28817 @item HYP/INV 1
28818 are the same as @key{SIN} / @kbd{INV SIN}.
28819 @item HYP/INV 2
28820 are the same as @key{COS} / @kbd{INV COS}.
28821 @item HYP/INV 3
28822 are the same as @key{TAN} / @kbd{INV TAN}.
28823 @item INV/HYP 4
28824 are the same as @key{LN} / @kbd{HYP LN}.
28825 @item INV/HYP 5
28826 are the same as @key{EXP} / @kbd{HYP EXP}.
28827 @item INV 6
28828 is the same as @key{ABS}.
28829 @item INV 7
28830 is the same as @key{RND} (@code{calc-round}).
28831 @item INV 8
28832 is the same as @key{CLN2}.
28833 @item INV 9
28834 is the same as @key{FLT} (@code{calc-float}).
28835 @item INV 0
28836 is the same as @key{IMAG}.
28837 @item INV .
28838 is the same as @key{PREC}.
28839 @item INV ENTER
28840 is the same as @key{SWAP}.
28841 @item HYP ENTER
28842 is the same as @key{RLL3}.
28843 @item INV HYP ENTER
28844 is the same as @key{OVER}.
28845 @item HYP +/-
28846 packs the top two stack entries as an error form.
28847 @item HYP EEX
28848 packs the top two stack entries as a modulo form.
28849 @item INV EEX
28850 creates an interval form; this removes an integer which is one
28851 of 0 @samp{[]}, 1 @samp{[)}, 2 @samp{(]} or 3 @samp{()}, followed
28852 by the two limits of the interval.
28853 @end table
28854
28855 The @kbd{OFF} key turns Calc off; typing @kbd{M-# k} or @kbd{M-# M-#}
28856 again has the same effect. This is analogous to typing @kbd{q} or
28857 hitting @kbd{M-# c} again in the normal calculator. If Calc is
28858 running standalone (the @code{full-calc-keypad} command appeared in the
28859 command line that started Emacs), then @kbd{OFF} is replaced with
28860 @kbd{EXIT}; clicking on this actually exits Emacs itself.
28861
28862 @node Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Main Menu, Keypad Mode
28863 @section Functions Menu
28864
28865 @group
28866 @smallexample
28867 |----+----+----+----+----+----2
28868 |IGAM|BETA|IBET|ERF |BESJ|BESY|
28869 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28870 |IMAG|CONJ| RE |ATN2|RAND|RAGN|
28871 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28872 |GCD |FACT|DFCT|BNOM|PERM|NXTP|
28873 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28874 @end smallexample
28875 @end group
28876
28877 @noindent
28878 This menu provides various operations from the @kbd{f} and @kbd{k}
28879 prefix keys.
28880
28881 @key{IMAG} multiplies the number on the stack by the imaginary
28882 number @cite{i = (0, 1)}.
28883
28884 @key{RE} extracts the real part a complex number. @kbd{INV RE}
28885 extracts the imaginary part.
28886
28887 @key{RAND} takes a number from the top of the stack and computes
28888 a random number greater than or equal to zero but less than that
28889 number. (@xref{Random Numbers}.) @key{RAGN} is the ``random
28890 again'' command; it computes another random number using the
28891 same limit as last time.
28892
28893 @key{INV GCD} computes the LCM (least common multiple) function.
28894
28895 @key{INV FACT} is the gamma function. @c{$\Gamma(x) = (x-1)!$}
28896 @cite{gamma(x) = (x-1)!}.
28897
28898 @key{PERM} is the number-of-permutations function, which is on the
28899 @kbd{H k c} key in normal Calc.
28900
28901 @key{NXTP} finds the next prime after a number. @kbd{INV NXTP}
28902 finds the previous prime.
28903
28904 @node Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Functions Menu, Keypad Mode
28905 @section Binary Menu
28906
28907 @group
28908 @smallexample
28909 |----+----+----+----+----+----3
28910 |AND | OR |XOR |NOT |LSH |RSH |
28911 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28912 |DEC |HEX |OCT |BIN |WSIZ|ARSH|
28913 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28914 | A | B | C | D | E | F |
28915 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28916 @end smallexample
28917 @end group
28918
28919 @noindent
28920 The keys in this menu perform operations on binary integers.
28921 Note that both logical and arithmetic right-shifts are provided.
28922 @key{INV LSH} rotates one bit to the left.
28923
28924 The ``difference'' function (normally on @kbd{b d}) is on @key{INV AND}.
28925 The ``clip'' function (normally on @w{@kbd{b c}}) is on @key{INV NOT}.
28926
28927 The @key{DEC}, @key{HEX}, @key{OCT}, and @key{BIN} keys select the
28928 current radix for display and entry of numbers: Decimal, hexadecimal,
28929 octal, or binary. The six letter keys @key{A} through @key{F} are used
28930 for entering hexadecimal numbers.
28931
28932 The @key{WSIZ} key displays the current word size for binary operations
28933 and allows you to enter a new word size. You can respond to the prompt
28934 using either the keyboard or the digits and @key{ENTER} from the keypad.
28935 The initial word size is 32 bits.
28936
28937 @node Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Modes Menu, Keypad Binary Menu, Keypad Mode
28938 @section Vectors Menu
28939
28940 @group
28941 @smallexample
28942 |----+----+----+----+----+----4
28943 |SUM |PROD|MAX |MAP*|MAP^|MAP$|
28944 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28945 |MINV|MDET|MTRN|IDNT|CRSS|"x" |
28946 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28947 |PACK|UNPK|INDX|BLD |LEN |... |
28948 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
28949 @end smallexample
28950 @end group
28951
28952 @noindent
28953 The keys in this menu operate on vectors and matrices.
28954
28955 @key{PACK} removes an integer @var{n} from the top of the stack;
28956 the next @var{n} stack elements are removed and packed into a vector,
28957 which is replaced onto the stack. Thus the sequence
28958 @kbd{1 ENTER 3 ENTER 5 ENTER 3 PACK} enters the vector
28959 @samp{[1, 3, 5]} onto the stack. To enter a matrix, build each row
28960 on the stack as a vector, then use a final @key{PACK} to collect the
28961 rows into a matrix.
28962
28963 @key{UNPK} unpacks the vector on the stack, pushing each of its
28964 components separately.
28965
28966 @key{INDX} removes an integer @var{n}, then builds a vector of
28967 integers from 1 to @var{n}. @kbd{INV INDX} takes three numbers
28968 from the stack: The vector size @var{n}, the starting number,
28969 and the increment. @kbd{BLD} takes an integer @var{n} and any
28970 value @var{x} and builds a vector of @var{n} copies of @var{x}.
28971
28972 @key{IDNT} removes an integer @var{n}, then builds an @var{n}-by-@var{n}
28973 identity matrix.
28974
28975 @key{LEN} replaces a vector by its length, an integer.
28976
28977 @key{...} turns on or off ``abbreviated'' display mode for large vectors.
28978
28979 @key{MINV}, @key{MDET}, @key{MTRN}, and @key{CROSS} are the matrix
28980 inverse, determinant, and transpose, and vector cross product.
28981
28982 @key{SUM} replaces a vector by the sum of its elements. It is
28983 equivalent to @kbd{u +} in normal Calc (@pxref{Statistical Operations}).
28984 @key{PROD} computes the product of the elements of a vector, and
28985 @key{MAX} computes the maximum of all the elements of a vector.
28986
28987 @key{INV SUM} computes the alternating sum of the first element
28988 minus the second, plus the third, minus the fourth, and so on.
28989 @key{INV MAX} computes the minimum of the vector elements.
28990
28991 @key{HYP SUM} computes the mean of the vector elements.
28992 @key{HYP PROD} computes the sample standard deviation.
28993 @key{HYP MAX} computes the median.
28994
28995 @key{MAP*} multiplies two vectors elementwise. It is equivalent
28996 to the @kbd{V M *} command. @key{MAP^} computes powers elementwise.
28997 The arguments must be vectors of equal length, or one must be a vector
28998 and the other must be a plain number. For example, @kbd{2 MAP^} squares
28999 all the elements of a vector.
29000
29001 @key{MAP$} maps the formula on the top of the stack across the
29002 vector in the second-to-top position. If the formula contains
29003 several variables, Calc takes that many vectors starting at the
29004 second-to-top position and matches them to the variables in
29005 alphabetical order. The result is a vector of the same size as
29006 the input vectors, whose elements are the formula evaluated with
29007 the variables set to the various sets of numbers in those vectors.
29008 For example, you could simulate @key{MAP^} using @key{MAP$} with
29009 the formula @samp{x^y}.
29010
29011 The @kbd{"x"} key pushes the variable name @cite{x} onto the
29012 stack. To build the formula @cite{x^2 + 6}, you would use the
29013 key sequence @kbd{"x" 2 y^x 6 +}. This formula would then be
29014 suitable for use with the @key{MAP$} key described above.
29015 With @key{INV}, @key{HYP}, or @key{INV} and @key{HYP}, the
29016 @kbd{"x"} key pushes the variable names @cite{y}, @cite{z}, and
29017 @cite{t}, respectively.
29018
29019 @node Keypad Modes Menu, , Keypad Vectors Menu, Keypad Mode
29020 @section Modes Menu
29021
29022 @group
29023 @smallexample
29024 |----+----+----+----+----+----5
29025 |FLT |FIX |SCI |ENG |GRP | |
29026 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29027 |RAD |DEG |FRAC|POLR|SYMB|PREC|
29028 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29029 |SWAP|RLL3|RLL4|OVER|STO |RCL |
29030 |----+----+----+----+----+----|
29031 @end smallexample
29032 @end group
29033
29034 @noindent
29035 The keys in this menu manipulate modes, variables, and the stack.
29036
29037 The @key{FLT}, @key{FIX}, @key{SCI}, and @key{ENG} keys select
29038 floating-point, fixed-point, scientific, or engineering notation.
29039 @key{FIX} displays two digits after the decimal by default; the
29040 others display full precision. With the @key{INV} prefix, these
29041 keys pop a number-of-digits argument from the stack.
29042
29043 The @key{GRP} key turns grouping of digits with commas on or off.
29044 @kbd{INV GRP} enables grouping to the right of the decimal point as
29045 well as to the left.
29046
29047 The @key{RAD} and @key{DEG} keys switch between radians and degrees
29048 for trigonometric functions.
29049
29050 The @key{FRAC} key turns Fraction mode on or off. This affects
29051 whether commands like @kbd{/} with integer arguments produce
29052 fractional or floating-point results.
29053
29054 The @key{POLR} key turns Polar mode on or off, determining whether
29055 polar or rectangular complex numbers are used by default.
29056
29057 The @key{SYMB} key turns Symbolic mode on or off, in which
29058 operations that would produce inexact floating-point results
29059 are left unevaluated as algebraic formulas.
29060
29061 The @key{PREC} key selects the current precision. Answer with
29062 the keyboard or with the keypad digit and @key{ENTER} keys.
29063
29064 The @key{SWAP} key exchanges the top two stack elements.
29065 The @key{RLL3} key rotates the top three stack elements upwards.
29066 The @key{RLL4} key rotates the top four stack elements upwards.
29067 The @key{OVER} key duplicates the second-to-top stack element.
29068
29069 The @key{STO} and @key{RCL} keys are analogous to @kbd{s t} and
29070 @kbd{s r} in regular Calc. @xref{Store and Recall}. Click the
29071 @key{STO} or @key{RCL} key, then one of the ten digits. (Named
29072 variables are not available in Keypad Mode.) You can also use,
29073 for example, @kbd{STO + 3} to add to register 3.
29074
29075 @node Embedded Mode, Programming, Keypad Mode, Top
29076 @chapter Embedded Mode
29077
29078 @noindent
29079 Embedded Mode in Calc provides an alternative to copying numbers
29080 and formulas back and forth between editing buffers and the Calc
29081 stack. In Embedded Mode, your editing buffer becomes temporarily
29082 linked to the stack and this copying is taken care of automatically.
29083
29084 @menu
29085 * Basic Embedded Mode::
29086 * More About Embedded Mode::
29087 * Assignments in Embedded Mode::
29088 * Mode Settings in Embedded Mode::
29089 * Customizing Embedded Mode::
29090 @end menu
29091
29092 @node Basic Embedded Mode, More About Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
29093 @section Basic Embedded Mode
29094
29095 @noindent
29096 @kindex M-# e
29097 @pindex calc-embedded
29098 To enter Embedded mode, position the Emacs point (cursor) on a
29099 formula in any buffer and press @kbd{M-# e} (@code{calc-embedded}).
29100 Note that @kbd{M-# e} is not to be used in the Calc stack buffer
29101 like most Calc commands, but rather in regular editing buffers that
29102 are visiting your own files.
29103
29104 Calc normally scans backward and forward in the buffer for the
29105 nearest opening and closing @dfn{formula delimiters}. The simplest
29106 delimiters are blank lines. Other delimiters that Embedded Mode
29107 understands are:
29108
29109 @enumerate
29110 @item
29111 The @TeX{} and La@TeX{} math delimiters @samp{$ $}, @samp{$$ $$},
29112 @samp{\[ \]}, and @samp{\( \)};
29113 @item
29114 Lines beginning with @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end};
29115 @item
29116 Lines beginning with @samp{@@} (Texinfo delimiters).
29117 @item
29118 Lines beginning with @samp{.EQ} and @samp{.EN} (@dfn{eqn} delimiters);
29119 @item
29120 Lines containing a single @samp{%} or @samp{.\"} symbol and nothing else.
29121 @end enumerate
29122
29123 @xref{Customizing Embedded Mode}, to see how to make Calc recognize
29124 your own favorite delimiters. Delimiters like @samp{$ $} can appear
29125 on their own separate lines or in-line with the formula.
29126
29127 If you give a positive or negative numeric prefix argument, Calc
29128 instead uses the current point as one end of the formula, and moves
29129 forward or backward (respectively) by that many lines to find the
29130 other end. Explicit delimiters are not necessary in this case.
29131
29132 With a prefix argument of zero, Calc uses the current region
29133 (delimited by point and mark) instead of formula delimiters.
29134
29135 @kindex M-# w
29136 @pindex calc-embedded-word
29137 With a prefix argument of @kbd{C-u} only, Calc scans for the first
29138 non-numeric character (i.e., the first character that is not a
29139 digit, sign, decimal point, or upper- or lower-case @samp{e})
29140 forward and backward to delimit the formula. @kbd{M-# w}
29141 (@code{calc-embedded-word}) is equivalent to @kbd{C-u M-# e}.
29142
29143 When you enable Embedded mode for a formula, Calc reads the text
29144 between the delimiters and tries to interpret it as a Calc formula.
29145 It's best if the current Calc language mode is correct for the
29146 formula, but Calc can generally identify @TeX{} formulas and
29147 Big-style formulas even if the language mode is wrong. If Calc
29148 can't make sense of the formula, it beeps and refuses to enter
29149 Embedded mode. But if the current language is wrong, Calc can
29150 sometimes parse the formula successfully (but incorrectly);
29151 for example, the C expression @samp{atan(a[1])} can be parsed
29152 in Normal language mode, but the @code{atan} won't correspond to
29153 the built-in @code{arctan} function, and the @samp{a[1]} will be
29154 interpreted as @samp{a} times the vector @samp{[1]}!
29155
29156 If you press @kbd{M-# e} or @kbd{M-# w} to activate an embedded
29157 formula which is blank, say with the cursor on the space between
29158 the two delimiters @samp{$ $}, Calc will immediately prompt for
29159 an algebraic entry.
29160
29161 Only one formula in one buffer can be enabled at a time. If you
29162 move to another area of the current buffer and give Calc commands,
29163 Calc turns Embedded mode off for the old formula and then tries
29164 to restart Embedded mode at the new position. Other buffers are
29165 not affected by Embedded mode.
29166
29167 When Embedded mode begins, Calc pushes the current formula onto
29168 the stack. No Calc stack window is created; however, Calc copies
29169 the top-of-stack position into the original buffer at all times.
29170 You can create a Calc window by hand with @kbd{M-# o} if you
29171 find you need to see the entire stack.
29172
29173 For example, typing @kbd{M-# e} while somewhere in the formula
29174 @samp{n>2} in the following line enables Embedded mode on that
29175 inequality:
29176
29177 @example
29178 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $n>2$.
29179 @end example
29180
29181 @noindent
29182 The formula @cite{n>2} will be pushed onto the Calc stack, and
29183 the top of stack will be copied back into the editing buffer.
29184 This means that spaces will appear around the @samp{>} symbol
29185 to match Calc's usual display style:
29186
29187 @example
29188 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $n > 2$.
29189 @end example
29190
29191 @noindent
29192 No spaces have appeared around the @samp{+} sign because it's
29193 in a different formula, one which we have not yet touched with
29194 Embedded mode.
29195
29196 Now that Embedded mode is enabled, keys you type in this buffer
29197 are interpreted as Calc commands. At this point we might use
29198 the ``commute'' command @kbd{j C} to reverse the inequality.
29199 This is a selection-based command for which we first need to
29200 move the cursor onto the operator (@samp{>} in this case) that
29201 needs to be commuted.
29202
29203 @example
29204 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $2 < n$.
29205 @end example
29206
29207 The @kbd{M-# o} command is a useful way to open a Calc window
29208 without actually selecting that window. Giving this command
29209 verifies that @samp{2 < n} is also on the Calc stack. Typing
29210 @kbd{17 RET} would produce:
29211
29212 @example
29213 We define $F_n = F_(n-1)+F_(n-2)$ for all $17$.
29214 @end example
29215
29216 @noindent
29217 with @samp{2 < n} and @samp{17} on the stack; typing @key{TAB}
29218 at this point will exchange the two stack values and restore
29219 @samp{2 < n} to the embedded formula. Even though you can't
29220 normally see the stack in Embedded mode, it is still there and
29221 it still operates in the same way. But, as with old-fashioned
29222 RPN calculators, you can only see the value at the top of the
29223 stack at any given time (unless you use @kbd{M-# o}).
29224
29225 Typing @kbd{M-# e} again turns Embedded mode off. The Calc
29226 window reveals that the formula @w{@samp{2 < n}} is automatically
29227 removed from the stack, but the @samp{17} is not. Entering
29228 Embedded mode always pushes one thing onto the stack, and
29229 leaving Embedded mode always removes one thing. Anything else
29230 that happens on the stack is entirely your business as far as
29231 Embedded mode is concerned.
29232
29233 If you press @kbd{M-# e} in the wrong place by accident, it is
29234 possible that Calc will be able to parse the nearby text as a
29235 formula and will mangle that text in an attempt to redisplay it
29236 ``properly'' in the current language mode. If this happens,
29237 press @kbd{M-# e} again to exit Embedded mode, then give the
29238 regular Emacs ``undo'' command (@kbd{C-_} or @kbd{C-x u}) to put
29239 the text back the way it was before Calc edited it. Note that Calc's
29240 own Undo command (typed before you turn Embedded mode back off)
29241 will not do you any good, because as far as Calc is concerned
29242 you haven't done anything with this formula yet.
29243
29244 @node More About Embedded Mode, Assignments in Embedded Mode, Basic Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
29245 @section More About Embedded Mode
29246
29247 @noindent
29248 When Embedded mode ``activates'' a formula, i.e., when it examines
29249 the formula for the first time since the buffer was created or
29250 loaded, Calc tries to sense the language in which the formula was
29251 written. If the formula contains any @TeX{}-like @samp{\} sequences,
29252 it is parsed (i.e., read) in @TeX{} mode. If the formula appears to
29253 be written in multi-line Big mode, it is parsed in Big mode. Otherwise,
29254 it is parsed according to the current language mode.
29255
29256 Note that Calc does not change the current language mode according
29257 to what it finds. Even though it can read a @TeX{} formula when
29258 not in @TeX{} mode, it will immediately rewrite this formula using
29259 whatever language mode is in effect. You must then type @kbd{d T}
29260 to switch Calc permanently into @TeX{} mode if that is what you
29261 desire.
29262
29263 @tex
29264 \bigskip
29265 @end tex
29266
29267 @kindex d p
29268 @pindex calc-show-plain
29269 Calc's parser is unable to read certain kinds of formulas. For
29270 example, with @kbd{v ]} (@code{calc-matrix-brackets}) you can
29271 specify matrix display styles which the parser is unable to
29272 recognize as matrices. The @kbd{d p} (@code{calc-show-plain})
29273 command turns on a mode in which a ``plain'' version of a
29274 formula is placed in front of the fully-formatted version.
29275 When Calc reads a formula that has such a plain version in
29276 front, it reads the plain version and ignores the formatted
29277 version.
29278
29279 Plain formulas are preceded and followed by @samp{%%%} signs
29280 by default. This notation has the advantage that the @samp{%}
29281 character begins a comment in @TeX{}, so if your formula is
29282 embedded in a @TeX{} document its plain version will be
29283 invisible in the final printed copy. @xref{Customizing
29284 Embedded Mode}, to see how to change the ``plain'' formula
29285 delimiters, say to something that @dfn{eqn} or some other
29286 formatter will treat as a comment.
29287
29288 There are several notations which Calc's parser for ``big''
29289 formatted formulas can't yet recognize. In particular, it can't
29290 read the large symbols for @code{sum}, @code{prod}, and @code{integ},
29291 and it can't handle @samp{=>} with the righthand argument omitted.
29292 Also, Calc won't recognize special formats you have defined with
29293 the @kbd{Z C} command (@pxref{User-Defined Compositions}). In
29294 these cases it is important to use ``plain'' mode to make sure
29295 Calc will be able to read your formula later.
29296
29297 Another example where ``plain'' mode is important is if you have
29298 specified a float mode with few digits of precision. Normally
29299 any digits that are computed but not displayed will simply be
29300 lost when you save and re-load your embedded buffer, but ``plain''
29301 mode allows you to make sure that the complete number is present
29302 in the file as well as the rounded-down number.
29303
29304 @tex
29305 \bigskip
29306 @end tex
29307
29308 Embedded buffers remember active formulas for as long as they
29309 exist in Emacs memory. Suppose you have an embedded formula
29310 which is @c{$\pi$}
29311 @cite{pi} to the normal 12 decimal places, and then
29312 type @w{@kbd{C-u 5 d n}} to display only five decimal places.
29313 If you then type @kbd{d n}, all 12 places reappear because the
29314 full number is still there on the Calc stack. More surprisingly,
29315 even if you exit Embedded mode and later re-enter it for that
29316 formula, typing @kbd{d n} will restore all 12 places because
29317 each buffer remembers all its active formulas. However, if you
29318 save the buffer in a file and reload it in a new Emacs session,
29319 all non-displayed digits will have been lost unless you used
29320 ``plain'' mode.
29321
29322 @tex
29323 \bigskip
29324 @end tex
29325
29326 In some applications of Embedded mode, you will want to have a
29327 sequence of copies of a formula that show its evolution as you
29328 work on it. For example, you might want to have a sequence
29329 like this in your file (elaborating here on the example from
29330 the ``Getting Started'' chapter):
29331
29332 @smallexample
29333 The derivative of
29334
29335 ln(ln(x))
29336
29337 is
29338
29339 @r{(the derivative of }ln(ln(x))@r{)}
29340
29341 whose value at x = 2 is
29342
29343 @r{(the value)}
29344
29345 and at x = 3 is
29346
29347 @r{(the value)}
29348 @end smallexample
29349
29350 @kindex M-# d
29351 @pindex calc-embedded-duplicate
29352 The @kbd{M-# d} (@code{calc-embedded-duplicate}) command is a
29353 handy way to make sequences like this. If you type @kbd{M-# d},
29354 the formula under the cursor (which may or may not have Embedded
29355 mode enabled for it at the time) is copied immediately below and
29356 Embedded mode is then enabled for that copy.
29357
29358 For this example, you would start with just
29359
29360 @smallexample
29361 The derivative of
29362
29363 ln(ln(x))
29364 @end smallexample
29365
29366 @noindent
29367 and press @kbd{M-# d} with the cursor on this formula. The result
29368 is
29369
29370 @smallexample
29371 The derivative of
29372
29373 ln(ln(x))
29374
29375
29376 ln(ln(x))
29377 @end smallexample
29378
29379 @noindent
29380 with the second copy of the formula enabled in Embedded mode.
29381 You can now press @kbd{a d x RET} to take the derivative, and
29382 @kbd{M-# d M-# d} to make two more copies of the derivative.
29383 To complete the computations, type @kbd{3 s l x RET} to evaluate
29384 the last formula, then move up to the second-to-last formula
29385 and type @kbd{2 s l x RET}.
29386
29387 Finally, you would want to press @kbd{M-# e} to exit Embedded
29388 mode, then go up and insert the necessary text in between the
29389 various formulas and numbers.
29390
29391 @tex
29392 \bigskip
29393 @end tex
29394
29395 @kindex M-# f
29396 @kindex M-# '
29397 @pindex calc-embedded-new-formula
29398 The @kbd{M-# f} (@code{calc-embedded-new-formula}) command
29399 creates a new embedded formula at the current point. It inserts
29400 some default delimiters, which are usually just blank lines,
29401 and then does an algebraic entry to get the formula (which is
29402 then enabled for Embedded mode). This is just shorthand for
29403 typing the delimiters yourself, positioning the cursor between
29404 the new delimiters, and pressing @kbd{M-# e}. The key sequence
29405 @kbd{M-# '} is equivalent to @kbd{M-# f}.
29406
29407 @kindex M-# n
29408 @kindex M-# p
29409 @pindex calc-embedded-next
29410 @pindex calc-embedded-previous
29411 The @kbd{M-# n} (@code{calc-embedded-next}) and @kbd{M-# p}
29412 (@code{calc-embedded-previous}) commands move the cursor to the
29413 next or previous active embedded formula in the buffer. They
29414 can take positive or negative prefix arguments to move by several
29415 formulas. Note that these commands do not actually examine the
29416 text of the buffer looking for formulas; they only see formulas
29417 which have previously been activated in Embedded mode. In fact,
29418 @kbd{M-# n} and @kbd{M-# p} are a useful way to tell which
29419 embedded formulas are currently active. Also, note that these
29420 commands do not enable Embedded mode on the next or previous
29421 formula, they just move the cursor. (By the way, @kbd{M-# n} is
29422 not as awkward to type as it may seem, because @kbd{M-#} ignores
29423 Shift and Meta on the second keystroke: @kbd{M-# M-N} can be typed
29424 by holding down Shift and Meta and alternately typing two keys.)
29425
29426 @kindex M-# `
29427 @pindex calc-embedded-edit
29428 The @kbd{M-# `} (@code{calc-embedded-edit}) command edits the
29429 embedded formula at the current point as if by @kbd{`} (@code{calc-edit}).
29430 Embedded mode does not have to be enabled for this to work. Press
29431 @kbd{M-# M-#} to finish the edit, or @kbd{M-# x} to cancel.
29432
29433 @node Assignments in Embedded Mode, Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, More About Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
29434 @section Assignments in Embedded Mode
29435
29436 @noindent
29437 The @samp{:=} (assignment) and @samp{=>} (``evaluates-to'') operators
29438 are especially useful in Embedded mode. They allow you to make
29439 a definition in one formula, then refer to that definition in
29440 other formulas embedded in the same buffer.
29441
29442 An embedded formula which is an assignment to a variable, as in
29443
29444 @example
29445 foo := 5
29446 @end example
29447
29448 @noindent
29449 records @cite{5} as the stored value of @code{foo} for the
29450 purposes of Embedded mode operations in the current buffer. It
29451 does @emph{not} actually store @cite{5} as the ``global'' value
29452 of @code{foo}, however. Regular Calc operations, and Embedded
29453 formulas in other buffers, will not see this assignment.
29454
29455 One way to use this assigned value is simply to create an
29456 Embedded formula elsewhere that refers to @code{foo}, and to press
29457 @kbd{=} in that formula. However, this permanently replaces the
29458 @code{foo} in the formula with its current value. More interesting
29459 is to use @samp{=>} elsewhere:
29460
29461 @example
29462 foo + 7 => 12
29463 @end example
29464
29465 @xref{Evaluates-To Operator}, for a general discussion of @samp{=>}.
29466
29467 If you move back and change the assignment to @code{foo}, any
29468 @samp{=>} formulas which refer to it are automatically updated.
29469
29470 @example
29471 foo := 17
29472
29473 foo + 7 => 24
29474 @end example
29475
29476 The obvious question then is, @emph{how} can one easily change the
29477 assignment to @code{foo}? If you simply select the formula in
29478 Embedded mode and type 17, the assignment itself will be replaced
29479 by the 17. The effect on the other formula will be that the
29480 variable @code{foo} becomes unassigned:
29481
29482 @example
29483 17
29484
29485 foo + 7 => foo + 7
29486 @end example
29487
29488 The right thing to do is first to use a selection command (@kbd{j 2}
29489 will do the trick) to select the righthand side of the assignment.
29490 Then, @kbd{17 TAB DEL} will swap the 17 into place (@pxref{Selecting
29491 Subformulas}, to see how this works).
29492
29493 @kindex M-# j
29494 @pindex calc-embedded-select
29495 The @kbd{M-# j} (@code{calc-embedded-select}) command provides an
29496 easy way to operate on assigments. It is just like @kbd{M-# e},
29497 except that if the enabled formula is an assignment, it uses
29498 @kbd{j 2} to select the righthand side. If the enabled formula
29499 is an evaluates-to, it uses @kbd{j 1} to select the lefthand side.
29500 A formula can also be a combination of both:
29501
29502 @example
29503 bar := foo + 3 => 20
29504 @end example
29505
29506 @noindent
29507 in which case @kbd{M-# j} will select the middle part (@samp{foo + 3}).
29508
29509 The formula is automatically deselected when you leave Embedded
29510 mode.
29511
29512 @kindex M-# u
29513 @kindex M-# =
29514 @pindex calc-embedded-update
29515 Another way to change the assignment to @code{foo} would simply be
29516 to edit the number using regular Emacs editing rather than Embedded
29517 mode. Then, we have to find a way to get Embedded mode to notice
29518 the change. The @kbd{M-# u} or @kbd{M-# =}
29519 (@code{calc-embedded-update-formula}) command is a convenient way
29520 to do this.@refill
29521
29522 @example
29523 foo := 6
29524
29525 foo + 7 => 13
29526 @end example
29527
29528 Pressing @kbd{M-# u} is much like pressing @kbd{M-# e = M-# e}, that
29529 is, temporarily enabling Embedded mode for the formula under the
29530 cursor and then evaluating it with @kbd{=}. But @kbd{M-# u} does
29531 not actually use @kbd{M-# e}, and in fact another formula somewhere
29532 else can be enabled in Embedded mode while you use @kbd{M-# u} and
29533 that formula will not be disturbed.
29534
29535 With a numeric prefix argument, @kbd{M-# u} updates all active
29536 @samp{=>} formulas in the buffer. Formulas which have not yet
29537 been activated in Embedded mode, and formulas which do not have
29538 @samp{=>} as their top-level operator, are not affected by this.
29539 (This is useful only if you have used @kbd{m C}; see below.)
29540
29541 With a plain @kbd{C-u} prefix, @kbd{C-u M-# u} updates only in the
29542 region between mark and point rather than in the whole buffer.
29543
29544 @kbd{M-# u} is also a handy way to activate a formula, such as an
29545 @samp{=>} formula that has freshly been typed in or loaded from a
29546 file.
29547
29548 @kindex M-# a
29549 @pindex calc-embedded-activate
29550 The @kbd{M-# a} (@code{calc-embedded-activate}) command scans
29551 through the current buffer and activates all embedded formulas
29552 that contain @samp{:=} or @samp{=>} symbols. This does not mean
29553 that Embedded mode is actually turned on, but only that the
29554 formulas' positions are registered with Embedded mode so that
29555 the @samp{=>} values can be properly updated as assignments are
29556 changed.
29557
29558 It is a good idea to type @kbd{M-# a} right after loading a file
29559 that uses embedded @samp{=>} operators. Emacs includes a nifty
29560 ``buffer-local variables'' feature that you can use to do this
29561 automatically. The idea is to place near the end of your file
29562 a few lines that look like this:
29563
29564 @example
29565 --- Local Variables: ---
29566 --- eval:(calc-embedded-activate) ---
29567 --- End: ---
29568 @end example
29569
29570 @noindent
29571 where the leading and trailing @samp{---} can be replaced by
29572 any suitable strings (which must be the same on all three lines)
29573 or omitted altogether; in a @TeX{} file, @samp{%} would be a good
29574 leading string and no trailing string would be necessary. In a
29575 C program, @samp{/*} and @samp{*/} would be good leading and
29576 trailing strings.
29577
29578 When Emacs loads a file into memory, it checks for a Local Variables
29579 section like this one at the end of the file. If it finds this
29580 section, it does the specified things (in this case, running
29581 @kbd{M-# a} automatically) before editing of the file begins.
29582 The Local Variables section must be within 3000 characters of the
29583 end of the file for Emacs to find it, and it must be in the last
29584 page of the file if the file has any page separators.
29585 @xref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, the
29586 Emacs manual}.
29587
29588 Note that @kbd{M-# a} does not update the formulas it finds.
29589 To do this, type, say, @kbd{M-1 M-# u} after @w{@kbd{M-# a}}.
29590 Generally this should not be a problem, though, because the
29591 formulas will have been up-to-date already when the file was
29592 saved.
29593
29594 Normally, @kbd{M-# a} activates all the formulas it finds, but
29595 any previous active formulas remain active as well. With a
29596 positive numeric prefix argument, @kbd{M-# a} first deactivates
29597 all current active formulas, then actives the ones it finds in
29598 its scan of the buffer. With a negative prefix argument,
29599 @kbd{M-# a} simply deactivates all formulas.
29600
29601 Embedded mode has two symbols, @samp{Active} and @samp{~Active},
29602 which it puts next to the major mode name in a buffer's mode line.
29603 It puts @samp{Active} if it has reason to believe that all
29604 formulas in the buffer are active, because you have typed @kbd{M-# a}
29605 and Calc has not since had to deactivate any formulas (which can
29606 happen if Calc goes to update an @samp{=>} formula somewhere because
29607 a variable changed, and finds that the formula is no longer there
29608 due to some kind of editing outside of Embedded mode). Calc puts
29609 @samp{~Active} in the mode line if some, but probably not all,
29610 formulas in the buffer are active. This happens if you activate
29611 a few formulas one at a time but never use @kbd{M-# a}, or if you
29612 used @kbd{M-# a} but then Calc had to deactivate a formula
29613 because it lost track of it. If neither of these symbols appears
29614 in the mode line, no embedded formulas are active in the buffer
29615 (e.g., before Embedded mode has been used, or after a @kbd{M-- M-# a}).
29616
29617 Embedded formulas can refer to assignments both before and after them
29618 in the buffer. If there are several assignments to a variable, the
29619 nearest preceding assignment is used if there is one, otherwise the
29620 following assignment is used.
29621
29622 @example
29623 x => 1
29624
29625 x := 1
29626
29627 x => 1
29628
29629 x := 2
29630
29631 x => 2
29632 @end example
29633
29634 As well as simple variables, you can also assign to subscript
29635 expressions of the form @samp{@var{var}_@var{number}} (as in
29636 @code{x_0}), or @samp{@var{var}_@var{var}} (as in @code{x_max}).
29637 Assignments to other kinds of objects can be represented by Calc,
29638 but the automatic linkage between assignments and references works
29639 only for plain variables and these two kinds of subscript expressions.
29640
29641 If there are no assignments to a given variable, the global
29642 stored value for the variable is used (@pxref{Storing Variables}),
29643 or, if no value is stored, the variable is left in symbolic form.
29644 Note that global stored values will be lost when the file is saved
29645 and loaded in a later Emacs session, unless you have used the
29646 @kbd{s p} (@code{calc-permanent-variable}) command to save them;
29647 @pxref{Operations on Variables}.
29648
29649 The @kbd{m C} (@code{calc-auto-recompute}) command turns automatic
29650 recomputation of @samp{=>} forms on and off. If you turn automatic
29651 recomputation off, you will have to use @kbd{M-# u} to update these
29652 formulas manually after an assignment has been changed. If you
29653 plan to change several assignments at once, it may be more efficient
29654 to type @kbd{m C}, change all the assignments, then use @kbd{M-1 M-# u}
29655 to update the entire buffer afterwards. The @kbd{m C} command also
29656 controls @samp{=>} formulas on the stack; @pxref{Evaluates-To
29657 Operator}. When you turn automatic recomputation back on, the
29658 stack will be updated but the Embedded buffer will not; you must
29659 use @kbd{M-# u} to update the buffer by hand.
29660
29661 @node Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, Customizing Embedded Mode, Assignments in Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
29662 @section Mode Settings in Embedded Mode
29663
29664 @noindent
29665 Embedded Mode has a rather complicated mechanism for handling mode
29666 settings in Embedded formulas. It is possible to put annotations
29667 in the file that specify mode settings either global to the entire
29668 file or local to a particular formula or formulas. In the latter
29669 case, different modes can be specified for use when a formula
29670 is the enabled Embedded Mode formula.
29671
29672 When you give any mode-setting command, like @kbd{m f} (for fraction
29673 mode) or @kbd{d s} (for scientific notation), Embedded Mode adds
29674 a line like the following one to the file just before the opening
29675 delimiter of the formula.
29676
29677 @example
29678 % [calc-mode: fractions: t]
29679 % [calc-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
29680 @end example
29681
29682 When Calc interprets an embedded formula, it scans the text before
29683 the formula for mode-setting annotations like these and sets the
29684 Calc buffer to match these modes. Modes not explicitly described
29685 in the file are not changed. Calc scans all the way to the top of
29686 the file, or up to a line of the form
29687
29688 @example
29689 % [calc-defaults]
29690 @end example
29691
29692 @noindent
29693 which you can insert at strategic places in the file if this backward
29694 scan is getting too slow, or just to provide a barrier between one
29695 ``zone'' of mode settings and another.
29696
29697 If the file contains several annotations for the same mode, the
29698 closest one before the formula is used. Annotations after the
29699 formula are never used (except for global annotations, described
29700 below).
29701
29702 The scan does not look for the leading @samp{% }, only for the
29703 square brackets and the text they enclose. You can edit the mode
29704 annotations to a style that works better in context if you wish.
29705 @xref{Customizing Embedded Mode}, to see how to change the style
29706 that Calc uses when it generates the annotations. You can write
29707 mode annotations into the file yourself if you know the syntax;
29708 the easiest way to find the syntax for a given mode is to let
29709 Calc write the annotation for it once and see what it does.
29710
29711 If you give a mode-changing command for a mode that already has
29712 a suitable annotation just above the current formula, Calc will
29713 modify that annotation rather than generating a new, conflicting
29714 one.
29715
29716 Mode annotations have three parts, separated by colons. (Spaces
29717 after the colons are optional.) The first identifies the kind
29718 of mode setting, the second is a name for the mode itself, and
29719 the third is the value in the form of a Lisp symbol, number,
29720 or list. Annotations with unrecognizable text in the first or
29721 second parts are ignored. The third part is not checked to make
29722 sure the value is of a legal type or range; if you write an
29723 annotation by hand, be sure to give a proper value or results
29724 will be unpredictable. Mode-setting annotations are case-sensitive.
29725
29726 While Embedded Mode is enabled, the word @code{Local} appears in
29727 the mode line. This is to show that mode setting commands generate
29728 annotations that are ``local'' to the current formula or set of
29729 formulas. The @kbd{m R} (@code{calc-mode-record-mode}) command
29730 causes Calc to generate different kinds of annotations. Pressing
29731 @kbd{m R} repeatedly cycles through the possible modes.
29732
29733 @code{LocEdit} and @code{LocPerm} modes generate annotations
29734 that look like this, respectively:
29735
29736 @example
29737 % [calc-edit-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
29738 % [calc-perm-mode: float-format: (sci 5)]
29739 @end example
29740
29741 The first kind of annotation will be used only while a formula
29742 is enabled in Embedded Mode. The second kind will be used only
29743 when the formula is @emph{not} enabled. (Whether the formula
29744 is ``active'' or not, i.e., whether Calc has seen this formula
29745 yet, is not relevant here.)
29746
29747 @code{Global} mode generates an annotation like this at the end
29748 of the file:
29749
29750 @example
29751 % [calc-global-mode: fractions t]
29752 @end example
29753
29754 Global mode annotations affect all formulas throughout the file,
29755 and may appear anywhere in the file. This allows you to tuck your
29756 mode annotations somewhere out of the way, say, on a new page of
29757 the file, as long as those mode settings are suitable for all
29758 formulas in the file.
29759
29760 Enabling a formula with @kbd{M-# e} causes a fresh scan for local
29761 mode annotations; you will have to use this after adding annotations
29762 above a formula by hand to get the formula to notice them. Updating
29763 a formula with @kbd{M-# u} will also re-scan the local modes, but
29764 global modes are only re-scanned by @kbd{M-# a}.
29765
29766 Another way that modes can get out of date is if you add a local
29767 mode annotation to a formula that has another formula after it.
29768 In this example, we have used the @kbd{d s} command while the
29769 first of the two embedded formulas is active. But the second
29770 formula has not changed its style to match, even though by the
29771 rules of reading annotations the @samp{(sci 0)} applies to it, too.
29772
29773 @example
29774 % [calc-mode: float-format: (sci 0)]
29775 1.23e2
29776
29777 456.
29778 @end example
29779
29780 We would have to go down to the other formula and press @kbd{M-# u}
29781 on it in order to get it to notice the new annotation.
29782
29783 Two more mode-recording modes selectable by @kbd{m R} are @code{Save}
29784 (which works even outside of Embedded Mode), in which mode settings
29785 are recorded permanently in your Emacs startup file @file{~/.emacs}
29786 rather than by annotating the current document, and no-recording
29787 mode (where there is no symbol like @code{Save} or @code{Local} in
29788 the mode line), in which mode-changing commands do not leave any
29789 annotations at all.
29790
29791 When Embedded Mode is not enabled, mode-recording modes except
29792 for @code{Save} have no effect.
29793
29794 @node Customizing Embedded Mode, , Mode Settings in Embedded Mode, Embedded Mode
29795 @section Customizing Embedded Mode
29796
29797 @noindent
29798 You can modify Embedded Mode's behavior by setting various Lisp
29799 variables described here. Use @kbd{M-x set-variable} or
29800 @kbd{M-x edit-options} to adjust a variable on the fly, or
29801 put a suitable @code{setq} statement in your @file{~/.emacs}
29802 file to set a variable permanently. (Another possibility would
29803 be to use a file-local variable annotation at the end of the
29804 file; @pxref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, the
29805 Emacs manual}.)
29806
29807 While none of these variables will be buffer-local by default, you
29808 can make any of them local to any embedded-mode buffer. (Their
29809 values in the @samp{*Calculator*} buffer are never used.)
29810
29811 @vindex calc-embedded-open-formula
29812 The @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} variable holds a regular
29813 expression for the opening delimiter of a formula. @xref{Regexp Search,
29814 , Regular Expression Search, emacs, the Emacs manual}, to see
29815 how regular expressions work. Basically, a regular expression is a
29816 pattern that Calc can search for. A regular expression that considers
29817 blank lines, @samp{$}, and @samp{$$} to be opening delimiters is
29818 @code{"\\`\\|^\n\\|\\$\\$?"}. Just in case the meaning of this
29819 regular expression is not completely plain, let's go through it
29820 in detail.
29821
29822 The surrounding @samp{" "} marks quote the text between them as a
29823 Lisp string. If you left them off, @code{set-variable} or
29824 @code{edit-options} would try to read the regular expression as a
29825 Lisp program.
29826
29827 The most obvious property of this regular expression is that it
29828 contains indecently many backslashes. There are actually two levels
29829 of backslash usage going on here. First, when Lisp reads a quoted
29830 string, all pairs of characters beginning with a backslash are
29831 interpreted as special characters. Here, @code{\n} changes to a
29832 new-line character, and @code{\\} changes to a single backslash.
29833 So the actual regular expression seen by Calc is
29834 @samp{\`\|^ @r{(newline)} \|\$\$?}.
29835
29836 Regular expressions also consider pairs beginning with backslash
29837 to have special meanings. Sometimes the backslash is used to quote
29838 a character that otherwise would have a special meaning in a regular
29839 expression, like @samp{$}, which normally means ``end-of-line,''
29840 or @samp{?}, which means that the preceding item is optional. So
29841 @samp{\$\$?} matches either one or two dollar signs.
29842
29843 The other codes in this regular expression are @samp{^}, which matches
29844 ``beginning-of-line,'' @samp{\|}, which means ``or,'' and @samp{\`},
29845 which matches ``beginning-of-buffer.'' So the whole pattern means
29846 that a formula begins at the beginning of the buffer, or on a newline
29847 that occurs at the beginning of a line (i.e., a blank line), or at
29848 one or two dollar signs.
29849
29850 The default value of @code{calc-embedded-open-formula} looks just
29851 like this example, with several more alternatives added on to
29852 recognize various other common kinds of delimiters.
29853
29854 By the way, the reason to use @samp{^\n} rather than @samp{^$}
29855 or @samp{\n\n}, which also would appear to match blank lines,
29856 is that the former expression actually ``consumes'' only one
29857 newline character as @emph{part of} the delimiter, whereas the
29858 latter expressions consume zero or two newlines, respectively.
29859 The former choice gives the most natural behavior when Calc
29860 must operate on a whole formula including its delimiters.
29861
29862 See the Emacs manual for complete details on regular expressions.
29863 But just for your convenience, here is a list of all characters
29864 which must be quoted with backslash (like @samp{\$}) to avoid
29865 some special interpretation: @samp{. * + ? [ ] ^ $ \}. (Note
29866 the backslash in this list; for example, to match @samp{\[} you
29867 must use @code{"\\\\\\["}. An exercise for the reader is to
29868 account for each of these six backslashes!)
29869
29870 @vindex calc-embedded-close-formula
29871 The @code{calc-embedded-close-formula} variable holds a regular
29872 expression for the closing delimiter of a formula. A closing
29873 regular expression to match the above example would be
29874 @code{"\\'\\|\n$\\|\\$\\$?"}. This is almost the same as the
29875 other one, except it now uses @samp{\'} (``end-of-buffer'') and
29876 @samp{\n$} (newline occurring at end of line, yet another way
29877 of describing a blank line that is more appropriate for this
29878 case).
29879
29880 @vindex calc-embedded-open-word
29881 @vindex calc-embedded-close-word
29882 The @code{calc-embedded-open-word} and @code{calc-embedded-close-word}
29883 variables are similar expressions used when you type @kbd{M-# w}
29884 instead of @kbd{M-# e} to enable Embedded mode.
29885
29886 @vindex calc-embedded-open-plain
29887 The @code{calc-embedded-open-plain} variable is a string which
29888 begins a ``plain'' formula written in front of the formatted
29889 formula when @kbd{d p} mode is turned on. Note that this is an
29890 actual string, not a regular expression, because Calc must be able
29891 to write this string into a buffer as well as to recognize it.
29892 The default string is @code{"%%% "} (note the trailing space).
29893
29894 @vindex calc-embedded-close-plain
29895 The @code{calc-embedded-close-plain} variable is a string which
29896 ends a ``plain'' formula. The default is @code{" %%%\n"}. Without
29897 the trailing newline here, the first line of a ``big'' mode formula
29898 that followed might be shifted over with respect to the other lines.
29899
29900 @vindex calc-embedded-open-new-formula
29901 The @code{calc-embedded-open-new-formula} variable is a string
29902 which is inserted at the front of a new formula when you type
29903 @kbd{M-# f}. Its default value is @code{"\n\n"}. If this
29904 string begins with a newline character and the @kbd{M-# f} is
29905 typed at the beginning of a line, @kbd{M-# f} will skip this
29906 first newline to avoid introducing unnecessary blank lines in
29907 the file.
29908
29909 @vindex calc-embedded-close-new-formula
29910 The @code{calc-embedded-close-new-formula} variable is the corresponding
29911 string which is inserted at the end of a new formula. Its default
29912 value is also @code{"\n\n"}. The final newline is omitted by
29913 @w{@kbd{M-# f}} if typed at the end of a line. (It follows that if
29914 @kbd{M-# f} is typed on a blank line, both a leading opening
29915 newline and a trailing closing newline are omitted.)
29916
29917 @vindex calc-embedded-announce-formula
29918 The @code{calc-embedded-announce-formula} variable is a regular
29919 expression which is sure to be followed by an embedded formula.
29920 The @kbd{M-# a} command searches for this pattern as well as for
29921 @samp{=>} and @samp{:=} operators. Note that @kbd{M-# a} will
29922 not activate just anything surrounded by formula delimiters; after
29923 all, blank lines are considered formula delimiters by default!
29924 But if your language includes a delimiter which can only occur
29925 actually in front of a formula, you can take advantage of it here.
29926 The default pattern is @code{"%Embed\n\\(% .*\n\\)*"}, which
29927 checks for @samp{%Embed} followed by any number of lines beginning
29928 with @samp{%} and a space. This last is important to make Calc
29929 consider mode annotations part of the pattern, so that the formula's
29930 opening delimiter really is sure to follow the pattern.
29931
29932 @vindex calc-embedded-open-mode
29933 The @code{calc-embedded-open-mode} variable is a string (not a
29934 regular expression) which should precede a mode annotation.
29935 Calc never scans for this string; Calc always looks for the
29936 annotation itself. But this is the string that is inserted before
29937 the opening bracket when Calc adds an annotation on its own.
29938 The default is @code{"% "}.
29939
29940 @vindex calc-embedded-close-mode
29941 The @code{calc-embedded-close-mode} variable is a string which
29942 follows a mode annotation written by Calc. Its default value
29943 is simply a newline, @code{"\n"}. If you change this, it is a
29944 good idea still to end with a newline so that mode annotations
29945 will appear on lines by themselves.
29946
29947 @node Programming, Installation, Embedded Mode, Top
29948 @chapter Programming
29949
29950 @noindent
29951 There are several ways to ``program'' the Emacs Calculator, depending
29952 on the nature of the problem you need to solve.
29953
29954 @enumerate
29955 @item
29956 @dfn{Keyboard macros} allow you to record a sequence of keystrokes
29957 and play them back at a later time. This is just the standard Emacs
29958 keyboard macro mechanism, dressed up with a few more features such
29959 as loops and conditionals.
29960
29961 @item
29962 @dfn{Algebraic definitions} allow you to use any formula to define a
29963 new function. This function can then be used in algebraic formulas or
29964 as an interactive command.
29965
29966 @item
29967 @dfn{Rewrite rules} are discussed in the section on algebra commands.
29968 @xref{Rewrite Rules}. If you put your rewrite rules in the variable
29969 @code{EvalRules}, they will be applied automatically to all Calc
29970 results in just the same way as an internal ``rule'' is applied to
29971 evaluate @samp{sqrt(9)} to 3 and so on. @xref{Automatic Rewrites}.
29972
29973 @item
29974 @dfn{Lisp} is the programming language that Calc (and most of Emacs)
29975 is written in. If the above techniques aren't powerful enough, you
29976 can write Lisp functions to do anything that built-in Calc commands
29977 can do. Lisp code is also somewhat faster than keyboard macros or
29978 rewrite rules.
29979 @end enumerate
29980
29981 @kindex z
29982 Programming features are available through the @kbd{z} and @kbd{Z}
29983 prefix keys. New commands that you define are two-key sequences
29984 beginning with @kbd{z}. Commands for managing these definitions
29985 use the shift-@kbd{Z} prefix. (The @kbd{Z T} (@code{calc-timing})
29986 command is described elsewhere; @pxref{Troubleshooting Commands}.
29987 The @kbd{Z C} (@code{calc-user-define-composition}) command is also
29988 described elsewhere; @pxref{User-Defined Compositions}.)
29989
29990 @menu
29991 * Creating User Keys::
29992 * Keyboard Macros::
29993 * Invocation Macros::
29994 * Algebraic Definitions::
29995 * Lisp Definitions::
29996 @end menu
29997
29998 @node Creating User Keys, Keyboard Macros, Programming, Programming
29999 @section Creating User Keys
30000
30001 @noindent
30002 @kindex Z D
30003 @pindex calc-user-define
30004 Any Calculator command may be bound to a key using the @kbd{Z D}
30005 (@code{calc-user-define}) command. Actually, it is bound to a two-key
30006 sequence beginning with the lower-case @kbd{z} prefix.
30007
30008 The @kbd{Z D} command first prompts for the key to define. For example,
30009 press @kbd{Z D a} to define the new key sequence @kbd{z a}. You are then
30010 prompted for the name of the Calculator command that this key should
30011 run. For example, the @code{calc-sincos} command is not normally
30012 available on a key. Typing @kbd{Z D s sincos @key{RET}} programs the
30013 @kbd{z s} key sequence to run @code{calc-sincos}. This definition will remain
30014 in effect for the rest of this Emacs session, or until you redefine
30015 @kbd{z s} to be something else.
30016
30017 You can actually bind any Emacs command to a @kbd{z} key sequence by
30018 backspacing over the @samp{calc-} when you are prompted for the command name.
30019
30020 As with any other prefix key, you can type @kbd{z ?} to see a list of
30021 all the two-key sequences you have defined that start with @kbd{z}.
30022 Initially, no @kbd{z} sequences (except @kbd{z ?} itself) are defined.
30023
30024 User keys are typically letters, but may in fact be any key.
30025 (@key{META}-keys are not permitted, nor are a terminal's special
30026 function keys which generate multi-character sequences when pressed.)
30027 You can define different commands on the shifted and unshifted versions
30028 of a letter if you wish.
30029
30030 @kindex Z U
30031 @pindex calc-user-undefine
30032 The @kbd{Z U} (@code{calc-user-undefine}) command unbinds a user key.
30033 For example, the key sequence @kbd{Z U s} will undefine the @code{sincos}
30034 key we defined above.
30035
30036 @kindex Z P
30037 @pindex calc-user-define-permanent
30038 @cindex Storing user definitions
30039 @cindex Permanent user definitions
30040 @cindex @file{.emacs} file, user-defined commands
30041 The @kbd{Z P} (@code{calc-user-define-permanent}) command makes a key
30042 binding permanent so that it will remain in effect even in future Emacs
30043 sessions. (It does this by adding a suitable bit of Lisp code into
30044 your @file{.emacs} file.) For example, @kbd{Z P s} would register
30045 our @code{sincos} command permanently. If you later wish to unregister
30046 this command you must edit your @file{.emacs} file by hand.
30047 (@xref{General Mode Commands}, for a way to tell Calc to use a
30048 different file instead of @file{.emacs}.)
30049
30050 The @kbd{Z P} command also saves the user definition, if any, for the
30051 command bound to the key. After @kbd{Z F} and @kbd{Z C}, a given user
30052 key could invoke a command, which in turn calls an algebraic function,
30053 which might have one or more special display formats. A single @kbd{Z P}
30054 command will save all of these definitions.
30055
30056 To save a command or function without its key binding (or if there is
30057 no key binding for the command or function), type @kbd{'} (the apostrophe)
30058 when prompted for a key. Then, type the function name, or backspace
30059 to change the @samp{calcFunc-} prefix to @samp{calc-} and enter a
30060 command name. (If the command you give implies a function, the function
30061 will be saved, and if the function has any display formats, those will
30062 be saved, but not the other way around: Saving a function will not save
30063 any commands or key bindings associated with the function.)
30064
30065 @kindex Z E
30066 @pindex calc-user-define-edit
30067 @cindex Editing user definitions
30068 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command edits the definition
30069 of a user key. This works for keys that have been defined by either
30070 keyboard macros or formulas; further details are contained in the relevant
30071 following sections.
30072
30073 @node Keyboard Macros, Invocation Macros, Creating User Keys, Programming
30074 @section Programming with Keyboard Macros
30075
30076 @noindent
30077 @kindex X
30078 @cindex Programming with keyboard macros
30079 @cindex Keyboard macros
30080 The easiest way to ``program'' the Emacs Calculator is to use standard
30081 keyboard macros. Press @w{@kbd{C-x (}} to begin recording a macro. From
30082 this point on, keystrokes you type will be saved away as well as
30083 performing their usual functions. Press @kbd{C-x )} to end recording.
30084 Press shift-@kbd{X} (or the standard Emacs key sequence @kbd{C-x e}) to
30085 execute your keyboard macro by replaying the recorded keystrokes.
30086 @xref{Keyboard Macros, , , emacs, the Emacs Manual}, for further
30087 information.@refill
30088
30089 When you use @kbd{X} to invoke a keyboard macro, the entire macro is
30090 treated as a single command by the undo and trail features. The stack
30091 display buffer is not updated during macro execution, but is instead
30092 fixed up once the macro completes. Thus, commands defined with keyboard
30093 macros are convenient and efficient. The @kbd{C-x e} command, on the
30094 other hand, invokes the keyboard macro with no special treatment: Each
30095 command in the macro will record its own undo information and trail entry,
30096 and update the stack buffer accordingly. If your macro uses features
30097 outside of Calc's control to operate on the contents of the Calc stack
30098 buffer, or if it includes Undo, Redo, or last-arguments commands, you
30099 must use @kbd{C-x e} to make sure the buffer and undo list are up-to-date
30100 at all times. You could also consider using @kbd{K} (@code{calc-keep-args})
30101 instead of @kbd{M-@key{RET}} (@code{calc-last-args}).
30102
30103 Calc extends the standard Emacs keyboard macros in several ways.
30104 Keyboard macros can be used to create user-defined commands. Keyboard
30105 macros can include conditional and iteration structures, somewhat
30106 analogous to those provided by a traditional programmable calculator.
30107
30108 @menu
30109 * Naming Keyboard Macros::
30110 * Conditionals in Macros::
30111 * Loops in Macros::
30112 * Local Values in Macros::
30113 * Queries in Macros::
30114 @end menu
30115
30116 @node Naming Keyboard Macros, Conditionals in Macros, Keyboard Macros, Keyboard Macros
30117 @subsection Naming Keyboard Macros
30118
30119 @noindent
30120 @kindex Z K
30121 @pindex calc-user-define-kbd-macro
30122 Once you have defined a keyboard macro, you can bind it to a @kbd{z}
30123 key sequence with the @kbd{Z K} (@code{calc-user-define-kbd-macro}) command.
30124 This command prompts first for a key, then for a command name. For
30125 example, if you type @kbd{C-x ( n @key{TAB} n @key{TAB} C-x )} you will
30126 define a keyboard macro which negates the top two numbers on the stack
30127 (@key{TAB} swaps the top two stack elements). Now you can type
30128 @kbd{Z K n @key{RET}} to define this keyboard macro onto the @kbd{z n} key
30129 sequence. The default command name (if you answer the second prompt with
30130 just the @key{RET} key as in this example) will be something like
30131 @samp{calc-User-n}. The keyboard macro will now be available as both
30132 @kbd{z n} and @kbd{M-x calc-User-n}. You can backspace and enter a more
30133 descriptive command name if you wish.@refill
30134
30135 Macros defined by @kbd{Z K} act like single commands; they are executed
30136 in the same way as by the @kbd{X} key. If you wish to define the macro
30137 as a standard no-frills Emacs macro (to be executed as if by @kbd{C-x e}),
30138 give a negative prefix argument to @kbd{Z K}.
30139
30140 Once you have bound your keyboard macro to a key, you can use
30141 @kbd{Z P} to register it permanently with Emacs. @xref{Creating User Keys}.
30142
30143 @cindex Keyboard macros, editing
30144 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command on a key that has
30145 been defined by a keyboard macro tries to use the @code{edit-kbd-macro}
30146 command to edit the macro. This command may be found in the
30147 @file{macedit} package, a copy of which comes with Calc. It decomposes
30148 the macro definition into full Emacs command names, like @code{calc-pop}
30149 and @code{calc-add}. Type @kbd{M-# M-#} to finish editing and update
30150 the definition stored on the key, or, to cancel the edit, type
30151 @kbd{M-# x}.@refill
30152
30153 If you give a negative numeric prefix argument to @kbd{Z E}, the keyboard
30154 macro is edited in spelled-out keystroke form. For example, the editing
30155 buffer might contain the nine characters @w{@samp{1 RET 2 +}}. When you press
30156 @kbd{M-# M-#}, the @code{read-kbd-macro} feature of the @file{macedit}
30157 package is used to reinterpret these key names. The
30158 notations @code{RET}, @code{LFD}, @code{TAB}, @code{SPC}, @code{DEL}, and
30159 @code{NUL} must be written in all uppercase, as must the prefixes @code{C-}
30160 and @code{M-}. Spaces and line breaks are ignored. Other characters are
30161 copied verbatim into the keyboard macro. Basically, the notation is the
30162 same as is used in all of this manual's examples, except that the manual
30163 takes some liberties with spaces: When we say @kbd{' [1 2 3] RET}, we take
30164 it for granted that it is clear we really mean @kbd{' [1 SPC 2 SPC 3] RET},
30165 which is what @code{read-kbd-macro} wants to see.@refill
30166
30167 If @file{macedit} is not available, @kbd{Z E} edits the keyboard macro
30168 in ``raw'' form; the editing buffer simply contains characters like
30169 @samp{1^M2+} (here @samp{^M} represents the carriage-return character).
30170 Editing in this mode, you will have to use @kbd{C-q} to enter new
30171 control characters into the buffer.@refill
30172
30173 @kindex M-# m
30174 @pindex read-kbd-macro
30175 The @kbd{M-# m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) command reads an Emacs ``region''
30176 of spelled-out keystrokes and defines it as the current keyboard macro.
30177 It is a convenient way to define a keyboard macro that has been stored
30178 in a file, or to define a macro without executing it at the same time.
30179 The @kbd{M-# m} command works only if @file{macedit} is present.
30180
30181 @node Conditionals in Macros, Loops in Macros, Naming Keyboard Macros, Keyboard Macros
30182 @subsection Conditionals in Keyboard Macros
30183
30184 @noindent
30185 @kindex Z [
30186 @kindex Z ]
30187 @pindex calc-kbd-if
30188 @pindex calc-kbd-else
30189 @pindex calc-kbd-else-if
30190 @pindex calc-kbd-end-if
30191 @cindex Conditional structures
30192 The @kbd{Z [} (@code{calc-kbd-if}) and @kbd{Z ]} (@code{calc-kbd-end-if})
30193 commands allow you to put simple tests in a keyboard macro. When Calc
30194 sees the @kbd{Z [}, it pops an object from the stack and, if the object is
30195 a non-zero value, continues executing keystrokes. But if the object is
30196 zero, or if it is not provably nonzero, Calc skips ahead to the matching
30197 @kbd{Z ]} keystroke. @xref{Logical Operations}, for a set of commands for
30198 performing tests which conveniently produce 1 for true and 0 for false.
30199
30200 For example, @kbd{@key{RET} 0 a < Z [ n Z ]} implements an absolute-value
30201 function in the form of a keyboard macro. This macro duplicates the
30202 number on the top of the stack, pushes zero and compares using @kbd{a <}
30203 (@code{calc-less-than}), then, if the number was less than zero,
30204 executes @kbd{n} (@code{calc-change-sign}). Otherwise, the change-sign
30205 command is skipped.
30206
30207 To program this macro, type @kbd{C-x (}, type the above sequence of
30208 keystrokes, then type @kbd{C-x )}. Note that the keystrokes will be
30209 executed while you are making the definition as well as when you later
30210 re-execute the macro by typing @kbd{X}. Thus you should make sure a
30211 suitable number is on the stack before defining the macro so that you
30212 don't get a stack-underflow error during the definition process.
30213
30214 Conditionals can be nested arbitrarily. However, there should be exactly
30215 one @kbd{Z ]} for each @kbd{Z [} in a keyboard macro.
30216
30217 @kindex Z :
30218 The @kbd{Z :} (@code{calc-kbd-else}) command allows you to choose between
30219 two keystroke sequences. The general format is @kbd{@var{cond} Z [
30220 @var{then-part} Z : @var{else-part} Z ]}. If @var{cond} is true
30221 (i.e., if the top of stack contains a non-zero number after @var{cond}
30222 has been executed), the @var{then-part} will be executed and the
30223 @var{else-part} will be skipped. Otherwise, the @var{then-part} will
30224 be skipped and the @var{else-part} will be executed.
30225
30226 @kindex Z |
30227 The @kbd{Z |} (@code{calc-kbd-else-if}) command allows you to choose
30228 between any number of alternatives. For example,
30229 @kbd{@var{cond1} Z [ @var{part1} Z : @var{cond2} Z | @var{part2} Z :
30230 @var{part3} Z ]} will execute @var{part1} if @var{cond1} is true,
30231 otherwise it will execute @var{part2} if @var{cond2} is true, otherwise
30232 it will execute @var{part3}.
30233
30234 More precisely, @kbd{Z [} pops a number and conditionally skips to the
30235 next matching @kbd{Z :} or @kbd{Z ]} key. @w{@kbd{Z ]}} has no effect when
30236 actually executed. @kbd{Z :} skips to the next matching @kbd{Z ]}.
30237 @kbd{Z |} pops a number and conditionally skips to the next matching
30238 @kbd{Z :} or @kbd{Z ]}; thus, @kbd{Z [} and @kbd{Z |} are functionally
30239 equivalent except that @kbd{Z [} participates in nesting but @kbd{Z |}
30240 does not.
30241
30242 Calc's conditional and looping constructs work by scanning the
30243 keyboard macro for occurrences of character sequences like @samp{Z:}
30244 and @samp{Z]}. One side-effect of this is that if you use these
30245 constructs you must be careful that these character pairs do not
30246 occur by accident in other parts of the macros. Since Calc rarely
30247 uses shift-@kbd{Z} for any purpose except as a prefix character, this
30248 is not likely to be a problem. Another side-effect is that it will
30249 not work to define your own custom key bindings for these commands.
30250 Only the standard shift-@kbd{Z} bindings will work correctly.
30251
30252 @kindex Z C-g
30253 If Calc gets stuck while skipping characters during the definition of a
30254 macro, type @kbd{Z C-g} to cancel the definition. (Typing plain @kbd{C-g}
30255 actually adds a @kbd{C-g} keystroke to the macro.)
30256
30257 @node Loops in Macros, Local Values in Macros, Conditionals in Macros, Keyboard Macros
30258 @subsection Loops in Keyboard Macros
30259
30260 @noindent
30261 @kindex Z <
30262 @kindex Z >
30263 @pindex calc-kbd-repeat
30264 @pindex calc-kbd-end-repeat
30265 @cindex Looping structures
30266 @cindex Iterative structures
30267 The @kbd{Z <} (@code{calc-kbd-repeat}) and @kbd{Z >}
30268 (@code{calc-kbd-end-repeat}) commands pop a number from the stack,
30269 which must be an integer, then repeat the keystrokes between the brackets
30270 the specified number of times. If the integer is zero or negative, the
30271 body is skipped altogether. For example, @kbd{1 @key{TAB} Z < 2 * Z >}
30272 computes two to a nonnegative integer power. First, we push 1 on the
30273 stack and then swap the integer argument back to the top. The @kbd{Z <}
30274 pops that argument leaving the 1 back on top of the stack. Then, we
30275 repeat a multiply-by-two step however many times.@refill
30276
30277 Once again, the keyboard macro is executed as it is being entered.
30278 In this case it is especially important to set up reasonable initial
30279 conditions before making the definition: Suppose the integer 1000 just
30280 happened to be sitting on the stack before we typed the above definition!
30281 Another approach is to enter a harmless dummy definition for the macro,
30282 then go back and edit in the real one with a @kbd{Z E} command. Yet
30283 another approach is to type the macro as written-out keystroke names
30284 in a buffer, then use @kbd{M-# m} (@code{read-kbd-macro}) to read the
30285 macro.
30286
30287 @kindex Z /
30288 @pindex calc-break
30289 The @kbd{Z /} (@code{calc-kbd-break}) command allows you to break out
30290 of a keyboard macro loop prematurely. It pops an object from the stack;
30291 if that object is true (a non-zero number), control jumps out of the
30292 innermost enclosing @kbd{Z <} @dots{} @kbd{Z >} loop and continues
30293 after the @kbd{Z >}. If the object is false, the @kbd{Z /} has no
30294 effect. Thus @kbd{@var{cond} Z /} is similar to @samp{if (@var{cond}) break;}
30295 in the C language.@refill
30296
30297 @kindex Z (
30298 @kindex Z )
30299 @pindex calc-kbd-for
30300 @pindex calc-kbd-end-for
30301 The @kbd{Z (} (@code{calc-kbd-for}) and @kbd{Z )} (@code{calc-kbd-end-for})
30302 commands are similar to @kbd{Z <} and @kbd{Z >}, except that they make the
30303 value of the counter available inside the loop. The general layout is
30304 @kbd{@var{init} @var{final} Z ( @var{body} @var{step} Z )}. The @kbd{Z (}
30305 command pops initial and final values from the stack. It then creates
30306 a temporary internal counter and initializes it with the value @var{init}.
30307 The @kbd{Z (} command then repeatedly pushes the counter value onto the
30308 stack and executes @var{body} and @var{step}, adding @var{step} to the
30309 counter each time until the loop finishes.@refill
30310
30311 @cindex Summations (by keyboard macros)
30312 By default, the loop finishes when the counter becomes greater than (or
30313 less than) @var{final}, assuming @var{initial} is less than (greater
30314 than) @var{final}. If @var{initial} is equal to @var{final}, the body
30315 executes exactly once. The body of the loop always executes at least
30316 once. For example, @kbd{0 1 10 Z ( 2 ^ + 1 Z )} computes the sum of the
30317 squares of the integers from 1 to 10, in steps of 1.
30318
30319 If you give a numeric prefix argument of 1 to @kbd{Z (}, the loop is
30320 forced to use upward-counting conventions. In this case, if @var{initial}
30321 is greater than @var{final} the body will not be executed at all.
30322 Note that @var{step} may still be negative in this loop; the prefix
30323 argument merely constrains the loop-finished test. Likewise, a prefix
30324 argument of @i{-1} forces downward-counting conventions.
30325
30326 @kindex Z @{
30327 @kindex Z @}
30328 @pindex calc-kbd-loop
30329 @pindex calc-kbd-end-loop
30330 The @kbd{Z @{} (@code{calc-kbd-loop}) and @kbd{Z @}}
30331 (@code{calc-kbd-end-loop}) commands are similar to @kbd{Z <} and
30332 @kbd{Z >}, except that they do not pop a count from the stack---they
30333 effectively create an infinite loop. Every @kbd{Z @{} @dots{} @kbd{Z @}}
30334 loop ought to include at least one @kbd{Z /} to make sure the loop
30335 doesn't run forever. (If any error message occurs which causes Emacs
30336 to beep, the keyboard macro will also be halted; this is a standard
30337 feature of Emacs. You can also generally press @kbd{C-g} to halt a
30338 running keyboard macro, although not all versions of Unix support
30339 this feature.)
30340
30341 The conditional and looping constructs are not actually tied to
30342 keyboard macros, but they are most often used in that context.
30343 For example, the keystrokes @kbd{10 Z < 23 @key{RET} Z >} push
30344 ten copies of 23 onto the stack. This can be typed ``live'' just
30345 as easily as in a macro definition.
30346
30347 @xref{Conditionals in Macros}, for some additional notes about
30348 conditional and looping commands.
30349
30350 @node Local Values in Macros, Queries in Macros, Loops in Macros, Keyboard Macros
30351 @subsection Local Values in Macros
30352
30353 @noindent
30354 @cindex Local variables
30355 @cindex Restoring saved modes
30356 Keyboard macros sometimes want to operate under known conditions
30357 without affecting surrounding conditions. For example, a keyboard
30358 macro may wish to turn on Fraction Mode, or set a particular
30359 precision, independent of the user's normal setting for those
30360 modes.
30361
30362 @kindex Z `
30363 @kindex Z '
30364 @pindex calc-kbd-push
30365 @pindex calc-kbd-pop
30366 Macros also sometimes need to use local variables. Assignments to
30367 local variables inside the macro should not affect any variables
30368 outside the macro. The @kbd{Z `} (@code{calc-kbd-push}) and @kbd{Z '}
30369 (@code{calc-kbd-pop}) commands give you both of these capabilities.
30370
30371 When you type @kbd{Z `} (with a backquote or accent grave character),
30372 the values of various mode settings are saved away. The ten ``quick''
30373 variables @code{q0} through @code{q9} are also saved. When
30374 you type @w{@kbd{Z '}} (with an apostrophe), these values are restored.
30375 Pairs of @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} commands may be nested.
30376
30377 If a keyboard macro halts due to an error in between a @kbd{Z `} and
30378 a @kbd{Z '}, the saved values will be restored correctly even though
30379 the macro never reaches the @kbd{Z '} command. Thus you can use
30380 @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} without having to worry about what happens
30381 in exceptional conditions.
30382
30383 If you type @kbd{Z `} ``live'' (not in a keyboard macro), Calc puts
30384 you into a ``recursive edit.'' You can tell you are in a recursive
30385 edit because there will be extra square brackets in the mode line,
30386 as in @samp{[(Calculator)]}. These brackets will go away when you
30387 type the matching @kbd{Z '} command. The modes and quick variables
30388 will be saved and restored in just the same way as if actual keyboard
30389 macros were involved.
30390
30391 The modes saved by @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '} are the current precision
30392 and binary word size, the angular mode (Deg, Rad, or HMS), the
30393 simplification mode, Algebraic mode, Symbolic mode, Infinite mode,
30394 Matrix or Scalar mode, Fraction mode, and the current complex mode
30395 (Polar or Rectangular). The ten ``quick'' variables' values (or lack
30396 thereof) are also saved.
30397
30398 Most mode-setting commands act as toggles, but with a numeric prefix
30399 they force the mode either on (positive prefix) or off (negative
30400 or zero prefix). Since you don't know what the environment might
30401 be when you invoke your macro, it's best to use prefix arguments
30402 for all mode-setting commands inside the macro.
30403
30404 In fact, @kbd{C-u Z `} is like @kbd{Z `} except that it sets the modes
30405 listed above to their default values. As usual, the matching @kbd{Z '}
30406 will restore the modes to their settings from before the @kbd{C-u Z `}.
30407 Also, @w{@kbd{Z `}} with a negative prefix argument resets algebraic mode
30408 to its default (off) but leaves the other modes the same as they were
30409 outside the construct.
30410
30411 The contents of the stack and trail, values of non-quick variables, and
30412 other settings such as the language mode and the various display modes,
30413 are @emph{not} affected by @kbd{Z `} and @kbd{Z '}.
30414
30415 @node Queries in Macros, , Local Values in Macros, Keyboard Macros
30416 @subsection Queries in Keyboard Macros
30417
30418 @noindent
30419 @kindex Z =
30420 @pindex calc-kbd-report
30421 The @kbd{Z =} (@code{calc-kbd-report}) command displays an informative
30422 message including the value on the top of the stack. You are prompted
30423 to enter a string. That string, along with the top-of-stack value,
30424 is displayed unless @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) has been used
30425 to turn such messages off.
30426
30427 @kindex Z #
30428 @pindex calc-kbd-query
30429 The @kbd{Z #} (@code{calc-kbd-query}) command displays a prompt message
30430 (which you enter during macro definition), then does an algebraic entry
30431 which takes its input from the keyboard, even during macro execution.
30432 This command allows your keyboard macros to accept numbers or formulas
30433 as interactive input. All the normal conventions of algebraic input,
30434 including the use of @kbd{$} characters, are supported.
30435
30436 @xref{Kbd Macro Query, , , emacs, the Emacs Manual}, for a description of
30437 @kbd{C-x q} (@code{kbd-macro-query}), the standard Emacs way to accept
30438 keyboard input during a keyboard macro. In particular, you can use
30439 @kbd{C-x q} to enter a recursive edit, which allows the user to perform
30440 any Calculator operations interactively before pressing @kbd{C-M-c} to
30441 return control to the keyboard macro.
30442
30443 @node Invocation Macros, Algebraic Definitions, Keyboard Macros, Programming
30444 @section Invocation Macros
30445
30446 @kindex M-# z
30447 @kindex Z I
30448 @pindex calc-user-invocation
30449 @pindex calc-user-define-invocation
30450 Calc provides one special keyboard macro, called up by @kbd{M-# z}
30451 (@code{calc-user-invocation}), that is intended to allow you to define
30452 your own special way of starting Calc. To define this ``invocation
30453 macro,'' create the macro in the usual way with @kbd{C-x (} and
30454 @kbd{C-x )}, then type @kbd{Z I} (@code{calc-user-define-invocation}).
30455 There is only one invocation macro, so you don't need to type any
30456 additional letters after @kbd{Z I}. From now on, you can type
30457 @kbd{M-# z} at any time to execute your invocation macro.
30458
30459 For example, suppose you find yourself often grabbing rectangles of
30460 numbers into Calc and multiplying their columns. You can do this
30461 by typing @kbd{M-# r} to grab, and @kbd{V R : *} to multiply columns.
30462 To make this into an invocation macro, just type @kbd{C-x ( M-# r
30463 V R : * C-x )}, then @kbd{Z I}. Then, to multiply a rectangle of data,
30464 just mark the data in its buffer in the usual way and type @kbd{M-# z}.
30465
30466 Invocation macros are treated like regular Emacs keyboard macros;
30467 all the special features described above for @kbd{Z K}-style macros
30468 do not apply. @kbd{M-# z} is just like @kbd{C-x e}, except that it
30469 uses the macro that was last stored by @kbd{Z I}. (In fact, the
30470 macro does not even have to have anything to do with Calc!)
30471
30472 The @kbd{m m} command saves the last invocation macro defined by
30473 @kbd{Z I} along with all the other Calc mode settings.
30474 @xref{General Mode Commands}.
30475
30476 @node Algebraic Definitions, Lisp Definitions, Invocation Macros, Programming
30477 @section Programming with Formulas
30478
30479 @noindent
30480 @kindex Z F
30481 @pindex calc-user-define-formula
30482 @cindex Programming with algebraic formulas
30483 Another way to create a new Calculator command uses algebraic formulas.
30484 The @kbd{Z F} (@code{calc-user-define-formula}) command stores the
30485 formula at the top of the stack as the definition for a key. This
30486 command prompts for five things: The key, the command name, the function
30487 name, the argument list, and the behavior of the command when given
30488 non-numeric arguments.
30489
30490 For example, suppose we type @kbd{' a+2b @key{RET}} to push the formula
30491 @samp{a + 2*b} onto the stack. We now type @kbd{Z F m} to define this
30492 formula on the @kbd{z m} key sequence. The next prompt is for a command
30493 name, beginning with @samp{calc-}, which should be the long (@kbd{M-x}) form
30494 for the new command. If you simply press @key{RET}, a default name like
30495 @code{calc-User-m} will be constructed. In our example, suppose we enter
30496 @kbd{spam @key{RET}} to define the new command as @code{calc-spam}.
30497
30498 If you want to give the formula a long-style name only, you can press
30499 @key{SPC} or @key{RET} when asked which single key to use. For example
30500 @kbd{Z F @key{RET} spam @key{RET}} defines the new command as
30501 @kbd{M-x calc-spam}, with no keyboard equivalent.
30502
30503 The third prompt is for a function name. The default is to use the same
30504 name as the command name but with @samp{calcFunc-} in place of
30505 @samp{calc-}. This is the name you will use if you want to enter your
30506 new function in an algebraic formula. Suppose we enter @kbd{yow @key{RET}}.
30507 Then the new function can be invoked by pushing two numbers on the
30508 stack and typing @kbd{z m} or @kbd{x spam}, or by entering the algebraic
30509 formula @samp{yow(x,y)}.@refill
30510
30511 The fourth prompt is for the function's argument list. This is used to
30512 associate values on the stack with the variables that appear in the formula.
30513 The default is a list of all variables which appear in the formula, sorted
30514 into alphabetical order. In our case, the default would be @samp{(a b)}.
30515 This means that, when the user types @kbd{z m}, the Calculator will remove
30516 two numbers from the stack, substitute these numbers for @samp{a} and
30517 @samp{b} (respectively) in the formula, then simplify the formula and
30518 push the result on the stack. In other words, @kbd{10 @key{RET} 100 z m}
30519 would replace the 10 and 100 on the stack with the number 210, which is
30520 @cite{a + 2 b} with @cite{a=10} and @cite{b=100}. Likewise, the formula
30521 @samp{yow(10, 100)} will be evaluated by substituting @cite{a=10} and
30522 @cite{b=100} in the definition.
30523
30524 You can rearrange the order of the names before pressing @key{RET} to
30525 control which stack positions go to which variables in the formula. If
30526 you remove a variable from the argument list, that variable will be left
30527 in symbolic form by the command. Thus using an argument list of @samp{(b)}
30528 for our function would cause @kbd{10 z m} to replace the 10 on the stack
30529 with the formula @samp{a + 20}. If we had used an argument list of
30530 @samp{(b a)}, the result with inputs 10 and 100 would have been 120.
30531
30532 You can also put a nameless function on the stack instead of just a
30533 formula, as in @samp{<a, b : a + 2 b>}. @xref{Specifying Operators}.
30534 In this example, the command will be defined by the formula @samp{a + 2 b}
30535 using the argument list @samp{(a b)}.
30536
30537 The final prompt is a y-or-n question concerning what to do if symbolic
30538 arguments are given to your function. If you answer @kbd{y}, then
30539 executing @kbd{z m} (using the original argument list @samp{(a b)}) with
30540 arguments @cite{10} and @cite{x} will leave the function in symbolic
30541 form, i.e., @samp{yow(10,x)}. On the other hand, if you answer @kbd{n},
30542 then the formula will always be expanded, even for non-constant
30543 arguments: @samp{10 + 2 x}. If you never plan to feed algebraic
30544 formulas to your new function, it doesn't matter how you answer this
30545 question.@refill
30546
30547 If you answered @kbd{y} to this question you can still cause a function
30548 call to be expanded by typing @kbd{a "} (@code{calc-expand-formula}).
30549 Also, Calc will expand the function if necessary when you take a
30550 derivative or integral or solve an equation involving the function.
30551
30552 @kindex Z G
30553 @pindex calc-get-user-defn
30554 Once you have defined a formula on a key, you can retrieve this formula
30555 with the @kbd{Z G} (@code{calc-user-define-get-defn}) command. Press a
30556 key, and this command pushes the formula that was used to define that
30557 key onto the stack. Actually, it pushes a nameless function that
30558 specifies both the argument list and the defining formula. You will get
30559 an error message if the key is undefined, or if the key was not defined
30560 by a @kbd{Z F} command.@refill
30561
30562 The @kbd{Z E} (@code{calc-user-define-edit}) command on a key that has
30563 been defined by a formula uses a variant of the @code{calc-edit} command
30564 to edit the defining formula. Press @kbd{M-# M-#} to finish editing and
30565 store the new formula back in the definition, or @kbd{M-# x} to
30566 cancel the edit. (The argument list and other properties of the
30567 definition are unchanged; to adjust the argument list, you can use
30568 @kbd{Z G} to grab the function onto the stack, edit with @kbd{`}, and
30569 then re-execute the @kbd{Z F} command.)
30570
30571 As usual, the @kbd{Z P} command records your definition permanently.
30572 In this case it will permanently record all three of the relevant
30573 definitions: the key, the command, and the function.
30574
30575 You may find it useful to turn off the default simplifications with
30576 @kbd{m O} (@code{calc-no-simplify-mode}) when entering a formula to be
30577 used as a function definition. For example, the formula @samp{deriv(a^2,v)}
30578 which might be used to define a new function @samp{dsqr(a,v)} will be
30579 ``simplified'' to 0 immediately upon entry since @code{deriv} considers
30580 @cite{a} to be constant with respect to @cite{v}. Turning off
30581 default simplifications cures this problem: The definition will be stored
30582 in symbolic form without ever activating the @code{deriv} function. Press
30583 @kbd{m D} to turn the default simplifications back on afterwards.
30584
30585 @node Lisp Definitions, , Algebraic Definitions, Programming
30586 @section Programming with Lisp
30587
30588 @noindent
30589 The Calculator can be programmed quite extensively in Lisp. All you
30590 do is write a normal Lisp function definition, but with @code{defmath}
30591 in place of @code{defun}. This has the same form as @code{defun}, but it
30592 automagically replaces calls to standard Lisp functions like @code{+} and
30593 @code{zerop} with calls to the corresponding functions in Calc's own library.
30594 Thus you can write natural-looking Lisp code which operates on all of the
30595 standard Calculator data types. You can then use @kbd{Z D} if you wish to
30596 bind your new command to a @kbd{z}-prefix key sequence. The @kbd{Z E} command
30597 will not edit a Lisp-based definition.
30598
30599 Emacs Lisp is described in the GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual. This section
30600 assumes a familiarity with Lisp programming concepts; if you do not know
30601 Lisp, you may find keyboard macros or rewrite rules to be an easier way
30602 to program the Calculator.
30603
30604 This section first discusses ways to write commands, functions, or
30605 small programs to be executed inside of Calc. Then it discusses how
30606 your own separate programs are able to call Calc from the outside.
30607 Finally, there is a list of internal Calc functions and data structures
30608 for the true Lisp enthusiast.
30609
30610 @menu
30611 * Defining Functions::
30612 * Defining Simple Commands::
30613 * Defining Stack Commands::
30614 * Argument Qualifiers::
30615 * Example Definitions::
30616
30617 * Calling Calc from Your Programs::
30618 * Internals::
30619 @end menu
30620
30621 @node Defining Functions, Defining Simple Commands, Lisp Definitions, Lisp Definitions
30622 @subsection Defining New Functions
30623
30624 @noindent
30625 @findex defmath
30626 The @code{defmath} function (actually a Lisp macro) is like @code{defun}
30627 except that code in the body of the definition can make use of the full
30628 range of Calculator data types. The prefix @samp{calcFunc-} is added
30629 to the specified name to get the actual Lisp function name. As a simple
30630 example,
30631
30632 @example
30633 (defmath myfact (n)
30634 (if (> n 0)
30635 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
30636 1))
30637 @end example
30638
30639 @noindent
30640 This actually expands to the code,
30641
30642 @example
30643 (defun calcFunc-myfact (n)
30644 (if (math-posp n)
30645 (math-mul n (calcFunc-myfact (math-add n -1)))
30646 1))
30647 @end example
30648
30649 @noindent
30650 This function can be used in algebraic expressions, e.g., @samp{myfact(5)}.
30651
30652 The @samp{myfact} function as it is defined above has the bug that an
30653 expression @samp{myfact(a+b)} will be simplified to 1 because the
30654 formula @samp{a+b} is not considered to be @code{posp}. A robust
30655 factorial function would be written along the following lines:
30656
30657 @smallexample
30658 (defmath myfact (n)
30659 (if (> n 0)
30660 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
30661 (if (= n 0)
30662 1
30663 nil))) ; this could be simplified as: (and (= n 0) 1)
30664 @end smallexample
30665
30666 If a function returns @code{nil}, it is left unsimplified by the Calculator
30667 (except that its arguments will be simplified). Thus, @samp{myfact(a+1+2)}
30668 will be simplified to @samp{myfact(a+3)} but no further. Beware that every
30669 time the Calculator reexamines this formula it will attempt to resimplify
30670 it, so your function ought to detect the returning-@code{nil} case as
30671 efficiently as possible.
30672
30673 The following standard Lisp functions are treated by @code{defmath}:
30674 @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, @code{^} or
30675 @code{expt}, @code{=}, @code{<}, @code{>}, @code{<=}, @code{>=},
30676 @code{/=}, @code{1+}, @code{1-}, @code{logand}, @code{logior}, @code{logxor},
30677 @code{logandc2}, @code{lognot}. Also, @code{~=} is an abbreviation for
30678 @code{math-nearly-equal}, which is useful in implementing Taylor series.@refill
30679
30680 For other functions @var{func}, if a function by the name
30681 @samp{calcFunc-@var{func}} exists it is used, otherwise if a function by the
30682 name @samp{math-@var{func}} exists it is used, otherwise if @var{func} itself
30683 is defined as a function it is used, otherwise @samp{calcFunc-@var{func}} is
30684 used on the assumption that this is a to-be-defined math function. Also, if
30685 the function name is quoted as in @samp{('integerp a)} the function name is
30686 always used exactly as written (but not quoted).@refill
30687
30688 Variable names have @samp{var-} prepended to them unless they appear in
30689 the function's argument list or in an enclosing @code{let}, @code{let*},
30690 @code{for}, or @code{foreach} form,
30691 or their names already contain a @samp{-} character. Thus a reference to
30692 @samp{foo} is the same as a reference to @samp{var-foo}.@refill
30693
30694 A few other Lisp extensions are available in @code{defmath} definitions:
30695
30696 @itemize @bullet
30697 @item
30698 The @code{elt} function accepts any number of index variables.
30699 Note that Calc vectors are stored as Lisp lists whose first
30700 element is the symbol @code{vec}; thus, @samp{(elt v 2)} yields
30701 the second element of vector @code{v}, and @samp{(elt m i j)}
30702 yields one element of a Calc matrix.
30703
30704 @item
30705 The @code{setq} function has been extended to act like the Common
30706 Lisp @code{setf} function. (The name @code{setf} is recognized as
30707 a synonym of @code{setq}.) Specifically, the first argument of
30708 @code{setq} can be an @code{nth}, @code{elt}, @code{car}, or @code{cdr} form,
30709 in which case the effect is to store into the specified
30710 element of a list. Thus, @samp{(setq (elt m i j) x)} stores @cite{x}
30711 into one element of a matrix.
30712
30713 @item
30714 A @code{for} looping construct is available. For example,
30715 @samp{(for ((i 0 10)) body)} executes @code{body} once for each
30716 binding of @cite{i} from zero to 10. This is like a @code{let}
30717 form in that @cite{i} is temporarily bound to the loop count
30718 without disturbing its value outside the @code{for} construct.
30719 Nested loops, as in @samp{(for ((i 0 10) (j 0 (1- i) 2)) body)},
30720 are also available. For each value of @cite{i} from zero to 10,
30721 @cite{j} counts from 0 to @cite{i-1} in steps of two. Note that
30722 @code{for} has the same general outline as @code{let*}, except
30723 that each element of the header is a list of three or four
30724 things, not just two.
30725
30726 @item
30727 The @code{foreach} construct loops over elements of a list.
30728 For example, @samp{(foreach ((x (cdr v))) body)} executes
30729 @code{body} with @cite{x} bound to each element of Calc vector
30730 @cite{v} in turn. The purpose of @code{cdr} here is to skip over
30731 the initial @code{vec} symbol in the vector.
30732
30733 @item
30734 The @code{break} function breaks out of the innermost enclosing
30735 @code{while}, @code{for}, or @code{foreach} loop. If given a
30736 value, as in @samp{(break x)}, this value is returned by the
30737 loop. (Lisp loops otherwise always return @code{nil}.)
30738
30739 @item
30740 The @code{return} function prematurely returns from the enclosing
30741 function. For example, @samp{(return (+ x y))} returns @cite{x+y}
30742 as the value of a function. You can use @code{return} anywhere
30743 inside the body of the function.
30744 @end itemize
30745
30746 Non-integer numbers (and extremely large integers) cannot be included
30747 directly into a @code{defmath} definition. This is because the Lisp
30748 reader will fail to parse them long before @code{defmath} ever gets control.
30749 Instead, use the notation, @samp{:"3.1415"}. In fact, any algebraic
30750 formula can go between the quotes. For example,
30751
30752 @smallexample
30753 (defmath sqexp (x) ; sqexp(x) == sqrt(exp(x)) == exp(x*0.5)
30754 (and (numberp x)
30755 (exp :"x * 0.5")))
30756 @end smallexample
30757
30758 expands to
30759
30760 @smallexample
30761 (defun calcFunc-sqexp (x)
30762 (and (math-numberp x)
30763 (calcFunc-exp (math-mul x '(float 5 -1)))))
30764 @end smallexample
30765
30766 Note the use of @code{numberp} as a guard to ensure that the argument is
30767 a number first, returning @code{nil} if not. The exponential function
30768 could itself have been included in the expression, if we had preferred:
30769 @samp{:"exp(x * 0.5)"}. As another example, the multiplication-and-recursion
30770 step of @code{myfact} could have been written
30771
30772 @example
30773 :"n * myfact(n-1)"
30774 @end example
30775
30776 If a file named @file{.emacs} exists in your home directory, Emacs reads
30777 and executes the Lisp forms in this file as it starts up. While it may
30778 seem like a good idea to put your favorite @code{defmath} commands here,
30779 this has the unfortunate side-effect that parts of the Calculator must be
30780 loaded in to process the @code{defmath} commands whether or not you will
30781 actually use the Calculator! A better effect can be had by writing
30782
30783 @example
30784 (put 'calc-define 'thing '(progn
30785 (defmath ... )
30786 (defmath ... )
30787 ))
30788 @end example
30789
30790 @noindent
30791 @vindex calc-define
30792 The @code{put} function adds a @dfn{property} to a symbol. Each Lisp
30793 symbol has a list of properties associated with it. Here we add a
30794 property with a name of @code{thing} and a @samp{(progn ...)} form as
30795 its value. When Calc starts up, and at the start of every Calc command,
30796 the property list for the symbol @code{calc-define} is checked and the
30797 values of any properties found are evaluated as Lisp forms. The
30798 properties are removed as they are evaluated. The property names
30799 (like @code{thing}) are not used; you should choose something like the
30800 name of your project so as not to conflict with other properties.
30801
30802 The net effect is that you can put the above code in your @file{.emacs}
30803 file and it will not be executed until Calc is loaded. Or, you can put
30804 that same code in another file which you load by hand either before or
30805 after Calc itself is loaded.
30806
30807 The properties of @code{calc-define} are evaluated in the same order
30808 that they were added. They can assume that the Calc modules @file{calc.el},
30809 @file{calc-ext.el}, and @file{calc-macs.el} have been fully loaded, and
30810 that the @samp{*Calculator*} buffer will be the current buffer.
30811
30812 If your @code{calc-define} property only defines algebraic functions,
30813 you can be sure that it will have been evaluated before Calc tries to
30814 call your function, even if the file defining the property is loaded
30815 after Calc is loaded. But if the property defines commands or key
30816 sequences, it may not be evaluated soon enough. (Suppose it defines the
30817 new command @code{tweak-calc}; the user can load your file, then type
30818 @kbd{M-x tweak-calc} before Calc has had chance to do anything.) To
30819 protect against this situation, you can put
30820
30821 @example
30822 (run-hooks 'calc-check-defines)
30823 @end example
30824
30825 @findex calc-check-defines
30826 @noindent
30827 at the end of your file. The @code{calc-check-defines} function is what
30828 looks for and evaluates properties on @code{calc-define}; @code{run-hooks}
30829 has the advantage that it is quietly ignored if @code{calc-check-defines}
30830 is not yet defined because Calc has not yet been loaded.
30831
30832 Examples of things that ought to be enclosed in a @code{calc-define}
30833 property are @code{defmath} calls, @code{define-key} calls that modify
30834 the Calc key map, and any calls that redefine things defined inside Calc.
30835 Ordinary @code{defun}s need not be enclosed with @code{calc-define}.
30836
30837 @node Defining Simple Commands, Defining Stack Commands, Defining Functions, Lisp Definitions
30838 @subsection Defining New Simple Commands
30839
30840 @noindent
30841 @findex interactive
30842 If a @code{defmath} form contains an @code{interactive} clause, it defines
30843 a Calculator command. Actually such a @code{defmath} results in @emph{two}
30844 function definitions: One, a @samp{calcFunc-} function as was just described,
30845 with the @code{interactive} clause removed. Two, a @samp{calc-} function
30846 with a suitable @code{interactive} clause and some sort of wrapper to make
30847 the command work in the Calc environment.
30848
30849 In the simple case, the @code{interactive} clause has the same form as
30850 for normal Emacs Lisp commands:
30851
30852 @smallexample
30853 (defmath increase-precision (delta)
30854 "Increase precision by DELTA." ; This is the "documentation string"
30855 (interactive "p") ; Register this as a M-x-able command
30856 (setq calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec delta)))
30857 @end smallexample
30858
30859 This expands to the pair of definitions,
30860
30861 @smallexample
30862 (defun calc-increase-precision (delta)
30863 "Increase precision by DELTA."
30864 (interactive "p")
30865 (calc-wrapper
30866 (setq calc-internal-prec (math-add calc-internal-prec delta))))
30867
30868 (defun calcFunc-increase-precision (delta)
30869 "Increase precision by DELTA."
30870 (setq calc-internal-prec (math-add calc-internal-prec delta)))
30871 @end smallexample
30872
30873 @noindent
30874 where in this case the latter function would never really be used! Note
30875 that since the Calculator stores small integers as plain Lisp integers,
30876 the @code{math-add} function will work just as well as the native
30877 @code{+} even when the intent is to operate on native Lisp integers.
30878
30879 @findex calc-wrapper
30880 The @samp{calc-wrapper} call invokes a macro which surrounds the body of
30881 the function with code that looks roughly like this:
30882
30883 @smallexample
30884 (let ((calc-command-flags nil))
30885 (unwind-protect
30886 (save-excursion
30887 (calc-select-buffer)
30888 @emph{body of function}
30889 @emph{renumber stack}
30890 @emph{clear} Working @emph{message})
30891 @emph{realign cursor and window}
30892 @emph{clear Inverse, Hyperbolic, and Keep Args flags}
30893 @emph{update Emacs mode line}))
30894 @end smallexample
30895
30896 @findex calc-select-buffer
30897 The @code{calc-select-buffer} function selects the @samp{*Calculator*}
30898 buffer if necessary, say, because the command was invoked from inside
30899 the @samp{*Calc Trail*} window.
30900
30901 @findex calc-set-command-flag
30902 You can call, for example, @code{(calc-set-command-flag 'no-align)} to set
30903 the above-mentioned command flags. The following command flags are
30904 recognized by Calc routines:
30905
30906 @table @code
30907 @item renum-stack
30908 Stack line numbers @samp{1:}, @samp{2:}, and so on must be renumbered
30909 after this command completes. This is set by routines like
30910 @code{calc-push}.
30911
30912 @item clear-message
30913 Calc should call @samp{(message "")} if this command completes normally
30914 (to clear a ``Working@dots{}'' message out of the echo area).
30915
30916 @item no-align
30917 Do not move the cursor back to the @samp{.} top-of-stack marker.
30918
30919 @item position-point
30920 Use the variables @code{calc-position-point-line} and
30921 @code{calc-position-point-column} to position the cursor after
30922 this command finishes.
30923
30924 @item keep-flags
30925 Do not clear @code{calc-inverse-flag}, @code{calc-hyperbolic-flag},
30926 and @code{calc-keep-args-flag} at the end of this command.
30927
30928 @item do-edit
30929 Switch to buffer @samp{*Calc Edit*} after this command.
30930
30931 @item hold-trail
30932 Do not move trail pointer to end of trail when something is recorded
30933 there.
30934 @end table
30935
30936 @kindex Y
30937 @kindex Y ?
30938 @vindex calc-Y-help-msgs
30939 Calc reserves a special prefix key, shift-@kbd{Y}, for user-written
30940 extensions to Calc. There are no built-in commands that work with
30941 this prefix key; you must call @code{define-key} from Lisp (probably
30942 from inside a @code{calc-define} property) to add to it. Initially only
30943 @kbd{Y ?} is defined; it takes help messages from a list of strings
30944 (initially @code{nil}) in the variable @code{calc-Y-help-msgs}. All
30945 other undefined keys except for @kbd{Y} are reserved for use by
30946 future versions of Calc.
30947
30948 If you are writing a Calc enhancement which you expect to give to
30949 others, it is best to minimize the number of @kbd{Y}-key sequences
30950 you use. In fact, if you have more than one key sequence you should
30951 consider defining three-key sequences with a @kbd{Y}, then a key that
30952 stands for your package, then a third key for the particular command
30953 within your package.
30954
30955 Users may wish to install several Calc enhancements, and it is possible
30956 that several enhancements will choose to use the same key. In the
30957 example below, a variable @code{inc-prec-base-key} has been defined
30958 to contain the key that identifies the @code{inc-prec} package. Its
30959 value is initially @code{"P"}, but a user can change this variable
30960 if necessary without having to modify the file.
30961
30962 Here is a complete file, @file{inc-prec.el}, which makes a @kbd{Y P I}
30963 command that increases the precision, and a @kbd{Y P D} command that
30964 decreases the precision.
30965
30966 @smallexample
30967 ;;; Increase and decrease Calc precision. Dave Gillespie, 5/31/91.
30968 ;;; (Include copyright or copyleft stuff here.)
30969
30970 (defvar inc-prec-base-key "P"
30971 "Base key for inc-prec.el commands.")
30972
30973 (put 'calc-define 'inc-prec '(progn
30974
30975 (define-key calc-mode-map (format "Y%sI" inc-prec-base-key)
30976 'increase-precision)
30977 (define-key calc-mode-map (format "Y%sD" inc-prec-base-key)
30978 'decrease-precision)
30979
30980 (setq calc-Y-help-msgs
30981 (cons (format "%s + Inc-prec, Dec-prec" inc-prec-base-key)
30982 calc-Y-help-msgs))
30983
30984 (defmath increase-precision (delta)
30985 "Increase precision by DELTA."
30986 (interactive "p")
30987 (setq calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec delta)))
30988
30989 (defmath decrease-precision (delta)
30990 "Decrease precision by DELTA."
30991 (interactive "p")
30992 (setq calc-internal-prec (- calc-internal-prec delta)))
30993
30994 )) ; end of calc-define property
30995
30996 (run-hooks 'calc-check-defines)
30997 @end smallexample
30998
30999 @node Defining Stack Commands, Argument Qualifiers, Defining Simple Commands, Lisp Definitions
31000 @subsection Defining New Stack-Based Commands
31001
31002 @noindent
31003 To define a new computational command which takes and/or leaves arguments
31004 on the stack, a special form of @code{interactive} clause is used.
31005
31006 @example
31007 (interactive @var{num} @var{tag})
31008 @end example
31009
31010 @noindent
31011 where @var{num} is an integer, and @var{tag} is a string. The effect is
31012 to pop @var{num} values off the stack, resimplify them by calling
31013 @code{calc-normalize}, and hand them to your function according to the
31014 function's argument list. Your function may include @code{&optional} and
31015 @code{&rest} parameters, so long as calling the function with @var{num}
31016 parameters is legal.
31017
31018 Your function must return either a number or a formula in a form
31019 acceptable to Calc, or a list of such numbers or formulas. These value(s)
31020 are pushed onto the stack when the function completes. They are also
31021 recorded in the Calc Trail buffer on a line beginning with @var{tag},
31022 a string of (normally) four characters or less. If you omit @var{tag}
31023 or use @code{nil} as a tag, the result is not recorded in the trail.
31024
31025 As an example, the definition
31026
31027 @smallexample
31028 (defmath myfact (n)
31029 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
31030 (interactive 1 "fact")
31031 (if (> n 0)
31032 (* n (myfact (1- n)))
31033 (and (= n 0) 1)))
31034 @end smallexample
31035
31036 @noindent
31037 is a version of the factorial function shown previously which can be used
31038 as a command as well as an algebraic function. It expands to
31039
31040 @smallexample
31041 (defun calc-myfact ()
31042 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
31043 (interactive)
31044 (calc-slow-wrapper
31045 (calc-enter-result 1 "fact"
31046 (cons 'calcFunc-myfact (calc-top-list-n 1)))))
31047
31048 (defun calcFunc-myfact (n)
31049 "Compute the factorial of the integer at the top of the stack."
31050 (if (math-posp n)
31051 (math-mul n (calcFunc-myfact (math-add n -1)))
31052 (and (math-zerop n) 1)))
31053 @end smallexample
31054
31055 @findex calc-slow-wrapper
31056 The @code{calc-slow-wrapper} function is a version of @code{calc-wrapper}
31057 that automatically puts up a @samp{Working...} message before the
31058 computation begins. (This message can be turned off by the user
31059 with an @kbd{m w} (@code{calc-working}) command.)
31060
31061 @findex calc-top-list-n
31062 The @code{calc-top-list-n} function returns a list of the specified number
31063 of values from the top of the stack. It resimplifies each value by
31064 calling @code{calc-normalize}. If its argument is zero it returns an
31065 empty list. It does not actually remove these values from the stack.
31066
31067 @findex calc-enter-result
31068 The @code{calc-enter-result} function takes an integer @var{num} and string
31069 @var{tag} as described above, plus a third argument which is either a
31070 Calculator data object or a list of such objects. These objects are
31071 resimplified and pushed onto the stack after popping the specified number
31072 of values from the stack. If @var{tag} is non-@code{nil}, the values
31073 being pushed are also recorded in the trail.
31074
31075 Note that if @code{calcFunc-myfact} returns @code{nil} this represents
31076 ``leave the function in symbolic form.'' To return an actual empty list,
31077 in the sense that @code{calc-enter-result} will push zero elements back
31078 onto the stack, you should return the special value @samp{'(nil)}, a list
31079 containing the single symbol @code{nil}.
31080
31081 The @code{interactive} declaration can actually contain a limited
31082 Emacs-style code string as well which comes just before @var{num} and
31083 @var{tag}. Currently the only Emacs code supported is @samp{"p"}, as in
31084
31085 @example
31086 (defmath foo (a b &optional c)
31087 (interactive "p" 2 "foo")
31088 @var{body})
31089 @end example
31090
31091 In this example, the command @code{calc-foo} will evaluate the expression
31092 @samp{foo(a,b)} if executed with no argument, or @samp{foo(a,b,n)} if
31093 executed with a numeric prefix argument of @cite{n}.
31094
31095 The other code string allowed is @samp{"m"} (unrelated to the usual @samp{"m"}
31096 code as used with @code{defun}). It uses the numeric prefix argument as the
31097 number of objects to remove from the stack and pass to the function.
31098 In this case, the integer @var{num} serves as a default number of
31099 arguments to be used when no prefix is supplied.
31100
31101 @node Argument Qualifiers, Example Definitions, Defining Stack Commands, Lisp Definitions
31102 @subsection Argument Qualifiers
31103
31104 @noindent
31105 Anywhere a parameter name can appear in the parameter list you can also use
31106 an @dfn{argument qualifier}. Thus the general form of a definition is:
31107
31108 @example
31109 (defmath @var{name} (@var{param} @var{param...}
31110 &optional @var{param} @var{param...}
31111 &rest @var{param})
31112 @var{body})
31113 @end example
31114
31115 @noindent
31116 where each @var{param} is either a symbol or a list of the form
31117
31118 @example
31119 (@var{qual} @var{param})
31120 @end example
31121
31122 The following qualifiers are recognized:
31123
31124 @table @samp
31125 @item complete
31126 @findex complete
31127 The argument must not be an incomplete vector, interval, or complex number.
31128 (This is rarely needed since the Calculator itself will never call your
31129 function with an incomplete argument. But there is nothing stopping your
31130 own Lisp code from calling your function with an incomplete argument.)@refill
31131
31132 @item integer
31133 @findex integer
31134 The argument must be an integer. If it is an integer-valued float
31135 it will be accepted but converted to integer form. Non-integers and
31136 formulas are rejected.
31137
31138 @item natnum
31139 @findex natnum
31140 Like @samp{integer}, but the argument must be non-negative.
31141
31142 @item fixnum
31143 @findex fixnum
31144 Like @samp{integer}, but the argument must fit into a native Lisp integer,
31145 which on most systems means less than 2^23 in absolute value. The
31146 argument is converted into Lisp-integer form if necessary.
31147
31148 @item float
31149 @findex float
31150 The argument is converted to floating-point format if it is a number or
31151 vector. If it is a formula it is left alone. (The argument is never
31152 actually rejected by this qualifier.)
31153
31154 @item @var{pred}
31155 The argument must satisfy predicate @var{pred}, which is one of the
31156 standard Calculator predicates. @xref{Predicates}.
31157
31158 @item not-@var{pred}
31159 The argument must @emph{not} satisfy predicate @var{pred}.
31160 @end table
31161
31162 For example,
31163
31164 @example
31165 (defmath foo (a (constp (not-matrixp b)) &optional (float c)
31166 &rest (integer d))
31167 @var{body})
31168 @end example
31169
31170 @noindent
31171 expands to
31172
31173 @example
31174 (defun calcFunc-foo (a b &optional c &rest d)
31175 (and (math-matrixp b)
31176 (math-reject-arg b 'not-matrixp))
31177 (or (math-constp b)
31178 (math-reject-arg b 'constp))
31179 (and c (setq c (math-check-float c)))
31180 (setq d (mapcar 'math-check-integer d))
31181 @var{body})
31182 @end example
31183
31184 @noindent
31185 which performs the necessary checks and conversions before executing the
31186 body of the function.
31187
31188 @node Example Definitions, Calling Calc from Your Programs, Argument Qualifiers, Lisp Definitions
31189 @subsection Example Definitions
31190
31191 @noindent
31192 This section includes some Lisp programming examples on a larger scale.
31193 These programs make use of some of the Calculator's internal functions;
31194 @pxref{Internals}.
31195
31196 @menu
31197 * Bit Counting Example::
31198 * Sine Example::
31199 @end menu
31200
31201 @node Bit Counting Example, Sine Example, Example Definitions, Example Definitions
31202 @subsubsection Bit-Counting
31203
31204 @noindent
31205 @c @starindex
31206 @tindex bcount
31207 Calc does not include a built-in function for counting the number of
31208 ``one'' bits in a binary integer. It's easy to invent one using @kbd{b u}
31209 to convert the integer to a set, and @kbd{V #} to count the elements of
31210 that set; let's write a function that counts the bits without having to
31211 create an intermediate set.
31212
31213 @smallexample
31214 (defmath bcount ((natnum n))
31215 (interactive 1 "bcnt")
31216 (let ((count 0))
31217 (while (> n 0)
31218 (if (oddp n)
31219 (setq count (1+ count)))
31220 (setq n (lsh n -1)))
31221 count))
31222 @end smallexample
31223
31224 @noindent
31225 When this is expanded by @code{defmath}, it will become the following
31226 Emacs Lisp function:
31227
31228 @smallexample
31229 (defun calcFunc-bcount (n)
31230 (setq n (math-check-natnum n))
31231 (let ((count 0))
31232 (while (math-posp n)
31233 (if (math-oddp n)
31234 (setq count (math-add count 1)))
31235 (setq n (calcFunc-lsh n -1)))
31236 count))
31237 @end smallexample
31238
31239 If the input numbers are large, this function involves a fair amount
31240 of arithmetic. A binary right shift is essentially a division by two;
31241 recall that Calc stores integers in decimal form so bit shifts must
31242 involve actual division.
31243
31244 To gain a bit more efficiency, we could divide the integer into
31245 @i{n}-bit chunks, each of which can be handled quickly because
31246 they fit into Lisp integers. It turns out that Calc's arithmetic
31247 routines are especially fast when dividing by an integer less than
31248 1000, so we can set @i{n = 9} bits and use repeated division by 512:
31249
31250 @smallexample
31251 (defmath bcount ((natnum n))
31252 (interactive 1 "bcnt")
31253 (let ((count 0))
31254 (while (not (fixnump n))
31255 (let ((qr (idivmod n 512)))
31256 (setq count (+ count (bcount-fixnum (cdr qr)))
31257 n (car qr))))
31258 (+ count (bcount-fixnum n))))
31259
31260 (defun bcount-fixnum (n)
31261 (let ((count 0))
31262 (while (> n 0)
31263 (setq count (+ count (logand n 1))
31264 n (lsh n -1)))
31265 count))
31266 @end smallexample
31267
31268 @noindent
31269 Note that the second function uses @code{defun}, not @code{defmath}.
31270 Because this function deals only with native Lisp integers (``fixnums''),
31271 it can use the actual Emacs @code{+} and related functions rather
31272 than the slower but more general Calc equivalents which @code{defmath}
31273 uses.
31274
31275 The @code{idivmod} function does an integer division, returning both
31276 the quotient and the remainder at once. Again, note that while it
31277 might seem that @samp{(logand n 511)} and @samp{(lsh n -9)} are
31278 more efficient ways to split off the bottom nine bits of @code{n},
31279 actually they are less efficient because each operation is really
31280 a division by 512 in disguise; @code{idivmod} allows us to do the
31281 same thing with a single division by 512.
31282
31283 @node Sine Example, , Bit Counting Example, Example Definitions
31284 @subsubsection The Sine Function
31285
31286 @noindent
31287 @c @starindex
31288 @tindex mysin
31289 A somewhat limited sine function could be defined as follows, using the
31290 well-known Taylor series expansion for @c{$\sin x$}
31291 @samp{sin(x)}:
31292
31293 @smallexample
31294 (defmath mysin ((float (anglep x)))
31295 (interactive 1 "mysn")
31296 (setq x (to-radians x)) ; Convert from current angular mode.
31297 (let ((sum x) ; Initial term of Taylor expansion of sin.
31298 newsum
31299 (nfact 1) ; "nfact" equals "n" factorial at all times.
31300 (xnegsqr :"-(x^2)")) ; "xnegsqr" equals -x^2.
31301 (for ((n 3 100 2)) ; Upper limit of 100 is a good precaution.
31302 (working "mysin" sum) ; Display "Working" message, if enabled.
31303 (setq nfact (* nfact (1- n) n)
31304 x (* x xnegsqr)
31305 newsum (+ sum (/ x nfact)))
31306 (if (~= newsum sum) ; If newsum is "nearly equal to" sum,
31307 (break)) ; then we are done.
31308 (setq sum newsum))
31309 sum))
31310 @end smallexample
31311
31312 The actual @code{sin} function in Calc works by first reducing the problem
31313 to a sine or cosine of a nonnegative number less than @c{$\pi \over 4$}
31314 @cite{pi/4}. This
31315 ensures that the Taylor series will converge quickly. Also, the calculation
31316 is carried out with two extra digits of precision to guard against cumulative
31317 round-off in @samp{sum}. Finally, complex arguments are allowed and handled
31318 by a separate algorithm.
31319
31320 @smallexample
31321 (defmath mysin ((float (scalarp x)))
31322 (interactive 1 "mysn")
31323 (setq x (to-radians x)) ; Convert from current angular mode.
31324 (with-extra-prec 2 ; Evaluate with extra precision.
31325 (cond ((complexp x)
31326 (mysin-complex x))
31327 ((< x 0)
31328 (- (mysin-raw (- x))) ; Always call mysin-raw with x >= 0.
31329 (t (mysin-raw x))))))
31330
31331 (defmath mysin-raw (x)
31332 (cond ((>= x 7)
31333 (mysin-raw (% x (two-pi)))) ; Now x < 7.
31334 ((> x (pi-over-2))
31335 (- (mysin-raw (- x (pi))))) ; Now -pi/2 <= x <= pi/2.
31336 ((> x (pi-over-4))
31337 (mycos-raw (- x (pi-over-2)))) ; Now -pi/2 <= x <= pi/4.
31338 ((< x (- (pi-over-4)))
31339 (- (mycos-raw (+ x (pi-over-2))))) ; Now -pi/4 <= x <= pi/4,
31340 (t (mysin-series x)))) ; so the series will be efficient.
31341 @end smallexample
31342
31343 @noindent
31344 where @code{mysin-complex} is an appropriate function to handle complex
31345 numbers, @code{mysin-series} is the routine to compute the sine Taylor
31346 series as before, and @code{mycos-raw} is a function analogous to
31347 @code{mysin-raw} for cosines.
31348
31349 The strategy is to ensure that @cite{x} is nonnegative before calling
31350 @code{mysin-raw}. This function then recursively reduces its argument
31351 to a suitable range, namely, plus-or-minus @c{$\pi \over 4$}
31352 @cite{pi/4}. Note that each
31353 test, and particularly the first comparison against 7, is designed so
31354 that small roundoff errors cannnot produce an infinite loop. (Suppose
31355 we compared with @samp{(two-pi)} instead; if due to roundoff problems
31356 the modulo operator ever returned @samp{(two-pi)} exactly, an infinite
31357 recursion could result!) We use modulo only for arguments that will
31358 clearly get reduced, knowing that the next rule will catch any reductions
31359 that this rule misses.
31360
31361 If a program is being written for general use, it is important to code
31362 it carefully as shown in this second example. For quick-and-dirty programs,
31363 when you know that your own use of the sine function will never encounter
31364 a large argument, a simpler program like the first one shown is fine.
31365
31366 @node Calling Calc from Your Programs, Internals, Example Definitions, Lisp Definitions
31367 @subsection Calling Calc from Your Lisp Programs
31368
31369 @noindent
31370 A later section (@pxref{Internals}) gives a full description of
31371 Calc's internal Lisp functions. It's not hard to call Calc from
31372 inside your programs, but the number of these functions can be daunting.
31373 So Calc provides one special ``programmer-friendly'' function called
31374 @code{calc-eval} that can be made to do just about everything you
31375 need. It's not as fast as the low-level Calc functions, but it's
31376 much simpler to use!
31377
31378 It may seem that @code{calc-eval} itself has a daunting number of
31379 options, but they all stem from one simple operation.
31380
31381 In its simplest manifestation, @samp{(calc-eval "1+2")} parses the
31382 string @code{"1+2"} as if it were a Calc algebraic entry and returns
31383 the result formatted as a string: @code{"3"}.
31384
31385 Since @code{calc-eval} is on the list of recommended @code{autoload}
31386 functions, you don't need to make any special preparations to load
31387 Calc before calling @code{calc-eval} the first time. Calc will be
31388 loaded and initialized for you.
31389
31390 All the Calc modes that are currently in effect will be used when
31391 evaluating the expression and formatting the result.
31392
31393 @ifinfo
31394 @example
31395
31396 @end example
31397 @end ifinfo
31398 @subsubsection Additional Arguments to @code{calc-eval}
31399
31400 @noindent
31401 If the input string parses to a list of expressions, Calc returns
31402 the results separated by @code{", "}. You can specify a different
31403 separator by giving a second string argument to @code{calc-eval}:
31404 @samp{(calc-eval "1+2,3+4" ";")} returns @code{"3;7"}.
31405
31406 The ``separator'' can also be any of several Lisp symbols which
31407 request other behaviors from @code{calc-eval}. These are discussed
31408 one by one below.
31409
31410 You can give additional arguments to be substituted for
31411 @samp{$}, @samp{$$}, and so on in the main expression. For
31412 example, @samp{(calc-eval "$/$$" nil "7" "1+1")} evaluates the
31413 expression @code{"7/(1+1)"} to yield the result @code{"3.5"}
31414 (assuming Fraction mode is not in effect). Note the @code{nil}
31415 used as a placeholder for the item-separator argument.
31416
31417 @ifinfo
31418 @example
31419
31420 @end example
31421 @end ifinfo
31422 @subsubsection Error Handling
31423
31424 @noindent
31425 If @code{calc-eval} encounters an error, it returns a list containing
31426 the character position of the error, plus a suitable message as a
31427 string. Note that @samp{1 / 0} is @emph{not} an error by Calc's
31428 standards; it simply returns the string @code{"1 / 0"} which is the
31429 division left in symbolic form. But @samp{(calc-eval "1/")} will
31430 return the list @samp{(2 "Expected a number")}.
31431
31432 If you bind the variable @code{calc-eval-error} to @code{t}
31433 using a @code{let} form surrounding the call to @code{calc-eval},
31434 errors instead call the Emacs @code{error} function which aborts
31435 to the Emacs command loop with a beep and an error message.
31436
31437 If you bind this variable to the symbol @code{string}, error messages
31438 are returned as strings instead of lists. The character position is
31439 ignored.
31440
31441 As a courtesy to other Lisp code which may be using Calc, be sure
31442 to bind @code{calc-eval-error} using @code{let} rather than changing
31443 it permanently with @code{setq}.
31444
31445 @ifinfo
31446 @example
31447
31448 @end example
31449 @end ifinfo
31450 @subsubsection Numbers Only
31451
31452 @noindent
31453 Sometimes it is preferable to treat @samp{1 / 0} as an error
31454 rather than returning a symbolic result. If you pass the symbol
31455 @code{num} as the second argument to @code{calc-eval}, results
31456 that are not constants are treated as errors. The error message
31457 reported is the first @code{calc-why} message if there is one,
31458 or otherwise ``Number expected.''
31459
31460 A result is ``constant'' if it is a number, vector, or other
31461 object that does not include variables or function calls. If it
31462 is a vector, the components must themselves be constants.
31463
31464 @ifinfo
31465 @example
31466
31467 @end example
31468 @end ifinfo
31469 @subsubsection Default Modes
31470
31471 @noindent
31472 If the first argument to @code{calc-eval} is a list whose first
31473 element is a formula string, then @code{calc-eval} sets all the
31474 various Calc modes to their default values while the formula is
31475 evaluated and formatted. For example, the precision is set to 12
31476 digits, digit grouping is turned off, and the normal language
31477 mode is used.
31478
31479 This same principle applies to the other options discussed below.
31480 If the first argument would normally be @var{x}, then it can also
31481 be the list @samp{(@var{x})} to use the default mode settings.
31482
31483 If there are other elements in the list, they are taken as
31484 variable-name/value pairs which override the default mode
31485 settings. Look at the documentation at the front of the
31486 @file{calc.el} file to find the names of the Lisp variables for
31487 the various modes. The mode settings are restored to their
31488 original values when @code{calc-eval} is done.
31489
31490 For example, @samp{(calc-eval '("$+$$" calc-internal-prec 8) 'num a b)}
31491 computes the sum of two numbers, requiring a numeric result, and
31492 using default mode settings except that the precision is 8 instead
31493 of the default of 12.
31494
31495 It's usually best to use this form of @code{calc-eval} unless your
31496 program actually considers the interaction with Calc's mode settings
31497 to be a feature. This will avoid all sorts of potential ``gotchas'';
31498 consider what happens with @samp{(calc-eval "sqrt(2)" 'num)}
31499 when the user has left Calc in symbolic mode or no-simplify mode.
31500
31501 As another example, @samp{(equal (calc-eval '("$<$$") nil a b) "1")}
31502 checks if the number in string @cite{a} is less than the one in
31503 string @cite{b}. Without using a list, the integer 1 might
31504 come out in a variety of formats which would be hard to test for
31505 conveniently: @code{"1"}, @code{"8#1"}, @code{"00001"}. (But
31506 see ``Predicates'' mode, below.)
31507
31508 @ifinfo
31509 @example
31510
31511 @end example
31512 @end ifinfo
31513 @subsubsection Raw Numbers
31514
31515 @noindent
31516 Normally all input and output for @code{calc-eval} is done with strings.
31517 You can do arithmetic with, say, @samp{(calc-eval "$+$$" nil a b)}
31518 in place of @samp{(+ a b)}, but this is very inefficient since the
31519 numbers must be converted to and from string format as they are passed
31520 from one @code{calc-eval} to the next.
31521
31522 If the separator is the symbol @code{raw}, the result will be returned
31523 as a raw Calc data structure rather than a string. You can read about
31524 how these objects look in the following sections, but usually you can
31525 treat them as ``black box'' objects with no important internal
31526 structure.
31527
31528 There is also a @code{rawnum} symbol, which is a combination of
31529 @code{raw} (returning a raw Calc object) and @code{num} (signalling
31530 an error if that object is not a constant).
31531
31532 You can pass a raw Calc object to @code{calc-eval} in place of a
31533 string, either as the formula itself or as one of the @samp{$}
31534 arguments. Thus @samp{(calc-eval "$+$$" 'raw a b)} is an
31535 addition function that operates on raw Calc objects. Of course
31536 in this case it would be easier to call the low-level @code{math-add}
31537 function in Calc, if you can remember its name.
31538
31539 In particular, note that a plain Lisp integer is acceptable to Calc
31540 as a raw object. (All Lisp integers are accepted on input, but
31541 integers of more than six decimal digits are converted to ``big-integer''
31542 form for output. @xref{Data Type Formats}.)
31543
31544 When it comes time to display the object, just use @samp{(calc-eval a)}
31545 to format it as a string.
31546
31547 It is an error if the input expression evaluates to a list of
31548 values. The separator symbol @code{list} is like @code{raw}
31549 except that it returns a list of one or more raw Calc objects.
31550
31551 Note that a Lisp string is not a valid Calc object, nor is a list
31552 containing a string. Thus you can still safely distinguish all the
31553 various kinds of error returns discussed above.
31554
31555 @ifinfo
31556 @example
31557
31558 @end example
31559 @end ifinfo
31560 @subsubsection Predicates
31561
31562 @noindent
31563 If the separator symbol is @code{pred}, the result of the formula is
31564 treated as a true/false value; @code{calc-eval} returns @code{t} or
31565 @code{nil}, respectively. A value is considered ``true'' if it is a
31566 non-zero number, or false if it is zero or if it is not a number.
31567
31568 For example, @samp{(calc-eval "$<$$" 'pred a b)} tests whether
31569 one value is less than another.
31570
31571 As usual, it is also possible for @code{calc-eval} to return one of
31572 the error indicators described above. Lisp will interpret such an
31573 indicator as ``true'' if you don't check for it explicitly. If you
31574 wish to have an error register as ``false'', use something like
31575 @samp{(eq (calc-eval ...) t)}.
31576
31577 @ifinfo
31578 @example
31579
31580 @end example
31581 @end ifinfo
31582 @subsubsection Variable Values
31583
31584 @noindent
31585 Variables in the formula passed to @code{calc-eval} are not normally
31586 replaced by their values. If you wish this, you can use the
31587 @code{evalv} function (@pxref{Algebraic Manipulation}). For example,
31588 if 4 is stored in Calc variable @code{a} (i.e., in Lisp variable
31589 @code{var-a}), then @samp{(calc-eval "a+pi")} will return the
31590 formula @code{"a + pi"}, but @samp{(calc-eval "evalv(a+pi)")}
31591 will return @code{"7.14159265359"}.
31592
31593 To store in a Calc variable, just use @code{setq} to store in the
31594 corresponding Lisp variable. (This is obtained by prepending
31595 @samp{var-} to the Calc variable name.) Calc routines will
31596 understand either string or raw form values stored in variables,
31597 although raw data objects are much more efficient. For example,
31598 to increment the Calc variable @code{a}:
31599
31600 @example
31601 (setq var-a (calc-eval "evalv(a+1)" 'raw))
31602 @end example
31603
31604 @ifinfo
31605 @example
31606
31607 @end example
31608 @end ifinfo
31609 @subsubsection Stack Access
31610
31611 @noindent
31612 If the separator symbol is @code{push}, the formula argument is
31613 evaluated (with possible @samp{$} expansions, as usual). The
31614 result is pushed onto the Calc stack. The return value is @code{nil}
31615 (unless there is an error from evaluating the formula, in which
31616 case the return value depends on @code{calc-eval-error} in the
31617 usual way).
31618
31619 If the separator symbol is @code{pop}, the first argument to
31620 @code{calc-eval} must be an integer instead of a string. That
31621 many values are popped from the stack and thrown away. A negative
31622 argument deletes the entry at that stack level. The return value
31623 is the number of elements remaining in the stack after popping;
31624 @samp{(calc-eval 0 'pop)} is a good way to measure the size of
31625 the stack.
31626
31627 If the separator symbol is @code{top}, the first argument to
31628 @code{calc-eval} must again be an integer. The value at that
31629 stack level is formatted as a string and returned. Thus
31630 @samp{(calc-eval 1 'top)} returns the top-of-stack value. If the
31631 integer is out of range, @code{nil} is returned.
31632
31633 The separator symbol @code{rawtop} is just like @code{top} except
31634 that the stack entry is returned as a raw Calc object instead of
31635 as a string.
31636
31637 In all of these cases the first argument can be made a list in
31638 order to force the default mode settings, as described above.
31639 Thus @samp{(calc-eval '(2 calc-number-radix 16) 'top)} returns the
31640 second-to-top stack entry, formatted as a string using the default
31641 instead of current display modes, except that the radix is
31642 hexadecimal instead of decimal.
31643
31644 It is, of course, polite to put the Calc stack back the way you
31645 found it when you are done, unless the user of your program is
31646 actually expecting it to affect the stack.
31647
31648 Note that you do not actually have to switch into the @samp{*Calculator*}
31649 buffer in order to use @code{calc-eval}; it temporarily switches into
31650 the stack buffer if necessary.
31651
31652 @ifinfo
31653 @example
31654
31655 @end example
31656 @end ifinfo
31657 @subsubsection Keyboard Macros
31658
31659 @noindent
31660 If the separator symbol is @code{macro}, the first argument must be a
31661 string of characters which Calc can execute as a sequence of keystrokes.
31662 This switches into the Calc buffer for the duration of the macro.
31663 For example, @samp{(calc-eval "vx5\rVR+" 'macro)} pushes the
31664 vector @samp{[1,2,3,4,5]} on the stack and then replaces it
31665 with the sum of those numbers. Note that @samp{\r} is the Lisp
31666 notation for the carriage-return, @key{RET}, character.
31667
31668 If your keyboard macro wishes to pop the stack, @samp{\C-d} is
31669 safer than @samp{\177} (the @key{DEL} character) because some
31670 installations may have switched the meanings of @key{DEL} and
31671 @kbd{C-h}. Calc always interprets @kbd{C-d} as a synonym for
31672 ``pop-stack'' regardless of key mapping.
31673
31674 If you provide a third argument to @code{calc-eval}, evaluation
31675 of the keyboard macro will leave a record in the Trail using
31676 that argument as a tag string. Normally the Trail is unaffected.
31677
31678 The return value in this case is always @code{nil}.
31679
31680 @ifinfo
31681 @example
31682
31683 @end example
31684 @end ifinfo
31685 @subsubsection Lisp Evaluation
31686
31687 @noindent
31688 Finally, if the separator symbol is @code{eval}, then the Lisp
31689 @code{eval} function is called on the first argument, which must
31690 be a Lisp expression rather than a Calc formula. Remember to
31691 quote the expression so that it is not evaluated until inside
31692 @code{calc-eval}.
31693
31694 The difference from plain @code{eval} is that @code{calc-eval}
31695 switches to the Calc buffer before evaluating the expression.
31696 For example, @samp{(calc-eval '(setq calc-internal-prec 17) 'eval)}
31697 will correctly affect the buffer-local Calc precision variable.
31698
31699 An alternative would be @samp{(calc-eval '(calc-precision 17) 'eval)}.
31700 This is evaluating a call to the function that is normally invoked
31701 by the @kbd{p} key, giving it 17 as its ``numeric prefix argument.''
31702 Note that this function will leave a message in the echo area as
31703 a side effect. Also, all Calc functions switch to the Calc buffer
31704 automatically if not invoked from there, so the above call is
31705 also equivalent to @samp{(calc-precision 17)} by itself.
31706 In all cases, Calc uses @code{save-excursion} to switch back to
31707 your original buffer when it is done.
31708
31709 As usual the first argument can be a list that begins with a Lisp
31710 expression to use default instead of current mode settings.
31711
31712 The result of @code{calc-eval} in this usage is just the result
31713 returned by the evaluated Lisp expression.
31714
31715 @ifinfo
31716 @example
31717
31718 @end example
31719 @end ifinfo
31720 @subsubsection Example
31721
31722 @noindent
31723 @findex convert-temp
31724 Here is a sample Emacs command that uses @code{calc-eval}. Suppose
31725 you have a document with lots of references to temperatures on the
31726 Fahrenheit scale, say ``98.6 F'', and you wish to convert these
31727 references to Centigrade. The following command does this conversion.
31728 Place the Emacs cursor right after the letter ``F'' and invoke the
31729 command to change ``98.6 F'' to ``37 C''. Or, if the temperature is
31730 already in Centigrade form, the command changes it back to Fahrenheit.
31731
31732 @example
31733 (defun convert-temp ()
31734 (interactive)
31735 (save-excursion
31736 (re-search-backward "[^-.0-9]\\([-.0-9]+\\) *\\([FC]\\)")
31737 (let* ((top1 (match-beginning 1))
31738 (bot1 (match-end 1))
31739 (number (buffer-substring top1 bot1))
31740 (top2 (match-beginning 2))
31741 (bot2 (match-end 2))
31742 (type (buffer-substring top2 bot2)))
31743 (if (equal type "F")
31744 (setq type "C"
31745 number (calc-eval "($ - 32)*5/9" nil number))
31746 (setq type "F"
31747 number (calc-eval "$*9/5 + 32" nil number)))
31748 (goto-char top2)
31749 (delete-region top2 bot2)
31750 (insert-before-markers type)
31751 (goto-char top1)
31752 (delete-region top1 bot1)
31753 (if (string-match "\\.$" number) ; change "37." to "37"
31754 (setq number (substring number 0 -1)))
31755 (insert number))))
31756 @end example
31757
31758 Note the use of @code{insert-before-markers} when changing between
31759 ``F'' and ``C'', so that the character winds up before the cursor
31760 instead of after it.
31761
31762 @node Internals, , Calling Calc from Your Programs, Lisp Definitions
31763 @subsection Calculator Internals
31764
31765 @noindent
31766 This section describes the Lisp functions defined by the Calculator that
31767 may be of use to user-written Calculator programs (as described in the
31768 rest of this chapter). These functions are shown by their names as they
31769 conventionally appear in @code{defmath}. Their full Lisp names are
31770 generally gotten by prepending @samp{calcFunc-} or @samp{math-} to their
31771 apparent names. (Names that begin with @samp{calc-} are already in
31772 their full Lisp form.) You can use the actual full names instead if you
31773 prefer them, or if you are calling these functions from regular Lisp.
31774
31775 The functions described here are scattered throughout the various
31776 Calc component files. Note that @file{calc.el} includes @code{autoload}s
31777 for only a few component files; when Calc wants to call an advanced
31778 function it calls @samp{(calc-extensions)} first; this function
31779 autoloads @file{calc-ext.el}, which in turn autoloads all the functions
31780 in the remaining component files.
31781
31782 Because @code{defmath} itself uses the extensions, user-written code
31783 generally always executes with the extensions already loaded, so
31784 normally you can use any Calc function and be confident that it will
31785 be autoloaded for you when necessary. If you are doing something
31786 special, check carefully to make sure each function you are using is
31787 from @file{calc.el} or its components, and call @samp{(calc-extensions)}
31788 before using any function based in @file{calc-ext.el} if you can't
31789 prove this file will already be loaded.
31790
31791 @menu
31792 * Data Type Formats::
31793 * Interactive Lisp Functions::
31794 * Stack Lisp Functions::
31795 * Predicates::
31796 * Computational Lisp Functions::
31797 * Vector Lisp Functions::
31798 * Symbolic Lisp Functions::
31799 * Formatting Lisp Functions::
31800 * Hooks::
31801 @end menu
31802
31803 @node Data Type Formats, Interactive Lisp Functions, Internals, Internals
31804 @subsubsection Data Type Formats
31805
31806 @noindent
31807 Integers are stored in either of two ways, depending on their magnitude.
31808 Integers less than one million in absolute value are stored as standard
31809 Lisp integers. This is the only storage format for Calc data objects
31810 which is not a Lisp list.
31811
31812 Large integers are stored as lists of the form @samp{(bigpos @var{d0}
31813 @var{d1} @var{d2} @dots{})} for positive integers 1000000 or more, or
31814 @samp{(bigneg @var{d0} @var{d1} @var{d2} @dots{})} for negative integers
31815 @i{-1000000} or less. Each @var{d} is a base-1000 ``digit,'' a Lisp integer
31816 from 0 to 999. The least significant digit is @var{d0}; the last digit,
31817 @var{dn}, which is always nonzero, is the most significant digit. For
31818 example, the integer @i{-12345678} is stored as @samp{(bigneg 678 345 12)}.
31819
31820 The distinction between small and large integers is entirely hidden from
31821 the user. In @code{defmath} definitions, the Lisp predicate @code{integerp}
31822 returns true for either kind of integer, and in general both big and small
31823 integers are accepted anywhere the word ``integer'' is used in this manual.
31824 If the distinction must be made, native Lisp integers are called @dfn{fixnums}
31825 and large integers are called @dfn{bignums}.
31826
31827 Fractions are stored as a list of the form, @samp{(frac @var{n} @var{d})}
31828 where @var{n} is an integer (big or small) numerator, @var{d} is an
31829 integer denominator greater than one, and @var{n} and @var{d} are relatively
31830 prime. Note that fractions where @var{d} is one are automatically converted
31831 to plain integers by all math routines; fractions where @var{d} is negative
31832 are normalized by negating the numerator and denominator.
31833
31834 Floating-point numbers are stored in the form, @samp{(float @var{mant}
31835 @var{exp})}, where @var{mant} (the ``mantissa'') is an integer less than
31836 @samp{10^@var{p}} in absolute value (@var{p} represents the current
31837 precision), and @var{exp} (the ``exponent'') is a fixnum. The value of
31838 the float is @samp{@var{mant} * 10^@var{exp}}. For example, the number
31839 @i{-3.14} is stored as @samp{(float -314 -2) = -314*10^-2}. Other constraints
31840 are that the number 0.0 is always stored as @samp{(float 0 0)}, and,
31841 except for the 0.0 case, the rightmost base-10 digit of @var{mant} is
31842 always nonzero. (If the rightmost digit is zero, the number is
31843 rearranged by dividing @var{mant} by ten and incrementing @var{exp}.)@refill
31844
31845 Rectangular complex numbers are stored in the form @samp{(cplx @var{re}
31846 @var{im})}, where @var{re} and @var{im} are each real numbers, either
31847 integers, fractions, or floats. The value is @samp{@var{re} + @var{im}i}.
31848 The @var{im} part is nonzero; complex numbers with zero imaginary
31849 components are converted to real numbers automatically.@refill
31850
31851 Polar complex numbers are stored in the form @samp{(polar @var{r}
31852 @var{theta})}, where @var{r} is a positive real value and @var{theta}
31853 is a real value or HMS form representing an angle. This angle is
31854 usually normalized to lie in the interval @samp{(-180 ..@: 180)} degrees,
31855 or @samp{(-pi ..@: pi)} radians, according to the current angular mode.
31856 If the angle is 0 the value is converted to a real number automatically.
31857 (If the angle is 180 degrees, the value is usually also converted to a
31858 negative real number.)@refill
31859
31860 Hours-minutes-seconds forms are stored as @samp{(hms @var{h} @var{m}
31861 @var{s})}, where @var{h} is an integer or an integer-valued float (i.e.,
31862 a float with @samp{@var{exp} >= 0}), @var{m} is an integer or integer-valued
31863 float in the range @w{@samp{[0 ..@: 60)}}, and @var{s} is any real number
31864 in the range @samp{[0 ..@: 60)}.@refill
31865
31866 Date forms are stored as @samp{(date @var{n})}, where @var{n} is
31867 a real number that counts days since midnight on the morning of
31868 January 1, 1 AD. If @var{n} is an integer, this is a pure date
31869 form. If @var{n} is a fraction or float, this is a date/time form.
31870
31871 Modulo forms are stored as @samp{(mod @var{n} @var{m})}, where @var{m} is a
31872 positive real number or HMS form, and @var{n} is a real number or HMS
31873 form in the range @samp{[0 ..@: @var{m})}.
31874
31875 Error forms are stored as @samp{(sdev @var{x} @var{sigma})}, where @var{x}
31876 is the mean value and @var{sigma} is the standard deviation. Each
31877 component is either a number, an HMS form, or a symbolic object
31878 (a variable or function call). If @var{sigma} is zero, the value is
31879 converted to a plain real number. If @var{sigma} is negative or
31880 complex, it is automatically normalized to be a positive real.
31881
31882 Interval forms are stored as @samp{(intv @var{mask} @var{lo} @var{hi})},
31883 where @var{mask} is one of the integers 0, 1, 2, or 3, and @var{lo} and
31884 @var{hi} are real numbers, HMS forms, or symbolic objects. The @var{mask}
31885 is a binary integer where 1 represents the fact that the interval is
31886 closed on the high end, and 2 represents the fact that it is closed on
31887 the low end. (Thus 3 represents a fully closed interval.) The interval
31888 @w{@samp{(intv 3 @var{x} @var{x})}} is converted to the plain number @var{x};
31889 intervals @samp{(intv @var{mask} @var{x} @var{x})} for any other @var{mask}
31890 represent empty intervals. If @var{hi} is less than @var{lo}, the interval
31891 is converted to a standard empty interval by replacing @var{hi} with @var{lo}.
31892
31893 Vectors are stored as @samp{(vec @var{v1} @var{v2} @dots{})}, where @var{v1}
31894 is the first element of the vector, @var{v2} is the second, and so on.
31895 An empty vector is stored as @samp{(vec)}. A matrix is simply a vector
31896 where all @var{v}'s are themselves vectors of equal lengths. Note that
31897 Calc vectors are unrelated to the Emacs Lisp ``vector'' type, which is
31898 generally unused by Calc data structures.
31899
31900 Variables are stored as @samp{(var @var{name} @var{sym})}, where
31901 @var{name} is a Lisp symbol whose print name is used as the visible name
31902 of the variable, and @var{sym} is a Lisp symbol in which the variable's
31903 value is actually stored. Thus, @samp{(var pi var-pi)} represents the
31904 special constant @samp{pi}. Almost always, the form is @samp{(var
31905 @var{v} var-@var{v})}. If the variable name was entered with @code{#}
31906 signs (which are converted to hyphens internally), the form is
31907 @samp{(var @var{u} @var{v})}, where @var{u} is a symbol whose name
31908 contains @code{#} characters, and @var{v} is a symbol that contains
31909 @code{-} characters instead. The value of a variable is the Calc
31910 object stored in its @var{sym} symbol's value cell. If the symbol's
31911 value cell is void or if it contains @code{nil}, the variable has no
31912 value. Special constants have the form @samp{(special-const
31913 @var{value})} stored in their value cell, where @var{value} is a formula
31914 which is evaluated when the constant's value is requested. Variables
31915 which represent units are not stored in any special way; they are units
31916 only because their names appear in the units table. If the value
31917 cell contains a string, it is parsed to get the variable's value when
31918 the variable is used.@refill
31919
31920 A Lisp list with any other symbol as the first element is a function call.
31921 The symbols @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, @code{^},
31922 and @code{|} represent special binary operators; these lists are always
31923 of the form @samp{(@var{op} @var{lhs} @var{rhs})} where @var{lhs} is the
31924 sub-formula on the lefthand side and @var{rhs} is the sub-formula on the
31925 right. The symbol @code{neg} represents unary negation; this list is always
31926 of the form @samp{(neg @var{arg})}. Any other symbol @var{func} represents a
31927 function that would be displayed in function-call notation; the symbol
31928 @var{func} is in general always of the form @samp{calcFunc-@var{name}}.
31929 The function cell of the symbol @var{func} should contain a Lisp function
31930 for evaluating a call to @var{func}. This function is passed the remaining
31931 elements of the list (themselves already evaluated) as arguments; such
31932 functions should return @code{nil} or call @code{reject-arg} to signify
31933 that they should be left in symbolic form, or they should return a Calc
31934 object which represents their value, or a list of such objects if they
31935 wish to return multiple values. (The latter case is allowed only for
31936 functions which are the outer-level call in an expression whose value is
31937 about to be pushed on the stack; this feature is considered obsolete
31938 and is not used by any built-in Calc functions.)@refill
31939
31940 @node Interactive Lisp Functions, Stack Lisp Functions, Data Type Formats, Internals
31941 @subsubsection Interactive Functions
31942
31943 @noindent
31944 The functions described here are used in implementing interactive Calc
31945 commands. Note that this list is not exhaustive! If there is an
31946 existing command that behaves similarly to the one you want to define,
31947 you may find helpful tricks by checking the source code for that command.
31948
31949 @defun calc-set-command-flag flag
31950 Set the command flag @var{flag}. This is generally a Lisp symbol, but
31951 may in fact be anything. The effect is to add @var{flag} to the list
31952 stored in the variable @code{calc-command-flags}, unless it is already
31953 there. @xref{Defining Simple Commands}.
31954 @end defun
31955
31956 @defun calc-clear-command-flag flag
31957 If @var{flag} appears among the list of currently-set command flags,
31958 remove it from that list.
31959 @end defun
31960
31961 @defun calc-record-undo rec
31962 Add the ``undo record'' @var{rec} to the list of steps to take if the
31963 current operation should need to be undone. Stack push and pop functions
31964 automatically call @code{calc-record-undo}, so the kinds of undo records
31965 you might need to create take the form @samp{(set @var{sym} @var{value})},
31966 which says that the Lisp variable @var{sym} was changed and had previously
31967 contained @var{value}; @samp{(store @var{var} @var{value})} which says that
31968 the Calc variable @var{var} (a string which is the name of the symbol that
31969 contains the variable's value) was stored and its previous value was
31970 @var{value} (either a Calc data object, or @code{nil} if the variable was
31971 previously void); or @samp{(eval @var{undo} @var{redo} @var{args} @dots{})},
31972 which means that to undo requires calling the function @samp{(@var{undo}
31973 @var{args} @dots{})} and, if the undo is later redone, calling
31974 @samp{(@var{redo} @var{args} @dots{})}.@refill
31975 @end defun
31976
31977 @defun calc-record-why msg args
31978 Record the error or warning message @var{msg}, which is normally a string.
31979 This message will be replayed if the user types @kbd{w} (@code{calc-why});
31980 if the message string begins with a @samp{*}, it is considered important
31981 enough to display even if the user doesn't type @kbd{w}. If one or more
31982 @var{args} are present, the displayed message will be of the form,
31983 @samp{@var{msg}: @var{arg1}, @var{arg2}, @dots{}}, where the arguments are
31984 formatted on the assumption that they are either strings or Calc objects of
31985 some sort. If @var{msg} is a symbol, it is the name of a Calc predicate
31986 (such as @code{integerp} or @code{numvecp}) which the arguments did not
31987 satisfy; it is expanded to a suitable string such as ``Expected an
31988 integer.'' The @code{reject-arg} function calls @code{calc-record-why}
31989 automatically; @pxref{Predicates}.@refill
31990 @end defun
31991
31992 @defun calc-is-inverse
31993 This predicate returns true if the current command is inverse,
31994 i.e., if the Inverse (@kbd{I} key) flag was set.
31995 @end defun
31996
31997 @defun calc-is-hyperbolic
31998 This predicate is the analogous function for the @kbd{H} key.
31999 @end defun
32000
32001 @node Stack Lisp Functions, Predicates, Interactive Lisp Functions, Internals
32002 @subsubsection Stack-Oriented Functions
32003
32004 @noindent
32005 The functions described here perform various operations on the Calc
32006 stack and trail. They are to be used in interactive Calc commands.
32007
32008 @defun calc-push-list vals n
32009 Push the Calc objects in list @var{vals} onto the stack at stack level
32010 @var{n}. If @var{n} is omitted it defaults to 1, so that the elements
32011 are pushed at the top of the stack. If @var{n} is greater than 1, the
32012 elements will be inserted into the stack so that the last element will
32013 end up at level @var{n}, the next-to-last at level @var{n}+1, etc.
32014 The elements of @var{vals} are assumed to be valid Calc objects, and
32015 are not evaluated, rounded, or renormalized in any way. If @var{vals}
32016 is an empty list, nothing happens.@refill
32017
32018 The stack elements are pushed without any sub-formula selections.
32019 You can give an optional third argument to this function, which must
32020 be a list the same size as @var{vals} of selections. Each selection
32021 must be @code{eq} to some sub-formula of the corresponding formula
32022 in @var{vals}, or @code{nil} if that formula should have no selection.
32023 @end defun
32024
32025 @defun calc-top-list n m
32026 Return a list of the @var{n} objects starting at level @var{m} of the
32027 stack. If @var{m} is omitted it defaults to 1, so that the elements are
32028 taken from the top of the stack. If @var{n} is omitted, it also
32029 defaults to 1, so that the top stack element (in the form of a
32030 one-element list) is returned. If @var{m} is greater than 1, the
32031 @var{m}th stack element will be at the end of the list, the @var{m}+1st
32032 element will be next-to-last, etc. If @var{n} or @var{m} are out of
32033 range, the command is aborted with a suitable error message. If @var{n}
32034 is zero, the function returns an empty list. The stack elements are not
32035 evaluated, rounded, or renormalized.@refill
32036
32037 If any stack elements contain selections, and selections have not
32038 been disabled by the @kbd{j e} (@code{calc-enable-selections}) command,
32039 this function returns the selected portions rather than the entire
32040 stack elements. It can be given a third ``selection-mode'' argument
32041 which selects other behaviors. If it is the symbol @code{t}, then
32042 a selection in any of the requested stack elements produces an
32043 ``illegal operation on selections'' error. If it is the symbol @code{full},
32044 the whole stack entry is always returned regardless of selections.
32045 If it is the symbol @code{sel}, the selected portion is always returned,
32046 or @code{nil} if there is no selection. (This mode ignores the @kbd{j e}
32047 command.) If the symbol is @code{entry}, the complete stack entry in
32048 list form is returned; the first element of this list will be the whole
32049 formula, and the third element will be the selection (or @code{nil}).
32050 @end defun
32051
32052 @defun calc-pop-stack n m
32053 Remove the specified elements from the stack. The parameters @var{n}
32054 and @var{m} are defined the same as for @code{calc-top-list}. The return
32055 value of @code{calc-pop-stack} is uninteresting.
32056
32057 If there are any selected sub-formulas among the popped elements, and
32058 @kbd{j e} has not been used to disable selections, this produces an
32059 error without changing the stack. If you supply an optional third
32060 argument of @code{t}, the stack elements are popped even if they
32061 contain selections.
32062 @end defun
32063
32064 @defun calc-record-list vals tag
32065 This function records one or more results in the trail. The @var{vals}
32066 are a list of strings or Calc objects. The @var{tag} is the four-character
32067 tag string to identify the values. If @var{tag} is omitted, a blank tag
32068 will be used.
32069 @end defun
32070
32071 @defun calc-normalize n
32072 This function takes a Calc object and ``normalizes'' it. At the very
32073 least this involves re-rounding floating-point values according to the
32074 current precision and other similar jobs. Also, unless the user has
32075 selected no-simplify mode (@pxref{Simplification Modes}), this involves
32076 actually evaluating a formula object by executing the function calls
32077 it contains, and possibly also doing algebraic simplification, etc.
32078 @end defun
32079
32080 @defun calc-top-list-n n m
32081 This function is identical to @code{calc-top-list}, except that it calls
32082 @code{calc-normalize} on the values that it takes from the stack. They
32083 are also passed through @code{check-complete}, so that incomplete
32084 objects will be rejected with an error message. All computational
32085 commands should use this in preference to @code{calc-top-list}; the only
32086 standard Calc commands that operate on the stack without normalizing
32087 are stack management commands like @code{calc-enter} and @code{calc-roll-up}.
32088 This function accepts the same optional selection-mode argument as
32089 @code{calc-top-list}.
32090 @end defun
32091
32092 @defun calc-top-n m
32093 This function is a convenient form of @code{calc-top-list-n} in which only
32094 a single element of the stack is taken and returned, rather than a list
32095 of elements. This also accepts an optional selection-mode argument.
32096 @end defun
32097
32098 @defun calc-enter-result n tag vals
32099 This function is a convenient interface to most of the above functions.
32100 The @var{vals} argument should be either a single Calc object, or a list
32101 of Calc objects; the object or objects are normalized, and the top @var{n}
32102 stack entries are replaced by the normalized objects. If @var{tag} is
32103 non-@code{nil}, the normalized objects are also recorded in the trail.
32104 A typical stack-based computational command would take the form,
32105
32106 @smallexample
32107 (calc-enter-result @var{n} @var{tag} (cons 'calcFunc-@var{func}
32108 (calc-top-list-n @var{n})))
32109 @end smallexample
32110
32111 If any of the @var{n} stack elements replaced contain sub-formula
32112 selections, and selections have not been disabled by @kbd{j e},
32113 this function takes one of two courses of action. If @var{n} is
32114 equal to the number of elements in @var{vals}, then each element of
32115 @var{vals} is spliced into the corresponding selection; this is what
32116 happens when you use the @key{TAB} key, or when you use a unary
32117 arithmetic operation like @code{sqrt}. If @var{vals} has only one
32118 element but @var{n} is greater than one, there must be only one
32119 selection among the top @var{n} stack elements; the element from
32120 @var{vals} is spliced into that selection. This is what happens when
32121 you use a binary arithmetic operation like @kbd{+}. Any other
32122 combination of @var{n} and @var{vals} is an error when selections
32123 are present.
32124 @end defun
32125
32126 @defun calc-unary-op tag func arg
32127 This function implements a unary operator that allows a numeric prefix
32128 argument to apply the operator over many stack entries. If the prefix
32129 argument @var{arg} is @code{nil}, this uses @code{calc-enter-result}
32130 as outlined above. Otherwise, it maps the function over several stack
32131 elements; @pxref{Prefix Arguments}. For example,@refill
32132
32133 @smallexample
32134 (defun calc-zeta (arg)
32135 (interactive "P")
32136 (calc-unary-op "zeta" 'calcFunc-zeta arg))
32137 @end smallexample
32138 @end defun
32139
32140 @defun calc-binary-op tag func arg ident unary
32141 This function implements a binary operator, analogously to
32142 @code{calc-unary-op}. The optional @var{ident} and @var{unary}
32143 arguments specify the behavior when the prefix argument is zero or
32144 one, respectively. If the prefix is zero, the value @var{ident}
32145 is pushed onto the stack, if specified, otherwise an error message
32146 is displayed. If the prefix is one, the unary function @var{unary}
32147 is applied to the top stack element, or, if @var{unary} is not
32148 specified, nothing happens. When the argument is two or more,
32149 the binary function @var{func} is reduced across the top @var{arg}
32150 stack elements; when the argument is negative, the function is
32151 mapped between the next-to-top @i{-@var{arg}} stack elements and the
32152 top element.@refill
32153 @end defun
32154
32155 @defun calc-stack-size
32156 Return the number of elements on the stack as an integer. This count
32157 does not include elements that have been temporarily hidden by stack
32158 truncation; @pxref{Truncating the Stack}.
32159 @end defun
32160
32161 @defun calc-cursor-stack-index n
32162 Move the point to the @var{n}th stack entry. If @var{n} is zero, this
32163 will be the @samp{.} line. If @var{n} is from 1 to the current stack size,
32164 this will be the beginning of the first line of that stack entry's display.
32165 If line numbers are enabled, this will move to the first character of the
32166 line number, not the stack entry itself.@refill
32167 @end defun
32168
32169 @defun calc-substack-height n
32170 Return the number of lines between the beginning of the @var{n}th stack
32171 entry and the bottom of the buffer. If @var{n} is zero, this
32172 will be one (assuming no stack truncation). If all stack entries are
32173 one line long (i.e., no matrices are displayed), the return value will
32174 be equal @var{n}+1 as long as @var{n} is in range. (Note that in Big
32175 mode, the return value includes the blank lines that separate stack
32176 entries.)@refill
32177 @end defun
32178
32179 @defun calc-refresh
32180 Erase the @code{*Calculator*} buffer and reformat its contents from memory.
32181 This must be called after changing any parameter, such as the current
32182 display radix, which might change the appearance of existing stack
32183 entries. (During a keyboard macro invoked by the @kbd{X} key, refreshing
32184 is suppressed, but a flag is set so that the entire stack will be refreshed
32185 rather than just the top few elements when the macro finishes.)@refill
32186 @end defun
32187
32188 @node Predicates, Computational Lisp Functions, Stack Lisp Functions, Internals
32189 @subsubsection Predicates
32190
32191 @noindent
32192 The functions described here are predicates, that is, they return a
32193 true/false value where @code{nil} means false and anything else means
32194 true. These predicates are expanded by @code{defmath}, for example,
32195 from @code{zerop} to @code{math-zerop}. In many cases they correspond
32196 to native Lisp functions by the same name, but are extended to cover
32197 the full range of Calc data types.
32198
32199 @defun zerop x
32200 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically zero, in any of the Calc data
32201 types. (Note that for some types, such as error forms and intervals,
32202 it never makes sense to return true.) In @code{defmath}, the expression
32203 @samp{(= x 0)} will automatically be converted to @samp{(math-zerop x)},
32204 and @samp{(/= x 0)} will be converted to @samp{(not (math-zerop x))}.
32205 @end defun
32206
32207 @defun negp x
32208 Returns true if @var{x} is negative. This accepts negative real numbers
32209 of various types, negative HMS and date forms, and intervals in which
32210 all included values are negative. In @code{defmath}, the expression
32211 @samp{(< x 0)} will automatically be converted to @samp{(math-negp x)},
32212 and @samp{(>= x 0)} will be converted to @samp{(not (math-negp x))}.
32213 @end defun
32214
32215 @defun posp x
32216 Returns true if @var{x} is positive (and non-zero). For complex
32217 numbers, none of these three predicates will return true.
32218 @end defun
32219
32220 @defun looks-negp x
32221 Returns true if @var{x} is ``negative-looking.'' This returns true if
32222 @var{x} is a negative number, or a formula with a leading minus sign
32223 such as @samp{-a/b}. In other words, this is an object which can be
32224 made simpler by calling @code{(- @var{x})}.
32225 @end defun
32226
32227 @defun integerp x
32228 Returns true if @var{x} is an integer of any size.
32229 @end defun
32230
32231 @defun fixnump x
32232 Returns true if @var{x} is a native Lisp integer.
32233 @end defun
32234
32235 @defun natnump x
32236 Returns true if @var{x} is a nonnegative integer of any size.
32237 @end defun
32238
32239 @defun fixnatnump x
32240 Returns true if @var{x} is a nonnegative Lisp integer.
32241 @end defun
32242
32243 @defun num-integerp x
32244 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically an integer, i.e., either a
32245 true integer or a float with no significant digits to the right of
32246 the decimal point.
32247 @end defun
32248
32249 @defun messy-integerp x
32250 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically, but not literally, an integer.
32251 A value is @code{num-integerp} if it is @code{integerp} or
32252 @code{messy-integerp} (but it is never both at once).
32253 @end defun
32254
32255 @defun num-natnump x
32256 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically a nonnegative integer.
32257 @end defun
32258
32259 @defun evenp x
32260 Returns true if @var{x} is an even integer.
32261 @end defun
32262
32263 @defun looks-evenp x
32264 Returns true if @var{x} is an even integer, or a formula with a leading
32265 multiplicative coefficient which is an even integer.
32266 @end defun
32267
32268 @defun oddp x
32269 Returns true if @var{x} is an odd integer.
32270 @end defun
32271
32272 @defun ratp x
32273 Returns true if @var{x} is a rational number, i.e., an integer or a
32274 fraction.
32275 @end defun
32276
32277 @defun realp x
32278 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number, i.e., an integer, fraction,
32279 or floating-point number.
32280 @end defun
32281
32282 @defun anglep x
32283 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number or HMS form.
32284 @end defun
32285
32286 @defun floatp x
32287 Returns true if @var{x} is a float, or a complex number, error form,
32288 interval, date form, or modulo form in which at least one component
32289 is a float.
32290 @end defun
32291
32292 @defun complexp x
32293 Returns true if @var{x} is a rectangular or polar complex number
32294 (but not a real number).
32295 @end defun
32296
32297 @defun rect-complexp x
32298 Returns true if @var{x} is a rectangular complex number.
32299 @end defun
32300
32301 @defun polar-complexp x
32302 Returns true if @var{x} is a polar complex number.
32303 @end defun
32304
32305 @defun numberp x
32306 Returns true if @var{x} is a real number or a complex number.
32307 @end defun
32308
32309 @defun scalarp x
32310 Returns true if @var{x} is a real or complex number or an HMS form.
32311 @end defun
32312
32313 @defun vectorp x
32314 Returns true if @var{x} is a vector (this simply checks if its argument
32315 is a list whose first element is the symbol @code{vec}).
32316 @end defun
32317
32318 @defun numvecp x
32319 Returns true if @var{x} is a number or vector.
32320 @end defun
32321
32322 @defun matrixp x
32323 Returns true if @var{x} is a matrix, i.e., a vector of one or more vectors,
32324 all of the same size.
32325 @end defun
32326
32327 @defun square-matrixp x
32328 Returns true if @var{x} is a square matrix.
32329 @end defun
32330
32331 @defun objectp x
32332 Returns true if @var{x} is any numeric Calc object, including real and
32333 complex numbers, HMS forms, date forms, error forms, intervals, and
32334 modulo forms. (Note that error forms and intervals may include formulas
32335 as their components; see @code{constp} below.)
32336 @end defun
32337
32338 @defun objvecp x
32339 Returns true if @var{x} is an object or a vector. This also accepts
32340 incomplete objects, but it rejects variables and formulas (except as
32341 mentioned above for @code{objectp}).
32342 @end defun
32343
32344 @defun primp x
32345 Returns true if @var{x} is a ``primitive'' or ``atomic'' Calc object,
32346 i.e., one whose components cannot be regarded as sub-formulas. This
32347 includes variables, and all @code{objectp} types except error forms
32348 and intervals.
32349 @end defun
32350
32351 @defun constp x
32352 Returns true if @var{x} is constant, i.e., a real or complex number,
32353 HMS form, date form, or error form, interval, or vector all of whose
32354 components are @code{constp}.
32355 @end defun
32356
32357 @defun lessp x y
32358 Returns true if @var{x} is numerically less than @var{y}. Returns false
32359 if @var{x} is greater than or equal to @var{y}, or if the order is
32360 undefined or cannot be determined. Generally speaking, this works
32361 by checking whether @samp{@var{x} - @var{y}} is @code{negp}. In
32362 @code{defmath}, the expression @samp{(< x y)} will automatically be
32363 converted to @samp{(lessp x y)}; expressions involving @code{>}, @code{<=},
32364 and @code{>=} are similarly converted in terms of @code{lessp}.@refill
32365 @end defun
32366
32367 @defun beforep x y
32368 Returns true if @var{x} comes before @var{y} in a canonical ordering
32369 of Calc objects. If @var{x} and @var{y} are both real numbers, this
32370 will be the same as @code{lessp}. But whereas @code{lessp} considers
32371 other types of objects to be unordered, @code{beforep} puts any two
32372 objects into a definite, consistent order. The @code{beforep}
32373 function is used by the @kbd{V S} vector-sorting command, and also
32374 by @kbd{a s} to put the terms of a product into canonical order:
32375 This allows @samp{x y + y x} to be simplified easily to @samp{2 x y}.
32376 @end defun
32377
32378 @defun equal x y
32379 This is the standard Lisp @code{equal} predicate; it returns true if
32380 @var{x} and @var{y} are structurally identical. This is the usual way
32381 to compare numbers for equality, but note that @code{equal} will treat
32382 0 and 0.0 as different.
32383 @end defun
32384
32385 @defun math-equal x y
32386 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{y} are numerically equal, either because
32387 they are @code{equal}, or because their difference is @code{zerop}. In
32388 @code{defmath}, the expression @samp{(= x y)} will automatically be
32389 converted to @samp{(math-equal x y)}.
32390 @end defun
32391
32392 @defun equal-int x n
32393 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{n} are numerically equal, where @var{n}
32394 is a fixnum which is not a multiple of 10. This will automatically be
32395 used by @code{defmath} in place of the more general @code{math-equal}
32396 whenever possible.@refill
32397 @end defun
32398
32399 @defun nearly-equal x y
32400 Returns true if @var{x} and @var{y}, as floating-point numbers, are
32401 equal except possibly in the last decimal place. For example,
32402 314.159 and 314.166 are considered nearly equal if the current
32403 precision is 6 (since they differ by 7 units), but not if the current
32404 precision is 7 (since they differ by 70 units). Most functions which
32405 use series expansions use @code{with-extra-prec} to evaluate the
32406 series with 2 extra digits of precision, then use @code{nearly-equal}
32407 to decide when the series has converged; this guards against cumulative
32408 error in the series evaluation without doing extra work which would be
32409 lost when the result is rounded back down to the current precision.
32410 In @code{defmath}, this can be written @samp{(~= @var{x} @var{y})}.
32411 The @var{x} and @var{y} can be numbers of any kind, including complex.
32412 @end defun
32413
32414 @defun nearly-zerop x y
32415 Returns true if @var{x} is nearly zero, compared to @var{y}. This
32416 checks whether @var{x} plus @var{y} would by be @code{nearly-equal}
32417 to @var{y} itself, to within the current precision, in other words,
32418 if adding @var{x} to @var{y} would have a negligible effect on @var{y}
32419 due to roundoff error. @var{X} may be a real or complex number, but
32420 @var{y} must be real.
32421 @end defun
32422
32423 @defun is-true x
32424 Return true if the formula @var{x} represents a true value in
32425 Calc, not Lisp, terms. It tests if @var{x} is a non-zero number
32426 or a provably non-zero formula.
32427 @end defun
32428
32429 @defun reject-arg val pred
32430 Abort the current function evaluation due to unacceptable argument values.
32431 This calls @samp{(calc-record-why @var{pred} @var{val})}, then signals a
32432 Lisp error which @code{normalize} will trap. The net effect is that the
32433 function call which led here will be left in symbolic form.@refill
32434 @end defun
32435
32436 @defun inexact-value
32437 If Symbolic Mode is enabled, this will signal an error that causes
32438 @code{normalize} to leave the formula in symbolic form, with the message
32439 ``Inexact result.'' (This function has no effect when not in Symbolic Mode.)
32440 Note that if your function calls @samp{(sin 5)} in Symbolic Mode, the
32441 @code{sin} function will call @code{inexact-value}, which will cause your
32442 function to be left unsimplified. You may instead wish to call
32443 @samp{(normalize (list 'calcFunc-sin 5))}, which in Symbolic Mode will
32444 return the formula @samp{sin(5)} to your function.@refill
32445 @end defun
32446
32447 @defun overflow
32448 This signals an error that will be reported as a floating-point overflow.
32449 @end defun
32450
32451 @defun underflow
32452 This signals a floating-point underflow.
32453 @end defun
32454
32455 @node Computational Lisp Functions, Vector Lisp Functions, Predicates, Internals
32456 @subsubsection Computational Functions
32457
32458 @noindent
32459 The functions described here do the actual computational work of the
32460 Calculator. In addition to these, note that any function described in
32461 the main body of this manual may be called from Lisp; for example, if
32462 the documentation refers to the @code{calc-sqrt} [@code{sqrt}] command,
32463 this means @code{calc-sqrt} is an interactive stack-based square-root
32464 command and @code{sqrt} (which @code{defmath} expands to @code{calcFunc-sqrt})
32465 is the actual Lisp function for taking square roots.@refill
32466
32467 The functions @code{math-add}, @code{math-sub}, @code{math-mul},
32468 @code{math-div}, @code{math-mod}, and @code{math-neg} are not included
32469 in this list, since @code{defmath} allows you to write native Lisp
32470 @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}, and unary @code{-},
32471 respectively, instead.@refill
32472
32473 @defun normalize val
32474 (Full form: @code{math-normalize}.)
32475 Reduce the value @var{val} to standard form. For example, if @var{val}
32476 is a fixnum, it will be converted to a bignum if it is too large, and
32477 if @var{val} is a bignum it will be normalized by clipping off trailing
32478 (i.e., most-significant) zero digits and converting to a fixnum if it is
32479 small. All the various data types are similarly converted to their standard
32480 forms. Variables are left alone, but function calls are actually evaluated
32481 in formulas. For example, normalizing @samp{(+ 2 (calcFunc-abs -4))} will
32482 return 6.@refill
32483
32484 If a function call fails, because the function is void or has the wrong
32485 number of parameters, or because it returns @code{nil} or calls
32486 @code{reject-arg} or @code{inexact-result}, @code{normalize} returns
32487 the formula still in symbolic form.@refill
32488
32489 If the current Simplification Mode is ``none'' or ``numeric arguments
32490 only,'' @code{normalize} will act appropriately. However, the more
32491 powerful simplification modes (like algebraic simplification) are
32492 not handled by @code{normalize}. They are handled by @code{calc-normalize},
32493 which calls @code{normalize} and possibly some other routines, such
32494 as @code{simplify} or @code{simplify-units}. Programs generally will
32495 never call @code{calc-normalize} except when popping or pushing values
32496 on the stack.@refill
32497 @end defun
32498
32499 @defun evaluate-expr expr
32500 Replace all variables in @var{expr} that have values with their values,
32501 then use @code{normalize} to simplify the result. This is what happens
32502 when you press the @kbd{=} key interactively.@refill
32503 @end defun
32504
32505 @defmac with-extra-prec n body
32506 Evaluate the Lisp forms in @var{body} with precision increased by @var{n}
32507 digits. This is a macro which expands to
32508
32509 @smallexample
32510 (math-normalize
32511 (let ((calc-internal-prec (+ calc-internal-prec @var{n})))
32512 @var{body}))
32513 @end smallexample
32514
32515 The surrounding call to @code{math-normalize} causes a floating-point
32516 result to be rounded down to the original precision afterwards. This
32517 is important because some arithmetic operations assume a number's
32518 mantissa contains no more digits than the current precision allows.
32519 @end defmac
32520
32521 @defun make-frac n d
32522 Build a fraction @samp{@var{n}:@var{d}}. This is equivalent to calling
32523 @samp{(normalize (list 'frac @var{n} @var{d}))}, but more efficient.
32524 @end defun
32525
32526 @defun make-float mant exp
32527 Build a floating-point value out of @var{mant} and @var{exp}, both
32528 of which are arbitrary integers. This function will return a
32529 properly normalized float value, or signal an overflow or underflow
32530 if @var{exp} is out of range.
32531 @end defun
32532
32533 @defun make-sdev x sigma
32534 Build an error form out of @var{x} and the absolute value of @var{sigma}.
32535 If @var{sigma} is zero, the result is the number @var{x} directly.
32536 If @var{sigma} is negative or complex, its absolute value is used.
32537 If @var{x} or @var{sigma} is not a valid type of object for use in
32538 error forms, this calls @code{reject-arg}.
32539 @end defun
32540
32541 @defun make-intv mask lo hi
32542 Build an interval form out of @var{mask} (which is assumed to be an
32543 integer from 0 to 3), and the limits @var{lo} and @var{hi}. If
32544 @var{lo} is greater than @var{hi}, an empty interval form is returned.
32545 This calls @code{reject-arg} if @var{lo} or @var{hi} is unsuitable.
32546 @end defun
32547
32548 @defun sort-intv mask lo hi
32549 Build an interval form, similar to @code{make-intv}, except that if
32550 @var{lo} is less than @var{hi} they are simply exchanged, and the
32551 bits of @var{mask} are swapped accordingly.
32552 @end defun
32553
32554 @defun make-mod n m
32555 Build a modulo form out of @var{n} and the modulus @var{m}. Since modulo
32556 forms do not allow formulas as their components, if @var{n} or @var{m}
32557 is not a real number or HMS form the result will be a formula which
32558 is a call to @code{makemod}, the algebraic version of this function.
32559 @end defun
32560
32561 @defun float x
32562 Convert @var{x} to floating-point form. Integers and fractions are
32563 converted to numerically equivalent floats; components of complex
32564 numbers, vectors, HMS forms, date forms, error forms, intervals, and
32565 modulo forms are recursively floated. If the argument is a variable
32566 or formula, this calls @code{reject-arg}.
32567 @end defun
32568
32569 @defun compare x y
32570 Compare the numbers @var{x} and @var{y}, and return @i{-1} if
32571 @samp{(lessp @var{x} @var{y})}, 1 if @samp{(lessp @var{y} @var{x})},
32572 0 if @samp{(math-equal @var{x} @var{y})}, or 2 if the order is
32573 undefined or cannot be determined.@refill
32574 @end defun
32575
32576 @defun numdigs n
32577 Return the number of digits of integer @var{n}, effectively
32578 @samp{ceil(log10(@var{n}))}, but much more efficient. Zero is
32579 considered to have zero digits.
32580 @end defun
32581
32582 @defun scale-int x n
32583 Shift integer @var{x} left @var{n} decimal digits, or right @i{-@var{n}}
32584 digits with truncation toward zero.
32585 @end defun
32586
32587 @defun scale-rounding x n
32588 Like @code{scale-int}, except that a right shift rounds to the nearest
32589 integer rather than truncating.
32590 @end defun
32591
32592 @defun fixnum n
32593 Return the integer @var{n} as a fixnum, i.e., a native Lisp integer.
32594 If @var{n} is outside the permissible range for Lisp integers (usually
32595 24 binary bits) the result is undefined.
32596 @end defun
32597
32598 @defun sqr x
32599 Compute the square of @var{x}; short for @samp{(* @var{x} @var{x})}.
32600 @end defun
32601
32602 @defun quotient x y
32603 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return an integer quotient
32604 and discard the remainder. If @var{x} or @var{y} is negative, the
32605 direction of rounding is undefined.
32606 @end defun
32607
32608 @defun idiv x y
32609 Perform an integer division; if @var{x} and @var{y} are both nonnegative
32610 integers, this uses the @code{quotient} function, otherwise it computes
32611 @samp{floor(@var{x}/@var{y})}. Thus the result is well-defined but
32612 slower than for @code{quotient}.
32613 @end defun
32614
32615 @defun imod x y
32616 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return the integer remainder
32617 and discard the quotient. Like @code{quotient}, this works only for
32618 integer arguments and is not well-defined for negative arguments.
32619 For a more well-defined result, use @samp{(% @var{x} @var{y})}.
32620 @end defun
32621
32622 @defun idivmod x y
32623 Divide integer @var{x} by integer @var{y}; return a cons cell whose
32624 @code{car} is @samp{(quotient @var{x} @var{y})} and whose @code{cdr}
32625 is @samp{(imod @var{x} @var{y})}.@refill
32626 @end defun
32627
32628 @defun pow x y
32629 Compute @var{x} to the power @var{y}. In @code{defmath} code, this can
32630 also be written @samp{(^ @var{x} @var{y})} or
32631 @w{@samp{(expt @var{x} @var{y})}}.@refill
32632 @end defun
32633
32634 @defun abs-approx x
32635 Compute a fast approximation to the absolute value of @var{x}. For
32636 example, for a rectangular complex number the result is the sum of
32637 the absolute values of the components.
32638 @end defun
32639
32640 @findex two-pi
32641 @findex pi-over-2
32642 @findex pi-over-4
32643 @findex pi-over-180
32644 @findex sqrt-two-pi
32645 @findex sqrt-e
32646 @findex e
32647 @findex ln-2
32648 @findex ln-10
32649 @defun pi
32650 The function @samp{(pi)} computes @samp{pi} to the current precision.
32651 Other related constant-generating functions are @code{two-pi},
32652 @code{pi-over-2}, @code{pi-over-4}, @code{pi-over-180}, @code{sqrt-two-pi},
32653 @code{e}, @code{sqrt-e}, @code{ln-2}, and @code{ln-10}. Each function
32654 returns a floating-point value in the current precision, and each uses
32655 caching so that all calls after the first are essentially free.@refill
32656 @end defun
32657
32658 @defmac math-defcache @var{func} @var{initial} @var{form}
32659 This macro, usually used as a top-level call like @code{defun} or
32660 @code{defvar}, defines a new cached constant analogous to @code{pi}, etc.
32661 It defines a function @code{func} which returns the requested value;
32662 if @var{initial} is non-@code{nil} it must be a @samp{(float @dots{})}
32663 form which serves as an initial value for the cache. If @var{func}
32664 is called when the cache is empty or does not have enough digits to
32665 satisfy the current precision, the Lisp expression @var{form} is evaluated
32666 with the current precision increased by four, and the result minus its
32667 two least significant digits is stored in the cache. For example,
32668 calling @samp{(pi)} with a precision of 30 computes @samp{pi} to 34
32669 digits, rounds it down to 32 digits for future use, then rounds it
32670 again to 30 digits for use in the present request.@refill
32671 @end defmac
32672
32673 @findex half-circle
32674 @findex quarter-circle
32675 @defun full-circle symb
32676 If the current angular mode is Degrees or HMS, this function returns the
32677 integer 360. In Radians mode, this function returns either the
32678 corresponding value in radians to the current precision, or the formula
32679 @samp{2*pi}, depending on the Symbolic Mode. There are also similar
32680 function @code{half-circle} and @code{quarter-circle}.
32681 @end defun
32682
32683 @defun power-of-2 n
32684 Compute two to the integer power @var{n}, as a (potentially very large)
32685 integer. Powers of two are cached, so only the first call for a
32686 particular @var{n} is expensive.
32687 @end defun
32688
32689 @defun integer-log2 n
32690 Compute the base-2 logarithm of @var{n}, which must be an integer which
32691 is a power of two. If @var{n} is not a power of two, this function will
32692 return @code{nil}.
32693 @end defun
32694
32695 @defun div-mod a b m
32696 Divide @var{a} by @var{b}, modulo @var{m}. This returns @code{nil} if
32697 there is no solution, or if any of the arguments are not integers.@refill
32698 @end defun
32699
32700 @defun pow-mod a b m
32701 Compute @var{a} to the power @var{b}, modulo @var{m}. If @var{a},
32702 @var{b}, and @var{m} are integers, this uses an especially efficient
32703 algorithm. Otherwise, it simply computes @samp{(% (^ a b) m)}.
32704 @end defun
32705
32706 @defun isqrt n
32707 Compute the integer square root of @var{n}. This is the square root
32708 of @var{n} rounded down toward zero, i.e., @samp{floor(sqrt(@var{n}))}.
32709 If @var{n} is itself an integer, the computation is especially efficient.
32710 @end defun
32711
32712 @defun to-hms a ang
32713 Convert the argument @var{a} into an HMS form. If @var{ang} is specified,
32714 it is the angular mode in which to interpret @var{a}, either @code{deg}
32715 or @code{rad}. Otherwise, the current angular mode is used. If @var{a}
32716 is already an HMS form it is returned as-is.
32717 @end defun
32718
32719 @defun from-hms a ang
32720 Convert the HMS form @var{a} into a real number. If @var{ang} is specified,
32721 it is the angular mode in which to express the result, otherwise the
32722 current angular mode is used. If @var{a} is already a real number, it
32723 is returned as-is.
32724 @end defun
32725
32726 @defun to-radians a
32727 Convert the number or HMS form @var{a} to radians from the current
32728 angular mode.
32729 @end defun
32730
32731 @defun from-radians a
32732 Convert the number @var{a} from radians to the current angular mode.
32733 If @var{a} is a formula, this returns the formula @samp{deg(@var{a})}.
32734 @end defun
32735
32736 @defun to-radians-2 a
32737 Like @code{to-radians}, except that in Symbolic Mode a degrees to
32738 radians conversion yields a formula like @samp{@var{a}*pi/180}.
32739 @end defun
32740
32741 @defun from-radians-2 a
32742 Like @code{from-radians}, except that in Symbolic Mode a radians to
32743 degrees conversion yields a formula like @samp{@var{a}*180/pi}.
32744 @end defun
32745
32746 @defun random-digit
32747 Produce a random base-1000 digit in the range 0 to 999.
32748 @end defun
32749
32750 @defun random-digits n
32751 Produce a random @var{n}-digit integer; this will be an integer
32752 in the interval @samp{[0, 10^@var{n})}.
32753 @end defun
32754
32755 @defun random-float
32756 Produce a random float in the interval @samp{[0, 1)}.
32757 @end defun
32758
32759 @defun prime-test n iters
32760 Determine whether the integer @var{n} is prime. Return a list which has
32761 one of these forms: @samp{(nil @var{f})} means the number is non-prime
32762 because it was found to be divisible by @var{f}; @samp{(nil)} means it
32763 was found to be non-prime by table look-up (so no factors are known);
32764 @samp{(nil unknown)} means it is definitely non-prime but no factors
32765 are known because @var{n} was large enough that Fermat's probabilistic
32766 test had to be used; @samp{(t)} means the number is definitely prime;
32767 and @samp{(maybe @var{i} @var{p})} means that Fermat's test, after @var{i}
32768 iterations, is @var{p} percent sure that the number is prime. The
32769 @var{iters} parameter is the number of Fermat iterations to use, in the
32770 case that this is necessary. If @code{prime-test} returns ``maybe,''
32771 you can call it again with the same @var{n} to get a greater certainty;
32772 @code{prime-test} remembers where it left off.@refill
32773 @end defun
32774
32775 @defun to-simple-fraction f
32776 If @var{f} is a floating-point number which can be represented exactly
32777 as a small rational number. return that number, else return @var{f}.
32778 For example, 0.75 would be converted to 3:4. This function is very
32779 fast.
32780 @end defun
32781
32782 @defun to-fraction f tol
32783 Find a rational approximation to floating-point number @var{f} to within
32784 a specified tolerance @var{tol}; this corresponds to the algebraic
32785 function @code{frac}, and can be rather slow.
32786 @end defun
32787
32788 @defun quarter-integer n
32789 If @var{n} is an integer or integer-valued float, this function
32790 returns zero. If @var{n} is a half-integer (i.e., an integer plus
32791 @i{1:2} or 0.5), it returns 2. If @var{n} is a quarter-integer,
32792 it returns 1 or 3. If @var{n} is anything else, this function
32793 returns @code{nil}.
32794 @end defun
32795
32796 @node Vector Lisp Functions, Symbolic Lisp Functions, Computational Lisp Functions, Internals
32797 @subsubsection Vector Functions
32798
32799 @noindent
32800 The functions described here perform various operations on vectors and
32801 matrices.
32802
32803 @defun math-concat x y
32804 Do a vector concatenation; this operation is written @samp{@var{x} | @var{y}}
32805 in a symbolic formula. @xref{Building Vectors}.
32806 @end defun
32807
32808 @defun vec-length v
32809 Return the length of vector @var{v}. If @var{v} is not a vector, the
32810 result is zero. If @var{v} is a matrix, this returns the number of
32811 rows in the matrix.
32812 @end defun
32813
32814 @defun mat-dimens m
32815 Determine the dimensions of vector or matrix @var{m}. If @var{m} is not
32816 a vector, the result is an empty list. If @var{m} is a plain vector
32817 but not a matrix, the result is a one-element list containing the length
32818 of the vector. If @var{m} is a matrix with @var{r} rows and @var{c} columns,
32819 the result is the list @samp{(@var{r} @var{c})}. Higher-order tensors
32820 produce lists of more than two dimensions. Note that the object
32821 @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5]]} is a vector of vectors not all the same size,
32822 and is treated by this and other Calc routines as a plain vector of two
32823 elements.@refill
32824 @end defun
32825
32826 @defun dimension-error
32827 Abort the current function with a message of ``Dimension error.''
32828 The Calculator will leave the function being evaluated in symbolic
32829 form; this is really just a special case of @code{reject-arg}.
32830 @end defun
32831
32832 @defun build-vector args
32833 Return a Calc vector with the zero-or-more @var{args} as elements.
32834 For example, @samp{(build-vector 1 2 3)} returns the Calc vector
32835 @samp{[1, 2, 3]}, stored internally as the list @samp{(vec 1 2 3)}.
32836 @end defun
32837
32838 @defun make-vec obj dims
32839 Return a Calc vector or matrix all of whose elements are equal to
32840 @var{obj}. For example, @samp{(make-vec 27 3 4)} returns a 3x4 matrix
32841 filled with 27's.
32842 @end defun
32843
32844 @defun row-matrix v
32845 If @var{v} is a plain vector, convert it into a row matrix, i.e.,
32846 a matrix whose single row is @var{v}. If @var{v} is already a matrix,
32847 leave it alone.
32848 @end defun
32849
32850 @defun col-matrix v
32851 If @var{v} is a plain vector, convert it into a column matrix, i.e., a
32852 matrix with each element of @var{v} as a separate row. If @var{v} is
32853 already a matrix, leave it alone.
32854 @end defun
32855
32856 @defun map-vec f v
32857 Map the Lisp function @var{f} over the Calc vector @var{v}. For example,
32858 @samp{(map-vec 'math-floor v)} returns a vector of the floored components
32859 of vector @var{v}.
32860 @end defun
32861
32862 @defun map-vec-2 f a b
32863 Map the Lisp function @var{f} over the two vectors @var{a} and @var{b}.
32864 If @var{a} and @var{b} are vectors of equal length, the result is a
32865 vector of the results of calling @samp{(@var{f} @var{ai} @var{bi})}
32866 for each pair of elements @var{ai} and @var{bi}. If either @var{a} or
32867 @var{b} is a scalar, it is matched with each value of the other vector.
32868 For example, @samp{(map-vec-2 'math-add v 1)} returns the vector @var{v}
32869 with each element increased by one. Note that using @samp{'+} would not
32870 work here, since @code{defmath} does not expand function names everywhere,
32871 just where they are in the function position of a Lisp expression.@refill
32872 @end defun
32873
32874 @defun reduce-vec f v
32875 Reduce the function @var{f} over the vector @var{v}. For example, if
32876 @var{v} is @samp{[10, 20, 30, 40]}, this calls @samp{(f (f (f 10 20) 30) 40)}.
32877 If @var{v} is a matrix, this reduces over the rows of @var{v}.
32878 @end defun
32879
32880 @defun reduce-cols f m
32881 Reduce the function @var{f} over the columns of matrix @var{m}. For
32882 example, if @var{m} is @samp{[[1, 2], [3, 4], [5, 6]]}, the result
32883 is a vector of the two elements @samp{(f (f 1 3) 5)} and @samp{(f (f 2 4) 6)}.
32884 @end defun
32885
32886 @defun mat-row m n
32887 Return the @var{n}th row of matrix @var{m}. This is equivalent to
32888 @samp{(elt m n)}. For a slower but safer version, use @code{mrow}.
32889 (@xref{Extracting Elements}.)
32890 @end defun
32891
32892 @defun mat-col m n
32893 Return the @var{n}th column of matrix @var{m}, in the form of a vector.
32894 The arguments are not checked for correctness.
32895 @end defun
32896
32897 @defun mat-less-row m n
32898 Return a copy of matrix @var{m} with its @var{n}th row deleted. The
32899 number @var{n} must be in range from 1 to the number of rows in @var{m}.
32900 @end defun
32901
32902 @defun mat-less-col m n
32903 Return a copy of matrix @var{m} with its @var{n}th column deleted.
32904 @end defun
32905
32906 @defun transpose m
32907 Return the transpose of matrix @var{m}.
32908 @end defun
32909
32910 @defun flatten-vector v
32911 Flatten nested vector @var{v} into a vector of scalars. For example,
32912 if @var{v} is @samp{[[1, 2, 3], [4, 5]]} the result is @samp{[1, 2, 3, 4, 5]}.
32913 @end defun
32914
32915 @defun copy-matrix m
32916 If @var{m} is a matrix, return a copy of @var{m}. This maps
32917 @code{copy-sequence} over the rows of @var{m}; in Lisp terms, each
32918 element of the result matrix will be @code{eq} to the corresponding
32919 element of @var{m}, but none of the @code{cons} cells that make up
32920 the structure of the matrix will be @code{eq}. If @var{m} is a plain
32921 vector, this is the same as @code{copy-sequence}.@refill
32922 @end defun
32923
32924 @defun swap-rows m r1 r2
32925 Exchange rows @var{r1} and @var{r2} of matrix @var{m} in-place. In
32926 other words, unlike most of the other functions described here, this
32927 function changes @var{m} itself rather than building up a new result
32928 matrix. The return value is @var{m}, i.e., @samp{(eq (swap-rows m 1 2) m)}
32929 is true, with the side effect of exchanging the first two rows of
32930 @var{m}.@refill
32931 @end defun
32932
32933 @node Symbolic Lisp Functions, Formatting Lisp Functions, Vector Lisp Functions, Internals
32934 @subsubsection Symbolic Functions
32935
32936 @noindent
32937 The functions described here operate on symbolic formulas in the
32938 Calculator.
32939
32940 @defun calc-prepare-selection num
32941 Prepare a stack entry for selection operations. If @var{num} is
32942 omitted, the stack entry containing the cursor is used; otherwise,
32943 it is the number of the stack entry to use. This function stores
32944 useful information about the current stack entry into a set of
32945 variables. @code{calc-selection-cache-num} contains the number of
32946 the stack entry involved (equal to @var{num} if you specified it);
32947 @code{calc-selection-cache-entry} contains the stack entry as a
32948 list (such as @code{calc-top-list} would return with @code{entry}
32949 as the selection mode); and @code{calc-selection-cache-comp} contains
32950 a special ``tagged'' composition (@pxref{Formatting Lisp Functions})
32951 which allows Calc to relate cursor positions in the buffer with
32952 their corresponding sub-formulas.
32953
32954 A slight complication arises in the selection mechanism because
32955 formulas may contain small integers. For example, in the vector
32956 @samp{[1, 2, 1]} the first and last elements are @code{eq} to each
32957 other; selections are recorded as the actual Lisp object that
32958 appears somewhere in the tree of the whole formula, but storing
32959 @code{1} would falsely select both @code{1}'s in the vector. So
32960 @code{calc-prepare-selection} also checks the stack entry and
32961 replaces any plain integers with ``complex number'' lists of the form
32962 @samp{(cplx @var{n} 0)}. This list will be displayed the same as a
32963 plain @var{n} and the change will be completely invisible to the
32964 user, but it will guarantee that no two sub-formulas of the stack
32965 entry will be @code{eq} to each other. Next time the stack entry
32966 is involved in a computation, @code{calc-normalize} will replace
32967 these lists with plain numbers again, again invisibly to the user.
32968 @end defun
32969
32970 @defun calc-encase-atoms x
32971 This modifies the formula @var{x} to ensure that each part of the
32972 formula is a unique atom, using the @samp{(cplx @var{n} 0)} trick
32973 described above. This function may use @code{setcar} to modify
32974 the formula in-place.
32975 @end defun
32976
32977 @defun calc-find-selected-part
32978 Find the smallest sub-formula of the current formula that contains
32979 the cursor. This assumes @code{calc-prepare-selection} has been
32980 called already. If the cursor is not actually on any part of the
32981 formula, this returns @code{nil}.
32982 @end defun
32983
32984 @defun calc-change-current-selection selection
32985 Change the currently prepared stack element's selection to
32986 @var{selection}, which should be @code{eq} to some sub-formula
32987 of the stack element, or @code{nil} to unselect the formula.
32988 The stack element's appearance in the Calc buffer is adjusted
32989 to reflect the new selection.
32990 @end defun
32991
32992 @defun calc-find-nth-part expr n
32993 Return the @var{n}th sub-formula of @var{expr}. This function is used
32994 by the selection commands, and (unless @kbd{j b} has been used) treats
32995 sums and products as flat many-element formulas. Thus if @var{expr}
32996 is @samp{((a + b) - c) + d}, calling @code{calc-find-nth-part} with
32997 @var{n} equal to four will return @samp{d}.
32998 @end defun
32999
33000 @defun calc-find-parent-formula expr part
33001 Return the sub-formula of @var{expr} which immediately contains
33002 @var{part}. If @var{expr} is @samp{a*b + (c+1)*d} and @var{part}
33003 is @code{eq} to the @samp{c+1} term of @var{expr}, then this function
33004 will return @samp{(c+1)*d}. If @var{part} turns out not to be a
33005 sub-formula of @var{expr}, the function returns @code{nil}. If
33006 @var{part} is @code{eq} to @var{expr}, the function returns @code{t}.
33007 This function does not take associativity into account.
33008 @end defun
33009
33010 @defun calc-find-assoc-parent-formula expr part
33011 This is the same as @code{calc-find-parent-formula}, except that
33012 (unless @kbd{j b} has been used) it continues widening the selection
33013 to contain a complete level of the formula. Given @samp{a} from
33014 @samp{((a + b) - c) + d}, @code{calc-find-parent-formula} will
33015 return @samp{a + b} but @code{calc-find-assoc-parent-formula} will
33016 return the whole expression.
33017 @end defun
33018
33019 @defun calc-grow-assoc-formula expr part
33020 This expands sub-formula @var{part} of @var{expr} to encompass a
33021 complete level of the formula. If @var{part} and its immediate
33022 parent are not compatible associative operators, or if @kbd{j b}
33023 has been used, this simply returns @var{part}.
33024 @end defun
33025
33026 @defun calc-find-sub-formula expr part
33027 This finds the immediate sub-formula of @var{expr} which contains
33028 @var{part}. It returns an index @var{n} such that
33029 @samp{(calc-find-nth-part @var{expr} @var{n})} would return @var{part}.
33030 If @var{part} is not a sub-formula of @var{expr}, it returns @code{nil}.
33031 If @var{part} is @code{eq} to @var{expr}, it returns @code{t}. This
33032 function does not take associativity into account.
33033 @end defun
33034
33035 @defun calc-replace-sub-formula expr old new
33036 This function returns a copy of formula @var{expr}, with the
33037 sub-formula that is @code{eq} to @var{old} replaced by @var{new}.
33038 @end defun
33039
33040 @defun simplify expr
33041 Simplify the expression @var{expr} by applying various algebraic rules.
33042 This is what the @w{@kbd{a s}} (@code{calc-simplify}) command uses. This
33043 always returns a copy of the expression; the structure @var{expr} points
33044 to remains unchanged in memory.
33045
33046 More precisely, here is what @code{simplify} does: The expression is
33047 first normalized and evaluated by calling @code{normalize}. If any
33048 @code{AlgSimpRules} have been defined, they are then applied. Then
33049 the expression is traversed in a depth-first, bottom-up fashion; at
33050 each level, any simplifications that can be made are made until no
33051 further changes are possible. Once the entire formula has been
33052 traversed in this way, it is compared with the original formula (from
33053 before the call to @code{normalize}) and, if it has changed,
33054 the entire procedure is repeated (starting with @code{normalize})
33055 until no further changes occur. Usually only two iterations are
33056 needed:@: one to simplify the formula, and another to verify that no
33057 further simplifications were possible.
33058 @end defun
33059
33060 @defun simplify-extended expr
33061 Simplify the expression @var{expr}, with additional rules enabled that
33062 help do a more thorough job, while not being entirely ``safe'' in all
33063 circumstances. (For example, this mode will simplify @samp{sqrt(x^2)}
33064 to @samp{x}, which is only valid when @var{x} is positive.) This is
33065 implemented by temporarily binding the variable @code{math-living-dangerously}
33066 to @code{t} (using a @code{let} form) and calling @code{simplify}.
33067 Dangerous simplification rules are written to check this variable
33068 before taking any action.@refill
33069 @end defun
33070
33071 @defun simplify-units expr
33072 Simplify the expression @var{expr}, treating variable names as units
33073 whenever possible. This works by binding the variable
33074 @code{math-simplifying-units} to @code{t} while calling @code{simplify}.
33075 @end defun
33076
33077 @defmac math-defsimplify funcs body
33078 Register a new simplification rule; this is normally called as a top-level
33079 form, like @code{defun} or @code{defmath}. If @var{funcs} is a symbol
33080 (like @code{+} or @code{calcFunc-sqrt}), this simplification rule is
33081 applied to the formulas which are calls to the specified function. Or,
33082 @var{funcs} can be a list of such symbols; the rule applies to all
33083 functions on the list. The @var{body} is written like the body of a
33084 function with a single argument called @code{expr}. The body will be
33085 executed with @code{expr} bound to a formula which is a call to one of
33086 the functions @var{funcs}. If the function body returns @code{nil}, or
33087 if it returns a result @code{equal} to the original @code{expr}, it is
33088 ignored and Calc goes on to try the next simplification rule that applies.
33089 If the function body returns something different, that new formula is
33090 substituted for @var{expr} in the original formula.@refill
33091
33092 At each point in the formula, rules are tried in the order of the
33093 original calls to @code{math-defsimplify}; the search stops after the
33094 first rule that makes a change. Thus later rules for that same
33095 function will not have a chance to trigger until the next iteration
33096 of the main @code{simplify} loop.
33097
33098 Note that, since @code{defmath} is not being used here, @var{body} must
33099 be written in true Lisp code without the conveniences that @code{defmath}
33100 provides. If you prefer, you can have @var{body} simply call another
33101 function (defined with @code{defmath}) which does the real work.
33102
33103 The arguments of a function call will already have been simplified
33104 before any rules for the call itself are invoked. Since a new argument
33105 list is consed up when this happens, this means that the rule's body is
33106 allowed to rearrange the function's arguments destructively if that is
33107 convenient. Here is a typical example of a simplification rule:
33108
33109 @smallexample
33110 (math-defsimplify calcFunc-arcsinh
33111 (or (and (math-looks-negp (nth 1 expr))
33112 (math-neg (list 'calcFunc-arcsinh
33113 (math-neg (nth 1 expr)))))
33114 (and (eq (car-safe (nth 1 expr)) 'calcFunc-sinh)
33115 (or math-living-dangerously
33116 (math-known-realp (nth 1 (nth 1 expr))))
33117 (nth 1 (nth 1 expr)))))
33118 @end smallexample
33119
33120 This is really a pair of rules written with one @code{math-defsimplify}
33121 for convenience; the first replaces @samp{arcsinh(-x)} with
33122 @samp{-arcsinh(x)}, and the second, which is safe only for real @samp{x},
33123 replaces @samp{arcsinh(sinh(x))} with @samp{x}.@refill
33124 @end defmac
33125
33126 @defun common-constant-factor expr
33127 Check @var{expr} to see if it is a sum of terms all multiplied by the
33128 same rational value. If so, return this value. If not, return @code{nil}.
33129 For example, if called on @samp{6x + 9y + 12z}, it would return 3, since
33130 3 is a common factor of all the terms.
33131 @end defun
33132
33133 @defun cancel-common-factor expr factor
33134 Assuming @var{expr} is a sum with @var{factor} as a common factor,
33135 divide each term of the sum by @var{factor}. This is done by
33136 destructively modifying parts of @var{expr}, on the assumption that
33137 it is being used by a simplification rule (where such things are
33138 allowed; see above). For example, consider this built-in rule for
33139 square roots:
33140
33141 @smallexample
33142 (math-defsimplify calcFunc-sqrt
33143 (let ((fac (math-common-constant-factor (nth 1 expr))))
33144 (and fac (not (eq fac 1))
33145 (math-mul (math-normalize (list 'calcFunc-sqrt fac))
33146 (math-normalize
33147 (list 'calcFunc-sqrt
33148 (math-cancel-common-factor
33149 (nth 1 expr) fac)))))))
33150 @end smallexample
33151 @end defun
33152
33153 @defun frac-gcd a b
33154 Compute a ``rational GCD'' of @var{a} and @var{b}, which must both be
33155 rational numbers. This is the fraction composed of the GCD of the
33156 numerators of @var{a} and @var{b}, over the GCD of the denominators.
33157 It is used by @code{common-constant-factor}. Note that the standard
33158 @code{gcd} function uses the LCM to combine the denominators.@refill
33159 @end defun
33160
33161 @defun map-tree func expr many
33162 Try applying Lisp function @var{func} to various sub-expressions of
33163 @var{expr}. Initially, call @var{func} with @var{expr} itself as an
33164 argument. If this returns an expression which is not @code{equal} to
33165 @var{expr}, apply @var{func} again until eventually it does return
33166 @var{expr} with no changes. Then, if @var{expr} is a function call,
33167 recursively apply @var{func} to each of the arguments. This keeps going
33168 until no changes occur anywhere in the expression; this final expression
33169 is returned by @code{map-tree}. Note that, unlike simplification rules,
33170 @var{func} functions may @emph{not} make destructive changes to
33171 @var{expr}. If a third argument @var{many} is provided, it is an
33172 integer which says how many times @var{func} may be applied; the
33173 default, as described above, is infinitely many times.@refill
33174 @end defun
33175
33176 @defun compile-rewrites rules
33177 Compile the rewrite rule set specified by @var{rules}, which should
33178 be a formula that is either a vector or a variable name. If the latter,
33179 the compiled rules are saved so that later @code{compile-rules} calls
33180 for that same variable can return immediately. If there are problems
33181 with the rules, this function calls @code{error} with a suitable
33182 message.
33183 @end defun
33184
33185 @defun apply-rewrites expr crules heads
33186 Apply the compiled rewrite rule set @var{crules} to the expression
33187 @var{expr}. This will make only one rewrite and only checks at the
33188 top level of the expression. The result @code{nil} if no rules
33189 matched, or if the only rules that matched did not actually change
33190 the expression. The @var{heads} argument is optional; if is given,
33191 it should be a list of all function names that (may) appear in
33192 @var{expr}. The rewrite compiler tags each rule with the
33193 rarest-looking function name in the rule; if you specify @var{heads},
33194 @code{apply-rewrites} can use this information to narrow its search
33195 down to just a few rules in the rule set.
33196 @end defun
33197
33198 @defun rewrite-heads expr
33199 Compute a @var{heads} list for @var{expr} suitable for use with
33200 @code{apply-rewrites}, as discussed above.
33201 @end defun
33202
33203 @defun rewrite expr rules many
33204 This is an all-in-one rewrite function. It compiles the rule set
33205 specified by @var{rules}, then uses @code{map-tree} to apply the
33206 rules throughout @var{expr} up to @var{many} (default infinity)
33207 times.
33208 @end defun
33209
33210 @defun match-patterns pat vec not-flag
33211 Given a Calc vector @var{vec} and an uncompiled pattern set or
33212 pattern set variable @var{pat}, this function returns a new vector
33213 of all elements of @var{vec} which do (or don't, if @var{not-flag} is
33214 non-@code{nil}) match any of the patterns in @var{pat}.
33215 @end defun
33216
33217 @defun deriv expr var value symb
33218 Compute the derivative of @var{expr} with respect to variable @var{var}
33219 (which may actually be any sub-expression). If @var{value} is specified,
33220 the derivative is evaluated at the value of @var{var}; otherwise, the
33221 derivative is left in terms of @var{var}. If the expression contains
33222 functions for which no derivative formula is known, new derivative
33223 functions are invented by adding primes to the names; @pxref{Calculus}.
33224 However, if @var{symb} is non-@code{nil}, the presence of undifferentiable
33225 functions in @var{expr} instead cancels the whole differentiation, and
33226 @code{deriv} returns @code{nil} instead.
33227
33228 Derivatives of an @var{n}-argument function can be defined by
33229 adding a @code{math-derivative-@var{n}} property to the property list
33230 of the symbol for the function's derivative, which will be the
33231 function name followed by an apostrophe. The value of the property
33232 should be a Lisp function; it is called with the same arguments as the
33233 original function call that is being differentiated. It should return
33234 a formula for the derivative. For example, the derivative of @code{ln}
33235 is defined by
33236
33237 @smallexample
33238 (put 'calcFunc-ln\' 'math-derivative-1
33239 (function (lambda (u) (math-div 1 u))))
33240 @end smallexample
33241
33242 The two-argument @code{log} function has two derivatives,
33243 @smallexample
33244 (put 'calcFunc-log\' 'math-derivative-2 ; d(log(x,b)) / dx
33245 (function (lambda (x b) ... )))
33246 (put 'calcFunc-log\'2 'math-derivative-2 ; d(log(x,b)) / db
33247 (function (lambda (x b) ... )))
33248 @end smallexample
33249 @end defun
33250
33251 @defun tderiv expr var value symb
33252 Compute the total derivative of @var{expr}. This is the same as
33253 @code{deriv}, except that variables other than @var{var} are not
33254 assumed to be constant with respect to @var{var}.
33255 @end defun
33256
33257 @defun integ expr var low high
33258 Compute the integral of @var{expr} with respect to @var{var}.
33259 @xref{Calculus}, for further details.
33260 @end defun
33261
33262 @defmac math-defintegral funcs body
33263 Define a rule for integrating a function or functions of one argument;
33264 this macro is very similar in format to @code{math-defsimplify}.
33265 The main difference is that here @var{body} is the body of a function
33266 with a single argument @code{u} which is bound to the argument to the
33267 function being integrated, not the function call itself. Also, the
33268 variable of integration is available as @code{math-integ-var}. If
33269 evaluation of the integral requires doing further integrals, the body
33270 should call @samp{(math-integral @var{x})} to find the integral of
33271 @var{x} with respect to @code{math-integ-var}; this function returns
33272 @code{nil} if the integral could not be done. Some examples:
33273
33274 @smallexample
33275 (math-defintegral calcFunc-conj
33276 (let ((int (math-integral u)))
33277 (and int
33278 (list 'calcFunc-conj int))))
33279
33280 (math-defintegral calcFunc-cos
33281 (and (equal u math-integ-var)
33282 (math-from-radians-2 (list 'calcFunc-sin u))))
33283 @end smallexample
33284
33285 In the @code{cos} example, we define only the integral of @samp{cos(x) dx},
33286 relying on the general integration-by-substitution facility to handle
33287 cosines of more complicated arguments. An integration rule should return
33288 @code{nil} if it can't do the integral; if several rules are defined for
33289 the same function, they are tried in order until one returns a non-@code{nil}
33290 result.@refill
33291 @end defmac
33292
33293 @defmac math-defintegral-2 funcs body
33294 Define a rule for integrating a function or functions of two arguments.
33295 This is exactly analogous to @code{math-defintegral}, except that @var{body}
33296 is written as the body of a function with two arguments, @var{u} and
33297 @var{v}.@refill
33298 @end defmac
33299
33300 @defun solve-for lhs rhs var full
33301 Attempt to solve the equation @samp{@var{lhs} = @var{rhs}} by isolating
33302 the variable @var{var} on the lefthand side; return the resulting righthand
33303 side, or @code{nil} if the equation cannot be solved. The variable
33304 @var{var} must appear at least once in @var{lhs} or @var{rhs}. Note that
33305 the return value is a formula which does not contain @var{var}; this is
33306 different from the user-level @code{solve} and @code{finv} functions,
33307 which return a rearranged equation or a functional inverse, respectively.
33308 If @var{full} is non-@code{nil}, a full solution including dummy signs
33309 and dummy integers will be produced. User-defined inverses are provided
33310 as properties in a manner similar to derivatives:@refill
33311
33312 @smallexample
33313 (put 'calcFunc-ln 'math-inverse
33314 (function (lambda (x) (list 'calcFunc-exp x))))
33315 @end smallexample
33316
33317 This function can call @samp{(math-solve-get-sign @var{x})} to create
33318 a new arbitrary sign variable, returning @var{x} times that sign, and
33319 @samp{(math-solve-get-int @var{x})} to create a new arbitrary integer
33320 variable multiplied by @var{x}. These functions simply return @var{x}
33321 if the caller requested a non-``full'' solution.
33322 @end defun
33323
33324 @defun solve-eqn expr var full
33325 This version of @code{solve-for} takes an expression which will
33326 typically be an equation or inequality. (If it is not, it will be
33327 interpreted as the equation @samp{@var{expr} = 0}.) It returns an
33328 equation or inequality, or @code{nil} if no solution could be found.
33329 @end defun
33330
33331 @defun solve-system exprs vars full
33332 This function solves a system of equations. Generally, @var{exprs}
33333 and @var{vars} will be vectors of equal length.
33334 @xref{Solving Systems of Equations}, for other options.
33335 @end defun
33336
33337 @defun expr-contains expr var
33338 Returns a non-@code{nil} value if @var{var} occurs as a subexpression
33339 of @var{expr}.
33340
33341 This function might seem at first to be identical to
33342 @code{calc-find-sub-formula}. The key difference is that
33343 @code{expr-contains} uses @code{equal} to test for matches, whereas
33344 @code{calc-find-sub-formula} uses @code{eq}. In the formula
33345 @samp{f(a, a)}, the two @samp{a}s will be @code{equal} but not
33346 @code{eq} to each other.@refill
33347 @end defun
33348
33349 @defun expr-contains-count expr var
33350 Returns the number of occurrences of @var{var} as a subexpression
33351 of @var{expr}, or @code{nil} if there are no occurrences.@refill
33352 @end defun
33353
33354 @defun expr-depends expr var
33355 Returns true if @var{expr} refers to any variable the occurs in @var{var}.
33356 In other words, it checks if @var{expr} and @var{var} have any variables
33357 in common.
33358 @end defun
33359
33360 @defun expr-contains-vars expr
33361 Return true if @var{expr} contains any variables, or @code{nil} if @var{expr}
33362 contains only constants and functions with constant arguments.
33363 @end defun
33364
33365 @defun expr-subst expr old new
33366 Returns a copy of @var{expr}, with all occurrences of @var{old} replaced
33367 by @var{new}. This treats @code{lambda} forms specially with respect
33368 to the dummy argument variables, so that the effect is always to return
33369 @var{expr} evaluated at @var{old} = @var{new}.@refill
33370 @end defun
33371
33372 @defun multi-subst expr old new
33373 This is like @code{expr-subst}, except that @var{old} and @var{new}
33374 are lists of expressions to be substituted simultaneously. If one
33375 list is shorter than the other, trailing elements of the longer list
33376 are ignored.
33377 @end defun
33378
33379 @defun expr-weight expr
33380 Returns the ``weight'' of @var{expr}, basically a count of the total
33381 number of objects and function calls that appear in @var{expr}. For
33382 ``primitive'' objects, this will be one.
33383 @end defun
33384
33385 @defun expr-height expr
33386 Returns the ``height'' of @var{expr}, which is the deepest level to
33387 which function calls are nested. (Note that @samp{@var{a} + @var{b}}
33388 counts as a function call.) For primitive objects, this returns zero.@refill
33389 @end defun
33390
33391 @defun polynomial-p expr var
33392 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in variable (or sub-expression)
33393 @var{var}. If so, return the degree of the polynomial, that is, the
33394 highest power of @var{var} that appears in @var{expr}. For example,
33395 for @samp{(x^2 + 3)^3 + 4} this would return 6. This function returns
33396 @code{nil} unless @var{expr}, when expanded out by @kbd{a x}
33397 (@code{calc-expand}), would consist of a sum of terms in which @var{var}
33398 appears only raised to nonnegative integer powers. Note that if
33399 @var{var} does not occur in @var{expr}, then @var{expr} is considered
33400 a polynomial of degree 0.@refill
33401 @end defun
33402
33403 @defun is-polynomial expr var degree loose
33404 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in variable or sub-expression
33405 @var{var}, and, if so, return a list representation of the polynomial
33406 where the elements of the list are coefficients of successive powers of
33407 @var{var}: @samp{@var{a} + @var{b} x + @var{c} x^3} would produce the
33408 list @samp{(@var{a} @var{b} 0 @var{c})}, and @samp{(x + 1)^2} would
33409 produce the list @samp{(1 2 1)}. The highest element of the list will
33410 be non-zero, with the special exception that if @var{expr} is the
33411 constant zero, the returned value will be @samp{(0)}. Return @code{nil}
33412 if @var{expr} is not a polynomial in @var{var}. If @var{degree} is
33413 specified, this will not consider polynomials of degree higher than that
33414 value. This is a good precaution because otherwise an input of
33415 @samp{(x+1)^1000} will cause a huge coefficient list to be built. If
33416 @var{loose} is non-@code{nil}, then a looser definition of a polynomial
33417 is used in which coefficients are no longer required not to depend on
33418 @var{var}, but are only required not to take the form of polynomials
33419 themselves. For example, @samp{sin(x) x^2 + cos(x)} is a loose
33420 polynomial with coefficients @samp{((calcFunc-cos x) 0 (calcFunc-sin
33421 x))}. The result will never be @code{nil} in loose mode, since any
33422 expression can be interpreted as a ``constant'' loose polynomial.@refill
33423 @end defun
33424
33425 @defun polynomial-base expr pred
33426 Check if @var{expr} is a polynomial in any variable that occurs in it;
33427 if so, return that variable. (If @var{expr} is a multivariate polynomial,
33428 this chooses one variable arbitrarily.) If @var{pred} is specified, it should
33429 be a Lisp function which is called as @samp{(@var{pred} @var{subexpr})},
33430 and which should return true if @code{mpb-top-expr} (a global name for
33431 the original @var{expr}) is a suitable polynomial in @var{subexpr}.
33432 The default predicate uses @samp{(polynomial-p mpb-top-expr @var{subexpr})};
33433 you can use @var{pred} to specify additional conditions. Or, you could
33434 have @var{pred} build up a list of every suitable @var{subexpr} that
33435 is found.@refill
33436 @end defun
33437
33438 @defun poly-simplify poly
33439 Simplify polynomial coefficient list @var{poly} by (destructively)
33440 clipping off trailing zeros.
33441 @end defun
33442
33443 @defun poly-mix a ac b bc
33444 Mix two polynomial lists @var{a} and @var{b} (in the form returned by
33445 @code{is-polynomial}) in a linear combination with coefficient expressions
33446 @var{ac} and @var{bc}. The result is a (not necessarily simplified)
33447 polynomial list representing @samp{@var{ac} @var{a} + @var{bc} @var{b}}.@refill
33448 @end defun
33449
33450 @defun poly-mul a b
33451 Multiply two polynomial coefficient lists @var{a} and @var{b}. The
33452 result will be in simplified form if the inputs were simplified.
33453 @end defun
33454
33455 @defun build-polynomial-expr poly var
33456 Construct a Calc formula which represents the polynomial coefficient
33457 list @var{poly} applied to variable @var{var}. The @kbd{a c}
33458 (@code{calc-collect}) command uses @code{is-polynomial} to turn an
33459 expression into a coefficient list, then @code{build-polynomial-expr}
33460 to turn the list back into an expression in regular form.@refill
33461 @end defun
33462
33463 @defun check-unit-name var
33464 Check if @var{var} is a variable which can be interpreted as a unit
33465 name. If so, return the units table entry for that unit. This
33466 will be a list whose first element is the unit name (not counting
33467 prefix characters) as a symbol and whose second element is the
33468 Calc expression which defines the unit. (Refer to the Calc sources
33469 for details on the remaining elements of this list.) If @var{var}
33470 is not a variable or is not a unit name, return @code{nil}.
33471 @end defun
33472
33473 @defun units-in-expr-p expr sub-exprs
33474 Return true if @var{expr} contains any variables which can be
33475 interpreted as units. If @var{sub-exprs} is @code{t}, the entire
33476 expression is searched. If @var{sub-exprs} is @code{nil}, this
33477 checks whether @var{expr} is directly a units expression.@refill
33478 @end defun
33479
33480 @defun single-units-in-expr-p expr
33481 Check whether @var{expr} contains exactly one units variable. If so,
33482 return the units table entry for the variable. If @var{expr} does
33483 not contain any units, return @code{nil}. If @var{expr} contains
33484 two or more units, return the symbol @code{wrong}.
33485 @end defun
33486
33487 @defun to-standard-units expr which
33488 Convert units expression @var{expr} to base units. If @var{which}
33489 is @code{nil}, use Calc's native base units. Otherwise, @var{which}
33490 can specify a units system, which is a list of two-element lists,
33491 where the first element is a Calc base symbol name and the second
33492 is an expression to substitute for it.@refill
33493 @end defun
33494
33495 @defun remove-units expr
33496 Return a copy of @var{expr} with all units variables replaced by ones.
33497 This expression is generally normalized before use.
33498 @end defun
33499
33500 @defun extract-units expr
33501 Return a copy of @var{expr} with everything but units variables replaced
33502 by ones.
33503 @end defun
33504
33505 @node Formatting Lisp Functions, Hooks, Symbolic Lisp Functions, Internals
33506 @subsubsection I/O and Formatting Functions
33507
33508 @noindent
33509 The functions described here are responsible for parsing and formatting
33510 Calc numbers and formulas.
33511
33512 @defun calc-eval str sep arg1 arg2 @dots{}
33513 This is the simplest interface to the Calculator from another Lisp program.
33514 @xref{Calling Calc from Your Programs}.
33515 @end defun
33516
33517 @defun read-number str
33518 If string @var{str} contains a valid Calc number, either integer,
33519 fraction, float, or HMS form, this function parses and returns that
33520 number. Otherwise, it returns @code{nil}.
33521 @end defun
33522
33523 @defun read-expr str
33524 Read an algebraic expression from string @var{str}. If @var{str} does
33525 not have the form of a valid expression, return a list of the form
33526 @samp{(error @var{pos} @var{msg})} where @var{pos} is an integer index
33527 into @var{str} of the general location of the error, and @var{msg} is
33528 a string describing the problem.@refill
33529 @end defun
33530
33531 @defun read-exprs str
33532 Read a list of expressions separated by commas, and return it as a
33533 Lisp list. If an error occurs in any expressions, an error list as
33534 shown above is returned instead.
33535 @end defun
33536
33537 @defun calc-do-alg-entry initial prompt no-norm
33538 Read an algebraic formula or formulas using the minibuffer. All
33539 conventions of regular algebraic entry are observed. The return value
33540 is a list of Calc formulas; there will be more than one if the user
33541 entered a list of values separated by commas. The result is @code{nil}
33542 if the user presses Return with a blank line. If @var{initial} is
33543 given, it is a string which the minibuffer will initially contain.
33544 If @var{prompt} is given, it is the prompt string to use; the default
33545 is ``Algebraic:''. If @var{no-norm} is @code{t}, the formulas will
33546 be returned exactly as parsed; otherwise, they will be passed through
33547 @code{calc-normalize} first.@refill
33548
33549 To support the use of @kbd{$} characters in the algebraic entry, use
33550 @code{let} to bind @code{calc-dollar-values} to a list of the values
33551 to be substituted for @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, and so on, and bind
33552 @code{calc-dollar-used} to 0. Upon return, @code{calc-dollar-used}
33553 will have been changed to the highest number of consecutive @kbd{$}s
33554 that actually appeared in the input.@refill
33555 @end defun
33556
33557 @defun format-number a
33558 Convert the real or complex number or HMS form @var{a} to string form.
33559 @end defun
33560
33561 @defun format-flat-expr a prec
33562 Convert the arbitrary Calc number or formula @var{a} to string form,
33563 in the style used by the trail buffer and the @code{calc-edit} command.
33564 This is a simple format designed
33565 mostly to guarantee the string is of a form that can be re-parsed by
33566 @code{read-expr}. Most formatting modes, such as digit grouping,
33567 complex number format, and point character, are ignored to ensure the
33568 result will be re-readable. The @var{prec} parameter is normally 0; if
33569 you pass a large integer like 1000 instead, the expression will be
33570 surrounded by parentheses unless it is a plain number or variable name.@refill
33571 @end defun
33572
33573 @defun format-nice-expr a width
33574 This is like @code{format-flat-expr} (with @var{prec} equal to 0),
33575 except that newlines will be inserted to keep lines down to the
33576 specified @var{width}, and vectors that look like matrices or rewrite
33577 rules are written in a pseudo-matrix format. The @code{calc-edit}
33578 command uses this when only one stack entry is being edited.
33579 @end defun
33580
33581 @defun format-value a width
33582 Convert the Calc number or formula @var{a} to string form, using the
33583 format seen in the stack buffer. Beware the the string returned may
33584 not be re-readable by @code{read-expr}, for example, because of digit
33585 grouping. Multi-line objects like matrices produce strings that
33586 contain newline characters to separate the lines. The @var{w}
33587 parameter, if given, is the target window size for which to format
33588 the expressions. If @var{w} is omitted, the width of the Calculator
33589 window is used.@refill
33590 @end defun
33591
33592 @defun compose-expr a prec
33593 Format the Calc number or formula @var{a} according to the current
33594 language mode, returning a ``composition.'' To learn about the
33595 structure of compositions, see the comments in the Calc source code.
33596 You can specify the format of a given type of function call by putting
33597 a @code{math-compose-@var{lang}} property on the function's symbol,
33598 whose value is a Lisp function that takes @var{a} and @var{prec} as
33599 arguments and returns a composition. Here @var{lang} is a language
33600 mode name, one of @code{normal}, @code{big}, @code{c}, @code{pascal},
33601 @code{fortran}, @code{tex}, @code{eqn}, @code{math}, or @code{maple}.
33602 In Big mode, Calc actually tries @code{math-compose-big} first, then
33603 tries @code{math-compose-normal}. If this property does not exist,
33604 or if the function returns @code{nil}, the function is written in the
33605 normal function-call notation for that language.
33606 @end defun
33607
33608 @defun composition-to-string c w
33609 Convert a composition structure returned by @code{compose-expr} into
33610 a string. Multi-line compositions convert to strings containing
33611 newline characters. The target window size is given by @var{w}.
33612 The @code{format-value} function basically calls @code{compose-expr}
33613 followed by @code{composition-to-string}.
33614 @end defun
33615
33616 @defun comp-width c
33617 Compute the width in characters of composition @var{c}.
33618 @end defun
33619
33620 @defun comp-height c
33621 Compute the height in lines of composition @var{c}.
33622 @end defun
33623
33624 @defun comp-ascent c
33625 Compute the portion of the height of composition @var{c} which is on or
33626 above the baseline. For a one-line composition, this will be one.
33627 @end defun
33628
33629 @defun comp-descent c
33630 Compute the portion of the height of composition @var{c} which is below
33631 the baseline. For a one-line composition, this will be zero.
33632 @end defun
33633
33634 @defun comp-first-char c
33635 If composition @var{c} is a ``flat'' composition, return the first
33636 (leftmost) character of the composition as an integer. Otherwise,
33637 return @code{nil}.@refill
33638 @end defun
33639
33640 @defun comp-last-char c
33641 If composition @var{c} is a ``flat'' composition, return the last
33642 (rightmost) character, otherwise return @code{nil}.
33643 @end defun
33644
33645 @comment @node Lisp Variables, Hooks, Formatting Lisp Functions, Internals
33646 @comment @subsubsection Lisp Variables
33647 @comment
33648 @comment @noindent
33649 @comment (This section is currently unfinished.)
33650
33651 @node Hooks, , Formatting Lisp Functions, Internals
33652 @subsubsection Hooks
33653
33654 @noindent
33655 Hooks are variables which contain Lisp functions (or lists of functions)
33656 which are called at various times. Calc defines a number of hooks
33657 that help you to customize it in various ways. Calc uses the Lisp
33658 function @code{run-hooks} to invoke the hooks shown below. Several
33659 other customization-related variables are also described here.
33660
33661 @defvar calc-load-hook
33662 This hook is called at the end of @file{calc.el}, after the file has
33663 been loaded, before any functions in it have been called, but after
33664 @code{calc-mode-map} and similar variables have been set up.
33665 @end defvar
33666
33667 @defvar calc-ext-load-hook
33668 This hook is called at the end of @file{calc-ext.el}.
33669 @end defvar
33670
33671 @defvar calc-start-hook
33672 This hook is called as the last step in a @kbd{M-x calc} command.
33673 At this point, the Calc buffer has been created and initialized if
33674 necessary, the Calc window and trail window have been created,
33675 and the ``Welcome to Calc'' message has been displayed.
33676 @end defvar
33677
33678 @defvar calc-mode-hook
33679 This hook is called when the Calc buffer is being created. Usually
33680 this will only happen once per Emacs session. The hook is called
33681 after Emacs has switched to the new buffer, the mode-settings file
33682 has been read if necessary, and all other buffer-local variables
33683 have been set up. After this hook returns, Calc will perform a
33684 @code{calc-refresh} operation, set up the mode line display, then
33685 evaluate any deferred @code{calc-define} properties that have not
33686 been evaluated yet.
33687 @end defvar
33688
33689 @defvar calc-trail-mode-hook
33690 This hook is called when the Calc Trail buffer is being created.
33691 It is called as the very last step of setting up the Trail buffer.
33692 Like @code{calc-mode-hook}, this will normally happen only once
33693 per Emacs session.
33694 @end defvar
33695
33696 @defvar calc-end-hook
33697 This hook is called by @code{calc-quit}, generally because the user
33698 presses @kbd{q} or @kbd{M-# c} while in Calc. The Calc buffer will
33699 be the current buffer. The hook is called as the very first
33700 step, before the Calc window is destroyed.
33701 @end defvar
33702
33703 @defvar calc-window-hook
33704 If this hook exists, it is called to create the Calc window.
33705 Upon return, this new Calc window should be the current window.
33706 (The Calc buffer will already be the current buffer when the
33707 hook is called.) If the hook is not defined, Calc will
33708 generally use @code{split-window}, @code{set-window-buffer},
33709 and @code{select-window} to create the Calc window.
33710 @end defvar
33711
33712 @defvar calc-trail-window-hook
33713 If this hook exists, it is called to create the Calc Trail window.
33714 The variable @code{calc-trail-buffer} will contain the buffer
33715 which the window should use. Unlike @code{calc-window-hook},
33716 this hook must @emph{not} switch into the new window.
33717 @end defvar
33718
33719 @defvar calc-edit-mode-hook
33720 This hook is called by @code{calc-edit} (and the other ``edit''
33721 commands) when the temporary editing buffer is being created.
33722 The buffer will have been selected and set up to be in
33723 @code{calc-edit-mode}, but will not yet have been filled with
33724 text. (In fact it may still have leftover text from a previous
33725 @code{calc-edit} command.)
33726 @end defvar
33727
33728 @defvar calc-mode-save-hook
33729 This hook is called by the @code{calc-save-modes} command,
33730 after Calc's own mode features have been inserted into the
33731 @file{.emacs} buffer and just before the ``End of mode settings''
33732 message is inserted.
33733 @end defvar
33734
33735 @defvar calc-reset-hook
33736 This hook is called after @kbd{M-# 0} (@code{calc-reset}) has
33737 reset all modes. The Calc buffer will be the current buffer.
33738 @end defvar
33739
33740 @defvar calc-other-modes
33741 This variable contains a list of strings. The strings are
33742 concatenated at the end of the modes portion of the Calc
33743 mode line (after standard modes such as ``Deg'', ``Inv'' and
33744 ``Hyp''). Each string should be a short, single word followed
33745 by a space. The variable is @code{nil} by default.
33746 @end defvar
33747
33748 @defvar calc-mode-map
33749 This is the keymap that is used by Calc mode. The best time
33750 to adjust it is probably in a @code{calc-mode-hook}. If the
33751 Calc extensions package (@file{calc-ext.el}) has not yet been
33752 loaded, many of these keys will be bound to @code{calc-missing-key},
33753 which is a command that loads the extensions package and
33754 ``retypes'' the key. If your @code{calc-mode-hook} rebinds
33755 one of these keys, it will probably be overridden when the
33756 extensions are loaded.
33757 @end defvar
33758
33759 @defvar calc-digit-map
33760 This is the keymap that is used during numeric entry. Numeric
33761 entry uses the minibuffer, but this map binds every non-numeric
33762 key to @code{calcDigit-nondigit} which generally calls
33763 @code{exit-minibuffer} and ``retypes'' the key.
33764 @end defvar
33765
33766 @defvar calc-alg-ent-map
33767 This is the keymap that is used during algebraic entry. This is
33768 mostly a copy of @code{minibuffer-local-map}.
33769 @end defvar
33770
33771 @defvar calc-store-var-map
33772 This is the keymap that is used during entry of variable names for
33773 commands like @code{calc-store} and @code{calc-recall}. This is
33774 mostly a copy of @code{minibuffer-local-completion-map}.
33775 @end defvar
33776
33777 @defvar calc-edit-mode-map
33778 This is the (sparse) keymap used by @code{calc-edit} and other
33779 temporary editing commands. It binds @key{RET}, @key{LFD},
33780 and @kbd{C-c C-c} to @code{calc-edit-finish}.
33781 @end defvar
33782
33783 @defvar calc-mode-var-list
33784 This is a list of variables which are saved by @code{calc-save-modes}.
33785 Each entry is a list of two items, the variable (as a Lisp symbol)
33786 and its default value. When modes are being saved, each variable
33787 is compared with its default value (using @code{equal}) and any
33788 non-default variables are written out.
33789 @end defvar
33790
33791 @defvar calc-local-var-list
33792 This is a list of variables which should be buffer-local to the
33793 Calc buffer. Each entry is a variable name (as a Lisp symbol).
33794 These variables also have their default values manipulated by
33795 the @code{calc} and @code{calc-quit} commands; @pxref{Multiple Calculators}.
33796 Since @code{calc-mode-hook} is called after this list has been
33797 used the first time, your hook should add a variable to the
33798 list and also call @code{make-local-variable} itself.
33799 @end defvar
33800
33801 @node Installation, Reporting Bugs, Programming, Top
33802 @appendix Installation
33803
33804 @noindent
33805 As of Calc 2.02g, Calc is integrated with GNU Emacs, and thus requires
33806 no separate installation of its Lisp files and this manual.
33807
33808 @appendixsec The GNUPLOT Program
33809
33810 @noindent
33811 Calc's graphing commands use the GNUPLOT program. If you have GNUPLOT
33812 but you must type some command other than @file{gnuplot} to get it,
33813 you should add a command to set the Lisp variable @code{calc-gnuplot-name}
33814 to the appropriate file name. You may also need to change the variables
33815 @code{calc-gnuplot-plot-command} and @code{calc-gnuplot-print-command} in
33816 order to get correct displays and hardcopies, respectively, of your
33817 plots.@refill
33818
33819 @ifinfo
33820 @example
33821
33822 @end example
33823 @end ifinfo
33824 @appendixsec Printed Documentation
33825
33826 @noindent
33827 Because the Calc manual is so large, you should only make a printed
33828 copy if you really need it. To print the manual, you will need the
33829 @TeX{} typesetting program (this is a free program by Donald Knuth
33830 at Stanford University) as well as the @file{texindex} program and
33831 @file{texinfo.tex} file, both of which can be obtained from the FSF
33832 as part of the @code{texinfo} package.@refill
33833
33834 To print the Calc manual in one huge 550 page tome, you will need the
33835 source code to this manual, @file{calc.texi}, available as part of the
33836 Emacs source. Once you have this file, type @samp{tex calc.texi}
33837 twice. (Running the manual through @TeX{} twice is necessary so that
33838 references to later parts of the manual will have correct page
33839 numbers. (Don't worry if you get some ``overfull box'' warnings.)
33840
33841 The result will be a device-independent output file called
33842 @file{calc.dvi}, which you must print in whatever way is right
33843 for your system. On many systems, the command is
33844
33845 @example
33846 lpr -d calc.dvi
33847 @end example
33848
33849 @cindex Marginal notes, adjusting
33850 Marginal notes for each function and key sequence normally alternate
33851 between the left and right sides of the page, which is correct if the
33852 manual is going to be bound as double-sided pages. Near the top of
33853 the file @file{calc.texi} you will find alternate definitions of
33854 the @code{\bumpoddpages} macro that put the marginal notes always on
33855 the same side, best if you plan to be binding single-sided pages.
33856
33857 @appendixsec Settings File
33858
33859 @noindent
33860 @vindex calc-settings-file
33861 Another variable you might want to set is @code{calc-settings-file},
33862 which holds the file name in which commands like @kbd{m m} and @kbd{Z P}
33863 store ``permanent'' definitions. The default value for this variable
33864 is @code{"~/.emacs"}. If @code{calc-settings-file} does not contain
33865 @code{".emacs"} as a substring, and if the variable
33866 @code{calc-loaded-settings-file} is @code{nil}, then Calc will
33867 automatically load your settings file (if it exists) the first time
33868 Calc is invoked.@refill
33869
33870 @ifinfo
33871 @example
33872
33873 @end example
33874 @end ifinfo
33875 @appendixsec Testing the Installation
33876
33877 @noindent
33878 To test your installation of Calc, start a new Emacs and type @kbd{M-# c}
33879 to make sure the autoloads and key bindings work. Type @kbd{M-# i}
33880 to make sure Calc can find its Info documentation. Press @kbd{q} to
33881 exit the Info system and @kbd{M-# c} to re-enter the Calculator.
33882 Type @kbd{20 S} to compute the sine of 20 degrees; this will test the
33883 autoloading of the extensions modules. The result should be
33884 0.342020143326. Finally, press @kbd{M-# c} again to make sure the
33885 Calculator can exit.
33886
33887 You may also wish to test the GNUPLOT interface; to plot a sine wave,
33888 type @kbd{' [0 ..@: 360], sin(x) RET g f}. Type @kbd{g q} when you
33889 are done viewing the plot.
33890
33891 Calc is now ready to use. If you wish to go through the Calc Tutorial,
33892 press @kbd{M-# t} to begin.
33893 @example
33894
33895 @end example
33896 @node Reporting Bugs, Summary, Installation, Top
33897 @appendix Reporting Bugs
33898
33899 @noindent
33900 If you find a bug in Calc, send e-mail to Colin Walters,
33901
33902 @example
33903 walters@@debian.org @r{or}
33904 walters@@verbum.org
33905 @end example
33906
33907 @noindent
33908 (In the following text, ``I'' refers to the original Calc author, Dave
33909 Gillespie).
33910
33911 While I cannot guarantee that I will have time to work on your bug,
33912 I do try to fix bugs quickly whenever I can.
33913
33914 The latest version of Calc is available from Savannah, in the Emacs
33915 CVS tree. See @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/emacs}.
33916
33917 There is an automatic command @kbd{M-x report-calc-bug} which helps
33918 you to report bugs. This command prompts you for a brief subject
33919 line, then leaves you in a mail editing buffer. Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to
33920 send your mail. Make sure your subject line indicates that you are
33921 reporting a Calc bug; this command sends mail to the maintainer's
33922 regular mailbox.
33923
33924 If you have suggestions for additional features for Calc, I would
33925 love to hear them. Some have dared to suggest that Calc is already
33926 top-heavy with features; I really don't see what they're talking
33927 about, so, if you have ideas, send them right in. (I may even have
33928 time to implement them!)
33929
33930 At the front of the source file, @file{calc.el}, is a list of ideas for
33931 future work which I have not had time to do. If any enthusiastic souls
33932 wish to take it upon themselves to work on these, I would be delighted.
33933 Please let me know if you plan to contribute to Calc so I can coordinate
33934 your efforts with mine and those of others. I will do my best to help
33935 you in whatever way I can.
33936
33937 @c [summary]
33938 @node Summary, Key Index, Reporting Bugs, Top
33939 @appendix Calc Summary
33940
33941 @noindent
33942 This section includes a complete list of Calc 2.02 keystroke commands.
33943 Each line lists the stack entries used by the command (top-of-stack
33944 last), the keystrokes themselves, the prompts asked by the command,
33945 and the result of the command (also with top-of-stack last).
33946 The result is expressed using the equivalent algebraic function.
33947 Commands which put no results on the stack show the full @kbd{M-x}
33948 command name in that position. Numbers preceding the result or
33949 command name refer to notes at the end.
33950
33951 Algebraic functions and @kbd{M-x} commands that don't have corresponding
33952 keystrokes are not listed in this summary.
33953 @xref{Command Index}. @xref{Function Index}.
33954
33955 @iftex
33956 @begingroup
33957 @tex
33958 \vskip-2\baselineskip \null
33959 \gdef\sumrow#1{\sumrowx#1\relax}%
33960 \gdef\sumrowx#1\:#2\:#3\:#4\:#5\:#6\relax{%
33961 \leavevmode%
33962 \hbox to5em{\indsl\hss#1}%
33963 \hbox to5em{\ninett#2\hss}%
33964 \hbox to4em{\indsl#3\hss}%
33965 \hbox to5em{\indrm\hss#4}%
33966 \thinspace%
33967 {\ninett#5}%
33968 {\indsl#6}%
33969 }%
33970 \gdef\sumlpar{{\indrm(}}%
33971 \gdef\sumrpar{{\indrm)}}%
33972 \gdef\sumcomma{{\indrm,\thinspace}}%
33973 \gdef\sumexcl{{\indrm!}}%
33974 \gdef\sumbreak{\vskip-2.5\baselineskip\goodbreak}%
33975 \gdef\minus#1{{\tt-}}%
33976 @end tex
33977 @let@:=@sumsep
33978 @let@r=@sumrow
33979 @catcode`@(=@active @let(=@sumlpar
33980 @catcode`@)=@active @let)=@sumrpar
33981 @catcode`@,=@active @let,=@sumcomma
33982 @catcode`@!=@active @let!=@sumexcl
33983 @end iftex
33984 @format
33985 @iftex
33986 @advance@baselineskip-2.5pt
33987 @let@tt@ninett
33988 @let@c@sumbreak
33989 @end iftex
33990 @r{ @: M-# a @: @: 33 @:calc-embedded-activate@:}
33991 @r{ @: M-# b @: @: @:calc-big-or-small@:}
33992 @r{ @: M-# c @: @: @:calc@:}
33993 @r{ @: M-# d @: @: @:calc-embedded-duplicate@:}
33994 @r{ @: M-# e @: @: 34 @:calc-embedded@:}
33995 @r{ @: M-# f @:formula @: @:calc-embedded-new-formula@:}
33996 @r{ @: M-# g @: @: 35 @:calc-grab-region@:}
33997 @r{ @: M-# i @: @: @:calc-info@:}
33998 @r{ @: M-# j @: @: @:calc-embedded-select@:}
33999 @r{ @: M-# k @: @: @:calc-keypad@:}
34000 @r{ @: M-# l @: @: @:calc-load-everything@:}
34001 @r{ @: M-# m @: @: @:read-kbd-macro@:}
34002 @r{ @: M-# n @: @: 4 @:calc-embedded-next@:}
34003 @r{ @: M-# o @: @: @:calc-other-window@:}
34004 @r{ @: M-# p @: @: 4 @:calc-embedded-previous@:}
34005 @r{ @: M-# q @:formula @: @:quick-calc@:}
34006 @r{ @: M-# r @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-rectangle@:}
34007 @r{ @: M-# s @: @: @:calc-info-summary@:}
34008 @r{ @: M-# t @: @: @:calc-tutorial@:}
34009 @r{ @: M-# u @: @: @:calc-embedded-update@:}
34010 @r{ @: M-# w @: @: @:calc-embedded-word@:}
34011 @r{ @: M-# x @: @: @:calc-quit@:}
34012 @r{ @: M-# y @: @:1,28,49 @:calc-copy-to-buffer@:}
34013 @r{ @: M-# z @: @: @:calc-user-invocation@:}
34014 @r{ @: M-# : @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-sum-down@:}
34015 @r{ @: M-# _ @: @: 36 @:calc-grab-sum-across@:}
34016 @r{ @: M-# ` @:editing @: 30 @:calc-embedded-edit@:}
34017 @r{ @: M-# 0 @:(zero) @: @:calc-reset@:}
34018
34019 @c
34020 @r{ @: 0-9 @:number @: @:@:number}
34021 @r{ @: . @:number @: @:@:0.number}
34022 @r{ @: _ @:number @: @:-@:number}
34023 @r{ @: e @:number @: @:@:1e number}
34024 @r{ @: # @:number @: @:@:current-radix@t{#}number}
34025 @r{ @: P @:(in number) @: @:+/-@:}
34026 @r{ @: M @:(in number) @: @:mod@:}
34027 @r{ @: @@ ' " @: (in number)@: @:@:HMS form}
34028 @r{ @: h m s @: (in number)@: @:@:HMS form}
34029
34030 @c
34031 @r{ @: ' @:formula @: 37,46 @:@:formula}
34032 @r{ @: $ @:formula @: 37,46 @:$@:formula}
34033 @r{ @: " @:string @: 37,46 @:@:string}
34034
34035 @c
34036 @r{ a b@: + @: @: 2 @:add@:(a,b) a+b}
34037 @r{ a b@: - @: @: 2 @:sub@:(a,b) a@minus{}b}
34038 @r{ a b@: * @: @: 2 @:mul@:(a,b) a b, a*b}
34039 @r{ a b@: / @: @: 2 @:div@:(a,b) a/b}
34040 @r{ a b@: ^ @: @: 2 @:pow@:(a,b) a^b}
34041 @r{ a b@: I ^ @: @: 2 @:nroot@:(a,b) a^(1/b)}
34042 @r{ a b@: % @: @: 2 @:mod@:(a,b) a%b}
34043 @r{ a b@: \ @: @: 2 @:idiv@:(a,b) a\b}
34044 @r{ a b@: : @: @: 2 @:fdiv@:(a,b)}
34045 @r{ a b@: | @: @: 2 @:vconcat@:(a,b) a|b}
34046 @r{ a b@: I | @: @: @:vconcat@:(b,a) b|a}
34047 @r{ a b@: H | @: @: 2 @:append@:(a,b)}
34048 @r{ a b@: I H | @: @: @:append@:(b,a)}
34049 @r{ a@: & @: @: 1 @:inv@:(a) 1/a}
34050 @r{ a@: ! @: @: 1 @:fact@:(a) a!}
34051 @r{ a@: = @: @: 1 @:evalv@:(a)}
34052 @r{ a@: M-% @: @: @:percent@:(a) a%}
34053
34054 @c
34055 @r{ ... a@: RET @: @: 1 @:@:... a a}
34056 @r{ ... a@: SPC @: @: 1 @:@:... a a}
34057 @r{... a b@: TAB @: @: 3 @:@:... b a}
34058 @r{. a b c@: M-TAB @: @: 3 @:@:... b c a}
34059 @r{... a b@: LFD @: @: 1 @:@:... a b a}
34060 @r{ ... a@: DEL @: @: 1 @:@:...}
34061 @r{... a b@: M-DEL @: @: 1 @:@:... b}
34062 @r{ @: M-RET @: @: 4 @:calc-last-args@:}
34063 @r{ a@: ` @:editing @: 1,30 @:calc-edit@:}
34064
34065 @c
34066 @r{ ... a@: C-d @: @: 1 @:@:...}
34067 @r{ @: C-k @: @: 27 @:calc-kill@:}
34068 @r{ @: C-w @: @: 27 @:calc-kill-region@:}
34069 @r{ @: C-y @: @: @:calc-yank@:}
34070 @r{ @: C-_ @: @: 4 @:calc-undo@:}
34071 @r{ @: M-k @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-as-kill@:}
34072 @r{ @: M-w @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-region-as-kill@:}
34073
34074 @c
34075 @r{ @: [ @: @: @:@:[...}
34076 @r{[.. a b@: ] @: @: @:@:[a,b]}
34077 @r{ @: ( @: @: @:@:(...}
34078 @r{(.. a b@: ) @: @: @:@:(a,b)}
34079 @r{ @: , @: @: @:@:vector or rect complex}
34080 @r{ @: ; @: @: @:@:matrix or polar complex}
34081 @r{ @: .. @: @: @:@:interval}
34082
34083 @c
34084 @r{ @: ~ @: @: @:calc-num-prefix@:}
34085 @r{ @: < @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-left@:}
34086 @r{ @: > @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-right@:}
34087 @r{ @: @{ @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-down@:}
34088 @r{ @: @} @: @: 4 @:calc-scroll-up@:}
34089 @r{ @: ? @: @: @:calc-help@:}
34090
34091 @c
34092 @r{ a@: n @: @: 1 @:neg@:(a) @minus{}a}
34093 @r{ @: o @: @: 4 @:calc-realign@:}
34094 @r{ @: p @:precision @: 31 @:calc-precision@:}
34095 @r{ @: q @: @: @:calc-quit@:}
34096 @r{ @: w @: @: @:calc-why@:}
34097 @r{ @: x @:command @: @:M-x calc-@:command}
34098 @r{ a@: y @: @:1,28,49 @:calc-copy-to-buffer@:}
34099
34100 @c
34101 @r{ a@: A @: @: 1 @:abs@:(a)}
34102 @r{ a b@: B @: @: 2 @:log@:(a,b)}
34103 @r{ a b@: I B @: @: 2 @:alog@:(a,b) b^a}
34104 @r{ a@: C @: @: 1 @:cos@:(a)}
34105 @r{ a@: I C @: @: 1 @:arccos@:(a)}
34106 @r{ a@: H C @: @: 1 @:cosh@:(a)}
34107 @r{ a@: I H C @: @: 1 @:arccosh@:(a)}
34108 @r{ @: D @: @: 4 @:calc-redo@:}
34109 @r{ a@: E @: @: 1 @:exp@:(a)}
34110 @r{ a@: H E @: @: 1 @:exp10@:(a) 10.^a}
34111 @r{ a@: F @: @: 1,11 @:floor@:(a,d)}
34112 @r{ a@: I F @: @: 1,11 @:ceil@:(a,d)}
34113 @r{ a@: H F @: @: 1,11 @:ffloor@:(a,d)}
34114 @r{ a@: I H F @: @: 1,11 @:fceil@:(a,d)}
34115 @r{ a@: G @: @: 1 @:arg@:(a)}
34116 @r{ @: H @:command @: 32 @:@:Hyperbolic}
34117 @r{ @: I @:command @: 32 @:@:Inverse}
34118 @r{ a@: J @: @: 1 @:conj@:(a)}
34119 @r{ @: K @:command @: 32 @:@:Keep-args}
34120 @r{ a@: L @: @: 1 @:ln@:(a)}
34121 @r{ a@: H L @: @: 1 @:log10@:(a)}
34122 @r{ @: M @: @: @:calc-more-recursion-depth@:}
34123 @r{ @: I M @: @: @:calc-less-recursion-depth@:}
34124 @r{ a@: N @: @: 5 @:evalvn@:(a)}
34125 @r{ @: P @: @: @:@:pi}
34126 @r{ @: I P @: @: @:@:gamma}
34127 @r{ @: H P @: @: @:@:e}
34128 @r{ @: I H P @: @: @:@:phi}
34129 @r{ a@: Q @: @: 1 @:sqrt@:(a)}
34130 @r{ a@: I Q @: @: 1 @:sqr@:(a) a^2}
34131 @r{ a@: R @: @: 1,11 @:round@:(a,d)}
34132 @r{ a@: I R @: @: 1,11 @:trunc@:(a,d)}
34133 @r{ a@: H R @: @: 1,11 @:fround@:(a,d)}
34134 @r{ a@: I H R @: @: 1,11 @:ftrunc@:(a,d)}
34135 @r{ a@: S @: @: 1 @:sin@:(a)}
34136 @r{ a@: I S @: @: 1 @:arcsin@:(a)}
34137 @r{ a@: H S @: @: 1 @:sinh@:(a)}
34138 @r{ a@: I H S @: @: 1 @:arcsinh@:(a)}
34139 @r{ a@: T @: @: 1 @:tan@:(a)}
34140 @r{ a@: I T @: @: 1 @:arctan@:(a)}
34141 @r{ a@: H T @: @: 1 @:tanh@:(a)}
34142 @r{ a@: I H T @: @: 1 @:arctanh@:(a)}
34143 @r{ @: U @: @: 4 @:calc-undo@:}
34144 @r{ @: X @: @: 4 @:calc-call-last-kbd-macro@:}
34145
34146 @c
34147 @r{ a b@: a = @: @: 2 @:eq@:(a,b) a=b}
34148 @r{ a b@: a # @: @: 2 @:neq@:(a,b) a!=b}
34149 @r{ a b@: a < @: @: 2 @:lt@:(a,b) a<b}
34150 @r{ a b@: a > @: @: 2 @:gt@:(a,b) a>b}
34151 @r{ a b@: a [ @: @: 2 @:leq@:(a,b) a<=b}
34152 @r{ a b@: a ] @: @: 2 @:geq@:(a,b) a>=b}
34153 @r{ a b@: a @{ @: @: 2 @:in@:(a,b)}
34154 @r{ a b@: a & @: @: 2,45 @:land@:(a,b) a&&b}
34155 @r{ a b@: a | @: @: 2,45 @:lor@:(a,b) a||b}
34156 @r{ a@: a ! @: @: 1,45 @:lnot@:(a) !a}
34157 @r{ a b c@: a : @: @: 45 @:if@:(a,b,c) a?b:c}
34158 @r{ a@: a . @: @: 1 @:rmeq@:(a)}
34159 @r{ a@: a " @: @: 7,8 @:calc-expand-formula@:}
34160
34161 @c
34162 @r{ a@: a + @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:sum@:(a,i,l,h)}
34163 @r{ a@: a - @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:asum@:(a,i,l,h)}
34164 @r{ a@: a * @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:prod@:(a,i,l,h)}
34165 @r{ a b@: a _ @: @: 2 @:subscr@:(a,b) a_b}
34166
34167 @c
34168 @r{ a b@: a \ @: @: 2 @:pdiv@:(a,b)}
34169 @r{ a b@: a % @: @: 2 @:prem@:(a,b)}
34170 @r{ a b@: a / @: @: 2 @:pdivrem@:(a,b) [q,r]}
34171 @r{ a b@: H a / @: @: 2 @:pdivide@:(a,b) q+r/b}
34172
34173 @c
34174 @r{ a@: a a @: @: 1 @:apart@:(a)}
34175 @r{ a@: a b @:old, new @: 38 @:subst@:(a,old,new)}
34176 @r{ a@: a c @:v @: 38 @:collect@:(a,v)}
34177 @r{ a@: a d @:v @: 4,38 @:deriv@:(a,v)}
34178 @r{ a@: H a d @:v @: 4,38 @:tderiv@:(a,v)}
34179 @r{ a@: a e @: @: @:esimplify@:(a)}
34180 @r{ a@: a f @: @: 1 @:factor@:(a)}
34181 @r{ a@: H a f @: @: 1 @:factors@:(a)}
34182 @r{ a b@: a g @: @: 2 @:pgcd@:(a,b)}
34183 @r{ a@: a i @:v @: 38 @:integ@:(a,v)}
34184 @r{ a@: a m @:pats @: 38 @:match@:(a,pats)}
34185 @r{ a@: I a m @:pats @: 38 @:matchnot@:(a,pats)}
34186 @r{ data x@: a p @: @: 28 @:polint@:(data,x)}
34187 @r{ data x@: H a p @: @: 28 @:ratint@:(data,x)}
34188 @r{ a@: a n @: @: 1 @:nrat@:(a)}
34189 @r{ a@: a r @:rules @:4,8,38 @:rewrite@:(a,rules,n)}
34190 @r{ a@: a s @: @: @:simplify@:(a)}
34191 @r{ a@: a t @:v, n @: 31,39 @:taylor@:(a,v,n)}
34192 @r{ a@: a v @: @: 7,8 @:calc-alg-evaluate@:}
34193 @r{ a@: a x @: @: 4,8 @:expand@:(a)}
34194
34195 @c
34196 @r{ data@: a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:fit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
34197 @r{ data@: I a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:xfit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
34198 @r{ data@: H a F @:model, vars @: 48 @:efit@:(m,iv,pv,data)}
34199 @r{ a@: a I @:v, l, h @: 38 @:ninteg@:(a,v,l,h)}
34200 @r{ a b@: a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeq@:(op,a,b)}
34201 @r{ a b@: I a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeqr@:(op,a,b)}
34202 @r{ a b@: H a M @:op @: 22 @:mapeqp@:(op,a,b)}
34203 @r{ a g@: a N @:v @: 38 @:minimize@:(a,v,g)}
34204 @r{ a g@: H a N @:v @: 38 @:wminimize@:(a,v,g)}
34205 @r{ a@: a P @:v @: 38 @:roots@:(a,v)}
34206 @r{ a g@: a R @:v @: 38 @:root@:(a,v,g)}
34207 @r{ a g@: H a R @:v @: 38 @:wroot@:(a,v,g)}
34208 @r{ a@: a S @:v @: 38 @:solve@:(a,v)}
34209 @r{ a@: I a S @:v @: 38 @:finv@:(a,v)}
34210 @r{ a@: H a S @:v @: 38 @:fsolve@:(a,v)}
34211 @r{ a@: I H a S @:v @: 38 @:ffinv@:(a,v)}
34212 @r{ a@: a T @:i, l, h @: 6,38 @:table@:(a,i,l,h)}
34213 @r{ a g@: a X @:v @: 38 @:maximize@:(a,v,g)}
34214 @r{ a g@: H a X @:v @: 38 @:wmaximize@:(a,v,g)}
34215
34216 @c
34217 @r{ a b@: b a @: @: 9 @:and@:(a,b,w)}
34218 @r{ a@: b c @: @: 9 @:clip@:(a,w)}
34219 @r{ a b@: b d @: @: 9 @:diff@:(a,b,w)}
34220 @r{ a@: b l @: @: 10 @:lsh@:(a,n,w)}
34221 @r{ a n@: H b l @: @: 9 @:lsh@:(a,n,w)}
34222 @r{ a@: b n @: @: 9 @:not@:(a,w)}
34223 @r{ a b@: b o @: @: 9 @:or@:(a,b,w)}
34224 @r{ v@: b p @: @: 1 @:vpack@:(v)}
34225 @r{ a@: b r @: @: 10 @:rsh@:(a,n,w)}
34226 @r{ a n@: H b r @: @: 9 @:rsh@:(a,n,w)}
34227 @r{ a@: b t @: @: 10 @:rot@:(a,n,w)}
34228 @r{ a n@: H b t @: @: 9 @:rot@:(a,n,w)}
34229 @r{ a@: b u @: @: 1 @:vunpack@:(a)}
34230 @r{ @: b w @:w @: 9,50 @:calc-word-size@:}
34231 @r{ a b@: b x @: @: 9 @:xor@:(a,b,w)}
34232
34233 @c
34234 @r{c s l p@: b D @: @: @:ddb@:(c,s,l,p)}
34235 @r{ r n p@: b F @: @: @:fv@:(r,n,p)}
34236 @r{ r n p@: I b F @: @: @:fvb@:(r,n,p)}
34237 @r{ r n p@: H b F @: @: @:fvl@:(r,n,p)}
34238 @r{ v@: b I @: @: 19 @:irr@:(v)}
34239 @r{ v@: I b I @: @: 19 @:irrb@:(v)}
34240 @r{ a@: b L @: @: 10 @:ash@:(a,n,w)}
34241 @r{ a n@: H b L @: @: 9 @:ash@:(a,n,w)}
34242 @r{ r n a@: b M @: @: @:pmt@:(r,n,a)}
34243 @r{ r n a@: I b M @: @: @:pmtb@:(r,n,a)}
34244 @r{ r n a@: H b M @: @: @:pmtl@:(r,n,a)}
34245 @r{ r v@: b N @: @: 19 @:npv@:(r,v)}
34246 @r{ r v@: I b N @: @: 19 @:npvb@:(r,v)}
34247 @r{ r n p@: b P @: @: @:pv@:(r,n,p)}
34248 @r{ r n p@: I b P @: @: @:pvb@:(r,n,p)}
34249 @r{ r n p@: H b P @: @: @:pvl@:(r,n,p)}
34250 @r{ a@: b R @: @: 10 @:rash@:(a,n,w)}
34251 @r{ a n@: H b R @: @: 9 @:rash@:(a,n,w)}
34252 @r{ c s l@: b S @: @: @:sln@:(c,s,l)}
34253 @r{ n p a@: b T @: @: @:rate@:(n,p,a)}
34254 @r{ n p a@: I b T @: @: @:rateb@:(n,p,a)}
34255 @r{ n p a@: H b T @: @: @:ratel@:(n,p,a)}
34256 @r{c s l p@: b Y @: @: @:syd@:(c,s,l,p)}
34257
34258 @r{ r p a@: b # @: @: @:nper@:(r,p,a)}
34259 @r{ r p a@: I b # @: @: @:nperb@:(r,p,a)}
34260 @r{ r p a@: H b # @: @: @:nperl@:(r,p,a)}
34261 @r{ a b@: b % @: @: @:relch@:(a,b)}
34262
34263 @c
34264 @r{ a@: c c @: @: 5 @:pclean@:(a,p)}
34265 @r{ a@: c 0-9 @: @: @:pclean@:(a,p)}
34266 @r{ a@: H c c @: @: 5 @:clean@:(a,p)}
34267 @r{ a@: H c 0-9 @: @: @:clean@:(a,p)}
34268 @r{ a@: c d @: @: 1 @:deg@:(a)}
34269 @r{ a@: c f @: @: 1 @:pfloat@:(a)}
34270 @r{ a@: H c f @: @: 1 @:float@:(a)}
34271 @r{ a@: c h @: @: 1 @:hms@:(a)}
34272 @r{ a@: c p @: @: @:polar@:(a)}
34273 @r{ a@: I c p @: @: @:rect@:(a)}
34274 @r{ a@: c r @: @: 1 @:rad@:(a)}
34275
34276 @c
34277 @r{ a@: c F @: @: 5 @:pfrac@:(a,p)}
34278 @r{ a@: H c F @: @: 5 @:frac@:(a,p)}
34279
34280 @c
34281 @r{ a@: c % @: @: @:percent@:(a*100)}
34282
34283 @c
34284 @r{ @: d . @:char @: 50 @:calc-point-char@:}
34285 @r{ @: d , @:char @: 50 @:calc-group-char@:}
34286 @r{ @: d < @: @: 13,50 @:calc-left-justify@:}
34287 @r{ @: d = @: @: 13,50 @:calc-center-justify@:}
34288 @r{ @: d > @: @: 13,50 @:calc-right-justify@:}
34289 @r{ @: d @{ @:label @: 50 @:calc-left-label@:}
34290 @r{ @: d @} @:label @: 50 @:calc-right-label@:}
34291 @r{ @: d [ @: @: 4 @:calc-truncate-up@:}
34292 @r{ @: d ] @: @: 4 @:calc-truncate-down@:}
34293 @r{ @: d " @: @: 12,50 @:calc-display-strings@:}
34294 @r{ @: d SPC @: @: @:calc-refresh@:}
34295 @r{ @: d RET @: @: 1 @:calc-refresh-top@:}
34296
34297 @c
34298 @r{ @: d 0 @: @: 50 @:calc-decimal-radix@:}
34299 @r{ @: d 2 @: @: 50 @:calc-binary-radix@:}
34300 @r{ @: d 6 @: @: 50 @:calc-hex-radix@:}
34301 @r{ @: d 8 @: @: 50 @:calc-octal-radix@:}
34302
34303 @c
34304 @r{ @: d b @: @:12,13,50 @:calc-line-breaking@:}
34305 @r{ @: d c @: @: 50 @:calc-complex-notation@:}
34306 @r{ @: d d @:format @: 50 @:calc-date-notation@:}
34307 @r{ @: d e @: @: 5,50 @:calc-eng-notation@:}
34308 @r{ @: d f @:num @: 31,50 @:calc-fix-notation@:}
34309 @r{ @: d g @: @:12,13,50 @:calc-group-digits@:}
34310 @r{ @: d h @:format @: 50 @:calc-hms-notation@:}
34311 @r{ @: d i @: @: 50 @:calc-i-notation@:}
34312 @r{ @: d j @: @: 50 @:calc-j-notation@:}
34313 @r{ @: d l @: @: 12,50 @:calc-line-numbering@:}
34314 @r{ @: d n @: @: 5,50 @:calc-normal-notation@:}
34315 @r{ @: d o @:format @: 50 @:calc-over-notation@:}
34316 @r{ @: d p @: @: 12,50 @:calc-show-plain@:}
34317 @r{ @: d r @:radix @: 31,50 @:calc-radix@:}
34318 @r{ @: d s @: @: 5,50 @:calc-sci-notation@:}
34319 @r{ @: d t @: @: 27 @:calc-truncate-stack@:}
34320 @r{ @: d w @: @: 12,13 @:calc-auto-why@:}
34321 @r{ @: d z @: @: 12,50 @:calc-leading-zeros@:}
34322
34323 @c
34324 @r{ @: d B @: @: 50 @:calc-big-language@:}
34325 @r{ @: d C @: @: 50 @:calc-c-language@:}
34326 @r{ @: d E @: @: 50 @:calc-eqn-language@:}
34327 @r{ @: d F @: @: 50 @:calc-fortran-language@:}
34328 @r{ @: d M @: @: 50 @:calc-mathematica-language@:}
34329 @r{ @: d N @: @: 50 @:calc-normal-language@:}
34330 @r{ @: d O @: @: 50 @:calc-flat-language@:}
34331 @r{ @: d P @: @: 50 @:calc-pascal-language@:}
34332 @r{ @: d T @: @: 50 @:calc-tex-language@:}
34333 @r{ @: d U @: @: 50 @:calc-unformatted-language@:}
34334 @r{ @: d W @: @: 50 @:calc-maple-language@:}
34335
34336 @c
34337 @r{ a@: f [ @: @: 4 @:decr@:(a,n)}
34338 @r{ a@: f ] @: @: 4 @:incr@:(a,n)}
34339
34340 @c
34341 @r{ a b@: f b @: @: 2 @:beta@:(a,b)}
34342 @r{ a@: f e @: @: 1 @:erf@:(a)}
34343 @r{ a@: I f e @: @: 1 @:erfc@:(a)}
34344 @r{ a@: f g @: @: 1 @:gamma@:(a)}
34345 @r{ a b@: f h @: @: 2 @:hypot@:(a,b)}
34346 @r{ a@: f i @: @: 1 @:im@:(a)}
34347 @r{ n a@: f j @: @: 2 @:besJ@:(n,a)}
34348 @r{ a b@: f n @: @: 2 @:min@:(a,b)}
34349 @r{ a@: f r @: @: 1 @:re@:(a)}
34350 @r{ a@: f s @: @: 1 @:sign@:(a)}
34351 @r{ a b@: f x @: @: 2 @:max@:(a,b)}
34352 @r{ n a@: f y @: @: 2 @:besY@:(n,a)}
34353
34354 @c
34355 @r{ a@: f A @: @: 1 @:abssqr@:(a)}
34356 @r{ x a b@: f B @: @: @:betaI@:(x,a,b)}
34357 @r{ x a b@: H f B @: @: @:betaB@:(x,a,b)}
34358 @r{ a@: f E @: @: 1 @:expm1@:(a)}
34359 @r{ a x@: f G @: @: 2 @:gammaP@:(a,x)}
34360 @r{ a x@: I f G @: @: 2 @:gammaQ@:(a,x)}
34361 @r{ a x@: H f G @: @: 2 @:gammag@:(a,x)}
34362 @r{ a x@: I H f G @: @: 2 @:gammaG@:(a,x)}
34363 @r{ a b@: f I @: @: 2 @:ilog@:(a,b)}
34364 @r{ a b@: I f I @: @: 2 @:alog@:(a,b) b^a}
34365 @r{ a@: f L @: @: 1 @:lnp1@:(a)}
34366 @r{ a@: f M @: @: 1 @:mant@:(a)}
34367 @r{ a@: f Q @: @: 1 @:isqrt@:(a)}
34368 @r{ a@: I f Q @: @: 1 @:sqr@:(a) a^2}
34369 @r{ a n@: f S @: @: 2 @:scf@:(a,n)}
34370 @r{ y x@: f T @: @: @:arctan2@:(y,x)}
34371 @r{ a@: f X @: @: 1 @:xpon@:(a)}
34372
34373 @c
34374 @r{ x y@: g a @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-add@:}
34375 @r{ @: g b @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-border@:}
34376 @r{ @: g c @: @: @:calc-graph-clear@:}
34377 @r{ @: g d @: @: 41 @:calc-graph-delete@:}
34378 @r{ x y@: g f @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-fast@:}
34379 @r{ @: g g @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-grid@:}
34380 @r{ @: g h @:title @: @:calc-graph-header@:}
34381 @r{ @: g j @: @: 4 @:calc-graph-juggle@:}
34382 @r{ @: g k @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-key@:}
34383 @r{ @: g l @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-x@:}
34384 @r{ @: g n @:name @: @:calc-graph-name@:}
34385 @r{ @: g p @: @: 42 @:calc-graph-plot@:}
34386 @r{ @: g q @: @: @:calc-graph-quit@:}
34387 @r{ @: g r @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-x@:}
34388 @r{ @: g s @: @: 12,13 @:calc-graph-line-style@:}
34389 @r{ @: g t @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-x@:}
34390 @r{ @: g v @: @: @:calc-graph-view-commands@:}
34391 @r{ @: g x @:display @: @:calc-graph-display@:}
34392 @r{ @: g z @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-zero-x@:}
34393
34394 @c
34395 @r{ x y z@: g A @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-add-3d@:}
34396 @r{ @: g C @:command @: @:calc-graph-command@:}
34397 @r{ @: g D @:device @: 43,44 @:calc-graph-device@:}
34398 @r{ x y z@: g F @: @: 28,40 @:calc-graph-fast-3d@:}
34399 @r{ @: g H @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-hide@:}
34400 @r{ @: g K @: @: @:calc-graph-kill@:}
34401 @r{ @: g L @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-y@:}
34402 @r{ @: g N @:number @: 43,51 @:calc-graph-num-points@:}
34403 @r{ @: g O @:filename @: 43,44 @:calc-graph-output@:}
34404 @r{ @: g P @: @: 42 @:calc-graph-print@:}
34405 @r{ @: g R @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-y@:}
34406 @r{ @: g S @: @: 12,13 @:calc-graph-point-style@:}
34407 @r{ @: g T @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-y@:}
34408 @r{ @: g V @: @: @:calc-graph-view-trail@:}
34409 @r{ @: g X @:format @: @:calc-graph-geometry@:}
34410 @r{ @: g Z @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-zero-y@:}
34411
34412 @c
34413 @r{ @: g C-l @: @: 12 @:calc-graph-log-z@:}
34414 @r{ @: g C-r @:range @: @:calc-graph-range-z@:}
34415 @r{ @: g C-t @:title @: @:calc-graph-title-z@:}
34416
34417 @c
34418 @r{ @: h b @: @: @:calc-describe-bindings@:}
34419 @r{ @: h c @:key @: @:calc-describe-key-briefly@:}
34420 @r{ @: h f @:function @: @:calc-describe-function@:}
34421 @r{ @: h h @: @: @:calc-full-help@:}
34422 @r{ @: h i @: @: @:calc-info@:}
34423 @r{ @: h k @:key @: @:calc-describe-key@:}
34424 @r{ @: h n @: @: @:calc-view-news@:}
34425 @r{ @: h s @: @: @:calc-info-summary@:}
34426 @r{ @: h t @: @: @:calc-tutorial@:}
34427 @r{ @: h v @:var @: @:calc-describe-variable@:}
34428
34429 @c
34430 @r{ @: j 1-9 @: @: @:calc-select-part@:}
34431 @r{ @: j RET @: @: 27 @:calc-copy-selection@:}
34432 @r{ @: j DEL @: @: 27 @:calc-del-selection@:}
34433 @r{ @: j ' @:formula @: 27 @:calc-enter-selection@:}
34434 @r{ @: j ` @:editing @: 27,30 @:calc-edit-selection@:}
34435 @r{ @: j " @: @: 7,27 @:calc-sel-expand-formula@:}
34436
34437 @c
34438 @r{ @: j + @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-add-both-sides@:}
34439 @r{ @: j - @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-sub-both-sides@:}
34440 @r{ @: j * @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-mul-both-sides@:}
34441 @r{ @: j / @:formula @: 27 @:calc-sel-div-both-sides@:}
34442 @r{ @: j & @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-invert@:}
34443
34444 @c
34445 @r{ @: j a @: @: 27 @:calc-select-additional@:}
34446 @r{ @: j b @: @: 12 @:calc-break-selections@:}
34447 @r{ @: j c @: @: @:calc-clear-selections@:}
34448 @r{ @: j d @: @: 12,50 @:calc-show-selections@:}
34449 @r{ @: j e @: @: 12 @:calc-enable-selections@:}
34450 @r{ @: j l @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-less@:}
34451 @r{ @: j m @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-more@:}
34452 @r{ @: j n @: @: 4 @:calc-select-next@:}
34453 @r{ @: j o @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-once@:}
34454 @r{ @: j p @: @: 4 @:calc-select-previous@:}
34455 @r{ @: j r @:rules @:4,8,27 @:calc-rewrite-selection@:}
34456 @r{ @: j s @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-here@:}
34457 @r{ @: j u @: @: 27 @:calc-unselect@:}
34458 @r{ @: j v @: @: 7,27 @:calc-sel-evaluate@:}
34459
34460 @c
34461 @r{ @: j C @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-commute@:}
34462 @r{ @: j D @: @: 4,27 @:calc-sel-distribute@:}
34463 @r{ @: j E @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-jump-equals@:}
34464 @r{ @: j I @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-isolate@:}
34465 @r{ @: H j I @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-isolate@: (full)}
34466 @r{ @: j L @: @: 4,27 @:calc-commute-left@:}
34467 @r{ @: j M @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-merge@:}
34468 @r{ @: j N @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-negate@:}
34469 @r{ @: j O @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-once-maybe@:}
34470 @r{ @: j R @: @: 4,27 @:calc-commute-right@:}
34471 @r{ @: j S @: @: 4,27 @:calc-select-here-maybe@:}
34472 @r{ @: j U @: @: 27 @:calc-sel-unpack@:}
34473
34474 @c
34475 @r{ @: k a @: @: @:calc-random-again@:}
34476 @r{ n@: k b @: @: 1 @:bern@:(n)}
34477 @r{ n x@: H k b @: @: 2 @:bern@:(n,x)}
34478 @r{ n m@: k c @: @: 2 @:choose@:(n,m)}
34479 @r{ n m@: H k c @: @: 2 @:perm@:(n,m)}
34480 @r{ n@: k d @: @: 1 @:dfact@:(n) n!!}
34481 @r{ n@: k e @: @: 1 @:euler@:(n)}
34482 @r{ n x@: H k e @: @: 2 @:euler@:(n,x)}
34483 @r{ n@: k f @: @: 4 @:prfac@:(n)}
34484 @r{ n m@: k g @: @: 2 @:gcd@:(n,m)}
34485 @r{ m n@: k h @: @: 14 @:shuffle@:(n,m)}
34486 @r{ n m@: k l @: @: 2 @:lcm@:(n,m)}
34487 @r{ n@: k m @: @: 1 @:moebius@:(n)}
34488 @r{ n@: k n @: @: 4 @:nextprime@:(n)}
34489 @r{ n@: I k n @: @: 4 @:prevprime@:(n)}
34490 @r{ n@: k p @: @: 4,28 @:calc-prime-test@:}
34491 @r{ m@: k r @: @: 14 @:random@:(m)}
34492 @r{ n m@: k s @: @: 2 @:stir1@:(n,m)}
34493 @r{ n m@: H k s @: @: 2 @:stir2@:(n,m)}
34494 @r{ n@: k t @: @: 1 @:totient@:(n)}
34495
34496 @c
34497 @r{ n p x@: k B @: @: @:utpb@:(x,n,p)}
34498 @r{ n p x@: I k B @: @: @:ltpb@:(x,n,p)}
34499 @r{ v x@: k C @: @: @:utpc@:(x,v)}
34500 @r{ v x@: I k C @: @: @:ltpc@:(x,v)}
34501 @r{ n m@: k E @: @: @:egcd@:(n,m)}
34502 @r{v1 v2 x@: k F @: @: @:utpf@:(x,v1,v2)}
34503 @r{v1 v2 x@: I k F @: @: @:ltpf@:(x,v1,v2)}
34504 @r{ m s x@: k N @: @: @:utpn@:(x,m,s)}
34505 @r{ m s x@: I k N @: @: @:ltpn@:(x,m,s)}
34506 @r{ m x@: k P @: @: @:utpp@:(x,m)}
34507 @r{ m x@: I k P @: @: @:ltpp@:(x,m)}
34508 @r{ v x@: k T @: @: @:utpt@:(x,v)}
34509 @r{ v x@: I k T @: @: @:ltpt@:(x,v)}
34510
34511 @c
34512 @r{ @: m a @: @: 12,13 @:calc-algebraic-mode@:}
34513 @r{ @: m d @: @: @:calc-degrees-mode@:}
34514 @r{ @: m f @: @: 12 @:calc-frac-mode@:}
34515 @r{ @: m g @: @: 52 @:calc-get-modes@:}
34516 @r{ @: m h @: @: @:calc-hms-mode@:}
34517 @r{ @: m i @: @: 12,13 @:calc-infinite-mode@:}
34518 @r{ @: m m @: @: @:calc-save-modes@:}
34519 @r{ @: m p @: @: 12 @:calc-polar-mode@:}
34520 @r{ @: m r @: @: @:calc-radians-mode@:}
34521 @r{ @: m s @: @: 12 @:calc-symbolic-mode@:}
34522 @r{ @: m t @: @: 12 @:calc-total-algebraic-mode@:}
34523 @r{ @: m v @: @: 12,13 @:calc-matrix-mode@:}
34524 @r{ @: m w @: @: 13 @:calc-working@:}
34525 @r{ @: m x @: @: @:calc-always-load-extensions@:}
34526
34527 @c
34528 @r{ @: m A @: @: 12 @:calc-alg-simplify-mode@:}
34529 @r{ @: m B @: @: 12 @:calc-bin-simplify-mode@:}
34530 @r{ @: m C @: @: 12 @:calc-auto-recompute@:}
34531 @r{ @: m D @: @: @:calc-default-simplify-mode@:}
34532 @r{ @: m E @: @: 12 @:calc-ext-simplify-mode@:}
34533 @r{ @: m F @:filename @: 13 @:calc-settings-file-name@:}
34534 @r{ @: m N @: @: 12 @:calc-num-simplify-mode@:}
34535 @r{ @: m O @: @: 12 @:calc-no-simplify-mode@:}
34536 @r{ @: m R @: @: 12,13 @:calc-mode-record-mode@:}
34537 @r{ @: m S @: @: 12 @:calc-shift-prefix@:}
34538 @r{ @: m U @: @: 12 @:calc-units-simplify-mode@:}
34539
34540 @c
34541 @r{ @: s c @:var1, var2 @: 29 @:calc-copy-variable@:}
34542 @r{ @: s d @:var, decl @: @:calc-declare-variable@:}
34543 @r{ @: s e @:var, editing @: 29,30 @:calc-edit-variable@:}
34544 @r{ @: s i @:buffer @: @:calc-insert-variables@:}
34545 @r{ a b@: s l @:var @: 29 @:@:a (letting var=b)}
34546 @r{ a ...@: s m @:op, var @: 22,29 @:calc-store-map@:}
34547 @r{ @: s n @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-neg@: (v/-1)}
34548 @r{ @: s p @:var @: 29 @:calc-permanent-variable@:}
34549 @r{ @: s r @:var @: 29 @:@:v (recalled value)}
34550 @r{ @: r 0-9 @: @: @:calc-recall-quick@:}
34551 @r{ a@: s s @:var @: 28,29 @:calc-store@:}
34552 @r{ a@: s 0-9 @: @: @:calc-store-quick@:}
34553 @r{ a@: s t @:var @: 29 @:calc-store-into@:}
34554 @r{ a@: t 0-9 @: @: @:calc-store-into-quick@:}
34555 @r{ @: s u @:var @: 29 @:calc-unstore@:}
34556 @r{ a@: s x @:var @: 29 @:calc-store-exchange@:}
34557
34558 @c
34559 @r{ @: s A @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-AlgSimpRules@:}
34560 @r{ @: s D @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Decls@:}
34561 @r{ @: s E @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-EvalRules@:}
34562 @r{ @: s F @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-FitRules@:}
34563 @r{ @: s G @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-GenCount@:}
34564 @r{ @: s H @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Holidays@:}
34565 @r{ @: s I @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-IntegLimit@:}
34566 @r{ @: s L @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-LineStyles@:}
34567 @r{ @: s P @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-PointStyles@:}
34568 @r{ @: s R @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-PlotRejects@:}
34569 @r{ @: s T @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-TimeZone@:}
34570 @r{ @: s U @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-Units@:}
34571 @r{ @: s X @:editing @: 30 @:calc-edit-ExtSimpRules@:}
34572
34573 @c
34574 @r{ a@: s + @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-plus@: (v+a)}
34575 @r{ a@: s - @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-minus@: (v-a)}
34576 @r{ a@: s * @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-times@: (v*a)}
34577 @r{ a@: s / @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-div@: (v/a)}
34578 @r{ a@: s ^ @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-power@: (v^a)}
34579 @r{ a@: s | @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-concat@: (v|a)}
34580 @r{ @: s & @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-inv@: (v^-1)}
34581 @r{ @: s [ @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-decr@: (v-1)}
34582 @r{ @: s ] @:var @: 29,47 @:calc-store-incr@: (v-(-1))}
34583 @r{ a b@: s : @: @: 2 @:assign@:(a,b) a @t{:=} b}
34584 @r{ a@: s = @: @: 1 @:evalto@:(a,b) a @t{=>}}
34585
34586 @c
34587 @r{ @: t [ @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-first@:}
34588 @r{ @: t ] @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-last@:}
34589 @r{ @: t < @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-scroll-left@:}
34590 @r{ @: t > @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-scroll-right@:}
34591 @r{ @: t . @: @: 12 @:calc-full-trail-vectors@:}
34592
34593 @c
34594 @r{ @: t b @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-backward@:}
34595 @r{ @: t d @: @: 12,50 @:calc-trail-display@:}
34596 @r{ @: t f @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-forward@:}
34597 @r{ @: t h @: @: @:calc-trail-here@:}
34598 @r{ @: t i @: @: @:calc-trail-in@:}
34599 @r{ @: t k @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-kill@:}
34600 @r{ @: t m @:string @: @:calc-trail-marker@:}
34601 @r{ @: t n @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-next@:}
34602 @r{ @: t o @: @: @:calc-trail-out@:}
34603 @r{ @: t p @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-previous@:}
34604 @r{ @: t r @:string @: @:calc-trail-isearch-backward@:}
34605 @r{ @: t s @:string @: @:calc-trail-isearch-forward@:}
34606 @r{ @: t y @: @: 4 @:calc-trail-yank@:}
34607
34608 @c
34609 @r{ d@: t C @:oz, nz @: @:tzconv@:(d,oz,nz)}
34610 @r{d oz nz@: t C @:$ @: @:tzconv@:(d,oz,nz)}
34611 @r{ d@: t D @: @: 15 @:date@:(d)}
34612 @r{ d@: t I @: @: 4 @:incmonth@:(d,n)}
34613 @r{ d@: t J @: @: 16 @:julian@:(d,z)}
34614 @r{ d@: t M @: @: 17 @:newmonth@:(d,n)}
34615 @r{ @: t N @: @: 16 @:now@:(z)}
34616 @r{ d@: t P @:1 @: 31 @:year@:(d)}
34617 @r{ d@: t P @:2 @: 31 @:month@:(d)}
34618 @r{ d@: t P @:3 @: 31 @:day@:(d)}
34619 @r{ d@: t P @:4 @: 31 @:hour@:(d)}
34620 @r{ d@: t P @:5 @: 31 @:minute@:(d)}
34621 @r{ d@: t P @:6 @: 31 @:second@:(d)}
34622 @r{ d@: t P @:7 @: 31 @:weekday@:(d)}
34623 @r{ d@: t P @:8 @: 31 @:yearday@:(d)}
34624 @r{ d@: t P @:9 @: 31 @:time@:(d)}
34625 @r{ d@: t U @: @: 16 @:unixtime@:(d,z)}
34626 @r{ d@: t W @: @: 17 @:newweek@:(d,w)}
34627 @r{ d@: t Y @: @: 17 @:newyear@:(d,n)}
34628
34629 @c
34630 @r{ a b@: t + @: @: 2 @:badd@:(a,b)}
34631 @r{ a b@: t - @: @: 2 @:bsub@:(a,b)}
34632
34633 @c
34634 @r{ @: u a @: @: 12 @:calc-autorange-units@:}
34635 @r{ a@: u b @: @: @:calc-base-units@:}
34636 @r{ a@: u c @:units @: 18 @:calc-convert-units@:}
34637 @r{ defn@: u d @:unit, descr @: @:calc-define-unit@:}
34638 @r{ @: u e @: @: @:calc-explain-units@:}
34639 @r{ @: u g @:unit @: @:calc-get-unit-definition@:}
34640 @r{ @: u p @: @: @:calc-permanent-units@:}
34641 @r{ a@: u r @: @: @:calc-remove-units@:}
34642 @r{ a@: u s @: @: @:usimplify@:(a)}
34643 @r{ a@: u t @:units @: 18 @:calc-convert-temperature@:}
34644 @r{ @: u u @:unit @: @:calc-undefine-unit@:}
34645 @r{ @: u v @: @: @:calc-enter-units-table@:}
34646 @r{ a@: u x @: @: @:calc-extract-units@:}
34647 @r{ a@: u 0-9 @: @: @:calc-quick-units@:}
34648
34649 @c
34650 @r{ v1 v2@: u C @: @: 20 @:vcov@:(v1,v2)}
34651 @r{ v1 v2@: I u C @: @: 20 @:vpcov@:(v1,v2)}
34652 @r{ v1 v2@: H u C @: @: 20 @:vcorr@:(v1,v2)}
34653 @r{ v@: u G @: @: 19 @:vgmean@:(v)}
34654 @r{ a b@: H u G @: @: 2 @:agmean@:(a,b)}
34655 @r{ v@: u M @: @: 19 @:vmean@:(v)}
34656 @r{ v@: I u M @: @: 19 @:vmeane@:(v)}
34657 @r{ v@: H u M @: @: 19 @:vmedian@:(v)}
34658 @r{ v@: I H u M @: @: 19 @:vhmean@:(v)}
34659 @r{ v@: u N @: @: 19 @:vmin@:(v)}
34660 @r{ v@: u S @: @: 19 @:vsdev@:(v)}
34661 @r{ v@: I u S @: @: 19 @:vpsdev@:(v)}
34662 @r{ v@: H u S @: @: 19 @:vvar@:(v)}
34663 @r{ v@: I H u S @: @: 19 @:vpvar@:(v)}
34664 @r{ @: u V @: @: @:calc-view-units-table@:}
34665 @r{ v@: u X @: @: 19 @:vmax@:(v)}
34666
34667 @c
34668 @r{ v@: u + @: @: 19 @:vsum@:(v)}
34669 @r{ v@: u * @: @: 19 @:vprod@:(v)}
34670 @r{ v@: u # @: @: 19 @:vcount@:(v)}
34671
34672 @c
34673 @r{ @: V ( @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-parens@:}
34674 @r{ @: V @{ @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-braces@:}
34675 @r{ @: V [ @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-brackets@:}
34676 @r{ @: V ] @:ROCP @: 50 @:calc-matrix-brackets@:}
34677 @r{ @: V , @: @: 50 @:calc-vector-commas@:}
34678 @r{ @: V < @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-left-justify@:}
34679 @r{ @: V = @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-center-justify@:}
34680 @r{ @: V > @: @: 50 @:calc-matrix-right-justify@:}
34681 @r{ @: V / @: @: 12,50 @:calc-break-vectors@:}
34682 @r{ @: V . @: @: 12,50 @:calc-full-vectors@:}
34683
34684 @c
34685 @r{ s t@: V ^ @: @: 2 @:vint@:(s,t)}
34686 @r{ s t@: V - @: @: 2 @:vdiff@:(s,t)}
34687 @r{ s@: V ~ @: @: 1 @:vcompl@:(s)}
34688 @r{ s@: V # @: @: 1 @:vcard@:(s)}
34689 @r{ s@: V : @: @: 1 @:vspan@:(s)}
34690 @r{ s@: V + @: @: 1 @:rdup@:(s)}
34691
34692 @c
34693 @r{ m@: V & @: @: 1 @:inv@:(m) 1/m}
34694
34695 @c
34696 @r{ v@: v a @:n @: @:arrange@:(v,n)}
34697 @r{ a@: v b @:n @: @:cvec@:(a,n)}
34698 @r{ v@: v c @:n >0 @: 21,31 @:mcol@:(v,n)}
34699 @r{ v@: v c @:n <0 @: 31 @:mrcol@:(v,-n)}
34700 @r{ m@: v c @:0 @: 31 @:getdiag@:(m)}
34701 @r{ v@: v d @: @: 25 @:diag@:(v,n)}
34702 @r{ v m@: v e @: @: 2 @:vexp@:(v,m)}
34703 @r{ v m f@: H v e @: @: 2 @:vexp@:(v,m,f)}
34704 @r{ v a@: v f @: @: 26 @:find@:(v,a,n)}
34705 @r{ v@: v h @: @: 1 @:head@:(v)}
34706 @r{ v@: I v h @: @: 1 @:tail@:(v)}
34707 @r{ v@: H v h @: @: 1 @:rhead@:(v)}
34708 @r{ v@: I H v h @: @: 1 @:rtail@:(v)}
34709 @r{ @: v i @:n @: 31 @:idn@:(1,n)}
34710 @r{ @: v i @:0 @: 31 @:idn@:(1)}
34711 @r{ h t@: v k @: @: 2 @:cons@:(h,t)}
34712 @r{ h t@: H v k @: @: 2 @:rcons@:(h,t)}
34713 @r{ v@: v l @: @: 1 @:vlen@:(v)}
34714 @r{ v@: H v l @: @: 1 @:mdims@:(v)}
34715 @r{ v m@: v m @: @: 2 @:vmask@:(v,m)}
34716 @r{ v@: v n @: @: 1 @:rnorm@:(v)}
34717 @r{ a b c@: v p @: @: 24 @:calc-pack@:}
34718 @r{ v@: v r @:n >0 @: 21,31 @:mrow@:(v,n)}
34719 @r{ v@: v r @:n <0 @: 31 @:mrrow@:(v,-n)}
34720 @r{ m@: v r @:0 @: 31 @:getdiag@:(m)}
34721 @r{ v i j@: v s @: @: @:subvec@:(v,i,j)}
34722 @r{ v i j@: I v s @: @: @:rsubvec@:(v,i,j)}
34723 @r{ m@: v t @: @: 1 @:trn@:(m)}
34724 @r{ v@: v u @: @: 24 @:calc-unpack@:}
34725 @r{ v@: v v @: @: 1 @:rev@:(v)}
34726 @r{ @: v x @:n @: 31 @:index@:(n)}
34727 @r{ n s i@: C-u v x @: @: @:index@:(n,s,i)}
34728
34729 @c
34730 @r{ v@: V A @:op @: 22 @:apply@:(op,v)}
34731 @r{ v1 v2@: V C @: @: 2 @:cross@:(v1,v2)}
34732 @r{ m@: V D @: @: 1 @:det@:(m)}
34733 @r{ s@: V E @: @: 1 @:venum@:(s)}
34734 @r{ s@: V F @: @: 1 @:vfloor@:(s)}
34735 @r{ v@: V G @: @: @:grade@:(v)}
34736 @r{ v@: I V G @: @: @:rgrade@:(v)}
34737 @r{ v@: V H @:n @: 31 @:histogram@:(v,n)}
34738 @r{ v w@: H V H @:n @: 31 @:histogram@:(v,w,n)}
34739 @r{ v1 v2@: V I @:mop aop @: 22 @:inner@:(mop,aop,v1,v2)}
34740 @r{ m@: V J @: @: 1 @:ctrn@:(m)}
34741 @r{ m@: V L @: @: 1 @:lud@:(m)}
34742 @r{ v@: V M @:op @: 22,23 @:map@:(op,v)}
34743 @r{ v@: V N @: @: 1 @:cnorm@:(v)}
34744 @r{ v1 v2@: V O @:op @: 22 @:outer@:(op,v1,v2)}
34745 @r{ v@: V R @:op @: 22,23 @:reduce@:(op,v)}
34746 @r{ v@: I V R @:op @: 22,23 @:rreduce@:(op,v)}
34747 @r{ a n@: H V R @:op @: 22 @:nest@:(op,a,n)}
34748 @r{ a@: I H V R @:op @: 22 @:fixp@:(op,a)}
34749 @r{ v@: V S @: @: @:sort@:(v)}
34750 @r{ v@: I V S @: @: @:rsort@:(v)}
34751 @r{ m@: V T @: @: 1 @:tr@:(m)}
34752 @r{ v@: V U @:op @: 22 @:accum@:(op,v)}
34753 @r{ v@: I V U @:op @: 22 @:raccum@:(op,v)}
34754 @r{ a n@: H V U @:op @: 22 @:anest@:(op,a,n)}
34755 @r{ a@: I H V U @:op @: 22 @:afixp@:(op,a)}
34756 @r{ s t@: V V @: @: 2 @:vunion@:(s,t)}
34757 @r{ s t@: V X @: @: 2 @:vxor@:(s,t)}
34758
34759 @c
34760 @r{ @: Y @: @: @:@:user commands}
34761
34762 @c
34763 @r{ @: z @: @: @:@:user commands}
34764
34765 @c
34766 @r{ c@: Z [ @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-if@:}
34767 @r{ c@: Z | @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-else-if@:}
34768 @r{ @: Z : @: @: @:calc-kbd-else@:}
34769 @r{ @: Z ] @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-if@:}
34770
34771 @c
34772 @r{ @: Z @{ @: @: 4 @:calc-kbd-loop@:}
34773 @r{ c@: Z / @: @: 45 @:calc-kbd-break@:}
34774 @r{ @: Z @} @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-loop@:}
34775 @r{ n@: Z < @: @: @:calc-kbd-repeat@:}
34776 @r{ @: Z > @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-repeat@:}
34777 @r{ n m@: Z ( @: @: @:calc-kbd-for@:}
34778 @r{ s@: Z ) @: @: @:calc-kbd-end-for@:}
34779
34780 @c
34781 @r{ @: Z C-g @: @: @:@:cancel if/loop command}
34782
34783 @c
34784 @r{ @: Z ` @: @: @:calc-kbd-push@:}
34785 @r{ @: Z ' @: @: @:calc-kbd-pop@:}
34786 @r{ a@: Z = @:message @: 28 @:calc-kbd-report@:}
34787 @r{ @: Z # @:prompt @: @:calc-kbd-query@:}
34788
34789 @c
34790 @r{ comp@: Z C @:func, args @: 50 @:calc-user-define-composition@:}
34791 @r{ @: Z D @:key, command @: @:calc-user-define@:}
34792 @r{ @: Z E @:key, editing @: 30 @:calc-user-define-edit@:}
34793 @r{ defn@: Z F @:k, c, f, a, n@: 28 @:calc-user-define-formula@:}
34794 @r{ @: Z G @:key @: @:calc-get-user-defn@:}
34795 @r{ @: Z I @: @: @:calc-user-define-invocation@:}
34796 @r{ @: Z K @:key, command @: @:calc-user-define-kbd-macro@:}
34797 @r{ @: Z P @:key @: @:calc-user-define-permanent@:}
34798 @r{ @: Z S @: @: 30 @:calc-edit-user-syntax@:}
34799 @r{ @: Z T @: @: 12 @:calc-timing@:}
34800 @r{ @: Z U @:key @: @:calc-user-undefine@:}
34801
34802 @end format
34803
34804 @noindent
34805 NOTES
34806
34807 @enumerate
34808 @c 1
34809 @item
34810 Positive prefix arguments apply to @cite{n} stack entries.
34811 Negative prefix arguments apply to the @cite{-n}th stack entry.
34812 A prefix of zero applies to the entire stack. (For @key{LFD} and
34813 @kbd{M-DEL}, the meaning of the sign is reversed.)
34814
34815 @c 2
34816 @item
34817 Positive prefix arguments apply to @cite{n} stack entries.
34818 Negative prefix arguments apply to the top stack entry
34819 and the next @cite{-n} stack entries.
34820
34821 @c 3
34822 @item
34823 Positive prefix arguments rotate top @cite{n} stack entries by one.
34824 Negative prefix arguments rotate the entire stack by @cite{-n}.
34825 A prefix of zero reverses the entire stack.
34826
34827 @c 4
34828 @item
34829 Prefix argument specifies a repeat count or distance.
34830
34831 @c 5
34832 @item
34833 Positive prefix arguments specify a precision @cite{p}.
34834 Negative prefix arguments reduce the current precision by @cite{-p}.
34835
34836 @c 6
34837 @item
34838 A prefix argument is interpreted as an additional step-size parameter.
34839 A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix means to prompt for the step size.
34840
34841 @c 7
34842 @item
34843 A prefix argument specifies simplification level and depth.
34844 1=Default, 2=like @kbd{a s}, 3=like @kbd{a e}.
34845
34846 @c 8
34847 @item
34848 A negative prefix operates only on the top level of the input formula.
34849
34850 @c 9
34851 @item
34852 Positive prefix arguments specify a word size of @cite{w} bits, unsigned.
34853 Negative prefix arguments specify a word size of @cite{w} bits, signed.
34854
34855 @c 10
34856 @item
34857 Prefix arguments specify the shift amount @cite{n}. The @cite{w} argument
34858 cannot be specified in the keyboard version of this command.
34859
34860 @c 11
34861 @item
34862 From the keyboard, @cite{d} is omitted and defaults to zero.
34863
34864 @c 12
34865 @item
34866 Mode is toggled; a positive prefix always sets the mode, and a negative
34867 prefix always clears the mode.
34868
34869 @c 13
34870 @item
34871 Some prefix argument values provide special variations of the mode.
34872
34873 @c 14
34874 @item
34875 A prefix argument, if any, is used for @cite{m} instead of taking
34876 @cite{m} from the stack. @cite{M} may take any of these values:
34877 @iftex
34878 {@advance@tableindent10pt
34879 @end iftex
34880 @table @asis
34881 @item Integer
34882 Random integer in the interval @cite{[0 .. m)}.
34883 @item Float
34884 Random floating-point number in the interval @cite{[0 .. m)}.
34885 @item 0.0
34886 Gaussian with mean 1 and standard deviation 0.
34887 @item Error form
34888 Gaussian with specified mean and standard deviation.
34889 @item Interval
34890 Random integer or floating-point number in that interval.
34891 @item Vector
34892 Random element from the vector.
34893 @end table
34894 @iftex
34895 }
34896 @end iftex
34897
34898 @c 15
34899 @item
34900 A prefix argument from 1 to 6 specifies number of date components
34901 to remove from the stack. @xref{Date Conversions}.
34902
34903 @c 16
34904 @item
34905 A prefix argument specifies a time zone; @kbd{C-u} says to take the
34906 time zone number or name from the top of the stack. @xref{Time Zones}.
34907
34908 @c 17
34909 @item
34910 A prefix argument specifies a day number (0-6, 0-31, or 0-366).
34911
34912 @c 18
34913 @item
34914 If the input has no units, you will be prompted for both the old and
34915 the new units.
34916
34917 @c 19
34918 @item
34919 With a prefix argument, collect that many stack entries to form the
34920 input data set. Each entry may be a single value or a vector of values.
34921
34922 @c 20
34923 @item
34924 With a prefix argument of 1, take a single @c{$N\times2$}
34925 @asis{Nx2} matrix from the
34926 stack instead of two separate data vectors.
34927
34928 @c 21
34929 @item
34930 The row or column number @cite{n} may be given as a numeric prefix
34931 argument instead. A plain @kbd{C-u} prefix says to take @cite{n}
34932 from the top of the stack. If @cite{n} is a vector or interval,
34933 a subvector/submatrix of the input is created.
34934
34935 @c 22
34936 @item
34937 The @cite{op} prompt can be answered with the key sequence for the
34938 desired function, or with @kbd{x} or @kbd{z} followed by a function name,
34939 or with @kbd{$} to take a formula from the top of the stack, or with
34940 @kbd{'} and a typed formula. In the last two cases, the formula may
34941 be a nameless function like @samp{<#1+#2>} or @samp{<x, y : x+y>}, or it
34942 may include @kbd{$}, @kbd{$$}, etc. (where @kbd{$} will correspond to the
34943 last argument of the created function), or otherwise you will be
34944 prompted for an argument list. The number of vectors popped from the
34945 stack by @kbd{V M} depends on the number of arguments of the function.
34946
34947 @c 23
34948 @item
34949 One of the mapping direction keys @kbd{_} (horizontal, i.e., map
34950 by rows or reduce across), @kbd{:} (vertical, i.e., map by columns or
34951 reduce down), or @kbd{=} (map or reduce by rows) may be used before
34952 entering @cite{op}; these modify the function name by adding the letter
34953 @code{r} for ``rows,'' @code{c} for ``columns,'' @code{a} for ``across,''
34954 or @code{d} for ``down.''
34955
34956 @c 24
34957 @item
34958 The prefix argument specifies a packing mode. A nonnegative mode
34959 is the number of items (for @kbd{v p}) or the number of levels
34960 (for @kbd{v u}). A negative mode is as described below. With no
34961 prefix argument, the mode is taken from the top of the stack and
34962 may be an integer or a vector of integers.
34963 @iftex
34964 {@advance@tableindent-20pt
34965 @end iftex
34966 @table @cite
34967 @item -1
34968 (@var{2}) Rectangular complex number.
34969 @item -2
34970 (@var{2}) Polar complex number.
34971 @item -3
34972 (@var{3}) HMS form.
34973 @item -4
34974 (@var{2}) Error form.
34975 @item -5
34976 (@var{2}) Modulo form.
34977 @item -6
34978 (@var{2}) Closed interval.
34979 @item -7
34980 (@var{2}) Closed .. open interval.
34981 @item -8
34982 (@var{2}) Open .. closed interval.
34983 @item -9
34984 (@var{2}) Open interval.
34985 @item -10
34986 (@var{2}) Fraction.
34987 @item -11
34988 (@var{2}) Float with integer mantissa.
34989 @item -12
34990 (@var{2}) Float with mantissa in @cite{[1 .. 10)}.
34991 @item -13
34992 (@var{1}) Date form (using date numbers).
34993 @item -14
34994 (@var{3}) Date form (using year, month, day).
34995 @item -15
34996 (@var{6}) Date form (using year, month, day, hour, minute, second).
34997 @end table
34998 @iftex
34999 }
35000 @end iftex
35001
35002 @c 25
35003 @item
35004 A prefix argument specifies the size @cite{n} of the matrix. With no
35005 prefix argument, @cite{n} is omitted and the size is inferred from
35006 the input vector.
35007
35008 @c 26
35009 @item
35010 The prefix argument specifies the starting position @cite{n} (default 1).
35011
35012 @c 27
35013 @item
35014 Cursor position within stack buffer affects this command.
35015
35016 @c 28
35017 @item
35018 Arguments are not actually removed from the stack by this command.
35019
35020 @c 29
35021 @item
35022 Variable name may be a single digit or a full name.
35023
35024 @c 30
35025 @item
35026 Editing occurs in a separate buffer. Press @kbd{M-# M-#} (or @kbd{C-c C-c},
35027 @key{LFD}, or in some cases @key{RET}) to finish the edit, or press
35028 @kbd{M-# x} to cancel the edit. The @key{LFD} key prevents evaluation
35029 of the result of the edit.
35030
35031 @c 31
35032 @item
35033 The number prompted for can also be provided as a prefix argument.
35034
35035 @c 32
35036 @item
35037 Press this key a second time to cancel the prefix.
35038
35039 @c 33
35040 @item
35041 With a negative prefix, deactivate all formulas. With a positive
35042 prefix, deactivate and then reactivate from scratch.
35043
35044 @c 34
35045 @item
35046 Default is to scan for nearest formula delimiter symbols. With a
35047 prefix of zero, formula is delimited by mark and point. With a
35048 non-zero prefix, formula is delimited by scanning forward or
35049 backward by that many lines.
35050
35051 @c 35
35052 @item
35053 Parse the region between point and mark as a vector. A nonzero prefix
35054 parses @var{n} lines before or after point as a vector. A zero prefix
35055 parses the current line as a vector. A @kbd{C-u} prefix parses the
35056 region between point and mark as a single formula.
35057
35058 @c 36
35059 @item
35060 Parse the rectangle defined by point and mark as a matrix. A positive
35061 prefix @var{n} divides the rectangle into columns of width @var{n}.
35062 A zero or @kbd{C-u} prefix parses each line as one formula. A negative
35063 prefix suppresses special treatment of bracketed portions of a line.
35064
35065 @c 37
35066 @item
35067 A numeric prefix causes the current language mode to be ignored.
35068
35069 @c 38
35070 @item
35071 Responding to a prompt with a blank line answers that and all
35072 later prompts by popping additional stack entries.
35073
35074 @c 39
35075 @item
35076 Answer for @cite{v} may also be of the form @cite{v = v_0} or
35077 @cite{v - v_0}.
35078
35079 @c 40
35080 @item
35081 With a positive prefix argument, stack contains many @cite{y}'s and one
35082 common @cite{x}. With a zero prefix, stack contains a vector of
35083 @cite{y}s and a common @cite{x}. With a negative prefix, stack
35084 contains many @cite{[x,y]} vectors. (For 3D plots, substitute
35085 @cite{z} for @cite{y} and @cite{x,y} for @cite{x}.)
35086
35087 @c 41
35088 @item
35089 With any prefix argument, all curves in the graph are deleted.
35090
35091 @c 42
35092 @item
35093 With a positive prefix, refines an existing plot with more data points.
35094 With a negative prefix, forces recomputation of the plot data.
35095
35096 @c 43
35097 @item
35098 With any prefix argument, set the default value instead of the
35099 value for this graph.
35100
35101 @c 44
35102 @item
35103 With a negative prefix argument, set the value for the printer.
35104
35105 @c 45
35106 @item
35107 Condition is considered ``true'' if it is a nonzero real or complex
35108 number, or a formula whose value is known to be nonzero; it is ``false''
35109 otherwise.
35110
35111 @c 46
35112 @item
35113 Several formulas separated by commas are pushed as multiple stack
35114 entries. Trailing @kbd{)}, @kbd{]}, @kbd{@}}, @kbd{>}, and @kbd{"}
35115 delimiters may be omitted. The notation @kbd{$$$} refers to the value
35116 in stack level three, and causes the formula to replace the top three
35117 stack levels. The notation @kbd{$3} refers to stack level three without
35118 causing that value to be removed from the stack. Use @key{LFD} in place
35119 of @key{RET} to prevent evaluation; use @kbd{M-=} in place of @key{RET}
35120 to evaluate variables.@refill
35121
35122 @c 47
35123 @item
35124 The variable is replaced by the formula shown on the right. The
35125 Inverse flag reverses the order of the operands, e.g., @kbd{I s - x}
35126 assigns @c{$x \coloneq a-x$}
35127 @cite{x := a-x}.
35128
35129 @c 48
35130 @item
35131 Press @kbd{?} repeatedly to see how to choose a model. Answer the
35132 variables prompt with @cite{iv} or @cite{iv;pv} to specify
35133 independent and parameter variables. A positive prefix argument
35134 takes @i{N+1} vectors from the stack; a zero prefix takes a matrix
35135 and a vector from the stack.
35136
35137 @c 49
35138 @item
35139 With a plain @kbd{C-u} prefix, replace the current region of the
35140 destination buffer with the yanked text instead of inserting.
35141
35142 @c 50
35143 @item
35144 All stack entries are reformatted; the @kbd{H} prefix inhibits this.
35145 The @kbd{I} prefix sets the mode temporarily, redraws the top stack
35146 entry, then restores the original setting of the mode.
35147
35148 @c 51
35149 @item
35150 A negative prefix sets the default 3D resolution instead of the
35151 default 2D resolution.
35152
35153 @c 52
35154 @item
35155 This grabs a vector of the form [@var{prec}, @var{wsize}, @var{ssize},
35156 @var{radix}, @var{flfmt}, @var{ang}, @var{frac}, @var{symb}, @var{polar},
35157 @var{matrix}, @var{simp}, @var{inf}]. A prefix argument from 1 to 12
35158 grabs the @var{n}th mode value only.
35159 @end enumerate
35160
35161 @iftex
35162 (Space is provided below for you to keep your own written notes.)
35163 @page
35164 @endgroup
35165 @end iftex
35166
35167
35168 @c [end-summary]
35169
35170 @node Key Index, Command Index, Summary, Top
35171 @unnumbered Index of Key Sequences
35172
35173 @printindex ky
35174
35175 @node Command Index, Function Index, Key Index, Top
35176 @unnumbered Index of Calculator Commands
35177
35178 Since all Calculator commands begin with the prefix @samp{calc-}, the
35179 @kbd{x} key has been provided as a variant of @kbd{M-x} which automatically
35180 types @samp{calc-} for you. Thus, @kbd{x last-args} is short for
35181 @kbd{M-x calc-last-args}.
35182
35183 @printindex pg
35184
35185 @node Function Index, Concept Index, Command Index, Top
35186 @unnumbered Index of Algebraic Functions
35187
35188 This is a list of built-in functions and operators usable in algebraic
35189 expressions. Their full Lisp names are derived by adding the prefix
35190 @samp{calcFunc-}, as in @code{calcFunc-sqrt}.
35191 @iftex
35192 All functions except those noted with ``*'' have corresponding
35193 Calc keystrokes and can also be found in the Calc Summary.
35194 @end iftex
35195
35196 @printindex tp
35197
35198 @node Concept Index, Variable Index, Function Index, Top
35199 @unnumbered Concept Index
35200
35201 @printindex cp
35202
35203 @node Variable Index, Lisp Function Index, Concept Index, Top
35204 @unnumbered Index of Variables
35205
35206 The variables in this list that do not contain dashes are accessible
35207 as Calc variables. Add a @samp{var-} prefix to get the name of the
35208 corresponding Lisp variable.
35209
35210 The remaining variables are Lisp variables suitable for @code{setq}ing
35211 in your @file{.emacs} file.
35212
35213 @printindex vr
35214
35215 @node Lisp Function Index, , Variable Index, Top
35216 @unnumbered Index of Lisp Math Functions
35217
35218 The following functions are meant to be used with @code{defmath}, not
35219 @code{defun} definitions. For names that do not start with @samp{calc-},
35220 the corresponding full Lisp name is derived by adding a prefix of
35221 @samp{math-}.
35222
35223 @printindex fn
35224
35225 @summarycontents
35226
35227 @c [end]
35228
35229 @contents
35230 @bye
35231
35232